Skip to main content

Full text of "The Book Of Mormon An Account Written The Hand Of Mormon Upon Plates Taken From The Plates Of Nephi"

See other formats


1  I !!  HUH  till  lilt  it  mill  ii'i "  »»"£  "a  wan" -j™  »>i ia 


THE 

BOOK  OF  MORMON 

An  Account  Written  By 

THE  HAM)  OF  MORMON 

UPON  PLATES 
TAKEN  FROM  THE  PLATES  OF  NEPHI 


Wherefore,  it  is  an  abridgment  of  the  record  of  the  people  of  NepM, 
and  also  of  the  Lamanites — Written  to  the  Lamanites,  who  are  a  rem- 
nant of  the  house  of  Israel ;  and  also  to  Jew  and  Gentile — Written  by 
way  of  commandment,  and  also  by  the  spirit  of  prophecy  and  of  revela- 
tion— Written  and  sealed  up,  and  hid  up  unto  the  Lord,  that  they  might 
not  be  destroyed — To  come  forth  by  the  gift  and  power  of  God  unto  the 
interpretation  thereof — Sealed  by  the  hand  of  Moroni,  and  hid  up  unto 
the  Lord,  to  come  forth  in  due  time  by  way  of  the  Gentile — The  inter- 
pretation thereof  by  the  gift  of  God. 

An  abridgment  taken  from  the  Book  of  Ether  also,  which  is  a  record 
of  the  people  of  Jared,  who  were  scattered  at  the  time  the  Lord  con- 
founded the  larfguage  of  the  people,  when  they  were  building  a  tower  ta 
fet  to  heaven — -Which  is  to  show  unto  the  remnant  of  the  House  of 
srael  what  great  things  the  Lord  hath  done  for  their  fathers;  and  that 
they  may  know  the  covenants  of  the  Lord,  that  they  are  not  cast  off 
forever — And  also  to  the  convincing  of  the  Jew  and  Gentile  that  JESUS 
is  the  CHETST,  the  ETERNAL  GOD,  manifesting  himself  unto  all  nations— 
And  now,  if  there  are  faults  they  are  the  mistakes  of  men;  wherefore, 
condemn  not  the  things  of  God,  that  ye  may  be  found  spotless  at  the 
judgment-seat  of  Christ. 


TRANSLATED  BY  JOSEPH  SMITH, 


PUBLISHED  BY 
The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 

SALT  LAKE  CETT,  UTAH,  TL  S.  A. 
1920 


Copyright  1920 

by 

HEBBR  J.  GRANT 
Trustee-in-Trust  for 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  TJ.  S.  A. 


First  Edition  published  in 
1830 


First  issued,  as  divided  into  chapters  and  verses 

•with  references 

By  ORSON  PRATT,  in 

1879 


First  issued  in  double-column  pages,  with 

chapter  headings,  chronological  data, 

revised    foot-note  Deferences, 

pronouncing  vocabulary 

and  index,  in 

1920 


BRIEF  ANALYSIS 

x  - 

'-    *  OF  THE 

BOOK   OF   MORMON 

Three  classes  of  Record  Plates  are  Indicated  on  the  title-page  of  The 
Book  of  Mormon,  namely : 

1.  The  Plates  of  Nephi,  which,  as  the  text  of  the  Book  makes  clear, 

were  of  two  kinds — (a)  the  Larger  Plates;  (6)  the  Smaller 
Plates.  The  former  were  more  particularly  devoted  to  the  sec- 
ular history  of  the  peoples  concerned,  while  the  latter  were  occu- 
pied mostly  by  sacred  records. 

2.  The  Plates  of  Mormon,  containing  an  abridgment  from  the  Plates 

of  Nephi,  made  by  Mormon,  with  many  commentaries  and  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  history  by  himself,  and  with  further  additions 
by  Moroni,  son  of  Mormon. 

3.  The  Plates  of  Ether,  containing  a  history  of  the  Jaredites,  which 

account  was  abridged  by  Moroni,  who  inserted  comments  of  his 
own,  and  incorporated  the  record  with  the  general  history  under 
the  title,  Book  of  Ether. 

To  these  may  be  added  another  set  of  plates,  which  are  of  frequent 
mention  in  the  Book  of  Mormon,  namely : 

4.  The  Brass  Plates  of  La"ban^  brought  by  the  people  of  Lehl  from 

Jerusalem,  and  containing  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  genealogies, 
many  extracts  from  which  appear  in  the  Nephite  records. 

The  Book  of  Mormon  comprises  fifteen  main  parts  or  divisions,  known, 
with  one  exception,  as  books,  each  designated  by  the  name  of  its  principal 
author.  Of  these,  the  first  six  books,  namely,  First  Nephi,  Second  Nephir 
Jacob,  Enos,  Jarom,  and  Omni,  are  translations  from  the  corresponding 
sections  of  the  Smaller  Plates  of  Nephi.  Between  the  books  of  Omni  and 
Mosiah,  we  find  The  Words  of  Mormon,  connecting  the  record  of  Nephi,  as 
engraved  on  the  Smaller  Plates,  with  Mormon's  abridgment  of  the  Larger 
Plates  for  the  periods  following.  The  Words  of  Mormon  constitute  a  brief 
explanation  of  the  preceding  portions  of  the  record,  and  a  preface  to  the 
parts  following. 

The  body  of  the  Book,  from  Mosiah  to  Mormon,  chapter  7,  inclusive, 
is  the  translation  of  Mormon's  abridgment  of  the  Plates  of  Nephi.  The 
latter  part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon,  from  the  beginning  of  Mormon,  chan- 
ter 8,  to  the  end  of  the  volume,  was  engraved  by  Mormon's  son,  Moroni, 
who  first  proceeded  to  finish  the  record  of  his  father's  life,  and  then  made 
an  abridgment  of  the  Jaredite  record,  as  the  Book  of  Ether.  Later  he 
added  the  parts  known  to  us  as  the  Book  of  Moroni. 

The  period  covered  by  Book  of  Mormon  annals  extends  from  B.  C.  600 
to  A.  D.  421.  In  or  about  the  latter  year,  Moroni,  the  last  of  the  Nephite 
historians,  sealed  the  sacred  record,  and  hid  it  up  unto  the  Lord,  to  be 
brought  forth  in  the  latter  days,  as  predicted  by  the  voice  of  God  through 
his  ancient  prophets.  In  A.  D.  1827,  this  same  Moroni,  then  a  resurrected 
personage,  delivered  the  engraved  plates  to  Joseph  Smith. 


788339  »OV  § 


ORIGIN   OF 

THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON 


Joseph  Smith,  through  whom,  by  the  gift  and  power  of  God,  the 
ancient  Scripture,  known  as  THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON,  has  been  brought 
forth  and  translated  into  the  English  tongue,  made  personal  and  circum- 
stantial record  of  the  matter.  He  affirmed  that  during  the  night  of  Sep- 
tember 21,  1823,  he  sought  the  Lord  in  fervent  prayer,  having  previously 
received  a  Divine  manifestation  of  transcendent  import  His  account 
follows ; 

"While  I  was  thus  in  the  act  of  calling  upon  God,  I  discovered  a  light 
appearing  in  my  room,  which  continued  to  increase  until  the  room  was 
lighter  than  at  noonday,  when  immediately  a  personage  appeared  at  my 
bedside,  standing  in  the  air,  for  his  feet  did  not  touch  the  floor. 

"He  had  on  a  loose  robe  of  most  exquisite  whiteness.  It  was  a  white- 
ness beyond  anything  earthly  I  had  ever  seen ;  nor  do  I  believe  that  any 
earthly  thing  could  be  made  to  appear  so  exceedingly  white  and  brilliant, 
His  hands  were  naked,  and  his  arms  also,  a  little  above  the  wrists;  so, 
also,  were  his  feet  naked,  as  were  his  legs,  a  little  above  the  ankles.  His 
head  and  neck  were  also  bare.  I  could  discover  that  he  had  no  other 
clothing  on  but  this  robe,  as  it  was  open,  so  that  I  could  see  into  his 
bosom. 

"Not  only  was  his  robe  exceedingly  white,  but  his  whole  person  was 
glorious  beyond  description,  and  his  countenance  truly  like  lightning.  The 
room  was  exceedingly  light,  but  not  so  very  bright  as  immediately  around 
his  person.  When  I  first  looked  upon  him,  I  was  afraid;  but  the  fear 
soon,  left  me. 

"He  called  me  by  name,  and  said  unto  me  that  he  was  a  messenger 
sent  from  the  presence  of  God  to  me,  and  that  his  name  was  Moroni ; 
that  God  had  a  work  for  me  to  do ;  and  that  my  name  should  be  had  for 
good  and  evil  among  all  nations,  kindreds,  and  tongues,  or  that  it  should 
be  both  good  and  evil  spoken  of  among  all  people, 

"He  said  there  was  a  book  deposited,  written  upon  gold  plates,  giving 
an  account  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  this  continent,  and  the  source  from 
whence  they  sprang.  He  also  said  that  the  fulness  of  the  everlasting  Gos- 
pel was  contained  in  it,  as  delivered  by  the  Savior  to  the  ancient  inhabi- 
tants; 

"Also,  that  there  were  two  stones  in  silver  bows — and  these  stones,  fas- 
tened to  a  breastplate,  constituted  what  is  called  the  Urim  and  Thummim 
—deposited  with  the  plates;  and  the  possession  and  use  of  these  stones 
were  what  constituted  Seers  in  ancient  or  former  times;  and  that  God 
had  prepared  them  for  the  purpose  of  translating  the  book. 
$  #*$*$** 

"Again,  he  told  me,  that  when  I  got  those  plates  of  which  he  had 
spoken — for  the  time  that  they  should  be  obtained  was  not  yet  fulfilled — I 
should  not  show  them  to  any  person ;  neither  the  breastplate  with  the  Urim 
and  Thummim;  only  to  those  to  whom  I  should  be  commanded  to  show 
them;  if  I  did  I  should  be  destroyed.  While  he  was  conversing  with  me 
about  the  plates,  the  vision  was  opened  to  my  mind  that  I  could  see  the 


place  where  the  plates  were  deposited,  and  that  so  clearly  and  distinctly 
that  I  knew  the  place  again  when  I  visited  it 

"After  this  communication,  I  saw  the  light  in  the  room  begin  to  gather 
immediately  aroond  the  person  of  him  who  had  been  speaking  to  me,  and 
it^  continued  to  do  so,  until  the  room  was  again  left  dark,  except  just  around 
him,  when  instantly  I  saw,  as  it  were,  a  conduit  open  right  up  into 
heaven,  and  he  ascended  until  he  entirely  disappeared,  and  the  room  was 
left  as  it  had  been  before  this  heavenly  light  had  made  its  appearance. 

"I  lay  musing  on  the  singularity  of  the  scene,  and  marveling  greatly 
at  what  had  been  told  to  me  by  this  extraordinary  messenger ;  when,  in 
the  Amidst  of  my  meditation,  I  suddenly  discovered  that  my  room  was  again 
beginning  to  get  lighted,  and  in  an  instant,  as  it  were,  the  same  heavenly 
messenger  was  again  by  my  bedside. 

"He  commenced,  and  again  related  the  yery  same  things  which  he  had 
done  at  his  first  visit,  without  the  least  variation ;  which  having  done,  he 
informed  me  of  great  judgments  which  were  coming  upon  the  earth,  with 
great  desolations  by  famine,  sword,  and  pestilence ;  and  that  these  griev- 
ous judgments  would  come  on  the  earth  in  this  generation.  Having  related 
these  things,  he  again  ascended  as  he  had  done  before. 

"By  this  time,  so  deep  were  the  impressions  made  on  my  mind,  that 
sleep  had  fled  from  my  eyes,  and  I  lay  overwhelmed  in  astonishment  at 
what  I  had  both  seen  and  heard.  But  what  was  my  surprise  when  again 
I  beheld  the  same  messenger  at  my  bedside,  and  heard  him  rehearse  or  re- 
peat over  again  to  me  the  same  things  as  before ;  and  added  a  caution  to 
me,  telling  me  that  Satan  would  try  to  tempt  me  (in  consequence  of  the 
indigent  circumstances  of  my  father's  family),  to  get  the  plates  for  the 
purpose  of  getting  rich.  This  he  forbade  me,  saying  that  I  must  have  no 
other  object  in  view  in  getting  the  plates  but  to  glorify  God,  and  must  not 
be  influenced  by  any  other  motive  than  that  of  building  His  kingdom; 
otherwise  I  could  not  get  them. 

"After  this  third  visit,  he  again  ascended  into  heaven  as  before,  and  I 
was  again  left  to  ponder  on  the  strangeness  of  what  I  had  just  experi- 
enced ;  when  almost  immediately  after  the  heavenly  messenger  had  as- 
cended from  me  the  third  time,  the  cock  crowed,  and  I  found  that  day  was 
approaching,  so  that  our  interviews  must  have  occupied  the  whole  of  that 
night. 

"I  shortly  after  arose  from  my  bed,  and,  as  usual,  went  to  the  neces- 
sary labors  of  the  day ;  but,  in  attempting  to  work  as  at  other  times,  I 
found  my  strength  so  exhausted  as  to  render  me  entirely  unable.  My 
father,  who  was  laboring  along  with  me,  discovered  something  to  be  wrong 
with  me,  and  told  me  to  go  home.  I  started  with  the  intention  of  going 
to  the  house ;  but,  in  attempting  to  cross  the  fence  out  of  the  field  where  we 
were,  my  strength  entirely  failed  me,  and  I  fell  helpless  on  the  ground,  and 
for  a  time  was  quite  unconscious  of  anything. 

"The  first  thing  that  I  can  recollect  was  a  voice  speaking  unto  me, 
calling  me  by  name.  I  looked  up,  and  beheld  the  same  messenger  stand- 
ing over  my  head,  surrounded  by  light  as  before.  He  then  again  related  onto 
me  all  that  he  had  related  to  m'e  the  previous  night,  and  commanded  me  to 
go  to  my  father  and  tell  him  of  the  vision  and  commandments  which  I  had 
received. 

"I  obeyed ;  I  returned  to  my  father  in  the  field,  and  rehearsed  the  whole 
matter  to  him.  He  replied  to  me  that  it  was  of  God,  and  told  me  to  go 
and  do  as  commanded  by  the  messenger.  I  left  the  field,  and  went  to  the 
place  where  the  messenger  had  told  me  the  plates  were  deposited;  and 
owing  to  the  distinctness  of  the  vision  which  1  had  had  concerning  it,  I 
knew  the  place  the  instant  that  I  arrived  there. 


"Convenient  to  the  village  of  Manchester,  Ontario  county,  New  York, 
stands  a  hill  of  considerable  size,  and  the  most  elevated  of  any  in  the 
neighborhood.  On  the  west  side  of  this  hill,  not  far  from  the  top,  under  a 
stone  of  considerable  size,  lay  the  plates,  deposited  in  a  stone  box.  This 
stone  was  thick  and  rounding1  in  the  middle  on  the  upper  side,  and  thinner 
towards  the  edges,  so  that  the  middle  part  of  it  was  visible  above  the 
ground,  but  the  edge  all  around  was  covered  with  earth. 

"HaVing  removed  the  earth,  I  obtained  a  lever,  which  I  got  fixed  under 
the  edge  of  the  stone,  and  with  a  little,  exertion  raised  it  up.  I  looked  in, 
and  there  indeed  did  I  behold  the  plates,  the  Urim  and  Thummim,  and 
the  breastplate,  as  stated  by  the  messenger.  The  box  in  which  they  lay 
was  formed  by  laying  stones  together  in  some  kind  of  cement.  In  the  bot- 
tom of  the  box  were  laid  two  stones  crossways  of  the  box,  and  on  these 
stones  lay  the  plates  and  the  other  things  with  them. 

"I  made  an  attempt  to  take  them  out,  but  was  forbidden  by  the  mes- 
senger, and  was  again  informed  that  the  time  for  bringing  them  forth  had 
not  yet  arrived,  neither  would  it,  until  four  years  from  that  time ;  but  he 
told  me  that  I  should  come  to  that  place  precisely  in  one  year  from  that 
time,  and  that  he  would  there  meet  with  me,  and  that  I  should  continue 
to  do  so  until  the  time  should  come  for  obtaining  the  plates. 

"Accordingly,  as  I  had  been  commanded,  I  went  at  the  end  of  each 
year,  and  at  each  time  I  found  the  same  messenger  there,  and  received  in- 
struction and  intelligence  from  him  at  each  of  our  interviews,  respecting 
what  the  Lord  was  going  to  do,  and  how  and  in  what  manner  His  king- 
dom was  to  be  conducted  in  the  last  days. 

******* 

"At  length  the  time  arrived  for  obtaining  the  plates,  the  Urim  and 
Thummim,  and  the  breastplate.  On  the  twenty-second  day  of  September, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  twenty-seven,  having  gone  as  usual  at  the 
end  of  another  year  to  the  place  where  they  were  deposited,  the  same 
heavenly  messenger  delivered  them  up  to  me  with  this  charge:  That  I 
should  he  responsible  for  them ;  that  if  I  should  let  them  go  carelessly,  or 
through  any  neglect  of  mine,  I  should  be  cut  off;  but  that  if  I  would  use 
all  my  endeavors  to  preserve  them,  until  he,  the  messenger,  should  call  for 
them,  they  should  be  protected. 

"I  soon  found  out  the  reason  why  I  had  received  such  strict  charges 
to  keep  them  safe,  and  why  it  was  that  the  messenger  had  said  that  when 
I  had  done  what  was  required  at  my  hand,  he  would  call  for  them.  For 
no  sooner  was  it  known  that  I  had  them,  than  the  most  strenuous  exer- 
tions were  used  to  get  them  from  me.  Every  stratagem  that  could  be 
invented  was  resorted  to  for  that  purpose.  The  persecution  became  more 
bitter  and  severe  than  before,  and  multitudes  were  on  the  alert  continually 
to  get  them  from  me  if  possible.  But  by  the  wisdom  of  God,  they  remained 
safe  in  my  hands,  until  I  had  accomplished  by  them  what  was  required  at 
my  hand.  When,  according  to  arrangements,  the  messenger  called  for 
them,  I  delivered  them  up  to  him;  and  he  has  them  in  his  charge  until 
this  day,  being  the  second  day  of  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
thirty-eight." 

For  the  complete  record,  see  Pearl  of  Great  Price,  pages  81-101,  and 
History  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints,  volume  1, 
chapters  1  to  6  inclusive. 

The  ancient  record,  thus  brought  forth  from  the  earth,  as  the  voice  of 
a  people  speaking  from  the  dust,  and  translated  into  modem  speech  by  the 
gift  and  power  of  God  as  attested  by  Divine  affirmation,  was  first  pub- 
lished to  the  world  in  the  year  1830  as  THE  BOOK  OF  MOBMON. 


THE  TESTIMONY  OF  THREE  WITNESSES 

BE  IT  KNOWN  unto  all  nations,  kindreds,  tongues,  and  people,  unto 
whom  this  work  shall  come:  That  we,  through  the  grace  of  God  the 
Father,  and  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  have  seen  the  plates  which  contain 
this  record,  which  is  a  record  of  the  people  of  Nephi,  and  also  of  the 
Lamanites,  their  brethren,  and  also  of  the  people  of  Jared,  who  came  from 
the  tower  of  which  hath  been  spoken.  And  we  also  know  that  they  have 
been  translated  by  the  gift  and  power  of  God,  for  his  voice  hath  declared 
it  unto  us  ;  wherefore  we  know  of  a  surety  that  the  work  is  true.  And  we 
also  testify  that  we  have  seen  the  engravings  which  are  upon  the  plates ; 
and  they  have  been  shown  unto  us  by  the  power  of  God,  and  not  of  man. 
And  we  declare  with  words  of  soberness,  that  an  angel  of  God  came  down 
from  heaven,  and  he  brought  and  laid  before  our  eyes,  that  we  beheld  and 
saw  the  plates,  and  the  engravings  thereon ;  and  we  know  that  it  Is  by  the 
grace  of  God  the  Father,  and  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  we  beheld  and 
bear  record  that  these  things  are  true.  And  it  is  marvelous  in  our  eyes. 
Nevertheless,  the  voice  of  the  Lord  commanded  us  that  we  should  bear 
record  of  it;  wherefore,  to  be  obedient  unto  the  commandments  of  God, 
we  bear  testimony  of  these  things.  And  we  know-  that  if  we  are  faithful 
in  Christ,  we  shall  rid  our  garments;  of  the  blood  of  all  men,  and  be  found 
spotless  before  the  judgment-seat  of  Christ,  and  shall  dwell  with  him  eter- 
nally in  the  heavens.  And  the  honor  be  to  the  Father,  and  to  the  Son,  and 
to  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is  one  God.  Amen. 

OLIVES  COWDERY 
DAVID  WHITMEB 
MAETIN  HAEEIS 


AND  ALSO 
THE  TESTIMONY  OP  EIGHT  WITNESSES 

BE  IT  KNOWN  unto  all  nations,  kindreds,  tongues,  and  people,  unto 
whom  this  work  shall  come :  That  Joseph  Smith,  Jun.,  the  translator  of 
this  work,  has  shown  unto  us  the  plates  of  which  hath  been  spoken,  which 
have  the  appearance  of  gold ;  and  as  many  of  the  leaves  as  the  said  Smith 
has  translated  we  did  handle  with  our  hands;  and  we  also  saw  the  en- 
gravings thereon,  all  of  which  has  the  appearance  of  ancient  work,  and 
of  curious  workmanship.  And  this  we  bear  record  with  words  of  sober- 
ness, that  the  said  Smith  has1  shown  unto  us,  for  we  have  seen  and  hefted, 
and  know  of  a  surety  that  the  said  Smith  has  got  the  plates  of  which  we 
have  spoken.  And  we  give  our  names  unto  the  world,  to  witness  unto  the 
world  that  which  we  have  seen.  And  we  lie  not,  God  bearing  witness  of  it 
CHEISTIAN  WHITMEB  HIEAM  PAGE 

JACOB  WHITMEB  JOSEPH  SMITH,  SEN. 

PETEB  WHITMEB,  JUN.  HYBUM  SMITH 

JOHN  WHITMEB  SAMUEL  H.  SMITH 


NAMES  AND   ORDER 

OF   BOOKS   IN 

THE  BOOK  OF  MORMON 

Designation  in 
flame  P^e  Foot-notes 

First  Book  of  NepM 1  1  Ne. 

Second  Book  of  Nephi 49  2  Ne 

Book  of  Jacob 107  Jac. 

Book  of  Enos 125  Enos 

Book  of  Jarem 127  Jar. 

Book  of  Omni    .    . 129  Om* 

The  Words  of  Mormon 132  W.  of  Mom. 

Book  of  Mosiah 134  Mos. 

Book  of  Alma 195  AL 

Book  of  Helaman    .    .    , 359  He. 

Third  Nephi 399  3  Ne. 

Fourth  Nephi 456  4  Ne. 

Book  of  Mormon 460  Morm. 

Book  of  Ether 478  Eth. 

Book  of  Moroni 510  Moro. 

Other  abbreviations  in  foot-notes: 

Doctrine  and  Covenants D.  &  C. 

Pearl  of  Great  Price • P.  of  G.  P. 

Books  of  the  Holy  Bible  are  designated  by  the  usual  abbreviations. 


OF  MORMON 


THE  FIRST  BOOK  OF  NBPHI 


HIS  KEIGN  AND  MINISTRY 

An  account  of  LeM  and  his  wife  Sariah,  and  Ms  four  sons,  "being  catted, 
{beginning  at  the  eldest)  Laman,  Lemuel,  Sam,  and  NepM.  The  Lord 
warns  Lehi  to  depart  out  of  the  land  of  Jerusalem,  because  lie  prophesieth 
unto  the  people  concerning  their  iniguity  and  they  seek  to  destroy  IMS  life. 
He  taketh  three  days'  journey  into  the  wilderness  with  his  family.  Nephi 
taketh  his  brethren  and  retwneth  to  the  land  of  Jerusalem  after  the  record 
of  the  Jews.  The  account  of  their  sufferings.  They  take  the  daughters  of 
Ishmael  to  wife.  They  talce  their  families  and  depart  into  the  wilderness. 
Their  sufferings  and  afflictions  in  the  wilderness.  The  course  of  their 
travels.  They  come  to  the  large  waters.  Nephi's  brethren  rebel  against 
him.  He  confoundeth  them,  and  buildeth  a  ship.  They  call  the  place 
Bountiful.  They  cross  the  large  waters  into  the  promised  land,  fyv.  TMs 
is  according  to  the  account  of  Nephi;  or  in  other  words f  I,  Nephi,  wrote 
this  record. 


CHAPTER  1. 

Lehi's  vision  of  the  pillar  of  fire 
atyd  the  fcoofc  of  prophecy — He  pre- 
dicts the  impending  fate  of  Jerusalem, 
and  foretells  the  coming  of  the  Mes- 
siah— The  Jews  seek  his  life. 

1.  I,  Nephi,  having  been  born 
of  goodly  parents,  therefore  I  was 
taught  somewhat  in  all  the  learn- 
ing of  my  father;  and  haying  seen 
many  afflictions  in  the  course  of 
my   days,    nevertheless,   having 
been  highly  favored  of  the  Lord 
in  all  my  days;  yea,  having  had 
a  great  knowledge  of  the  good- 
ness and  the  mysteries  of  God, 
therefore  I  make  a  record  of  my 
proceedings  in  my  days. 

2.  Yea,  I  make  a  record  in  the 
language  of  my   father,  which 
consists  of  the  learning  of  the 


Jews  and  the  language  of  the 
Egyptians. 

3.  And  I  know  that  the  rec- 
ord which  I  make  is  true;  and  I 
make  it  with  mine  own  hand; 
and  I  make  it  according  to  my 
knowledge. 

4.  For  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
commencement  of  the  bfir&t  year 
of  the  reign  of  Zedekiah,  king  of 
Judah,   (my  father,  Lehi,  hav- 
ing dwelt  at  Jerusalem  in  all 
his   days);    and   in   that  same 
year  there  came  'many  prophets, 
prophesying  unto  the  people  that 
they  must  repent,  or  the  great 
city  Jerusalem  must  be  destroyed, 

5.  Wherefore  it  came  to  pass 
that  my  father,  Lehi,  as  he  went 
forth  prayed  unto  the  Lord,  yea, 


a,M<k  1:4.    Morm.  9:32.    *t  2  Kings  24:17,  18.    o,  2  Chron. 


1  NBPHI,   1. 


even  with  all  his  heart,  in  "behalf 
of  his  people. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  as  he 
prayed  unto  the  Lord,  there  came 
a  pillar  of  fire  and  dwelt  upon  a 
rock  before  him;  and  he  saw  and 
heard  much;  and  because  of  the 
things  which  he  saw  and  heard 
he  did  auake  and  tremble  exceed- 
ingly. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  returned  to  his  own  house  at 
Jerusalem;  and  he  cast  himself 
upon   his   bed,   being   overcome 
with  the  Spirit  and  the  things 
which  he  had  seen. 

8.  And   being   thus   overcome 
with  the  Spirit,  he  was  carried 
away  in  a  vision,  even  that  he  saw 
the  heavens  open,  and  he  thought 
he    saw    God    sitting   upon    his 
throne,    surrounded    with   num- 
berless concourses  of  angels  in 
the  attitude-  of  singing  and  prais- 
ing their  God. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  saw  one  descending  out  of  the 
midst  of  heaven,  and  he  beheld 
that  his  luster  was  above  that  of 
the  sun  at  noon-day. 

10.  And  he  also  saw  twelve 
others  following  him,  and  their 
brightness  did  exceed  that  of  the 
stars  in  the  firmament. 

11.  And  they  came  down  and 
went  forth  upon  the  face  of  the 
earth;   and  the  first  came  and 
stood  before  my  father,  and  gave 
unto  him  a  book,  and  bade  him 
that  he  should  read. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
as  he  read,  he  was  filled  with  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

13.  And  he  read,  saying:  Wo, 
wo,  unto  Jerusalem,  for  I  have 
seen  thine  abominations!     Yea, 
and  many  things  did  my  father 
read     concerning     Jerusalem — 


dthat  it  should  be  destroyed,  and 
the  inhabitants  thereof;  many 
should  perish  by  the  sword,  and 
many  should  be  carried  away 
captive  into  Babylon. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when   my  father  had  read   and 
seen  many  great  and  marvelous 
things,    he    did    exclaim    many 
things  unto  the  Lord;   sucli  as: 
Great    and    marvelous    are    thy 
works,   O  Lord    God   Almighty! 
Thy  throne  is  high  in  the  heavens, 
and  thy  power,  and  goodness,  and 
mercy  are  over  all  the  inhabitants 
of  the  earth;  and,  because  thou 
art  merciful,  thou  wilt  not  suffer 
those  who  come  unto  thee  that 
they  shall  perish! 

15.  And    after    this    manner 
was  the  language  of  my  father  in 
the  praising  of  his  God;  for  his 
soul  did  rejoice,  and  his  whole 
heart  was  filled,  because  of  the 
things  which  he  had  seen,  yea, 
which  the  Lord  had  shown  unto 
him. 

16.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  do  not 
make  a  full  account  of  the  things 
which  my  "father  hath  written, 
for  he  hath  written  many  things 
which  he  saw  in  visions  and  in 
dreams;  and  he  also  hath  written 
many  things  which  he  prophesied 
and  spake  unto  his  children,  of 
which  I  shall  not  make  a  full  ac- 
count. 

17.  But  I  shall  make  an  ac- 
count of  my  proceedings  in  my 
days.    Behold,  I  make,  an  ''abridg- 
ment of  the  record  of  my  father, 
upon  plates  which  I  have  made 
with  mine  own  hands ;  wherefore, 
after  I  have  abridged  the  record 
of  niy  father  then  will  I  make  an 
account  of  mine  own  life. 

18.  Therefore,   I   would    that 
ye  should  know,  that  after  the 


d,  2  Cbron.  36:17—20.  Jer.  39:1 — 9.  e,  1  Ne.  6:1.  /,  1  Ne.  6:1.  9:2 — 5.  10:1. 
19:1 — 6.  2  Ne.  5:29 — 33.  Jac.  1:1 — t.  3:13,  14.  4:1,  2.  7:26,  27.  Bnos  13* 
15 — 18.  Jar.  14,  15.  W.  of  Morm.  1 — 11.  ABOUT  B.  O.  600, 


1  NBPHI,  2. 


Lord  had  shown  so  many  mar- 
velous things  unto  my  father, 
Lehi,  yea,  concerning  the  destruc- 
tion of  Jerusalem,  behold  he  went 
forth  among  the  people,  and  be- 
gan to  prophesy  and  to  declare 
unto  them  concerning  the  things 
which  he  had  both  seen  and 
heard. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  ^Jews  did  mock  him  because 
of  the  things  which  he  testified 
of  them;  for  he  truly  testified  of 
their  wickedness  and  their  abomi- 
nations; and  he  testified  that  the 
things  which  he  saw  and  heard, 
and  also  the  things  which  he  read 
in  the  book,  manifested  plainly 
of  the  coming  of  a  Messiah,  and 
also  the  redemption  of  the  world. 

20.  And  when  the  Jews  heard 
these  things  they  were  angry  with 
him ;  yea,  even  as  with  the  proph- 
ets of  old,  whom  they  had  cast 
out,  and  stoned,  and  slain;  and 
they  also  sought   his  life,   that 
they  might  take  it  away.     But 
behold,  I,  Nephi,  will  show  unto 
you  that  the  tender  mercies  of 
the  Lord  are  over  all  those  whom 
he  hath  chosen,  because  of  their 
faith,  to  make  them  mighty  even 
unto  the  power  of  deliverance. 

CHAPTER  2. 

Lehi  departs  with  his  favmly  into 
the  wilderness  bordering  on  the  Red 
Sea — His  elder  sons,  Laman  and  Lem- 
uel, murmur  against  him — Nephi  and 
Sam  believe  his  words — The  Lord's 
promises  to  Nephi* 

1.  For  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  Lord-  spake  unto  my 
father,  yea,  even,  in  a  dream, 
and  said  unto  him:  Blessed  art 
thou  Lehi,  because  of  the  things 
which  thou  hast  done;  and  be- 
cause thou  hast  been  faithful  and 
declared  unto  this  people  the 
things  which  I  commanded  thee, 


behold,  they  seek  to  take  away 
thy  life. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  commanded  my  father, 
even  in  a  dream,  that  he  should 
take  his  family  and  depart  into 
the  wilderness. 

3.  And  it  came  -to  pass  that 
he  was  obedient  unto  the  word 
of  the  Lord,  wherefore  he  did  as 
the  Lord  commanded  him. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  *  departed  into  the  wilderness. 
And  he  left  his  house,  and  the 
land  of  his  inheritance,  and  his 
gold,  and  his  silver,  and  his  pre- 
cious things,   and  took  nothing 
with  Mm,  save  it  were  his  family, 
and   provisions,   and   tents,   and 
departed  into  the  wilderness. 

5.  And  he  came  down  by  the 
borders  near  the  shore  of  the  Red 
Sea;  and  he  traveled  in  the  wil- 
derness in  the  borders  which  are 
nearer  the  Red  Sea;  and  he  did 
travel  in  the  wilderness  with  his 
family,   which   consisted  of  my 
mother,    Sariah,    and    my    elder 
brothers,  who  were  Laman,  Lem- 
uel, and  Sam. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  he  had  traveled  three  days 
in  the  wilderness,  he  pitched  his 
tent  in  a  valley  by  the  side  of  a 
river  of  water. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  built  an  altar  of  stones,  and 
made  an  offering  unto  the  Lord, 
and  gave  thanks  unto  the  Lord 
our  God. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  lie 
called  the  name  of  the  river,  La- 
man* and  it  emptied  into  the  Red 
Sea;   and  the  valley  was  in  the 
borders  near  the  mouth  thereof. 

Jh  And  when  my  father  saw 
that  the  waters  of  the  river  emp- 
tied into  the  fountain  of  the  Red 
Sea,  he  spake  unto  Laman,  say- 


g,  2  Ghron.  36 :16.    Jer.  26 :8 — 11, 


*B.  0.  600. 


1  NEPHI,  2. 


ing:  0  that  thou  mightest  be  like 
unto  this  river,  continually  run- 
ning into  the  fountain  of  all 
righteousness! 

10.  And  he   also  spake  unto 
Lemuel:  0  that  thou  mightest  be 
like  unto  this  valley,   firm  and 
steadfast,  and  immovable  in  keep- 
ing the   commandments   of   the 
Lord! 

11.  Now   this  he  spake   be- 
cause  of  the  stiffneckedness  of 
Laman  and  Lemuel;  for  behold 
they  did  murmur  in  many  things 
against  their  father,  because  he 
was  a  visionary  man,   and  had 
led  them  out  of  the  land  of  Jeru- 
salem, to  leave  the  land  of  their 
inheritance,  and  their  gold,  and 
their  silver,   and  their  precious 
things,  to  perish  in  the  wilder- 
ness.   And  this  they  said  he  had 
done  because  of  the  foolish  imag- 
inations of  his  heart. 

12.  And  thus  Laman  and  Lem- 
uel, being  the  eldest,  did  murmur 
against  their  father.     And  they 
did  murmur  because  they  knew 
not  the  dealings  of  that  God  who 
had  created  them. 

13.  Neither  did   they  believe 
that  Jerusalem,  that  great  city, 
could  be  destroyed  according  to 
the  words  of  the  prophets.    And 
they  were  like  unto  the  Jews  who 
were  at  Jerusalem,  who  sought  to 
take  away  the  life  of  my  father. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
my  father  did  speak  unto  them 
in  the  valley  of  Lemuel,   with 
power,  being  filled  with  the  Spirit, 
until  their  frames  did  shake  be- 
fore him.    And  he  did  confound 
them,  that  they  durst  not  utter 
against  him;  wherefore,  they  did 
as  he  commanded  them. 

15.  And  my  father  dwelt  in  a 
tent. 


16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  Nephi,  being  exceeding  young, 
nevertheless  being  large  in  stat- 
ure, and  also  having  great  desires 
to  know  of  the  mysteries  of  God, 
wherefore,   I   did   cry   unto   the 
Lord;  and  behold  he  did  visit  me, 
and  did  soften  my  heart  that  I 
did  believe  all  the  words  which 
had  been  spoken  by  my  father; 
wherefore,  I  did  not  rebel  against 
him  like  unto  my  brothers. 

17.  And   I    spake    unto    Sam, 
making    known    unto    him    the 
things  which  the  Lord  had  mani- 
fested unto  me  by  his  Holy  Spirit. 
And  it  came  to  pass  that  he  be- 
lieved in  my  words. 

18.  But,   behold,   Laman   and 
Lemuel  would  not  hearken  unto 
my  words;  and  being  grieved  be- 
cause of  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts  I  cried  unto  the  Lord  for 
them. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  spake  unto  me,  saying: 
Blessed  art  thou,  Nephi,  because 
of  thy  faith,  for  thou  hast  sought 
me  diligently,  with  lowliness  of 
heart. 

20.  And  inasmuch  as  ye  shall 
keep  my  commandments,  ye  shall 
prosper,  "and  shall  be  led  to  a 
land  of  promise;  yea,  even  a  land 
which  I  have  prepared  for  you; 
yea,  a  land  which  is  choice  above 
all  other  lands. 

21.  And     inasmuch     as     thy 
^brethren  shall  rebel  against  thee, 
they  shall  be  cut  off  from  the 
presence  of  the  Lord. 

22.  And    inasmuch    as    thou 
shalt   keep   my   commandments, 
cthou  shalt  be  made  a  ruler  and 
a  teacher  over  thy  brethren. 

23.  For   behold,   in  that  day 
that  they  shall  rebel  against  me, 
I  will  dcurse  them  even  with  a 


a  1  Ne  18:22,  ,23.  Eth.  1:42.  2:7 — 12.  &^  2  Ne.  5:20.  Al.  0:13,  14.  88:1- 
«,  1  Ne.  3  :29.  2  Ne.  5 :19  4  1  Bte.  12  :22,  23.  2%e.  5  :21-25.  AL  3:6~-19,  17  :U. 
3  Ne.  2:15,  16.  Harm.  5:10.  ABOUT  B.  0.  000. 


I  NBPHI,   3. 


sore  curse,  and  they  shall  have 
no  power  over  thy  seed  except 
they  shall  rebel  against  me  also. 
24.  And  if  it  so  be  that  they 
rebel  against  me,  they  shall  be  a 
scourge  unto  thy  seed,  to  stir 
them  up  in  the  ways  of  remem- 
brance. 

CHAPTER  3. 

Lehi's  sons  sent  back  to  Jerusalem 
to  obtain  the  plates  of  brass — Laban 
refines  to  deliver  the  plates — Laman 
and  Lemuel  reproved  by  an  angel. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,    returned   from   speaking 
with  the  Lord,  to  the  tent  of  my 
father. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
spake  unto  me,  saying:   Behold 
I  have  dreamed  a  dream,  in  the 
which  the  Lord  hath  commanded 
me  that  thou  and  thy  brethren 
shall  return  to  Jerusalem. 

3.  For  behold,  Laban  hath  the 
record  of  the  Jews  and  also  a 
genealogy  of  thy  forefathers,  and 
athey  are  engraven  upon  plates  of 
brass. 

4.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  hath 
commanded  me  that  thou  and  thy 
brothers  should  go  unto  the  house 
of  Laban,  and  seek  the  records, 
and  bring  them  down  hither  into 
the  wilderness. 

5.  And  now,  behold  thy  broth- 
ers murmur,  saying  it  is  a  hard 
thing  which  I  have  required  of 
them;  but  behold  I  have  not  re- 
quired it  of  them,  but  it  is  a  com- 
mandment of  the  Lord, 

6.  Therefore  go,  my  son,  and 
thou  shalt  be  favored  of  the  Lord, 
because  thou  hast  not  murmured. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nepjbii,  said  unto  my  father:   I 
will  go  and  do  the  things  which 
the  Lord  hath  commanded,  for  I 


know  that  the  Lord  giveth  no 
commandments  unto  the  children 
of  men,  save  he  shall  prepare  a 
way  for  them  that  they  may  ac- 
complish the  thing  which  he  com- 
mandeth  them. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  my  father  had  heard  these 
words  he  was  exceeding  glad,  for 
he  knew  that  I  had  been  blessed 
of  the  Lord. 

9.  And  I,  Nephi,  and  my  breth- 
ren took  our  journey  in  the  wil- 
derness, with  our  tents,  to  go  up 
to  the  land  of  Jerusalem. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  we  had  come  up  to  the  land 
of  Jerusalem,  I  and  my  brethren 
did  consult  one  with  another. 

11.  And  we  &cast  lots — who  of 
us  should  go  in  unto  the  house  of 
Laban.    And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  lot  fell  upon  Laman;  and  La- 
man went  in  unto  the  house  of 
Laban,  and  he  talked  with  him  as 
he  sat  in  his  house. 

12.  And  he  desired  of  Laban 
the  records  which  were  engraven 
upon  the  plates  of  brass,  which 
contained  the  ^genealogy  of  my 
father, 

13.  And  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  Laban  was  angry,  and  thrust 
him  out  from  his  presence;  and 
he  would  not  that  he  should  have 
the  records.    Wherefore,  he  said 
unto  him:      Behold  thou  art  a 
robber,  and  I  will  slay  thee. 

14.  But  Laman  fled  out  of  his 
presence,    and   told    the   things 
which  Laban  had  done,  unto  us. 
And  we  began  to  be  exceeding 
sorrowful,  and  my  brethren  were 
about  to  return  unto  my  father 
in  the  wilderness, 

v  15.  But  behold  I  said  unto 
them  that:  As  the  Lord  liveth, 
and  as  we  live,  we  will  not  go 


'  *,  1  Ne.  S  :12,  19,  20,  24.  4 :24,  3S.  5 :10— 22.  13 :23.  19 :22.  2  Ne.  4  ;2,  5 
Mos.  1:8,  4.'  28:20.  AI.  $7:^—12.  63:1,  11—14.  &  Ne.  1:2.  6,  Josh.  1S?6, 
Judg.  20  9.  Acts  1:26.  gf  1  Ne.  5:14.  BBTWHBN  B.  C.  600  AND 


6 


1  NEPHI,   3. 


down  unto-  our  father  in  the 
wilderness  until  we  have  accom- 
plished the  thing  which  the  Lord 
hath  commanded  us. 

16.  Wherefore,  let  us  be  faith- 
ful in  keeping  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord;  therefore  let  us  go 
down  to  the  land  of  our  father's 
inheritance,   for  behold   he   left 
cgold  and  silver,  and  all  manner 
of  riches.     And  all  this  he  hath 
done  "because  of  the  command- 
ments of  the  Lord. 

17.  For  he  knew  that  *  Jerusa- 
lem must  he  destroyed,  because  of 
the  wickedness  of  the  people. 

18.  For  behold,  they  have  re- 
jected the  words  of  the  prophets. 
Wherefore,  if  my  father  should 
dwell  in  the  land  after  he  hath 
"been  commanded  to  flee  out  of 
the  land,  behold,  he  would  also 
perish.  Wherefore,  it  must  needs 
be  that  he  flee  out  of  the  land. 

19.  And  behold,  it  is  wisdom 
in   God   that  we  should  obtain 
these  records,  that  we  may  pre- 
serve unto  our  children  the  elan- 
guage  of  our  fathers; 

20.  And  also  that  we  may  pre- 
serve unto  them  the  words  which 
have  been  spoken  by  the  mouth 
of  all  the  holy  prophets,  which 
have  been  delivered  unto  them  by 
the  Spirit  and  power  of  God,  since 
the  world  began,  even  down  unto 
this  present  time. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  this  manner  of  language  did 
I  persuade  my  brethren,  that  they 
might  be  faithful  in  keeping  the 
commandments  of  God. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  went  down  to  the  land  of  our 
inheritance,  and  we  did  gather 
together  our  'gold,  and  our  silver, 
and  our  precious  things. 

23.  And  after  we  had  gathered 


these  things  together,  we  went  up 
again  unto  the  house  of  Laban. 

2  4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
went  in  unto  Laban,  and  desired 
him.  that  he  would  give  unto  us 
the  records  which  were  engraven 
upon  the  ^plates  of  brass,  for 
which  we  would  give  unto  him 
our  gold,  and  our  silver,  and  all 
our  precious  things. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Laban  saw  our  property, 
and  that  it  was  exceeding  great, 
he  did  lust  after  it,  insomuch  that 
he  thrust  us  out,  and  sent  his 
servants  to  slay  us,  that  he  might 
obtain  our  property. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  did  flee  before  the  servants  of 
Laban,  and  we  were  obliged  to 
leave  behind  our  property,  and  it 
fell  into  the  hands  of  Laban. 

27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  fled  into  the  wilderness,  and 
the   servants   of  Laban   did   not 
overtake  us,  and  we  hid  ourselves 
in  the  cavity  of  a  rock. 

28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Laman  was  angry  with  me,  and 
also  with  my  father;  and  also  was 
Lemuel,  for  he  hearkened  unto 
the  words  of  Laman.    Wherefore 
Laman   and    Lemuel    did    speak 
many  hard  words  unto  us,  their 
younger  brothers,  and  they  did 
smite  us  even  with  a  rod. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  as  they 
smote  us  with  a  rod,  behold,  an 
angel  of  the  Lord  came  and  stood 
before  them,  and  he  spake  unto 
them,  saying:     Why  do  ye  smite 
your  younger  brother  with  a  rod? 
JCnow  ye  not  that  the  Lord  hath 
chosen  him  to  be  a  Aruler  over 
you,   and   this  because   of  your 
iniquities?    Behold  ye  shall  go  up 
to  Jerusalem  again,  and  the  Lord 
will    deliver    Laban    into    your 
hands. 


c,  1  Ne.  2 -A.     d>  see  d,  1  Ne.  1. 
gt  see  0.     ft,  1  Ne,  2 :22. 


et  1  Ne.  1:2,  3. 


ofc.  1 :4.     1*  I  Ne.  2 :4.     3  :10. 
BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  592. 


1  NBPHI,  4. 


30.  And  after  the  angel  had 
spoken  unto  us,  he  departed. 

31.  And  after   the  angel  had 
departed,    Laman    and    Lemuel 
again  began  to  murmur,  saying: 
How  is  it  possible  that  the  Lord 
will  deliver  Laban  into  our  hands? 
Behold,  he  is  a  mighty  man,  and 
he  can  command  fifty,  yea,  even  he 
can  slay  fifty;  then  why  not  us? 

CHAPTER  4. 

Nephi  secures  possession  of  the 
plates  ~by  stratagem — Laban  slain 
with  his  own  sword — Zoram  accom- 
panies Nephi  and  his  brothers  into 
the  wilderness. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
spake  unto  my  brethren,  saying: 
Let  us  go  up  again  unto  Jerusa- 
lem, and  let  us  be  faithful  in  keep- 
ing  the    commandments   of   the 
Lord;  for  behold  he  is  mightier 
than  all  the  earth,  then  why  not 
mightier  than  Laban  and  his  fifty, 
yea,  or  even  than  his  tens  of  thou- 
sands? 

2.  Therefore  let  us  go  up;  let 
us  be  strong  like  unto  Moses;  for 
he  truly  spake  unto  the  waters  of 
the  Red   Sea   and  they  divided 
hither  and  thither,  and  our  fa- 
thers came  through,  out  of  cap- 
tivity,  on  dry  ground,  and  the 
armies  of  Pharaoh  did  follow  and 
were  drowned  in  the  waters  of 
the  Red  Sea. 

3.  Now  behold  ye  know  that 
this  is  true;   and  ye  also  know 
that  an  angel  hath  spoken  unto 
you;    wherefore  can  ye   doubt? 
Let  us  go  up ;  the  Lord  is  able  to 
deliver  us,  even  as  our  fathers, 
and  to  destroy  Laban,  even  as  the 
Egyptians. 

4.  Now   when   I   had   spoken 
these  words,  they  were  yet  wroth, 
and  did  still  continue  to  murmur; 
nevertheless  they  did  follow  me 
up  until  we  came  without  the 
walls  of  Jerusalem. 


5.  And  it  was  by  night;  and  I 
caused    that    they    should    hide 
themselves    without    the    walls. 
And  after  they  had  hid  them- 
selves, I,  Nephi,  crept  into  the  , 
city  and  went  forth  towards  the 
house  of  Laban. 

6.  And  I  was  led  by  the  Spirit, 
not     knowing     beforehand     the 
things  which  I  should  do. 

7.  Nevertheless  I  went  forth, 
and   as   I   came   near  unto   the 
house  of  Laban  I  beheld  a  man, 
and  he  had  fallen  to  the  earth 
before  me,  for  he  was  drunken 
with  wine. 

8.  And  when  I  came  to  him  I 
found  that  it  was  Laban. 

9.  And  I  beheld  his  Qsword,  and 
I  drew  it  forth  from  the  sheath 
thereof;  and  the  hilt  thereof  was 
of  pure  gold,  and  the  workman- 
ship thereof  was  exceeding  fine, 
and  I  saw  that  the  blade  thereof 
was  of  the  most  precious  steel. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
was    constrained    by   the    Spirit 
that  I  should  kill  Laban;  but  I 
said  in  my  heart:     Never  at  any 
time  have  I  shed  the  blood  of 
man.     And  I  shrunk  and  would 
that  I  might  not  slay  him. 

11.  And  the  Spirit  said  unto 
me  again:    Behold  the  Lord  hath 
delivered   him    into   thy   hands. 
Yea,  and  I  also  knew  that  he  had 
sought  to  take  away  mine  own 
life;    yea,    and    he    would    not 
hearken  unto  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord;    and  he  also  had 
taken  away  our  property. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Spirit  said  unto  me  again: 
Slay  him,  for  the  Lord  hath  de- 
livered him  into  thy  hands; 

13.  Behold   the   Lord   slayeth 
the   wicked   to   bring   forth   his 
righteous  purposes.    It  is  better 
that  one  man  should  perish  than 


a*  2  Ne.  5 :14,     Jac.  1 :10.     Mos.  1 :16.     D.  &  C.  17  :1.         BET.  B.  C.  600  Ain>  592. 


8 


1  NBPHI,  4. 


tliat  a  nation  should  dwindle  and 
perish  IE  unbelief. 

14.  And  now,  when  I,  Nephi, 
had  heard  these  words,  I  remem- 
bered  the   words   of   the    Lord 
which  he  spake  unto  me  in  the 
wilderness,    saying   that:     Inas- 
much as  thy  seed  shall  Keep  my 
commandments,  "they  shall  pros- 
per in  the  land  of  promise. 

15.  Yea,   and  I  also   thought 
that  they  could  not  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord  according 
to  the  law  of  Moses,  save  they 
should  have  the  law. 

16.  And  I  also  knew  that  the 
law    was    engraven    upon    the 
plates  of  brass. 

17.  And  again,  I  knew  that  the 
Lord  had  delivered  Laban  into 
my  hands  for  this  cause — that  I 
might  obtain  the  records  accord- 
ing to  .his  commandments. 

18.  Therefore  I  did  obey  the 
voice  of  the  Spirit,  and  took  La- 
ban  by  the  hair  of  the  head,  and 
I  smote  oft  his  head  with  his  own 
sword. 

19.  And  after  I  had  smitten  off 
his  head  with  his  own  sword,  I 
took  the  garments  of  Laban  and 
put  them  upon  mine  own  body; 
yea,  even  every  whit;  and  I  did 
gird  on  his  armor  about  my  loins. 

20.  And  after  I  had  done  this, 
I  went  forth  unto  the  treasury  of 
Laban.     And    as    I    went    forth 
towards  the  treasury  of  Laban, 
behold,  I  saw  the  servant  of  La- 
ban  who  had  the  keys  of  the  treas- 
ury.   And  I  commanded  him  in. 
the  voice  of  Laban,  that  he  should 
go  with  me  into  the  treasury. 

21.  And  he  supposed  me  to  be 
his  master,  Laban,  for  he  beheld 
the  garments  and  also  the  sword 
girded  about  my  loins. 

22.  And  he  spake  unto  me  con- 
cerning the  elders  of  the  Jews,  he 


knowing  that  his  master,  Laban, 
had  been  out  by  night  among 
them. 

23.  And  I  spake  unto  Mm  as  if 
it  had  been  Laban. 

24.  And  I  also  spake  unto  him 
that  I  should  carry  the  engrav- 
ings, which  were  upon  the  cplates 
of  brass,  to  my  elder  brethren, 
who  were  without  the  walls. 

25.  And  I  also  bade  him  that 
he  should  follow  me. 

26.  And  he,  supposing  that  I 
spake    of    the    brethren    of    the 
church,  and  that  I  was  truly  that 
Laban  whom  I  had  slain,  where- 
fore he  did  follow  me. 

27.  And    he    spake    unto    me 
many  times  concerning  the  elders 
of  the  Jews,  as  I  went  forth  unto 
my  brethren,  who  were  without 
the  walls. 

28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when    Laman    saw    me    he   was 
exceedingly  frightened,  and  also 
Lemuel  and  Sam.    And  they  fled 
from   before   my   presence;    for 
they  supposed  it  was  Laban,  and 
that  he  had  slain  me  and  had 
sought  to  take  away  their  lives 
also. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
called  after  them,  and  they  did 
hear    me;    wherefore    they    did 
cease  to  flee  from  my  presence. 

30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  servant  of  Laban  be- 
held  my  brethren  he  began  to 
tremble,  and  was  about  to  flee 
from  before  me  and  return  to  the 
city  of  Jerusalem. 

31.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  being  a 
man  large  in  stature,  and  also 
having  received  much  strength  of 
the  Lord,  therefore  I  did  seize 
upon  the  servant  of  Laban,  and 
held  him,  that  he  should  not  flee. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
spake  with  him,  that  if  he  would 


&,  1  Ne.  2 :20»    ot  see  a,  1  Ne.  3. 


BETWEEN  B,  C.  600  AND  802. 


I  NBPHI,   5. 


hearken  unto  my  words,  as  the 
Lord  liveth,  and  as  I  live,  even  so 
that  if  he  would  hearken  unto  our 
words,  we  would  spare  his  life. 

33.  And  I  spake  unto  him,  even 
with  an  oath,  that  he  need  not 
fear;  that  he  should  be  a  free 
man  like  unto  us  if  he  "would  go 
down  in  the  wilderness  with  us. 

34.  And  I  also  spake  unto  him, 
saying:     Surely   the   Lord   hath 
commanded  us  to  do  this  thing; 
and  shall  we  not  be  diligent  in 
keeping    the    commandments    of 
the  Lord?    Therefore, if  thou  wilt 
go  down  into  the  wilderness  to 
my  father  thou  shalt  have  place 
with  us. 

35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Zoram  did  take  courage  at  the 
words  which  I  spake.     Now  dZo- 
ram  was  the  name  of  the  servant; 
and  he  promised  that  he  would  go 
down  into  the  wilderness  unto  my 
father.      And   he   also   made  an 
oath,  unto  us  that  he  would  tarry 
with  us  from  that  time  forth. 

36.  Now  we  were  desirous  that 
he  should  tarry  with  us  for  this 
cause,  that  the  Jews  might  not 
know  concerning  our  flight  into 
the  wilderness,  lest  they  should 
pursue  us  and  destroy  us. 

37.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Zoram  had  made  an  oath 
unto  us,  our  fears  did  cease  con- 
cerning him. 

38.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  took  the  plates  of  brass  and 
the  servant  of  Laban,  and  de- 
parted into  the  wilderness,  and 
journeyed  unto  the  tent  of  our 
father. 

CHAPTER  5. 

Sariah' s  complaint  against  Lehi — 
Both  rejoice  over  their  sons'  return — 
Contents  of  the  brass  plates — Lehi  a 
descendant  of  Joseph— Laban  also  of 
that  Uneaffv — Lehi's  prophecies. 


1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  we  had  come  down  into  the 
wilderness  unto  our  father,  be- 
hold, he  was  filled  with  joy,  and 
also  my  mother,  Sariah,  was  ex- 
ceeding glad,  for  she  truly  had 
mourned  because  of  us. 

2.  For  she  had  supposed  that 
we  had  perished  in  the  wilder- 
ness; and  she  also  had  complained 
against  my   father,  telling  him 
that  he  was  a  visionary  man ;  say- 
ing:    Behold   thou   hast  led   us 
forth  from  the  land  of  our  inheri- 
tance, and  my  sons  are  no  more, 
and  we  perish  in  the  wilderness. 

3.  And  after  this  manner  of 
language  had  my  mother  com- 
plained against  my  father. 

4.  And  it  had  come  to  pass 
that  my  father  spake  unto  her, 
saying:     I  know  that  I  am  a  vis- 
ionary man ;  for  if  I  had  not  seen 
the  things  of  God  in  a  ^vision  I 
should  not  have  known  the  good- 
ness of  God,  but  had  tarried  at 
Jerusalem,  and  had  perished  with 
my  brethren. 

5.  But  behold,  I  have  obtained 
a  land  of  promise,  in  the  which 
things  I  do  rejoice;  yea,  and  I 
know  that  the  Lord  will  deliver 
my  sons  out  of  the  hands  of  La- 
ban,  and  bring  them  down  again 
unto  us  in  the  wilderness. 

6.  And  after  this  manner  of 
language    did   my   father,   Lehi, 
comfort  my  mother,  Sariah,  con- 
cerning us,  while  we  journeyed  in 
the  wilderness  up  to  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,  to  obtain  the  record  of 
the  Jews. 

7.  And. when  we  had  returned, 
to  the  tent  of  my  father,  behold 
their  joy  was  full,  and  my  mother 
was  comforted. 

8.  And  she  spake,  saying:  Now 
I  know  of  a  surety  that  the  Lord 
hath  Commanded  my  husband  to 


df  I  Ne.  10  :T,     2  Ne.  5:0.     Jac.  1:13.     Al.  54:23, 
.  5  :    a*  1  Ne,  1  :13.    3  ;18.    6,  1  Ne.  2  ;2. 


Ne.  36,  3T. 

Bsrwion*  B.  0.  600  AND  6£2. 


10 


1  NEPHI,  6. 


flee  into  the  wilderness;  yea,  and 
I  also  know  of  a  surety  that  the 
Lord  hath  protected  my  sons,  and 
delivered  them  out  of  the  hands 
of  Laban,  and  given  them  power 
whereby  they  could  accomplish 
the  thing  which  the  Lord  hath 
commanded  them.  And  after  this 
manner  of  language  did  she 
speak. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  thai 
they  did  rejoice  exceedingly,  and 
did  offer  sacrifice  and  burnt  of- 
ferings unto  the  Lord;  and  they 
gave   thanks,  unto   the   God   of 
Israel. 

10.  And  after  they  had  given 
thanks  unto  the  God  of  Israel, 
my  father,  Lehi,  took  the  records 
which  were  engraven  upon  cthe 
plates  of  brass,  and  he  did  search 
them  from  the  beginning. 

11.  And  he  beheld  that  they  did 
contain  the  five  books  of  Moses, 
which  gave  an  account  of  the  cre- 
ation of  the  world,  and  also  of 
Adam  and  Eve,  who  were  our  first 
parents;   , 

12.  And  also  a  record  of  the 
Jews  from  the  beginning,  even 
down  to  the  commencement  of  the 
reign  of  Zedekiah,  king  of  Judah; 

13.  And   also   the   prophecies 
of  the  holy  prophets,  from  the 
beginning,  even  down  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  reign  of  Zede- 
kiah; and  also  many  prophecies 
which  have  been  spoken  by  the 
mouth  of  Jeremiah. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
my  father,  Lehi,  also  found  upon 
the  plates  of  brass  a  ^genealogy 
of  his  fathers ;  wherefore  he  knew 
that  he  was  a  descendant  of  Jo- 
seph; yea,  even  that  Joseph  wbxr 
was  the  son  of  Jacob,  who  was 
sold  into  Egypt,  and  who  was  pre- 
served by  the  hand  of  the  Lord, 
that  he  might  preserve  his  father, 


Jacob,  and  all  his  household  from 
perishing  with  famine. 

15.  And  they  were  also  led  out 
of  captivity  and  out  of  the*  land  of 
Egypt,  by  that  same  God  who  had 
preserved  them. 

16.  And  thus  my  father,  Lehi, 
did  discover  the  genealogy  of  his 
fathers.     And  Laban  also  was  a 
descendant  of  Joseph,  wherefore 
he  and  his  fathers  had  kept  the 
records. 

17.  And  now  when  my  father 
saw  all  these  things,  he  was  filled 
with   the   Spirit,    and    began   to 
prophesy  concerning  his  seed — 

18.  That  these  plates  of  brass 
should  go  forth  unto  all  nations, 
kindreds,    tongues,    and    people 
who  were  of  his  seed. 

19.  Wherefore,    he    said   that 
these  plates  of  brass  should  never 
perish;   neither  should  they  be 
dimmed  any  more  by  time.    And 
he  prophesied  many  things  con- 
cerning his  seed. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
thus  far  I  and  my  father  had  kept 
the    commandments    wherewith 
the  Lord  had  commanded  us. 

21.  And  we  had  obtained  the 
records  which  the  Lord  had  com- 
manded us,  and  searched  them 
and  found  that  they  were  desira- 
ble ;  yea,  even  of  great  worth  unto 
us,  insomuch  that  we  could  pre- 
serve the  commandments  of  the 
Lord  unto  our  children. 

22.  Wherefore,  it  was  wisdom 
in  the  Lord  that  we  should  carry 
them  with  us,  as  we  journeyed  in 
the  wilderness  towards  the  land 
of  promise. 

CHAPTER  6. 

Nephi's  intent — He  writes  what  is 
pZeosin^r  to  G-od. 

1.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  do  not 
give  the  genealogy  of  my  fathers 


cf  see  a,  I  Ne.  3.    d*  1  Ne.  3 :12.     5  :16. 


6:1.     Al.  10:3.     37:3. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,  7. 


11 


in  this  part  of  my  record ;  neither 
at  any  time  shall  I  give  it  after 
upon  these  plates  which  I  am 
writing ;  for  it  is  given  in  the  rec- 
ord which  has  been  ckept  hy  my 
father;  wherefore,  I  do  not  write 
it  in  this  work. 

2.  For  it  sufficeth  me  to  say 
that  we  are  a  descendant  of  Jo- 
seph. 

3.  And  it  mattereth  not  to  me 
that  I  am  particular  to  give  a  full 
account  of  all  the  things  of  my 
father,  for  they  cannot  be  written 
upon  these  plates,  for  I  desire  the 
room  that   I  may  write  of  the 
things  of  God. 

4.  For  the  fulness  of  mine  in- 
tent is  that  I  may  persuade  men 
to  come  unto  the  God  of  Abra- 
ham, and  the  God  of  Isaac,  and 
the  God  of  Jacob,  and  be  saved. 

5.  Wherefore,  the  things  which 
are  pleasing  unto  the  world  I  do 
not  write,  but  the  things  which 
are  pleasing  unto  God  and  unto 
those  who  are  not  of  the  world. 

6.  Wherefore,  I  shall  give  com- 
mandment  unto   my  seed,  that 
they    shall    not    boccupy    these 
plates  with  things  which  are  not 
of  worth,  unto  the  children  of 
men. 

CHAPTER  7. 

Lehi's  sons  again  sent  back  to  Jeru- 
salem— Ishmael  and  household  agree 
to  join  Lehifs  company — Dissension — 
Nephi,  lyound  with  cords,  is  freed 
through  power  of  faith — His  rebellious 
"brethren  repent. 

1.  And  now  I  would  that  ye 
might  know,  that  after  my  father, 
Lehi,  had  made  an  end  of  proph- 
esying concerning  his  seed,  it 
came  to  pass  that  the  Lord  spake 
unto  him  again,  saying  that  it  was 
not  meet  for  him,  Lehi,  that  lie 
should  take  his  family  into  the 


wilderness  alone;  but  that  his 
sons  should  Hake  daughters  to 
wife,  that  they  might  raise  up 
seed  unto  the  Lord  in  the  land  of 
promise. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass   that 
the  Lord  commanded  him  that  I, 
Nephi,  and  my  brethren,  should 
again  return  unto   the   land   of 
Jerusalem,  and  bring  down  clsh- 
mael  and  his  family  into  the  wil- 
derness. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  again,  with  my  breth- 
ren, go  forth  into  the  wilderness 
to  go  up  to  Jerusalem. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
went  up  unto  the  house  of  Ish- 
mael, and  we  did  gain  favor  in 
the  sight  of  Ishmael,  insomuch 
that  we  did  speak  unto  him  the 
words  of  the  Lord. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord    did    soften    the    heart    of 
Ishmael,  and  also  his  household, 
insomuch  that   they  took   their 
journey  with  us  down  into  the 
wilderness   to    the   tent   of   our  ' 
father. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
we  journeyed  in  the  wilderness, 
behold  Laman  and  Lemuel,  and 
two  of  the  daughters  of  Ishmael, 
and  the  two  sons  of  Ishmael  and 
their  families,  did  rebel  against 
us;  yea,  against  me,  Nephi,  and 
Sam,  and  their  father,  Ishmael, 
and  his  wife,  and  his  three  other 
daughters. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
which  rebellion,  they  were  de- 
sirous to  return  unto  the  landjot 
Jerusalem. 

8.  And   now  I,   Nephi,   being 
grieved  for  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts,   therefore  I  spake   unto 
them,    saying,    yea,    even    unto 
Laman  and  unto  Lemuel:  Behold 


o,  1  Ne.  1:16.  6,  Jac.  1:1—4.  3:13,  14.  4:1—3.  Enos  13—18.  Jar  1,  2,  14, 
15.  Om.  1,  3,  9,  11,  25.  W.  of  Morm.  3—11.  CHAP,  7 :  o,  1  Ne.  1 :16.  2:14,  fc,  1 
Ne.  16 :7.  c,  1  Ne.  7 :6,  19.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  592. 


12 


1  NEPHI,   7. 


ye  are  mine  elder  "brethren,  and 
how  Is  it  that  ye  are  so  hard  in 
your  hearts,  and  so  blind  in  your 
minds,  that  ye  have  need  that 
I,  your  younger  brother,  should 
speak  unto  you,  yea,  and  set  an 
example  for  you? 

9.  How  is  it  that  ye  have  not 
hearkened  unto  the  word  of  the 
Lord? 

10.  How  is  it  that  ye  have  for- 
gotten that  ye  have  dseen  an  angel 
of  the  Lord? 

11.  Yea,  and  how  is  it  that  ye 
have  forgotten  what  great  things 
the  Lord  hath  done  for  us,  in 
^delivering  us  out  of  the  hands 
of  Laban,  and  also  that  we  should 
obtain  the  record? 

12.  Yea,  and  how  is  it  that  ye 
have  forgotten  that  the  Lord  is 
able  to  do  all  things  according  to 
his  will,  for  the  children  of  men, 
if  it  so  be  that  they  exercise  faith 
in  him?     Wherefore,  let  us,  be 
faithful  to  him. 

13.  And  if  it  so  be  that  we  are 
faithful  to  him,  rwe  shall  obtain 
the  land  of  promise;  and  ye  shall 
know  *at  some  future  period  that 
the  word  of  the  Lord  shall  be  ful- 
filled concerning  the  destruction 
of    Jerusalem;     for    all    things 
which  the  Lord  hath  spoken  con- 
cerning the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem must  be  fulfilled. 

14.  For  behold,  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  ceaseth  soon  to  strive 
with  them;  for  behold,  they  have 
^rejected  the  prophets,  and  *Jere- 
miah  have  they  cast  into  prison. 
And  they  have  sought  to  'take 
away  the  life  of  my  father,  inso- 
much that  they  have  driven  him 
out  of  the  land. 

15.  Now  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  if  ye  will  return  unto  Jeru- 
salem  ye  shall  also  perish  with 


them.  And  now,  if  ye  have 
choice,  go  up  to  the  land,  and  re- 
member the  words  which  I  speak 
unto  you,  that  if  ye  go  ye  will 
also  perish;  for  thus  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  constraineth  me  that  I 
should  speak. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I,  Nephi,  had  spoken  these 
words   unto  my   brethren,   they 
were  angry  with  me.  And  it  came 
to  pass  that  they  did  lay  their 
hands  upon  me,  for  behold,  they 
were  exceeding  wroth,  and  they 
did  bind  me  with  cords,  for  they 
sought  to  take  away  my  life,  that 
they  might  leave  me  in  the  wil- 
derness to  be  devoured  by  wild 
beasts. 

17.  But  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
prayed  unto  the  Lord,  saying:  O 
Lord,  according  to  my  faith  which 
is  in  thee,  wilt  thou  deliver  me 
from  the  hands  of  my  brethren; 
yea,  even  give  me  strength  that 
I   may  burst  these  bands   with 
which  I  am  bound. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I  had  said  these  words,  be- 
hold, the  bands  were  loosed  from 
off  my  hands  and  feet,  and  I  stood 
before  my  brethren,  and  I  spake 
unto  them  again. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  angry  with  me  again, 
and  sought   to  lay  hands   upon 
me;  but  behold,  one  of  the  daugh- 
ters of  Ishmael,  yea,  and  also  her 
mother,  and  one  of  the  sons  of 
Ishmael,  did  plead  with  my  breth- 
ren,   Insomuch    that    they    did 
soften  their  hearts;  and  they  did 
cease  striving  to  take  away  my 
life. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  sorrowful,  because  of 
their  wickedness,  insomuch  that 
they  did  bow  down  before  mef 


<f,  1  He.  3:28.     e.  I  Ne.  4.     /,  1  Ne.  2:20.     18:22,23.     g,  2  Ne.  6:8,  9.     25:10. 
Om.  15.     H*.  8:20.  *1.     »,  Jer.  «:4-«.     «,  J,r.  37 :15.  ^N^.  |_:1  ^  ^  ^ 


1  NBPHI,   8. 


and  did  plead  with,  me  that  I  ] 
would  forgive  them  of  the  thing  | 
that  they  had  done  against  me. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  frankly  forgive  them  all  that 
they  had  done,  and  I  did  exhort 
them  that  they  would  pray  unto 
the  Lord  their  God  for  forgive- 
ness.    And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  so.    And  after  they  had 
done  praying  unto  the  Lord  we 
did  again  travel  on  our  journey 
towards  the  tent  of  our  father. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  did  come  down  unto  the  tent 
of  our  father.     And  after  I  and 
my  brethren  and  all  the  house  of 
Ishmael  had  come  down  unto  the 
tent  of  my  father,  they  did  give 
thanks  unto  the  Lord  their  God; 
and  they  did  offer  sacrifice  and 
burnt  offerings  unto  him. 

CHAPTER  8. 

Lehi's  dream  of  the  treef  the  river, 
and  the  rod  of  iron — Laman  and  Lem- 
uel partake  not  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
had  gathered  together  all  manner 
of  aseeds  of  every  kind,  both  of 
grain  of  every  kind,  and  also  of 
the  seeds  of  fruit  of  every  kind. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
while  my  father  tarried  in  the 
wilderness  he  spake  unto  us,  say- 
ing:  Behold,  I  have  dreamed  a 
dream ;  or,  in  other  words,  I  have 
seen  a  vision. 

3.  And  behold,  because  of  the 
thing  which  I  have  seen,  I  have 
reason  to  rejoice  in  the  Lord  be- 
cause of  Nephi  and  alsb  of  Sam; 
for  I  have  reason  to  suppose  that 
they,  and  also  many  of  their  seed, 
will  be  saved. 

4.  But    behold,    Laman    and 
Lemuel,  I  fear   exceedingly  be- 
cause of  you;    for  behold,  me- 


thought  I  saw  in  my  dream,  a 
dark  and  dreary  wilderness. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
saw  a  man,  and  he  was  dressed 
in  a  white  robe ;  and  he  came  and 
stood  before  me. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
spake  unto  me,  and  bade  me  fol- 
low him. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
as  I  followed  him  I  beheld  myself 
that  I  was  in  a  dark  and  dreary 
waste, 

8.  And  after  I  had  traveled  for 
the  space  of  many  hours  ip  dark- 
ness, I  began  to  pray  unto  the 
Lord  that  he  would  have  mercy 
on  me,  according  to  the  multitude 
of  his  tender  mercies. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  after  I 
had  prayed  unto  the  Lord  I  be- 
held a  large  and  spacious  field. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  &beheld  a  tree,  whose  fruit  was 
desirable  to  make  one  happy. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  go  forth  and  partake  of  the 
fruit  thereof;  and  I  beheld  that  it 
was  most  sweet,  above  all  that  I 
ever  before  tasted.     Yea,  and  I 
beheld  that  the  fruit  thereof  was 
white,  to  exceed  all  the  whiteness 
that  I  had  ever  seen.     , 

12.  And  as  I  partook  of  the 
fruit  thereof  it  filled  my  soul  with 
exceeding  great  joy;   wherefore, 
I  began  to  be  desirous  that  my 
family  should  partake  of  it  also; 
for  I  knew  that  it  was  desirable 
above  all  other  fruit. 

13.  And   as   I   cast   my   eyes 
round  about,  that  perhaps  I  might 
discover  my  family  also,  I  beheld 
a  criver  of  water;    and   it  ran 
along,  and  it  was  near  the  tree  of 
which  I  was  partaking  the  fruit. 

14.  And  I  looked   to   behold 
from  whence  it  came;  and  I  &aw 
the  head  thereof  a  little  way  off; 


<Vl  Ne%  18:24.     &,  1  Ne,  8:15,  20,  24,  25,  30.     11:8,  0,  21—23,  25,     c,  1  Nte.  8:19. 
12  ;1&,  18.    16 :26 — 29.  BETWEEN:  B.  0,  600  AND  592. 


14 


I  NBPHI,   8. 


and  at  the  head  thereof  I  beheld 
your  mother,  Sariah,  and  Sam, 
and  Nephi;  and  they  stood  as  if 
they  knew  not  whither  they 
should  go. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beckoned  unto  them;  and  I  also 
did  say  unto  them  with  a  loud 
voice  that  they  should  come  unto 
me,    and    partake    of   the   fruit, 
which   was   desirable   above   all 
other  fruit. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  come  unto  me  and  par- 
take of  the  fruit  also. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  was  desirous  that  Laman  and 
Lemuel  should  come  and  partake 
of  the  fruit  also ;  wherefore,  I  cast 
mine  eyes  towards  the  head  of  the 
river,  that  perhaps  I  might  see 
them. 

18.  And  it  came/ to  pass  that 
I  saw  them,  but  dthey  would  not 
come  unto  me  and  partake  of  the 
fruit. 

19.  And  I  beheld  a  crod  of  iron, 
and  it  extended  along  the  bank 
of  the  river,  and  led  to  the  tree 
by  which  I  stood. 

20.  And  I  also  beheld  a  straight 
and   narrow   path,   which   came 
along  by  the  rod  of  iron,  even  to 
the  tree  by  which  I  stood;  and  it 
also  led  by  the  head  of  the  foun- 
tain, unto  a  large  and  spacious 
field,  as  if  it  had  been  a  world. 

21.  And  I  saw  numberless  con- 
courses of  people,  many  of  whom 
were  pressing  forward,  that  they 
might  obtain  the  path  which  led 
unto  the  tree  by  which  I  stood. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  come  forth,  and  com- 
mence in  the  path  which  led  to 
the  tree. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  arose  a  mist  of  darkness; 
yea,  even  an  exceeding  great  mist 


of  darkness,  insomuch  that  they 
who  had  commenced  in  the  path 
did  lose  their  way,  that  they  wan- 
dered off  and  were  lost. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld  others  pressing  forward, 
and  they  came  forth  and  caught 
hold  of  the  end   of  the  rod   of 
iron;  and  they  did  press  forward 
through   the   mist   of   darkness, 
clinging  to  the  rod  of  iron,  even 
until  they  did   come  forth  and 
partake  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree. 

25.  And  after  they  had  par- 
taken of  the  fruit  of  the  tree  they 
did  cast  their  eyes  about  as  if 
they  were  ashamed. 

26.  And  I  also  cast  my  eyes 
round  about,  and  beheld,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  river  of  water, 
f&  great  and  spacious  building; 
and  it  stood  as  it  were  in  the  air, 
high  above  the  earth. 

27.  And  it  was  filled  with  peo- 
ple,  both   old  and  young,  both 
male  and  female;  and  their  man- 
ner of  dress  was  exceeding  fine; 
and  they  were  in  the  attitude  -of 
mocking  and  pointing  their  fin- 
gers towards  those  who  had  come 
at   and   were   partaking   of   the 
fruit. 

28.  And  after  they  had  tasted 
of  the  fruit  they  were  ashamed, 
because  of  those  that  were  scof- 
fing at  them;  and  they  fell  away 
into  forbidden  paths  and  were 
lost. 

29.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  do  not 
speak  all  the  words  of  my  father. 

30.  But,  to  be  short  in  writing, 
behold,  he  saw  other  multitudes 
pressing  forward;  and  they  came 
and  caught  hold  of  the  end  of  the 
*rod  of  iron;  and  they  did  press 
their  way   forward,   continually 
holding  fast  to  the  rod  of  iron, 
until  they  came  forth  and  fell 


d,  2  Ne.  5:20.     e,  1  Ne.  8:24,  30. 
12 :18.    g,  1  Ne.  8  ;19.     15 :23,  24. 


15  :23,  24. 


vers.  81,  33.     1  Ne.  11  ;35,  36. 
B.  0.  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,   9. 


15 


down  and  partook  of  the  fruit  of 
the  tree. 

31.  And  he  also  saw  other  mul- 
titudes feeling  their  way  towards 
that  great  and  spacious  building. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
many    were    Mrowned    in     the 
depths  of  the  fountain;  and  many 
were  lost  from  his  view,  wander- 
ing in  strange  roads. 

33.  And  great  was  the  multi- 
tude   that    did    enter   into   that 
'strange  building.  And  after  they 
did  enter  into  that  building  they 
did  point  the  finger  of  scorn  at 
me  and  those  that  were  partaking 
of  the  fruit  also;  but  we  heeded 
them  not. 

34.  These  are  the  words  of  my 
father:    For  as  many  as  heeded 
them,  had  fallen  away. 

35.  And  JLaman  and  Lemuel 
partook  not  of  the  fruit,  said  my 
father. 

36.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
my  father  had   spoken   all   the 
words  of  his  dream   or  vision, 
which  were  many,  he  said  unto 
us,  because  of  these  things  which 
he  saw  in  a  vision,  he  exceedingly 
feared  for  Laman  and  Lemuel; 
yea,  he  feared  lest  they  should  be 
*cast  off  from  the  presence  of  the 
Lord. 

37.  And  he  did  exhort  them 
then  with  all  the  feeling  of  a 
tender  parent,  that  they  would 
hearken  to  his  words,  that  per- 
haps the  Lord  would  be  merciful 
to  them,  and  not  cast  them  off; 
yea,  my  father  did  preach  unto 
them. 

38.  And  after  he  had  preached 
unto  them,  and  also  prophesied 
unto  them  of  many  things,  he 
bade  them  to  keep  the  command- 
ments of  the  Lord;  and  he  did 
cease  speaking  unto  them. 


CHAPTER  9. 


Concerning  the  plates  of  Nephi — 
Two  sets  of  records,  one  of  t"he  'minis- 
try,, the  oilier  of  ruler Sj  wars.,  etc. 

1.  And  all  these  things  did  my 
father  see,  and  hear,  and  speak, 
as  he  "dwelt  in  a  tent,  in  the  val- 
ley of  Lemuel,  and  also  a  great 
many  more  things,  which  cannot 
be  written  upon  these  plates. 

2.  And  now,  as  I  have  spoken 
Concerning  these  plates,  behold 
they    are    not    the    plates   upon 
which  I  make  a  full  account  of 
the  history  of  my  people;  for  the 
plates  upon  which  I  make  a  full 
account  of  my  people  I  have  given 
the  name  of  Nephi;   wherefore, 
they    are    called    the    plates    of 
Nephi,  after  mine  own  name;  and 
these  plates  also  are  called  the 
plates  of  Nephi. 

3.  Nevertheless,    I    have    re- 
ceived  a   commandment  of   the 
Lord  that  I  should  make  these 
plates,   for  the   special  purpose 
that  there  should  be  an  account 
engraven  of  the  ministry  of  my 
people. 

4.  Upon  the  other  plates  should 
be  engraven  an  account  of  the 
reign  of  the  kings,  and  the  wars 
and   contentions  of  my  people; 
wherefore  these  plates  are  for  the 
more  part  of  the  ministry;  and 
the  other  plates  are  for  the  more 
part  of  the  reign  of  kings  and  the 
wars  and  contentions  of  my  peo- 
ple. 

5.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  hath 
commanded   me  to   make  these 
plates  for  a  cwise  purpose  in  him, 
which  purpose  I  know  not. 

6.  But  the  Lord  knoweth  all 
things  from  the  beginning;  where- 
fore, he  prepareth  a  way  to  ac- 
complish all  his  works  among  the 
children  of  men;  for  behold,  he 


7L  I  Ne.  8:13,  14.  15:26—29.  L  I  Ne.  8:26.  j,  vers.  4r  IT,  18.  fc,  2  Ne.  6:20. 
CHAP.  9 :  a,  1  Ne.  2  :6,  15.  ft,  see  /,  1  Ne,  1.  G,  W.  of  Morm.  7.  Al.  37  :2,  12,  14,  18. 
D.  &  (X  3 :19-  10 :84 — 42.  1  Ne.  19 :3.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  592. 


16 


1  NBPHI,  10. 


hath  all  power  unto  the  fulfilling 
of  all  his  words.  And  thus  it  is. 
Amen, 

CHAPTER  10. 

Lehi  predicts  the  Babylonian  cap- 
tivity, and  the  coming  of  the  Lamb  of 
god — The  house  of  Israel  likened  to 
a*i  olive-tree — Dispersion  and  subse- 
quent gathering  typified. 

1.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  proceed 
to   give  an   account  upon  these 
plates  of  my  proceedings,  and  my 
reign   and   ministry;    wherefore, 
to  proceed  with  mine  account,  i 
must    speak    somewhat    of    the 
things  of  my  father,  and  also  of 
my  "brethren. 

2.  For  "behold,  it  came  to  pass 
after  my  father  had  made  an  end 
of   speaking   the   words   of   his 
dream,    and    also    of    exhorting 
them  to  all  diligence,  he  spake 
unto  them  concerning  the  Jews — 

S.  That  after  they  should  he 
destroyed,  even  tEat  great  city 
Jerusalem,  and  many  be  carried 
away  captive  into  Babylon,  ac- 
cording to  the  own  due  time  of 
the  Lord,  they  should  return 
again,  yea,  even  he  brought  hack 
out  of  captivity;  and  after  they 
should  be  ^brought  back  out  of 
captivity  they  should  possess 
again  the  land  of  their  inherit- 
ance. 

4.  Yea,  eyen  Bsix  hundred  years 
from  the  time  that  my  father  left 
Jerusalem,  a  'prophet  would  the 
•Lord  God  raise   up  among  the 
Jews — even    a   Messiah,    or,    in 
other   words,    a    Savior   of   the 
world. 

5.  And  lie  also  spake  concern- 
ing the  prophets,  how  dgreat  a 
number   had    testified    of   these 
things,  concerning  this  Messiah, 
of  whom  he  had  spoken,  or  this 
Redeemer  of  the  world. 


6.  "Wherefore,     all     mankind 
were  in  a  lost  and  in  a  fallen 
state,   and  ever  would  be  save 
they   should    rely    on    this    Re- 
deemer. 

7.  And  he  spake  also  concern- 
ing a  'prophet  who  should  come 
before  the  Messiah,  to  prepare  the 
way  of  the  Lord — 

8.  Yea,  even  he  should  go  forth 
and  cry  in  the  wilderness:  Pre- 
pare ye  the  way  of  the  Lord,  and 
make  his  paths  straight;  for  there 
standeth  one  among  you  whom  ye 
know  not;    and  he   is  mightier 
than  I,  whose  shoe's  latchet  I  am 
not  worthy  to  unloose.  And  much 
spake  my  father  concerning  this 
thing. 

9.  And    my    father    said    he 
should  baptize  in  Bethabara,  be- 
yond Jordan ;  and  he  also  said  he 
should  baptize  with  water;  even 
that  he  should  baptize  the  Mes- 
sia^h  with  water. 

10.  And  after  he  had  baptized 
the  Messiah  with  water,  he  should 
behold  and  bear  record  that  he 
had  baptized  the  Lamb  of  God, 
who  should  take  away  the, sins 
of  the  world. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
my  father  had  spoken  these  words 
he  spake  unto  my  brethren  con- 
cerning the  gospel  which  should 
be  preached  among  the  Jews,  and 
also  concerning  the  'dwindling  of 
the  Jews  in  unbelief.    And  after 
they  had  slain  the  Messiah,  who 
should  come,  and  after  he  had 
been  slain  he  should  rise  from 
the  dead,  and  should  make  him- 
self manifest,  by  the  .Holy  Ghost, 
unto  the  Gentiles.. 

12.  Yea,  even  my  father  spake 
much   concerning    the    Gentiles, 
and  also  concerning  the  house  of 


a*  2  Ne.  0:8—11.     Dan.  9:2.     T>,  1  Ne.  19:8.    2  Ne.  25:19.     3  Ne.  1:1.     c,  1  Ne. 
22  :20,  21,    S  Ne720  :28.     d,  3  Ne,  20  ?24.    e,  2  Ne.  2  :5—  8.    9  :*-8.    25  ;20.    SI  :21. 


:,      ,  .       ,          ,  .      ,          .  .  . 

Mos  ie-4,  5.    AL  9  :30,  32.    12  :22,    /,  1  Ne.  Ilt27.    2  Ne.  $1  :4—  18.    0A  Rornu  11.   Jac. 
4:15.    1  Nel  4:13     12:22,    1S:35.    Morm.  5:14.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  SCO  AKD  592. 


1  NBPHI,  11. 


17 


Israel,  that  they  should  "be  com- 
pared like  unto  an  ^olive-tree, 
whose  branches  should  be  broken 
off  and  should  be  scattered  upon 
all  the  face  of  the  earth. 

13.  Wherefore,  he  said  it  must 
needs  be  that  we  should  be  led 
with  one  accord  into  the  fland  of 
promise,  unto  the  fulfilling  of  the 
word  of  the  Lord,  that  we  should 
be  scattered  upon  all  the  face  of 
the  earth. 

14.  And   after    the   house    of 
Israel  should  be  scattered  they 
should     be     gathered     together 
again;  or,  in  fine,  after  ^the  Gen- 
tiles had  received  the  fulness  of 
the  Gospel,  the  natural  branches 
of  the  olive-tree,  or  the  remnants 
of  the  house  of  Israel,  should  be 
grafted  in,  or  come  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  true  Messiah,  their 
Lord  and  their  Redeemer. 

15.  And  after  this  manner  of 
language  did, my  father  prophesy 
and  speak  unto  my  brethren,  and 
also  many  more  things  which  I 
do  not  write  in  this  book;  for  I 
have  ^written  as  many  of  them 
as  were  expedient  for  me  in  mine 
other  book. 

16.  And  all   these  things,   of 
which  I  have  spoken,  were  done 
as  my  father  l  dwelt  in  a  tent,  in 
the  valley  of  Lemuel. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
I,  Nephi,  having  heard  all  the 
words  of  my  father,  concerning 
the  things  which  he  saw  in  a 
vision,  and  also  the  things  which 
he  spake  by  the  power  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  power  he  re- 
ceived by  faith  on  the  Son  of  God 
— and  the  Son  of  God  was  the 
Messiah,    who    should    come — I, 
Nephi,  was  desirous  also  that  I 
might  see,  and  hear,  and  know 
of  these  things,  by  the  power  of 
the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is  the  TOgift 


of  God  unto  all  those  who  dili- 
gently seek  him,  as  well  in  times 
of  old  as  in  the  time  that  he 
should  manifest  himself  unto  the 
children  of  men, 

18.  For  he  is  the  same  yester- 
day, to-day,  and  forever;  and  the? 
way  is  prepared  for  all  men  from 
the  foundation  of  the  world,  if 
it  so  be  that  they  repent  and  come? 
unto  him. 

1 9 .  For  he  that  diligently  seek- 
eth  shall  find;  and  the  mysteries. 
of  God  shall  be  unfolded  unto 
them,  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  as  well  in  these  times  as 
in  times  of  old,  and  as  well  in. 
times  of  old  as  in  times  to  come; 
wherefore,  the  course  of  the  Lord 
is  one  eternal  round. 

20.  Therefore    remember,     O 
man,  for  all  thy  doings  thou  shalt 
be  brought  into  judgment 

21.  Wherefore,     if     ye     have 
sought  to  do  wickedly  in  the  days 
of  your  probation,  then  ye  are 
found  unclean  before  the  judg- 
ment-seat of  God;   and  no  un- 
clean thing  can  dwell  with  God; 
wherefore,  ye  must  be  cast  off 
forever. 

22.  And  the  Holy  Ghost  giveth. 
authority   that   I    should    speak 
these  things,  and  deny  them  not, 

CHAPTER  11. 

Nephi  and  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord — 
Lehi's  prophetic  dream  interpreted — 
Nephi's  vision  of  the  Virgin  and  the 
Son  of  God — Christ's  'ministry  fore- 
shown. 

1.  For  it  came  to  pass  after  I 
had  desired  to  know  the  things 
that  my  father  had  seen,  and  "be- 
lieving that  the  Lord  was  able  to 
make  them  known  unto  me,  as  I 
sat  pondering  in  mine  heart  I  was 
caught  away  in  the  Spirit  of  the 
Lord,  yea,  into  an  exceeding  high. 


fc,  Jac.  chapa*  5,  6.    I,  1  Ne.  2:20.    18:23.    £  Jac,  5.    3  Ne.  16:4— T.    21:1— d. 
K,  see  1,  1  Ne.  1.     \,  see  a,  1  Ne.  9.    m,  ft  Pet.  1  r21,         Bmrwiaiaf  B.  O,  600  AND  C02. 


18 


1   NEPHI,   11. 


mountain,  which  I  never  had  be-  j 
fore  seen,  and  upon  which  I  never 
had  before  set  my  foot. 

2.  And  the  Spirit  said  unto  me: 
Behold,  what  desirest  thou? 

3.  And  I  said:  I  desire  to  be- 
hold the  things  which  my  father 
saw. 

4.  And  the  Spirit  said  unto  me: 
Believest   thou   that  thy   father 
saw  the  °tree  of  which  he  hath 
spoken? 

5.  And  I  said:  Yea,  thou  know- 
est  that  I  believe  all  the  words  of 
my  father. 

6.  And    when    I   had    spoken 
these  words,  the  Spirit  cried  with 
"a  loud  voice,  saying:  Hosanna  to 
the  Lord,  the  most  high  God;  for 
he  is  God  over  all  the  earth,  yea, 
even  above  all.    And  blessed  art 
thou,  Nephi,  because  thou  believ- 
est  in  the  Son  of  the  most  high 
God;  wherefore,  thou  shalt  be- 
hold the  things  which  thou  hast 
desired. 

7.  And  behold  this  thing  shall 
be  given  unto  thee  for  a  sign,  that 
after  thou  hast  beheld  the  tree 
which  bore  the  fruit  which  thy 
father  tasted,  thou  shalt  also  be- 
hold  a  man   descending  out  of 
heaven,  and  him  shall  ye  witness; 
and  after  ye  have  witnessed  him 
ye  shall  bear  record  that  it  is  the 
Son  of  God. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Spirit  said  unto  me:    Look!    And 
I  looked  and  beheld  a  tree;  and 
it  was  like  unto  the  tree  which 
my   father   had   seen;    and    the 
beauty  thereof  was  far  beyond, 
yea,  exceeding  of  all  beauty;  and 
the  whiteness  thereof  did  exceed 
the  whiteness  of  the  driven  snow. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  after  I 
had  seen  the  tree,  I  said  unto  the 
Spirit:  I  behold  thou  hast  shown 


unto  me  the  tree  which  is  pre- 
cious, above  all. 

10.  And    he    said    unto    me: 
What  desirest  thou? 

11.  And  I  said  unto  him:  To 
know  the  interpretation    thereof 
— for  I  spake  unto  him  as  a  man 
speaketh;   for  I  beheld  that  he 
was  in  the  bform  of  a  man;  yet 
nevertheless,  I  knew  that  it  was 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord;   and  he 
spake  unto  me  as  a  man  speaketh 
with  another. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  said  unto  me:  Look!    And  I 
looked  as  if  to  look  upon  him, 
and  I  saw  him  not;  for. he  had 
gone  from  before  my  presence. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  looked  and  beheld  the  great 
city  of  Jerusalem,  and  also  other 
cities.    And  I  beheld  the  city  of 
Nazareth;    and    in    the    city    of 
'Nazareth  I  beheld  a  virgin,  and 
she    was    exceedingly    fair    and 
white. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
saw  the  heavens  open;   and  an 
angel  came  down  and  stood  be- 
fore me;  and  he  said  unto  me: 
Nephi,  what  beholdest  thou? 

15.  And  I  said  unto  him:    A 
virgin,  most  beautiful  and  fair 
above  all  other  virgins. 

16.  And    he    said    unto    me: 
Knowest  thou  the  condescension 
of  God? 

17.  And   I   said   unto   him:    I 
know  that  he  loveth  his  children; 
nevertheless,  I  do  not  know  the 
meaning  of  all  things. 

18.  And  he  said  unto  me:  Be- 
hold, the  virgin  whom  thou  seest 
is  the  ^mother  of  the  Son  of  God, 
after  the  manner  of  the  flesh. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  that  she  was  carried  away 
in  the, Spirit;  and  after  she  had 


a    1  Ne.  8:10—12.     11:8,  9.     15:21,  22.    6,  John  14:16,  IT.     cf  Lube  1:26,  27. 
<*,  Luke  1:31,  32.    1  Ne.  11:20,  21.     Mos.  3:8,     15  *-& «  g-  Q  Q 


1  NEPHI,  11. 


19 


been  carried  away  in  the  Spirit 
for  the  space  of  a  time  the  angel 
spake  unto  me,  saying:  Look! 

20.  And  I  looked  and  beheld 
the  virgin  again,  bearing  a  child 
in  her  arms. 

21.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:    Behold  the  Lamb  of  God, 
yea,  even  the  Son  of  the  Eternal 
Father !   Knowest  thou  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tree  which  thy  father 
saw? 

22.  And  I  answered  him,  say- 
ing: Yea,  it  is  the  elove  of  God, 
which  sheddeth  itself  abroad  in 
the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men; 
wherefore,  it  is  the  most  desir- 
able above  all  things. 

23.  And  he  spake  unto  me,  say- 
ing: Tea,  and  the  most  joyous  to 
the  soul. 

24.  And  after  he  had  said  these 
words,  he  said  unto  me:  Look! 
And  I  looked,  and  I  belxeld  the 
Son  of  God  going  forth  among  the 
children  of  men;  and  I  saw  many 
fall  down  at  his  feet  and  worship 
him. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld  that  the  frod  of  iron, 
which  my  father  had  seen,  was 
the  word  of  God,  which  led  to  the 
fountain  of  living  waters,  or  to 
the  tree  of  life;  which  waters  are 
a  representation  of  the  love  of 
God;  and  I  also  beheld  that  the 
tree  of  life  was  a  representation, 
of  the  love  of  God. 

26.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me  again:  Look  and  behold  the 
condescension  of  God! 

27.  And  I  looked  and  beheld 
the  Redeemer  of  the  world,  of 
whom  my  father  had  spoken;  and 
I  also  beheld  the  ^prophet  who 
should  prepare  the  way  before 
Mm.    And  the  Lamb  of  God  went 
forth  and  was  baptized  of  him; 
and  after  he  was  baptized,  I  be- 


held the  heavens  open,  and  the 
Holy  Ghost  come  down  out  of 
heaven  and  abide  upon  him  in 
the  form  of  a  dove. 

28.  And  I  beheld  that  he  went 
forth  ministering  unto  the  peo- 
ple, in  power  and  great  glory; 
and  the  multitudes  were  gathered 
together  to  hear  him;  and  I  be- 
held that  they  cast  him  out  from 
among  them. 

29.  And  I  also  beheld  Hwelve 
others   following   him.     And   it 
came  to  pass  that  they  were  car- 
ried away  in  the  Spirit  from  be- 
fore my  face,  and  I  saw  them  not. 

30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  spake  unto  me  again, 
saying:  Look!    And  I  looked,  and 
I  beheld  the  heavens  open  again, 
and  I  saw  angels  descending  upon 
the  children  of  men;  and  they  did 
minister  unto  them. 

31.  And    he   spake   unto    me 
again,    saying:    Look!      And    I 
looked,  and  I  beheld  the  Lamb 
of  God  going  forth  among  the 
children  of  men.     And  I  beheld 
multitudes  of  people  who  were 
sick,  and  who  were  afflicted  with 
all  manner  of  diseases,  and  with 
devils  and  unclean  spirits;   and 
the  angel  spake  and  showed  all 
these  things  unto  me.    And  they 
were  healed  by  the  power  of  the 
Lamb  of  God;  and  the  devils  and 
the  unclean  spirits  were  cast  out. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  spake  unto  me  again, 
saying:  Look!    And  I  looked  and 
beheld  the  Lamb  of  God,  that  he 
was  taken  by  the  people;   yea,, 
the  Son  of  the  everlasting  God 
was  judged  of  the  world;  and  I 
saw  and  bear  record. 

33.  And  I,  Nephi,  saw  that  he 
was  lifted  up  upon  the  cross  and 
slain  for  the  sins  of  the  world. 

34.  And  after  he  was  slain  I 


ef  1  Ne,  11 :25.     Moro.  8 :26.    /,  1  Ne.  8 :19.     gt  1  Ne.  10 :7— 10.     2  Ne.  31 :4— 14. 
"h,  1  Ne.  11:34,  35r  36.     12:9.     13:24—26,  40T  41.     14:20.        BET.  B.  O.  600  AND  592. 


20 


1  NEPHI,   12. 


saw  the  multitudes  of  the  earth, 
that  they  were  gathered  together 
to  fight  against  the  apostles  of 
the  Lamb;  for  thus  were  the 
twelve  called  by  the  angel  of  the 
Lord. 

35.  And  the  multitude  of  the 
earth    was    gathered    together; 
and  I  beheld  that  they  were  in  a 
large  and  spacious  building,  like 
unto    the    ^building    which    my 
father  saw.     And  the  angel   of 
the  Lord  spake  unto  me  again, 
saying:  Behold  the  world  and  the 
wisdom  thereof;  yea,  behold  the 
house  of  Israel  hath  gathered  to- 
gether to  fight  against  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb. 

36.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
saw  and  bear  record,   that   the 
great  and  spacious  building  was 
the  pride  of  the  world;   and  it 
fell,  and  the  fall  thereof  was  ex- 
ceeding great.    And  the  angel  of 
the  Lord  spake  unto  me  again, 
saying:    Thus  shall  be  the   de- 
struction of  all  nations,  kindreds, 
tongues,  and  people,  that  shall 
fight  against  the  twelve  apostles 
of  the  Lamb. 

CHAPTER  12. 

NepM's  vision  of  the  land  of  prom- 
ise— The  future  appearing  of  the 
Savior  to  the  people  of  Nephfr— Their 
righteousness^  iniquity^  and  downfall 
foreseen. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
angel  said  unto  me:  Look,  and 
behold  thy  seed,  and  also  the  seed 
of  thy  brethren.     And  I  looked 
and  beheld  the  land  of  promise; 
and  I  beheld  multitudes  of  peo- 
ple, yea,  even  as  it  were  in  num- 
ber as  many  as  the  sand,  of  the 
sea. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  multitudes   gathered   to- 


gether to  battle,  one  against  the 
other;  and  I  beheld  wars,  and 
rumors  of  wars,  and  great  slaugh- 
ters with  the  sword  among  my 
people. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld    many    generations    pass 
away,  after  the  manner  of  wars 
and  contentions  in  the  land;  and 
I  beheld  many  cities,  yea,  even 
that  I  did  not  number  them. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
saw  a  mist  of  °darkness  on  the 
face  of  the  land  of  promise;  and 
I   saw   lightnings,   and   I   heard 
thunderings,     and    earthquakes, 
and   all   manner  of  tumultuous 
noises;  and  I  saw  the  earth  and 
the  rocks,  that  they  rent;  and  I 
saw    mountains    tumbling    into 
pieces;  and  I  saw  the  plains  of 
the  earth,  that  they  were  broken 
up;  and  I  saw  many  cities  that 
they  were  sunk;  and  I  saw  many 
that  they  were  burned  with  fire; 
and  I  saw  many  that  dijjl  tumble 
to  the  earth,  because  of  the  quak- 
ing thereof. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  after  I 
saw  these  things,  I  saw  the  vapor 
of  darkness,  that  it  passed  from 
off  the  face  of  the  earth;  and  be- 
hold, I  saw  multitudes  who  had 
fallen  because  of  the  great  and 
terrible  judgments  of  the  Lord. 

6.  And  I  saw  the  heavens  open, 
and  the  Lamb  of  God  descending 
out  of  heaven ;  and  he  came  down 
and  showed  himself  unto  them. 

7.  And  I  also  saw  and  bear  rec- 
ord that  the  Holy  Ghost  fell  upon 
"twelve  others;  and  they  were  or- 
dained of  God,  and  chosen. 

8.  And  the  angel  spake  unto 
me,  saying:    Behold  the  twelve 
disciples  of  the  Lamb,  who  are 
chosen  to  minister  unto  thy  seed. 


i,  1  Ne.  8:26—28.  CHAP.  12:  <t,  1  Ne.  19:10—12.  2  Ne.  26:3—7.  He.  14:20— 
27.  3  Ne.  chaps.  8—10.  6,  2  Ne.  26:1,  0.  Al.  16:20.  3  Ne.  11:3—17.  c,  3  Ne. 
11:22.  12:1.  13:25.  15:11.  18:37.  19:4—36.  Ctoaps.  27,  28.  4  Ne.  1—14. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  692, 


1  NBPHI  12. 


21 


9.  And  lie  said  unto  me:  Thou 
rememberest  the  twelve  apostles  j 
o€  the  Lamb?     Behold  they  are  | 
they  who  shall  judge  the  twelve  | 
tribes  of  Israel;   wherefore,  the 
twelve  ministers  of  thy  seed  shall ; 
be  judged  of  them;  for  ye  are  of 
the  house  of  Israel.  | 

10.  And  these  twelve  ministers 
whom  thou  beholdest  shall  judge  ; 
thy  seed.     And,  behold,  they  are 
righteous  forever;  for  because  of 
their  faith  in  the  Lamb  of  God 
their  garments  are  made  white 
in  his  blood. 

11.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:    Look!     And  I  looked,  and 
beheld    dthree    generations    pass 
away  in  righteousness;  and  their 
garments  were  white  even  like 
unto  the  Lamb  of  God.    And  the 
angel  said  unto  me:    These  are 
made  white  in  the  blood  of  the 
Lamb,  because  of  their  faith  in 
.him. 

12.  And   I,    Nephi,    also    saw 
many  of   the  fourth   generation 
who  passed  away  in  righteous- 
ness. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  saw  the  multitudes  of  the  earth 
gathered  together. 

14.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:    Behold  thy  seed,  and  also 
the  seed  of  thy  brethren. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
looked  and,  beheld  the  "people  of 
my    seed    gathered   together   in 
multitudes   against  the   seed   of 
my    brethren;     and    they    were 
gathered  together  to  battle. 

16.  And  the  angel  spake  unto 
me,  saying:  Behold  the  fountain 
of  filthy  water  which  thy  father 
saw;  yea,  even  'the  river  of  which 
he  spake;  and  the  depths  thereof 
are  the  depths  of  Hell. 

17.  And  the  mists  of  darkness 
are  the  temptations  of  the  devil, 


which  blindeth  the  eyes,  and 
hardeneth  the  hearts  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men,  and  leadeth  them 
away  into  broad  roads,  that  they 
perish  and  are  lost. 

18.  And  the  large  and  spacious 
building,  which  thy  lather  saw^, 
is    vain    imaginations    and    the 
pride   of   the   children   of   men. 
And  a  great  and  a  terrible  gulf 
divideth    them;    yea,    even    the 
word  of  the  justice  of  the  Eternal 
God,  and  the  Messiah  who  is  the 
Lamb  of  God,  of  whom  the  Holy 
Ghost  beareth  record,  from  the 
beginning  of  the  world  until  this 
time,  and  from  this  time  hence- 
forth and  forever. 

19.  And  while  the  angel  spake 
these  words,   I  beheld  and  saw 
that  the  seed  of  my  brethren  did 
contend  against  my  seed,  accord- 
ing to  the  word  of  the  angel; 
and  because  of  the  pride  of  my 
seed,  and  the  temptations  of  the 
devil,  I  beheld  that  the  seed  of 
my  brethren  did  overpower  the 
people  of  my  seed. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld,  and  saw  the  people  of 
the  seed  of  my  brethren  that  they 
had  overcome  my  seed;  and  they 
went  forth  in  multitudes  upon 
the  face  of  the  land, 

21.  And  I  saw  them  gathered 
together  in  multitudes;  and  I  saw, 
wars  and  rumors  of  wars  among 
them;  and  in  wars  and  rumors 
of  wars  I  saw  *many  generations 
pass  away. 

22.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:  Behold  these  shall  dwindle 
in  unbelief.  * 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld,  after  they  -had  dwindled 
in  unbelief  they  became  a  Mark, 
and  loathsome,  and  a  filthy  peo- 
ple, full  of  idleness  and  all  man- 
ner of  abominations. 


d.  2  Ne.  26:9,  10.  AL  45:10—14.  He.  13:5,  e,  9,  10.  3  Ne.  27:31,  32.  Morm.  6. 
e,  Morm.  6.  /,  1  Ne.  S;13»  14.  15:26—29.  g,  1  Ne.  12:3.  2  Ne.  26:2.  ft,  2  Ne. 
5  ;20 — 26,  Al.  S  :6 — 19.  Morm.  5 :J5.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AN»  592. 


22 


1  NEPHI,  13. 


CHAPTER  13. 


The  nations  of  the  Gfentiles — A 
great  and  abominable  church— Amer- 
ica's history  foreshadowed — The  Bible 
and  the  Book  of  Mormon. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
t%e  angel  spake  unto  me,  saying: 
Look!     And  I  looked  and  beheld 
many  nations  and  kingdoms. 

2.  And  the  angel  said  unto  me: 
What    beholdest   thou?      And   I 
said:  I  behold  many  nations  and 
kingdoms. 

3.  And  he  said  unto  me:  These 
are  the  nations  and  kingdoms  of 
the  Gentiles. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
saw  among  the  nations   of  the 
Gentiles    the    foundation    of    a 
°great  church. 

5.  And   the   angel   said   unto 
me:  Behold  the  foundation  of  a 
church  which  is  most  abominable 
above  all  other  churches,  which 
6slayeth  the  saints  of  God,  yea, 
and  tortureth  them  and  bindeth 
them    down,    and   yoketh    them 
with  a  yoke  of  iron,  and  bringeth 
them  down  into  captivity. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  this  great  and  abominable 
church;  and  I  csaw  the  devil  that 
he  was  the  foundation  of  it. 

7.  And  I  also  dsaw  gold,  and 
silver,  and  silks,  and  scarlets,  and 
fine-twined  linen,  and  all  manner 
of  precious  clothing;  and  I  saw 
many  harlots. 

8.  And  the  angel  spake  unto 
me,  saying:  Behold  the  gold,  and 
the  silver,  and  the  silks,  and  the 
scarlets,     and     the     fine-twined 
linen,  and  the  precious  clothing, 
and  the  harlots,  are  the  desires 
of    this    great    and    abominable 
church. 

9.  And  also  for  the  praise  of 
the  world  do  they  destroy  the 


saints  of  God,  and  bring  them 
down  into  captivity. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  looked  and  beheld  many  waters; 
and    they    divided    the    Gentiles 
from  the  seed  of  my  brethren. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  said  unto  me:  Behold 
the  wrath  of  God  is  upon  the  seed 
of  thy  brethren. 

12.  And  I  looked  and  beheld  a 
man    among   the    Gentiles,    who 
was  separated  from  the  seed  of 
my  brethren  by  the  many  waters; 
and  I  beheld  the  Spirit  of  God, 
that  it  came  down  and  wrought 
upon  the  man;  and  he  went  forth 
upon  the  many  waters,  even  unto 
the  seed   of   my  brethren,   who 
were  in  the  promised  land. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld  the  Spirit  of  God,  that 
it  wrought  upon  other  Gentiles; 
and  they  went  forth  out  of  cap- 
tivity, upon  the  many  waters. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I  beheld  many  multitudes  of  the 
Gentiles  upon  the  land  of  prom- 
ise;  and  I  beheld  the  wrath  of 
God,  that  it  was  upon  the  seed  of 
my  brethren;  and  they  were  scat- 
tered   before   the    Gentiles    and 
were  smitten. 

15.  And  I  beheld  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord,  that  it  was  upon  the 
Gentiles,  and   they  did   prosper 
and  obtain  the  land  for  their  in- 
heritance; and  I  beheld  that  they 
were  white,  and  exceeding  fair 
and  beautiful,  like  unto  my  'peo- 
ple before  they  were  slain. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  Nephi,  .beheld  that  the  Gentiles 
who  had  gone  forth  out  of  cap- 
tivity did  humble  themselves  be- 
fore the  Lord;  and  the  power  of 
the  Lord  was  with  them. 

17.  And  I   beheld   that  tkeir 


a,  vers,  6,  26,  28,  32,  34.  1  Ne.  14:3,  9 — 17.  6,  ver.  9.  1  Ne.  14:1$.  Rev. 
17:6.  18:24.  e,  1  Ne.  14:9,  10.  22:22,  23.  <Z,  Morxn.  8:36 — 38.  ftev.  18:10 — 17. 
if  Morm.  6:17 — 22.  BETWEEN  B.  O.  600  AND  692. 


1  NEPHI,  13. 


mother  Gentiles  were  gathered 
together  upon  the  waters,  and 
upon  the  land  also,  to  battle 
against  them. 

18.  And    I    beheld    that    the 
power  of  God  was  with  them,  and 
also  that  the  wrath  of  God  was 
upon  all  those  that  were  gathered 
together  against  them  to  battle. 

19.  And  I,  Nephi,  beheld  that 
the  ^Gentiles  that  had  gone  out 
of  captivity  were  delivered  by  the 
power  of  God  out  of  the  hands 
of  all  other  nations. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,   Nephi,   beheld  that  they   did 
prosper  in  the  land;  and  I  beheld 
a  'book,  and  it  was  carried  forth 
among  them. 

21.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:    Knowest  thou  the  meaning 
of  the  book? 

22.  And  I  said  unto  him:     I 
know  not. 

23.  And    he  said:    Behold   it 
proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of 
a  Jew.    And  I,  Nephi,  beheld  it; 
and  he  said  unto  me:     The  book 
that  thou  beholdest  is  a  record 
of  the  Jews,  which  contains  the 
covenants  of  the  Lord,  which  he 
hath   made   unto   the   house   of 
Israel;    and    it    also    containeth 
many  of  the  prophecies  of  the 
holy  prophets;  and  it  is  a  record 
like  unto  the  engravings  which 
are  upon  the  wplates  of  brass, 
save    there    are   not    so   many; 
nevertheless,    they    contain    the 
covenants  of  the  Lord,  which  he 
hath   made   unto   the  house   of 
Israel;    wherefore,    they   are   of 
great  worth  un£o  the  Gentiles. 

24.  And  the  angel  of  the  Lord 
said  unto  me:    Thou  hast  beheld 
that   the  book  proceeded  forth 
from  the  mouth  of  a  Jew;  and 
when  it  proceeded  forth  from  the 
mouth  of  a  Jew  it  contained  the 


plainness  of  the  gospel  of  the 
Lord,  of  whom  the  twelve  apos- 
tles bear  record;  and  they  bear 
record  according  to  the  truth 
which  is  in  the  Lamb  of  God. 

25.  Wherefore,  these  things  go 
forth   from   the   Jews  in  purity 
unto  the  Gentiles,   according  to 
the  truth  which  is  in  God. 

26.  And   after  they   go   forth 
by  the  hand  of  the  twelve  apos- 
tles of  the  Lamb,  from  the  Jews 
unto  the  Gentiles,  thou  seest  the 
foundation  of  a  great  and  abom- 
inable   church,    which    is    most 
abominable     above     all     other 
churches;  for  behold,  they  have 
"taken  away  from  the  gospel  of 
the  Lamb  many  parts  which  are 
plain  and  most  precious;  and  also 
many  covenants  of  the  Lord  have 
they  taken  away. 

27.  And    all    this    have    they 
done  that  they  might  pervert  the 
right  ways  of  the  Lord,  that  they 
might  blind  the  eyes  and  harden 
the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men. 

28.  Wherefore,  thou  seest  that 
after  the  book  hath  gone  forth, 
through  the  hands  of  the  great 
and     abominable    church,    that 
there  are  many  plain  and  precious 
things  taken  away  from  the  book, 
which  is  the  book  of  the  Lamb  of 
God. 

29.  And  after  these  plain  and 
precious  things  were  taken  away 
it  goeth  forth  unto  all  the  na- 
tions of  the  Gentiles;  and  after 
it  goeth  forth  unto  all  the  nations 
of  the  Gentiles,  yea,  even  across 
the  many  waters  which  thou  hast 
seen  with  the  Gentiles  which  have 
gone  forth  out  of  captivity,  thou 
seest — because  of  the  many  plain 
and  precious  things  which  have 
been  taken  out  of  the  book,  which 
were  plain  unto  the  understand- 
ing of  the  children  of  men,  ac- 


*,  2  Ne.  10:10—12.     ZJ  vers,  23,  28,  38,  40.     m,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.    n,  rers.  28—32. 

BETWEEN  B.  O.  600  AND  692~ 


1  NEPHI,  13. 


•cording  to  the  plainness  which  is 
in  the  Lamb  of  God — because  of 
these  things  which  are  taken 
.away  out  of  the  gospel  of  the 
Lamb,  an  exceeding  great  many 
do  stumble,  yea,  insomuch  that 
Satan  hath  great  power  over 
them. 

30.  Nevertheless,  thou  behold- 
est  that  the  'Gentiles  who  have 
gone  forth  out  of  captivity,  and 
have  been  lifted  up  by  the  power 
of  God  above  all  other  nations, 
upon  the  face  of  the  land  which 
is  choice  above  all  other  lands, 
which  is  the  land  that  the  Lord 
God  hath   covenanted  with   thy 
father  that  his  seed  should  have 
for  the  land  of  their  inheritance; 
wherefore,   thou   seest  that   the 
Lord  God  will  not  suffer  that  the 
Gentiles  will  utterly  destroy  the 
^mixture  of  thy  seed,  which  are 
among  thy  brethren. 

31.  Neither  will  he  suffer  that 
the   Gentiles    shall   destroy    the 
*seed  of  thy  brethren. 

32.  Neither  will  the  Lord  God 
suffer  that  the  Gentiles  shall  for- 
ever remain  in  that  awful  state 
of  blindness,  which  thou  behold- 
est  they  are  in,  because  of  the 
plain  and  most  precious  parts  of 
the  gospel  of  the  Lamb  which 
have    been   kept   back   by   that 
abominable  church,  whose  forma- 
tion thou  hast  seen. 

33.  Wherefore  saith  the  Lamb 
of  God:  I  will  be  merciful  unto 
the  Gentiles,  unto  the  visiting  of 
the  remnant  of  the  house  of  Israel 
in  great  judgment. 

34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  of  the  Lord  spake  unto 
me,    saying:    Behold,    saith   the 
Lamb  of  God,  after  I  have  visited 
the  remnant  of  the  house  of  Israel 
— and  this  remnant  of  whom  I 


speak  is  the  seed  of  thy  father — 
wherefore,  after  I  have  visited 
them  in  judgment,  and  smitten 
them  by  the  hand  of  the  Gentiles, 
and  after  the  Gentiles  do  stumble 
exceedingly,  because  of  the  most 
plain  and  precious  parts  of  the 
gospel  of  the  Lamb  which  have 
been  kept  back  by  that  abomi- 
nable church,  which  is  the  mother 
of  harlots,  saith  the  Lamb — I  will 
be  merciful  unto  the  Gentiles  in 
that  day,  insomuch  that  I  will 
bring  forth  unto  them,  in  mine 
own  power,  much  of  my  gospel, 
which  shall  be  plain  and  precious, 
saith  the  Lamb. 

35.  For,     behold,     saith     the 
Lamb:    I    will    manifest    myself 
unto  thy  seed,  that  they  shall 
write  many  things  which  I  shall 
minister  unto  them,  which  shall 
be  plain  and  precious;  and  after 
thy  seed  shajl  be  destroyed,  and 
dwindle  in  unbelief,  and  also  the 
seed    of    thy    brethren,    behold, 
these  things  shall  be  *hid  up,  to 
come  forth  unto  the  Gentiles,  by 
the  gift  and  power  of  the  Lamb. 

36.  And  in  them  shall  be  writ- 
ten my  gospel,  saith  the  Lamb, 
and  my  rock  and  my  salvation. 

37.  And  blessed  are  *they  who 
shall  seek  to  bring  forth  my  Zion 
at  that  day,  for  they  shall  have 
the  gift  and  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;  and  if  they  endure  unto 
the  end  they  shall  be  lifted  up 
at  the  last  day,  and  shall  be  saved 
in  the  everlasting  kingdom  of  the 
Lamb;  and  whoso  shall  publish 
peace,  yea,  tidings  of  great  joy, 
how  beautiful  upon  the  moun- 
tains shall  they  be. 

38.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  the  remnant  of  the  seed 
of   my   brethren,    and   also   the 
"book  of  the  Lamb  of  God,  which 


o,  2  Ne,  10:10 — 14.    y,  ^ 
10.     21:4.     Harm,  5:19 — 21.    r,  see  d. 
t,  2  Ne.  30:3.    Jac,  5:70—75,     6:2,  3. 


Al.  45:10—14.     gf  vers.  33,  34.     Al.  45:14.     3  Ne.  16:7— 
'      s>  2  Ne.  27:6 — 26.     3  Ne.  16  :4,     Morm.  8:4. 


«f,  ver.  40. 


BETWEEN  B.  0.  600  AND  592, 


1  NEPHI,   14, 


had  proceeded  forth  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Jew,  that  It  came 
forth  from  the  Gentiles  unto  the 
remnant  of  the  seed  of  my  breth- 
ren. 

39.  And    after    it    had    come 
forth  unto  them  I  beheld  other 
pbooks,  which  came  forth  by  the 
power  of  the  Lamb,  from  the  Gen- 
tiles unto   them,  unto  the  con- 
vincing of  the  Gentiles  and  the 
remnant  of  the  seed  of  my  breth- 
ren, and  also  the  Jews  who  were 
scattered  upon  all  the  face  of  the 
earth,    that   the   records   of  the 
prophets  and  of  the  twelve  apos- 
tles of  the  Lamb  are  true. 

40.  And  the  angel  spake  unto 
me,  saying:   These  last  records, 
which  thou  hast  seen  among  the 
Gentiles,  shall  establish  the  truth 
of  the  "first,  which  are  of  the 
twelve  apostles  of  the  Lamb,  and 
shall  make  known  the  plain  and 
precious  things  which  have  been 
taken  away  from  them;  and  shall 
make    known    to    all    kindreds, 
tongues,    and    people,    that    the 
Lamb  of  God  is  the  Son  of  the 
Eternal  Father,  and  the  Savior 
of  the  world;  and  that  all  men 
must  come  unto  him,  or  they  can- 
not be  saved. 

41.  And  they  must  come  ac- 
cording to  the  words  which  shall 
be  established  by  the  mouth  of 
the  Lamb;  and  the  words  of  the 
Lamb  shall  be  made  known  in 
the  records  of  thy  seed,  as  well 
as  in  the  records  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb;  wherefore 
they  "both  shall  be  established  in 
one;  for  there  is  one  God  and  one 
Shepherd  over  all  the  earth. 

42.  And  the  time  cometh  that 
he-  shall  manifest  himself  unto 
all  nations,  both  unto  the  Jews 
and  also  unto  the  Gentiles;  and 


after  he  has  manifested  himself 
unto  the  Jews  and  also  unto  the 
Gentiles,  then  he  shall  manifest 
himself  unto  the  Gentiles  and 
also  unto  the  Jews,  and  the  last 
shall  be  first,  and  the  first  shall 
be  last. 

CHAPTER  14. 

Alternative  blessing  or  cursing  for 
the  Gentiles — Two  churches  only — 
Doom  of  the  mother  of  harlots — Mis- 
sion of  John  the  Revelator — End  of 
Nephi's  vision. 

1.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
that  if  the  Gentiles  shall  hearken 
unto  the  Lamb  of  God  in  that  day 
that  he  shall  manifest  himself 
unto  them  in  word,  and  also  in 
apower,  in  very  deed,  unto  the 
taking  away  of  their  stumbling 
blocks — 

2.  And  harden  not  their  hearts 
against  the  Lamb  of  God,  they 
shall   be   6numbered   among  the 
seed  of  thy  father;  yea,  they  shall 
be  numbered  among  the  house  of 
Israel ;  and  they  shall  be  a  blessed 
people  upon  the  promised  land 
forever;   they  shall  be  no  more 
brought    cdown    into    captivity; 
and  the  house  of  Israel  shall  no 
more  be  confounded. 

3.  And  that  great  pit,  which 
hath  been  digged  for   them  by 
that      great      and      abominable 
church,  which  was  founded  "by 
the  devil  and  Ms  children,  that 
he  might  lead  away  the  souls  of 
men    down-    to    hell — yea,    that 
great  pit  which  hath  been  digged 
for  the  destruction  of  men  shall 
be  filled  by  those  who  digged  it, 
unto     their     utter     destruction, 
saith  the  Lamb  of  God;  not  the 
destruction  of  the  soul,  save  it 
be  the  casting  of  it  into  that  hell 
which  hath  no  end. 

4.  For  behold,  this  is  accord- 


*,  3  Ne.  27*25,  26.  w,  rer.  S8.  o,  2  Ne.  3  :12.  2  Ne.  2&:13,  14.  Ezek.  37 :I5-~ 
23.  CRAP.  14:  a,  ver.  14.  1  Ne.  13:37.  Jac,  6:2,  a.  b,  8  Ne.  21:6,  23— 25. 
Chap.  30.  Eth.  13:10.  c,  2  Ne.  10:10—14.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  600  AND  592. 


26 


1  NEPHI,  14. 


ing  to  the  captivity  of  the  devil, 
and  also  according  to  the  justice 
of  God,  upon  all  those  who  will 
work  wickedness  and  abomina- 
tion before  him. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  spake  unto  me,  Nephi, 
saying:  Thou  hast  beheld  that  if 
the  Gentiles  repent  it  shall  be 
well  with  them;  and  thou  also 
knowest    concerning    the    cove- 
nants of  the  Lord  unto  the  house 
of   Israel;    and   thou   also    hast 
heard  that  whoso  repenteth  not 
must  perish. 

6.  Therefore,  ^wo  be  unto  the 
Gentiles   if  It   so   be   that  they 
harden  their  hearts  against  the 
Lamb  of  God. 

7.  For  the  time  cometh,  saith 
the  Lamb  of  God,  that  I  will  work 
a  great  and  a  emarvelous  work 
among  the  children  of  men;   a 
work  which  shall  be  everlasting, 
either  on  the  one  hand  or  on  the 
other — either  to  the  convincing 
of  them  unto  peace  and  life  eter- 
nal, or  unto  the  deliverance  of 
them  to  the  hardness   of  their 
hearts  and  the  blindness  of  their 
minds  unto  their  being  brought 
down  into  captivity,  and  also  into 
destruction,  both  temporally  and 
spiritually,  according  to  the  cap- 
tivity of  the  devil,  of  which  I 
have  spoken. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  angel  had  spoken  these 
words,  he  said  unto  me:  Remem- 
berest  thou  the  covenants  of  the 
Father  unto  the  house  of  Israel? 
I  said  unto  him,  Yea. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  said  unto  me:  Look,  and  be- 
hold "that  great  and  abominable 
church,  which  is  the  mother  of 
abominations,  whose  foundation 
is  the  devil. 


10.  And  he  said  unto  me:  Be- 
hold there  are  save  ''two  churches 
only;  the  one  is  the  church  of  the 
Lamb  of  God,  and  the  other  is 
the  church  of  the  devil;  where- 
fore, whoso  belongeth  not  to  the 
church  of  the  Lamb  of  God  be- 
longeth   to    that    great    church, 
which  is  the  mother  of  abomina- 
tions; and  *she  is  the  whore  of 
all  the  earth. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
looked  and  beheld  the  whore  of 
all  the  earth,  and  she  sat  upon 
many  waters;  and  she  had  domin- 
ion over  all  the  earth,  among  all 
nations,  kindreds,  tongues,  and 
people. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  the  church  of  the  Lamb  of 
God,  and  its  numbers  were  ^few, 
because  of  the  wickedness  and 
abominations  of  the  whore  who 
sat  upon  many  waters;  neverthe- 
less, I  beheld  that  the  church  of 
the  Lamb,  who  were  the  saints 
of  God,  were  also  upon  all  the 
face  of  the  earth;  and  their  do- 
minions  upon    the   face    of   the 
earth  were  small,  because  of  the 
wickedness   of  the  great  whore 
whom  I  saw. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  that  the  great  mother  of 
abominations  did  gather  together 
multitudes  upon  the  face  of  all 
the  earth,  among  all  the  nations 
of  the  Gentiles,  to  fight  against 
the  Lamb  of  God. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  beheld  the  power  of  the 
Lamb  of  God,  that  it  descended 
upon  the  saints  of  the  church  of 
the  I/^mb,  and  upon  the  cove- 
nant people  of  the   Lord,   who 
were  scattered  upon  all  the  face 
of   the    earth;    and    they   were 
armed    with    righteousness    and 


rf,  2  Ne.  28:32.  3  Ne.  16:7—15.  21:11—21.  ef  Isa.  29:14.  /,  Ters.  11—47. 
22:14,  22—26.  gt  vcrs.  llr-17.  Bev.  17:5,  15.  *f  B  Ne.  14:14.  Isa.  24:6.  Matt. 
24 :37.  BETWEEN  B,  0.  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,   14. 


27 


with  tlie  i power  of  God  in  great 
glory. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld  that  the  wrath  of  God  was 
poured  out  upon  the  great  and 
abominable     church,     insomuch 
that  there  were  wars  and  rumors 
of  wars  among  all  the  nations 
and  kindreds  of  the  earth. 

16.  And  as  there  began  to  be 
^wars  and  rumors  of  wars  among 
all  the  nations  which  belonged  to 
the  mother  of  abominations,  the 
angel  spake  unto  me,  saying:  Be- 
hold, the  wrath  of  God  is  upon 
the  mother  of  harlots;   and  be- 
hold, thou  seest  all  these  things — 

17.  And  when  the  day  cometh 
that  the  *wrath  of  God  is  poured 
out  upon  the  mother  of  harlots, 
which  is  the  great  and  abomi- 
nable  church   of  all   the  earth, 
whose  foundation   is   the   devil, 
then,  at  that  day,  the  work  of  the 
Father  shall  commence,  in  pre- 
paring the  way  for  the  fulfilling 
of  his  covenants,  which  he  hath 
made  to  his  people  who  are  of 
the  house  of  Israel. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  angel  spake  unto  me,  saying: 
Look! 

19.  And  I  looked  and  beheld 
a  man,  and  he  was  dressed  in  a 
white  robe.  ! 

20.  And  the  angel  said  unto 
me:    Behold   *one  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb. 

21.  Behold,  he  shall  see  and 
write    the    remainder    of    these 
things ;  yea,  and  also  many  things 
which  have  been. 

22.  And    he  shall   also   write 
concerning  the  end  of  the  world. 

23.  Wherefore,      the      things 
which  he  shall  write  are  just  and 
true;   and  behold  they  are  writ- 


ten in  the  mbook  which  thou  be- 
held proceeding  out  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Jew;  and  at  the  time  they 
proceeded  out  of  the  mouth  of 
the  Jew,  or,  at  the  time  the  book 
proceeded  out  of  the  mouth  of  the 
Jew,  the  things  which  were  writ- 
ten were  plain  and  pure,  and 
most  precious  and  easy  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  all  men. 

24.  And    behold,    the    things 
which  this  apostle  of  the  Lamb 
shall  write  are  many  things  which 
thou  hast  seen;  and  behold,  the 
remainder  shalt  thou  see. 

25.  But  the  things  which  thou 
shalt  see  hereafter  thou  shalt  not 
write;  for  the  Lord  God  hath  or- 
dained the  apostle  of  the  Lamb 
of  God  that  he  should  write  them. 

26.  And  also  others  who  have 
been,  to  them  hath  he  shown  all 
things,   and  "they  have   written, 
them;  and  they  are  sealed  up  to 
come  forth  in  their  purity,  ac- 
cording to  the  truth  which  is  in 
the  Lamb,  in  the  own  due  time  of 
the  Lord,  unto  the  house  of  Israel. 

27.  And  I,  Nephi,  heard  and 
bear  record,  that  the  name  of  the 
apostle  of  the  Lamb  was  'John, 
according   to    the   word    of  the 
angel. 

28.  And  behold,  I,  Nephi,  am. 
forbidden  that  I  should  write  the 
remainder  of  the  things  which  I 
saw  and  heard;    wherefore   the 
things  which  I  have  written  suf- 
ficeth  me;  and  I  have  written  but 
a  small  part  of  the  things  which. 
I  saw. 

29.  And  I  bear  record  that  I 
saw  the  things  which  my  yt ather 
saw,  and  the  angel  of  the  Lord, 
did  make  them  known  unto  me. 

30.  And  now  I  make  an  end  of 
speaking  concerning  the  things 


i,  1  Ne.  13:37,  38.  Jac.  6:2,  3.  /,  1  Ne.  22:13,  14.  Isa.  66:15,  16.  fc,  1  Ne. 
22:15,  16.  3  Ne.  20:20.  21:20,  21.  Morm.  8:41.  I,  ver.  27.  m,  1  Ne.  13:20,  38,, 
40.  «>  2  Ne,  27:6 — 23.  Eth.  3:21 — 27.  12:21.  o,  ver.  20.  p,  1  Ne.  8:2. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  600  AND  502.. 


28 


1  NEPHI,  15. 


winch  I  saw  while  I  was  carried 
away  in  the  spirit;  and  if  all  the 
things  which  I  saw  are  not  writ- 
ten, the  things  which  I  have  writ- 
ten are  true.  And  thus  it  is. 
Amen. 

CHAPTER  15. 

LeTii's  teachings  interpreted  "by 
Nephi — The  olive-tree — The  tree  of 
life — The  word  of  God. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I,  Nephi,  had  been  carried 
away  in  the  spirit,  and  seen  all 
these  things,  I  returned  to  the 
tent  of  my  father. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
beheld    my   brethren,    and   they 
were  disputing  one  with  another 
concerning  the  things  which  my 
father  had  spoken  unto  them. 

3.  For  he  truly  spake  many 
great  things  unto   them,   which 
were  hard  to  be  understood,  save 
a    man    should    inquire    of    the 
Lord;    and   they  being  hard  in 
their  hearts,  therefore  they  did 
not  look  unto  the  Lord  as  they 
ought. 

4.  And    now    I,    Nephi,    was 
grieved  because  of  the  hardness 
of  their  hearts,  and  also,  because 
of  the  things  which  I  had  seen, 
and  knew  they  must  unavoidably 
come  to  pass  because  of  the  great 
wickedness    of    the    children    of 
men. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  T 
was    overcome    because    of    my 
afflictions,  for  I  considered  that 
mine  afflictions  were  great  above 
all,  because  of  the  destructions 
of  cmy  people,  for  I  had  beheld 
their  fall. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I  had  received  strength  I 
spake  unto  my  brethren,  desir- 
ing to  know  of  them  the  cause  of 
their  disputations. 


7.  And  they  said:  Behold,  we 
cannot    understand    the    words 
which   6our  father  hath   spoken 
concerning  the  natural  branches 
of  the  olive-tree,  and  also  con- 
cerning the  Gentiles. 

8.  And  I  said  unto  them:  Have 
ye  inquired  of  the  Lord? 

9.  And  they  said  unto  me:  We 
have  not;  for  the  Lord  maketh 
no  such  thing  known  unto  us. 

10.  Behold,  I  said  unto  them: 
How  is  it  that  ye  do  not  keep  the 
commandments  of  the  Lord?  How 
is  it  that  ye  will  perish,  because 
of  the  hardness  of  your  hearts? 

11.  Do  ye  not  remember  the 
things- which  the  Lord  hath  said? 
— If    ye    will    not    harden    your 
hearts,  and  ask  me  in  faith,  be- 
lieving that  ye  shall  receive,  with 
diligence    in    keeping    my    com- 
mandments, surely  these  things 
shall  be  made  known  unto  y.ou. 

12.  Behold,    I  say   unto   you, 
that  the  house  of  Israel  was  com- 
pared unto  an  colive-tree,  by  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  which  was  in 
our  fathers;   and  behold  are  we 
not  broken  off  from  the  house  of 
Israel,  and  are  we  not  a  branch 
of  the  house  of  Israel? 

13.  And  now,  the  thing  which 
our  father  meaneth   concerning 
the  grafting  in   of  the  natural 
branches  through  the  fulness  of 
the  Gentiles,  is,  that  in  the  latter 
days,  when  our  dseed  shall  have 
dwindled  in  unbelief,  yea,  for  the 
space  of  many  years,  and  many 
generations    after    the    Messiah, 
shall  be  manifested  in  body  unto 
the  children  of  men,  then  shall 
the  fulness  of  the  gospel  of  the 
Messiah  come  unto  the  Gentiles, 
and  from  the  Gentiles  unto  the 
remnant  of  our  seed — 

14.  And  at  that  4ay  shall  the 


a,  Enos  13.  Morm.  6.  6,  1  Ne.  9 :1.  10 :14.  c,  Ters.  13,  16.  2  Ne.  3 :5,  Jac. 
5.  6:1 — 4.  d,  3  Ne.  21:4.  Vers.  14—20.  1  Ne.  22:8 — 12.  8  Ne.  5:21 — 26.  16:10 
— 12.  Chap.  21.  Mora.  5  :10 — 15,  20,  21.  BETWEEN  B.  Q.  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,  15. 


remnant  of  our  seed  know  that 
they  are  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
and  that  they  are  the  covenant 
people  of  the  Lord;  and  then  shall 
they  know  and  come  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  their  forefathers,  and  also 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  gospel  of 
their  Redeemer,  which  was  min- 
istered unto  their  fathers  by  him  ; 
wherefore,  they  shall  come  to  the 
knowledge  of  their  Redeemer  and 
the  very  points  of  his  doctrine, 
that  they  may  know  how  to  come 
unto  him  and  be  saved. 

15.  And  then  at  that  day  will 
they  not  rejoice  and  give  praise 
unto  their  everlasting  God,  their 
rock  and  their  salvation?     Yea, 
at(  that  day,  will  they  not  receive 
the    strength    and   nourishment 
from  the  true  vine?     Yea,  will 
they  not  come  unto  the  true  fold 
of  God? 

16.  Behold,   I  say   unto   you, 
Yea;   they  shall  be  remembered 
again  among  the  house  of  Israel; 
they  shall  be  grafted  in,  being  a 
natural  branch  of  the  olive-tree, 
into  the  true  olive-tree. 

17.  And  this  is  what  our  father 
meaneth ;  and  he  meaneth  that  it 
will  not  come  to  pass  until  after 
they  are  scattered  by  the  Gen- 
tiles; and  he  meaneth  that  it  shall 
come  by  way  of  the  Gentiles,  that 
the  Lord  may  show   his  power 
unto  the  Gentiles,  for  the  very 
cause  that  he  shall  be  rejected  of 
the  Jews,  or  of  the  house  of  Israel. 

18.  Wherefore,  our  father  hath 
not  spoken  of  our  seed  alone,  but 
also  of  all  the  hous«  of  Israel, 
pointing  to  the  covenant  which 
should  be  fulfilled  in  the  latter 
days;  which  covenant  the  Lord 
made  to  our  father  Abraham,  say- 
ing: In  thy  seed  shall  all  the  kin- 
dreds of  the  earth  be  blessed. 


19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,   spake  much   unto   them 
concerning  these  things;  yea,  I 
spake  unto  them  concerning  the 
restoration  of  the  'Jews  in  the 
latter  days. 

20.  And  I  did  rehearse  unto 
them  the  words  of  Isaiah,  who 
spake  concerning  the  restoration 
of  the  Jews,  or  of  the  house  of 
Israel;   and  after  they  were  re- 
stored they  should  no  more  be 
confounded,  neither  should  they 
be  scattered  again.    And  it  came 
to  pass  that  I  did  speak  many 
words   unto   my   brethren,   that 
they  were  pacified  and  did  hum- 
ble themselves  before  the  Lord. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  speak  unto  me  again, 
saying:  What  meaneth  this  thing 
which  our  father  saw  in  a  dream? 
What  meaneth  the  ftree  which  he 
saw? 

22.  And  I  said  unto  them:  It 
was  a  representation  of  the  tree 
of  life. 

23.  And   they  said  unto  me: 
What  meaneth  the  ffrod  of  iron 
which  our  father  saw,  that  led  to 
the  tree? 

24.  And  I  said  unto  them  that 
it  was   the   word   of   God;    and 
whoso  would  hearken  unto  the 
word  of  God,  and  would  hold  fast 
unto  it,  they  would  never  perish; 
neither    could    the    temptations 
and  the  fiery  darts  of  the  ad- 
versary   overpower    them    unto 
blindness,  to  lead  them  away  to 
destruction. 

25.  Wherefore,   I,  Nephi,   did 
exhort  them  to  give  heed  unto  the 
word  of  the  Lord;  yea,  I  did  ex- 
hort them  with  all  the  energies 
of  my  soul,  and  with  all  the  fac- 
ulty which  I  possessed,  that  they 
would  give  heed  to  the  word  ol 


22:11,12.     2  Ne. 

20:29-34' 


6:10—  15.     9:1,2.     10:6—9,  • 


30 


1  NHPHI,  16. 


God  and  remember  to  keep  his 
commandments  always  in  all 
things. 

26.  And  they  said  unto   me: 
What  meaneth  the  "river  of  water 
which  our  father  saw? 

27.  And  I  said  unto  them  that 
the  water  which  my  father  saw 
was  filthiness;  and  so  mucm  was 
Ms  mind  swallowed  up  in  other 
things   that  he   beheld   not  the 
filthiaess  of  the  water. 

28.  And  I  said  unto  them  that 
it  was  an  awful  *gulf,  which  sep- 
arated the  wicked  from  the  tree 
of  life,  and  also  from  the  saints 
of  God. 

29.  And  I  said  unto  them  that 
It  was  a  representation  of  that 
awful  hell,  which  the  angel  said 
unto  me  was  prepared  for  the 
wicked. 

30.  And  I  said  unto  them  that 
our  father  also  saw  that  the  jus- 
tice of  God  did  also  divide  the 
wicked  from  the  righteous;  and 
the  brightness  thereof  was  like 
unto  the  "brightness  of  a  flaming 
fire,  which  ascendeth  up  unto  God 
forever  and  ever,  and  hath  no  end. 

31.  And  they  said  unto  me: 
Doth  this  thing  mean  the  tor- 
ment of  the  body  in  the  days  of 
probation,  or  doth  it  mean  the 
final  state  of  the  soul  after  the 
death  of  the  temporal  body,  or 
doth  it  speak  of  the  things  which 
are  temporal? 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
said  unto  them  that  it  was  a  rep- 
resentation of  things  both  tem- 
poral and  spiritual;  for  the  day 
should  come  that  they  must  be 
judged  of  their  works,  yea,  even 
the  works  which  were  done  by 
the  temporal  body  in  their  days 
of  probation. 


33.  Wherefore,  if  they  should 
die    in    their    wickedness    they 
must  be  cast  off  also,  as  to  the 
things  which  are  spiritual,  which 
are  pertaining  to  righteousness; 
wherefore,  they  must  be  brought 
to  stand  before  God,  to  be  judged 
of  their  works;  and  if  their  works 
have  been  Pithiness  they  must 
needs  be  filthy;   and  if  they  be 
filthy  it  must  needs  be  that  they 
cannot  dwell  in  the  kingdom  of 
God-;  if  so,  the  kingdom  of  God 
must  be  filthy  also. 

34.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
the  kingdom  of  God  is  not  filthy, 
and   there   cannot   any   unclean 
thing  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
God;  wherefore  there-  must  needs 
be  a  place  of  filthiness  prepafed 
for  that  which  is  filthy. 

35.  And  there  is  a  place  pre- 
pared, yea,  even  that  *awful  hell 
of  which  I  have  spoken,  and  the 
devil   is   the   foundation   of   it; 
wherefore  the  final  state  of  the 
souls  of  men  is  to  dwell  in  the 
kingdom  of  God,  or  to  be  cast  out 
because  of  that  'justice  of  which 
I  have  spoken. 

36.  Wherefore,  the  wicked  are 
rejected  from  the  righteous,  and 
also  from  that  tree  of  life,  whose 
fruit  is  most  precious  and  most 
desirable  above  all  other  fruits; 
yea,  and  it  is  the  greatest  of  all 
the  gifts   of  God.     And  thus   I 
spake  unto  my  brethren.    Amen. 

CHAPTER  16, 

Lehi's  sons  and  the  daughters  of 
Ishmael  intermarry — The  journey 
continued — The  ball  or  director  given 
— Death  of  Ishmael. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  I,  Nephi,  had  made 
an  end  of  speaking  to  my  breth- 


Jt.  1  Ne.  8 :13.     i,  1  Ne.  12 :18.     2  Ne.  1 
Mos.   2:37.     AL  11:37.     Morm.   9:4.   14. 
26,  34,  36.     28:15,  21,  23.     Jac,  6:10.     Al. 
14,  21.     I,  ver.  30.       P.  &  O.  29:37,  38. 


:13.  Al.  26:20.  He.  3:29.  /,  2  Ne.  9:16. 
*,  ver.  29.  2  Ne.  1:13.  2:29.  9:8— 19t 
.  12:16—18.  3  Ne.  27:11,  12.  Moro.  8:13, 
86:30,  44,  84.  B»T.  B.  C,  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,   16. 


31 


ren,  behold  they  said  unto  me: 
Thou  hast  declared  unto  us  "hard 
things,  more  than  we  are  able  to 
bear. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
said  unto  them  that  I  knew  that 
I  had  spoken  hard  things  against 
the    wicked,    according    to    the 
truth;  and  the  righteous  have  I 
justified,  and  testified  that  they 
should  be  lifted  up  at  the  last 
day;  wherefore,  the  guilty  taketh 
the  truth  to  be  hard,  for  it  cutteth 
them  to  the  very  center. 

3.  And  now  my  brethren,  if  ye 
were  righteous  and  were  willing 
to  hearken  to  the  truth,  and  give 
heed  unto  it,  that  ye  might  walk 
uprightly   before    God,   then   ye 
would  not  murmur  because  of  the 
truth,   and   say:    Thou   speakest 
hard  things  against  us. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  exhort  my  brethren, 
with  all  diligence,  to  keep  the 
commandments  of  the  Lord. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  humble  themselves  be- 
fore the  Lord;   insomuch  that  I 
had  joy  and  great  hopes  of  them, 
that  they  would  walk  in  the  paths 
of  righteousness. 

6.  Now,  all  these  things  were 
sa/d  and  done  as  my  father  dwelt 
in  a  tent  in  the  Galley  which  he 
called  Lemuel. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  took  one  of  the  daughters 
of  clshmael  to  wife;  and  also,  my 
brethren  took  of  the  daughters  of 
Ishmael  to  wife;  and  also  Zoram 
took  the  eldest  daughter  of  Ish- 
mael to  wife. 

8 .  And  thus  my  father  had  ful- 
filled all  the  commandments  of 
the  Lord  which  had  been  given 
unto  him.     And  also,  I,  Nephi, 


had  been  blessed  of  the  Lord  ex- 
ceedingly, 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  spake  unto  my 
father  by  night,  and  commanded 
him  that  on  the  morrow  he  should 
take  his  journey  into  the  wilder- 
ness. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
my  father  arose  in  the  morning, 
and  went  forth  to  the  tent  door, 
to  his  great  astonishment  he  be- 
held upon  the  ground  a  round 
dball    of    curious   workmanship; 
and  it  was  of  fine  brass.     And 
within  the  ball  were  two  spindles; 
and    the    one    pointed    the    way 
whither  we  should  go  into  the 
wilderness. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  gather  together  whatsoever 
things  we  should  carry  into  the 
wilderness,  and  all  the  remainder 
of  our  provisions  which  the  Lord 
had  given  unto  us;  and  we  did 
take  seed  of  every  kind  that  we 
might  carry  into  the  wilderness. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  take  our  tents  and  depart  into 
the  wilderness,  across  the  river 
Laman, 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
traveled   for  the  space   of  four" 
days,  nearly  a  south-southeast  di- 
rection,  and   we   did   pitch  our 
tents  again;  and  we  did  call  the 
name  of  the  place  Shazer. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  take  our  bows  and  our  ar- 
rows, and  go  forth  into  the  wil- 
derness to  slay  food  for  our  fam- 
ilies; and  after  we  had  slain  food 
for  our  families  we  did  return 
again  to  our  families  in  the  wil- 
derness, to  the  place  of  Shazer. 
And  we  did  go  forth  again  in  the 
wilderness,   following  the  same 
direction,  keeping  in  the  most 


a,  rers.  2,  3.  2  Ne.  1:26,  27.  Enos  23.  Moro.  9:4.  ft,  1  Ne.  2:8T  14.  9:1. 
c,  1  Ne.  7:2—6,  19,  22.  &t  vers.  16,  26—30.  1  Ne.  18:12,  21.  2  Ne.  5:12.  AL 
37  ;3g_-47.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AKD  592. 


32 


1  NEPHI,   16. 


fertile  parts  of  the  wilder  ness , 
which  were  in  tlie  borders  near 
the  Red  Sea. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  travel  for  the  space  of  many 
days,  slaying  food  by  the  way, 
with  our  bows  and  our  arrows 
and  our  stones  and  our  slings. 

16.  And  we  did  follow  the  di- 
rections of  the  ball,  which  led  us 
in  the  more  fertile  parts  of  the 
"wilderness. 

17.  And  after  we  had  traveled 
for  the  space  of  many  days,  we 
did  pitch  our  tents  for  the  space 
of  a  time,  that  we  might  again 
rest  ourselves  and   obtain   food 
for  our  families. 

IS.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
I,  Nephi,  went  forth  to  slay  food, 
behold,  I  did  break  my  bow, 
which  was  m'ade  of  fifine  steel; 
and  after  I  did  break  my  bow,  be- 
hold, my  brethren  were  angry 
with  me  because  of  the  loss  of 
my  bow>  for  we  did  obtain  no 
food. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  return  without  food  to  our 
families,    and    being    much    fa- 
tigued, because  of  their  journey- 
ing, they  did  suffer  much  for  the 
want  of  food. 

20.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
Laman  and  Lemuel  and  the  sons 
of  Ishmael  did  begin  to  murmur 
exceedingly,  because  of  their  suf- 
ferings and  afflictions  in  the  wil- 
derness; and  also  my  father  be- 
gan to  murmur  against  the  Lord 
his  God;  yea,  and  they  were  all 
exceeding   sorrowful,    even   that 
they   did    murmur    against   the 
Lord. 

21.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  having  been  afflicted  with 
my  brethren  because  of  the  loss 
of  my  bow,  and  their  bows  having 
lost  their  springs,  it  began  to  be 


exceedingly  difficult,  yea,  inso- 
much that  we  could  obtain  no 
food. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  speak  much  unto  my 
brethren,  because  they  had  hard- 
ened   their    hearts    again,    even 
unto    complaining    against    the 
Lord  their  God. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  make  out  of  wood  a 
bow,  and  out  of  a  straight  stick, 
an  arrow;  wherefore,  I  did  arm 
myself  with  a  bow  and  an  arrow, 
with    a   sling   and   with   stones. 
And    I    said    unto    my    father: 
Whither   shall    I    go    to    obtain 
food? 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
did  inquire  of  the  Lord,  for  they 
had  humbled  themselves  because 
of  my  word;  for  I  did  say  many 
things  unto  them  in  the  energy 
of  my  soul. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  voice  of  the  Lorcl  came  unto 
my    father;    and   he   was   truly 
chastened  because  of  his  murmur- 
ing against  the  Lord,  insomuch 
that  he  was  brought  down  into 
the  depths  of  sorrow. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  voice  of  the  Lord  said  unto 
him:  Look  upon  the  'ball,  and 
behold  the  things  which  are  writ- 
ten. 

27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  my  father  beheld  the  things 
which  were  written  upon  the  ball, 
he  did  fear  and  tremble  exceed- 
ingly, and  also  my  brethren  and 
the  sons  of  Ishmael  and  our  wives. 

28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  beheld  the  pointers  which 
were  in  the  ball,  that  they  did 

work  according  to  the  faith  and 
diligence  and  heed  which  we  did 
give  unto  them. 

29.  And  there  was  also  written 


e,  1  Ne.  4 :9.    2  Ne.  5 :15.    Jar.  8.    Eth.  7 :9.    Ps.  18 :34.    /,  1  Ne.  16 :10.    e>  AI. 
-37:40.  ,  BETWEEN  B.  C.  600  AND  592. 


1  NEPHI,  16. 


33 


upon  them  a  new  writing,  which 
was  plain  to  be  read,  which  did 
give  us  understanding  concern- 
ing the  ways  of  the  Lord ;  and  it 
was  written  and  changed  from 
time  to  time,  according  to  the 
faith  and  diligence  which  we  gave 
unto  it.  And  thus  we  see  that  by 
small  means  the  Lord  can  bring 
about  great  things. 

30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  go  forth  up  into  the 
top  of  the  mountain,  according  to 
the  directions  which  were  given 
upon  the  ball. 

31.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  slay  wild  beasts,   insomuch 
that  I  did  obtain  food  for  our 
families. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  return  to  our  tents,  bearing 
the  beasts  which  I  had  slain;  and 
now  when  they  beheld  that  I  had 
obtained    food,    how    great    was 
their  joy!     And  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  did  humble  themselves 
before   the   Lord,   and  did   give 
thanks  unto  him. 

33.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  again  take  our  journey,  trav- 
eling nearly  the  same  course  aS 
in  the  beginning;  and  after  we 
had   traveled   for   the   space   of 
many  days  we  did  pitch  our  tents 
again,  that  we  might  tarry  for  the 
space  of  a  time. 

34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
"Ishmael  died,  and  was  buried  in 
the  place  which  was  called  Na- 
hom. 

35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the    daughters    of    Ishmael    did 
mourn    exceedingly,    because   of 
the  loss  of  their  father,  and  be- 
cause of  their  afflictions  in  the 
wilderness;  and  they  did  murmur 
against  my  father,  because  he  had 
brought  them  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,  saying:  Our  father  is 


dead;  yea,  and  we  have  wandered 
much  in  the  wilderness,  and  we 
have  suffered  much  affliction, 
hunger,  thirst,  and  fatigue;  and 
after  all  these  sufferings  we  must 
perish  in  the  wilderness  with 
hunger. 

36.  And  thus  they  did  mur- 
mur against  my  father,  and  also 
against  me;  and  they  were  de- 
sirous to  return  again  to  Jeru- 
salem. 

3  7.  And  Laman  said  unto  Lem- 
uel and  also  unto  the  sons  of  Ish- 
mael:  Behold,  let  us  slay  our 
father,  and  also  our  brother 
Nephi,  who  has  taken  it  upon  him 
to  be  our  ruler  and  our  teacher, 
who  are  Ms  elder  brethren. 

38.  Now,  he  says  that  the  Lord 
has  talked  with  him,   and  also 
that  angels  have  ministered  unto 
him.     But  behold,  we  know  that 
he  lies  unto  us;  and  he  tells  us 
these    things,    and    he   worketh 
many  things  by  his  cunning  arts, 
that  he  may  deceive  our  eyes, 
thinking,  perhaps,  that  he  may 
lead  us  away  into  some  strange 
wilderness;  and  after  he  has  led 
us  away,  he  has  thought  to  make 
himself  a  king  and  a  ruler  over 
us,  that  he  may  do  with  us  ac- 
cording to  his  will  and  pleasure. 
And  after  this  manner  did  my 
brother    Laman    stir    up    their 
hearts  to  anger. 

39,  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lrord  was  with  us,  yea,  even 
the  voice  of  the  Lord  came  and 
did  speak  many  words  unto  them, 
and    did   chasten   them"  exceed- 
ingly; and  after  they  were  chas- 
tened by  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
they  did  turn  away  their  anger, 
and  did  repent  of  their  sins,  inso- 
much that  the  Lord  did  bless  us 
again  with  food,  that  we  did  not 
perish. 


gt  1  Ne.  7:2—6,  19. 


BETWEEN  B.  0.  600 


592. 


34 


1   NBPHI,   11. 


CHAPTER  17. 


Irreantum  or  many  waters — The 
Lord  commands  NepM  to  "build  a  ship 
— His  brethren  oppose  him  and  are 
confounded. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  again  take  our  journey  in  the 
wilderness;    and   we   did   travel 
nearly  eastward  from  that  time 
forth.     And  we  did  travel  and 
wade  through  much  affliction  in 
the  wilderness;  and  our  women 
did  hear  children  in  the  wilder- 
ness. 

2.  And  so  great  were  the  "bless- 
ings of  the  Lord  upon  us,  that 
while  we  did  live  upon  raw  meat 
in  the  wilderness,  our  women  did 
give  plenty  of  suck  for  their  chil- 
dren, and  were  strong,  yea,  even 
like  unto  the  men;  and  they  be- 
gan   to   bear    their   journeyings 
without  murmurings. 

3.  And  thus  we  see  that  the 
commandments  of  God -must  be 
fulfilled.    And  if  it  so  be  that  the 
children  of  men  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  God  he  doth  nour- 
ish them,  and  strengthen  them, 
and  provide  means  whereby  they 
can  accomplish  the  thiijg  which 
he  has  commanded  thenl;  where- 
fore, he  did  provide  means  for 
us  while  we  did  sojourn  in  the 
wilderness. 

4.  And  we  did  sojourn  for  the 
space  0f  many  years,  yea,  *even 
eight  years  in  the  wilderness. 

5.  And  we  did  come  to  the  land 
which  we  called  Bountiful,   be- 
cause of  its  much  fruit  and  also 
wild  honey;  and  all  these  things 
were  prepared  of  the  Lord  that 
we  might  not  perish.     And  we 
beheld  the  sea,  which  we  called 
Irreantum,    which,    being   inter- 
preted, is  many  waters. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  pitch  our  tents  by  the  sea- 
shore;   and  notwithstanding  we 


had  suffered  many  afflictions  and 
much  difficulty,  yea,  even  so 
much  that  we  cannot  write  them 
all,  we  were  exceedingly  rejoiced 
when  we  came  to  the  seashore; 
and  we  called  the  place  Bounti- 
ful, because  of  its  much  fruit. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I,  Nephi,  had  been  in  the 
land  of  Bountiful  for  the  space  of 
many  days,  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
came  unto  me,  saying:  Arise,  and 
get  thee  into  the  mountain.    And 
it  came  to  pass  that  I  arose  and 
went  up  into  the  mountain,  and 
cried  unto  ttte  Lord. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord    spake    unto    me,    saying: 
Thou  shalt  construct  a  ship,  after 
the  manner  which  I  shall  show 
thee,  that  I  may  carry  thy  people 
across  these  waters. 

9.  And  I  said:  Lord,  whither 
shall  I  go  that  I  may  find  ore  to 
molten,  that  I  may  make  tools  to 
construct  the  ship  after  the  man- 
ner which  thou  hast  shown  unto 
me? 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  told  me  whither  I  should 
go  to  find  ore,  that  I  might  make 
tools. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  make  a  bellows  where- 
with to  blow  the  fire,  of  the  skins 
of  beasts;  and  after  I  had  made 
a   bellows,    that   I    might    have 
wherewith  to  blow  the  fire,  I  did 
smite  two  stones  together  that  I 
might  make  fire. 

12.  For    the    Lord    had    not 
hitherto  suffered  that  we  should 
make  much  fire,  as  we  journeyed 
in  the  wilderness;  for  he  said:  I 
will  make  thy  food  become  sweet, 
that  ye  cook  it  not; 

13.  And  I  will   also  be  your 
light  in   the  wilderness;   and  I 
will  prepare  the  way  before  you, 

*  JB.  C.  592. 


1  NEPHI,  17. 


if  it  so  be  that  ye  shall  keep  my 
commandments;  wherefore,  inas- 
much as  ye  shall  keep  my  com- 
mandments ye  shall  be  led  to- 
wards the  "promised  land ;  and  ye 
shall  know  that  it  is  by  me  that 
ye  are  led. 

14.  Yea,    and    the    Lord   said 
also  that:  After  ye  have  arrived 
in  the   promised  land,  ye  shall 
know  that  I,  the  Lord,  am  God; 
and  that  I,  the  Lord,  did  deliver 
you  from  destruction;  yea,  that 
I  did  bring  you  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem. 

15.  Wherefore,   I,   Nephi,   did 
strive  to  keep  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord,  and  I  did  exhort  my 
brethren  to  faithfulness  and  dili- 
gence. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  make  Hools  of  the  ore  which 
I  did  molten  out  of  the  rock. 

17.  And  when  my  brethren  saw 
that  I  was  about  to  cbuild  a  ship, 
they  began  to  murmur  against 
me,  saying:  Our  brother  is  a  fool, 
for  he  thinketh  that  he  can  build 
a  ship;  yea,  and  he, also  thinketh 
that   he   can   cross   these   great 
waters. 

18.  And  thus  my  brethren  did 
complain  against  me,  and  were 
desirous    that    they    might    not 
labor,   for  they  did  not  believe 
that  I  could  build  a  ship ;  neither 
would  they  believe  that  I  was  in- 
structed of  the  Lord. 

19.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Nephi,  was  exceeding  sor- 
rowful because  of  the  hardness 
of  their"" hearts;   and  now  when 
they  saw  that  I  began  to  be  sor- 
rowful they  were  glad  in  their 
hearts,  insomuch  that  they  did 
rejoice  over  me,  saying:  We  knew 
that  ye   could   not  construct   a 
ship,  for  we  knew  that  ye  were 
lacking  in  judgment;  wherefore, 


thou    canst    not   accomplish    so- 
great  a  work. 

20.  And  thou  art  like  unto  our 
father,  led  away  by  the  foolish 
imaginations  of  his  heart;   yea, 
he  hath  led  us  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,    and    we   have   wan- 
dered in  the  wilderness  for  these 
many  years;  and  our  women  have 
toiled,  being  big  with  child;  and 
they  have  borne  children  in  the 
wilderness  and  suffered  all  things, 
save  it  were  death;  and  it  would 
have  been  better  that  they  had 
died   before   they    came   out   of 
Jerusalem  than  to  have  suffered 
these  afflictions. 

21.  Behold,  these  many  years 
we  have  suffered  in  the  wilder- 
ness, which  time  we  might  have 
enjoyed  our  possessions  and  the 
land  of  our  inheritance;  yea,  and 
we  might  have  been  happy. 

22.  And  we  know  that  the  peo- 
ple who  were  in  the  land  of  Jeru- 
salem were  a  righteous  people; 
for  they  kept  the  statutes  and 
judgments  of  the  Lord,  and  all 
his  commandments,  according  to 
the  law  of  Moses;  wherefore,  we 
know  that  they  are  a  righteous 
people;     and    our    father    hath 
judged  them,   and  hath  led   us 
away  because  we  would  hearken 
unto   his   words;    yea,   and   our 
brother  is  like  unto  him.     And 
after  this   manner  of  language 
did   my   brethren   murmur   and 
complain  against  us. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  spake  unto  them,  saying: 
Do  ye  believe  that  our  fathers, 
who  were  the  children  of  Israel, 
would  have  been  led  away  out  of 
the  hands   of  the   Egyptians  if 
they  had  not  hearkened  unto  the 
words  of  the  Lord? 

24.  Yea,  do  ye  suppose  that 
they  would  have  been  led  out  of 


af  1  Ne.  2:20.    18:23.     &,  Yers,  &,  10.     c,  vers.  8,  49,  51.     18:1—6. 


36 


1  NEPHI,  17. 


bondage,  if  the  Lord  had  not  com- 
manded Moses  that  he  should 
l^ead  them  out  of  bondage? 

25.  Now  ye  know  that  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  were  in  bondage; 
and    ye    know   that    they    were 
laden   with    tasks,    which    were 
grievous  to  be  borne;  wherefore, 
ye  know  that  it  must  needs  be  a 
good  thing  for  them,  that  they 
should  be  brought  out  of  bondage. 

26.  Now  ye  know  that  Moses 
was  commanded  of  the  Lord  to 
•do  that  great  work;  and  ye  know 
that  by  his  word  the  waters  of  the 
Red  Sea  were  divided  hither  and 
thither,  and  they  passed  through 
•on  dry  ground. 

27.  But    ye    know    that    the 
Egyptians  were  drowned  in  the 
Red  Sea,  who  were  the  armies  of 
Pharaoh. 

28.  And  ye  also  know  that  they 
were  fed  with  manna  in  the  wil- 
derness. 

29.  Yea,  and  ye  also  know  that 
Moses,  by  his  word  according  to 
the  power  of  God  which  was  in  him, 
smote  the  rock,  and  there  came 
forth  water,  that  the  children  of 
Israel  might  quench  their  thirst. 

30.  And  notwithstanding  they 
being  led,  the  Lord  their  God, 
their    Redeemer,    going    before 
them,  leading  them  by  day  and 
giving  light  unto  them  by  night, 
and   doing  all  things   for  them 
which  were  expedient  for  man  to 
receive,     they     hardened     their 
hearts  and  blinded  their  minds, 
and   reviled   against  Moses   and 
against  the  true  and  living  God. 

31.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
according  to  his  word  he  did  de- 
stroy them;  and  according  to  his 
word  he  did  lead  them;  and  ac- 
cording to  his  word  he  did  do  all 
things  for  them;  and  there  was 
not  any  thing  done  save  it  were 
by  his  word. 


32.  And  after  they  had  crossed 
the  river  Jordan   he  did   make 
them  mighty  unto  the  driving  out 
of  the  children  of  the  land,  yea, 
unto  the  scattering  them  to  de- 
struction. 

33.  And  now,  do  ye  suppose 
that  the  children  of  this   land, 
who  were  in  the  land  of  promise, 
who  were  driven  out  by  our  fa- 
thers,   do  ye  suppose  that  they 
were  righteous?     Behold,  I  say 
unto  you,  Nay. 

34.  Do  ye  suppose  that  our 
fathers   would   have   been   more 
choice    than    they    if    they    had 
been  righteous?    I  say  unto  you, 
Nay. 

35.  Behold,  the  Lord  esteem- 
eth  all  flesh  in  one;  he  that  is 
righteous  is  favored  of  God.    But 
behold,  this  people  had  rejected 
every  word  of  God,  and  they  were 
ripe  in  iniquity;  and  the  fulness 
of  the  wrath  of  God  was  upon 
them;  and  the  Lord  did  curse  the 
land  against  them,  and  bless  it 
unto   our  fathers;   yea,   he   did 
curse  it  against  them  unto  their 
destruction,  and  he  did  bless  it 
unto  our  fathers  unto  their  ob- 
taining power  over  it.  l 

36.  Behold,    the    Lord    hath 
created  the  earth  that  it  should 
be  inhabited;  and  he  hath  created 
his  children  that  they  Should  pos- 
sess it. 

37.  And  he  raiseth  up  a  right- 
eous nation,  and  destroyeth  the 
nations  of  the  wicked, 

38.  And,  he  leadeth  away  the 
righteous  into  precious  lands,  and 
the  wicked   he   destroyeth,    and 
curseth  the  land  unto  them  for 
their  sakes. 

39.  He    ruleth    high    in    the 
heavens,  for  it  is  his  throne,  and 
this  earth  is  his  footstool. 

40.  And  he  loveth  those  who 
will  have  him  to  be  their  God. 


ABOUT  B.  C.  591. 


1  NEPHI,  17. 


Behold,  lie  loved  our  fathers,  and 
tie  covenanted  with  them,  yea, 
even  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob; 
and  he  remembered  the  covenants 
which  he  had  made;  wherefore, 
he  did  bring  them  out  of  the  land 
of  Egypt. 

41.  And  he  did  straiten  them 
in  the  wilderness  with  his  rod; 
for  they  hardened  their  hearts, 
even  as  ye  have;  and  the  Lord 
straitened  them  because  of  their 
iniquity.      He   sent  fiery    flying 
serpents  among  them;  and  after 
they  were  bitten  he  prepared  a 
way  that  they  might  be  healed; 
and  the  labor  which  they  had  to 
perform   was   to   look;    and   be- 
cause of  the  simpleness  of  the 
way,  or  the  easiness  of  it,  there 
were  many  who  perished. 

42.  And  they  did  harden  their 
hearts  from  time  to  time,  and 
they  did  revile  against  Moses,  and 
also  against  God ;  nevertheless,  ye 
know  that  they  were  led  forth  by 
his  matchless  power  into  the  land 
of  promise. 

43.  And  now,  after  all  these 
things,  the  time  has  come  that 
they  have  become  wicked,  yea, 
nearly  unto  ripeness;  and  I  know 
not  but  they  are  at  this  day  about 
to  be  destroyed;  for  I  know  that 
the  day  must  surely  come  that 
they  must* be  destroyed,  save  a 
few  only,  who  shall  be  led  away 
Into  captivity. 

44.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  dcom- 
manded  my  father  that  he  should 
depart  into  the  wilderness;  and 
the  *Jews   also  sought  to   take 
away  his  life;  yea,  and  fye  also 
have  sought  to  take  away  his  life; 
wherefore,  ye  are  murderers  in 
your  hearts  and  ye  are  like  unto 
them. 

45.  Te  are  swift  to  do  iniquity 


but  slow  to  remember  the  Lord 
your  God.  ^Ye  have  seen  an 
angel,  and  he  spake  unto  you; 
yea,  ye  have  heard  his  voice  from 
time  to  time;  and  he  hath  spoken 
unto  you  in  a  still  small  voice, 
but  ye  were  past  feeling,  that  ye 
could  not  feel  his  words;  where- 
fore, he  has  spoken  unto  you  like 
unto  the  voice  of  thunder,  which 
did  cause  the  earth  to  shake  as 
if  it  were  to  divide  asunder. 

46.  And  ye  also  know  that  by 
the  power  of  his  almighty  word 
he  can  ftcause  the  earth  that  it 
shall  pass  away;  yea,  and  ye  know 
that  by  his  word  he  can  cause  the 
^ough  places  to  be  made  smooth, 
and  smooth  places  shall  be  broken 
up.     O,  then,  why  is  it,  that  ye 
can  be  so  hard  in  your  hearts? 

47.  Behold,   my   soul   is   rent 
with  anguish  because  of  you,  and 
my  heart  is  pained;  I  fear  lest  y© 
shall  be  cast  off  forever.    Behold, 
I  am  full  of  the  Spirit  of  God,  in- 
somuch that  my  frame  has  no 
strength. 

48.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  when   I  had   spoken  these 
words  they  were  angry  with  me, 
and  were  desirous  to  throw  me 
into  the  depths  of  the  -sea;  and 
as  they  came  forth  to  lay  their 
hands    upon    me   I   spake   unto 
them,  saying:  In  the  name  of  the 
Almighty  God,  I  command  you 
that  ye  *touch  me  not,  for  I  am 
filled  with  the  power  of  God,  even 
unto  the  consuming  of  my  flesh; 
and  whoso  shall  lay  his  hands 
upon  me  shall  wither  even  as  a 
dried  reed;   and  he  shall  be  as 
naught  before  the  power  of  God, 
for  God  shall  smite  him. 

49.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  said  unto  them  that  they 
should  murmur  no  more  against 


\1  Ne.  2:2.     e,   1  Ne.   2:1.     f,  1  Ne.   16:37.    fff  I  Ne.  3:29.     *,  3  Ne.  ! 
e.  12:4.     19:11,  12.     2  Ne.  26:4—6.    He.  14:21—24.     3  Ne.  8:5 — 19.    /, 
g2 — 55,    2  Ne.  1:26»  2T.  AsotiT  B.  O. 


ft,  3  Ne.  26:3. 
"     •"*      *  vere. 
691. 


1  NEPHI,  18. 


their  father;  neither  should  they 
withhold  their  labor  from  me, 
ior  God  had  commanded  me  that 
I  should  build  a  ship. 

50.  And  I  said  unto  them:  KIf 
God  had  commanded  me  to  do  all 
things  I  could  do  them.     If  he 
should  command  me  that  I  should 
say   unto    this   water,    be    thou 
earth,  it  should  be  earth;  and  if 
I  should  say  it,  it  would  be  done. 

51.  And    now,    if    the    Lord 
has  such  great  power,  and  has 
wrought  so  many  miracles  among 
the  children  of  men,  how  is  it  that 
he  cannot  instruct  me,   that  I 
should  build  a  ship? 

52.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  said  many  things  unto  my 
brethren,    insomuch    that    they 
were  confounded  and  could  not 
contend  against  me;  neither  durst 
they  lay  their  hands  upon  me  nor 
touch . me  with  their  fingers,  even 
lor  the  space  of  many  days.    Now 
they  durst  not  do  this  lest  they 
should  wither  before  me,  so  pow- 
erful was  the  Spirit  of  God;  an,d 
thus  it  had  wrought  upon  them. 

53.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  said  unto  me:   Stretch 
lorth  thine  hand  again  unto  thy 
brethren,    and    they    shall    lnot 
wither   before  thee,   but  I   will 
shock  them,  saith  the  Lord,  and 
this   will  I  do,   that  they  may 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord  their 
God. 

54.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
stretched  forth  my  hand  unto  my 
brethren,  and  they  did  not  wither 
before   me;    but   the   Lord    did 
shake  tfaem,  even  according  to 
the  word  which  he  had  spoken. 

55.  And  now,  they  said:   We 
know  of  a  surety  that  the  Lord 
is  with  thee,  for  we  know  that  it 
is  the  power  of  the  Lord  that  has 
shaken  us.     And  they  fell  down 


before  me,  and  were  about  to 
worship  me,  but  I  would  not 
suffer  them,  saying:  I  am  thy 
brother,  yea,  even  thy  younger 
brother;  wherefore,  worship  the 
Lord  thy  God,  and  honor  thy 
father  and  thy  mother,  that  thy 
days  may  be  long  in  the  land 
which  the  Lord  thy  God  shall  give 
thee. 

CHAPTER   18. 

The  sMp  completed — Jacob  and 
Joseph — The  voyage  begun — Revelry 
and  rebellion — A  storm,  at  sea — Ar- 
rival in  the  promised  land. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  worship  the  Lord,  and 
did  go  forth  with  me;   and  we 
did  work  timbers  of  curious  work- 
manship.   And  the  Lord  did  show 
me  from  time  to  time  after  what 
manner  I  should  work  the  timbers 
of  the  ship. 

2.  Now  I,  Nephi,  did  not  awork 
the    timbers    after    the    manner 
which     was     learned     by     men, 
neither  did  I  build  the  ship  after 
the  manner  of  men;   but  I  did 
build  it  after  the  manner  which 
the  Lord  had  shown  unto  me; 
wherefore,  it  was  not  after  the 
manner  of  men. 

3.  And  I,  Nephi,  did  go  into 
the  mount  oft,  and  I  did  pray 
oft   unto    the    Lord;    wherefore 
the  Lord  showed  unto  me  great 
things. 

4.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
after  I  had  finished  the  ship,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  the  Lord, 
my  brethren  beheld  that  it  was 
good,  and  that  the  workmanship 
thereof     was     exceeding     fine; 
wherefore,  they  did  humble  them- 
selves again  before  the  Lord. 

5.  And  it  canae  to  pass  that  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  came  unto  my 
father,  that  we  should  arise  and 
go  down  into  the  ship. 


fc,  1  Nc.   3:7.     Jac.   4:6.     Philip.  4:13.     l>  vers.  48,   54,   55. 
CHAP.  18 :   a,  1  Ne.  17 :8. 


ABOUT  B.  0.  591* 


1  NEPHI,  18. 


6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  on 
the  morrow,  after  we  had  pre- 
pared all  things,  much  fruits  and 
meat  from  the  wilderness,   and 
honey   in    abundance,    and   pro- 
visions according  to  that  which 
the  Lord  had  commanded  us,  we 
did  go  down  into  the  ship,  with 
all  our  loading  and  our  6seeds, 
and    whatsoever    thing   we   had 
"brought  with  us,  every  one  ac- 
cording to  his  age;  wherefore,  we 
did  all  go  down  into  the  ship, 
with  our  wives  and  our  children, 

7.  And   now,   my   father   had 
hegat  two  sons  in  the  wilderness  ; 
the  elder  was  called  Jacob  and 
the  younger  Joseph. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
we  had  all  gone  down  into  the 
ship,  and  had  taken  with  us  our 
provisions  and  things  which  had 
been  commanded  us,  we  did  put 
forth  into  the  sea  and  were  driven 
forth  hefpre  the  wind  ctowards 
the  promised  land. 

9.  And    after    we    had    been 
driven  forth  before  the  wind  for 
the  space  of  many  days,  behold, 
my  brethren  and  the  sons  of  Ish- 
mael  and  also  their  wives  began 
to  make  themselves  merry,  inso- 
much that  they  began  to  dance, 
and  to  sing,  and  to  speak  with 
much   rudeness,  yea,   even  that 
they  did  forget  by  what  power 
they  had  been  brought  thither; 
yea,  they  were  lifted  up  unto  ex- 
ceeding rudeness. 

10.  And  I,  Nephi,  began  to  fear 
exceedingly  lest  the  Lord  should 
be  angry  with  us,  and  smite  us 
because  of  our  iniquity,  that  we 
should  be  swallowed  up  in  the 
depths  of  the  sea;  wherefore,  I, 
Nephi,  began  to  speak  to  them 
with  much  soberness;  but  behold 
they  were  angry  with  me,  say- 
ing: We  will  not  that  our  younger 


brother  shall  be  a  dmler  over  us. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Laraan  and  Lemuel  did  take  me 
and  bind  me  with  cords,  and  they 
did  treat  me  with  much  harsh- 
ness; nevertheless,  the  Lord  did 
suffer  it  that  he  might  show  forth 
his  power,  unto  the  fulfilling  of 
his  word  which  he  had  spoken 
concerning  the  wicked. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  they  had  bound  me  inso- 
much that  I  could  not  move,  the 
ecompass,   which  had  been  pre- 
pared of  the  Lord,  did  cease  to 
work. 

13.  Wherefore,  tt^ey  knew  not 
whither   they    should  steer    the 
ship,  insomuch  that  there  arose 
a  great  storm,  yea,  a  great  and 
terrible  tempest,    and   we   were 
driven  back  upon  the  waters  for 
the  space  of  three  days;  and  they 
began  to  be  frightened  exceed- 
ingly lest  they  should  be  drowned 
in  the  sea;  nevertheless  they  did 
not  loose  me. 

14.  And    on   the   fourth    day, 
which  we  had  been  driven  back, 
the  tempest  began  to  be  exceed- 
ing sore.  i 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  were  about  to  be  swallowed 
up  in  the  depths  of  the  sea.    And 
after  we  had  been  driven  back 
upon  the  waters  for  the  space  of 
four  days,  my  brethren  began  to 
see  that  the  judgments  of  God 
were  upon  them,  and  that  they 
must  perish  save  that  they  should 
repent  of  their  iniquities;  where- 
fore,  they  came  unto   me,   and 
loosed  the  bands  which  were  upon 
my  wrists,  and  behold  they  had 
swollen    exceedingly;    and    also 
mine  ankles  were  much  swollen, 
and  great  was  the  soreness  there- 
of. 

16.  Nevertheless,    I   did    look 


6,  1  Ne.  8:1.  16:11.  yer.  24.  c,  1  Ne.  2:20.  5:5,  22.  7:13.  12:1,  4.  13:12, 
14,  30.  14:2.  18:22,  23.  tf,  I  Ne.  2:22.  16:37,  38.  2  Ne.  1:25 — 27.  5:3,  19. 
e+  see  0,  1  Ne.  16.  .  ABOUT  B.  0,  590. 


40 


1  NEPHI,   19. 


unto  my  God,  and  I  did  praise 
him  all  the  day  long;  and  I  did 
not  murmur  against  the  Lord  be- 
cause of  mine  afflictions. 

17.  Now  my  father,  Lehi,  had 
said  many  things  unto  them,  and 
also  unto  the  fsons  of  Ishmael; 
but,  behold,  they  did  breathe  out 
much  threatenings  against  any- 
one that  should  speak  for  me; 
and  my  parents  being  stricken  in 
years,  and  having  suffered  much 
grief  because  of  their  children, 
they  were  brought   down,   yea, 
even  upon  their  sick-beds. 

18.  Because  of  their  grief  and 
much  sorrow,  and  the  iniquity  of 
my  brethren,  they  were  brought 
near  even  to  be  carried  out  of 
this  time  to  meet  their  God;  yea, 
their  grey  hairs  were  about  to  be 
brought  down  to  lie  low  in  the 
dust;  yea,  even  they  were  near 
to  be  cast  with  sorrow  into   a 
watery  grave. 

19.  And    *  Jacob    and    Joseph 
also,  being  young,  having  need  of 
much  nourishment,  were  grieved 
because  of  the  afflictions  of  their 
mother;  and  also  hmy  wife  with 
her  tears  and  prayers,  and  also 
my  children,  did  not  soften  the 
hearts  of  my  brethren  that  they 
would  loose  me. 

20.  And    there    was    nothing 
save  it  were  the  power  of  God, 
which  threatened  them  with  de- 
struction,    could     soften     their 
hearts;,  wherefore,  when  they  saw 
that  they  were  about  to  be  swal- 
lowed up  in  the  depths  of  the  sea 
they  repented  of  the  thing  which 
they   had   done,  insomuch  that 
they  loosed  me. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
they  had  loosed  me,   behold,   I 
took  the   *compass,   and  it  did 


work  whither  I  desired  it.  And 
it  came  to  pass  that  I  prayed  unto 
the  Lord;  and  after  I  had  prayed 
the  winds  did  cease,  and  the  storm 
did  cease,  and  there  was  a  great 
calm. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  *  guide  the  ship,  that 
we    sailed    again    towards    the 
promised  land. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  we  had  sailed  for  the  space 
of  many  days  *we  did  arrive  at 
the  ^promised  land;  and  we  went 
forth  upon  the  land,  and  did  pitch 
our  tents;  and  we  did  call  it  the 
promised  land. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  begin  to  till  the  earth,  and 
we  began  to  plant  seeds;  yea,  we 
did  put  all  our  zseeds  into  the 
earth,    which    we    had    brought 
from  the  land  of  Jerusalem.    And 
it  came  to  pass  that  they  did  grow 
exceedingly;  wherefore,  we  were 
blessed  in  abundance. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  find  upon  the  land  of  promise, 
as  we  journeyed  in  the  wilder- 
ness, that  there  were  mbeasts  in 
the  forests  of  every  kind,  both  the 
cow  and  the  ox,  and  the  ass  and 
the  horse,  and  the  goat  and  the 
wild  goat,  and  all  manner  of  wild 
animals,  which  were  for  the  use 
of  men.    And  we  did  find  all  man- 
ner of  "ore,  both  of  gold,  and  of 
silver,  and  of  copper. 


pZe — Sun- 
'<enos  und 


CHAPTER  19. 

NepM's  record  of  his  peop 
dry  prophets  mentioned — Ze 
Ms  predictions. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  commanded  me,  wherefore 
I  did  make  °plates  of  ore  that  I 


/,  1  Ne.  7:6.  gf  ver.  7.  h,  1  Ne.  16:7.  i,  rer.  12.  /,  ver,  13.  fc,  1  Ne.  2:20. 
lf  1  Ne.  8:1.  w.  Enos  21.  Al.  18:9.  20:0.  3  Ne.  3:22.  4:4.  6:1.  Bth.  9  ;18, 
19,  31—34.  10:10—21.  n,  1  Ne.  19:1,  2  Ne.  5:14—16.  Jac.  2:12,  13.  He.  6:9— 
11.  Etk  9:17,  10:7,  12,  23,  CHAP.  19:  a,  see  /,  1  Ne,  1. 

*  PliOBABLY  ABOUT  B.  C.  689. 


1  NBPHI,   19. 


41 


might  engraven  upon  them  the 
record  of  my  people.  And  upon 
the  plates  which  I  made  I  did  en- 
graven the  brecord  of '-my  father, 
and  also  our  journeyings  in  the 
wilderness,  and  the  prophecies  of 
my  father;  and  also  many  of  mine 
own  prophecies  have  I  engraven 
upon  them. 

2.  And  I  knew  not  at  the  time 
when  I  made  them  that  I  should 
be   commanded  of  the  Lord  to 
make    these    plates;    wherefore, 
the  record  of  my  father,  and  the 
genealogy  of  his  fathers,  and  the 
more  part  of  all  our  proceedings 
in  the  wilderness  are  engraven 
upon  those  plates  of  which  I  have 
spoken;    wherefore,    the    things 
which  transpired  before  I  made 
these  plates  are,  of  a  truth,  more 
particularly  made  mention  upon 
the  first  plates. 

3.  And  after  I  had  made  "these 
plates  by  way  of  commandment, 
I,  Nephi,   received   a  command- 
ment that  the  ministry  and  the 
prophecies,  the  more  plain  and 
precious  parts  of  them,  should  be 
written  upon  these  plates;   and 
that  the  things  which  were  writ- 
ten should  be  kept  for  the  in- 
struction   of    my    people,    who 
should  possess  the  land,  and  also 
for  other  wise  purposes,   which 
purposes    are    known    unto   the 
Lord. 

4.  Wherefore,    I,    Nephi,    did 
make  a  record  upon  the  Bother 
plates,  which  gives  an.  account,  or 
which  gives  a  greater  account  of 
the  wars  and  contentions  and  de- 
structions  of   my  people.     And 
this  have  I  done,  and  commanded 
my  people  what  they  should  do 
after  I  was  gone;  and  that  these 
plates  should   be  handed  down 
from  one  generation  to  another, 
or  from  one  prophet  to  another, 


until  further  commandments  of 
the  Lord. 

5.  And  an  account  of  my  mak- 
ing ethese  plates  shall  be  given 
hereafter;    and   then,   behold,   I 
proceed  according  to  that  which 
I  have  spoken ;  and  this  I  do  that 
the  more  sacred  things  may  be 
kept  for  the  knowledge  of  my 
people. 

6.  Nevertheless,  I  do  not  writ© 
anything  upon  plates  save  it  be 
that  I  think  it  be  sacred.     And 
now,  if  I  do  err,  even  did  they  err 
of  old;  not  that  I  would  excuse 
myself  because  of  other  men,  but 
because  of  the  weakness  which  is 
in  me,  according  to  the  flesh,  I 
would  excuse  myself. 

7.  For  the  things  which  some 
men  esteem  to  be  of  great  worth, 
both  to  the  body  and  soul,  others 
set  at  naught  and  trample  under 
their  feet.     Yea,  even  the  very 
God  of  Israel  do  men  trample  un- 
der  their   feet;    I  say,   trample 
under    their    feet    but    I   would 
speak  in  other  words — they  set 
him  at  naught,  and  hearken  not 
to  the  voice  of  his  counsels. 

8.  And  behold  he  cometh,  ac- 
cording to  the  words  of  the  angel, 
in  fsix  hundred  years  from  the 
time  my  father  left  Jerusalem. 

9.  And  the  world,  because  of 
their  iniquity,  shall  judge  him  to 
be  a  thing  of  naught;  wherefore 
they  scourge  him,  and  he  suffer- 
eth  it;  and  they  smite  him,  and 
he  suffereth  it.     Yea,  they  spit 
upon  him,  and  he  suff ereth  it,  be^ 
cause  of  Ms  loving  kindness  and 
his    long-suffering   towards    the 
children  of  men. 

10.  And  the  God  of  our  fath- 
ers, who  were  led  out  of  Egypt, 
out  of  bondage,  and  also  were 
preserved  in  the  wilderness  by 
him,  yea,  the  God  of  Abraham, 


6,  1  Ne.  1:16,  17,    19:2. 
c.  10.     ft  1  Ne.  10:4. 


,  1  Ne.  9 :2.     d,  1  Ne.  9 :4, 


2  Ne.  5:30,      D.  &  O. 
B.  O.  588  AND  570, 


42 


1  NEPHI,   19. 


and  of  Isaac,  and  the  God  of 
Jacob,  yieldeth  himself,  accord- 
ing to  the  words  of  the  angel,  as 
a  man,  into  the  hands  of  wicked 
men,  to  he  lifted  up,  according  to 
the  words  of  ^Zenock,  and  to  be 
crucified,  according  to  the  words 
of  Neum,  and  to  be  buried  in  a 
sepulchre,  according  to  the  words 
of  ftZenos,  which  he  spake  con- 
cerning the  4three  days  of  dark- 
ness, which  should  be  a  sign  given 
of  his  death  unto  those  who 
should  inhabit  the  isles  of  the  sea, 
more  especially  given  unto  those 
who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel. 

11.  For  thus  spake  the  prophet : 
The  Lord  God  surely  shall  visit 
all  the  house  of  Israel  at  that  day, 
some  with  his  ^voice,  because  of 
their   righteousness,   unto    their 
great    joy    and    salvation,    and 
others  *with  the  thunderings  and 
the  lightnings  of  his  power,  by 
tempest,  by  fire,  and  by  smoke, 
and  vapor  of  darkness,  and  by 
the  opening  of  the  earth,  and  by 
mountains  which  shall  be  carried 
up. 

12.  And  all  these  things  must 
surely  come,  saith  the  prophet 
Zenos.     And  the   zrocks   of  the 
earth  must  rend;  and  because  of 
the  groanings  of  the  earth,  many 
of  the  kings  of  the  isles  of  the 
sea  shall  be  wrought  upon  by  the 
Spirit  of  God,  to  exclaim:    The 
God  of  nature  suffers. 

13.  And  as  for  those  who  are 
at  Jerusalem,  saith  the  prophet, 
they  shall  be  scourged  by  all  peo- 
ple, because  they  crucify  the  God 
of  Israel,  and  turn  their  hearts 
aside,  rejecting  signs  and  won- 
ders, and  the  power  and  glory  of 
the  God  of  Israel. 

14.  And    because    they    turn 


their  hearts  aside,  saith  the 
prophet,  and  have  despised  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel,  they  shall 
wander  in  the  flesh,  and  perish, 
and  become  a  hiss  and  a  by-word, 
and  be  hated  among  all  nations. 

15.  Nevertheless,    when    that 
day  cometh,  saith  the  prophet, 
that  mthey  no  more  turn  aside 
their  hearts  against  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel,  then  will  he  remember 
the  covenants  which  he  made  to 
their  fathers. 

16.  Yea,  then  will  he  remem- 
ber the  isles  of  the  sea;  yea,  and 
all   the  people  who   are   of   the 
house  of  Israel,  will  I  gather  in, 
saith  the  Lord,  according  to  the 
words    of    the    prophet    nZenos, 
from   the  four   quarters   of  the 
earth. 

17.  Yea,  and  all  the  earth  shall 
see   the   salvation   of   the  Lord, 
saith  the  prophet;  every  nation, 
kindred,  tongue  and  people  shall 
be  blessed. 

18.  And  I,  Nephi,  have  written 
these  things  unto  my  people,  that 
perhaps  I  might  persuade  them 
that  they  would  remember  the 
Lord  their  Redeemer. 

19.  Wherefore,  I  speak  unto 
all  the  house  of  Israel,  if  it  so 
be  that  they  should  obtain  these 
things. 

20.  For  behold,  I  have  work- 
ings  in   the   spirit,   which   doth 
weary  me  even  that  all  my  joints 
are  weak,  for  those  who  are  at 
Jerusalem;  for  had  not  the  Lord 
been  merciful,  to  show  unto  me 
concerning  them,  even  as  he  had 
prophets  of  old,  I  should  have 
perished  also. 

21.  And  he  surely  did  show 
unto    the    prophets    of    old    all 
things  concerning  them ;  and  also 


fir.AI.  33:15.  34:7.  He.  8:20.  3  Ne.  10:15— 17.  ^  vers.  12,  16.  Jac.  5  :1.  8:1. 
Al.  33:3,  13,  15,  34:7.  He.  8:19.  15:11.  3  Ne.  10:16.  i,  He.  14:20,  27.  3  Ne. 
8:19—23.  10:9.  /,  3  Ne  9.  fc,  He.  14:20—27.  3  Ne.  8:5—23.  I,  He.  14:21,  22. 
3  Ne.  8:17,  18,  m,  see  0,  1  Ne.  15.  n,  see  ft.  BKCWBIN  B.  0.  588  AND  670. 


1   NEPHI,  20. 


43 


lie  did  show  unto  many  concern- 
ing us;  wherefore,  It  must  needs 
be  that  we  know  concerning  them 
for  they  are  °written  upon  the 
plates  of  brass. 

22.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,    did    teach    my   brethren 
these  things;  and  it  came  to  pass 
that  I  did  read  many  things  to 
them,  which  were  engraven  upon 
the  ^plates   of   brass,   that  they 
might  know  concerning  the  do- 
ings of  the  Lord  in  other  lands, 
among  people  of  old. 

23.  And  I  did  read  many  things 
unto  them  which  were  written  in 
the  book  of  Moses;   "but  that  I 
might  more  fully  persuade  them 
to  believe, in  the  Lord  their  Re- 
deemer I  did  read  unto  them  that 
which  was  written  by  the  prophet 
Isaiah;  for  I  did  liken  all  scrip- 
tures unto  us,  that  it  might  be 
for  our  profit  and  learning. 

24.  Wherefore  I  spake  unto 
them,  saying:  Hear  ye  the  words 
of  the  prophet,  ye  who  are  a  rem- 
nant of  the  house  of  Israel,  a 
branch  who  have  been  broken 
off;  hear  ye  the  words  of  the 
prophet,  which  were  written  unto 
all  the  house  of  Israel,  and  liken 
them  unto  yourselves,  that  ye 
may  have  hope  as  well  as  your 
brethren  from  whom  ye  have 
been  broken  off;  for  after  this 
manner  has  the  prophet  written. 

CHAPTER  20. 

Prophecies  recorded  on  tfie  plates 
of  brass — Compare  Isaiah  48. 

1.  Hearken  and  hear  this,  O 
house  of  Jacob,  who  are  called  by 
the  name  of  Israel,  and  are  come 
forth  aout  of  the  waters  of  Judah, 
or  out  of  the  waters  of  baptism, 
who  6swear  by  the  name  of  the 


Lord,  and  make  mention  of  the 
God  of  Israel,  yet  they  swear  cnot 
in  truth  nor  in  righteousness. 

2.  Nevertheless,  they  call  them- 
selves <*of  the  holy  city,  but  they 
do  enot  stay  themselves  upon  the 
God  of  Israel,  who  is  the  Lord  of 
Hosts;  yea,  the  Lord  of  Hosts  Is 
his  name. 

3.  Behold,  fl  have  declared  the 
former   things   from   the  begin- 
ning; and  they  went  forth  out  of 
my  mouth,  and  I  showed  them.    I 
did  show  them  suddenly. 

4.  And  I  did  it  because  I  knew 
that  thou  art  obstinate,  and  sthy 
neck  is  an  iron  sinew,  and  thy 
brow  brass; 

5.  And  I  have  even  afrom  the 
beginning  declared  to  thee;  be- 
fore it  came  to  pass  I  showed 
them  thee;  and  I  showed  them  for 
fear  lest  thou  should st  say — Mine 
idol    hath   done   them,   and  my 
graven   image,    and   my   molten 
image  hath  commanded  them. 

6.  Thou  hast  seen  and  heard 
all  this;  and  will  ye  not  declare 
them?     And  that  I  have  showed 
thee  new  things  from  this  time, 
even    hidden    things,    and    thou 
didst  not  know  them. 

7.  They  are  created  now,  and 
not  from  the  beginning,  even  be- 
fore the  ,day  when  thou  heardest 
them  not  they  were  declared  unto 
thee,  lest  thou  shouldst  say — Be- 
hold I  knew  them. 

8.  Yea,  and  thou  heardest  not; 
yea,  thou  knewest  not;  yea,  from 
that    time    thine    ear   was    not 
opened;    for  I  knew   that  thou 
wouldst  deal  very  treacherously, 
and  wast  called  a  'transgressor 
from  the  womb. 

9.  Nevertheless,  for  my  name's 
sake  will  I  defer  mine  anger,  and 


o,  3  Ne.  10:10,  17.  p,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  CHAP.  20:  a,  Isa.  48:1.  fc,  Beat.  6:13. 
Isa.  05:16.  Zeplu  1:5.  c,  Jer.  4:2.  5:2.  d,  Isa.  52:1.  e,  Mic.  3:9—11.  /,  Isa. 
41 :22.  42 :9.  43  :9.  44 :7,  8.  45 :21.  46 :9,  10.  g,  Ex,  32 :9.  Deut.  31 :27.  A,  see 
/.  i,  Ps.  58  :3.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  5TO, 


44 


1  NEPffl,   21. 


for  my  praise  will  I  refrain  from 
thee,  that  I  cut  thee  not  off. 

10.  For,  behold,  I  have  refined 
thee,  I  have  chosen  thee  in  the 
furnace  of  affliction. 

11.  For  mine  own  sake,  yea, 
for  mine  own  sake  will  I  do  this, 
for  I  will  not  suffer  my  name  to 
he  polluted,  *and  I  will  not  give 
my  glory  unto  another. 

12.  Hearken  unto  me,  O  Jacob, 
and  Israel  my  called,  for  I  am  he; 
I  am  the  *first,  and  I  am  also  the 
last. 

13.  Mine  'hand  hath  also  laid 
the  foundation  of  the  earth,  and 
my  right  hand  hath  spanned  the 
heavens.     ml  call  unto  them  and 
they  stand  up  together. 

14.  nAll    ye,    assemble    your- 
selves,   and    hear;    who    among 
them  hath  declared  these  things 
unto  them?    The  Lord  hath  loved 
Mm;  yea,  and  he  will  fulfil  his 
word  which  he  hath  declared  by 
them;  and  °he  will  do  his  pleasure 
on  Babylon,  and  his  arm  shall 
come  upon  the  Chaldeans. 

15.  Also,  saith  the  Lord;  I  the 
Lord,  yea,  I  have  spoken;  yea,  *I 
have  called  him  to  declare,  I  have 
brought  him,  and  he  shall  make 
his  way  prosperous. 

16.  Come  ye  near  unto  me;  CI 
have  not  spoken  in  secret;  from 
the  beginning,  from  the  time  that 
it  was  declared  have  I  spoken; 
and  the  Lord  God,  and  his  Spirit, 
hath  sent  me. 

17.  And  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
thy  Redeemer,  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel;  I  have  sent  him,  the  Lord 
thy  G-od  who   teacheth  thee  to 
profit,  who  leadeth  thee  by  the 
way  thou  shouldst  go,  hath  done 
it. 

18.  O  that  thou  hadst  heark- 


ened to  my  commandment — then 
had  thy  peace  been  as  a  river, 
and  thy  righteousness  as  the 
waves  of  the  sea. 

19.  rThy  seed  also  had  been  as  •> 
the   sand;    the  offspring   of   thy 
bowels  like  the  gravel  thereof; 
his  name  should  not  have  been 
cut  off  nor  destroyed  from  before 
me. 

20.  *Go  ye  forth  of  Babylon, 
flee  ye  from  the  Chaldeans,  with 
a  voice  of  singing  declare  ye,  tell 
this,  utter  to  the  end  of  the  earth; 
say  ye:  'The  Lord  hath  redeemed 
his  servant  Jacob. 

21.  And  they  "thirsted  not;  he 
led  them  through  the  deserts;  he 
caused  the  waters  to  flow  out  of 
the  rock  for  them;  he  clave  the 
rock  also  and  the  waters  gushed 
out. 

22.  And    notwithstanding    he 
hath  done  aft.  this,  and  greater 
also,  there  is  no  peace,  saith  the 
Lord,  unto  the  wicked. 

CHAPTER  21. 

Isaiah's  writings,  as  recorded  upon 
the  plates  of  brass,  continued — Com- 
pare Isaiah  49. 

1.  And  again:    Hearken,  O  ye 
house  of  Israel,  all  ye  that  are 
broken   off  and   are  driven   out, 
because  of  the  wickedness  of  the 
pastors  of  my  people;  yea,  all  ye 
that  are  broken  off,  that  are  scat- 
tered abroad,  who  are  of  my  peo- 
ple, O  house  of  Israel.    Listen,  "O 
isles,  unto  me,  and  hearken  ye 
people  from  far;  the  Lord  hath 
called  me  from  the  womb;  from 
the  bowels  of  my  mother  hath  he 
made  mention  of  my  name. 

2.  And    he    hath    made    my 
mouth  like  a  sharp  sword;  in  the 
shadow  of  his  hand  hath  he  hid 


/,  Isa.  42:8.  Tc,  Isa.  41:4.  Eey.  1:17.  22:13.  I,  Ps.  102:25.  mf  Isa.  40:26. 
n,  see /.  of  Isa.  44*28*  p.  Isa.  45:1 — 4.  q,  Isa.  45:19.  r,  Gen.  22:17.  Hoe.  1:1Q. 
«,  Jer.  50:8.  51:6,  ,44,  45.  Zecb.  2:6,  7.  *,  Isa.  44:22,  23.  u>  Ps.  107:35—38. 
Isa.  36:6,  7.  41:17,18.  CHAP.  21:  a,  ver.  8,  Isa.  51:5,  60:9.  66:10.  1  Ne.  22:4. 
2  Ne.  10:20—22.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  588  AND  070. 


1  NEPHI,  21. 


45 


me,  and  made  me  a  polished 
shaft;  in  his  quiver  hath  lie  hid 
me; 

3.  And  said  unto  me:  Thou  art 
my  servant,  0  Israel,  in  whom  I 
will  be  glorified. 

4.  Then  I  said,  I  have  labored 
in  vain,  I  have  spent  my  strength 
for  naught  and  in  vain;   surely 
my  judgment  is  with  the  Lord, 
and  my  work  with  my  God. 

5.  And  now,  saith  the  Lord — 
that  formed  me  from  the  womb 
that  I  should  be  his  servant,  to 
bring  Jacob  again  to  him — though 
Israel  be  not  gathered,  yet  shall 
I  be  glorious  in  the  eyes  of  the 
Lord,  and  my  God  shall  be  my 
strength, 

6.  And  he  said:  It  is  a  light 
thing  that  thou  shouldst  be  my 
servant  to  raise  up  the  tribes  of 
Jacob,   and   to   restore  the  pre- 

•  served  of  Israel.  I  will  also  give 
thee  for  a  light  cto  the  Gentiles, 
that  thou  mayest  be  my  salvation 
unto  the  ends  of  the  earth. 

7.  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  the  Ke- 
deemer  of  Israel,  his  Holy  One,  to 
him  whom  man  despiseth,  to  him 
whom  the  nations  abhorreth,  to 
servant  of  rulers:  Kings  shall  see 
and  arise,  princes  also  shall  wor- 
ship, because  of  the  Lord  that  is 
faithful. 

8.  Thus  saith  the  Lord:  In  an 
acceptable  time  have  I  heard  thee, 
dO  isles  of  the  sea,  and  in  a  day 
of  salvation  have  I  helped  thee; 
and  I  will  preserve  thee,  and  give 
thee  emy  servant  for  a  covenant 
of  the  people,  to  establish  the 
earth,   to   cause  to   inherit  the 
desolate  heritages; 

9.  That  thou  mayest  say  to  the 
prisoners:  Go  forth;  fto  them  that 
sit  in  darkness:  Show  yourselves. 
They  shall  feed  in  the  ways,  and 


their  ^pastures  shall  be  in  all  high 
places. 

10.  They  shall  not  hunger  nor 
thirst,  neither  shall  the  heat  nor 
the  sun  smite  them;  for  he  that 
hath  mercy  on  them  shall  lead 
them,    even   *by   the   springs  of 
water  shall  he  guide  them. 

11.  And  I  will  make  *all  my 
mountains  a  way,  and  ^my  high- 
ways shall  be  exalted. 

12.  And  then,  O  house  of  Is- 
rael, behold,  Hhese  shall  come 
from  far;  and  lo,  these  from  the 
north   and  from  the  west;    and 
these  from  the  land  of  Sinim. 

13.  *Sing,  O  heavens;  and  be 
joyful,  O  earth;  for  the  feet  of 
those  who  are  in  the  east  shall  be 
established;  and  break  forth  into 
singing,  O  mountains;   for  they 
shall  be  smitten  no  more;  for  the 
Lord  hath  comforted  his  people, 
and   will   have  mercy  upon  his 
afflicted. 

14.  But,    behold,    Zion    hath 
said:  The  Lord  hath  forsaken  me, 
and  my  Lord  hath  forgotten  me — 
but  he  will  show  that  he  hath  not. 

15.  mFor  can  a  woman  forget 
her  sucking  child,  that  she  should 
not  have  compassion  on  the  son 
of  her  womb?     Yea,  they  may 
forget,  yet  will  I  not  forget  thee, 

0  house  of  Israel. 

16.  Behold,  I  have  graven  thee 
upon  the  palms  of  my  hands;  thy 
walls  are  continually  before  me. 

17.  Thy  children  shall  make 
haste  against  thy  destroyers;  and 
they  that  made  thee  waste  shall 
go  forth  of  thee. 

18.  Lift  up  thine  eyes  round 
about    and    behold;    ttall    these 
gather  themselves  together,  and 
they  shall  come  to  thee.    And  as 

1  live,  saith  the  Lord,  thou  shalt 
surely  clothe  thee  with  them  all, 


c,  3  Ne.  21 :11.  <k  see  a.  ef  see  e.  2  Ne.  3.  /,  2  Ne.  3 :5.  gt  Ezek.  34 :14.  1  Ne. 
22:25.  A,  see  «*,  1  Ne.  20.  i,  see  g.  jt  Isa.  40:3.  62:10.  fc,  Isa.  4345-^T.  I,  Isa. 
44  ;23,  m,  Ps.  103 :13,  »,  Mic.  4:11—13.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  688  AND  &TO. 


46 


1  NEPHI,  22. 


as  with,  an  ornament,  and  bind 
them  on  even  as  a  bride. 

19.  For  thy  waste  and  thy  des- 
olate places,  and  the  land  of  thy 
destruction,  shall  even  now  be  too 
narrow  by  reason  of  the  inhabi- 
tants; and  "they  that  swallowed 
thee  up  shall  be  far  away. 

20.  The   children  whom   thou 
shalt  have,  after  thou  hast  plost 
the  first,  shall  again  in  thine  ears 
say:  The  place  is  too  strait  for 
me;  give  place  to  me  that  I  may 
dwell. 

21.  Then    shalt    thou    say    in 
thine  heart:  Who  hath  begotten 
me  these,  seeing  I  have  lost  my 
children,  and  am  desolate,  a  cap- 
tive, and  removing  to  and  fro? 
And  who  hath  brought  up  these? 
Behold,  I  was  left  alone;  these, 
where  have  .they  been? 

22.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God: 
Behold,  I  will  lift  up  rmine  hand 
to  the  Gentiles,  and  set  up  smy 
standard  to  the  people;  and  *they 
shall  bring  thy  sons  in  their  arms, 
and  thy  daughters  shall  be  carried 
upon  their  shoulders. 

23.  And    kings    shall    be    thy 
nursing  fathers,  and  their  queens 
thy  nursing  mothers;  they  shall 
bow  down  to  thee  with  their  face 
towards  the  earth,  and  lick  up 
the  dust  of  thy  feet;   and  thou 
shalt  know  that  I  am  the  Lord; 
for  they  shall  not  be  ashamed 
that  wait  for  me. 

24.  "For  shall  the  prey  be  taken 
from  the  mighty,  or  the  lawful 
captives  delivered? 

25.  But  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
even  the  captives  of  the  mighty 
shall  be  taken  away,  and  the  prey 
of  the  terrible  shall  be  delivered; 
for  1  will  contend  with  him  that 
contendeth  with  thee,  and  I  will 
save  thy  children. 


26.  "And  I  will  feed  them  that 
oppress  thee  with,  their  own  flesh ; 
they  shall  be  drunken  with  their 
own  blood  as  with  sweet  wine; 
and  all  flesh  shall  know  that  I, 
the  Lord,  am  thy  Savior  and  thy 
Redeemer,  the  Mighty  One  of 
Jacob. 

CHAPTER  22. 

Nephi  expounds  the  prophecies  of 
Isaiah — Prediction  of  a  mighty  Gen- 
tile nation  on  the  promised  land?- — 
Lehi's  descendants  to  be  nourished  ~by 
the  Gentiles — The  fate  of  those  who 
fight  against  Zion. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I,  Nephi,   had  read  these 
things  which  were  engraven  upon 
the  °plates  of  brass,  my  brethren 
came  unto  me  and  said  unto  me: 
What  meaneth  these  things  which 
ye  have  read?    Behold,  are  they 
to    be   understood    according   to 
things  which  are  spiritual,  which 
shall  come  to  pass  according  to 
the  spirit  and  not  the  flesh? 

2.  And    I,    Nephi,    said    unto 
them:     Behold  they  were  mani- 
fest   unto    the    prophet    by    the 
voice  of  the  Spirit;    for  by  the 
Spirit  are  all  things  made  known 
unto  the  prophets,  which  shall 
come  upon  the  children  of  men 
according  to  the  flesh. 

3.  Wherefore,    the    things    of 
which  I  have  read  are  things  per- 
taining to  things  both  temporal 
and  spiritual;  for  it  appears  that 
the   house   of  Israel,   sooner  or 
later,  will  be  scattered  upon  all 
the  face  of  the  earth,  and  also 
among  all  nations. 

4.  And  behold,  there  are  many 
who  are  already  lost  from  the 
knowledge  of  those  who  are  at 
Jerusalem.     Yea,  the  more  part 
of  all  the  tribes  have  been  led 
away;  and  they  are  scattered  to 


o.  ver.  17,  p,  ver.  21.  r,  Isa.  66  :18 — 20,  s,  Isa.  62  :10.  See  p,  2  Ne.  15.  t}  1 
Ne.  22:8.  2  Ne.  6:6,  7.  10:8,  9.  <u,  1  Ne.  22:12—14.  v,  1  Ne.  14:19—17.  22:13,  14. 
2  Ne,  6:14 — 18.  CHAP.  22:  a,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  588  AND  570. 


1  NBPHI,  22. 


47 


and  fro  upon  the  Aisles  of  the  sea; 
and  whither  they  are  none  of  us 
knoweth,  save  that  we  know  that 
they  have  been  led  away. 

5.  And  since  they  have  been 
led  away,  these  things  have  been 
prophesied  concerning  them,  and 
also    concerning    all    those    who 
shall  hereafter  be  scattered  and 
be   confounded,    because   of   the 
Holy  One  of  Israel;   for  against 
him  will  they  harden  their  hearts; 
wherefore,  they  shall  be  scattered 
among  all  nations  and  shall  be 
hated  of  all  men. 

6.  Nevertheless,  after  they  shall 
be  nursed  by  the  Gentiles,  and 
the  Lord  has  lifted  up  his  hand 
upon  the  cGentiles  and  set  them 
up  for  a  standard,  and  their  chil- 
dren have  been  carried  in  their 
arms,  and  their  daughters  have 
been  carried  upon  their  shoulders, 
behold  these  things  of  which  are 
spoken  are  temporal;  for  thus  are 
the  covenants  of  the  Lord  with 
our  fathers;  and  it  meaneth  us  in 
the  days  to  come,  and  also  all  our 
brethren  who  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel. 

7.  And   it   meaneth   that   the 
time   cometh   that  after  all  the 
house  of  Israel  have  been  scat- 
tered and  confounded,  that  the 
Lord  God  will  raise  up  a  dmighty 
nation  among  the  Gentiles,  yea, 
even  upon  the  face  of  this  land; 
and  by  them  shall  eour  seed  be 
scattered. 

8.  And  after  our  seed  is  scat- 
tered the  Lord  God  will  proceed 
to  do  a  ''marvelous  work  among 
the  Gentiles,  which  shall  be  of 
great  worth  unto  our  seed ;  where- 
fore, it  is  likened  unto  their  being 
nourished   by  the   Gentiles   and 


being  carried  in  their  arms  and 
upon  their  shoulders, 

9.  And    it    shall    also    be    of 
^worth  unto  the  Gentiles;  and  not 
only  unto  the  Gentiles  but  unto 
Rall  the  house  of  Israel,  unto  the 
making  known  of  the  covenants 
of   the    Father   of   heaven   unto 
Abraham,  saying:      In  thy  seed 
shall  all  the  kindreds  of  the  earth 
be  blessed. 

10.  And  I  would,  my  brethren, 
that  ye  should  know  that  all  the 
kindreds  of  the  earth  cannot  be 
blessed  unless  he  shall  make  bare 
his  arm  in  the  eyes  of  the  nations. 

11.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  God 
will  proceed  to  make  bare  his  arm 
in  the  eyes  of  all  the  nations,  in 
bringing  about  his  covenants  and 
his  gospel  unto  those  who  are  of 
the  house  of  Israel. 

12.  Wherefore,  he  will  bring 
them  again  out  of  captivity,  and 
they  shall  be  gathered  together  to 
the  lands   of  their  inheritance; 
and  they  shall  be  brought  out  of 
obscurity  and  out  of  darkness; 
and   they  shall   know   that   the 
Lord  is  their  Savior  and  their  Re- 
deemer, the  Mighty  One  of  Israel. 

13.  And  the  blood  of  that  great 
and  abominable  church,  which  is 
the  whore  of  all  the  earth,  shall 
turn  upon  their  own  heads;  for 
*they  shall  war  among  themselves, 
and  the  sword  of  their  own  hands 
shall  fall  upon  their  own  heads, 
and  they  shall  be  drunken  with 
their  own  blood. 

14.  And    every   nation   which 
shall  war  against  thee,  O  house 
of   Israel,  shall   be  turned   one 
against  another,  and  they  shall 
fall  into  the  pit  which  they  digged 
to  ensnare  the  people  of  the  Lord. 


6,  2  Ne.  10:20—22.     ff,  1  Ne.  21:22r  23.     d,  3  Ne.  20:27.     e,  I  Ne.  13:12—20. 

2  Ne.    1:11.     3   Ne.    16:4,     /,  1   Ne.  13:35.     14:7.     2   Ne.    25:17.     27:26.     29:1,   2. 

3  Ne,  21 :1 — 9.     Eth.  4 :15.     gf  1  Ne.  13 :34 — 42.     14 :1 — 5.     2  Ne.  28 :2.     30 :3.     3  Ne. 
21:6.     23:4.     *,  1  Ne.  13:39.     14:17.     2  Ne.  29:13,  14.     30:7,  8.     3  Ne.  5:23—20. 
16:4,  5.    21:26 — 29.     *,  1  Ne.  14:3,  15 — 17.     21:26.        BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  576. 


48 


1  NEPHI,  22. 


And  all  that  'fight  against  Zion 
shall  be  destroyed,  and  that  great 
whore,  who  hath  perverted  the 
right  ways  of  the  Lord,  yea,  that 
great  and  abominable  church, 
shall  tumble  to  the  dust  and  great 
shall  be  the  fall  of  it. 

15.  For  behold,  saith  the  proph- 
et>  the  time  cometh  speedily  that 
Satan  shall  have  fcno  more  power 
over  the  hearts  of  the  children  of 
men;   for  the  day  soon  cometh 
that  all  the  proud  and  they  wh© 
do  wickedly  shall  be  as  stubble; 
and  the  day  cometh  that  they 
must  be  zburned. 

16.  For  the  time  soon  cometh 
that  the  fulness  of  the  wrath  of 
God  shall  be  poured  out  upon  all 
the  children  of  men;  for  he  will 
not  suffer  that  the  wicked  shall 
destroy  the  righteous. 

17.  Wherefore,    he    will    pre- 
serve the  righteous  by  his  power, 
even  if  it  so  be  that  the  fulness 

,  of  his  wrath  must  come,  and  the 
righteous  be  preserved,  even  unto 
the  destruction  of  their  enemies 
by  fire.  Wherefore,  the  righteous 
need  not  fear;  for  thus  saith  the 
prophet,  they  shall  be  saved,  even 
if  it  so  be  as  by  fire. 

18.  Behold,  my  brethren,  I  say 
unto  you,  that  these  things  must 
shortly  comej-^yea,  even  blood, 
and  fire,  and  vapor  of  smoke  must 
come;  and  it  must  needs  be  upon 
the  face  of  this  earth;    and  it 
cometh  unto  men  according  to  the 
flesh  if  J$  so  be  that  they  will 
harden  their  hearts  against  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel. 

19.  For  behold,  the  righteous 
shall  not  perish;    for  the  time 
surely  must  come  that  all  they 
who  fight  against  Zion  shall  be 
cut  off. 


20.  And  the  Lord  will  surely 
prepare  a  way  for  his  people,  unto 
the    fulfilling   of   the   words    of 
Moses,  which  he  spake,  saying: 
A  ^prophet  shall  the  Lord  your 
God  raise  up  unto  you,  like  unto 
me;    him    shall   ye   hear   in   all 
things  whatsoever  he  shall  say 
unto  you.     And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  all  those  who  will  not 
hear  that  prophet  shall  be  cut  off 
from  among  the  people. 

21.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  declare 
unto  you,   that  this  prophet  of 
whom  Moses  spake  was  the  Holy 
One  of  Israel;  wherefore,  he  shall 
execute  judgment  in  righteous- 
ness. 

22.  And  the  "righteous  need  not 
fear,  for  they  are  those  who  shall 
not  be  confounded.    But  it  is  the 
kingdom  of  the  devil,  which  shall 
be  built  up  among  the  children  of 
men,   which   kingdom   is   estab- 
lished among  them  which  are  in 
the  flesh — 

23.  For  the  time  speedily  shall 
come  that  °all  churches  which  are 
built  up  to  get  gain,  and  all  those 
who  are  built  up  to  get  power 
over  the  flesh,  and  those  who  are 
built  up  to  become  popular  in  the 
eyes  of  the  world,  and  those  who 
seek  the  lusts  of  the  flesh  and  the 
things  of  the  world,  and  to  do  all 
manner  of  iniquity;  yea,  in  fine, 
all  those  who  belong  to  the  king- 
dom of  the  devil  are  they  who 
need    fear,    and    tremble,    and 
quake;  they  are  those,  who  must 
be  brought  low  in  the  dust;  they 
are  those  who  must  be  consumed 
as  stubble;  and  this  Is  according 
to  the  words  of  the  prophet. 

24.  And  the  time  cometh  speed- 
ily that  the  righteous  must  be  led 
up  as  pcalves  of  the  stall,  and  the 


/,  vers.  19t  20.    2  Ne.  27:2,  3.     fc,  vcr.  26.     Ja<x  5:76.     I,  vers,  17,  18.     m,  ver.  21. 
Ne.  20:23.     21:11.    n,  rers.  16,   17,   10,   24,   28.     o,  1  Ne.   14:10,   15—17.     2   Ne. 


3, 

28  ; 

Ne.  25  :2. 


iO.          ^,A.J.J..          1ft       VCtO.       O.U,       -LI,       O.i7,       J.1,       j&O.  V 

3    Ne.    27:7—12.     4    Ne,-  25—20.     Monn. 


8:28,    32,    33,    36—38.     j>>    3 
BETWEEN  B.  O.  588  AND  570. 


2  NEPHI,  1. 


Holy  One  of  Israel  must  reign  in 
dominion,  and  might,  and  power, 
and  great  glory. 

25.  And  he  gathereth  Ms  Chil- 
dren from  the  four  quarters  of  the 
earth;    and    he    numbereth    his 
sheep,  and  they  know  Mm;  and 
there  shall  he  one  fold  and  one 
shepherd;  and  he  shall  feed  his 
sheep,  and  in  him  they  shall  find 
pasture. 

26.  And  because  of  the  right- 
eousness of  his  people,  Satan  has 
no  power;  wherefore,  he  cannot 
be  loosed  for  the  space  of  many 
years ;  for  he  hath  no  power  over 
the  hearts  of  the  people,  for  they 
dwell  in  righteousness,  and  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel  reigneth. 

27.  And  now  behold,  I,  NepM, 
say  unto  you  that  all  these  things 
must  come  according  to  the  flesh. 

28.  But,    behold,    all   nations, 


kindreds,  tongues,  and  people 
shall  dwell  safely  in  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel  if  it  so  be  that  they  will 
repent. 

29.  And  now  I,  NepM,  make  an 
end;  for  I  durst  not  speak  further 
as  yet  concerning  these  things. 

30.  Wherefore,  my  brethren,  I 
would   that  ye  should   consider 
that  the  things  which  have  been 
written  upon  the  rplates  of  brass 
are  true;  and  they  testify  that  a 
man  must  be  obedient  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God, 

31.  Wherefore,    ye    need    not 
suppose  that  I  and  my  father  are 
the  only  ones  that  have  testified, 
and  also  taughjt  them.     Where- 
fore, if  ye  shall  be  obedient  to 
the  commandments,  and  endure 
to  the  end,  ye  shall  be  saved  at 
the   last   day.      And   thus   it  is. 
Amen. 


THE  SECOND  BOOK  OP  NEPHI 


An  account  of  the  death  of  Lehi.  NepWs  brethren  rebel  against  him. 
The  Lord  warns  NepM  to  depart  into  the  wilderness.  His  journeyings 
in  the  wilderness,  &c. 


CHAPTER  1. 

A  land  of  liberty,  "blessed  for  the 
righteous  but  cursed  for  the  wicked — 
Lehi's  exhortation. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I,  NepM,  had  made  an  end 
of  teaching  my  brethren,  our  fa- 
ther,   Lehi,    also    spake    many 
things    unto    them — how    great 
things  the   Lord  had   done  for 
them  in  bringing  them  out  of  the 
land  of  Jerusalem, 

2.  And  he  spake  unto  them 
concerning  their  ^rebellions  upon 
the  waters,  and  the  mercies  of 


God  in  sparing  their  lives,  that 
they  were  not  swallowed  up  in  the 
sea. 

3 .  And  he  also  spake  unto  them 
concerning  the  6land  of  promise, 
wMch  they  had  obtained — how 
merciful  the  Lord  had  been  in 
warning  us  that  we  should  flee 
out  of  the  land  of  Jerusalem. 

4.  For,  behold,  said  he,  I  have 
cseen  a  vision,  in  which  I  know 
that  Jerusalem  is,  destroyed;  and 
had  we  remained  in  Jerusalem  we 
should  also  hare  perished. 

5.  But,  said  to.e,  notwithstancL- 


q,  Ps.  50:5.    Isa.  43:&,   7.    Jer.  3:14*    Epfa.  I:10w    Rev.  18:4,  5.    r,  see 
NeA         CHAP.  1:    a,  1  tfe.  18:9—20.     &,  rers,  5—12.     See  e,  1  Ke.  2      o 
17 :14.     He.  8  ;21,  22.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND 


50 


2  NEPHI,   1. 


ing  our  afflictions,  we  have  ob- 
tained a  land  of  promise,  a  land 
winch  is  choice  above  all  other 
lands;  a  land  which  the  Lord  God 
hath  covenanted  with  me  should 
be  a  land  for  the  inheritance  of 
my  seed.  Yea,  the  Lord  hath 
covenanted  this  land  unto  me, 
and  to  my  children  forever,  and 
also  all  those  who  should  be  led 
out  of  other  countries  by  the 
hand  of  the  Lord. 

6.  Wherefore,  I,  Lehi,  prophesy 
according  to  the  workings  of  the 
Spirit  which  is  in  me,  that  there 
shall  none  come  into  this  land 
save  they  shall  be  brought  by  the 
hand  of  the  Lord. 

7.  Wherefore,  this  land  is  con- 
secrated unto  him  whom  he  shall 
bring.    And  if  it  so  be  that  they 
shall  serve  him  according  to  the 
commandments   which   he    hath 
given,  it  shall  be  a  land  of  lib- 
erty unto  them;  wherefore,  they 
shall  never  be  brought  down  into 
captivity;  if  so,  it  shall  be  because 
of  iniquity;  for  if  iniquity  shall 
abound  ^cursed  shall  be  the  land 
for   their   sakes,    but   unto    the 
righteous  it  shall  be  blessed  for- 
ever. 

8.  And  behold,  it  is  wisdom 
that  this  land  should  be  kept  as 
yet  from  the  knowledge  of  other 
nations;  for  behold,  many  nations 
would    overrun   the    land,    that 
there  would  be  no  place  for  an 
Inheritance. 

9.  Wherefore,  I,  Lehi,  have  ob- 
tained a  promise,  that  inasmuch 
as   those   whom   the   Lord    God 
shall  bring  out  of  the  land   of 
Jerusalem  shall  keep  his  com- 
mandments,  they  shall   prosper 
upon  the  face  of  this  land;  and 
they  shall  be  kept  from  all  other 
nations,  that  they  may  possess 
this  land  unto  themselves.    And 


if  it  so  be  that  they  shall  keep 
his  commandments  they  shall  be 
blessed  upon  the  face  of  this 
land,  and  there  shall  be  none  to 
molest  them,  nor  to  take  away 
the  land  of  their  inheritance; 
and  they  shall  dwell  safely  for- 
ever. 

10.  But  behold,  when  the  time 
cometh  that  they,  shall  dwindle 
in  unbelief,  after  they  have  re- 
ceived so  great  blessings  from  the 
hand  of  the  Lord — having  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  creation  of  the  earth, 
and  all  men,  knowing  the  great 
and  marvelous  works  of  the  Lord 
from  the  creation  of  the  world; 
having  power  given  them  to  do 
all  things  by  faith;  having  all  the 
commandments  from  the  begin- 
ning, and  having  been  brought 
by  his  infinite  goodness  into  this 
precious  land  of  promise — behold, 
I  say,  if  the  day  shall  come  that 
they  will  reject  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel,   the   true   Messiah,    their 
Redeemer  and  their  God,  behold, 
the  judgments  of  him  that  is  just 
shall  rest  upon  them. 

11.  Yea,  he  will  bring  Bother 
nations  unto  them,  and  he  will 
give  unto  them  power,   and  he 
will  take  away  from  them  the 
lands  of  their  possessions,  and  he 
will  cause  them  to  be  scattered 
and  smitten. 

12.  Yea,    as    one    generation 
passeth  to  another  there  shall  be 
bloodsheds,  and  great  visitations 
among  them ;  wherefore,  my  sons, 
I  would  that  ye  would  remember; 
yea,    I    would    that    ye    would 
hearken  unto  my  words. 

13.  O  that  ye  would  awake; 
awake  from  a  deep  sleep,  yea, 
even  from  the  sleep  of  hell,  and 
shake  oft0  the   awful  chains   by 
which  ye  are  bound,  which  are 
the  chains  which  bind  the  chil- 


<f,  AI.  45:16—14,  16.    Morm.  1:17.     6:7—22.     BtU.  2:8—12.     e,  1  Ne.  13:12—20. 
Morm.  5 :19,  20.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  570. 


2  XBPHI,  1. 


dren  of  men,  that  they  are  car- 
ried away  captive  down  to  the 
eternal  gulf  of  misery  and  woe, 

14.  Awake!  and  arise  from  the 
dust,  and  hear  the  words  of  a 
trembling   parent,   whose   limbs 
ye  must  soon  lay  down  in  the  cold 
and  silent  grave,  from  whence  no 
traveler  can  return;  a  few  more 
days  and  I  go  the  way  of  all  the 
earth. 

15.  But  behold,  the  Lord  hath 
redeemed  my  soul  from  hell;  I 
have  beheld  his  glory,  and  I  am 
encircled  about  eternally  in  the 
arms  of  his  love. 

16.  And  I  desire  that  ye  should 
remember  to  observe  the  statutes 
and  the  judgments  of  the  Lord; 
behold,  this  hath  been  th*e  anxiety 
of  my  soul  from  the  beginning. 

1 7.  My  heart  hath  been  weighed 
down  with  sorrow  from  time  to 
time,  for  I  have  feared,  lest  for 
the  hardness  of  your  hearts  the 
Lord  your  God  should  come  out 
in  the  fulness  of  his  wrath  upon 
''you,  that  ye  be  cut  off  and  de- 
stroyed forever; 

18.  Or,  that  a  cursing  should 
come  upon  you  for  the  space  of 
"many  generations;    and  ye  are 
visited  by  sword,  and  by  famine, 
and  are  hated,  and  are  led  accord- 
ing, to  the  will  and  captivity  of 
the  devil. 

19.  O  my  sons,  that  these  things 
might  not  come  upon  you,  but 
that  ye  might  be  a  choice  and  a 
favored  people  of  the  Lord.    But 
behold,  his  will  be  done;  for  his 
ways  are  righteousness  forever. 

20.  And  he  hath  said  Hhat: 
Inasmuch  as  ye  shall  keep  my 
commandments  ye  shall  prosper 
in  the  land;  but  inasmuch  as  ye 
will  not  keep  my  commandments 


ye   shall   be    cut   off   from   my 
presence. 

21.  And    now    that   my   soul 
might  have  joy  in  you,  and  that 
my  heart  might  leave  this  world 
with  gladness  because  of  you,  that 
I  might  not  be  brought  down  with 
grief  and  sorrow  to  the  grave, 
arise   from  the   dust,   my   sons, 
and  be  men,  and  be  determined 
in  one  mind  and  in  one  heart, 
united  in  all  things,  that  ye  may 
not  come  down  into  captivity; 

22.  That  ye  may  not  be  cursed 
with  a  sore  cursing;   and  also, 
that  ye  may  not  incur  the  dis- 
pleasure of  a  just  God  upon  you, 
unto    the    destruction,   yea,    the 
eternal  destruction  of  both  soul 
and  body. 

23.  Awake,  my  sons;  put  on  the 
armor  of  righteousness.     Shake 
off  the  chains  with  which  ye  are 
bound,  and  come  forth  out  of  ob- 
scurity, and  arise  from  the  dust. 

24.  Rebel    no    more    against 
your  brother,  whose  views  have 
been    glorious,    and   who   hath 
kept  the  commandments  from  the 
time  that  we  left  Jerusalem;  and 
who  hath  been  an  instrument  in 
the  hands  of  God,  in  bringing  us 
forth  into  the  land  of  promise; 
for  were  it  not  for  him,  we  must 
have  perished  with  ^hunger  in 
the  wilderness;  nevertheless,  ye 
sought  to  *take  away  his  life;  yea, 
and  he  hath  suffered  much  sor-* 
row  because  of  you. 

25.  And  I  exceedingly  fear  and 
tremble  because  of  you,  lest  he 
shall  suffer  again;  for  behold,  ye 
have  accused  him  that  he  sought 
power  and  'authority  over  you; 
but  I   know  that  he   hath  not 
sought  for  power  nor  authority 
over  you,  but  he  hath  sought  the 


f,  1  Ne.  2:23.  2  Ne.  5:21—24  AI.  3:6—19.  Monn.  5:15.  g,  1  Ne.  12:20—22. 
A,  Jar.  9.  Om.  6.  Mbs.  1:7.  2:22,  31.  AI.  9:13,  14.  36:1,  30.  37:13.  38:1. 
3  Ne.  5:22.  *,  1  Ne.  11.  18:3,  /,  1  Ne.  16:32.  fc,  1  Ne.  16:37.  Z,  1  Ne.  16:38. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  588  AND  570. 


2  NEPHI,   2. 


glory  of  God,  and  your  own  eter- 
nal welfare. 

26.  And  ye  have  murmured  be- 
cause he  hath  been  plain  unto 
you.     Ye  say  that  he  hath  used 
sharpness;  ye  say  that  he  hath 
been  angry  with  you;  but  behold, 
his  sharpness  was  the  ^sharpness 
of  the  power  of  the  word  of  God, 
which  was  in  him ;  and  that  which 
ye  call  anger  was  the  truth,  ac- 
cording to  that  which  is  in  God, 
which  he  could  not  restrain,  man- 
ifesting boldly  concerning  your 
iniquities.  , 

27.  And  it  must  needs  be  that 
the  power  of  God  must  be  with 
him,  even  unto  his  commanding 
you  that  ye  must  obey.    But  be- 
hold, it  was  not  he,  but  it  was 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  which  was 
in  him,  which  opened  his  mouth 
to  utterance  that  he  could  not 
shut  it. 

28.  And  now  my  son,  Laman, 
and  also  Lemuel  and  Sam,  and 
also  my  sons  who  are  the  sons  of 
Ishmael,  behold,  if  ye  will  hearken 
unto  the  voice  of  Nephi  ye  shall 
not  perish.    And  if  ye  will  heark- 
en unto  him  I  leave  unto  you  a 
blessing,  yea,  even  my  first  bless- 
ing. 

29.  But  if  ye  will  not  hearken 
unto  him  I  take  away  my  first 
blessing,  yea,  even  my  blessing, 
and  it  snail  rest  upon  him. 

30.  And  now,  Zoram,  I  speak 
unto  you:    Behold,  thou  art  the 
"servant  of  Laban;  nevertheless, 
thou  hast  been  brought  out  of 
the  land  of  Jerusalem,  and  I  know 
that  thou  art  a  true  friend  unto 
my  son,  Nephi,  forever. 

31.  Wherefore,    because   thou 
hast  been  faithful  thy  seed  shall 
be  blessed  with   his  seed,   that ; 
they    dwell    in    prosperity   long 
upon  the  face  of  this  land;  and 


nothing,  save  it  shall  be  iniquity 
among  them,  shall  harm  or  dis- 
turb their  prosperity  upon  the 
face  of  this  land  forever. 

32.  Wherefore,  if  ye  shall  keep 
the  commandments  of  the  Lord, 
the  Lord  hath  consecrated  this 
land  for  the  security  of  thy  seed 
with  the  seed  of  my  son. 

CHAPTER  2. 

Lelii  to  his  son  Jacob — Opposition 
necessary  in  all  things — The  forbidden 
fruit  and  the  tree  of  life — Adam  fell 
that  men  might  "be — Messiah,  the  great 
Mediator ;,  to  fedeem  mankind. 

1.  And   now,   Jacob,   I   speak 
unto  you:      Thou  art  my  ''first- 
born in  the  days  of  my  tribula- 
tion in  the  wilderness.     And  be- 
hold, in  thy  childhood  thou  hast 
suffered  afflictions  and  much  sor- 
row, because  of  the  rudeness  of 
thy  brethren. 

2.  Nevertheless,  Jacob,  my  first- 
born   in    the    wilderness,    thou 
knowest  the  greatness  of  God; 
and    he    shall    consecrate   thine 
afflictions  for  thy  gain. 

3.  Wherefore,   thy  soul  shall 
be  blessed,  and  thou  shalt  dwell 
safely  with  thy  brother,  Nephi; 
and  thy  days  shall  be  spent  in  the 
service  of  thy  God.     Wherefore, 
I  know  that  thou  art  redeemed, 
because  of  the  righteousness  of 
thy  Redeemer;  for  thou  hast  be- 
held that  in  the  fulness  of  time 
he    cometh    to    bring    salvation 
unto  men. 

4.  And  thou  hast  beheld  in  thy 
youth  his  glory;  wherefore,  thou 
art  blessed   even   as   they  unto 
whom  he  shall  minister  in  the 
flesh;  for  the  Spirit  is  the  same, 
yesterday,    today,    and    forever. 
And  the  way  is  prepared  from  the 
fall  of  man,  and  salvation  is  free. 

5.  And  men  are  instructed  suf- 


m,  1  Ne.  17:48.    *»,  1  Ne;  4:20,  35. 


CHAP.  2:  *a,  1  Ne.  18:7,  19. 

BKTWIKBK  B.  C.  588  AND  670. 


2  NEPHI,   2. 


fieiently  that  they  know  good 
from  eviL  And  the  law  is  given 
unto  men.  And  by  the  law  no 
flesh  is  justified;  or,  by  the  law 
men  are  cut  off.  Yea,  by  the 
temporal  law  they  were  cut  off; 
and  also,  by  the  'spiritual  law 
they  perish  from  that  which  is 
good,  and  become  miserable  for- 
ever. 

6.  Wherefore,  redemption  com- 
eth  in  and  through  the  Holy  Mes- 
siah," for  he  is  full  of  grace  and 
truth. 

7.  Behold  he  offereth  himself 
a  sacrifice  for  sin,  to  answer  the 
ends  of  the  law,  unto  all  those 
who  have  a  broken  heart  and  a 
contrite   spirit;    and  unto  none 
else  can  the  ends  of  the  law  be 
answered. 

8.  Wherefore,   how   great  the 
importance  to  make  these  things 
known  unto   the  inhabitants  of 
the  earth,  that  they  may  know 
that  there  is  no  flesh  that  can 
dwell  in  the  presence  of  God,  save 
it   be   through   the   merits,    and 
mercy,   and   grace   of   the  Holy 
Messiah,   who   layeth   down    his 
life  according  to  the  flesh,  and 
taketh  it  again  by  the  power  of 
the  Spirit,  that  he  may  bring  to 
pass    the    ^resurrection    of    the 
dead,  being  the  first  that  should 
rise. 

9.  Wherefore,  he  is  the  first- 
fruits  unto  God,  inasmuch  as  he 
shall  make  ^intercession  for  all 
the  children  of  men;   and  they 
that  believe  in  Mm  shall  he  saved, 

10.  And  because  of  the  inter- 
cession for  all,  all  men  come  unto 


God ;  wherefore,  they  stand  in  the 
presence  of  him,  to  be  judged  of 
him  according  to  the  truth  and 
holiness  which  is  in  him.  Where- 
fore, the  ends  of  the  law  which 
the  Holy  One  hath  given,  unto 
the  inflicting  of  the  punishment 
which  is  affixed,  which  punish- 
ment that  is  affixed  is  in  opposi- 
tion to  that  of  the  happiness 
which  is  affixed,  to  answer  the 
ends  of  the  fatonement — 

11.  For  it  must  needs  be,  that 
there    is    an    ^opposition    in    all 
things.     If  not  so,  my  first-born 
in  the  wilderness,  righteousness 
could   not   be   brought  to  pass, 
neither  wickedness,  neither  holi- 
ness  nor   misery,   neither  good 
nor  bad.     Wherefore,  all  things 
must   needs   be   a  compound  in 
one;  wherefore,  if  it  should  be 
one  body  it  must  needs  remain  as 
dead,  having  no  life  neither  death, 
nor  corruption  nor  incorruption, 
happiness    nor    misery,    neither 
sense  nor  insensibility. 

12.  Wherefore,  it  must  needs 
have  been  "created  for  a  thing  of 
naught;   wherefore  there  would 
have  been  no  purpose  in  the  end 
of  its  creation.     Wherefore,  this 
thing   must   needs    destroy    the 
wisdom  of  God  and  his  eternal 
purposes,  and  also  the  power,  and 
the  mercy,  and  the  justice  of  God. 

13.  And  if  ye  shall  say  there 
is  no  law,  ye  shall  also  say  there 
is  no  sin.    If  ye  shall  say  there  is 
no  sin,  ye  shall  also  say  there  is 
no  righteousness.     And  if  there 
be  no  righteousness  there  be  ao 
happiness.     And  if  there  he  no 


6,  2  Ne.  9  :4,  6,  7.  AI.  11 :42 — 15.  12 :12,  10,  24,  27,  31,  36.  42 :6— 9.  He.  14 :16. 
o,  2  Ne.  9:8—15,  26.  Mos.  16:4—10.  Al.  11:40 — 45.  12:16—18,  82,  86,  37.  40:1S, 
14,  26.  42:6 — 11,  14.  He.  14:15 — 18.  tf,  2  Ne.  9:4,  6 — 10,  22.  Mos.  13:35.  16  ;8, 
$,20—27.  16:7—11.  A1.5:15.  7:12.  11:41 — 45.  12:12 — 18,24,2$.  22:14.  33:22. 
Chap.  40.  41:2— 5.  42:23,  He-  14:15— 17,  25.  3  Ne.  23:9— IS,  26:5.  Monn.  6:21. 
7;6.  9:13.  Moro.  7:41.  10:34.  Bzefc.  37:3— i-10v  Rom.  8:10,  1  Cor.  15:35 — 45. 
e,  yer.  10.  Mos.  14:12,  15:8.  Mara.  7:27f  28.  f>  2  N?.  0:7,  21,  22,  25,  26.  10:25. 
25:16.  3&c.  4:11,  12,  Mok  3:11,  15—19.  4:2,  6,  7.  13:28.  18:2.  Al.  5^27. 
13:5,11,  21:9*  22:14.  24?13.  30:17.  33:22.  34:8— 16,  36.  36:17.  42:15.23. 
He.  14:15,  16.  3  Ne.  11:11.  27:19.  Morm,  9:13*  Moro.  7:41.  8:20.  10:33. 
gt  yers.  15,  16.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  5S8  Aaa>  570. 


2  NEPHI,   2. 


righteousness  nor  happiness  there 
be  no  punishment  nor  misery. 
And  if  these  things  are  ifot  there 
is  no  God.  And  if  there  is  no 
God  we  are  not,  neither  the  earth; 
for  there  could  have  "been  no  cre- 
ation of  things,  neither  to  act  nor 
to  be  acted  upon;  wherefore,  all 
things  must  have  vanished  away. 

14.  And  now,  my  sons,  I  speak 
unto  you  these  things  for  your 
profit  and  learning;  for  there  is 
a  God,  and  he  hath  created  all 
things,  both  the  heavens  and  the 
earth,  and  all  things  that  in  them 
are,  both  things  to  act  and  things 
to  be  acted  upon. 

15.  And   to    bring    about    his 
eternal  purposes  in  the  end   of 
man,  after  he  had  created  our 
first  parents,  and  the  beasts  of 
the  field  and  the  fowls  of  the  air, 
and  in  fine,  all  things  which  are 
created,   it  must  needs  be  that 
there  was  an  ''opposition;    even 
the  forbidden  fruit  in  opposition 
to  the  tree  of  life;  the  one  being 
sweet  and  the  other  bitter. 

16.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  God 
gave  unto  man  that  he  should 
act  for  himself.   Wherefore,  man 
could  not  act  for  himself  save  it 
should  be  that  he  was  enticed  by 
the  one  or  the  other. 

17.  And  I,  Lehi,  according  to 
the   things   which   I   have  read, 
must  needs  suppose  that  an  angel 
of  God,  according  to  that  *which 
is  written,  had  fallen  from  heaven ; 
wherefore,    he    became   a    devil, 
having  sought  that  which  was  evil 
before  God. 

18.  And  because  he  had  fallen 
from   heaven,   and   had   become 
miserable  forever,  he  sought  also 
the  misery  of  all  mankind.  Where- 
fore, he  said  unto  Eve,  yea,  even 
that  old  serpent,  who  is  the  devil, 


who  is  the  father  of  all  lies, 
wherefore  he  said:  Partake  of 
the  forbidden  fruit,  and  ye  shall 
not  die,  but  ye  shall  be  as  God, 
knowing  good  and  evil. 

19.  And  after  Adam  and  Eve 
had   partaken   of  the   forbidden 
fruit    they   were   driven    out    of 
the  garden  of  Eden,  to  till  the 
earth. 

20.  And    they    have    brought 
forth    children;    yea,    even    the 
family  of  all  the  earth. 

21.  And  the  days  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men  were  prolonged,  ac- 
cording to  the  will  of  God,  that 
they  might  repent  while  in  the 
flesh;  wherefore,  their  state  be- 
came a  state  of  probation,  and 
their  time  was   lengthened,   ac- 
cording   to    the    commandments 
which  the  Lord  God  gave  unto 
the  children  of  men.    For  he  gave 
commandment  that  all  men  must 
repent;  for  he  showed  unto  all 
men  that  they  were  lost,  because 
of    the    transgression    of    their 
parents. 

22.  And  now,  behold,  if  Adam 
had  not  transgressed  he  would 
not   have   fallen,   but   he   would 
have  remained  in  the  garden  of 
Eden.      And    all    things    which 
were  created  must  have  remained 
in  the  same  state  in  which  tney 
were  after  they  were  created ;  and 
they   must   have   remained   for- 
ever, and  had  no  end. 

23.  And  they  would  have  had 
>no    children;     wherefore    they 
would  have  remained  in  a  state 
of  innocence,  having  no  joy,  for 
they  knew  no  misery;  doing  no 
good,  for  they  knew  no  sin. 

24.  But  behold,  all  things  have 
been  done  in  the  wisdom  of  him 
who  knoweth  all  things. 

25.  Adam  *fell  that  men  might 


fc,  ver.  11.  i,  ver.  18.  2  Ne.  9:8.  Mos.  1$:3.  P.  of  G,  P.,  Moses  4:3r— 4.  Abra- 
ham 3:27,  28.  Gen.  3:1.  Rev.  12:9.  20:2.  j,  ver.  25.  P.  <xf  G.  P.,  Moses  5:11. 
&.,  ver,  23.  BETWEEN  B.  C,  588  AND-  570. 


2  NEPHI,  3. 


be ;  and  men  are,  that  tliey  might 
have  joy. 

26.  And   the   Messiah   cometh 
in  the  fulness  of  time,  that  he 
may  redeem  the  children  of  men 
from  the  fall.     And  because  that 
they  are  redeemed  from  the  fall 
they  have  become  'free  forever, 
knowing  good  from  evil;  to  act 
for  themselves  and  not  to  be  acted 
upon,  save  it  be  by  the  punish- 
ment of  the  law  at  the  great  and 
last  day,  according  to  the  com- 
mandments which  God  hath  given. 

27.  Wherefore,    men   are  free 
according  to  the  flesh;    and  all 
things  are  given  them  which  are 
expedient  unto  man.     And  they 
are   free   to   choose   liberty   and 
eternal   life,    through   the   great 
mediation  of  all  men,  or  to  choose 
captivity  and  death,  according  to 
the  captivity  and  power  of  the 
devil;  for  he  seeketh  that  all  men 
might  be  miserable  like  unto  him- 
self. 

28.  And  now,  my  sons,  I  would 
that  ye  should  look  to  the  great 
Mediator,  and  hearken  unto  his 
great    commandments;     and    be 
faithful    unto    his    words,    and 
choose  eternal  life,  according  to 
the  will  of  his  Holy  Spirit; 

29.  And    not    choose    eternal 
death,  according  to  the  will  of 
the  flesh  and  the  evil  which  is 
therein,  which  giveth  the  spirit 
of  the  devil  power  to  captivate,  to 
bring  you  down  to  hell,  that  he 
may  reign  over  you  in  his  own 
kingdom. 

30.  I  have  spoken  these  few 
words  unto  you  all,  my  sons,  in 
the  last  days  of  my  probation; 
and  I  have  chosen  the  good  part, 
according  to   the  words  of  the 
prophet.    And  I  have  none  other 
object  save  it  be  the  everlasting 
welfare  of  your  souls.    Amen. 


CHAPTER  3. 


LeM  to  his  son  Joseph — A  prophecy 
by  Joseph  in  Egypt — A  choice  seer 
foretold — The  mission  of  Moses — He- 
brew and  Nephite  scriptures. 

1.  And  now  I  speak  unto  you, 
Joseph,  °my  last-born.  Thou  wast 
born  in  the  wilderness  of  mine  af- 
flictions; yea,  in  the  days  of  my 
greatest  sorrow  did  thy  mother 
bear  thee. 

2.  And  may  the  Lord  conse- 
crate also  unto  thee  Hhis  land, 
which  is  a  most  precious  land,  for 
thine  inheritance  and  the  inheri- 
tance of  thy  seed  with  thy  breth- 
ren, for  thy  security  forever,  if  it 
so  be  that  ye  shall  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel. 

3.  And  now,  Joseph,  my  last- 
born,  whom  I  have  brought  out  of 
the  wilderness  of  mine  afflictions, 
may  the  Lord  bless  thee  forever, 
for  "thy  seed  shall  not  'utterly  be 
destroyed. 

4.  For    behold,    thou    art   the 
fruit  of  my  loins;   and  I  am  a 
^descendant  of  Joseph  who  was 
carried  captive  into  Egypt.    And 
great  were  the  covenants  of  the 
Lord  which  he  made  unto,  Joseph. 

5.  Wherefore,  Joseph  truly  saw 
our    day.     And    he    obtained    a 
promise  of  the  Lord,  that  out  of 
the  fruit  of  his  loins  the  Lord 
God  would  raise  up  a  righteous 
branch  unto  the  house  of  Israel; 
not  the  Messiah,   but  a  branch 
which  was  to  be  broken  off,  never- 
theless, to  be  remembered  in  the 
covenants  of  the  Lord  that  the 
Messiah  should  be  made  manifest 
unto  them  in  tlie  latter  days,  in 
the   spirit    of   power,    unto    the 
bringing  of  them  out  of  darkness 
unto  light — yea,   out  of  hidden 
darkness    and    out    of   captivity 
unto  freedom. 


L  vers.  27— 2&.    Al.  chap.  29.    41  :T.    42 :27.    He.  14  ;30.         CHAP,  3 :   a,  1  Ne.  18 :7, 
/6.  1  Ne.  2:20.     18:22,  23.     c,  1  Ne.  15:30.     d,  1  Ne.  5:14— 1(L     AL  10:3. 

*    '  BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  570. 


2  NEPHI,  3. 


6.  For  Joseph  truly  testified, 
saying:     A  cseer  shall  the  Lord 
my  God  raise  up,  who  shall  he  a 
choice  seer  unto  the  fruit  of  my 
loins. 

7.  Yea,    Joseph    truly    said: 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  unto  me:    A 
choice  seer  will  I  raise  up  out  of 
the  fruit  of  thy  loins;   and  he 
shall  be  esteemed  highly  among 
the  fruit  of  thy  loins.    And  unto 
him  will  I  give  commandment 
that  he  shall  do  a  work  for  the 
fruit  of  thy  loins,  his  brethren, 
which  shall   be  of  great  worth 
unto  them,  even  to  the  bringing 
of  them  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
covenants  which  I  have  made  with 
thy  f  athersl 

8.  And  I  will  give  unto  him  a 
commandment  that  he  shall  do 
none  other  work,  save  the  work 
which  I  shall  command  him.  And 
I  will  make  him  great  in  mine 
eyes;  for  he  shall  do  my  work. 

9.  And  he  shall  be  great  like 
unto  Moses,  whom  I  have  said  I 
would  raise  up  unto  you,  to  de- 
liver   my    people,    O    house    of 
Israel, 

10.  And  Moses  will  I  raise  up, 
to  deliver  thy  people  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt, 

11.  But  a  seer  will  I  raise  up 
out  of  the  fruit  of  thy  loins ;  and 
unto  him  will  I  give  power  to 
bring  forth  my  word  unto  the 
seed  of  thy  loins — and  not  to  the 
bringing    forth   my   word   only, 
saith  the  Lord,  but  to  the  con- 
vincing them  of  my  word,  which 
shall   have   already   gone   forth 
among  them. 

12.  Wherefore,    the    fruit    of 
thy  loins  shall  write;    and   the 
fruit  of  the  loins  of  Judah  shall 
write;   and  that  which  shall  be 
written  by  the  fruit  of  thy  loins, 


and  also  that  which  shall  be  writ- 
ten by  the  fruit  of  the  loins  of 
Judah,  shall  rgrow  together,  unto 
the  confounding  of  false  doctrines 
and  laying  down  of  contentions, 
and  establishing  peace  among  the 
fruit  of  thy  loins,  and  bringing 
them  to  the  ^knowledge  of  their 
fathers  in  the  latter  days,  and 
also  to  the  knowledge  of  my 
covenants,  saith  the  Lord. 

13.  And  out  of  weakness  he 
shall  be  made  strong,  in  that  day 
when  my  work  shall  commence 
among  all  my  people,  unto  the 
restoring  thee,  O  house  of  Israel, 
saith  the  Lord. 

14.  And   thus  prophesied   Jo- 
seph, saying:     Behold,  that  seer 
will  the  Lord  bless;  and  they  that 
seek  to  destroy  him  shall  be  con- 
founded; for  this  promise,  which 
I  have  obtained  of  the  Lord,  of 
the  fruit  of  my  loins,  shall  be  ful- 
filled.   Behold,  I  am  sure  of  the 
fulfilling  of  this  promise; 

15.  And    his    name    shall    be 
called  ^after  me;  and  it  shall  be 
after  the  name  of  his  father.    And 
he  shall  be  like  unto  me;  for  the 
thing,  which  the  Lord  shall  bring 
forth  by  his  hand,  by  the  power 
of  the  Lord  shall  {bring  my  people 
unto  salvation. 

16.  Yea,  thus  prophesied  Jo- 
seph:    I  am  sure  of  this  thing, 
even  as  I  am  sure  of  the  promise 
of  Moses;  for  the  Lord  hath  said 
unto  me,  I  will  preserve  thy  seed 
forever. 

17.  And  the  Lord  hath  said: 
I  will  raise  up  a  Moses;   and  I 
will  give  power  unto  him  in  a 
rod;   and  I  will  give  judgment 
unto  him  in  writing.     Yet  I  will 
not   loose   his    tongue,    that   he 
shall  speak  much,  for  I  will  not 
make  him  mighty  in  speaking. 


e,  Yera.  II,  14.  Mes.  8 :13 — 18.  3  Ne.  21 :8 — 11.  Monn.  8 :16,  25.  Bth.  3 :21 — 28. 
/,  Ezek.  37:16 — 20,  g,  3  Ne.  5:23.  Morm.  7:5,  10'.  n,  ver.  14.  i,  2  Ne.  27:6 — 26. 
EEOS  12 — 18.  Al.  37:1—20.  3  Ne.  16:10,  11.  Morm.  7:8 — 10. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  5-88  AND  570. 


2  NEPfil,  4. 


57 


But  I  will  write  Unto  him  my  law, 
by  the  finger  of  mine  own  hand; 
and  I  will  make  a  spokesman  for 
Mm. 

18.  And   the   Lord   said  unto 
me  also :    I  will  raise  up  untd  the 
fruit  of  thy  loins;  and  I  will  make 
for  him  a  ^spokesman.     And  I, 
behold,  I  will  give  unto  him  that 
he  shall  write  the  writing  of  the 
fruit  of  thy  loins,  unto  the  fruit 
of  thy  loins;  and  the  spokesman 
of  thy  loins  shall  declare  it. 

19.  And  the  words  which  he 
shall  write  shall  be  the  words 
which  are  expedient  in  my  wisdom 
should  go  forth  unto  the  fruit  of 
thy  loins.     And  it  shall  be  as  if 
the  fruit  of  thy  loins  had  cried 
unto  them  from  the  dust;  for  I 
know  their  faith. 

20.  And  they  shall  *cry  from 
the  dust;   yea,  even  repentance 
unto   their   brethren,   even  after 
many  generations  have  gone  by 
them.    And  it  shall  come^to  pass 
that  their  cry  shall  go,  even  ac- 
cording to  the  simpleness  of  their 
words. 

21.  Because  of  their  faith  their 
words  shall  proceed  forth  out  of 
my  mouth   unto  their   brethren 
who  are  the  fruit  of  thy  loins;  and 
the  weakness  of  their  words  will 
I  make  strong  in  their  faith,  unto 
the  remembering  of  my  covenant 
which  I  made  unto  thy  fathers. 

22.  And  now,  behold,  my  son 
Joseph,  after  this  manner  did  my 
father  of  old  prophesy. 

23.  Wherefore,  because  of  this 
covenant  thou  art  blessed ;   for  thy 
seed  shall  not  be  destroyed,  for 
they  shall  hearken  unto  the  words 
of  tjbte  book. 

24.  And  there  shall  rise  up  one 
mighty  among  them,  who  shall  do 
much  good,  both  in  word  and  In 
deed,  being  an  instrument  in  the 


hands  of  God,  with  exceeding  faith, 
to  work  mighty  wonders,  and  do 
that  thing  which  is  great  in  the 
sight  of  God,  unto  the  bringing 
to  pass  much  restoration  unto  the 
house  of  Israel,  and  unto  the  seed 
of  thy  brethren. 

25.  And  now,  blessed  art  thou, 
Joseph.  Behold,  thou  art  little; 
wherefore  hearken  unto  the  words 
of  thy  brother,  Nephi,  and  it  shall 
be  done  unto  thee  even  according 
to  the  words  which  I  have  spoken. 
Remember  the  words  of  thy  dying 
father.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  4. 

LeM  "blesses  the  sons  and  daughters 
of  Laman  and  Lemuel — Blessings  upon 
Ishmael's  household  and  upon  Sam  and 
his  posterity — Death  of  Lehi — further 
rebellion. 

1.  And  now,  I,  Nephi,  speak  con- 
cerning the  prophecies  of  which 
my  father  hath  spoken,  concern- 
ing Joseph,  who  was  carried  into 
Egypt. 

2.  For  behold,  he  truly  proph- 
esied concerning  all  his  seed.    And 
the  prophecies  which  he  wrote, 
there  are  not  many  greater.    And 
he  prophesied  concerning  us,  and 
our  future  generations;  and  they 
are  written  upon  the  "plates  of 
brass. 

3.  Wherefore,  after  my  father 
had  made  an  end  of  speaking  con- 
cerning the  prophecies  of  Joseph, 
he  called  the  children  of  Iranian, 
his  sons,  and  nis  daughters,  and 
said  unto  them :   Behold,  my  sons, 
and  my  daughters,  who  are  the 
sans  and  the  daughters   of  my 
first-born,  I  would  that  ye  should 
give  ear  unto  my  words. 

4.  For  the  Lord  God  hath  said 
that:   Inasmuch  as  ye  shall  keep 
my  commandments  ye  shall  pros- 
per in  the  land;  and  inasmuch  as 


,  D.  &  C.  100  :&,  11.     Jsf  2  Ne  26:16.    Morm.  8:14 
.  4:  a,  see  e,  1  Ne.  S. 


-16,  2St  25,  26. 

.  O.  588  ASH>  570. 


58 


2  NEPHI,  4. 


ye  will  not  keep  my  command- 
ments ye  shall  be  cut  off  from  my 
presence. 

5.  But  behold,  my  sons  and  my 
daughters,  I  cannot  go  down  to 
my  grave  save  I  should  leave  a 
blessing  upon  you;  for  behold,  I 
know  that  if  ye  are  brought  up  in 
the  way  ye  should  go  ye  will  not 
depart  from  it. 

6.  Wherefore,  if  ye  are  cursed, 
behold,  I  leave  my  blessing  upon 
you,    that   the   cursing  may   be 
taken  from  you  and  be  answered 
upon  the  heads  of  your  parents. 

7.  Wherefore,   because  of  my 
blessing  the  Lord  God  will  not 
suffer  that  ye  shall  perish ;   where- 
fore, he  6will  be  merciful  unto 
you  and  unto  your  seed  forever. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  my  father  had  made  an  end 
of    speaking    to    the    sons    and 
daughters  of  Laman,  he  caused 
the  sons  and  daughters  of  Lemuel 
to  be  brought  before  him. 

9.  And  he  spake  unto  them, 
saying:    Behold,  my  sons  and  my 
daughters,  who  are  the  sons  and 
the  daughters  of  my  second  son; 
behold  I  leave  unto  you  the  csame 
blessing  which  I  left  unto   the 
sons  and  daughters  of  Laman; 
wherefore,  thou  shalt  not  utterly 
be  destroyed;  but  in  the  end  thy 
seed  shall  be  blessed. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  my  father  had  made  an  end 
of  speaking  unto  them,  behold, 
he  spake  unto  the  dsons  of  Ish- 
mael,  yea,  and  even  all  his  house- 
hold. 

11.  And  after  he  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  unto  them,  he 
spake  unto  Sam,  saying:    Blessed 
art  thou,  and  thy  seed;  for  thou 
shalt  inherit  the  land  like  unto 
thy  brother  Nephi.    And  thy  seed 


shall  be  enumbered  with  his  seed; 
and  thou  shalt  be  even  like  unto 
thy  brother,  and  thy  seed  like 
unto  his  seed;  and  thou  shalt  be 
blessed  in  all  thy  days. 

-12.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
my  father,  Lehi,  had  spoken  unto 
all  his  household,  according  to 
the  feelings  of  his  heart  and  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  which  was  in 
Mm,  he  waxed  old.  And  it  came 
to  pass  that  he  died,  and  was 
buried. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
not  many  days  after  his  death, 
Laman  and  Lemuel  and  the  sons 
of  Ishmael  were  angry  with  me 
because  of  the  admonitions  of  the 
Lord. 

14.  For    I,    Nephi,    was    con- 
strained to  speak  unto  them,  ac- 
cording to  his  word;   for  I  had 
spoken  many  things  unto  them, 
and  also  my  father,  before  his 
death;  many  of  which  sayings  are 
written  upon  mine  rother  plates; 
for  a  more  history  part  are  writ- 
ten upon  mine  other  plates. 

15.  And  upon  ^these  I  write 
the  things  of  my  soul,  and  many 
of  the  scriptures  which  are  en- 
graven upon  the  plates  of  brass. 
For  my  soul  delighteth  in  the 
scriptures,    and   my   heart    pon- 
dereth  them,  and  writeth  them 
for  the  learning  and  the  profit  of 
my  children. 

16.  Behold,  my  soul  delighteth 
in  the  things  of  the  Lord ;  and  my 
heart  pondereth  continually  upon 
the  things  which  I  have  seen  and 
heard. 

17.  Nevertheless, notwithstand- 
ing the   great   goodness   of   the 
Lord,  in  showing  me  his  great 
and  marvelous  works,  my  heart 
exclaimeth:     O     wretched     man 
that  I  am!     Yea,  my  heart  sor- 


&,  1  Ne.  13:31  2  Ne  10:18,19.  Jac.  3  :3— 9.  He.  7:23,  24.  15:10—17.  3  Ne. 
20:22.  Morm.  5:20,  21.  Eth.  13:6,  8—11.  G,  vers.  5—7.  d,  1  Ne.  7:6.  e,  Jac. 
1:12—14.  /,  1  Ne.  9:4.  g,  1  Ne.  6:1—6.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  570. 


2  NEPHI,  4. 


roweth  because  of  my  flesh;  my 
soul  grieveth  because  of  mine 
iniquities. 

18.  I  am  encompassed  about, 
because  of  the  temptations  and 
the  sins  which  do  so  easily  beset 
me. 

19.  And  when  I  desire  to  re- 
joice, my  heart  groaneth  because 
of  my  sins;  nevertheless,  I  know 
in  whom  I  have  trusted. 

20.  My  God  hath  been  my  sup- 
port;   he  hath   led   me   through 
mine  afflictions  in  the  wilderness; 
and  he  hath  preserved  me  upon 
the  waters  of  the  great  deep. 

21.  He  hath  filled  me  with  his 
love,  even  unto  the  consuming  of 
my  flesh. 

22.  He  hath  confounded  mine 
enemies,  unto  the  causing  of  them 
to  quake  before  me. 

23.  Behold,  he  hath  heard  my 
cry  by  day,  and  he  hath  given  me 
knowledge  by  visions  in  the  night- 
time. 

24.  And  by  day  have  I  waxed 
bold    in    mighty    prayer    before 
him;  yea,  my  voice  have  I  sent  up 
on  high;  and  angels  came  down 
and  ministered  unto  me. 

2tf.  And  upon  the  wings  of  his 
Spirit  hath  my  body  been  carried 
away  upon  exceeding  high  moun- 
tains. And  mine  eyes  have  beheld 
great  things,  yea,  even  too  great 
for  man;  therefore  I  was  bidden 
that  I  should  not  write  them. 

26.  O  then,  if  I  have  seen  so 
great  things,  if  the  Lord  in  his 
condescension  unto  the  children 
of  men  hath  visited  men  in  so 
much  mercy,  why  should  my  heart 
weep  and  my  soul  linger  in  the 
valley  of  sorrow,  and  my  flesh 
waste    away,    and    my   strength 
slacken,  because  of  mine  afflic- 
tions? 

27.  And  why  should  I  yield  to 
sin,  because  of  my  flesh?     Yea, 


why  should  I  give  way  to  tempta- 
tions, that  the  evil  one  have  place- 
in  my  heart  to  destroy  my  peace 
and  afltict  my  soul?  Why  am  I 
angry  because  of  mine  enemy? 

28.  Awake, my  soul!  No  longer 
droop  in  sin.  Rejoice,  O  my  heart, 
and  give  place  no  more  for  the 
enemy  of  my  soul. 

29.  Do  not  anger  again  because 
of  mine  enemies.    Do  not  slacken 
my  strength  because  of  mine  af- 
flictions. 

30.  Rejoice,  O  my  heart,  and 
cry  unto  the  Lord,  and  say:     O 
Lord,  I  will  praise  thee  forever; 
yea,  my  soul  will  rejoice  in  thee, 
my  God,  and  the  rock  of  my  sal- 
vation. 

31.  O  Lord,  wilt  thou  redeem 
my  soul?     Wilt  thou  deliver  me 
out  of  the  hands  of  mine  enemies? 
Wilt  thou  make  me  that  I  may 
shake  at  the  appearance  of  sin? 

32.  May  the  gates  of  hell  be 
shut  continually  before  me,  be- 
cause that  my  heart  is  broken 
and  my  spirit  is  contrite!   O  Lord, 
wilt  thou  not  shut  the  gates  of 
thy  righteousness  before  me,  that 
I  may  walk  in  the  path  of  the  low 
valley,  that  I  may  be  strict  in  the 
plain  road! 

33.  O  Lord,  wilt  thou  encircle 
me  around  in  the  robe  of  thy 
righteousness!     O  Lord,  wilt  thou 
make  a  way  for  mine  escape  be- 
fore mine  enemies!     Wilt  thou 
make  my  path  straight  before  me ! 
Wilt  thou  not  place  a  stumbling 
block  in  my  way — but  that  thou 
wouldst  clear  my  way  before  me, 
and  hedge  not  up  my  way,  but  the 
ways  of  mine  enemy. 

34.  O  Lord,  I  have  trusted  in 
thee,  and  I  will  trust  in  thee  for* 
ever.    I  will  not  put  my  trust  in 
the  arm  of  flesh;  for  I  know  that 
cursed  is  he  that  putteth  his  trust 
in  the  arm  of  flesh.    Yea,  cursed 


BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AND  5TO* 


60 


2  NEPHI, 


is  he  tliat  putteth  his  trust  in 
man  or  maketh  flesh  his  arm. 

35.  Yea,  I  know  that  God  will 
give  liberally  to  him  that  asketh. 
Yea,  my  God  will  give  ,me,  if  I  ask 
not  amiss;  therefore  I  will  lift  up 
my  voice  unto  thee;  yea,  I  will 
cry  unto  thee,  my  God,  the  rock 
of  my  righteousness.  Behold,  my 
voice  shall  forever  ascend  up 
unto  thee,  my  rock  and  mine 
•everlasting  God.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  5. 

NepMj  warned  of  G-od,  separates 
from  those  who  seek  his  life — Zoravrij 
£[amt  Jacob  and  Joseph  and  others  ac- 
company him — The  sword  of  Laban — 
Jl  temple  built — Nephi  a  Mug  or  pro- 
tector— The  rebellious  cursed  with  a 
.dark  skin — Priests  and  teachers  con- 
secrated. 

1.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  Nephi,  did  cry  much  unto  the 
"Lord   my    God,   "because   of   the 
Danger  of  my  brethren. 

2.  But  behold,  their  anger  did 
increase   against   me,   insomuch 
that  they  did  seek  to  take  away 
jmy  life. 

3.  Yea, they  did  murmur  against 
me,  saying:   Our  younger  brother 
thinks  to  rule  over  us;  and  we 
have  had  much  trial  because  of 
him;  wherefore,  now  let  us  slay 
him,  that  we  may  not  be  afflicted 
more  because  of  his  words.    For 
behold,  we  will  not  have  him  to 
be  our  ruler;  for  it  belongs  unto 
us,  who  are  the  elder  brethren,  to 
rule  over  this  people. 

4.  Now  I  do  not  write  upon 
these  plates  all  the  words  which 
they  murmured  against  me.    But 
it  sufficeth  me  to  say,  that  they 
did  seek  to  take  away  my  life. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  did  warn  me,  that  I,  Nephi, 
should  depart  from  them  and  flee 


into  the  wilderness,  and  all  those 
who  would  go  with  me. 

6.  Wherefore,  it  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Nephi,  did  take  my  family, 
and  also  Zoram  and  his  family, 
and  Sam,  mine  elder  brother  and 
his  family,  and  Jacob  and  Joseph, 
my  younger  brethren,  and  also 
my   sisters,   and   all   those   who 
would  go  with  me.    And  all  those 
who  would  go  with  me  were  those 
who  believed  in  the  warnings  and 
the  revelations  of  God;   where- 
fore, they  did  hearken  unto  my 
words. 

7.  And  we  did  take  our  tents 
and  whatsoever  things  were  pos- 
sible for  us,  and  did  journey  in 
the  wilderness  for  the  space  of 
many  days.     And  after  we  had 
journeyed  for  the  space  of  many 
days  we  did  pitch  our  tents. 

8.  And  my  people  would  that 
we  should  call  the  name  of  the 
place  bNephi;  wherefore,  we  did 
call  it  Nephi. 

9.  And  all  those  who  were  with 
me  did  take  upon  them  to  call 
themselves  the  people  of  Nephi. 

10.  And  we  did  observe  to  keep 
the  judgments,  and  the  statutes, 
and  the  commandments  of  the 
Lord  in  all  things,  according  to 
the  law  of  Moses. 

11.  And  the  Lord  was  with  us ; 
and  we  did  prosper  exceedingly; 
for  we  did  sow  seed,  and  we  did 
reap  again  in  abundance.     And 
we   began   to   raise   flocks,   and 
herds,  and  animals  of  every  kind. 

12.  And    I,    Nephi,    had    also 
brought  the  records  which  were 
engraven    upon    the    'plates    of 
brass ;  and  also  the  dball,  or  com- 
pass, which  was  prepared  for  my 
father  by  the  hand  of  the  Lord,  ac- 
cording to  that  which  is  written. 


o,  2  Ne.  4:13.  Enos  20.  MOB.  10:15.  b,  Om.  12,  27.  W,  of  Moon.  13,  MOB.  7:6, 
7,9,21.  911,8,4,14.  11:18.  19:15,19,22.  21:26.  23 :35— $8.  28:1,5.  29:3. 
,A1.  2:24.  5:3.  17:8.  20:1,  2.  22:1,  26—34.  25:13.  27:14.  47:1,  20.  50:8,  11. 
•54 :6.  He.  4 :12.  5 :20,  21.  c,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  d»  see  d,  1  Ne.  16. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  588  AMTD  670. 


2  NEPHI*  5. 


13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  began  to  prosper  exceedingly, 
and  to  multiply  in  the  land. 

14.  And  I,  Nephi,  did  take  the 
*sword  of  Laban,  and  after  the 
manner   of   it    did    make   many 
swords,   lest  "by  any  means  the 
people  who  were  now  called  La- 
manites    should    come    upon    us 
and  destroy  us;  for  I  knew  their 
^hatred  towards  me  and  my  chil- 
dren and  thosfe  who  were  called 
my  people. 

15.  And  I  did  teach  my  people 
to  build  buildings,  and  to  work 
in  all  "manner  of  wood,  and  of 
iron,  and  of  copper,  and  of  brass, 
and  of  steel,  and  of  gold,  and  of 
silver,  and  of  precious  ores,  which 
were  in  great  abundance. 

16.  And  I,  Nephi,  did  build  a 
Hemple;   and  I  did  construct  it 
after  the  manner  of  the  temple 
of  Solomon  save  it  were  not  built 
of  so  many  precious  things;  for 
they  were  not  to  be  found  upon 
the  land,  wherefore,  it  could  not 
be  built  like  unto  Solomon's  tem- 
ple.   But  the  manner  of  the  con- 
struction was  like  unto  the  temple 
of  Solomon;   and  the  workman- 
ship thereof  was  exceeding  fine. 

17.  And  it  came  to  i>ass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  cause  my  people  to  be 
industrious,    and   to   labor  with 
their  hands. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  would  that  I  should  be  their 
'king.    But  I,  Nephi,  was  desirous 
that  they  should  have  no  king; 
nevertheless,  I  did  for  them  ac- 
cording to  that  which  was  in  my 
power. 

19.  And  behold,  the  words  of 
the  Lord  had  been  fulfilled  unto 
my  brethren,  which  lie  spake  con- 
cerning them,  that  I  should  be 


their  *  ruler  and  their  teacher. 
Wherefore,  I  had  been  their  ruler 
and  their  teacher,  according  to 
the  Commandments  of  the  Lord,, 
until  the  time  they  sought  ta 
*take  away  my  life. 

20.  Wherefore,    the   word    of 
the  Lord  was  fulfilled  which  he* 
spake    unto    me,    saying    that: 
Inasmuch  as  they  will  not  hearken 
unto  thy  words  they  shall  be  'cut 
off  from  the  presence  of  the  Lord. 
And   behold,   they  were  cut  off 
from  his  presence. 

21.  And    he    had    caused    the 
^cursing  to  come  upon  them,  yea, 
even  a  sore  cursing,  because  of 
their  iniquity.    For  behold,  they 
had  hardened  their  hearts  against 
him,  that  they  had  become  like 
unto  a  flint;  wherefore,  as  they 
were  white,  and  exceeding  fair 
and  delightsome,  that  they  might 
not  be  enticing  unto  my  people 
the  Lord  God  did  cause  a  skin  of 
blackness  to  come  upon  them. 

22.  And  thus  saith  the  Lord 
God:    I  will  cause  that  they  shall 
be   loathsome  unto  thy  people, 
save  they  shall  repent  of  their 
iniquities. 

23.  And  cursed  shall  be  the 
seed   of  him  that  mixeth  with 
their    seed;    for    they   shall    be 
cursed  even  with  the  same  curs- 
ing. And  the  Lord  spake  it,  and 
it  was  done. 

24.  And  because  of  their  curs- 
ing which  was  upon  them  they 
did  become  an  idle  people,  full, 
of  mischief  and  subtlety,  and  did 
seek  in  the  wilderness  for  beasts?, 
of  prey. 

2  5 .  And  the  Lord  God  said  unto 
me :  They  shall  be  a  "scourge  unto 
thy  seed,  to  stir  them  up  in  re- 
membrance of  me;  and  inasmuch 


e,  see  a,  1  Ne.  4.  ff  0ee  o>  2  Ne.  5.  g,  Jar,  8.  Eth.  7 :9.  fc,  Jac.  1 :17.  Al.  16 :13. 
23:2.  26:29.  He.  3:9,  14.  3  Ne,  11:1.  i,  2  Ne.  6:2.  Jac.  1:9,  11,U5.  Jar.  7,  14, 
Om.  12,  19,  23,  24.  Mos.  1:10.  6:4 — 1.  L  see  c,  1  Ne.  2.  Jfc.  see  ver.  2.  Z,  see  tf 
1  Ne.  2.  mf  fiee  &,  l%Ne.  2.  «,  1  Ne.  2:24..  12:19.  AL  45:9—14.  46:24.  Morm.  6, 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  5S8  AND  570~ 


2  *NEPHI,   6. 


as  they  will  not  remember  me, 
and  hearken  unto  my  words, 
they  shall  scourge  them  even  unto 
destruction. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Nephi,  did  consecrate  Jacob  and 
Joseph,    that    °they    should    be 
priests  and  teachers  over  the  land 
of  my  people. 

27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we   lived    after   the   manner    of 
happiness. 

28.  *And    thirty    years    had 
passed  away  from  the  time  we 
left  Jerusalem. 

29.  And  I,  Nephi,  had  kept  the 
^records  upon  my  plates,  which  I 
had  made,  of  my  people  thus  far. 

30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the    Lord    God    said    unto    me: 
Make   Bother    plates;    and    thou 
shalt  engraven  many  things  upon 
them  which  are  good  in  my  sight, 
for  the  profit  of  thy  people. 

31.  Wherefore,  I,  Nephi,  to  be 
obedient  to   the  commandments 
of  the  Lord,  went  and  made  these 
plates  upon  which  I  have  engraven 
these  things. 

32.  And  I  engraved  that  which 
is  pleasing  unto  God.    And  if  my 
people  are  pleased  with  the  things 
of  God  they  will  be  pleased  with 
mine  engravings  which  are  upon 
these  plates. 

33.  And  if  my  people  desire  to 
know  the  more  particular  part  of 
the  history  of  my  people  they  must 
search  mine  other  plates. 

34.  And  it  sufficeth  me  to  say 
that  f  forty  years  had  passed  away, 
and  we  had  already  had  wars  and 
contentions   with   our   brethren, 

CHAPTER  6. 

Jacob's  exhortation  to  the  people — 
He  cites  the  prophecies  of  Isaiah. 

1.  The   words    of    Jacob,    the 


brother  of  Nephi,  which  he  spake 
unto  the  people  of  Nephi: 

2.  Behold,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I,  Jacjob,  having  been  called 
of  God,  and  aordained  after  the 
manner  of  his  holy  order,   and 
having  been  consecrated  by  my 
brotherNephi,  unto  whom  ye  look 
as  a  &king  or  a  protector,  and 
on  whom  ye  depend  for  safety, 
behold    ye    know    that    I    have 
spoken  unto  you  exceeding  many 
things. 

3.  Nevertheless,  I  speak  unto 
you  again;  for  I  am  desirous  for 
the  welfare  of  your  souls.     Yea, 
mine  anxiety  is  great  for  you; 
and  ye  yourselves  know  that  it 
ever  has  been.     For  I  have  ex- 
horted  you   with   all    diligence; 
and  I  have  taught  you  the  words 
of  my  father;  and  I  have  spoken 
unto  you   concerning  all  things 
which  are  written,  from  the  cre- 
ation of  the  world. 

4.  And  now,  behold,  I  would 
speak  unto  you  concerning  things 
which  are,  and  which  are  to  come ; 
wherefore,  I  will  read  you  the 
words  of  Isaiah      And  they  are 
the  words  which  my  brother  has 
desired  that  I  should  speak  unto 
you.    And*I  speak  unto  you  for 
your  sakes,  that  ye  may  learn  and 
glorify  the  name  of  your  God. 

5.  And  now,  the  words  which  I 
shall  read  are  tjiey  which  Isaiah 
spake  concerning  all  the  house  of 
Israel;   wherefore,  they  may  be 
likened  unto  you,  for  ye  are  of 
the  house  of  Israel.     And  there 
are  many  things  which  have  been 
spoken  by  Isaiah  which  may  be 
likened  unto  you,  because  ye  are 
of  the  house  of  Israel. 

6.  And    now,    these    are    the 
words:  cThus  saith  the  Lord  God: 
Behold,  I  will  lift  up  mine  hand 


of  2  Ne.  6:2.    Jac.  1:18,  19.    p,  see  ff  1  Ne.  1.     qf  see  c,  1  Ne.  9. 
CHAP.  6:    a,  2  Ne.  5:26.    Jac.  1:18,  10.     Z>,  see  i,  2  Ne.  5. 


10:9. 


„,  Isa.  49:22,  23.    2  Ne. 
*  B.  0.  569.       f  B.  O.  559. 


2  NEPHI,   6. 


to  the  Gentiles,  and  set  up  my 
standard  to  the  people;  and  they 
shall  bring  thy  sons  in  their  arms, 
and  thy  daughters  shall  be  carried 
upon  their  shoulders. 

7.  And  kings  shall  be  thy  nurs- 
ing fathers,  and  their  queens  thy 
nursing  mothers;  they  shall  bow 
down  to   thee   with  their  faces 
towards  the  earth,  and  lick  up 
the  dust  of  thy  feet;   and  thou 
shalt  know  that  I  am  the  Lord; 
for  they  shall  not  be  ashamed  that 
wait  for  me. 

8.  And   now   I,   Jacob,   would 
speak  somewhat  concerning  these 
words.    For  behold,  the  Lord  has 
dshown  me  that  those  who  were  at 
Jerusalem,  from  whence  we  came, 
have  been  slain  and  carried  away 
captive. 

9.  Nevertheless,  the  Lord  has 
shown  unto  me  that  they  should 
return  again.     And  he  also  has 
shown  unto  me  that  the  Lord  God, 
the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  should 
manifest  himself  unto  them  in  the 
flesh;  and  after  he  should  mani- 
fest himself  they  should  scourge 
him  and  crucify  him,  according  to 
the  words  of  the  angel  who  spake 
it  unto  me. 

10.  And  after  they  have  hard- 
ened their  hearts   and  stiffened 
their  necks  against  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel,  behold,  the  judgments 
of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel  shall 
come  upon  them.     And  the  day 
cometh  that  they  shall  be  smitten 
and  afflicted. 

11.  Wherefore,  after  they  are 
driven  to  and  fro,  for  thus  saith 
the  angel,  many  shall  be  afflicted 
in  the  flesh,  and  shall  not  be  suf- 
fered to  perish,   because  of  the 
prayers  of  the  faithful ;  they  shall 
be   scattered,   and   smitten,   and 


hated ;  nevertheless,  the  Lord  will 
be  merciful  unto  them,  that  ewhen 
they  shall  come  to  the  knowledge 
of  their  Redeemer,  they  shall  be 
gathered  together  again  to  the 
lands  of  their  inheritance. 

12.  And  blessed  are  the  Gen- 
tiles, they  of  whom  the  prophet 
has  written;  for  behold,  if  it  so  be 
that  they  shall  repent  and  fight 
not  against  Zion,  and  do  not  unite 
themselves    to    that    great    and 
^abominable  church,  they  shall  be 
saved;  for  the  Lord  God  will  ful- 
fil his  covenants  which  he  has 
made  unto  his  children;  and  for 
this  cause  the  prophet  has  writ- 
ten these  things. 

13.  Wherefore,  Hhey  that  fight 
against  Zion   and   the   covenant 
people  of  the  Lord  shall  lick  up 
the  dust  of  their  feet;   and  the 
people  of  the  Lord  shall  not  be 
ashamed.     For  the  people  of  the 
Lord  are  they  who  wait  for  him; 
for  they  still  wait  for  the  coming 
of  the  Messiah. 

14.  And  behold,  according  to 
the  words   of  the   prophet,  the 
Messiah  will  set  himself  again  the 
^second   time   to   recover  them; 
wherefore,  he  will  manifest  him- 
self unto  them  in  power  and  great 
glory,    unto   the    destruction    of 
their    enemies,    when    that    day 
cometh  when  they  shall  believe  in 
him;   and  none  will  lie  destroy 
that  believe  in  him. 

15.  And  they  that  believe  'not 
in  him  shall  be  destroyed,  both 
by  fire,  and  by  tempest,  and  by 
earthquakes,  and  by  bloodsheds, 
and  by  pestilence,  and  by  famine. 
And   they  shall   know  that  the 
Lord  is  God,  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel. 

16.  *For    shall    the    prey    be 


d,  1  Ne.  7 :13,  14.  et  see  e,  I  Na,  15.  /,  1  Ne.  13 :12 — 23,  30 — 35,  38 — 42.  14 :1— 5, 
2Ne?10:8 — 14,18,19.  3  Ne.  16:0,  7.  20:27.  21:2 — 6,22 — 25.  Morm.  5  :19.  gf  see 
a,  1  Ne.  13.  »,  see  j,  1  Ne.  22.  if  2  Ne.  21:11.  25:17.  29:1.  j,  1  Ne,  14:3,  15—17. 
22-13 — 23.  2  Ne.  10:15,  16.  27:2 — 4.  28:15 — 32.  3  Ne.  16:8 — 15.  20:15 — 20. 
21;11 — 21,  29.  Morm.  -5:22 — 24.  Ettu  2:8 — 11.  Jcf  Isa.  49:24 — 26. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NBPHI,   7. 


taken  from  the  mighty,  or  the 
lawful  captive  delivered? 

17.  But  thus  saith  the  Lord: 
Even  the  captives  of  the  mighty 
shall  he  taken  away,  and  the  prey 
of  the  terrible  shall  be  delivered; 
for  the  Mighty  God  shall  deliver 
his  covenant  people.      For  thus 
saith  the  Lord:   I  will  contend 
with  them  that  contendeth  with 
thee — 

18.  And  I  will  feed  them  that 
oppress    thee,    with    their    own 
flesh;  and  they  shall  he  drunken 
with   their   own   hlood   as   with 
sweet  wine;   and  all  flesh  shall 
know  that  I  the  Lord  am  thy 
Savior  and   thy  Redeemer,   the 
Mighty  One  of  Jacob. 

CHAPTER  7.- 

Jacob's  teachings  continued — Com- 
pare Isaiah  50. 

1.  Yea,    for    thus    saith .  the 
Lord:  "Have  I  put  thee  away,  or 
have  I  cast  thee  off  forever?    For 
thus  saith  the  Lord:  Where  is  the 
6bill  of  your   mother's  divorce- 
ment?   To  whom  have  I  put  thee 
away,  or  to  which  of  my  "creditors 
have  I  sold  you?    Yea,  to  whom 
have  I  sold  you?    Behold,  for  your 
iniquities   %ave    ye   sold  your- 
selves,  and  for  your  transgres- 
sions is  your  mother  put  away. 

2.  Wherefore,   when   I    came, 
there  was  no  man;  ewhen  I  called, 
yea,  there  was  none  to  answer. 

0  house  of  Israel,  is  my  hand 
shortened  at  all  that  it  cannot 
redeem,  or  have  I  no  power  to 
deliver?     Behold,  rat  my  rebuke 

1  dry  up  the  sea,  I  make  Hheir 
rivers  a  wilderness  and  fttheir  fish 
to  stink  because  the  waters  are 
dried  up,  and  they  die  because  of 
thirst. 


3.  *I  clothe  the  heavens  with 
blackness,  *and  I  mak-e  sackcloth 
their  covering. 

4.  *The  Lord  G-od  hath  given 
me  the  tongue  of  the  learned,  that 
I  should  know  how  to  speak  a 
word  in  season  unto  thee,  O  house 
of  Israel.    When  ye  are  weary  he 
waketh  morning  by  morning.    He 
waketh  mine  ear  to  hear  as  the 
learned. 

5.  The  Lord  God  hath  opened 
mine  ear,  and  I  was  not  rebel- 
lious, neither  turned  away  back. 

6.  I    gave    my    back    to    the 
smiter,  and  my  cheeks  to  them 
that  plucked  off  the  hair.     I  hid 
not  my  face  from  shame  and  spit- 
ting. 

7.  For  the  Lord  God  will  help 
me,  therefore  shall  I  not  be  con- 
founded.    Therefore  have   I  set 
my  face  like  a  flint,  and  I  know 
that  I  shall  not  be  ashamed. 

8.  And  the  Lord  is  near,  and 
he  justifieth  me.     Who  will  con- 
tend with  me?     Let  us  stand  to- 
gether.   Who  is  mine  adversary? 
Let  him  come  near  me,    'and  I 
will  smite  him  with  the  strength 
of  my  mouth. 

9.  For  the  Lord  God  will  help 
me.    And  all  they  who  shall  con- 
demn me,  behold,  wall  they  shall 
wax  old  as  a  garment,  and  the 
moth  shall  eat  them  up. 

10.  Who   is   among   you   that 
feareth  the  Lord,  that  obeyeth  the 
voice  of  his  servant,  that  walketh 
in  darkness  and  hath  no  light? 

11.  Behold  all  ye  that  kindle 
fire,     that     compass     yourselves 
about  with  sparks,  walk  in  the 
light   of   your   fire    and    in   the 
sparks   which  ye   have   kindled. 

shall  ye  have  of  mine  hand 
ye  shall  lie  down  in  sorrow. 


O,  Mai.  2:1G.  Matt.  19:9.  &,  Detit.  24:1—4.  Jer.  3:8.  Hos.  2:2.  c,  2  Kings 
4:1.  Matt  18:25.  <L  Isa.  52:3.  e,  Prov.  1 :24— -27,  Isa.  65 :12.  66:4.  Jer.  T:13. 
35:15.'  D.  &C.  133:67.  /,  Ex.  14:21.  Ps.  106:9.  Nah.  1:4.  D,  &  0.  133:68.  g,  Josh. 
3:15,  16.  7t.  Ex.  7:18,  21.  i,  Ex.  10:21.  j,  Rev.  6:12.  fc,  Ex.  4:11.  I,  Isa.  11:4. 
2  Thesa.  2 :8l  mt  Job  13 :2S.  Ps.  102 :26.  Isa.  51 :0,  8.  n,  D.  &  0.  133 :70. 

B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


2  NBPHI,  8. 


65 


CHAPTER  8. 


Jacob's  teachings  continued — Com" 
pare  Isaiah  51. 

1.  Hearken  unto  me,  ye  that 
follow  after  righteousness.   Look 
unto  the  rock  from  whence  ye  are 
hewn,  and  to  the  hole  of  the  pit 
from  whence  ye  are  digged. 

2.  Look  unto  Abraham,  your 
father,  and  unto  Sarah,  she  that 
bare  you;  for  I  called  him  alone, 
and  blessed  him. 

3.  For  the  Lord  °shall  comfort 
Zion,    he   will   comfort   all    6her 
waste  places;  and  he  will  make 
her  cwilderness  like  Eden,   and 
dher  desert  like  the  garden  of  the 
Lord.    Joy  and  gladness  shall  be 
found  therein,  thanksgiving  and 
the  voice  of  melody. 

4.  Hearken  unto  me,  my  peo- 
ple; and  give  ear  unto  me,  O  my 
nation;  for  a  elaw  shall  proceed 
from  me,  and  I  will  make  my  judg- 
ment to  rest  for  a  light  for  the 
people. 

5.  My  righteousness  is  near; 
my  salvation  is  gone  forth,  and 
mine  arm  shall  judge  the  people. 
'The  isles  shall  wait  upon  me, 
and  on  mine  arm  shall  they  trust, 

6.  *Lift  up  your  eyes  to  the 
heavens,  and  look  upon  the  earth 
beneath;   for  the  heavens  shall 
vanish  away  like  smoke,  and  the 
earth  shall  wax  old  like  a  gar- 
ment; and  they  that  dwell  there- 
in shall  die  in  like  manner.    But 
my  salvation  shall  be  forever,  and 
my  righteousness   shall   not  be 
abolished. 

7.  Hearken  unto  me,  ye  that 
know  righteousness,  the  people 
in  whose  heart  I  have  written  my 
*law,  fear  ye  not  the  reproach  of 


men,  neither  be  ye  afraid  of  their 
revilings. 

8.  *For  the  moth  shall  eat  them 
up  like  a  garment,  and  the  worm 
shall  eat  them  like  wool.    But  my 
righteousness   shall   be    forever, 
and  my  salvation  from  generation 
to  generation. 

9.  ^  Awake,    awake  I      *Put  on 
strength,    O   arm   of   the   Lord; 
awake   *as  in  the  ancient  days. 
Art  thou  not  he  that  hath  TOcut 
Rahab,  and  wounded  the  dragon? 

10.  Art  thou  not  he  who  hath 
dried  the  sea,  the  waters  of  the 
great  deep;  that  hath  made  the 
depths  of  the  sea  a  way  for  the 
ransomed  to  pass  over? 

11.  "Therefore,  the  redeemed 
of  the   Lord   shall   return,    and 
come  with  singing  unto  Zion ;  and 
everlasting  joy  and  holiness  shall 
be  upon  their  heads;   and  they 
shall   obtain  gladness  and   joy; 
sorrow  and  mourning  shall  flee 
away. 

12.  I  am  he;  yea,  I  am  he  that 
comforteth  you.   Behold,  who  art 
thou,  that  thou  shouldst  be  afraid 
of  man,  who  shall  die,  and  of  the 
son  of  man,  who  shall  be  made 
like  unto  grass? 

13.  And  forgetest  the  Lord  thy 
maker,  that  hath  stretched  forth 
the  heavens,  and  laid  the  foun- 
dations of  the  earth,  °and  hast 
feared  continually  every  day,  be- 
cause of  the  fury  of  the  oppressor, 
as  if  he  were  ready  to  destroy? 
*And  where  is  the  fury  of  the 
oppressor? 

14.  The  «eaptive  exile  hasten- 
eth,  that  he  may  be  loosed,  and 
that  he  should  not  die  in  the  pit, 
nor  that  his  bread  should  fail. 


a,  ver.  12.  Ps.  102:13.  Isa.  40:1.  52:9.  fc,  Isa.  35  :1.  c,  Ps.  107:3,  4,  35—37. 
Isa.  32:15 — 20.  35:1,  2,  $,  7.  43:19,  20.  d,  Isa.  35:1,  2,  6,  7.  43:19,  20.  e,  Isa. 
2:3.  Mle.  4:2.  /,  see  a,  1  Ne.  21.  g,  Ps.  102:25,  26.  Matt.  24:35.  2  Pet.  3:10—12. 
*,  see  e.  i,  see  w,  2  Ne.  7.  j,  Pa.  44:23.  Isa.  52:1.  fc,  Ps.  93:1.  Renr.~ll:lT.  I,  Ps, 
44:1.  fn,  Ps*  74:13,  14.  89:10.  IB*.  27:1.  Ezek.  29:3.  n,  Isa.  35:8—10.  Jer. 
31:12f  13.  0,lNe.  22:17.  p,  see  jf  1  Ne.  22.  q,  yer.  25.  2  Ne.  9:12.  Isa.  60:lo- 
Zeclt.  9*11.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  550  AKP  545. 


66 


2  NEPHI,   9. 


15.  But  I   am   the  Lord   thy 
God,   whose  wares  roared;    the 
Lord  of  Hosts  is  my  name. 

16.  And  I  have  put  my  words 
in  thy  mouth,  and  have  covered 
thee  in  the  shadow  of  mine  hand, 
that  I  may  plant  the  heavens  and 
lay  the  foundations  of  the  earth, 
and  say  unto  Zion:   'Behold,  thou 
art  my  people. 

17.  Awake,  awake,  stand  up, 
O  Jerusalem,  *which  hast  drunk 
at  the  hand  of  the  Lord  the  cup 
of  his  fury — thou  hast  drunken 
the  dregs  of  the  cup  of  trembling 
wrung  out — 

18.  And    none    to    guide    her 
among    all    the    sons    she    hath 
brought  forth;  neither  that  taketh 
her  by  the  hand,  of  all  the  sons 
she  hath  brought  up. 

19.  These  "two  sons  are  come 
unto  thee,  who  shall  be  sorry  for 
thee — thy  desolation  and  destruc- 
tion,   and   the    famine   and   the 
sword — and  by  whom  shall  I  com- 
fort thee? 

20.  Thy  sons  have  fainted,  save 
these  two;  they  lie  at  the  head  of 
all  the  streets;  as  a  wild  bull  in  a 
net,  they  are  full  of  the  fury  of 
the  Lord,  the  rebuke  of  thy  God. 

21.  Therefore  hear  now  this, 
thou  afflicted,  and  drunken,  and 
not  with  wine: 

22.  Thus  saith  thy  Lord,  the 
Lord  and  thy  God  pleadeth  the 
cause   of  his  people;    behold,   I 
have  taken  out  of  thine  hand  the 
cup  of  trembling,  the  dregs  of  the 
cup  of  my  fury;   thou  shalt  no 
more  drink  it  again. 

23.  But  VI  will  put  it  into  the 
hand  of  them  that  afflict  thee; 
who  have  said  to  thy  soul:     Bow 
down,  that  we  may  go  over — and 
thou  hast  laid  thy  body  as  the 


ground  and  as  the  street  to  them 
that  went  over. 

24.  ^  Awake,  awake,  put  on  thy 
•strength,  O  Zion ;  put  on  thy  beau- 
tiful garments,  O  Jerusalem,  the 
holy  city;   *for  henceforth  there 
shall  no  more  come  into  thee  the 
uncircumcised  and  the  unclean. 

25.  Shake    thyself    from    the 
dust;  arise,  sit  down,  O  Jerusa- 
lem ;  yloose  thyself  from  the  bands 
of  thy  neck,  O  captive  daughter 
of  Zion. 

CHAPTER  9. 

Jacob's  teachings  continued — The 
infinite  atonement — The  Savior's  suf- 
ferings foreseen — Where  there  is  no 
law  there  ^s  no  punishment. 

1.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  have  read  these  things  that 
ye   might   know  concerning   the 
covenants  of  the   Lord   that  he 
has  covenanted  with  all  the  house 
of  Israel — 

2.  That  he  has  spoken  unto  the 
Jews,  by  the  mouth  of  his  holy 
prophets,  even   from  the  begin- 
ning down,   from   generation  to 
generation,  until  the  time  comes 
that  they  shall  be  "restored  to  the 
true   church   and    fold    of    God; 
when  they  shall  be  gathered  home 
to  the  lands  of  their  inheritance, 
and  shall   be  established  in   all 
their  lands  of  promise, 

3.  Behold,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren,   I    speak    unto    you    these 
things  that  ye  may  rejoice,  and 
lift  up  your  heads  forever,   be- 
cause pf  the  blessings  which  the 
Lord  God  shall  bestow  upon  your 
children. 

4.  For  I  know  that  ye  have 
searched  much,  many  of  you,  to 
know  of  things  to  come;  where- 
fore I  know  that  ye  know  that  our 
flesh  must  waste  away  and  die; 


r,  Isa.  65:17.  66:22.  8}  ver.  3.  Ts.  46:4—7.  48:1—8.  102:13—16.  tf  Jer. 
25:15,16.  Luke  21:22 — 24.  u,  ver.  20.  Rev.  11:3 — 13.  u,  Jer.  25  :17,  Joel3:t — 10. 
Zech.  12 :2,  3,  8,  9.  14  ;3,  12 — 15.  w,  vers.  9,  17.  Isa.  52 :1,  2.  as,  Joel  3  :17.  Zedtu 
14 :21.  v,  see  q.  CHAP.  9 :  a,  see  e,  1  Ne,  15.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545, 


2  NEPHI,   9. 


67 


nevertheless,   in  our  6bodies  we 
shall  see  God. 

5.  Yea,  I  know  that  ye  know 
that  in  the  body  he  shall  show 
himself  unto  those  at  Jerusalem, 
from  whence  we  came;  for  it  is 
expedient  that  it  should  be  among 
them;  for  it  behooveth  the  great 
Creator  that  he  suffereth  himself 
to  become  subject  unto  man  in 
the  flesh,  and  cdie  for  all  men, 
that  all  men  might  become  sub- 
ject unto  him. 

6.  For   as   death  hath  passed 
upon  all  men,  to  fulfil  the  merci- 
ful  plan   of   the   great   Creator, 
there  must  needs  be  a  power  of 
resurrection,   and  the  Resurrec- 
tion must  needs  come  unto  man 
by  reason  of  the  fall;  and  the  fall 
came  by  reason  of  transgression; 
and  because  man  became  fallen 
they  were  cut  off  'from  the  pres- 
ence of  the  Lord. 

7.  Wherefore,  it  must  needs  be 
an  infinite   ^atonement — save  it 
should  be  an  infinite  atonement 
this  corruption  could  not  put  on 
incorruption.  Wherefore,thefffirst 
judgment  which  came  upon  man 
must  needs  have  remained  to  an 
endless  duration.    And  if  so,  this 
flesh  must  have  laid  down  to  rot 
and    to    crumble   to   its    mother 
earth,  to  rise  no  more. 

8.  O  the  wisdom  of  God,  his 
mercy  and  grace!     For  behold,  if 
the  flesh  should  rise  no  more  our 
spirits  must  become  subject  to 
that  ''angel  who  fell  from  before 
the  presence  of  the  Eternal  God, 
and  became  the  devil,  to  rise  no 
more. 

9.  And  our  spirits  must  have 


become  ilike  unto  Mm,  and  we 
become  devils,  angels  to  a  devil, 
to  be  shut  out  from  the  presence 
of  our  God,  and  to  remain  with 
the  father  of  lies,  in  misery,  like 
unto  himself;  yea,  to  that  being 
who  beguiled  our  first  parents, 
who  transformeth  himself  nigh 
unto  an  angel  of  light,  and  stirreth 
up  the  children  of  men  unto  se- 
cret combinations  of  murder  and 
all  manner  of  secret  works  of 
darkness. 

10.  O  how  great  the  goodness 
of  our  God,  who  prepareth  a  way 
for  our  escape  from  the  grasp  of 
this    awful    monster;    yea,    that 
monster,  j  death  and  hell,  which  I 
call  the  death  of  the  body,  and 
also  the  death  of  the  spirit. 

11.  And  because  of  the  way  of 
deliverance  of  our  God,  the  Holy 
One  of  Israel,  this  death,  of  which 
I  have  spoken,  which  is  the  tem- 
poral, shall  deliver  up  its  dead; 
which  death  is  the  grave. 

12.  And  this  death  of  which  I 
have  spoken,  which  is  the  spir- 
itual death,  shall  deliver  up  its 
dead;    which  spiritual   death   is 
hell;  wherefore,  *death  and  hell 
must  deliver  up  their  dead,  and 
hell  must  deliver  up  its  captive 
spirits,  and  the  grave  must  de- 
liver up  its  captive  bodies,  and 
the  bodies  and  the  spirits  of  men 
will  be  restored  one  to  the  other; 
and   it  is  by  the  power  of  the 
resurrection  of  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel. 

13.  O  how  great  the  plan  of 
our  God!    For  on  the  other  hand, 
the  zparadise  of  God  must  deliver 
up  the  spirits  of  the  righteous, 


&,  vers.  15,  22.  26,  38.  Mos.  16:10.  Al.  5:15,  22.  11:41—45.  12:12—18.  40:21. 
42:23.  He.  14:15—18.  3  Ne.  27:14,  15.  Mbrm.  9:13.  Mora.  10:34.  c,  vers.  21,  22. 
He.  14:15 — 18.  3  Ne.  27:14r  15.  df  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.  e,  ver.  9.  AL  42:7,  9,  11,  14,  23. 
He.  14 :16,  17.  /,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  g,  vers.  8 — 16.  Mos.  3 :26,  27.  1C  :4 — 11.  Al.  11 :45. 
12:18,  26,  36.  42  r6,  9,  14.  He.  14:16,  17.  Morm.  9:13.  Jt,  see  lf  2  Ne.  2  i.  vers. 
16,  26,  37,  46.  1  Ne.  14 :3,  4,  7.  2  Ne.  28 :20— 23.  Mos.  16  :2— 5,  11.  3  Ne.  29 :7. 
j,  vera.  11— 13,  26.  Mos.  16:7,  8.  Al.  12:24—  27.  40:23—26.  42:6—15.  He.  14:15 
— 19.  Morm.  9:13.  fc,  see  j.  I,  Al.  40:12,  14.  4  Ne.  14.  Moro.  10:34. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


68 


2  NEPHI,   9. 


and  the  grave  deliver  up  the  body 
of  the  righteous;  and  the  spirit 
and  the  body  is  "restored  to  itself 
again,  and  all  men  become  incor- 
ruptible, and  immortal,  and  they 
are  living  souls,  having  a  perfect 
knowledge  like  unto  us  in  the 
flesh,  save  it  be  that  our  knowl- 
edge shall  be  perfect. 

14.  "Wherefore,  we  shall  have 
a  "perfect  knowledge  of  all  our 
guilt,  and  our  uncleanness,  and 
our  nakedness;  and  the  righteous 
shall  have  a  perfect  knowledge 
of    their    enjoyment,    and    their 
righteousness,  being  clothed  with 
purity,  yea,  even  with  the  robe  of 
righteousness. 

15.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  when   all   men   shall   have 
passed  from  this  first  death  unto 
life,  insomuch  as  they  have  be- 
•come  immortal,  they  must  appear 
before  the  judgment-seat  of  the 
Holy   One   of   Israel;    and   then 
-cometh  tne  judgment,  and  then 
must  they  be  judged  according  to 
the  holy  judgment  of  God. 

16.  And  assuredly,  as  the  Lord 
liveth,   for   the   Lord   God   hath 
spoken  it,  and  it  is  his  eternal 
ivord,  which  cannot  pass  away, 
that  they  who  are  righteous  shall 
T>e  righteous  still,  and  they  who 
are  filthy  shall  be  "filthy  still; 
ivheref ore,  they  who  are  filthy  are 
the    devil   and   his   angels;    and 
they  shall  go  away  into  everlast- 
ing fire,  prepared  for  them;  and 
their  torment  is  as  a  lake  of  fire 
and  brimstone,  whose  flame  as- 
cendeth  up  forever  and  ever  and 
has  no  end. 


17.  O  the  greatness  and  the 
justice  of  our  God!     For  he  exe- 
cuteth  all   his  words,   and  they 
have  gone  forth  out  of  his  mouth, 
and  his  law  must  be  fulfilled. 

18.  But,  behold,  the  righteous, 
the  saints   of  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel,  they  who  have  believed  in 
the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  they  who 
have  endured  the  crosses  of  the 
world,  and  despised  the  shame  of 
it,  they  shall  inherit  the  king- 
dom of  God,  which  was  prepared 
for  them  pfrom  the  foundation  of 
the  world,  and  their  joy  shall  be 
full  forever. 

19.  O   the   greatness   of  the 
mercy  of  our  God,  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel!     For  he  delivereth  his 
saints  from  that  eawful  monster 
the  devil,  and  death,  and  hell, 
and  that  lake  of  fire  and  brim- 
stone, which  is  endless  torment. 

20.  O  how  great  the  holiness 
of  our  God!     For  he  knoweth  all 
things,  and  there  is  not  anything 
save  he  knows  it. 

21.  And   he   cometh  into   the 
world  that  he  may  save  all  men 
if   they   will   hearken    unto    his 
voice;    for   behold,  he  suffereth 
the  pains  of  all  men,   yea,  the 
spains  of  every  living  creature, 
both  men,  women,  and  children, 
who  belong  to  the  family  of  Adam. 

22.  And  he  suffereth  this  that 
the  'resurrection  might  pass  upon 
all  men,  that  all  might  stand  be- 
fore him  at  the  great  and  judg- 
ment day.  » 

23.  And   he   commandeth    all 
men  that  "they  must  repent,  and 
be  baptized  in  his  name,  having 


m,  Al.  11:42—45.  40:21—24.  Chap.  41.  n,  Mos.  3:25.  Al.  11:43.  12:14.  o,  1 
Ne.  15:33 — 35.  Al.  7:21.  Morm.  9:14.  p,  AL  13 :3,  5,  7— 9.  22:13.  42:26.  He.  5:47. 
3  Ne.  26:5.  Eth.  3:14.  4:14,  15,  19.  12:32—34,  37.  Hero.  8:12.  q,  see  fc,  1  Nft. 
15.  r,  AL  7:13.  13:7.  18:32.  26:35.  He.  9:41.  3  Ne.  27:26.  Morm.  8:17.  Moro. 
7:22.  s,  vers.  5,  7.  Mos.  3:7.  15:10.  Al.  7:11—13.  11:40.  22:14.  34:8 — 15. 
He.  14:15—17.  3  Ne.  9:22.  11:11,  14,  15.  27:14,  15.  Morm.  9;13,  14.  #,  see  d, 
2  Ne.  2.  u3  Matt  3:5,  6.  Mark  1:4.  Luke  3:3.  John  3:5.  Acts  2:38.  2  Ne.  31:5* 
9 — 13,17.  Mos.  18:8 — 17.  Al.  15  :12 — 14.  19:35.  62:45.  He.  3  : 24— 26.  5:17,19. 
.3  Ne,  7:23 — 26.  11:21 — 38.  12:1,  2.  18:5,  11,  30.  19:10 — 13.  23:5.  26:17,  21. 
27:1,  16,  20.  28:TB.  Chap.  30.  4  Ne.  1.  Morm.  7:8,  10.  9:23.  Eth.  4:18.  Moro. 
€:1 — 4.  8:5—26.  4  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,   9. 


perfect  faitli  in  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel,  or  they  cannot  be  saved  in 
the  kingdom  of  God. 

24.  And  if  they  will  not  repent 
and  believe  in  Ms  name,  and  be 
baptized  in  his  name,  and  endure 
to  the  end,  they  must  be  damned; 
for  the  Lord  God,  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel,  has  spoken  it. 

25.  Wherefore,  he  has  given  a 
law;  and  where  there  is  no  law 
given   there   is   no   punishment; 
and  where  there  is  no  punishment 
there  is  no  condemnation;    and 
where  there  is  no  condemnation 
the  mercies  of  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel  have  claim  upon  them,  be- 
cause of  the  "atonement;  for  they 
are  delivered  by  the  power  of  him. 

26.  For  the  atonement  satis- 
fieth  the  demands  of  his  justice 
upon  all  those  who  have  not  the 
law  given  to  them,  that  they  are 
delivered  from  that  awful  mon- 
ster,   wdeath   and  hell,  and  the 
devil,  and  the  lake  of  fire  and 
brimstone,  which  is  endless  tor- 
ment; and  they  are  restored  to 
that  God  who  gave  them  breath, 
which  is  the  Holy  One  of  Israel. 

27.  But  wo  unto  him  that  has 
the  law  given,  yea,  that  has  all 
the  commandments  of  God,  like 
unto  us,  and  that  transgresseth 
them,  and  that  wasteth  the  days 
of  his  probation,  for  awful  is  his 
state! 

28.  O  that  cunning  plan  of  the 
evil  one !    O  the  vainness,  and  the 
frailties,  and  the  foolishness  of 
men  I     When  they  *are  learned 
they  think  they  are  wise,  and  they 
hearken  not  unto  the  counsel  of 
God,  for  they  set  it  aside,  sup- 
posing they  know  of  themselves, 
wherefore,  their  wisdom  is  fool- 
ishness and  it  profiteth  them  not. 
And  they  shall  perish. 


29.  But  to  be  learned  is  good 
if  they  hearken  unto  the  counsels 
of  God. 

80.  But  wo  unto  the  rich,  who 
are  rich  as  to  the  things  of  the 
world.  For  because  they  are 
rich  they  despise  the  poor,  and 
they  persecute  the  meek,  and 
their  hearts  are  upon  their  treas- 
ures; wherefore,  their  treasure  is 
their  God.  And  behold,  their 
treasure  shall  perish  with  them 
also. 

31.  And  wo  unto  the  deaf  that 
will    not    hear;    for   they   shall 
perish. 

32.  Wo    unto    the    blind    that 
will  not  see;  for  they  shall  perish 
also. 

33.  Wo  unto  the  uncircumcised 
of  heart,  for  a  knowledge  of  their 
iniquities  shall  smite  them  at  the 
last  day. 

34.  Wo  unto  the  liar,  for  he 
shall  be  thrust  down  to  hell. 

35.  Wo  unto  the  murderer  who 
deliberately  killeth,  for  he  shall 
die. 

36.  Wo  unto  them  who  com- 
mit ^whoredoms,  for  they  shall  be 
thrust  down  to  hell. 

37.  Yea,  wo  unto  those  that 
worship  idols,  for  the  devil  of  all 
devils  delighteth  in  them. 

38.  And,  in  fine,  wo  unto  all 
those  who  die  in  their  sins;  for 
they  shall  "return  to  God,  and 
behold  his  face,  and  remain  in 
their  sins. 

39.  O,   my  beloved  brethren, 
remember  the  awf  ulness  in  trans- 
gressing against  that  Holy  God, 
and  also  the  awf  ulness  -  of  yield- 
ing to  the  entieings  ef  that  cun- 
ning one.     Remember,  to  be  car- 
nally-minded is  death,  and  to  be 
spiritually-minded  is  life  eternal. 

40.  O,   my  beloved  brethren, 


u.  see 
«,  2  Ne.  : 


f,  2  Ne.  2.    to.  see  /.    x,  vers.  29,  42.    2  Ne.  26:20.    27:15—26.    28:4,  15. 
3:15.    Jac.  2:28.    AL  39:3,  9,  11.    3  Ne.  12:2T--32.    a,  ver.  15.    AL  40:11. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


70 


2  NEPHI,   9. 


give  ear  to  my  words.  Remember 
the  greatness  of  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel.  Do  not  say  that  I  have 
spoken  hard  things  against  you; 
for  if  ye  do,  ye  will  revile  against 
the  truth;  for  I  have  spoken  the 
words  of  your  Maker.  I  know 
that  the  words  of  truth  are  hard 
against  all  uncleanness;  but  the 
righteous  fear  them  not,  for  they 
love  the  truth  and  are  not  shaken. 
•41.  O  then,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, come  unto  the  Lord,  the  Holy 
One.  Remember  that  his  paths 
are  righteous.  Behold,  the  way 
for  man  is  2anarrow,  but  it  lieth 
in  a  straight  course  before  him, 
and  the  keeper  of  the  gate  is  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel;  and  he  em- 
ployeth  no  servant  there;  and 
there  is  none  other  way  save  it  be 
by  the  gate;  for  he  cannot  be  de- 
ceived, for  the  Lord  God  is  his 
name. 

42.  And   whoso   knocketh,    to 
him  will  he  open;  and  the  2&wise, 
and  the  learned,  and  they  that 
are  rich,  who  are  puffed  up  be- 
cause of  their  learning,  and  their 
wisdom,   and  their  riches — yea, 
they  are  they  whom  he  despiseth ; 
and  save  they  shall  cast  these 
things  away,  and  consider  them- 
selves fools  before  God,  and  come 
down  in  the  depths  of  humility, 
he  will  not  open  unto  them. 

43.  But  the  things  of  the  wise 
and  the  prudent  shall  be  hid  from 
them   forever — yea,  that   happi- 
ness which  is  prepared  for  the 
saints. 

44.  O,   my  beloved   brethren, 
remember  my  words.    Behold,  I 
take  off  my  garments,  and  I  shake 
them  before  you;  I  pray  the  God 
of  my  salvation  that  he  view  me 
with  his  all-searching  eye;  where- 
fore, ye  shall  know  at  the  last 


day,  whe^n  all  men  shall  be  judged 
of  their  works,  that  the  God  of 
Israel  did  witness  that  I  shook 
your  iniquities  from  my  soul, 
and  that  I  stand  with  brightness 
before  him,  and  am  rid  of  your 
blood. 

45.  0,    my   beloved   brethren, 
turn  away  from  your  sins;  shake 
off  the  chains  of  him  that  would 
bind  you  fast;   come  unto  that 
God  who  is  the  rock  of  your  sal- 
vation. 

46.  Prepare    your    souls    for 
that  glorious   day  when   justice 
shall  be  administered  unto  the 
righteous,  even  the  day  of  judg- 
ment,  that  ye  may   not   shrink 
with  awful  fear;  that  ye  may  not 
remember   your   awful   guilt    in 
2cperfectness,  and  be  constrained 
to  exclaim:     Holy,  holy  are  thy 
judgments,  O  Lord  God  Almighty 
— but  I  know  my  guilt;  I  trans- 
gressed thy  law,  and  my  trans- 
gressions are  mine;  and  the  devil 
hath  2dobtained  me,  that  I  am  a 
prey  to  his  awful  misery. 

47.  But  behold,  my  brethren, 
is  it  expedient  that  I  should  awake 
you  to  an  awful  reality  of  these 
things?    Would  I  harrow  up  your 
souls  if  your  minds  were  pure? 
Would  I  be  plain  unto  you  accord- 
ing to  the  plainness  of  the  truth 
if  ye  were  freed  from  sin? 

48.  Behold,  if  ye  were  holy  I 
would  speak  unto  you  of  holi- 
ness; but  as  ye  are  not  holy,  and 
ye  look  upon  me  as  a  teacher,  it 
must  needs  be  expedient  that  I 
teach  you  the  consequences  of  sin, 

49.  Behold,  my  soul  abhorreth 
sin,  and  my  heart  delighteth  in 
righteousness;  and  I  will  praise 
the  holy  name  of  my  God. 

50.  Come,  my  brethren,  3*every 
one  that  thirsteth,  come  ye  to  the 


2a,  2  Ne.  31:9,  17,  18.     33:9.     Al.  37:44,  45.     He.  3:29,  30.     3  Ne,  14:13,  14. 
2&,  ver.  29.    2  Ne.  28:4,  15.     2e,  see  n.    2df  see  i.     2e,  Isa.  55:1,  2. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  10. 


71 


waters;  and  he  that  hath  no 
money,  come  buy  and  eat;  yea, 
come  buy  wine  and  milk  without 
money  and  without  price. 

51.  Wherefore,   do  not  spend 
money  for  that  which  is  of  no 
worth,  nor  your  labor  for  that 
which  cannot  satisfy.     Hearken 
diligently  unto  me,  and  remember 
the  words  which  I  have  spoken; 
and  come  unto  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel,  and  feast  upon  that  which 
perisheth  not,  neither  can  be  cor- 
rupted, and  let  your  soul  delight 
in  fatness. 

52.  Behold,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, remember  the  words  of  your 
God;  pray  unto  him  continually 
by  day,  and  give  thanks  unto  his 
holy  name  by  night.     Let  your 
hearts  rejoice. 

53.  And  behold  how  great  the 
covenants  of  the  Lord,  and  how 
great  his  condescensions  unto  the 
children  of  men;  and  because  of 
his  greatness,  and  his  grace  and 
mercy,  he  has  promised  unto  us 
that  our  seed  shall  2fnot  utterly 
be    destroyed,   according   to   the 
flesh,  but  that  he  would  preserve 
them;  and  in  future  generations 
they   shall    become   a   righteous 
branch  unto  the  house  of  Israel. 

54.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
would  speak  unto  you  more;  but 
on    the   morrow   I   will   declare 
unto  you  the  remainder  of  my 
words.    Amen. 

CHAPTER  10. 

Jacob's  teachings  continued — The 
coming  of  Christ — No  kings  upon  the 
land  of  promise — They  who  fight 
against  Zion  shall  perish. 

1.  And   now   I,   Jacob,   speak 
unto  you  again,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren,  concerning   this   arighteous 
branch  of  which  I  have  spoken. 

2.  For   behold,   the   promises 


which  we  have  obtained  are  prom- 
ises unto  us  according  to  the 
flesh;  wherefore,  as  it  has  been 
shown  unto  me  that  &many  of  our 
children  shall  perish  in  the  flesh 
because  of  unbelief,  nevertheless, 
God  will  be  merciful  unto  many; 
and  our  children  shall  be  restored, 
that  they  may  come  to  that  which 
will  give  them  the  true  knowledge 
of  their  Redeemer. 

3.  Wherefore,  as  I  said  unto 
you,  it  must  needs  be  expedient 
that  Christ — for  in  the  last  night 
the  angel  spake  unto  me  that  this 
should  be  his  name — should  come 
among   the    Jews,   among   those 
who  are  the  more  wicked  part  of 
the  world;  and  they  shall  crucify 
him — for  thus  it  behooveth  our 
God,    and   there   is   none    other 
nation  on  earth  that  would  crucify 
their  God. 

4.  For  should  the  mighty  mira- 
cles   be    wrought    among    other 
nations  they  would  repent,  and 
know  that  he  be  their  God. 

5.  But  because  of  priestcrafts 
and  iniquities,  they  at  Jerusalem 
will  stiffen  their  necks  against 
him,  that  he  be  crucified. 

6.  Wherefore,  because  of  their 
iniquities,  destructions,  famines, 
pestilences,  and  bloodshed  shall 
come  upon  them;  and  they  wh.0 
shall  not  be  destroyed  shall  be 
scattered  among  all  nations. 

7.  But  behold,  thus  salth  the 
Lord  God:  When  the  day  cometh 
that  they  shall  believe  in  me,  that 
I  am  Christ,  then  have  I  cove- 
nanted  with  their  fathers  that 
"they  shall   be  restored  in   the 
flesh,  upon  the  earth,  unto  the 
lands  of  their  Inheritance. 

8.  And  ft  shall  come  to  pass 
that  they  shall  be  gathered  in 
from  their  long  dispersion,  from 


2/,  see  p,  1  Ne.  13,  and  ver,  81.        CHAP.  10:    a,  1  Ne.  15:12—17.     2  Ne.  3:5. 
9:53.    Jac.  5:25,  43 — 45.    Al.  46:24,  25.    Z>,  see  d,  1  Ne.  15.    ct  see  e,  1  Ne.  15. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


72 


2  NBPHI,  16. 


the  isles  of  the  sea,  and  from  the 
four  parts  of  the  earth;  and  the 
nations  of  the  Gentiles  shall  be 
great  in  the  eyes  of  me,  saith 
God,  in  carrying  them  forth  to 
the  lands  of  their  inheritance. 

9.  Yea,  dthe  kings  of  the  Gen- 
tiles   shall    be    nursing    fathers 
unto  them,  and  their  queens  shall 
become  nursing  mothers;  where- 
fore, the  promises  of  the  Lord  are 
great  unto  the  Gentiles,  for  he 
hath    spoken   it,   and    who    can 
dispute? 

10.  But  behold,  this  land,  said 
God,   shall  be  a   land  of  thine 
'inheritance,    and    the    Gentiles 
'shall  be  blessed  upon  the  land. 

11.  And  this  land  shall  be  a 
land  of  liberty  unto  the  Gentiles, 
and  there  shall  be  no  kings  upon 
the  land,  who  shall  raise  up  unto 
the  Gentiles. 

12.  And  I  will  fortify  this  land 
^against  all  other  natidns. 

13.  And     he     that     "fighteth 
against  ZIon  shall  perish,  saith 
God. 

14.  For  he  that  raiseth  up  a 
king  against  me  shall  perish,  for 
I,  the  Lord,  the  king  of  heaven, 
will  be  their  king,  and  I  will  be  a 
light  unto  them  forever,  that  hear 
my  words. 

15.  Wherefore,  for  this  cause, 
that  my  covenants  may  be  ful- 
filled which  I  have  made  unto  the 
children  of  men,  that  I  will  do 
unto  them  while  they  are  in  the 
flesh,  I  must  needs  destroy  the 
Secret  works  of  darkness,  and  of 
murders,  and  of  abominations. 

16.  Wherefore,  he  that  fighteth 
'against  Zion,  both  Jew  and  Gen- 


tile, both  bond  and  free,  both 
male  and  female,  shall  perish; 
for  they  are  they  who  are  the 
fcwhore  of  all  the  earth;  for  they 
who  are  not  for  me  are  against 
me,  saith  our  God. 

17.  For  I  will  fulfil  my  prom- 
ises which  I  have  made  unto  the 
children  of  men,  that  I  will  do 
unto  them  while  they  are  in  the 
flesh — 

18.  Wherefore,     my     beloved 
brethren,  thus  saith  our  God:    I 
will  afflict  thy  seed  by  the  'hand 
of  the  Gentiles;   nevertheless,  I 
will  soften  the  hearts  of  the  Gen- 
tiles, that  they  shall  be  like  unto 
a  father  to  them ;  wherefore,  the 
Gentiles    shall    be    blessed    and 
numbered  among  the  house   of 
Israel. 

19.  Wherefore,   I  will   conse- 
crate mthis  land  unto  thy  seed, 
and  them  who  shall  be  numbered 
among  thy  seed,  forever,  for  the 
land  of  their  inheritance;  for  it 
is  a  choice  land,  saith  God  unto 
me,  above  all  other  lands,  where- 
fore I  will  have  all  men  that  dwell 
thereon  that  they  shall  worship 
me,  saith  God. 

2  0 .  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, seeing  that  our  merciful  God 
has  given  us  so  great  knowledge 
concerning  these  things,  let  us 
remember  him,  and  lay  aside  our 
sins,  and  not  hang  down  our 
heads,  for  we  are  not  cast  off; 
nevertheless,  we  have  been  driven 
out  of  the  land  of  our  inheritance ; 
but  we  have  been  led  to  a  better 
land,  for  the  Lord  has  made  the 
sea  our  path,  and  we  are  upon  an 
isle  of  the  sea. 


<?,  1  Ne.  13  :35,  39.  15 :17»  18.  22 :5— 9.  2  Ne.  6 :6,  7.  e>  see  a,  1  Ne.  2.  /,  1  Ne. 
13:15,19,34 — 42.  14:1—7.  15:13,17.  22:6—10.  3  Ne.  10:4— 7.  21:2—6,22—25. 
Morm.  5:19.  Eth.  2:12.  g,\  Ne.  13:19.  »,  vei*.  16.  1  Ne.  22:14,  19.  2  Ne.  27:2,  3. 
*,  2  Ne.  9:9.  26:22.  27:27.  Al.  37:21 — 32.  He.  1 :11,  12.  2:3 — 14.  3:23.  6:17 — 
30,  37 — 41.  7:4,  5,  20,  21,  25.  8:1,  4,  27,  28.  9:6.  10:3.  11:2,  10,  25—33.  3  Ne. 
1:27—30.  2:10—19.  Chaps  3,4.  5:4 — 6.  6:28—30.  7:6,9—12.  9:9.  4  Ne.  42, 
46.  Morm.  1 :18.  2  :S,  10,  27.  8 :27,  40.  Eth.  8 :9 — 25,  9 :1,  5t  6,  26.  10 :33.  11 :15, 
22.  13 :15,  18.  14 :8— 10.  j,  see  h.  Tc,  see  gt  1  Ne.  14.  I,  see  p  and  q,  1  Ne.  13 ; 
also  vers.  14,  15.  m,  1  Ne,  13 :15.  See  a,  1  Ne.  2.  BETWBDN  B.  O.  559  AW  B45. 


2  NBPHI,  11. 


73 


21.  But  great  are  the  promises  ! 
of  the  Lord  unto  them  who  are 
upon  tlie  nisles  of  tlie  sea ;  where- 
fore as  it  says  isles,  there  must  j 
needs  be    more    than    this,    and  i 
they  are   inhabited  also  by  our 
brethren. 

22.  For  behold,  the  Lord  God 
has  °led  away  from  time  to  time 
from  the  house  of  Israel,  accord- 
ing to  his  will  and  pleasure.  And 
now   behold,   the   Lord   remem- 
bereth  all  them  who  have  been 
broken  off,  wherefore  he  remem- 
bereth  us  also. 

23.  Therefore,  cheer  up  your 
hearts,   and   remember  that  ye 
are  free  to  act  for  yourselves — 
to   choose  the  way  of  everlast- 
ing death  or  the  way  of  eternal 
life. 

24.  Wherefore,     my     beloved 
brethren,  reconcile  yourselves  to 
the  will  of  God,  and  not  to  the 
will  of  the  devil  and  the  flesh; 
and  remember,  after  ye  are  recon- 
ciled unto  God,  that  it  is  only  in 
and  through  the  grace  of  God  that 
ye  are  saved. 

25.  Wherefore,  may  God  raise 
.you  from  death  by  the  power  of 
the  ^resurrection,  and  also  from 
everlasting  death  by  the  power 
of  the  ^atonement,  that  ye  may 
be  received  into  the  eternal  king- 
dom of  God,  that  ye  may  praise 
him  through  grace  divine.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  11. 

Jacob's  teachings  continued — Wit- 
nesses for  the  word  of  God — Types  of 
the  Redeemer. 

1.  And  now,  Jacob  spake  many 
more  things  to  my  people  at  that 
time,*  nevertheless  only  these 
things  have  I  caused  to  be  writ- 


ten,  for  the  things  which  I  have 
written  suffieeth  me. 

2.  And    now    Ir   Nephi,    write 
more  of  the  words  of  Isaiah,  for 
my  soul  delighteth  in  his  words. 
For  I  will  liken  his  words  unto 
my  people,  and  I  will  send  them 
forth  unto  all  my  children,  for 
he  verily  asaw  my  Redeemer,  even 
as  I  have  seen  him. 

3.  And  my  brother,  Jacob,  also 
has  6seen  him  as  I  have  seen  him; 
wherefore,  I  will  send  their  words 
forth  unto  my  children  to  prove 
unto  them   that   my   words   are 
true.     Wherefore,  by  the  words 
of  cthree,  God  hath  said,  I  will 
establish  my  word.  Nevertheless, 
God  sendeth  ^more  witnesses,  and 
he  proveth  all  his  words. 

4.  Behold,  my  soul  delighteth 
in  proving  unto  my  people  the 
truth  of  the  coming  of  Christ; 
for,  for  this  end  hath  the  law  of 
Moses  been  given;  and  all  things 
which  have  been  given  of  God 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world, 
unto  man,  are  the  typifying  of 
him. 

5.  And  also  my  soul  delighteth 
in    the    covenants    of   the    Lord 
which  he  hath  made  to  our  fa- 
thers;, yea,  my  soul  delighteth  in 
his  grace,  and  in  his  justice,  and 
power,  and  mercy  in  the  great 
and  eternal  plan  of  "deliverance 
from  death. 

6.  And  my  soul  delighteth  in 
proving  unto  my  people  that  save 
Christ  should  come  all  men  must 
perish. 

7.  For  if  there  be  no  Christ 
there  be  fno*  God4;  and  if  there  be 
no  God  we  are  not,  for  there  could 
have  been  no  creation.  But  there 
is  a  God,  and  he  is  Christ,  and 


* 

N 


nf  I  Ne.  19:16.  22:3—  5.  Isa.  49:1.  51:5.  60:9.  66:19.  o,  1  Ne.  22:4,  5. 
see  4*  2  Ne.  2.  a  ,  see  /,  2  Ne,  2.  CHAP.  11:  e,  2  Ne.  16:1.  Isa.  6:1,  5.  6,  2 
e  ^?  £,  t  c,  2  lm.  27:12,  Eth.  5  :3,  4.  D.  &  C.  5  :ll,  15.  See  The  Testimony  of 
Three  WitneBses  in  forepart  of  book,  d,  2  Ne.  2T:13,  14.  EtH.  5:2  ***F*  Terttaw 
of  EJfffct  Witnesses  in  forepart  of  book,  e,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  /,  2  Ne,  2:13,  14.  AL 
42  :22?  23.  Mora,  9  :19.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AHD  545, 

0 


2  NEPHI,   12. 


he  cometh  in  the  fulness  of  his 
own  time. 

8.  And  now  I  write  some  of 
the  ''words  of  Isaiah,  that  whoso 
of  my  people  shall  see  these 
words  may  lift  up  their  hearts 
and  rejoice  for  all  men.  Now 
these  are  the  words,  and  ye  may 
liken  them  unto  you  and  unto  all 
men. 

CHAPTER  12. 

Prophecies  as  recorded  on  the  brass 
plates — Compare  Isaiah  2. 

1.  The  word  that  Isaiah,  the 
son    of    Amos,    saw    concerning 
Judah  and  Jerusalem: 

2.  And  "it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  the  last  days,  when  the  moun- 
tain of  the  Lord's  6house  shall  he 
established   in    the    top    of    the 
mountains,  and  shall  be  exalted 
above  the  hills,  and  all  nations 
shall  flow,  unto  it. 

3.  And  many  people  shall  go 
and  say,  Come  ye,  and  let  us  go 
up  to  the  cmountain  of  the  Lord, 
to  the  house  of  the  God  of  Jacob; 
and  he  will  teach  us  of  his  ways, 
and  we  will  walk  in  his  paths; 
for  out  of  Zion  shall  go  forth  the 
law,  and  the  word  of  the  Lord 
from  Jerusalem. 

4.  And  he  shall  ajudge  among 
the    nations,    and    shall    rebuke 
many  people:  and  "they  shall  beat 
their  swords  into  plow-shares,  and 
their  spears  into  pruning-hooks 
— nation  shall  not  lift  up  sword 
against  nation,  neither  shall  they 
learn  war  any  more. 

5.  O  house  of  Jacob,  come  ye 
and  let  us  walk  in  the  light  of 
the  Lord;  ryea,  come,  for  ye  have 
all  gone  astray,  every  one  to  his 
wicked  ways. 


6 .  Therefore,  O  Lord,  thou  hast 
forsaken  thy  people,  the  house  of 
Jacob,   because  they  be   replen- 
ished °t rom  the  east,  and  ^hearken 
unto  soothsayers  like  the  Philis- 
tines, and  they  please  themselves 
in  the  children  of  strangers. 

7.  'Their  land  also  is  full  of 
silver  and  gold,  neither  is  there 
any  end  of  their  treasures;  their 
land  is  also  full  of  horses,  neither 
is  there  any  end  of  their  chariots. 

8.  ^Their  land  is  also  full  of 
idols;  they  worship  the  work  of 
their  own  hands,  that  which  their 
own  fingers  have  made. 

9.  And  the  mean  man  boweth 
*not  down,  and  the  great  man 
humbleth  himself  not,  therefore, 
forgive  him  not. 

10.  mO  ye  wicked  ones,  enter 
into  the  rock,  and  hid,e  thee  in 
the  dust,  for  the  fear  of  the  Lord 
and  the  glory  of  his  majesty  shall 
smite  thee. 

11.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  the  "lofty  looks  of  man  shall 
be  humbled,  and  the  haughtiness 
of  men  shall  be  bowed  down,  and 
the  Lord  alone  shall  be  exalted  in 
that  day. 

12.  For  the  °day  of  the  Lord 
of  Hosts  soon  cometh  upon  all 
nations, yea, upon  every  one;  yea, 
upon  the  "proud  and  lofty,  and 
upon  every  one  who  is  lifted  up, 
and  he  shall  be  brought  low. 

13.  Yea,  and  the  day  of  the 
Lord  shall  come  upon  all  «the 
cedars  of  Lebanon,  for  they  are 
high  and  lifted  up;  and  upon  all 
the  oaks  of  Bashan; 

14.  And   upon   all    the   rhigh 
mountains,  and  upon  all  the  hills, 
and  upon  all  the  nations  which 


g,  see  Isa,  chaps.  2  to  14  Inclusive,  as  quoted  In  the  next  13  chapters,  taken  by 
^vphi  from  the  brass  plates.  CHAP.  12:  a,  Mic.  4:1-— 3.  Z>,  ver.  3.  3  Ne.  24:1. 
c,  D.  &  O.  133 :13.  d,  2  Ne.  21 :2 — 5.  e,  2  Ne.  21 :9.  /,  Isa.  53  :Q.  1  Ne.  13.  2  Ne. 
28:14.  Mos.  14:6.  Al.  5:37-  gt  Num.  23:7.  ft,  Deut.  18:14.  4,  Deut.  17:16,  17. 
j,  Jer.  2:28.  Jc,  Isa.  2  :9.  m,  vers.  19,  21.  Bev.  6:15,  16.  nf  rer.  17.  2  Ne.  15:15,  16. 
o,  Zeph.  1:14 — 18.  ft,  Mai.  4:1.  &,  Isa,  14:8.  37:24.  Ezek.  31:3.  Zeeh,  11:1,  2. 
r,  Isa.  30:25.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  13. 


75 


are   lifted   up,    and   upon   every 
people ; 

15.  And  upon  ^every  high  tow- 
er, and  upon  every  fenced  wall; 

16.  And  upon  all  the  ships  of 
the  sea,  and  *upon  all  the  ships 
of  Tarshish,  and  upon  all  pleasant 
pictures. 

17.  And  "the  loftiness  of  man 
shall  he  bowed   down,   and  the 
haughtiness  of  men  shall  be  made 
low;  and  the  Lord  alone  shall  be 
exalted  in  that  day. 

18.  And    the    idols    he    shall 
^utterly  abolish. 

19.  And    wthey   shall   go   into 
the  holes  of  the  rocks,  and  into 
the  caves  of  the  earth,  for  the 
fear  of  the  Lord  shall  come  upon 
them  and  the  glory  of  his  majesty 
shall  smite  them,  when  he  ariseth 
to  shake  terribly  the  earth. 

20.  In  that  day  a  *man  shall 
cast  his  idols  of  silver,  and  his 
idols  of  gold,  which  he  hath  made 
for  himself  to   worship,   to   the 
moles  and  to  the  bats; 

21.  To  "go  into  the  clefts  of 
the  rocks,  and  into  the  tops  of 
the  ragged  rocks,  for  the  fear  of 
the  Lord  shall  come  upon  them 
and  the  majesty  of  his  glory  shall 
smite  them,  when  he  ariseth  to 
shake  terribly  the  earth. 

22.  Cease  ye  from  man,  whose 
breath    is    in    his    nostrils;    for 
wherein  is  he  to  be  accounted  of? 

CHAPTER  13. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  3. 

1.  For  behold,  the  Lord,  the 
Lord  of  Hosts,  doth  take  away 
from  Jerusalem,  and  from  Judah, 
the  stay  and  the  staff,  the  whole 
staff  of  bread,  and  the  whole  stay 
of  water — 

2.  The  amighty  man,  and  the 


man  of  war,  the  judge,  and  the 
prophet,  and  the  prudent,  and 
the  ancient; 

3.  The  captain  of  fifty,  and  the 
honorable   man,    and   the   coun- 
selor, and  the  cunning  artificer, 
and  the  eloquent  orator. 

4.  And   I  will   &give   children 
unto  them   to  be  their  princes, 
and  babes  shall  rule  over  them. 

5.  And    the  -people    shall    be 
oppressed,  every  one  by  another, 
and  every  one  by  his  neighbor; 
the   child   shall   behave   himself 
proudly  against  the  ancient,  and 
the  base  against  the  honorable. 

6.  When  a  man  shall  take  hold 
of  his  brother  of  the  house  of  his 
father,  and  shall  say:    Thou  hast 
clothing,  be  thou  our  ruler,  and 
let  not  this  ruin  come  under  thy 
hand — 

7.  In  that  day  shall  he  swear, 
saying:     I  will  not  be  a  healer; 
for  in  my  house  there  is  neither 
bread  nor  clothing;  make  me  not 
a  ruler  of  the  people. 

8.  For   e Jerusalem   is   ruined, 
and  Judah  is  fallen,  because  their 
tongues   and   their  doings  have 
been  against  the  Lord,  to  pro- 
voke the  eyes  of  his  glory. 

9.  The  show  of  their  counte- 
nance doth  witness  against  them, 
and  doth  declare  their  sin  to  be 
even  as  ^Sodom,  and  they  cannot 
hide  it.    Wo  unto  their  souls,  for 
they   have    rewarded   evil   unto 
themselves ! 

10.  Say    unto    the    righteous 
that  it  is  well  with  them;   for 
they  shall  eat  the  fruit  of  their 
doings. 

11.  Wo  unto  the  wicked,  for 
they  shall  perish;  for  the  reward 
of   their   hands   shall   be    upon 
them! 

12.  And  my  people,  Children 


a,  Isa.  S3  :18.    3  Ne.  21 :15,  18.    fc,  1  Kings  10 :22.    u, 
as,  ver.  IS,    y,  see  m.         CHAP.  13 :    a,  2  Kings  24 :14. 
d;  Gen.  13 :1S,    18:20,  21.    19:5.    e,  ver.  4. 


ver.  11.    u,  ver.  20.    10,  see  w. 

6,  Ecel.  10:10.     c.  Mlc.  3:12. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


76 


2  NEPHI,  14. 


are  their  oppressors,  and  women 
rule  over  them.  O  my  people, 
they  'who  lead  thee  cause  thee 
to  err  and  destroy  the  way  of 
thy  patfcs. 

13.  The  Lord  standeth  up  *to 
plead,  and  standeth  to  judge  the 
people. 

14.  The  Lord  will  enter  into 
judgment  with  the  ancients   of 
his  people  and  the  princes  there- 
of;  for  ye  have  eaten  up  Hhe 
vineyard   and   the   spoil   of   the 
poor  in  your  houses. 

15.  What  mean  ye?    Ye  *beat 
my  people  to  pieces,  and  grind 
the  .faces  of  the  poor,  saith  the 
Lord  God  of  Hosts. 

16.  Moreover,  the  Lord  saith: 
Because  the  daughters  of  Zion  are 
haughty,  and  walk  with  stretched- 
forth   necks    and   wanton    eyes, 
walking  and  mincing  as  they  go, 
and  mstking  a  tinkling  with  their 
feet — 

17.  Therefore   the    Lord   will 
smite  with  a  'scab  the  crown  of 
the   head    of   the   daughters    of 
Zion,  and  the  Lord  will  ^discover 
their  secret  parts. 

18.  In  that  day  the  Lord  will 
take  away  the  bravery  of  their 
tinkling   ornaments,   and   cauls, 
and  round  tires  like  the  moon; 

19.  The  chains  and  the  brace- 
lets, and  the  mufflers; 

20.  The  bonnets,  and  the  orna- 
ments of  the  legs,  and  the  head- 
bands, and  the  tablets,  and  the 
ear-rings; 

21.  The  rings,  and  nose  jewels; 

22.  The    changeable    suits    of 
apparel,  and  the  mantles,  and  the 
wimples,   and  the  crisping-pins ; 

23.  The  glasses,  and  the  fine 
linen,  and  hoods,  and  the  veils. 


24.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
instead  of  sweet  smell  there  shall 
be  stink;  and  instead  of  a  girdle, 
a  rent;   and  instead  of  well  set 
hair,  ^baldness;  and  instead  of  a 
stomacher,    a    girding    of    sack- 
cloth; burning  instead  of  beauty. 

25.  Thy  men  shall  fall  by  the 
sword  and  thy  mighty  in  the  war. 

2  6.  mAnd  her  gates  shall  lament 
and  mourn;  and  she  shall  be 
desolate,  and  wshall  sit  upon  the 
ground. 

CHAPTER  14. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  4. 

1 .  And  in  that  day,  seven  women 
shall  take  hold  of  one  man,  say- 
ing:   We  will  eat  our  own  bread, 
and  wear  our  own  apparel;  only 
let  us  be  called  by  thy  name  to 
take  away  our  reproach. 

2.  In  that  day  shall  "the  branch 
of  the  Lord  be  beautiful  and  glo- 
rious ;  the  fruit  of  the  earth  excel- 
lent and  comely  to  them  that  are 
escaped  of  Israel. 

3.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
they  that  are  left  in  Zion  and 
remain    in    Jerusalem    shall    be 
called   holy,    every   one   that   is 
written  among  the  living  in  Jeru- 
salem— 

4.  When  the  Lord  shall  have 
^washed   away  the  filth   of  the 
daughters  of  Zion,  and  shall  have 
purged  the  blood   of  Jerusalem 
from   the  midst  thereof  by  the 
spirit  of  judgment  and  by  the 
'spirit  of  burning. 

5.  And  rthe  Lord  will  create 
upon    every    dwelling-place    of 
mount  Zion,  and  upon  her  assem- 
blies, a  'cloud  and  smoke  by  day 
and  the  shining  of  a  flaming  fire 


£  Isa.  9:16.  gf  Mic.  6:2.  h,  Isa.  5:7,  I,  Isa.  58:4.  Mic.  3:2,  &  /,  Dent.  28:27. 
fc,  Jer.  13:22.  Nali.  3.5.  I,  Isa.  22:12.  Mic.  1:16.  mf  Jer.  14:2.  Lam.  1;4. 
%  Lam.  2:10.  CHAP.  14:  &,  2  Ne.  3:5.  Isa.  60:21.  61:3.  2  Ne.  10:1.  Jac.  2:25. 
c,  Matt.  13:41 — 43,  47 — 50.  25:1-— 12.  &t  2  Ne.  13:16 — 26.  e.  Ezeb.  20:37,  38. 
Mai.  3 :2.  4 ;1— 3,  /,  Isa.  33 :14,  15.  60  :1— 3,  19—21.  Mai.  3 :2,  3.  gt  Ex.  13 :21. 
Zech.  2 :5.  ,  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  15. 


77 


by  night;  for  upon  all  tlie  glory 
of  Zion  shall  be  a  defence. 

6.  And  there  shall  be  a  taber- 
nacle for  a  shadow  in  the  day- 
time from  the  heat,  and  *for  a 
place  of  refuge,  and  a  covert 
from  storm  and  from  rain. 

CHAPTER  15. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  5. 

1.  And  then  will  I  sing  to  my 
well-beloved  a  song  of  my  beloved, 
touching  ahis  vineyard.   My  well- 
beloved  hath  a  vineyard  in  a  very 
fruitful  hill. 

2.  And  he  fenced  it,  and  gath- 
ered out  the  stones  thereof,  and 
planted  it  with  the  choicest  vine, 
and  built  a  tower  in  the  midst  of 
it,  and  also  made  a  wine-press 
therein;   and  he  looked  that  it 
should  bring  forth  grapes,  and  it 
brought  forth  ''wild  grapes. 

3.  And  now,  O  inhabitants  of 
Jerusalem,   and   men   of  Judah, 
judge,  I  pray  you,   betwixt  me 
and  my  vineyard. 

4.  What  could  have  been  done 
more  to  my  vineyard  that  I  have 
not  done  in  it?  Wherefore,  when 
I   looked   that   it   should    bring 
forth  grapes  it  brought  forth  wild 
grapes. 

5.  And  now  go  to;  I  will  tell 
you  what  I  will  do  to  my  vine- 
yard— I  will  ctake  away  the  hedge 
thereof,  and  it  shall  be  eaten  up; 
and  I  will  break  down  the  wall 
thereof,  and  it  shall  be  trodden 
down; 

6.  And  I  will  lay  it  waste;  it 
shall  not  be  pruned  nor  digged; 
but  there  shall  come  up  dbriers 
and  thorns;  I  will  also  "command 
the  clouds  that  they  rain  no  rain 
upon  it. 


7.  For  the  vineyard  of  the  Lord 
of  Hosts  is  the  house  of  Israel, 
and  the  men  of  Judah  his  pleas- 
ant  plant;    and   he   looked    for 
judgment,    and    behold,    oppres- 
sion; for  righteousness,  but  be- 
hold, a  cry. 

8.  Wo   unto    them    that   join 
'house  to  house,  till  there  can  be 
no  place,  that  they  may  be  placed 
alone  in  the  midst  of  the  earth! 

9.  In  mine  ears,  said  the  Lord 
of  Hosts,  of  a  truth  many  houses 
shall  be  desolate,  and  great  and 
fair  cities  without  inhabitant. 

10.  Yea,  ten  acres  of  vineyard 
shall  yield   one  ffbath,   and  the 
seed  of  a  homer  shall  yield  an 
ephah. 

11.  *Wo  unto  them  that  rise 
up   early  in   the   morning,  that 
they   may   follow   strong   drink, 
that   continue   until   night,   and 
wine  inflame  them! 

12.  *And    the   harp,    and   the 
viol,  the  tabret,  and  pipe,  and 
wine  are  in  their  feasts;  but  they 
*  regard  not  the  work  of  the  Lord, 
neither  consider  the  operation  of 
his  hands. 

IS.  Therefore,  my  people  are 
gone  into  captivity,  ^because  they 
have  no  knowledge;  and  their 
honorable  men  are  famished,  and 
their  multitude  dried  up  with 
thirst. 

14.  Therefore,    hell   hath   en- 
larged herself,   and  opened  her 
mouth    without    measure;     and 
their  glory,  and  their  multitude, 
and  their  pomp,  and  he  that  re- 
joice th,  shall  descend  into  it. 

15.  And  *  the  mean  man  shall  be 
brought  down,  and  the  mighty 
man  shall  be  humbled,  and  the 
eyes  of  the  lofty  shall  be  humbled. 

1 6.  But  the  Lord  of  Hosts  shall 


A,  Isa.  25:4.  CHAF.  15 ;  <*,  Ps.  80  :S.  Isa,  27 :2.  Jer.  2:21.  Matt.  21  :33.  Mark 
12:1.  Luke  20:9.  D.  &  0.  101:44 — $2.  fc,  Jac.  5.  c,  Ps.  &0:12.  a,  Isa.  7:23,  24. 
32:13.  e,  Jer.  3:3.  /,  Mic.  2:2.  9,  Ezek.  45:11.  A,  yer.  22.  Prov.  23:2&— 32. 
Bed,  10:17.  i,  Amos  6:5,  6.  ft  Job  34:27.  Ps.  28:5.  J^  Isa.  1:3.  Hos.  4:$.  Luke 
19  ;A4.  lf  Isa.  2 :4>,  17,  BETWEEN  B,  C.  559  ANI*  545. 


78 


2  NEPHI,   16. 


be  ^exalted  in  judgment,  and  God 
that  is  holy  shall  be  sanctified  in 
righteousness. 

17.  Then  shall  the  lambs  feed 
after  their  manner,  and  the  waste 
places    of    "the    fat    ones    shall 
strangers  eat. 

18.  Wo  unto  them  that  draw 
iniquity  with  cords  of  vanity,  and 
sin  as  it  were  with  a  cart  rope; 

19.  That  say:     Let  him  °make 
speed,  hasten  his  work,  that  we 
may  see  it;  and  let  the  counsel 
of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel  draw 
nigh    and    come,    that    we   may 
know  it, 

20.  Wo  unto  them   that   call 
evil  good,  and  good  evil,  that  put 
darkness  for  light,  and  light  for 
darkness,    that    put    bitter    for 
sweet,  and  sweet  for  bitter! 

21.  Wo  unto  the  wise  in  their 
own  eyes  and  prudent  in  their 
own  sight! 

22.  Wo    unto   the   mighty   to 
drink  wine,  and  men  of  strength 
to  mingle  strong  drink; 

23.  Who  justify  the  wicked  for 
reward,  and  take  away  the  right- 
eousness of  the  righteous  from 
him! 

24.  Therefore,  as  the  fire  de- 
voureth  the  stubble,  and  the  flame 
consumeth  the  chaff,  their  root 
shall    be    rottenness,    and    their 
blossoms   shall  go   up   as   dust; 
because  they  have  cast  away  the 
law  of  the  Lord  of  Hosts,  and 
despised  the  word  of  the  Holy 
One  of  Israel. 

25.  Therefore,  is  the  anger  of 
the  Lord  kindled  against  his  peo- 
ple, and  he  hath  stretched  forth 
his  hand  against  them,  and  hath 
smitten  them;  and  the  hills  did 
tremble,  and  their  carcasses  were 
torn  in  the  midst  of  the  streets. 
For    all    this   his    anger    is    not 


turned    away,    but   his   hand   is 
stretched  out  still. 

26.  And    he    will    lift    up    an 
pensign  to  the  nations  from  far, 
and  will  hiss  unto  them   rfrom 
the  end  of  the  earth;    and  be- 
hold, they  shall  come  with  speed 
swiftly;  none  shall  be  weary  nor 
stumble  among  them. 

27.  None    shall    slumber    nor 
sleep;  neither  shall  the  girdle  of 
their   loins    be    loosed,    nor    the 
latchet  of  their  shoes  be  broken; 

28.  Whose    arrows     shall    be 
sharp,  and  all  their  bows  bent, 
and  their  horses'  hoofs  shall  be 
counted  like  flint,  and  their  wheels 
like  a  whirlwind,   their  roaring 
like  a  lion. 

29.  They  shall  roar  like  young 
lions;  yea,  they  shall  roar,  and 
lay  hold  of  the  prey,  and  shall 
carry  away  safe,  and  none  shall 
deliver. 

30.  And  in  that  day  they  shall 
roar  against  them  like  the  roar- 
ing of  the  sea;  and  if  they  look 
unto  the  land,  behold,  darkness 
and  sorrow,  and  the  light  is  dark- 
ened in  the  heavens  thereof.    e 

CHAPTER  16. 

Scriptures  from  fhe  "brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  6. 

1.  In  the  year  that  king  TJzziah 
died,  I  flsaw  also  the  Lord  sitting 
upon  a  throne,  high  and  lifted 
up,  and  his  train  filled  the  temple. 

2.  Above    it    stood    the    sera- 
phim;  each  one  had  six  wings; 
with  twain  he  covered  his  face, 
and  with  twain  he  covered  his 
feet,  and  with  twain  he  did  fly. 

3.  And  one  cried  unto  another, 
and  said:  Holy,  holy,  holy,  is  the 
Lord  of  Hosts;  the  6whole  earth 
is  full  of  his  glory. 


m,  Isa.  2:11.  n,  Isa.  10:16.  o,  Jer.  17:15.  p,  Isa.  11 :10,  12.  13:2.  18:3.  49:22. 
66:10.  JSech.  9:16.  r,  2  Ne.  29:2,  Moro.  10:28.  CHAP.  16:  a,  ver.  5.  1  Kings 
22:19.  John  12:41.  6,  Ps.  72:19.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  17. 


79 


4.  And  tiie  posts  of  the  door 
moved  at  the  voice  of  Mm  that 
cried,  and  the  house  was  filled 
with  smoke. 

5.  Then  said  I:  Wo  is  unto  me! 
for  I  am  undone;  because  I  am  a 
man  of  unclean  lips;  and  I  dwell 
in  the  midst  of  a  people  of  un- 
clean lips;    for  mine  eyes  have 
seen  the  King,  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

6.  Then  flew  one  of  the  sera- 
phim unto  me,  having  a  live  coal 
in  his  hand,  which  he  had  taken 
with  the  tongs  from  on*  the  altar; 

7.  And    he   laid   it   upon   my 
mouth,   and  said:    Lo,   this  has 
touched  thy  lips;   and  thine  in- 
iquity is  taken  away,  and  thy  sin 
purged. 

&.  Also  I  heard  the  voice  of 
the  Lord,  saying:  Whom  shall  I 
send,  and  who  will  go  for  us? 
Then  I  said:  Here  am  I;  send  me. 

9.  And  he  said:    Go  and  tell 
this  people — cHear  ye  indeed,  hut 
they  understood  not;  and  see  ye 
indeed,  hut  they  perceived  not. 

10.  Make  the  heart  of  this  peo- 
ple   fat,    and    make    their    ears 
heavy,  and  shut  their  eyes — lest 
they   see   with   their    eyes,    and 
hear  with  their  ears,  and  under- 
stand with  their  heart,  and  be. 
converted  and  be  healed. 

11.  Then   said   I:    Lord,   how 
long?     And  he  said:    "Until  the 
cities  be  wasted  without  inhabi- 
tant,   and    the    houses    without 
man,  and  the  land  be  utterly  deso- 
late; 

12.  And    the    Lord    have    re- 
moved men  efar  away,  for  there 
shall  be  a  great  forsaking  in  the 
midst  of  the  land. 

13.  But  yet  there  shall  be  a 
tenth,  and  they  shall  return,  and 
shall  be  eaten,  as  a  teil-tree,  and 
as  an  oak  whose  substance  is  in 


them  when  they  cast  their  leaves; 
so  the  fholy  seed  shall  be  the  sub- 
stance thereof. 

CHAPTER  17. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinned — Compare  Isaiah  7. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
days  of  eAhaz  the  son  of  Jotham, 
the  son  of  Uzziah,  king  of  Judah, 
that  Rezin,  king  of  Syria,  and 
Pekah  the  son  of  Remaliah,  king 
of  Israel,  went  up  toward  Jeru- 
salem to  war  against  it,  but  could 
not  prevail  against  it. 

2.  And  it  was  told  the  house  of 
David,  saying:    Syria  is  confed- 
erate  with   Ephraim.      And    his 
heart  was  moved,  and  the  heart 
of  his  people,  as  the  trees  of  the 
wood  are  moved  with  the  wind. 

3.  Then   said    the   Lord    unto 
Isaiah:    Go  forth   now   to   meet 
Ahaz,  thou  and  Shearjashub  thy 
son,  at  the  end  of  the  ^conduit  of 
the  upper  pool  in  the  highway  of 
the  fuller's  field; 

4.  And   say  unto  him:    Take 
heed,    and    be    quiet;    fear   not, 
neither  be  faint-hearted  for  the 
two  tails  of  these  smoking  fire- 
brands, for  the  fierce  anger  of 
Rezin  with  Syria,  and  of  the  son 
of  Remaliah. 

5.  Because  Syria,  Ephraim,  and 
the  son  of  Remaliah,  have  taken 
evil  counsel  against  thee,  saying: 

6.  Let  us  go  up  against  Judah 
and  vex  it,  and  let  us  make  a 
breach  therein  for  us,  and  set  a 
king  in  the  midst  of  it,  yea,  the 
son  of  Tabeal. 

7.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God: 
clt  shall  not  stand,  neither  shall 
it  come  to  pass. 

8.  For  dthe  head  of  Syria  is 
Damascus,  and  the  head  of  Da- 
mascus, Rezin;  and  within  three 


c,  Matt.  13:14r  15.     John  12:40.     d,  Mic.  3:12.     e,  2  Kings  25:21.      , 
CHAP.  IT:   a,  2  Kings  16:5.    2  Cliron.  2S:5,  6.    B,  2  Kings  1S-.1T.    Isa.  S6:2.    c, 
21  -30.    Isa.  8  :10.    d?  2  Sam.  8  :6.          "  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND 


Ezra  9:2* 
Prov. 
545* 


80 


2  NEPHI,  18. 


score  and  five  years  shall  Eph- 
raim  be  broken  that  it  be  not  a 
people. 

9.  And  the  head  of  Ephraim 
is  Samaria,  and  the  head  of  Sa- 
maria is  Remaliah's  son.     *If  ye 
will  not  believe  surely  ye  shall 
not  be  established. 

10.  Moreover,  the  Lord  spake 
again  unto  Ahaz,  saying: 

11.  ''Ask   thee   a  sign  of  the 
Lord  thy  God;  ask  it  either  in 
the   depths,   or  in   the  heights 
above.  . 

12.  But  Ahaz  said:  I  will  not 
ask,  neither  will  I  tempt  the  Lord. 

13.  And  he  said:  Hear  ye  now, 
O  house  of  David;  is  it  a  small 
thing  for  you  to  weary  men,  but 
will  ye  weary  my  God  also? 

14.  Therefore,  the  Lord  him- 
self shall  give  you  a  sign — Be- 
hold, a  ^virgin  shall  conceive,  and 
shall  bear  a  son,  and  shall  call 
his  name  *Immanuel. 

15.  "Butter  and  honey  shall  he 
cat,  that  he  may  know  to  refuse 
the  evil  and  to  choose  the  good. 

16.  For  'before  the  child  shall 
know    to    refuse    the    evil    and 
choose  the  good,  the  land  that 
thou  abhorrest  shall  be  forsaken 
of  'both  her  kings. 

17.  fcThe  Lord  shall  bring  upon 
thee,  and  upon  thy  people,  and 
upon  thy  father's  house,  days  that 
have  not  come  from  the  day  that 
lEphraim  departed  from  Judah, 
the  king  of  Assyria. 

18.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day  that  the  Lord  shall 
hiss  for  the  fly  that  is  in  the  ut- 
termost part  of  Egypt,  and  for  the 
bee  that  is  in  the  land  of  Assyria, 

19.  And  they  shall  come,  and 
shall  rest  all  of  them  in  the  deso- 
late valleys,  and  in  the  holes  of 


the  rocks,  and  upon  all  thorns, 
and  upon  all  bushes. 

20.  In  the  same  day  shall  the 
Lord  shave  with  a  mrazor  that  is 
hired,  by  them  beyond  the  river, 
by  the  king  of  Assyria,  the  head, 
and  the  hair  of  the  feet;  and  it 
shall  also  consume  the  beard. 

21.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  a  man  shall  nourish 
a  young  cow  and  two  sheep; 

22.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
for  the  abundance  of  milk  they 
shall  give  he  shall  eat  butter ;  for 
butter  and  honey  shall  every  one 
eat  that  is  left  in  the  land. 

23.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  every  place  shall  be,j 
where   there   were    a    thousand' 
vines  at  a  thousand  silverlings, 
which  shall  be  for  "briers   and 
thorns. 

24.  With  arrows  and  with  bows 
shall  men  come  thither,  because 
all  the  land  shall  become  briers 
and  thorns. 

25.  And  all  hills  that  shall  be 
digged  with  the  mattock,  there 
shall  not  come  thither  the  fear  of 
briers  and  thorns;  but  it  shall  be 
for  the  sending  forth  of  oxen,  and 
the  treading  of  lesser  cattle. 

CHAPTER  18. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued—Compare Isaiah  8. 

1.  Moreover,  the  word  of  the 
Lord  said  unto  me:  Take  thee  a 
great  roll,  and  write  in  it  with  a 
man's   pen,    Concerning   Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz. 

2.  And  I  took  unto  me  faith- 
ful witnesses  to  record,  Uriah  the 
priest,  and  Zechariah  the  son  of 
Jeberechiah. 

3.  And  I  went  unto  the  proph- 
etess; and  she  conceived  and  bare 


e,  2  Chron.  20:20.  f,  Judg.  6:36 — 40.  Matt.  12:38-— 40.  g,  Matt,  1:23. 
1:31,  34.  See  /,  Al.  7.  h,  Isa.  8:8.  i,  Isa.  8:4.  /,  2  Kings  15:30.  16:9.  fc,  2  Chron. 
28:10 — 21.  I,  1  Kings  12:16 — 19.  mt  2  Kings  16:7,  8.  2  Chron,  28:20,  21.  nf  see  d, 
2i  Ne.  15.  CHAP.  18 :  a,  ver.  3.  BETWEEN  B.  0,  559  AND  546. 


2  KBPHI,  18. 


81 


a  son.  Then  said  the  Lord  to  me: 
Call  his  name,  Maher-shalal-hash- 
baz. 

4.  &For  behold,  the  child  shall 
not  have  knowledge  to  cry,  My 
father,   and   my   mother,   before 
nhe  riches  of  Damascus  and  the 
spoil  of  Samaria  shall  be  taken 
away  before  the  king  of  Assyria. 

5.  The  Lord  spake  also  unto 
me  again,  saying; 

6.  Forasmuch   as   this   people 
refuseth  the  waters  of  "Shiloah 
that   go    softly,    and   rejoice   in 
*Rezin  and  Remaliah's  son; 

7.  Now  therefore,  behold,  the 
Lord  bringeth  up  upon  them  the 
waters  of  the  river,  strong  and 
many,  even  the  king  'of  Assyria 
and  all  his  glory;  and  he  shall 
come  up  over  all  his  channels, 
and  go  over  all  his  banks. 

8.  And  he  shall  pass  through 
Judah;  he  shall  overflow  and  go 
over,  "he  shall  reach  even  to  the 
neck;  and  the  stretching  out  of 
his  wings  shall  fill  the  breadth  of 
thy  land,  O  AImmanuel. 

9.  *  Associate  yourselves,  O  ye 
people,  and  ye  shall  be  broken  in 
pieces;  and  give  ear  all  ye  of  far 
countries ;  gird  yourselves,  and  ye 
shall  be  broken  in  pieces;  gird 
yourselves,  and  ye  shall  be  broken 
in  pieces. 

10.  Take  counsel  together,  and 
it  shall  come  to  naught;  speak  the 
word,  and  it  shall  not  stand;  for 
God  is  with  us. 

11.  For  the  Lord  spake  thus  to 
me  with  a  strong  hand,  and  in- 
structed me  that  I  should  not 
walk  in  the  way  of  this  people, 
saying: 

12.  Say  ye  not,  A  confeder- 
acy, to  all  to  whom  this  people 
shall  say,  A  confederacy;  neither 


fear  ye  their  fear,  nor  be  afraid. 

13.  Sanctify  the  Lord  of  Hosts 
himself,  and  let  him  be  your  fear, 
and  let  him  be  your  dread. 

14.  And  he  shall  be  for  a  sanc- 
tuary; but  for  a  %tone  of  stum- 
bling, and  for  a  rock  of  off  ease  to 
both  the  houses  of  Israel,  for  a, 
gin  and  a  snare  to  the  inhabitants- 
of  Jerusalem. 

15.  And    many    among    them 
shall  ^stumble  and  fall,  and  be 
broken,  and  be  snared,  and  be 
taken. 

16.  Bind  up  the  testimony,  seal 
the  law  among  my  disciples. 

17.  And  I  will  wait  upon  the 
Lord,  that  *hideth  his  face  from 
the  house  of  Jacob,  and  I  will 
look  for  him. 

18.  Behold,  I  and  the  children 
whom  the  Lord  hath  given  me- 
are  for  signs  and  for  wonders  in 
Israel  from  the  Lord  of  Hosts, 
which  dwelleth  in  Mount  Zion. 

19.  And  when  they  shall  say 
unto  you:  mSeek  unto  them  that 
have  familiar  spirits,   and  unto- 
wizards  that  peep  and  mutter — 
should  not  a  people  "seek  unto- 
their  God  for  the  living  to  hear 
from  the  dead? 

20.  To  "the  law  and  to  the  tes- 
timony;   and  if  they  speak  not 
according  to  this  word,  it  is  be- 
cause there  is  no  light  in  them. 

2 1 .  And  they  shall  pass  through 
it  hardly  bestead  and  hungry; 
and  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
when  they  shall  be  hungry,  they 
shall  fret  themselves,  and  curse 
their   king  and  their   God,  and 
look  upward, 

22.  And  they  shall  look  unto 
the  earth  and  behold  trouble,  and 
darkness,    ^dimness    of   anguish, 
and  shall  be  driven  to  darkness. 


6,  Isa.  7;16,  c,  2  Kings  15:29,  30.  df  Neh.  3:15,  John  9:7.  ef  Isa.  7:1 — 6. 
/,  Isa,  10:12.  y,  Isa.  30  ;28.  ft,  Isa.  7:14.  i,  Joel  3  :9— 14.  -f,  Isa.  28:16.  Mke2:34. 
Rom.  0:33.  1  Pet.  2:8.  Jb,  Matt.  21:44.  Luke  20;1S.  Rom.  9:32.  I,  Isa.  54:'S~ 
mf  1  Sam.  28 :8,  Xsa.  19  :$,  »,  Isa.  29.  See  cf  2  Ne.  27.  o,  Late&  16 :29— 31.  p,  Isa. 
5  ;30.  9 :1*  BETWEEN  B.  O.  559  AKD  545. 


2  NBPHI,   19. 


CHAPTER  19. 


Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isa-iah  9. 

1.  Nevertheless,  the  °dimness 
shall  not  be  such  as  was  in  her 
vexation,  when  at  first  he  lightly 
afflicted  the  &land  of  Zebulun,  and 
the  land  of  Naphtali,  and  after- 
wards did  more  grievously  afflict 
by  the  way  of  the  Red  Sea  beyond 
Jordan  in  Galilee  of  the  nations. 

2.  The  people  that  walked  in 
darkness  have  seen  a  great  light; 
they  that  dwell  in  the  land  of  the 
shadow  of  death,  upon  them  hath 
the  light  shined. 

3.  Thou    hast   multiplied   the 
nation,  and  increased  the  joy — 
they  joy  before  thee  according  to 
the  joy  in  harvest,  and  as  men  re- 
joice when  they  divide  the  spoil. 

4.  For  thou  hast  broken  the 
yoke  of  his  burden,  and  the  staff 
of  his  shoulder,  the  rod  of  his 
oppressor. 

5.  For  every  battle  of  the  war- 
rior is  with  confused  noise,  and 
garments  rolled  in  blood;  but  this 
shall  be  with  burning  and  fuel  of 
fire. 

6.  For  'unto  us  a  child  is  born, 
unto  us  a  son  is  given;  and  the 
^government  shall  be  upon  his 
shoulder;  and  his  name  shall  be 
called,     Wonderful,     Counselor, 
The  eMighty  God,  The  Everlast- 
ing Father,  The  Prince  of  Peace. 

7.  Of  the  increase  of  govern- 
ment and  peace  ^there  is  no  end, 
upon  the  throne  of  David,  and 
upon  his  kingdom  to  order  it,  and 
to    establish    it    with    judgment 
and  with  justice  from  henceforth, 
even  forever.     The  zeal  of  the 
Lord  of  Hosts  will  perform  this. 

8.  The  Lord  sent  his  word  unto 


Jacob  and  it  hath  lighted  upon 
Israel. 

9.  And  all  the  people  shall 
know,  even  Ephraim  and  the  in- 
habitants of  Samaria,  that  say  in 
the  pride  and  stoutness  of  heart: 

10.  The  bricks  are  fallen  down, 
but   we    will   build    with    hewn 
stones;    the    sycamores    are   cut 
down,  but  we  will  change  them 
into  cedars. 

11.  Therefore  the  Lord  shall 
set  up  the  adversaries  of  Rezin 
against  him,  and  join  his  enemies 
together; 

12.  The  Syrians  before  and  the 
Philistines  behind;  and  they  shall 
devour  Israel  with  open  mouth. 
AFor  all   this   his   anger  is   not 
turned   away,    but  his    hand    is 
stretched  out  still. 

13.  For  the  people  turneth  not 
unto    him    that    smiteth    them, 
neither  do  they  seek  the  Lord  of 
Hosts. 

14.  Therefore   will    the    Lord 
cut  off  from  Israel  ''head  and  tail, 
branch  and  rush  yin  one  day. 

15.  *The    ancient,    he    is    the 
head ;  and  the  prophet  that  teach- 
eth  lies,  he  is  the  tail. 

16.  lFor   the    leaders    of  this 
people  cause  them  to  err;    and 
they  that  are  led  of  them  are 
destroyed. 

17.  Therefore  the  Lord  shall 
have  no  mjoy  in  their  young  men, 
neither  shall  have  mercy  on  their 
fatherless  and  widows;  for  "every 
one  of  them  is  a  ftypocrite  and  an 
evildoer,  and  every  mouth  speak- 
eth  folly.    °For  all  this  his  anger 
is  not  turned  away,  but  his  hand 
is  stretched  out  still. 

18.  For    wickedness   pburneth 
as  the  fire;  it  shall  devour  the 
briers  and  thorns,  and  shall  kin- 


a,  Isa.  8:22.  I,  Matt,  4:15,  16.  c,  Isa.  7:14.  Luke  2:11.  d,  Matt.  28:18.  1  Cor. 
15:25—28.  e,  Tit.  2:13,  see  2&,  Mos.  7.  f,  Epli.  2,14 — 17.  g,  Dan.  2:44.  ft,  vcrs. 
17,  21.  Isa.  5  .23.  10:4.  Jer.  4:S.  i,  ver  15.  j,  Isa.  10.17.  fc,  ver.  14.  L  Isa.  3:12. 
m,  Ps.  147:10,  11.  n,  Mic.  7:2,  3.  o,  see  li.  p.,  Isa.  10:17.  MaL  4:1. 

B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,   20. 


83 


die  in  the  thickets  of  the  forests, 
and  they  shall  mount  up  like  the 
lifting  up  of  smoke. 

19.  Through  the  wrath  of  the 
Lord  of  Hosts  is  the  «Iand  dark- 
ened, and  the  people  shall  be  as 
the  fuel  of  the  fire;  rno  man  shall 
spare  his  hrother. 

20.  'And  he  shall  snatch  on  the 
right  hand  and  be  hungry;  and  he 
shall  eat  on  the  left  hand  and 
they  shall  not  be  satisfied;  they 
shall  eat  every  man  the  flesh  of 
his  own  arm — 

21.  Manasseh,    Ephraim;    and 
Ephraim,     Manasseh;     they    to- 
gether shall  be   against   Judah. 
*For    all   this   his   anger  is   not 
turned    away,    but    his    hand    is 
stretched  out  still. 

CHAPTER  20. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  10. 

1.  Wo  unto  them  that  "decree 
unrighteous    decrees,    and    that 
write    grievousness    which    they 
have  prescribed; 

2.  To    turn    away    the    needy 
from  judgment,  and  to  take  away 
the  right  from  the  poor  of  my 
people,  that  widows  may  be  their 
prey,  and  that  they  may  rob  the 
fatherless! 

3.  And  6what  will  ye  do  in  cthe 
day  of  visitation,  and  in  the  deso- 
lation which  shall  come  from  far? 
to  whom  will  ye  flee  for  help?  and 
where  will  ye  leave  your  glory? 

4.  Without  me  they  shall  bow 
down  under  the  prisoners,  and 
they  shall  fall  under  the  slain. 
dFor   all  this   his   anger  is   not 
turned    away,    but   his   hand   is 
stretched  out  still. 

5.  O  Assyrian,  the  rod  of  mine 
anger,  and  the  staff  in  their  hand 
is  their  indignation. 


6.  I  will  send  him  against  a 
"hypocritical  nation,  and  against 
the  people  of  my  wrath  will  I 
give  him  a  charge  to  take  the 
spoil,  and  to  take  the  prey,  and  to 
tread  them  down  like  the  mire  of 
the  streets. 

7.  Howbeit  he  meaneth  not  so, 
neither  doth  his  heart  think  so; 
but  in  his  heart  it  is  to  destroy 
and  cut  off  nations  not  a  few. 

8.  For  he  saith:   fAre  not  my 
princes  altogether  kings? 

9.  Is  not  ^Calno  as  ftCarchem- 
ish?     Is  not  Hamath  as  Arpad? 
Is  not  Samaria  *as  Damascus? 

10.  As  my  hand  hath  founded 
the  kingdoms  of  the  idols,  and 
whose  graven  images  did  excel 
them   of   Jerusalem   and   of   Sa- 
maria; 

11.  Shall  I  not,  as  I  have  done 
unto  Samaria  and  her  idols,  so  do 
to  Jerusalem  and  to  her  idols? 

12.  Wherefore  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  when  the  Lord   hath 
performed  his  whole  work  ^upon 
Mount  Zion  and  upon  Jerusalem, 
*I  will  punish  the  fruit  of  the 
stout  heart  of  the  king  of  Assyria, 
and  the  glory  of  his  high  looks. 

13.  For    he    saith:     l"By    the 
strength  of  my  hand  and  by  my 
wisdom  I  have  done  these  things ; 
for  I  am  prudent;    and  I  have 
moved  the  borders  of  the  people, 
and  have  robbed  their  treasures, 
and  I  have  put  down  the  inhabi- 
tants like  a  valiant  man; 

14.  And  my  hand  hath  found 
as  a  nest  the  riches  of  the  people; 
and  as  one  gathereth  eggs  that 
are  left  have  I  gathered  all  the 
earth;  and  there  was  none  that 
moved  the  wing,  or  opened  the 
mouth,  or  peeped. 

15.  Shall  the  ax  boast  itself 
against  him  that  heweth  there- 


q,  Isa.  8:22.     rf  Mic.  7:2 — 6.     s,  Lev.  26:26.     *,  see  fc. 
94:20.     6,  Job  31:14.     c,  Hos.  9:7.     d,jjee_7^2  Ne.  19. 


CH  Jk  20 :    a,  Ps.  58  :2. 
Jer.  34:22.     /,  2  Kings 


tM:ZU.  0.  JOD  oa.  :JL-±.  ct  xius.  w;t.  u,  KW  n>3  A  ixv.  JLW.  ts,  «ieir.  o-*  ,**.  }>  *>  *».*"&« 
18-24  33 — 35.  19:10 — 13.  gf  Amos  6:2.  h,  2  Cbron.  35:20.  *,  2  Kings  16:9.  /,  2 
Kings  19:31.  fc.,  Jer.  5Q:1S.  lf  Isa.  37:24 — 38.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


84 


2  NBPHI,   20. 


with?  Shall  the  saw  magnify  it- 
self against  Mm  that  shaketh  It? 
As  if  the  rod  should  shake  itself 
against  them  that  lift  it  up,  or 
as  if  the  staff  should  lift  up  itself 
as  if  it  were  no  wood! 

16.  Therefore  shall  the  Lord, 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  send  among 
his  fat  ones,  leanness ;  and  tinder 
his  glory  he  shall  kindle  a  burn- 
ing like  the  burning  of  a  fire. 

17.  And    the    light    of    Israel 
shall  be  for  a  fire,  and  his  Holy 
One  for  a  flame,  and  mshall  burn 
and  shall  devour  his  thorns  and 
his  briers  in  one  day; 

18.  And    shall    consume    the 
glory  of  his  forest,  and  of  his 
fruitful  field,  both  soul  and  body; 
and  they  shall  be  as  when  a  stand- 
ard-bearer faiateth. 

19.  And  the  rest  of  the  trees  of 
his  forest  shall  be  few,  that  a 
child  may  write  them. 

20.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  that  the  remnant  of 
Israel,  and  such  as  are  escaped  of 
the  house  of  Jacob,  "shall  no  more 
again  stay  upon  him  that  smote 
them,   but  shall  stay  upon  the 
Lord,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  in 
truth. 

21.  °The  remnant  shall  return, 
yea,  even  the  remnant  of  Jacob, 
unto  the  mighty  God. 

22.  For    ^though    thy    people 
Israel  be  as  the  sand  of  the  sea, 
*yet  a  remnant  of  them  shall  re- 
turn;  the  ^consumption  decreed 
shall  overflow  with  righteousness. 

23.  For  the  Lord  God  of  Hosts 
shall  make  a  consumption,  even 
determined  in  all  the  land. 

24.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord  God  of  Hosts:  O  my  people 
that   dwellest  in   Zion,   'be   not 


afraid  of  the  Assyrian;  he  shall 
smite  thee  with  a  rod,  and  shall 
lift  up  his  staff  against  thee,, 
'after  the  manner  of  Egypt. 

25.  For  yet  a  very  little  while, 
and  the  "indignation  shall  cease, 
and  mine  anger  in  their  destruc- 
tion. 

26.  And    the    Lord    of    Hosts 
shall  "stir  up  a  scourge  for  him 
according    to    the    slaughter    of 
wMidian  at  the  rock  of  Oreb;  and 
*as  his  rod  was  upon  the  sea  so 
shall  he  lift  it  up  after  the  man- 
ner of  Egypt. 

27.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day  that  vhis  burden  shall 
be  taken  away  from  off  thy  shoul- 
der, and  his  yoke  from  off  thy 
neck,  and  the  yoke  shall  be  de- 
stroyed because  of  the  *anointing. 

28.  He  is  come  to  Aiath,  he  is 
passed  to  Migron;  at  Michmasli 
he  hath  laid  up  his  carriages. 

29.  They  are  2ogone  over  the 
passage;    they    have    taken    up 
their  lodging  at  Geba;  Ramath  is 
afraid;  2*Gibeah  of  Saul  is  fled. 

30.  Lift  up  the  voice,  O  daugh- 
ter of  2cGallim;   cause  it  to   be 
hear)d  unto  2<fLaish,  O  poor  2flAna- 
thoth. 

31.  2fMadmenah    is   removed; 
the  inhabitants  of  Gebim  gather 
themselves  to  flee. 

32.  As  yet  shall  he  remain  at 
2*Nob  that  day;  'he  shall  3hshake 
his  hand  against  the  mount  of  tb,e 
daughter  of  Zion,  the  hill  of  Jeru- 
salem. 

33.  Behold,  the  Lord,  the  Lord 
of  Hosts  shall  lop  the  bough,  with 
terror;    and  2*the  high   ones   of 
stature  shall  be  hewn  down;  and 
the  haughty  shall  be  humbled. 

34.  And  he  shall  cut  down  the 


m,  Isa.  9:18,  19.  37:36.  n,  2  Kings*  16:7— 9.  2  Chron.  28:20,  21.  o,  Isa.  11:11. 
Joel  2:32.  p.  Rom.  9:27.  a.  Isa.  6:13.  rt  Isa.  28:22.  s,  Isa.  37:6,  7.  f,  Ex.  14. 
uf  Dan.  11 :36.  <o,  ®>  Kings  19  :35.  10,  Juclg.  7  :25.  Isa.  9  :4.  xf  Ex.  14 :26,  27.  f,  Isa. 
14:25.  «,  Ps.  100:15.  2a,  1  Sam.  13:23.  26,  1  Sam.  11:4.  2c,  1  Sam.  25:44.  2df 
Judg.  18:7.  2e,  Josh.  21:18.  2/,  Josh.  15  :31.  20,1  Sam.  21:1.  22:19.  Neh.  11 :32. 
27L  Isa,  13 :2.  24,  Amos  2  :9,  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  645. 


2  NBPHI,   21. 


85 


thickets  of  the  forests  with  iron, 
and  Lebanon  snail  fall  by  a 
mighty  one. 

CHAPTER  21. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  H. 

1.  And  "there  shall  come  forth 
a  rod  out  of  the  stem  of  Jesse, 
and  a  branch  shall  grow  out  of 
Ms  roots. 

2.  "And  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord 
shall  rest  upon  him,  the  spirit  of 
ivisdom  and  understanding,  the 
spirit  of  counsel  and  might,  the 
spirit  of  knowledge  and  of  the 
fear  of  the  Lord; 

3.  And  shall  make  him  of  quick 
understanding  in  the  fear  of  the 
liord;    and   he   shall   not   judge 
after  the  sight  of  his  eyes,  neither 
reprove  after  the  hearing  of  his 
•ears. 

4.  But  cwith  righteousness  shall 
he  judge  the  poor,  and  reprove 
with  equity  for  the  meek  of  the 
earth;    and  he   shall  ^smite  the 
earth  with  the  rod  of  his  mouth, 
and  with  the  breath  of  his  lips 
shall  he  slay  the  wicked. 

5.  And  ^righteousness  shall  be 
the  girdle  of  his  loins,  and  faith- 
fulness the  girdle  of  his  reins. 

6.  'The  wolf  also  shall  dwell 
with  the  lamb,  and  the  leopard 
shall  lie  down  with  the  kid,  and 
the  calf  and  the  young  lion  and 
fatling  together;  and  a  little  child 
shall  lead  them. 

7.  And  the  cow  and  the  bear 
shall  feed ;  their  young  ones  shall 
lie  down  together;  and  the  lion 
shall  eat  straw  like  the  ox.  ' 

8.  And  the  sucking  child  shall 
play    on    the    hole    of   the    asp, 
and  the  weaned  child  shall  put 


his  hand  on  the  cockatrice's  den. 

9.  They  shall  not  hurt  nor  de- 
stroy in  all  my  holy  mountain, 
for  "the  earth  shall  be  full  of  the 
knowledge  of  the  Lord,  as  the 
waters  cover  the  sea. 

10.  And  in  that  day  *  there  shall 
be  a  root  of  Jesse,  which  shall 
'stand  for  an  ensign  of  the  people; 
to  it  *-shall  the  Gentiles  seek;  and 
his  rest  shall  be  glorious. 

11.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day  that  the  Lord  shall 
set  Ms  hand  again  zthe  second 
time  to  recover  the  remnant  of 
his  people  which  shall  be   left, 
mfrom  Assyria,  and  from  Egypt, 
and  from  Pathros,  and  from  Gush, 
and  from  Elam,  and  from  Shinar, 
and  from  Hamath,  and  from  the 
islands  of  the  sea. 

12.  And  he  shall  nset  up  an 
ensign  for  the  nations,  and  shall 
assemble  the  °outcasts  of  Israel, 
and  ^gather  together  the  dispersed 
of  Judah  from  the  four  corners 
of  the  earth. 

13.  «The  envy  of  Ephraim  also 
shall  depart,  and  the  adversaries 
of  Judah  shall  be  cut  off;   Eph- 
raim shall  not  envy  Judah,  and 
Judah  shall  not  vex  Ephraim. 

14.  But   they   shall   fly   upon 
the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines 
towards  the  west;  they  shall  spoil 
them  of  the  east  together;  they 
shall  lay  their  hand  upon  Bdom 
and  Moab;  and  the  children  of 
Ammon  shall  obey  them. 

15.  And  the  Lord  rshall  utterly 
destroy  the  tongue  of  the  Egyp- 
tian  sea;    and  with  his  mighty 
wind   he  shall   shake   his   hand 
over  the  river,  and  shall  smite  it 
in  the  seven  streams,  and  *make 
men  go  over  dry  shod. 


a,  ver.  10.  Isa.  33:2.  Jer.  23:5,  G.  Acts  13:23.  Rev.  5:5.  "b,  Isa.  61:1—3. 
c.  Ps.  72:2,  4,  Rev.  1«>:11.  d,  Job  4:9.  Mai.  4:6.  2  Thess.  2:8.  Rev.  1:16.  2:16. 
19:15.  e,  Eph.  6:14.  /,  Isa.  65:25.  Ezek.  34:25.  Hos.  2:18.  gf  Job  5:23.  Isa.  2:4. 
35:9.  ft,  Hab.  2:14.  i,  ver.  1.  Rom.  15:12.  3,  ver.  12.  See  p,  2  Ne.  15.  fc,  D.  &  O. 
45:9,10.  I,  see  <,  2  Ne.  6.  m,  Zecb.  10:10.  n,  see  p,  2  Ne.  15.  ot  see  p,  3  Ne.  15. 
pf  see  e,  1  Ne.  15.  q,  Jer.  3:18.  r,  Zecb.  10:11.  s»  ReT.  16:12. 

B.  <3.  559  AND  545. 


86 


2  NEPHI,   22,   23. 


16.  *And  there  shall  be  a  high- 
way for  the  remnant  of  Ms  people 
which  shall  he  left,  from  Assyria, 
"like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the 
day  that  he  came  up  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt. 

CHAPTER   22. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  12. 

1.  And  "in  that  day  thou  shalt 
say;    O  Lord,  I  will  praise  thee; 
though  thou  wast  angry  with  me 
thine  anger  is  turned  away,  and 
thou  comfortedest  me. 

2.  Behold,   God   is  my   salva- 
tion;   I  will   trust,   and  not   be 
afraid;  for  the  Lord  &  JEHOVAH  is 
my  Strength  and  my  song;   he 
also  has  become  my  salvation. 

3.  Therefore,  with  joy  shall  ye 
"draw  water  out  of  the  wells  of 
salvation. 

4.  And  in  that  day  shall  ye 
say:     ePraise  the  Lord,  call  upon 
his    name,    declare    his    doings 
among  the  people,  make  mention 
that  his  name  is  exalted, 

5.  Sing  unto  the  Lord;  tor  he 
hath  done  excellent  things;  this 
is  known  in  all  the  earth. 

6.  "Cry  out  and  shout,  thou  in- 
habitant of  Zion;  for  great  is  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel  in  the  midst 
of  thee. 

"  CHAPTER  23. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  13. 

1.  The    burden    of    Babylon, 
which  Isaiah  the  son  of  Amos  did 
see. 

2.  °Lift  ye  up  a  banner  upon 
the    high    mountain,    exalt    the 


voice  unto  them,  &shake  the  hand, 
that  they  may  go  into  the  gates 
of  the  nobles. 

3.  I  have  commanded  cmy  sanc- 
tified ones,  I  have  also  called  my 
mighty  ones,  for  mine  anger  is 
not  upon  them  that  rejoice  in  my 
highness. 

4.  The  noise  of  the  multitude 
in  the  mountains  like  as   of   a 
great  people,  a  tumultuous  noise 
of  dthe  kingdoms  of  nations  gath- 
ered together,  the  Lord  of  Hosts 
mustereth  the  hosts  of  the  battle. 

5.  They  come  from  a  far  coun- 
try, from  the  end  of  heaven,  yea, 
cthe  Lord,  and  the  weapons  of  his 
indignation,  to  destroy  the  whole 
land. 

6.  Howl  ye,  for  the  fday  of  the 
Lord  is  at  hand;  it  shall  come  as 
a  destruction  from  the  Almighty. 

7.  Therefore  shall  all  hands  be 
faint,    every   man's    heart   shall 
melt; 

8.  And  they  shall  be  afraid; 
pangs    and    sorrows    shall    take 
hold    of    them;    they    shall    be 
amazed    one    at    another;    their 
faces  shall  be  as  flames. 

9.  Behold,  the  day  of  the  Lord 
cometh,   cruel  both  with  wrath 
and  fierce  anger,  to  lay  the  land 
desolate;    and   he   shall   destroy 
the  sinners  thereof  out  of  it. 

10.  *For  the  stars  of  heaven 
and    the    constellations    thereof 
shall   not  give  their   light;    the 
sun   shall    be   darkened   in   her 
going  forth,  and  the  moon  shall 
not  cause  her  light  to  shine. 

11.  AAnd    I    will    punish    the 
world  for  evil,  and  the  wicked  for 
their  iniquity;   I  will  cause  the 


tf  D.  &  C.  133  :27.  Zech.  10:11.  Isa.  35  :8— 10.  «,  Ex.  14  :29.  Isa.  51 :10.  63:12, 
13.  CIIAP.  22:  a,  Isa.  2:11.  &.,  Ps.  83:18.  c,  Ex.  15*2.  Ps.  118:14.  d,  John 
4:10,  14.  7:37,  38.  c,  1  Chron.  16:8.  Ps.  105:1-— 5.  145:4—6.  /,  Ps.  68:32—35. 
fff  Isa.  54:1.  Zej>h.  3:14 — 20.  Zech.  2:10—13.  CHAP.  23:  a,  see  p,  2  Ne.  15. 
&,  Isa.  10:32.  c,  Joel  3:11.  d,  Joel  3-14.  Zeph.  3:8.  Zech.  12:2—9.  14:2,  3. 
e,  Joel  3:11.  Zeph.  3:8.  Zech.  12:4,  8,  9.  14:3,  5,  9.  /,  vor.  9.  Zeph.  1:14—18. 
Zech.  14:1,  5.  gf  Isa.  24:23.  Ezek.  32:7,  8.  Joel  2:31.  3:15  Malt.  24:29.  Mark 
13:24.  Mke  21:25.  Rev.  6:12.  ft,  Isa.  2:17.  24:6.  Mai.  4:1. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  24. 


arrogancy  of  tlie  proud  to  cease, 
and  will  lay  down  the  haughti- 
ness of  the  terrible. 

12.  I  will  ^ake  a  man  more 
precious  than  fine  gold;  even  a 
man  than  the  golden  wedge  of 
Ophir. 

13.  Therefore,    I    will    *  shake 
the  heavens,  and  the  earth  shall 
remove  out  of  her  place,  in  the 
wrath  of  the  Lord  of  Hosts,  and 
in  the  day  of  his  fierce  anger. 

14.  And    it    shall    be    as    the 
chased  roe,  and  as  a  sheep  that 
no  man  taketh  up ;  and  they  shall 
*every  man  turn  to  his  own  peo- 
ple, and  flee  every  one  into  his 
own  land. 

15.  Every  one  that  is   proud 
shall  be  thrust  through;  yea,  and 
every  one  that  is  joined  to  the 
wicked  shall  fall  by  the  sword. 

16.  Their  children  also  shall 
be  'dashed  to  pieces  before  their 
eyes;  their  houses  shall  be  spoiled 
and  their  wives  ravished, 

17.  Behold,  I  will  mstir  up  the 
Medes  against  them,  which  shall 
not  regard  silver  and  gold,  nor 
shall  they  delight  in  it. 

18.  Their  bows  shall  also  dash 
the  young  men  to  pieces;  and  they 
shall  have  no  pity  on  the  fruit  of 
the  womb;   their  eyes  shall  not 
spare  children. 

19.  nAnd  Babylon,  the  glory  of 
kingdoms,  the  beauty  of  the  Chal- 
dees'     excellency,    shall    be    as 
when  God  overthrew  "Sodom  and 
Gomorrah. 

20.  plt  shall  never  be  inhab- 
ited, neither  shall  it  be  dwelt  in 
from  generation  to  generation: 
neither  shall  the  Arabian  pitch 
tent    there;    neither    shall    the 
shepherds  make  their  fold  there. 


87 


21.  ^But    wild    beasts    of    the 
desert  shall  lie  there;  and  their 
houses  shall  be  full   of  doleful 
creatures;  and  owls  shall  dwell 
there,    and    satyrs    shall    dance 
there. 

22.  And  the  wild  beasts  of  the 
islands  shall  cry  in  their  deso- 
late houses,  and  dragons  in  their 
pleasant  palaces;   and  rher  time 
is  near  to  come,  and  her  day  shall 
not  be  prolonged.    For  I  will  de- 
stroy her  speedily;  yea,  for  I  will 
be  merciful  unto  my  people,  but 
the  wicked  shall  perish. 

CHAPTER   24. 

Scriptures  from  the  brass  plates  con- 
tinued— Compare  Isaiah  14. 

1.  For  the  Lord  awiii  have 
mercy  on  Jacob,  and  will  yet 
choose  Israel,  and  set  them  in 
their  own  land ;  and  the  ^strangers 
shall  be  joined  with  them,  and 
they  shall  cleave  to  the  house  of 
Jacob. 

2^  And  the  people  shall  take 
them  and  bring  them  to  their 
place;  yea,  from  far  unto  the  ends 
of  the  earth;  and  they  shall  re- 
turn to  their  lands  of  promise. 
And  the  house  of  Israel  shall  pos- 
sess them,  and  the  land  of  the 
Lord  shall  be  cfor  servants  and 
handmaids;  and  they  shall  take 
them  captives  unto  whom  they 
were  captives;  and  they  shall 
rule  over  their  oppressors. 

3.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day  that  the  Lord  shall 
give  thee  rest,  from  thy  sorrow, 
and  from  thy  fear,  and  from  the 
hard  bondage  wherein  thou  wast 
made  to  serve. 

4.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  that  thou  dshalt  take 


i,  Isa.  4:1 — 4.  /,  Isa.  24:17—20.  Hag.  2-6,  7.  Heb.  12:26.  See  e,  3  Ne.  26. 
Tc,  Jer.  50:16.  51:9.  lf  Ps.  1E7:S,  9.  Nab.  3:10.  m,  Isa  21:2.  nf  Isa.  14:4 — 27. 
o,  Gen.  19:24,  25.  Dent.  29-23.  Jer.  49:18.  50:40.  p,  Jer.  50:3,  39.  51:20,  62. 
q,  Isa.  34:11—15.  Rev.  18:2.  r,  Jer.  51:33.  CHAP.  24:  a,  Zech.  1:17.  2:12. 
6,  Isa.  60:4,  5,  10.  cf  Isa.  60:10 — 12,  14.  61:5.  d,  Isa.  13:19.  Hab.  2:6 — 8.  Rev. 
18  :15 — 17.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


88 


2  NEPHI,  24. 


up  this  proverb  against  the  king 
of  Babylon,  and  say:  How  hath 
the  oppressor  ceased,  the  golden 
city  ceased! 

5.  The  Lord  hath  broken  ethe 
staff  of  the  wicked,  the  scepters 
of  the  rulers. 

6.  He  who  smote  the  people  in 
wrath  with  a  continual  stroke, 
he  that  ruled  the  nations  in  anger, 
is    persecuted,    and    none    hin- 
dereth. 

7.  The  whole  earth  is  at  rest, 
and  is  quiet;   they  break  forth 
into  singing. 

8.  Yea,  rthe  fir-trees  rejoice  at 
thee,  and  also  the  cedars  of  Leb- 
anon,   saying:      Since    thou    art 
laid  down  no  feller  is  come  up 
against  us. 

9.  ^Hell  from  beneath  is  moved 
for  thee  to  meet  thee  at  thy  com- 
ing; it  stirreth  up  the  dead  for 
thee,  even  all  the  chief  ones  of 
the  earth;  it  hath  raised  up  from 
their  thrones  all  the  kings  of  the 
nations. 

10.  All  they  shall  speak  and 
say  unto   thee:      Art  thou  also 
become  weak  as  we?     Art  thou 
become  like  unto  us? 

11.  Thy  pomp  is  brought  down 
to  the  grave;    the  noise  of  thy 
viols  is  not  heard;  the  worm  is 
spread  under  thee,  and  the  worms 
cover  thee. 

12.  *How  art  thou  fallen  from 
heaven,   O   Lucifer,    son  of  the 
morning!     Art  thou  cut  down  to 
the   ground,   which   did  weaken 
the  nations! 

13.  For  thou  hast  said  in  thy 
heart:  I  will  ascend  into  heaven, 
I  will  exalt  my  throne  above  the 
stars  of  God;  I  will  sit  also  upon 
the  mount  of  the  congregation, 
*in  the  sides  of  the  north; 

14.  I   will   ascend    above   the 


heights  of  the  clouds;  jl  will  be 
like  the  Most  High. 

15.  Yet  thou  shalt  be  brought 
down   *to   hell,  to  the   sides   of 
the  pit. 

16.  They  that  see  thee  shall 
narrowly    look    upon    thee,    and 
shall  consider  thee,  and  shall  say: 
Is  this  the  man  that  made  the 
earth  to  tremble,  that  did  shake 
kingdoms? 

17.  And  made  the  world  as  a 
wilderness,    and    destroyed    the 
cities  thereof,  and  opened  not  the 
house  of  his  prisoners? 

18.  All  the  kings  of  the  na- 
tions,  yea,    all   of   them,   lie   in 
glory,  every  one  of  them  in  his 
own  house. 

19.  But  thou  art  cast  out  of 
thy    grave    like    an    abominable 
branch,  and  the  remnant  of  those 
that    are    slain,    thrust   through 
with  a  sword,  that  go  down  to 
the  stones  of  the  pit;  as  a  carcass 
trodden  under  feet. 

20.  Thou  shalt  not  be  joined 
with  them  in  burial,  because  thou 
hast  destroyed  thy  land  and  slain 
thy  people;   *the  seed  of  evil-doers 
shall  never  be  renowned. 

21.  Prepare  slaughter  for  his 
children    mfor    the    iniquities    of 
their  fathers,  that  they  do  not 
rise,  nor  possess  the  land,  nor  fill 
the  face  of  the  world  with  cities. 

22.  For  I  will  rise  up  against 
them,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts, 
and  cut  off  from  Babylon  "the 
name,  and  remnant,  °and  son,  and 
nephew,  saith  the  Lord. 

23.  pl  will  also  make  it  a  pos- 
session for  the  bittern,  and  pools 
of  water;    and  I  will  sweep  it 
with  the  besom  of  destruction, 
saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

24.  The   Lord   of  Hosts   hath 
sworn,  saying:     Surely  as  I  have 


e,  Ps.  125:3.  /,  Isa.  55:12,  13.  Ezek.  31:16.  jr,  Ezeb.  32:21.  H,  "D.  &  C.  76:26, 
if  Ps.  48:2.  j,  Isa.  47:8.  2  Thess.  2:4.  fc,  ver.  J>.  I,  Job  18:16—21.  Ps.  21:10. 
37:28.  109:13.  w,  Ex.  20  :5.  Matt.  23:35.  n,  Prov.  10:7.  Jer.  51:62.  o,  Job  18  :19. 
p,  Isa.  34 :11 — 15.  ,  BETTWHEN  B.  O.  550  AND  545. 


2   XEPHI,   25. 


thought,  so  shall  it  come  to  pass; 
and  as  I  have  purposed,  so  shall 
it  stand — 

25.  That  I  will  bring  the  As- 
syrian in  my  land,  and  upon  my 
mountains  tread  him  under  foot; 
then  shall  «his  yoke  depart  from 
off  them,  and  his  burden  depart 
from  off  their  shoulders. 

26.  This  is  the  purpose  that  is 
'purposed  upon  the  whole  earth; 
and    this    is    the    hand    that    is 
stretched  out   upon  all  nations. 

27.  For  the  Lord  of  Hosts  hath 
purposed,  and  who  shall  disannul? 
And  his  hand  is  stretched  out, 
and  who  shall  turn  it  back? 

28.  In  the  year  that  *king  Ahaz 
died  was  this  burden. 

29.  Rejoice    not    thou,    whole 
Palestina,    'because   the    rod    of 
him  that  smote  thee  is  broken; 
for  out  of  the  serpent's  root  shall 
come  forth  a  cockatrice,  and  "his 
fruit  shall  be  a  fiery  flying  ser- 
pent. 

30.  And  the  first-born  of  the 
poor  shall  feed,  and  the  needy 
shall  lie  down  in  safety;  and  I 
will  kill  thy  root  with  famine, 
and  he  shall  slay  thy  remnant. 

31.  Howl,  O  gate;  cry,  O  city; 
thou,    whole   Palestina,   art   dis- 
solved; for  there  shall  come  from 
the  north  a  smoke,  and  none  shall 
be  alone  in  his  appointed  times. 

32.  What    shall    then    answer 
the  messengers  of  the  nations? 
That    wthe    Lord    hath    founded 
Zion,  and  the  poor  of  his  people 
shall  trust  in  it. 

CHAPTER   25. 

Nephi's  comments — His  prediction 
of  the  scattering  and  subsequent  gath- 
ering of  Israel — Time  of  the  Messiah's 
advent  specified. 

1.  Now  I,  Nephi,  do  speak  some- 
what concerning  the  words  which 


I  have  written,  which  have  been 
spoken  by  the  mouth  of  Isaiah. 
For  behold,  Isaiah  spake  many 
things  which  were  ahard  for  many 
of  my  people  to  understand;  for 
they  know  not  concerning  the 
manner  of  prophesying  among 
the  Jews. 

2.  For  I,  Nephi,  have  not  taught 
them  many  things  concerning  the 
manner  of  the  Jews;    for  their 
works  were  works  of  darkness, 
and  their  doings  were  doings  of 
abominations. 

3.  Wherefore,  I  write  unto  my 
people,  unto  all  those  that  shall 
receive    hereafter    these    things 
which   I    write,    that    they   may 
know  the  judgments  of  God,  that 
they  come  upon  all  nations,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  which  he 
hath  spoken. 

4.  Wherefore,  hearken,  O  my 
people,  which  are  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  and  give  ear  unto  my 
words;  for  because  the  words  of 
Isaiah  are  not  plain  unto  you, 
nevertheless  they  are  plain  unto 
all  those  that  are  filled  with  the 
spirit  of  prophecy.     But  I  give 
unto  you  a  prophecy,  according 
to   the   spirit   which   is   in   me; 
wherefore  I  shall  prophesy  ac- 
cording to  the  "plainness  which 
hath  been  with  me  from  the  time 
that  I  came  out  from  Jerusalem 
with  my  father;   for  behold,  my 
soul  delighteth  in  plainness  unto 
my  people,  that  they  may  learn. 

5.  Yea,  and  my  soul  delighteth 
in  the  words  of  Isaiah,  for  I  came 
out   from   Jerusalem,   and   mine 
eyes  hath  beheld  the  things  of 
the  Jews,  and  I  know  that  the 
Jews  do   understand  the  things 
of  the  prophets,  and  there  is  none 
other  people  that  understand*  the 
things  which  were  spoken  unto 
the  Jews  like  unto  them,  save  it 


q,  Isa.  10 :27.      , 
18:8.    v>,  Ps.  87:1,  5. 
6,  vers.  7,  8.     ' 

7 


Isa.  13:4—13.     s,  2  Kings  16:20.     .,  ^ 

102:16.    Zeph.  S:12.    Zech.  11:11.        CHAP.  25  :    a,  Jac.  4:14. 
Jac.  4 :13.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  55$  ASTD  545. 


2  Cbron,  26:6.    v,  2 "Kings 
~~     a,  Jac.  4  " 


2  NEPHI,   25. 


be  that  they  are  taught  after  the 
manner  of  the  things  of  the  Jews. 

6.  But  behold  I,  Nephi,  have 
not  taught  my  children  after  the 
manner  of  the  Jews;  but  behold, 
I,  of  myself,  have  dwelt  at  Jeru- 
salem, wherefore  I  know  concern- 
ing the  regions  round  about;  and 
I  have  made  mention  unto  my  chil- 
dren concerning  the  judgments  of 
God,  which   hath   come  to  pass 
among  the  Jews,  unto  my  chil- 
dren, according  to  all  that  which 
Isaiah  hath  spoken,  and  I  do  not 
write  them. 

7.  But  behold,  I  proceed  with 
mine  own  prophecy,  according  to 
my   plainness;    in    the   which   I 
know  that  no  man  can  err;  never- 
theless, in  the  days  that  the  proph- 
ecies of  Isaiah  shall  be  fulfilled 
men  shall  know  of  a  surety,  at 
the  times  when  they  shall  come 
to  pass. 

8 .  Wherefore,  they  are  of  worth 
unto  the  children  of  men,  and  he 
that  supposeth  that  they  are  not, 
unto  th^em  will  I  speak  particu- 
larly, and  confine  the  words  unto 
mine'own  people;  for  I  know  that 
they  shall  be  of  great  worth  unto 
them  in  the  last  days;  for  in  that 
day  shall  they  understand  them; 
wherefore,  for  their  good  have  I 
written  them. 

9.  And  as  one  generation  hath 
been  destroyed  among  the  Jews 
because  of  iniquity,  even  so  have 
they  been  destroyed  from  gener- 
ation to  generation  according  to 
their  iniquities;  and  never  hath 
any  of  them  been  destroyed  save 
it   were   foretold    them    by   the 
prophets  of  the  Lord. 

10.  Wherefore,    it   hath   been 
told  them  concerning  the  destruc- 
tion   which    should    come    upon 
them,  immediately  after  my  fa- 
ther left  Jerusalem;  nevertheless, 


they  hardened  their  hearts;  and 
according  to  my  prophecy  they 
have  been  destroyed,  save  it  be 
those  which  are  'carried  away 
captive  into  Babylon. 

11.  And  now  this  I  speak  be- 
cause of  the  spirit  which  is  in  me. 
And  notwithstanding  they  have 
been  carried  away  they  shall  re- 
turn again,  and  possess  the  land 
of    Jerusalem;    wherefore,    they 
shall  be   restored  again   to   the 
land  of  their  inheritance. 

12.  But, behold,  they  shall  have 
wars,  and  rumors  of  wars;  and 
when  the  day  cometh  that  the 
Only  Begotten  of  the  Father,  yea, 
even  the  Father  of  heaven  and  of 
earth,  shall  manifest  himself  unto 
them  in  the  flesh,  behold,  they 
will  reject  him,  because  of  their 
iniquities,   and  the  hardness  of 
their  hearts,  and  the  stiffness  of 
their  necks. 

13.  Behold,  they  will  crucify 
him;   and  after  he  is  laid  in  a 
sepulchre  for  the  space  of  three 
days  he  shall  rise  from  the  dead, 
with  healing  in  his  wings;   and 
all  those  who  shall  believe  on  his 
name  shall  be  saved  in  the  king- 
dom of  God.    Wherefore,  my  soul 
delighteth  to  prophesy  concern- 
ing him,  for  I  have  dseen  his  day, 
and  my  heart  doth  magnify  his 
holy  name. 

14.  And  behold  it  shall  come 
to  pass  that  after   the  Messiah, 
hath  risen  from  the  dead,  and 
hath  manifested  himself  unto  his 
people,  unto  as  many  as  will  be- 
lieve on  his  name,  behold,  Jeru- 
salem shall  be  destroyed  again; 
for    wo    unto    them    that    fight 
against  God  and  the  people  of 
his  church. 

15.  Wherefore,  the  Jews  shall 
be  Scattered  among  all  nations; 
yea,  and  also  Babylon  shall  be 


c,  1  Ne.  1:13.    10:3.     See  g.  1  Ne.  7. 
14.    22  :5.     2  Ne,  10  :6. 


,  1  Ne.  11:13  —  34.    e,  1  Ne.  10  :12.    19:13, 
BETWEEN  B.  C.  550  AND  545. 


2   NBPHI,   25. 


destroyed;   wherefore,   the  Jews 
shall  be  scattered  by  other  nations. 

16.  And  after  they  have  been 
scattered,  and  the  Lord  God  hath 
scourged  them  by  other  nations 
for  the  space  of  many  genera- 
tions, yea,  even  down  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  until  they 
shall  be  persuaded  to  ''believe  in 
Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  and  the 
^atonement,  which  is  infinite  for 
all  mankind — and  when  that  day 
shall  come  that  they  shall  believe 
in  Christ,  and  worship  the  Father 
in   his   name,   with   pure  hearts 
and  clean  hands,  and  look  not 
forward    any   more    for   another 
Messiah,  then,  at  that  time,  the 
day  will  come  that  it  must  needs 
be    expedient    that    they    should 
believe  these  things. 

17.  And  the  Lord  will  set  his 
hand  again  the  Rsecond  time  to 
restore  his  people  from  their  lost 
and  fallen  state.    Wherefore,  he 
will  proceed  to  do  a  Marvelous 
work  and  a  wonder  among  the 
children  of  men. 

18.  Wherefore,  he  shall  bring 
forth  %is  words  unto  them,  which 
words  shall  judge  them  at  the 
last  day,  for  they  shall  be  given 
them   for  the   purpose   of  fccon- 
vincing  them  of  the  true  Messiah, 
who  was  rejected  by  them;  and 
unto  the  convincing  of  them  that 
they  need  not  look  forward  any 
more  for  a  Messiah  to  come,  for 
there  should  not  any  come,  save 
it  should  be  a  false  Messiah  which 
should   deceive  the  people;    for 
there  is  save  one  Messiah  spoken 
of  by  the  prophets,  and  that  Mes- 
siah is  he  who  should  be  rejected 
of  the  Jews. 

19.  For  according  to  the  words 


of  the  prophets,  the  Messiah 
cometh  in  'six  hundred  years 
from  the  time  that  my  father  left 
Jerusalem;  and  according  to  the 
words  of  the  prophets,  and  also 
the  word  of  the  angel  of  God,  Ms 
name  shall  be  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Son  of  God. 

20.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
have    spoken    mplainly    that    ye 
cannot  err.  And  as  the  Lord  God 
liveth  that  brought  Israel  up  out 
of  the  land  of  Egypt,. and  gave 
unto  Moses  power  that  he  should 
heal  the  nations  after  they  had 
been  bitten  by  the  poisonous  ser- 
pents,  if  they  would  cast  their 
eyes  unto  the  serpent  which  he 
did  raise  up   before  them,   and 
also    gave    him    power    that   he 
should  smite  the  rock  and  the 
water  should  come  forth ;  yea,  be- 
hold I  say  unto  you,  that  as  these 
things  are  true,  and  as  the  Lord 
God  liveth,  there  is  none  other 
name  given  under  heaven  save  it 
be  this  Jesus  Christ,  of  which  I 
have  spoken,  whereby  man  can 
be  saved. 

21.  Wherefore,  for  this  cause 
hath  the  Lord  God  promised  unto 
me   that    these   things   which   I 
write  shall  be  kept  and  preserved, 
and  handed  down  unto  my  seed, 
from   generation   to   generation, 
that  the  promise  may  be  fulfilled 
unto  Joseph,  that  Ms  seed  should 
never  perish  ^s  long  as  the  earth, 
should  stand. 

22.  Wherefore,     these    things 
shall  go  from  generation  to  gen- 
eration as  long  as  the  earth  shall 
stand;  and  they  shall  go  accord- 
ing to  the  will  and  pleasure  of 
God;  and  the  nations  who  shall 
possess  them  shall  be  "judged  of 


/,  1  Ne.  10:14.        .  ._.__.. 

3  Ne.  5:26.    20:30 — 33.    Morm.  3:21.     5:14. 


19:15—17. 


2   Ne.   6:11,   14.     10:7—9.     25:18.     26:12.     30:7. 
:21.     5:14.    g,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.    ft,  2  Ne.  6:14.    21:11. 

29:1.  Jac.  6:2.  ls  1  Ne.  14:7.  1  Ne.  22:8.  2  Ne.  27:26.  29:1.  3  Ne.  21:9.  '  28:31 
—  33.  Morm.  8:34.  /,  1  Ne.  13:34,  35,  39,  40.  2  Ne.  27:6  —  26.  3  Ne.  16:4.  Morm. 
8:14—16,  25—34.  fc,  1  Ne.  13:3^  —  42.  2  Ne.  25:16,  17.  26:12.  Morm.  3:21, 
5  :12  —  15.  Z,  see  &,  1  Ne.  10.  m,  see  &.  %  yer.  IS.  2  Ne.  33  :10  —  15.  3  Ne.  27  -.23—27. 
28  :29  —  34.  Eth.  4  :8—  10.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


92 


2  NEPHI,   26. 


them  according  to  the  words  which 
are  written. 

23.  For  we  labor  diligently  to 
write,  to  persuade  our  children, 
and  also  our  brethren,  to  believe 
in  Christ,  and  to  be  reconciled  to 
God;  for  we  know  that  it  is  by 
grace  that  we  are  saved,  after  all 
we  can  do. 

24.  And,  "notwithstanding  we 
believe  in  Christ,  we  keep  the  law 
of  Moses,  and  look  forward  with 
steadfastness   unto   Christ,  until 
the  law  shall  be  fulfilled. 

25.  For,  for  this  end  was  the 
law  given ;  wherefore  the  law  hath 
become  dead  unto  us,  and  we  are 
made  alive  in  Christ  because  of 
our  faith;  yet  we  keep  the  law 
because  of  the  commandments. 

26.  And  we  talk  of  Christ,  we 
rejoice  in  Christ,  we  preach  of 
Christ,   we    prophesy   of   Christ, 
and  we  write  according  to  our 
prophecies,  that  our  children  may 
know  to  what  source  they  may 
look  for  a  remission  of  their  sins. 

27.  Wherefore,  we  speak  con- 
cerning the  law  that  our  children 
may  know  the  deadness  of  the 
law;  and  they,  by  knowing  the 
deadness  of  the  law,  may  look 
forward  unto  that  life  which  is  in 
Christ,  and  know  for  what  end 
the  law  was  given.   And  after  the 
law  is  fulfilled  in  Christ,  that  they 
need    not    harden    their    hearts 
against  him  when  the  law  ought 
to  be  done  away. 

28.  And  now  behold,  my  peo- 
ple, ye  are  a  stiffnecked  people; 
wherefore,  I  have  spoken  plainly 
unto  you,  that  ye  cannot  misun- 
derstand.    And  the  words  which 
I  have  spoken  shall  stand  as  a 
testimony  against  you;  for  they 
are  sufficient  to  teach  any  man 


the  right  way;  for  the  right  way  is 
to  believe  in  Christ  and  deny  him 
not;  for  by  denying  him  ye  also 
deny  the  prophets  and  the  law. 

29.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 
you  that  the  right  way  is  to  be- 
lieve in  Christ,  and  deny  him  not; 
and  Christ  is  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel;   wherefore  ye  must  bow 
down   before   him,   and   worship 
him  with  all  your  might,  mind, 
and    strength,    and    your    whole 
soul;  and  if  ye  do  this  ye  shall  in 
nowise  be  cast  out. 

30.  And,  inasmuch  as  it  shall 
be  expedient,  ye  must  keep  the 
performances  and  ordinances  of 
God  until  the  law  shall  be  ful- 
filled which  was  given  unto  Moses. 

CHAPTER   26. 

Nephi's  predictions  continued  — 
Christ  to  come  to  the  Nephites — 
Their  final  destruction — The  days  of 
the  Gentiles. 

1.  And  after  Christ  shall  have 
risen    from    the    dead    he    shall 
ashow  himself  unto  you,  my  chil- 
dren, and  my  beloved  brethren; 
and    the  words   which   lie   shall 
speak  unto  you  shall  be  the  law 
which  ye  shall  do. 

2.  For  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  I  have   beheld   that  many 
generations  shall  pass  away,  and 
there  shall  be  great  wars  and  con- 
tentions among  my  people. 

3.  And  after  the  Messiah  shall 
come  there  shall  be  *signs  given 
unto  my  people  of  his  birth,  and 
also  of  his  death  and  resurrection; 
and  great  and  terrible  shall  that 
day  be  unto  the  wicked,  for  they 
shall  perish;  and  they  perish  be- 
cause they  cast  out  the  prophets, 
and  the  saints,  and  stone  them, 
and  slay  them;  wherefore  the  "cry 


o,  yers.  25—30.     1  Ne.  5:0.     2  Ne.  5:10.     26:1.     Jac.  4:4,  5.     Jar.  5.     Mos.  2:3. 
3:14—16.     12:28,29,31—37.     13:27—35.     16:14,15.     Al.  25:14— 16.     30:3.     31:9. 
34.13,  14.     He.  15:5.     3  Ne.  1:24,  25.     9:17 — 19.     12:17,  18.     15:2 — 10. 
CHAP.  26:    a,,  ver.  9.    1  Ne.  11:7.    12:6.    See  b.,  1  Ne.  12.    6,  Bee  a,  1  Ne.  12.    o,  see  /, 
2  Ne.  28.    3  Ne.  6:23,  25.    7:10,  14,  19.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  26. 


of  the  blood  of  the  saints  shall  j 
ascend  up  to  God  from  the  ground  | 
against  them.  ! 

4.  Wherefore,  all  those  who  are 
proud,  and  that  do  wickedly,  the 
day  that  cometh  shall  burn  them  i 
up,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts,  for  j 
they  shall  be  as  stubble.  | 

5.  And  they  that  kill  the  proph- I 
ets,  and  the  saints,  the  depths  of  1 
the  earth  shall  swallow  them  up,  j 
saith    the  Lord   of   Hosts;    and 
mountains  shall  cover  them,  and ; 
whirlwinds  shall  carry  them  away, 
and    buildings    shall    fall    upon 
them  and  crush  them  to  pieces 
and  grind  them  to  powder. 

6.  And  they  shall  be  visited 
with  thunderings,  and  lightnings, 
and  earthquakes,  and  all  manner 
of  destructions,  for  the  fire  of  the 
anger  of  the  Lord  shall  be  kin- 
dled against  them,  and  they  shall 
be  as  stubble,  and  the  day  that 
cometh  shall  consume  them,  saith 
the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

7.  O  the  pain,  and  the  anguish 
of  my  soul  for  the  loss  of  the 
slain  of  my  people  I   For  I,  Nephi, 
have  seen  it,  and  it  well  nigh  con- 
sumeth  me  before  the  presence  of 
the  Lord ;  but  I  must  cry  unto  my 
God:     Thy  ways  are  just. 

8.  But  behold,   the  righteous 
that  hearken  unto  the  words  of 
the  prophets,  and  destroy  them 
not,  but  look  forward  unto  Christ 
with  steadfastness  for  the  signs 
which  are  given,  notwithstanding 
all  persecution — behold,  they  are 
they  which  shall  dnot  perish. 

9.  But  the  Son  of  righteous- 
ness  shall   'appear   unto  them; 
and    he    shall   heal   them,    and 
they  shall  have  peace  with  him, 
until  three  generations  shall  have 
passed  away,  and  many  of  the 


''fourth    generation    shall    have 
passed  away  in  righteousness. 

10.  And  when  these  things  have 
passed  away  a  speedy  destruction 
cometh  unto  my  people;  for,  not- 
withstanding  the    pains   of    my 
soul,  I  have  seen  it;  wherefore,  I 
know  that  it  shall  come  to  pass; 
and    they    sell    themselves    for 
naught;   for,  for  the  reward  of 
their  pride  and  their  foolishness 
they  shall  reap  destruction;  for 
because  they  yield  unto  the  devil 
and   choose  works   of  darkness 
rather  than  light,  therefore  they 
must  go  down  to  hell. 

11.  For  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord 
will  not  always  strive  with  man. 
And  when  the  Spirit  ceaseth  to 
strive    with    man    then    cometh 
speedy  destruction,  and  this  griev- 
eth  my  soul. 

12.  And  as  I  spake  concerning 
the  'convincing  of  the  Jews,  that 
Jesus  is  the  very  Christ,  it  must 
needs  be  that  the  Gentiles  ftbe 
convinced  also  that  Jesus  is  the 
Christ,  the  Eternal  God; 

13.  And  that  he  manlfesteth 
himself  unto  all  those  who  believe 
in  him,  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;   yea,  unto   every  nation, 
kindred,  tongue,  and  people,  work- 
ing mighty  miracles,  signs,  and 
wonders,  among  the  children  of 
men  according  to  their  faith. 

1 4.  But  behold,  I  prophesy  unto 
you  concerning  the  last  days;  con- 
cerning the  days  when  the  Lord 
God  *shall  bring  these  things  forth 
unto  the  children  of  men. 

15.  After  my  seed  and  the  seed 
of  my  brethren  'shall  have  dwin- 
dled in  unbelief,  and  shall  have 
been  smitten  by  the  Gentiles;  yea, 
after  *the  Lord  God  shall  have 
camped  against  them  round  about, 


a,  3  Ne.  9:13.  10:12,  13.  e,  see  T>,  1  Ne.  12.  /,  1  Ne.  12:12.  Al.  45:10,  12. 
He.  13  :5,  9,  10.  3  Ne.  27 :32.  Monn.  6 :5— 22.  gs  see  f ,  2  Ne.  25.  h,  see  *,  1  Ne.  13. 
See  1  Ne.  13 :34— 38,  42.  14 :1— 3.  Monn.  3 :21.  i,  see  j,  2  Ne.  25.  j,  1  Ne.  12:22,  23. 
15:13.  Morm.  5:15,  20.  8:27.  Jef  Isa,  29:3.  BETWEEN*  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


94 


2  NEPHI,   26, 


and  shall  have  laid  siege  against 
them  with  a  mount,  and  raised 
forts  against  them;  and  after  they 
shall  have  been  brought  down 
low  in  the  dust,  even  that  they 
are  not,  yet  the  words  of  the 
righteous  shall  be  written,  and 
the  prayers  of  the  faithful  shall 
be  heard,  and  all  those  who  have 
dwindled  in  unbelief  shall  not  be 
forgotten. 

16.  For  those  who  shall  be  de- 
stroyed shall  'speak  unto  them 
out    of   the    ground,    and    their 
speech  shall  be  low  out  of  the 
dust,  and  their  voice  shall  be  as 
one  that  hath  a  familiar  spirit; 
for  the  Lord  God  will  give  unto 
him  power,  that  he  may  whisper 
concerning  them,  even  as  it  were 
out   of   the   ground;    and   their 
speech  shall  whisper  out  of  the 
dust. 

17.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord 
God:    They  shall  write  the  things 
which  shall  be  done  among  them, 
and  they  shall  be  written  and 
sealed  up  in  a  book,  and  those 
who  have  dwindled  in  unbelief 
shall  wnot  have  them,  for  they 
seek  to  destroy  the  things  of  God. 

18.  Wherefore,   as  those  who 
have  been  destroyed  have  been 
destroyed  speedily;  and  the  nmul~ 
titude  of  their  terrible  ones  shall 
be  as  chan*  that  passeth  away — 
yea,  thus  saith  the  Lord  God:    It 
shall  be  at  an  instant,  suddenly— 

19.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
that  those  who  have  'dwindled  in 
unbelief  shall  be  smitten  by  the 
hand  of  the  Gentiles. 

20.  And  the  Gentiles  are  lifted 
up  in   the  pride  of   their  eyes, 
and  have  ^stumbled,  because  of 
the  greatness  of  their  stumbling 
block,  that  they  have  built  up 


amany  churches ;  nevertheless, 
they  put  down  the  rpower  and 
miracles  of  God,  and  preach  up 
unto  themselves  their  own  wisdom 
and  their  sown  learning,  that  they 
may  get  'gain  and  grind  upon  the 
face  of  the  poor. 

21.  And  there  are  many  churches 
built   up   which  cause  envyings, 
and  strifes,  and  malice. 

22.  And  there  are  also  "secret 
combinations,  even  as  in  times  of 
old,    according  to  the  combina- 
tions of  the  devil,  for  he  is  the 
foundation   of  all  these  things; 
yea,   the  foundation  -of  murder, 
and  works  of  darkness;  yea,  and 
he  leadeth  them  by  the  neck  with 
a  flaxen  cord,  until  he  bindeth 
them  with  his  strong  cords  for- 
ever. 

23.  For    behold,    my    beloved 
brethren,  I  say  unto  you  that  the 
Lord  God  worketh  not  in  dark- 
ness. 

24.  He  doeth  not  anything  save 
it  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  world; 
for  he  loveth  the  world,  even  that 
he  layeth  down  his  own  life  that 
he  may  "draw  all  men  unto  him. 
Wherefore,  he  commandeth  none 
that  they  shall  not  partake  of  his 
salvation. 

25.  Behold,  doth  he  cry  unto 
any,  saying:     Depart  from  me? 
Behold,  I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  but 
he  saith:     Come  untq  me  all  ye 
ends  of  the  earth,  <°buy  milk  and 
honey,  without  money  and  with- 
out price. 

26.  Behold, hathhe commanded 
any  that  they  should  depart  out 
of  the  synagogues,  or  out  of  the 
houses  of  worship?    Behold,  I  say 
unto  you,  Nay. 

27.  Hath  he  commanded  any 
that  they  should  not  partake  of 


Z,  Isa.  29:4.  m}  Enos  14.  Morm.  6:6.  n,  Isa.  29:5.  Morm.  6:6 — 15.  o,  see  /. 
y,  1  Ne.  13:29,  34.  14:1—3  &  1  Ne.  14:9,  10.  22:23.  2  Ne.  28.  Morm.  8 : 25— 41. 
r,  2  Ne.  28-5,  6.  Morm.  8:26.  9:7—26.  Moro.  7.33 — 38.  a,  2  Ne.  28:4.  tt  1  Ne. 
22:23.  2  Ne.  28:12,  13.  Morm.  8:28,  32,  33,  36—39.  u,  see  i,  2  Ne.  10.  vf  see  c, 

2  Ne.  9.     to,  Isa.  55  :1.  BETWEEN"  B.1  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,  27. 


his  salvation?  Behold  I  say  unto 
you,  Nay;  but  lie  hath,  given  it 
free  for  all  men;  and  he  hath 
commanded  Ms  people  that  they 
should  persuade  all  men  to  re- 
pentance. 

28.  Behold,  hath  the  Lord  com- 
manded any  that  they  should  not 
partake  of  his  goodness?    Behold 
I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  but  all  men 
are  privileged  the  one  like  unto 
the  other,  and  none  are  forbidden. 

29.  He  commandeth  that  there 
shall  be  no  priestcrafts;  for,  be- 
hold, ^priestcrafts  are  that  men 
preach  and  set  themselves  up  for 
a  light  unto  the  world,  that  they 
may  get  gain  and  praise  of  the 
world;    but   they   seek   not    the 
welfare  of  Zion. 

30.  Behold,  the  Lord  hath  for- 
bidden this  thing;  wherefore,  the 
Lord  God  hath  given  a  command- 
ment that  all  men  should  have 
charity,   which  ^charity  is   love. 
And    except    they    should    have 
charity  they  were  nothing.  Where- 
fore, if  they  should  have  charity 
they  would  not  suffer  the  laborer 
In  Zion  to  perish. 

31.  But   the   laborer  in   Zion 
shall  labor  for  Zion;  for  if  they 
labor  for  money  they  shall  perish. 

32.  And  again,  the  Lord  God 
hath  commanded  that  men  should 
not  murder;  that  they  should  not 
iie;  that  they  should  not  steal; 
that  they  should   not   take   the 
name  of  the  Lord  their  God  in 
vain;  that  they  should  not  envy; 
that  they  should  not  have  malice; 
that  they  should  not  contend  one 
with  another;   that  they  should 
not  commit  whoredoms;  and  that 
they   should    do    none    of   these 
things;    for  whoso    doeth  them 
shall  perish. 

33.  For  none  of  these  iniqui- 
ties come  of  the  Lord;   for  he 


doeth  that  which  is  good  among 
the  children  of  men;  and  he  doeth 
nothing  save  it  be  "plain  unto  the 
children  of  men;  and  he  inviteth 
them  all  to  come  unto  him  and 
partake  of  his  goodness;  and  he 
denieth  none  that  come  unto  him, 
black  and  white,  bond  and  free, 
male  and  female;  and  he  remem- 
bereth  the  heathen;  and  all  are 
alike  unto  God,  both  Jew  and 
Gentile. 

CHAPTER  27. 

NepJii's     predictions     continued  — 

G-od's  judgments  upon  the  wicked — 
The  sealed  book — The  unlearned  man 
— The  three  witnesses — A  marvelous 
work  and  a  wonder. 

1.  But,  behold,  in  the  last  days, 
or  in  the  days  of  the  Gentiles — 
yea,   behold   all   the   nations   of 
the  Gentiles  and  also  the  Jews, 
both  those  who  shall  come  upon 
this  land  and  those  who  shall  be 
upon  other  lands,  yea,  even  upon 
all  the  lands   of  the  earth,  be- 
hold, they  will  be  ^drunken  with 
iniquity  and  all  manner  of  abom- 
inations— 

2.  And   when   that   day   shall 
come  they  shall  be  "visited  of  the 
Lord  of  Hosts,  with  thunder  and 
with  earthquake,  and  with  a  great 
noise,  and  with  storm,  and  with 
tempest,  and  with  the  flame  of 
devouring  fire. 

3.  And  all  the  nations  that  fight5 
against  Zion,   and  that  distress 
her,  shall  be   as   a  dream  of  a 
night  vision;  yea,  it  shall  be  unto 
them,  even  as  unto  a  hungry  man 
which  dreameth,  and  behold  he 
eateth  but  he  awaketh  and  his 
soul  is   empty;    or  like  unto   a 
thirsty  man  which  dreameth,  and 
behold  he  drinketh  but  he  awak- 
eth and  behold  he  is  faint,  and  his 
soul  hath  appetite;  yea,  even  so 
shall  the  multitude  of  all  the  na- 


CHAP, 


x,  3  Ne.  16:10.     21:19—21.     Chap.  30.    g,  Sforo.  7:47,  48.     8:26.     z,  vers.  23,  24. 
AP.  27 :    a,  Isa.  29  :9.     Z>,  Isa,  29 :6 — 10.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


96 


2  NEPHI,  27. 


tions  be  tliat  fight  against  Mount 
Zion. 

4.  For  behold,  all  ye  that  doeth 
iniquity,  stay  yourselves  and  won- 
der, for  ye  shall  cry  out,  and  cry; 
yea,  ye  shall  he  drunken  hut  not 
with  wine,  ye  shall  stagger  but 
not  with  strong  drink. 

5.  For  behold,  the  Lord  hath 
poured  out  upon  you  the  spirit  of 
deep  sleep.    For  behold,  ye  have 
closed   your   eyes,   and  ye  have 
rejected  the  prophets;  and  your 
rulers,  and  the  seers  hath  he  cov- 
ered because  of  your  iniquity. 

6.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  the  Lord   God  shall  bring 
forth  unto  you  the  words  of  a 
cbook,  and  they  shall  be  the  words 
of  them  which  have  slumbered. 

7.  And  behold  the  book  shall 
be  dsealed;  and  in  the  book  shall 
be  a  erevelation  from  God,  from 
the  beginning  of  the  world  to  the 
ending  thereof. 

8.  "Wherefore,  because  of  the 
things  which  are  sealed  up,  the 
things  which  are  sealed  shall  not 
be  delivered  in  the  rday  of  the 
wickedness  and  abominations  of 
the  people.    Wherefore  the  book 
shall  be  kept  from  them. 

9.  But  the  book  shall  be  deliv- 
ered unto  a  man,  and  he  shall 
deliver  the  words  of  the  book, 
which  are  the  words  of  those  who 
have  slumbered  in  the  dust,  and 
he  shall  deliver  these  words  unto 
another; 

10.  But  the  words  which  are 
sealed  he  shall  not  deliver,  neither 
shall  he  deliver  the  book.     For 
the  book  shall  be  sealed  by  the 
power  of  God,  and  the  revelation 
which  was  sealed  shall  be  kept  in 
the  book  until  the  own  *due  time 


of  the  Lord,  that  they  may  come 
forth;  for  behold,- they  J reveal  all 
things  from  the  foundation  of  the 
world  unto  the  end  thereof. 

11.  And  the  day  cometh  that 
the    words   of    the   book    which 
were  sealed  shall  be  read  upon 
the  house  tops ;  and  they  shall  be 
read  by  the  power  of  Christ;  and 
all  things  shall  be  ^revealed  unto 
the  children  of  men  which  ever 
have  been  among  the  children  of 
men,  and  which  ever  will  be  even 
unto  the  end  of  the  earth. 

12.  Wherefore,  at  that  day  when 
the  book  shall  be  delivered  unto 
the  man  of  whom  I  have  spoken, 
the  book  shall  be  hid  from  the 
eyes  of  the  world,  that  the  eyes 
of  none  shall  behold  it  save  it  be 
thatwthree  witnesses  shall  behold 
it,  by  the  power  of  God,  besides 
him  to  whom  the  book  shall  be 
delivered;  and  they  shall  testify 
to  the  truth  of  the  book  and  the 
things  therein. 

13.  And  there  is  none   other 
which  shall  view  it,  save  it  be  a 
nfew  according  to  the  will  of  God, 
to   bear  testimony  of  his   word 
unto  the  children  of  men ;  for  the 
Lord  God  hath  said  that  the  words 
of  the  faithful  should  speak  as  if 
it  were  from  the  "dead. 

14.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  God 
will  proceed  to  bring  forth  the 
words  of  the  book;   and  in  the 
mouth  of  as  *many  witnesses  as 
seemeth  him  good  will  he  estab- 
lish his  word ;  and  wo  be  unto  him 
that  «rejecteth  the  word  of  God! 

15.  But  behold,  it  shall  come 
to  pass  that  the  Lord  God  shall 
say  unto  rhim  to  whom  he  shall 
deliver   the    book:     Take   these 
words  which  are  not  sealed  and 


c,  1  Ne.  13:34,  35,  39—42.  2  Ne.  3:6—23.  26:16,  17.  29:11.  Enos  13—18. 
Morm.  5:12,  13.  8:14 — 16,  25 — 32.  d,  Isa.  29:11.  e,  Eth.  4:1 — 7.  /,  Eth.  4:6,  7. 
i,  Eth.  4:7,  15.  j,  Eth.  4:15.  Jc,  Eth.  4:6,  7,  13—17.  m,  see  c,  2  Ne.  11.  nf  see 
Testimony  of  Witnesses  in  forepart  of  Book.  0  2  Ne.  3:19,  20.  26:16,  17.  27:6. 
33:13 — 15.  Morm.  9:30.  Moro.  10:27.  Isa.  29:4,  p,  see  <Z,  2  Ne.  11.  q,  2  Ne. 
28:29,  30.  33:13 — 15.  Eth.  4:8.  r,  vers.  12,  19,  24.  BETWEEN  B,  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,   27. 


97 


deliver  them  to  'another,  that  lie 
may  show  them  *unto  the  learned, 
saying:  "Read  this,  I  pray  thee. 
And  the  learned  shall  say:  Bring 
hither  the  book,  and  I  will  read 
them. 

16.  And  now,  because  of  the 
glory  of  the  world  and  to  get  gain 
will  they  say  this,  and  not  for  the 
glory  of  God. 

17.  And  the  man  shall  say:     I 
cannot  bring  the  book,  for  it  is 
sealed. 

18.  Then  shall  the  learned  say: 
I  cannot  read  it. 

19.  Wherefore  it  shall  come  to 
pass,  that  the  Lord  God  will  de- 
liver   again    the    book    and   the 
words  thereof  to  chim  that  is  not 
learned;    and   the  man   that   is 
not  learned  shall  say:     I  am  not 
learned. 

20.  Then  shall  the  Lord  God 
say  unto  him :    The  learned  shall 
not  read  them,  for  they  have  re- 
jected them,  and  I  am  able  to  do 
mine  own  work;  wherefore  thou 
shalt  read  the  words  which  I  shall 
give  unto  thee. 

21.  wTouch  not  the  things  which 
are  sealed,  for  I  will  bring  them 
forth  in  mine  own  due  time;  for 
I  will  show  unto  the  children  of 
men  that  I  am  able  to  do  mine 
own  work. 

22.  Wherefore,  when  thou  hast 
read  the  words  which  I  have  com- 
manded thee,  and  obtained  the 
^witnesses  which  I  have  promised 
unto  thee,  then  shalt  thou  seal  up 
the  book  again,  and  hide  it  up 
unto  me,  that  I  may  preserve  the 
words  which  thou  hast  not  read, 
until  I  shall  see  fit  in  mine  own 
wisdom  yto  reveal  all  things  unto 
the  children  of  men. 

23.  For  behold,  I  am  God;  and 
I  am  a  God  of  miracles;  and  I 


will  show  unto  the  world  that  I 
am  the  same  yesterday,  today,  and 
forever;  and  I  work  not  among 
the  children  of  men  save  it  be 
according  to  their  faith. 

24.  And  again  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  the  Lord  shall  say  unto 
*him  that  shall  read  the  words 
that  shall  be  delivered  him: 

25.  2flForasmuch  as  this  people 
draw  near  unto  me  with   their 
mouth,   and   with   their  lips   do 
honor  me,  but  have  removed  their 
hearts  far  from  me,   and  their 
fear  towards  me  is  taught  by  the 
precepts  of  men — 

26.  Therefore,  I  will  proceed 
to  2&do  a  marvelous  work  among 
this  people,  yea,  a  marvelous  work 
and  a  wonder,   for  the  wisdom 
of  their  wise  and  learned  shall 
perish,  and  the  understanding  of 
their  prudent  shall  be  hid. 

27.  And   wo   unto  them  that 
seek  deep  to  hide  their  counsel 
from  the  Lord !   And  their  works 
are  in  the  dark;  and  they  say: 
Who  seeth  us,  and  who  knoweth 
us?    And  they  also  say:    Surely, 
your   turning   of   things   upside 
down  shall  be  esteemed  as  the 
potter's  clay.    But  behold »  I  will 
show  unto  them,  saith  the  Lord 
of  Hosts,  that  I  know  all  their 
works.     For  shall  the  work  say 
of  him  that  made  it,  he  made  me 
not?     Or  shall  the  thing  framed 
say  of  him  that  framed  it,  he  had 
no  understanding? 

28.  But  behold,  saith  the  Lord 
of  Hosts:     I  will  show  unto  the 
children  of  men  that  it  is  yet  a 
very   little   while   an,d   Lebanon 
shall  be  turned  into   a  fruitful 
field;  and  the  fruitful  field  shall 
be  esteemed  as  a  forest. 

29.  20And  in  that  day  shall  the 
deaf  hear  the  words  of  the  book, 


*,  ver.  &.  t,  1  Cor.  1 :19 — 21.  Hist,  of  the  Church,  Vol.  1,  p.  20.  t*,  Isa.  20 :11. 
*,  vers.  12,  15,  24.  wf  Eth.  5:1.  a-,  see  c,  2  Ne.  11.  y,  2  Ne.  27:7,  8.  Bth.  4:6,  7. 
«,  vers.  12,  15,  19.  2a,  Isa.  20:13 — 24.  26,  see  i,  2  Ne.  25.  2c,  see  c. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  345. 


98 


2  NBPHI,  28. 


and  the  eyes  of  the  blind  shall 
see  out  of  obscurity  and  out  of 
darkness. 

30.  And  the  meek  also  shall 
increase,  and  their  joy  shall  be 
in  the  Lord,  and  the  poor  among 
men  shall  rejoice  in  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel. 

31.  2dFor  assuredly  as  the  Lord 
liveth  they  shall  see  that  the  ter- 
rible one  is  brought  to  naught, 
and  the  scorner  is  consumed,  and 
all  that  watch  for  iniquity  are 
cut  off; 

32.  And  they  that  make  a  man 
an  offender  for  a  word,  and  lay  a 
snare  for  him  that  reproveth  in 
the  gate,  and  turn  aside  the  just 
for  a  thing  of  naught. 

33.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  who  redeemed   Abraham, 
concerning  the  house  of  Jacob: 
Jacob  shall  2enot  now  be  ashamed, 
neither  shall  his  face  now  wax 
pale. 

34.  But  when  he  seeth  his  chil- 
dren, the  work  of  my  hands,  in 
the    midst  -of    him,    they    shall 
sanctify  my  name,  and  sanctify 
the  Holy  One  of  Jacob,  and  shall 
fear  the  God  of  Israel. 

35.  2/They  also  that  erred  in 
spirit  shall  come  to  understand- 
ing, and  they  that  murmured  shall 
learn  doctrine. 

CHAPTER  28. 

Nephi's  predictions  continued — Lat- 
ter-day churches  and  conditions — The 
kingdom  of  the  devil  to  be  shaken — 
The  misleading  precepts  of  men. 

1.  And  now,  behold,  my  breth- 
ren, I  have  spoken  unto  you,  ac- 
cording as  the  Spirit  hath  con- 
strained me;  wherefore,  I  know 
that  they  must  surely  come  to 
pass. 

2.  The  things  which  shall  be 


written  out  of  the  abook  shall  be 
of  great  worth  unto  the  children 
of  men,  and  especially  unto  our 
seed,  which  is  a  remnant  of  the 
house  of  Israel. 

3.  For  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day  that  the  "churches  which 
are  built  up,   and   not  unto  the 
Lord,  when  the  one  shall  say  unto 
the  other:     Behold,  I,  I  am  the 
Lord's;  and  the  others  shall  say: 
I,  I  am  the  Lord's;  and  thus  shall 
every  one  say  that  hath  built  up 
churches,  and  not  unto  the  Lord — 

4.  And  they  shall  contend  one 
with  another;   and  their  priests 
shall  contend  one  with  another, 
and  they  shall  teach  with  their 
learning,    and    deny    the    Holy 
G-host,  which  giveth  utterance. 

5.  And  they  deny  the  dpower 
of  God,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel; 
and   they  say  unto   the  people: 
Hearken  unto  us,  and  hear  ye  our 
precept;   for  behold  there  is  no 
God  today,  for  the  Lord  and  the 
Redeemer  hath  done  his  work, 
and  he  hath  given  his  power  unto 
men; 

6.  Behold,  hearken  ye  unto  my 
precept;  if ,  they  shall  say  there 
is  a  miracle  wrought  by  the  hand 
of  the  Lord,  believe  it  not;   for 
this  day  he  is  not  a  God  of  mira- 
cles; he  hath  done  his  work. 

7.  Yea,  and  there  shall  be  many 
which  shall  say:    Bat,  drink,  and 
be  merry,  for  tomorrow  we  die; 
and  it  shall  be  well  with  us. 

8.  And    there    shall    also    be 
many    which     shall     say:     Eat, 
drink,  and  be  merry;   neverthe- 
less, fear  God — he  will  justify 
in  committing  a  little  sin;   yea, 
lie  a  little,  take  the  advantage  of 
one  because  of  his  words,  dig  a 
pit  for  thy  neighbor;  there  is  no 
harm  in  this;   and  do  all  these 


2<Z,  see  /,  1  Ne,  22.    2e,  see  c,  1  Ne.  15.    2f,  1  Ne.  13 :35—3S.     14 :l—3. 
CHAP.  28 :    o,  see  G3  2  Ne.  27.    &,  see  q,  2  Ne.  26.     c.,  2  Ne.  26 :20.     tf,  see  r,  2  Ne.  26. 
ef  vers.  21,  25,  26.     Morm.  8:31.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NBPHI,   28. 


things,  for  tomorrow  we  die;  and 
If  It  so  be  that  we  are  guilty,  God 
will  beat  us  with  a  few  stripes, 
and  at  last  we  shall  be  saved  in 
the  kingdom  of  God, 

9.  Yea,  and  there  shall  be  many 
which  shall  teach  after  this  man- 
ner, false  and  vain  and  foolish 
doctrines,  and  shall  be  puffed  up 
in  their  hearts,  and   shall  seek 
deep  to  hide  their  counsels  from 
the  Lord;  and  their  works  shall 
be  in  the  dark. 

10.  And  the  f blood  of  the  saints 
shall  cry  from  the  ground  against 
them. 

11.  Yea,  they  have  all  gone  out 
of  the  way;  they  have  become  cor- 
rupted. 

12.  Because  of  pride,  and  be- 
cause   of    false    teachers,     and 
false    doctrine,    their    ^churches 
have  become  corrupted,  and  their 
churches  are  lifted  up;  because 
of  pride  they  are  puffed  up. 

13.  They  rob  the  poor  because 
of  their  fine  sanctuaries;  they  rob 
the   poor  because   of   their  fine 
clothing;  and  they  persecute  the 
meek    and    the    poor    in    heart, 
because  in  their  pride  they  are 
puffed  up. 

14.  They  wear  stiff  necks  and 
high  heads;  yea,  and  because  of 
pride,  and  wickedness,  and  abom- 
inations,   and    whoredoms,    they 
have  all  gone  astray  save  it  be  a 
few,  who  are  the  humble  follow- 
ers of  Christ;  nevertheless,  they 
are  led,  that  in  many  instances 
they   do    err   because   they   are 
Haught  by  the  precepts  of  men. 

15.  O  the  wise,  and  the  learned, 
and  the  rich,  that  are  puffed  up 
in  the  pride  of  their  hearts,  and 
all  those  who  preach  false  doc- 


trines, and  all  those  who  commit 
whoredoms,  and  pervert  the  right 
way  of  the  Lord,  *wo,  wo,  wo  be 
unto  them,  salth  the  Lord  God 
Almighty,  for  they  shall  be  thrust 
down  to  hell! 

16.  Wo  unto  them  that  *turn 
aside    the    just   for   a   thing   of 
naught  and  revile  against  that 
which  is  good,  and  say  that  is  of 
no  worth!  For  the  day  shall  come 
that  the  Lord  God  will  speedily 
visit  the  Inhabitants  of  the  earth ; 
and  in  that  day  that  they  are 
*fully  ripe  in  iniquity,  they  shall 
perish. 

17.  But  behold,  if  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  earth  shall  repent  of 
their   wickedness   and   abomina- 
tions they  shall  not  be  destroyed, 
saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

18.  But  behold,  that  great  and 
abominable  church,  the  whore  of 
all  the  earth,  must  ztumble  to  the 
earth,  and  great  must  be  the  fall 
thereof, 

19.  For  the   kingdom   of  the 
devil  mmust  shake,  and  they  which 
belong  to  it  must  needs  be  stirred 
up  unto  repentance,  or  the  devil 
will  grasp   them  with  his  ever- 
lasting chains,  and  they  be  stirred 
up  to  anger,  and  perish; 

20.  For   behold,    at   that   day 
shall  he  nrage  in  the  hearts  of  the 
children  of  men,  and  stir  them  up 
to   anger  against  that  which  is 
good. 

21.  And  others  will  he  °pacify, 
and  lull  them  away  Into  carnal 
security,  that  they  will  say:    All 
is  well  in  Zion;  yea,  Zion  pros- 
pereth,  all  is  well — and  thus  the 
devil   cheateth  their  souls,   and 
leadeth  them  away  carefully  down 
to  hell. 


/,  1  Ne.  14 :13.  22  :14.  2  Ne.  5 :16.  Morm.  8 :27,  40,  41.  Eth.  8 :22— 24.  D.  &  O. 
58:53.  63:28 — 31.  Rev.  6:9 — 11.  18:24.  19:2.  gf  see  q,  2  Ne.  26.  Ti,  2  Ne.  27:35. 
4,  1  Ne.  22:23.  2  Ne.  26:20 — 22,32.  Al.  39:5.  3  Ne.  29 :4 — 9.  Morna.  8:41.  9:26, 
;,  2  Ne.  27 :32.  fe,  1  Ne.  22:16 — 23.  Eth.  2:8 — 11.  Monn.  8:41.  Z,  1  Ne.  14  :3,  4,  6, 
7,  15—17.  See  fc,  1  Ne.  14.  mt  1  Ne.  22  :22,  23.  2  Ne.  28  ;20 — 32.  n,  ver.  28.  o,  2 
Ne.  26:29.  28:7 — 14,  25.  Morm.  8:31.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


100 


2  NEPHI,   29. 


22.  And  behold,  others  he  flat- 
tereth   away,    and   telleth   them 
there  is  no  hell;  and  he  saithunto 
them:   I  am  no  devil,  for  there  Is 
none — and  thus  he  whispereth  in 
their  ears,  until  he  grasps  them 
with    his    awful    "chains,    from 
whence  there  is  no  deliverance. 

23.  Yea,  they  are  ffgraspedwith 
death,  and  hell;  and  death,  and 
hell,  and  the  devil,  and  all  that 
have  been  seized  therewith  must 
stand  before  the  throne  of  God, 
and  be  judged  according  to  their 
works,  from  whence  they  must  go 
into  the  place  prepared  for  them, 
even  a  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone, 
which  is  endless  torment. 

24.  Therefore,  wo  be  unto  him 
that  is  at  ease  in  Zion! 

2  5 .  Wo  be  unto  him  that  crieth : 
All  is  well! 

26.  Yea,  wo  be  unto  him  that 
"•hearkened!  unto  the  precepts  of 
men,  and  denieth  the  power  of 
God,  and  the  gift  of  the  Holy 
Ghost! 

27.  Yea,  wo  be  unto  him  that 
saith:  We  have  received,  and  we 
'need  no  more! 

28.  And  in  fine,  wo  unto  all 
those  who  tremble,  and  are  "angry 
because  of  the  truth  of  God !   For 
behold,  he  that  is  built  upon  the 
rock  receiveth  it  with  gladness; 
and  he  that  is  built  upon  a  sandy 
foundation  trembleth  lest  he  shall 
fall. 

29.  Wo  be  unto  him  that  shall 
say:  We  have  received  the  word 
of  God,  and  we  *need  no  more  of 
the  word  of  God,  for  we   have 
enough! 

30.  For  behold,  thus  saith  the 
Lord  God:    I  will  give  unto  the 
children  of  men  wline  upon  line, 
precept  upon  precept,  here  a  little 


and  there  a  little;  and  blessed  are 
those  who  hearken  unto  my  pre- 
cepts, and  lend  an  ear  unto  my 
counsel,  for  they  shall  learn  wis- 
dom; "tor  unto  him  that  receiv- 
eth I  will  give  more;  and  from 
them  that  shall  say,  We  have 
enough,  from  them  shall  be  taken 
away  even  that  which  they  have. 

31.  Cursed  is  he  that  putteth 
his  trust  in  man,  or  maketh  flesh 
his  arm,  or  shall  hearken  unto  the 
^precepts  of  men,  save  their  pre- 
cepts shall  be  given  by  the  power 
of  the  Holy  Ghost. 

32.  *Wo  be  unto  the  Gentiles, 
saith  the  Lord  God  of  Hosts !   For 
notwithstanding  I  shall  lengthen 
out  mine  arm  unto  them  from 
day  to  day,  they  will  deny  me; 
nevertheless,  I  will  be  merciful 
unto  them,  saith  the  Lord  God,  if 
they  will  repent  and  come  unto 
me;  for  mine  arm  is  lengthened 
out  all  the  day  long,  saith  the 
Lord  God  of  Hosts. 

CHAPTER  29. 

NepM's  predictions  continued — The 
G-entiles  and  the  Bible — Other  records 
— G-od's  words  to  be  gathered  in  one. 

1.  But  behold,  there  shall  be 
many — at  that  day  when  I  shall 
proceed  to  do  a  "marvelous  work 
among  them,  that  I  may  remem- 
ber my  covenants  which  I  have 
made  unto  the  children  of  men, 
that  I  may  set  my  hand  again  the 
"second  time  to  recover  my  peo- 
ple, which  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel; 

2.  And^also,  that  I  may  remem- 
ber the  promises  which  I  have 
made  unto  thee,  Nephi,  an,d  also 
unto  thy  father,  that  I  would  re- 
member your  seed;  and  that  the 
'words  of  your  seed  should  pro- 


.  ,  .       .         .  ,       .     36:18.     q,  see  /,  2  Ne.  9. 

«,  see  rf  2  Ne.  26.     2  Ne.  28:31.     *,  vers.  29,  30.     Al.  12:10,  11. 


9:45,     Ver.  19.     AI.  12:11,  17. 


pf  2  Ne.  1:13,  23. 

r,  see  &,  1  Ne.  15.    «,  s  f           .       .             .            .      ,         .       ,       .         .             ,       . 

3  Ne.  26  :9,  10.    Eth.  4  :8.  -M,  ver.  20.     u,  ver.  27.    Also  see  t.    w,  Isa.  28  :10.     V,  Al. 

12  :10,  11.    y,  vers.  3—14.  2  Ne.  27  :25.    gf  see  d,  I  Ne.  14.         CHAP.  29  :    o,  see  *,  2 

Ne.  25.     Z>,  see  i,  2  Ne.  6.  c,  2  Ne.  3  :21.    See  Z,  2  Ne.  26.        BET.  B,  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NBPHI,   29. 


101 


ceed  forth  out  of  my  mouth  unto 
your  seed;  and  my  words  shall 
%iss  forth  unto  the  ends  of  the  j 
earth,  for  a  'standard  unto  my 
people,  which  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel; 

3.  And  "because  my  words  shall 
hiss  forth — many  of  the  Gentiles 
shall  say:  A  ^Bibie!  A  Bible!  We 
have  got  a  Bible,  and  there  cannot 
be  any  more  Bible. 

4.  But    thus    saith    the    Lord 
God:    O  fools,  they  shall  have  a 
Bible;  and  it  shall  proceed  forth 
from  the  Jews,  mine  ancient  cove- 
nant people.     And  what  thank 
they  the  Jews  for  the  Bible  which 
they  receive  from  them?     Yea, 
what  do  the  Gentiles  mean?    Do 
they  remember  the  travels,  and 
the  labors,  and  the  pains  of  the 
Jews,  and  their  diligence  unto  ine, 
in  bringing  forth  salvation  unto 
the  Gentiles? 

5.  O  ye  Gentiles,  have  ye  re- 
membered the  Jews,  mine  ancient 
covenant  people?     Nay;  but  ye 
have  cursed  them,  and  have  hated 
them,  and  have  not  sought  to  re- 
cover them.     But  behold,  I  will 
return  all  these  things  upon  your 
own  heads;  for  I  the  Lord  have 
not  forgotten  my  people. 

6.  Thou  ''fool,  that  shall  say: 
A  Bible,  we  have  got  a  Bible,  and 
we  need  no  more  Bible.    Have  ye 
obtained  a  Bible  save  it  were  by 
the  Jews? 

7.  Know  ye  not  that  there  are 
more  nations  than  one?     Know 
ye  not  that  I,  the  Lord  your  God, 
have  created  all  men,  and  that  I 
remember  those  who  are  upon  the 
isles  of  the  sea;  and  that  I  rule 
in  the  heavens  above  and  in  the 
earth  beneath;  and  I  bring  forth 
my  word  unto  the   children  of 


men,  yea,  even  upon  all  the  na- 
tions of  the  earth? 

8.  Wherefore  murmur  ye,  be- 
cause that  ye  shall  receive  more 
of  my  word?    Know  ye  not  that 
the  testimony  of  two  nations  is  a 
witness  unto  you  that  I  am  God, 
that  I  remember  one  nation  like 
unto    another?       Wherefore,     I- 
speak  the  same  words  unto  one 
nation  like  unto  another.     And 
when  the  two  nations  shall  run 
together  the  testimony  of  the  *two 
nations  shall  run  together  also. 

9.  And  I  do  this  that  I  may 
prove  unto  many  that  I  am  the 
same  yesterday,  today,  and  for- 
ever; and  that  I  speak  forth  my 
words    according   to    mine    own 
pleasure.      And   because   that   I 
have  spoken  one  word  ye  need  not 
suppose  that  I  cannot  speak  an- 
other; for  my  work  is  not  yet  fin- 
ished ;  neither  shall  it  be  until  the 
end  of  man,  neither  from  that 
time  henceforth  and  forever. 

10.  Wherefore,  because  that  ye 
have  a  Bible  ye  need  not  suppose 
that  it  contains  all  my  words; 
neither  need  ye  suppose  £hat  I 
have  not  caused  more  to  be  writ- 
ten. 

11.  For  I  command  all  men, 
both  in  the  east  and  in  the  west, 
and  in  the  north,  and  in  the  south, 
and  in  the  islands  of  the  sea,  that 
they  shall  write  the  words  which 
I  speak  unto  them ;  for  out  of  the 
'books  which  shall  be  written  I 
will  *judge  the  world,  every  man 
according  to  their  works,  accord- 
ing to  that  which  is  written. 

12.  For  behold,  I  shall  speak 
unto  the  *Jews  and  they  shall 
write  it;  and  I  shall  also  speak 
unto  the  lNephites  and  they  shall 
write  it;  and  I  shall  also  mspeak 


<L  Isa.  5:26.  Mora.  10:28.  ef  Isa.  5:26.  18:3.  49:22.  62:10.  B.  &  0.  45:9. 
64:4k  /.  vers.  4,  6— 14.  fir,  ver.  3.  ft,  2  Ne.  3:12.  Ezek.  37:15—20.  i,  see  c,  2  Ne. 
27,  /,  2  Ne.  25 :18f  22.  29:12—14.  E  Ne.  27:23— 26.  Rev.  20:12.  fc,  1  Ne.  13:23— 
29.  2  Ne.  3:12.  I  1  Ne.  13:39—42.  2  Ne.  3:12,  18—21.  26:16,  17.  27:6—26, 
m,  3  Ne.  16:1 — 3.  17:4.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  645. 


102 


2  NEPHI,  30. 


unto  the  other  tribes  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  which  I  have  led  away, 
and  they  shall  write  it;  and  I 
shall  also  speak  unto  nall  nations 
of  the  earth  and  they  shall  write 
it. 

13.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
°that  the   Jews   shall   have   the 
words  of  the  Nephites,  and  the 
Nephites  shall  have  the  words  of 
the  Jews;  and  the  Nephites  and 
the  Jews  shall  have  the  words  of 
the  lost  tribes  of  Israel;  and  the 
lost  tribes  of  Israel  shall  have  the 
words  of  the  Nephites  and  the 
Jews. 

14.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  my  people,  which  are  of  the 
house  of  Israel,  shall  be  gathered 
home  unto  the  lands  of  their  pos- 
sessions; and  my  word  also  shall 
be  "gathered  in  one,    And  I  will 
show  unto  them  that  fight  against 
my  word  and  against  my  people, 
who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
that  I  am  God,  and  that  I  cove- 
nanted   with    Abraham    that    I 
would  remember  his  seed  forever. 

CHAPTER  30. 

Nephi's  predictions  continued — Con- 
verted Q-entiles  to  "be  numbered  with 
the  covenant  people — Jews  and  La- 
manites  to  believe — The  wicked  to  be 
destroyed. 

1.  And  now  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  would  speak  unto  you; 
for  I,  Nephi,  would  not  suffer  that 
ye  should  suppose  that  ye  are 
more  righteous  than  the  Gentiles 
shall  be.  For  behold,  except  ye 
shall  keep  the  commandments  of 
God  ye  shall  all  likewise  perish; 
and  because  of  the  words  which 
have  been  spoken  ye  need  not  sup- 
pose that  the  Gentiles  are  utterly 
destroyed. 


2.  For  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  as  many  of  the  Gentiles  as 
will  repent  are  the  covenant  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord;  and  as  many  of 
the  Jews  as  will  not  repent  shall 
be  cast  off;   for  the  Lord  cove- 
nanteth  with  none  save  it  be  with 
them  that  repent  and  believe  in 
his  Son,  who  is  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel. 

3.  And  now,  I  would  prophesy 
somewhat  more   concerning   the 
Jews  and  the  Gentiles.    For  after 
the  "book  of  which  I  have  spoken 
shall  come  forth,  and  be  written 
unto  the  Gentiles,  and  sealed  up 
again  unto  the  Lord,  there  shall 
be  &many  which  shall  believe  the 
words   which   are   written;    and 
they  shall  carry  them  forth  unto 
the  "remnant  of  our  seed. 

4.  And  then  shall  the  remnant 
of  our  seed  know  concerning  us, 
how  that  we  came  out  from  Jeru- 
salem, and  that  they  are  descend- 
ants of  the  Jews. 

5.  And    the    gospel    of    Jesus 
Christ  shall  be  declared  damong 
them;  wherefore,  they  shall  be  re- 
stored   unto    the  ""knowledge    of 
their   fathers,   and    also   to    the 
knowledge  of  Jesus  Christ,  which 
was  had  among  their  fathers. 

6.  And  then  shall  they  rejoice; 
for  they  shall  know  that  it  is  a 
blessing  unto  them  from  the  hand 
of  God;  and  their  scales  of  dark- 
ness shall  begin  to  fall  from  their 
eyes;  and  many  generations  shall 
not  pass  away  among  them,  save 
they  shall  be  a  'white  and  delight- 
some people. 

7.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  the  Jews  which  are  scattered 
also   shall  *begin  to   believe   in 
Christ;   and  they  shall  begin  to 


n,  vers.  7 — 11.  2  Ne.  26:33.  o,  2  Ne.  3:12.  29:8.  Morm.  5:13,  14.  p,  see  o, 
John  11:52.  CHAP.  30:  a,  see  c,  2  Ne.  27.  Z>,  1  Ne.  13:34 — i2.  14:1,  2,  5,  12 — 14. 
22:8,  9.  3  Ne.  16:6,  10,  11.  26:8.  c,  1  Ne.  10:14.  15:13—18.  22:8—12.  3  Ne. 
16:6 — 13.  20:13.  d,  1  Ne.  13:38 — i2.  15:13 — 18.  3  Ne.  16:11,  12.  21:3 — 7,24 — 26. 
Morm  5:15.  e,  1  Ne.  15:14.  2  Ne.  3:12.  Morm.  7:1,  9,  10.  /,  2  Ne.  5:21.  Jac.  3:8. 
Al.  23:18.  3  Ne.  2:14—16.  gf  see  /,  2  Ne.  25.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


2  NEPHI,   31. 


103 


gather  in  upon  the  face  of  the 
land;  and  as  many  as  shall  be- 
lieve in  Christ  shall  also  become 
a  delightsome  people. 

8.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that   the   Lord   God   shall   com- 
mence his   work  among  all  na- 
tions, kindreds,  tongues,  and  peo- 
ple, to  bring  about  the  ^restora- 
tion  of  Ms  people  upon  the  earth. 

9.  *  And  with  righteousness  shall 
the  Lord  God  judge  the  poor,  and 
reprove  with  equity  for  the  meek 
of  the  earth.    And  he  shall  smite 
the   earth  with  the  rod  of  his 
mouth;   and  with  the  breath  of 
his  lips  shall  he  slay  the  wicked. 

10.  For  the  time  speedily  com- 
eth  that  the  Lord  God  shall  cause 
a  ^great  division  among  the  peo- 
ple, and  the  wicked  will  he  de- 
stroy; and  he  will  spare  his  peo- 
ple, yea,  even  if  it  so  be  that  he 
must  destroy  the  wicked  by  fire. 

11.  *And  righteousness  shall  be 
the  girdle  of  his  loins,  and  faith- 
fulness the  girdle  of  his  reins. 

12.  And   then  shall  the  wolf 
dwell   with   the  lamb;    and  the 
leopard  shall  lie  down  with  the 
kid,  and  the  calf,  and  the  young 
lion,  and  the  fatling,  together; 
and  a  little  child  shall  lead  them. 

13.  And  the  cow  and  the  bear 
shall  feed ;  their  young  ones  shall 
lie  down  together;  and  the  lion 
shall  eat  straw  like  the  ox. 

14.  And  the  sucking  child  shall 
play  on  the  hole  of  the  asp,  and 
the  weaned  child  shall  put  Ms 
hand  on  the  cockatrice's  den. 

15.  They  shall  not  hurt  nor  de- 
stroy in  all  my  holy  mountain; 
for  the  earth  shall  be  full  of  the 
knowledge   of  the  Lord  as  the 
waters  cover  the  sea. 

16.  'Wherefore,  the  things  of 
all  nations  shall  be  made  known; 


yea,    all   things   shall   be   made 

known  unto  the  children  of  men. 

17.  There  is  nothing  which  is 
secret  save  it  shall  be  revealed; 
there  is  no  work  of  darkness  save 
it  shall  be  made  manifest  in  the 
light;  and  there  is  nothing  which 
is  "sealed  upon  the  earth  save  it 
shall  be  loosed. 

1 8 .  Wherefore,  all  things  which 
have  been  revealed  unto  the  chil- 
dren of  men  shall  at  that  day  be 
revealed;   and  Satan  shall  have 
power  over  the  hearts  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men  nno  more,  for  a  long 
time.       And    now,    my    beloved 
brethren,  I  must  make  an  end  of 
my  sayings. 

CHAPTER  31. 

NepM's  predictions  continued — Why 
the  Savior  would  "be  baptized — The 
straight  and  narrow  way. 

1.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  make  an 
end  of  my  prophesying  unto  you, 
my  beloved  brethren.    And  I  can- 
not write  but  a  few  things,  which 
I  know  must  surely  come  to  pass ; 
neither  can  I  write  but  a  few  of 
the  words  of  my  brother  Jacob. 

2.  Wherefore,  the  things  which 
I  have  written  sufficeth  me,  save 
it  be  a  few  words  which  I  must 
speak  concerning  the  doctrine  of 
Christ;  wherefore,  I  shall  speak 
unto  you  plainly,  according  to  the 
plainness  of  my  prophesying. 

3.  For  my  soul  delighteth  in 
"plainness;  for  after  this  manner 
doth  the  Lord  God  work  among 
the  children  of  men.     For  the 
Lord  God  giveth  light  unto  the 
understanding;  for  he  speaketh 
unto  men  according  to  their  lan- 
guage, unto  their  understanding. 

4.  Wherefore,  I  would  that  ye 
should    remember    that    I    have 
spoken  unto  you  concerning  "that 


Ji,  see  e,  1  Ne.  15.  i,  Isa.  11:4.  /,  1  Ne.  14:7.  22:16,  17.  3fc,  Isa.  11:5—9. 
Z,  2  Ne.  29:6 — 14.  Eth.  4:6,  7,  13 — 17.  m,  1  Ne.  14:26.  n}  1  Ne.  22:15,  26.  Jac. 
5 :76.  Eth.  8 :26.  CHAP,  31 :  a,  see  6,  2  Ne.  25.  B,  see  /,  1  Ne.  10. 

BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AJTIX  545. 


104 


2  NUPHI,  31. 


prophet  which  the  Lord  showed 
unto  me,  that  should  baptize  the 
Lamb  of  God,  which  should  take 
away  the  sins  of  the  world. 

5.  And  now,   if  the  Lamb  of 
God,  he  being  holy,  should  have 
need  to  be  baptized  by  water,  to 
'fulfil  all  righteousness,  O  then, 
how  much  more  need  have  we, 
being  unholy,  to  be  baptized,  yea, 
even  by  water! 

6.  And  now,   I  would  ask  of 
you,  my  beloved  brethren,  where- 
in the  Lamb  of  God  did  fulfil  all 
righteousness  in  being  baptized 
by  water? 

7.  Know  ye  not  that  he  was 
holy?      But  notwithstanding  he 
being  holy,  he  showeth  unto  the 
children  of  men  that,  according 
to  the  flesh  he  humbleth  himself 
before  the  Father,  and  witnesseth 
unto  the  Father  that  he  would  be 
obedient  unto  him  in  keeping  his 
commandments. 

8.  Wherefore,    after    he    was 
baptized   with    water    the   Holy 
Ghost  descended  upon  him  in  the 
dform  of  a  dove. 

9.  And  again,  it  showeth  unto 
the  children  of  men  the  ''straight- 
ness  of  the  path,  and  the  narrow- 
ness of  the  gate,  by  which  they 
should  enter,  he  having  set  the 
example  before  them. 

10.  And  he  said  unto  the  chil- 
dren of  men:   Follow  thou  me. 
Wherefore,  my  beloved  brethren, 
can  we  follow  Jesus  save  we  shall 
be  willing  to  keep  the  command- 
ments of  the  Father? 

11.  And  the  Father  said:    Re- 
pent ye,  repent  ye,  and  be  fbap- 
tized  in  the  name  of  my  Beloved 
Son. 

12.  And  also,  the  voice  of  the 
Son  came  unto  me,  saying:    He 
that  is  baptized  in  my  name,  to 


him  will  the  Father  give  the  Holy 
Ghost,  like  unto  me;  wherefore, 
follow  me,  and  do  the  things 
which  ye  have  seen  me  do. 

13.  Wherefore,     my     beloved 
brethren,  I  know  that  if  ye  shall 
follow  the  Son,  with  full  purpose 
of  heart,  acting  no  hypocrisy  and 
no  deception  before  God,  but  with 
real    intent,    repenting   of    your 
sins,  witnessing  unto  the  Father 
that  ye  are  willing  to  take  upon 
you  the  name  of  Christ,  by  bap- 
tism— yea,    by    following    your 
Lord  and  your  Savior  down  into 
the  water,  according  to  his  word, 
behold,  then  shall  ye  receive  the 
Holy  Ghost;  yea,  then  cometh  the 
baptism  of  fire  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;    and  then  can  ye  speak 
with  the  'tongue  of  angels,  and 
shout  praises  unto  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel. 

14.  But,   behold,   my  beloved 
brethren,  thus  came  the  voice  of 
the  Son  unto  me,  saying:    After 
ye  have  repented  of  your  sins,  and 
witnessed  unto  the  Father  that  ye 
are  willing  to  keep  my  command- 
ments, by  the  baptism  of  water, 
and  have  received  the  baptism  of 
fire  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
can  speak  with  a  new  tongue,  yea, 
even  with  the  tongue  of  angels, 
and  after  this  should  deny  me,  it 
would  have  been  better  for  you 
that  ye  had  not  known  me. 

15.  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
the    Father,    saying:     Yea,    the 
words  of  my  Beloved  are  true  and 
faithful.     AHe  that  endureth  to 
the  end,  the  same  shall  be  saved. 

16.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  know  by  this  tha.t  unless  a 
man  shall  endure  to  the  end,  in 
following  the  example  of  the  Son 
of  the  living  God,  he  cannot  be 
sa^ed. 


cf  vers.  6,  7.  a,  1  Ne.  11 :27.  Lute  3 :22  John  1 :32.  D.  &  C.  93 :15.  e,  see  2o, 
2  Ne.  9.  /,  see  «,  2  Ne.  9.  g,  ver.  14.  2  Ne.  32:2,  3.  ht  vers.  15,  16.  Jac.  6:7 — 11, 
Mos.  5:11.  15:26,  27.  Al.  24:30.  39:6.  3  Ne.  27:17.  Mono.  1:16,  17.  He*),  6:4—6*' 
2  Pet.  2:21.  D.  &  C.  132:27.  BETWEEN  B.  0.  559  AND  645. 


2  NBPHI,   32. 


105 


17.  Wherefore,  do  tie  things 
which  I  have  told  you  I  have  seen 
that    your    Lord    and    your    Re- 
deemer should  do;  for,  for  this 
cause  have  they  been  shown  unto 
me,  that  ye  might  know  the  *gate 
by  which  ye  should  enter.     For 
the  gate  by  which  ye  should  enter 
is    repentance    and    baptism    by 
water;  and  then  cometh  a  remis- 
sion of  your  sins  by  fire  and  by 
the  Holy  Ghost. 

18.  And   then   are  ye  in  this 
straight  and  narrow  path  which 
leads  to  eternal  life;  yea,  ye  have 
entered  in  by  the  gate;  ye  have 
done  according  to  the  command- 
ments of  the  Father  and  the  Son; 
and  ye  have  received  the  Holy 
Ghost,  which  witnesses  of  the  Fa- 
ther and  the  Son,  unto  the  fulfill- 
ing of  the  promise  which  he  hath 
made,  that  if  ye  entered  in  by  the 
way  ye  should  receive. 

19.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, after  ye  have  gotten  into  this 
straight  and  narrow  path,  I  would 
ask  if  all  is  done?    Behold,  I  say 
unto  you,  Nay;  for  ye  have  not 
come  thus  far  save  it  were  by  the 
word    of    Christ   with   unshaken 
faith  in  him,  relying  wholly  upon 
the  merits  of  him  who  is  mighty 
to  save. 

20.  Wherefore,  ye  must  press 
forward  with  a  steadfastness  in 
Christ,  having  a  perfect  bright- 
ness of  hope,  and  a  love  of  God 
and  of  all  men.    Wherefore,  if  ye 
shall  press  forward,  feasting  upon 
the  word  of  Christ,  and  endure  to 
the  end,  behold, thus  saith  the  Fa- 
ther:   Ye  shall  have  eternal  life. 

21.  And  now,  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  this  is  the  *way;   and 
there  is  none  other  way  nor  name 
given  under  heaven  whereby  man 
can  be  saved  in  the  kingdom  of 


God.  And  now,  behold,  this  is 
the  doctrine  of  Christ,  and  the 
only  and  true  doctrine  of  the  Fa- 
ther, and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  is  *one  God, 
without  end.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  32, 

Nephi's  predictions  continued,  —  The 
tongue  of  angels  —  Office  of  the 


1.  And  now,  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  suppose  that  ye  ponder 
somewhat  in  your  hearts  concern- 
ing that  which  ye  should  do  after 
ye  have  entered  in  by  the  way. 
But,  behold,  why  do  ye  ponder 
these  things  in  your  hearts? 

2.  Do  ye  not  remember  that  I 
said  unto  you  that  after  ye  had 
received  the  Holy  Ghost  ye  could 
speak  with  the  tongue  of  angels? 
And  now,  how  could  ye  speak  with 
the  *tongue  of  angels  save  it  were 
by  the  Holy  Ghost? 

3.  Angels  speak  by  the  power 
of  the   Holy  Ghost;    wherefore, 
they  speak  the  words  of  Christ. 
Wherefore,  I  said  unto  you,  feast 
upon  the  words  of  Christ;  for  be- 
hold, the  words  of  Christ  will  tell 
you  all  things  what  ye  should  do. 

4.  Wherefore,  now  after  I  have 
spoken  these  words,  if  ye  cannot 
understand  them  it  will  be  because 
ye  ask  not,  neither  do  ye  knock; 
wherefore,  ye  are  not  brought  into 
the  light,  but  must  perish  in  the 
dark. 

5.  For  behold,  again  I  say  unto 
you  that  if  ye  will  enter  in  by  the 
way,  and  receive  the  Holy  Ghost, 
it  will  show  unto  yon  ^11  things 
what  ye  should  do, 

6.  Behold,  this  is  the  doctrine 
of  Christ,  and  there  will  be  no 
more  doctrine  given  until  after 
he  shall  manifest  himself  unto 


i,  seee.     £  seee.     fc,  AI.  11:44.     3  Ne.  11 :27,  28,  36.     28:10,     Mom.  7:7.     Deut. 

6  -4      Gal   3*  :20-     Eph,  4 :5,  6,         CHAP.  32 :    c,  see  ff,  2  Ne.  31.     B,  1  Ne.  10 :17 — 19. 

13-37.     2  Ne.  31:13,     Jar.  4.     Al.  5:46 — i8.     3  Ne.  12:1,  2.     10:6.     Chap.  30.     Ettt. 

4:11,  12.    Moro,  10:4^—7.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 

S 


106 


2  NEPHI,   33. 


you  cin  the  flesh.  And  when  he 
shall  manifest  himself  unto  you 
in  the  flesh,  the  things  which  he 
shall  say  unto  you  shall  ye  ob- 
serve to  do. 

7.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  cannot  say 
more;   the  Spirit  stoppeth  mine 
utterance,  and  I  am  left  to  mourn 
because  of  the  unbelief,  and  the 
wickedness,   and   the   ignorance, 
and  the  stiffneckedness  of  men; 
for  they  will  not  search  knowl- 
edge, nor  understand  great  knowl- 
edge, when  it  is  given  unto  them 
in  "plainness,    even  as   plain  as 
word  can  be. 

8.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren,  I  perceive  that  ye  ponder 
still  in  your  hearts ;  and  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  must  speak  concerning 
this  thing.  For  if  ye  would  hearken 
unto  the  Spirit  which  teacheth  a 
man  to  epray  ye  would  know  that 
ye  must  pray;  for  the  evil  spirit 
teacheth  not  a  man  to  pray,  but 
teacheth  him  that  he  must  not 
pray. 

9.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  ye  must  pray  always,  and  not 
faint;  that  ye  must  not  perform 
any  thing  unto  the  Lord  save  in 
the  first  place  ye  shall  pray  unto 
the  Father  in  the  name  of  Christ, 
that  he  will  consecrate  thy  per- 
formance unto  thee,  that  thy  per- 
formance may  be  for  the  welfare 
of  thy  soul. 

CHAPTER   33. 

Nephi's  parting  testimony  —  Not 
'mighty  in  writing  as  in  speaking — 
JSis  great  concern  for  his  people. 

1.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  cannot 


write  all  the  things  which  were 
taught  among  my  people;  neither 
am  I  cmighty  in  writing,  like  unto 
speaking;  for  when  a  man  speak- 
eth  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost 
carrieth  it  unto  the  hearts  of  the 
children  of  men. 

2.  But  behold,  there  are  many 
that  harden  their  hearts  against 
the  Holy  Spirit,  that  it  hath  no 
place  in  them;   wherefore,   they 
cast  many  things  away  which  are 
written  and  esteem  them  as  things 
of  naught. 

3.  But  I,  Nephi,  have  written 
what  I  have  written,  and  I  esteem 
it  as  of  great  worth,  and  especially 
unto  my  people.    For  I  pray  con- 
tinually for  them  by  day,  and  mine 
eyes  water  my  pillow  by  night, 
because  of  them;  and  I  cry  unto 
my  God  in  faith,  and  I  know  that 
he  will  hear  my  cry. 

4.  And  I  know  that  the  Lord 
God  will  consecrate  my  prayers 
for  the  gain  of  my  people.     And 
the  words  which  I  have  written 
in  weakness  will  be  made  strong 
unto  them ;  for  it  persuadeth  them 
to  do  good;  it  maketh  known  unto 
them   ofv  their   fathers;    and   it 
speaketh  of  Jesus,  and  persuadeth 
them  to  believe  in  him,  and  to 
endure  to  the  end,  which  is  life 
eternal. 

5.  And    it    speaketh    "harshly 
against  sin^  according  to  the  plain- 
ness of  the  truth;  wherefore,  no 
man  will  be  angry  at  the  words 
which  I  have  written  save  he  shall 
be  of  the  spirit  of  the  devil. 

6.  I  glory  in  ^plainness;  I  glory 


cf  see  "b,  1  Ne.  12.  df  see  "b,  2  Ne.  25.  e,  1  Ne.  1:5.  6:21.  8:8.  15:8 — 11.  17:7. 
18:5,  21.  2  Ne.  4:23,  24,  28—35.  Jac.  7:22.  Enos  4,  11,  15—18.  Mos.  3:4.  4:1—3, 
11,  19—22.  9:17 — 18.  21:14.  26:39.  Al.  6:6.  17:3.  18:41 — 43.  19:14 — 16. 
22:16.  27:11,  12.  31:10,  26—35.  33:4—11.  34:39.,  38:8.  43:49,  50.  45:1. 
46  :13,  16.  58 :10.  62  :f>l.  He.  11 :3,  4,  10 — 16.  3  Ne.  1 :11 — 14.  13  :5 — 13.  14 :7 — 11. 
17:3,  15—17,  21.  18:15—24,  30.  19:6—10,  17—36.  20:1.  27:1,  2,  7,  9,  28,  29. 
28:1—9,  30.  Morm.  9:6,  21,  28,  36,  37.  Eth.  1:34—43.  2:14,  15,  18—22.  3:1—5. 
Moro.  6:4,  5,  9.  7:6 — 10,26,48.  8:3,26.  10:4,5.  CHAP.  33  :  a,  Eth.  12:23 — 27. 
Z>,  see  g,  2  Ne.  3.  Also  see  ef  2  Ne.  30.  o,  1  Ne.  16  :1 — 3.  17 :48.  2  Ne.  1 :25 — 27. 
Enos  23.  Jar.  12.  W.  of  Morm.  17.  Moro.  9:4.  d,  see  B,  2  Ne.  25. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  559  AND  545. 


JACOB,   1. 


107 


in  truth ;  I  glory  in  my  Jesus,  for 
he  hath  redeemed  my  soul  from 
ehell. 

7.  I  have  charity  for  my  people, 
and  great  faith  in  Christ  that  I 
shall  meet  many  souls  spotless  at 
his  judgment-seat. 

8.  I  have  charity  for  the  Jew — 
I  say  Jew,  hecause  I  mean  them 
from  whence  I  came. 

9.  I  also  have  charity  for  the 
Gentiles.     But  behold,  for  none 
of  these  can  I  hope  except  they 
shall  he  reconciled  unto  Christ, 
and  enter  into  the  'narrow  gate, 
and   walk  in  the   straight  path 
which  leads  to  life,  and  continue 
in  the  path  until  the  end  of  the 
day  of  probation. 

10.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, and  also  Jew,  and  all  ye  ends 
of  the  earth,  hearken  unto  these 
words  and  believe  in  Christ;  and 
if  ye  believe  not  in  these  words 
believe  in  Christ.    And  if  ye  shall 
believe  in  Christ  ye  will  believe  in 
these  words,  for  they  are  the  words 
of  Christ,  and  he  hath  given  them 
unto  me;  and  they  teach  all  men 
that  they  should  do  good. 

11.  And  if  they  are  not  the 
words  of  Christ,  judge  ye — for 
Christ  will  show  unto  you, 


power  and  great  glory,  that  they 
are  his  words,  at  the  last  day;  and 
you  and  I  shall  stand  face  to  face 
before  his  bar;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  have  been  commanded  of 
him  to  write  these  things,  not- 
withstanding my  weakness. 

12.  And  1  pray  the  Father  in 
the  name  of  Christ  that  many  of 
us,  if  not  all,  may  be  saved  in  his 
kingdom  at  that  great  and  last 
day. 

1 3 .  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, all  those  who  are  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  and  all  ye  ends  of  the 
earth,  I  speak  unto  you  as  the 
voice  of  one  "crying  from  the  dust: 
Farewell  until  that  great  day  shall 
come. 

14.  And  you  that  will  not  par- 
take of  the  goodness  of  God^  and 
respect  the  words  of  the  Jews,  and 
also  my  words,   and  the  words 
which  shall  proceed  forth  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  Lamb  of  God, 
behold,  I  bid  you  an  everlasting 
farewell,  for  *these  words  shall 
condemn  you  at  the  last  day. 

15.  For  what  I  ^seal  on  earth, 
shall  be  brought  against  you  at 
the  judgment  bar;  for  thus  hath 
the  Lord  commanded  me,  and  I 
must  obey..    Amen. 


THE  BOOK  OF  JACOB 

THE  BKOTHEE  OF  NEPHI 

The  words  of  Ms  preaching  unto  his  brethren.  He  confoundeth  a  man 
who  seeJceth  to  overthrow  the  doctrine  of  Christ.  A  few  words  concerning 
the  history  of  the  people  of  Nephi. 


CHAPTER  1. 

Nephites  and  Lamanites — Death  of 
Nephi.,  son  of  Leh^Hardness  of  heart 
and  wicked  practices. 

1.  For  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  .* fifty  and  five  years  had 


passed  away  from  the  time  that 
Lehi  left  Jerusalem;  wherefore, 
Nephi  gave  me,  Jacob,  a  com- 
mandment concerning  the  "small 
plates,  upon  which  these  things 
are  engraven. 


et  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15.     f,  see  2at  2  Ne.  9.     g,  Eth.  4:8 — 10.     5:4 — 6.     Moro.  7:35. 
10 :27.    h.  see  I,  2  Ne.  26.    t,  see  g,  2  Ne.  27.    /,  He.  10 :5 — 11.    See  qf  2  Ne.  27. 
CHAP.  1 :    a,  see  &,  1  Ne.  6.  *  B.  C.  544. 


108 


JACOB,   1. 


2.  And  lie  gave  me,  Jacob,  a 
commandment  that  I  should  write 
upon  these  plates  a  few  of  the 
things  which  I  considered  to  be 
most  precious;  that  I  should  not 
touch,  save  it  were  lightly,  con- 
cerning the  history  qf  this  people 
which  are  called  the  people  of 
Nephi. 

3.  For  he  said  that  the  history 
of  his  people  should  be  engraven 
upon  his  "other  plates,  ,and  that  I 
should  preserve  these  plates  and 
hand  them  down  unto  my  seed, 
from    generation   to   generation. 

4.  And  if  there  were  preaching 
which  was  sacred,  or  revelation 
which  was  great,  or  prophesying, 
that  I  should  engraven  the  heads 
of  them  upon  'these  plates,  and 
touch  upon  them  as  much  as  it 
were  possible,  for  Christ's  sake, 
and  for  the  sake  of  our  people. 

5.  For   because   of   faith    and 
great  anxiety,  it  truly  had  been 
made  manifest  unto  us  concerning 
our  people,  dwhat  things  should 
happen  unto  them. 

6.  And  we  also  had  many  rev- 
elations, and  the  spirit  of  much 
prophecy;  wherefore, we  knew  of 
Christ  and  his  kingdom,  which 
should  come. 

7.  Wherefore  we  labored  dili- 
gently among  our  people,  that  we 
might  persuade  them  to  come  unto 
Christ,  and  partake  of  the  good- 
ness of  God,  that  they  might  enter 
into  his  rest,  lest  by  any  means 
he  should  swear  in  his  wrath  they 
should  not  enter  in,  as  in   the 
provocation  in  the  days  of  temp- 
tatkm  while  the  children  of  Israel 
were  in  the  wilderness. 

8.  Wherefore,  we  would  to  God 
that  we  could  persuade  all  men 
not  to  rebel  against  God,  to  pro- 
voke him  to  anger,  but  that  all 


men  would  believe  in  Christ,  and 
view  his  death,  and  suffer  his 
cross  and  bear  the  shame  of  the 
world;  wherefore,  I,  Jacob,  take 
it  upon  me  to  fulfil  cthe  com- 
mandment of  my  brother  Nephi. 

9.  Now  Nephi  began  to  be  old, 
and  he  saw  that  he  must  soon 
die;    wherefore,    he    anointed    a 
man  to  be  a  king  and  a  ruler  over 
his  people  now,  according  to  the 
reigns  of  the  kings. 

10.  The   people   having   loved 
Nephi  exceedingly,  he  having  been 
a  great  protector  for  them,  hav- 
ing wielded  the  sword  of  kaban 
in  their  defence,  and  haying  la- 
bored in  all  his  days  for  their 
welfare — 

1 1 .  Wherefore,  the  people  were 
desirous  to  retain  in  remembrance 
his    name.     And    whoso    should 
reign  in  his  stead  were  called  by 
the  people,  ^second  Nephi,  third 
Nephi,  and  so  forth,  according  to 
the  reigns  of  the  kings ;  and  thus 
they  were  called  by  the  people, 
let  them  be  of  whatever  name 
they  would. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Nephi  died. 

13.  Now  the  people  which  were 
not    Lamanites    were    Nephites; 
nevertheless,  they  were  called  Ne- 
phites, Jacobites,  Josephites,  Zo- 
ramites,   Lamanites,  Lemuelites, 
•and  Ishmaelites. 

14.  But  I,  Jacob,  shall  not  here- 
after distinguish  them  by  these 
names,  but  I  shall  call  them  La- 
manites that  seek  to  destroy  the 
people  of  Nephi,  and  those  who 
are  friendly  to  Nephi  I  shall  call 
Nephites,  or  the  people  of  Nephi, 
according  to  the  reigns  of  the 
kings. 

15.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  people  of  Nephi,  under 


&,  see  ff  1  Ne.  1.  c,  ver.  1.  See  6,  1  Ne.  6.  d,  1  Ne.  chaps.  12—14.  15:1—18. 
19:10 — 17.  22:7,  8.  2  Ne.  1:5 — 12.  2:3.  Chap  3.  4:1 — 11  Chaps.  10,25-4^7. 
29:11—14.  30:1—6.  e,  vers.  1 — 4.  /,  vers.  9,  14,  15,  2  Ne.  5:18.  \ 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  4§1. 


JACOB,  2. 


the  reign  of  the  ^second  king,  be- 
gan to  grow  hard  in  their  hearts, 
and  indulge  themselves  somewhat 
in  wicked  practices,  such  as  like 
unto  David  of  old  desiring  many 
wives  and  concubines,  and  also 
Solomon,  his  son. 

16.  Yea,  and  they  also  began 
to  search  much  gold  and  silver, 
and  began  to  be  lifted  up  some- 
what in  pride. 

17.  Wherefore  I,  Jacob,  gave 
unto  them  these  words  as  I  taught 
them  in  the  h temple,  having  first 
obtained  mine  errand  from  the 
Lord. 

1 8 .  For  It  Jacob,  and  my  broth- 
er Joseph  *had  been  consecrated 
priests  and  teachers  of  this  people, 
by  the  hand  of  Nephi. 

19.  And  we  did  magnify  our 
office  unto  the  Lord,  taking  upon 
us  the  responsibility,  answering 
the  sins  of  the  people  upon  our 
own  heads  if  we  did  not  teach 
them  the  word  of  G-od  with  all 
diligence;  wherefore,  by  laboring 
with  our  might  their  *  blood  might 
not   come   upon    our   garments; 
otherwise  their  blood  would  come 
upon  our  garments,  and  we  would 
not  be  found  spotless  at  the  last 
day. 

CHAPTEK  2. 

Jacob's  denunciation  of  unchastity 
and  other  sins — Plurality  of  wi^es 
forbidden  because  of  iniqwty. 

1.  The  words  which  Jacob,  the 
brother  of  Nephi,  spake  unto  the 
people  of  Nephi,  after  the  death 
of  Nephi: 

2.  Now,  my  beloved  brethren, 
I,  Jacob,  according  to  the  respon- 
sibility which  I  am  under  to  God, 
to  magnify  mine  office  with  sober- 
ness, and  that  I  might  flrid  my 
garments  of  your  sins,  I  come  up 
into  the  temple  this  day  that  I 


might  declare  unto  you  the  word 
of  God. 

3.  And  ye  yourselves  know  that 
I  have  hitherto  been  diligent  in 
the  office  of  my  calling;  but  I  this 
day  am  weighed  down  with  much 
more  desire  and  anxiety  for  the 
welfare  of  your  souls  than  I  have 
hitherto  been. 

4.  For  behold,  as  yet,  ye  have 
been  obedient  unto  the  word  of 
the   Lord,   which   I   have   given 
unto  you. 

5.  But  behold,  hearken  ye  unto 
me,  and  know  that  by  the  help 
of  the   all-powerful   Creator   of 
heaven  and  earth  I  can  tell  you 
concerning  your   thoughts,   how 
that  ye  are  beginning  to  labor  in 
sin,    which    sin    appeareth    very 
abominable   unto    me,    yea,   and 
abominable  unto  God. 

6.  Yea,    it   grieveth    my   soul 
and  causeth  me  to  shrink  with 
shame  before  the  presence  of  my 
Maker,  that  I  might  testify  unto 
you  concerning  the  wickedness  of 
your  hearts. 

7.  And  also  it  grieveth  me  that 
I  must  use  so  much  boldness  of 
speech    concerning   you,    before 
your   wives   and   your   children, 
many  of  whose  feelings  are  ex- 
ceedingly tender  and  chaste  and 
delicate  before  God,  which  thing 
is  pleasing  unto  God; 

8.  And  it  supposeth  me  that 
they    have    come    up    hither   to 
hear  the  pleasing  word  of  God, 
yea,  the  word  which  healeth  the 
wounded  soul. 

9.  Wherefore,  it  burdenethmy 
soul  that  I  should  be  constrained, 
because  of  the  strict  command- 
ment which  I  have  received  from 
God,  to  admonish* you  according 
to  your  crimes,  to  enlarge  the 
wounds  of  those  who  are  already 
wounded,  instead  of  consoling  and 


g,  ver.  11.     A,  see  A,  2  Ne.  5.    i,  2  Ne.  5:26. 
CHAP.  2  :    a,  see  j,  Jac.  1.     6,  vers,  9,  28,  S3,  35. 


,  2  Ne.  9:44.    Jac.  2:2. 
Jae.  3  :7.     More.  0  :9,  10. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  ABB  421, 


110 


JACOB,   2. 


healing  their  wounds;  and  those 
who  haTe  not  been  wounded,  in- 
stead of  feasting  upon  the  pleas- 
ing word  of  God  have  daggers 
placed  to  pierce  their  souls -and 
wound  their  delicate  minds. 

10.  But,   notwithstanding   the 
greatness  of  the  task,  I  must  do 
according  to  the  strict  commands 
of  God,  and  tell  you  concerning 
your   wickedness   and   abomina- 
tions, in  the  presence  of  the  pure 
in  heart,  and  the  broken  heart, 
and    under    the    glance    of    the 
'"piercing   eye    of   the   Almighty 
God. 

11.  Wherefore,  I  must  tell  you 
the  truth  according  to  the  '^Iain- 
ness  oi  the  word  of  God.    For  be- 
hold, as  1  inquired  of  the  Lord, 
thus  came  the  word  unto  me,  say- 
ing:    Jacob,  get  thou  up  into  the 
6 temple  on  tfae  morrow,  and  de- 
clare! th&w^rd  which  I  shall  give 
thee  unto  this  people. 

1*2.  And,  -now  trenold,  my  breth- 
ren, this  is  the  word  which  I  de- 
clare untp  you,  that  many  of  you 
have  'begun  to  "search  for  gold, 
and  for -silver,  and  for  all  manner 
df  $recipii£  ores,  iir'the  which  this 
land,  which  is  a  'land  of  promise 
unto 'you  aritj'  to"  yo,ur  seed,  doth 
"abound;  "most  plentifully. 

13.  Aid  tie  ha'nd  of  providence 
hath  smiled  upon  you  most  pleas- 
ingly, tnat  you  have?  obtained  many 
riches;  and  because  some  of  you 
have  obtained  more  abundantly 
than  that  of  your  brethren  ye  are 
lifted  up  in  the  pride   of  your 
hearts,  and  ftwear  stiff  necks  and 
high  heads  because  of  the  costli- 
ness of  your  apparel,  and  perse- 
cute your   brethren   because   ye 
suppose  that  ye  are  better  than 
they. 

14.  And  now,  my  brethren,  do 


ye  suppose  that  God  justified} 
you  in  this  thing?  Behold,  I 
say  unto  you,  Nay.  But  he  con- 
demneth  you,  and  if  ye  persist  in 
these  things  his  judgments  must 
speedily  come  unto  you. 

15.  O  that  he  would  show  you 
that  he  can  pierce  you,  and  with 
one  ^glance  of  his  eye  he  can  smite 
you  to  the  dust! 

16.  O  that  he  would  rid  you 
from  this  iniquity  and  abomina- 
tion. And,  O  that  ye  would  listen 
unto  the  word  of  his  commands, 
and   let  not  this  pride  of  your 
hearts  destroy  your  souls! 

17.  Think  of  your  brethren  like 
unto  yourselves,  and  be  familiar 
with  all  and  free  with  your  sub- 
stance, that  Hhey  may  be   rich 
like  unto  you. 

18.  But    before    ye    seek    for 
riches,  seek  ye  for  the  kingdom 
of  God. 

19.  And  after  ye  have  obtained 
a  hope  in  Christ  ye  shall  obtain 
riches,  if  ye  seek  them;  and  ye 
will  seek  them  for  the  intent  to 
do  good — to  clothe  the  naked,  and 
to  feed  the  hungry,  and  to  lib- 
erate the  captive,  and  administer 
relief  to  the  sick  and  the  afflicted. 

20.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
have  spoken  unto  you  concern- 
ing pride;  and  those  of  you  which 
have  afflicted  your  neighbor,  and 
persecuted  him  because  ye  were 
proud    in    your    hearts,    of    the 
things  which  God  hath  given  you, 
what  say  ye  of  it? 

21.  Do    ye   not    suppose    that 
such  things  are  abominable  unto 
him  who  created  all  flesh?     And 
the  one  being  is  as  precious  in 
his  sight  as  the  other.     And  all 
flesh    is    of   the    dust;    and    for 
the  selfsame  end  hath  he  created 
them,  that  they  should  keep  his 


c,  2  Ne.  9:44.  Jac.  2:15.  Mos.  27:31.  df  see  d,  2  Ne.  33.  e,  see  li,  2  Ne.  5. 
/,  1  Ne.  2:20.  4:14.  5:22.  12:1,  4.  13:12,  14,  30.  17:13,  14.  18:8,  23,  25. 
g,  see  g,  2  Ne.  5.  fy,  2  Ne.  28:14.  Morm.  8:36 — 40.  i,  see  a,  j,  Mos.  4:16,  22,  26. 
Al.  1 :26 — 30.  4  Ne.  3,  24 — 26.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,   2. 


Ill 


commandments  and  glorify  Mm 
forever. 

22.  And  now  I  make  an  end  of 
speaking    unto    you    concerning 
tMs  pride.    And  were  it  not  that 
I  must  speak  unto  you  concern- 
ing  a   grosser   crime,   my  heart 
would  rejoice  exceedingly  because 
of  you. 

23.  But  the  word  of  God  bur- 
thens me  because  of  your  grosser 
crimes.     For  behold,  thus  saith 
the  Lord:     This  people  begin  to 
wax  in  iniquity;  they  understand 
not  the  scriptures,  for  they  seek 
to  excuse  themselves  in  commit- 
ting whoredoms,  because  of  the 
things  which  were  written  con- 
cerning David,  and  Solomon  his 
son. 

24.  Behold,    David    and   Solo- 
mon truly  had  fcmany  wives  and 
concubines,     which     thing     was 
'abominable  before  me,  saith  the 
Lord. 

25.  Wherefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  I  have  led  this  people  forth 
out  of  the  land  of  Jerusalem,  by 
the  power  of  mine  arm,  that  I 
might  raise  up  unto  me  a  mright- 
eous  branch  from  the  fruit  of  the 
loins  of  Joseph. 

26.  Wherefore,  I  the  Lord  God 
will  not  suffer  that  this  people 
shall  do  like  unto  them  of  old. 

27.  Wherefore,    my    brethren, 
hear    me,    and    hearken    to    the 
word    of   the   Lord:     For  there 
shall   not  any  man   among  you 
have  save  it  be  "one  wife;   and 
concubines  he  shall  have  none; 

28.  For  I,  the  Lord  God,  de- 
light in  the  chastity  of  women. 
And0 whoredoms  are  an  abomina- 
tion before  me;   thus  saith  the 
Lord  of  Hosts. 

29.  Wherefore,  this  people  shall 


keep  my  commandments,  saith, 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  or  ^cursed  be 
the  land  for  their  sakes. 

30.  For   if    I    will,    saith    the 
Lord  of  Hosts,  raise  up  seed  unto 
me,  I  9will  command  my  people; 
otherwise  they  shall  hearken  unto 
rthese  things. 

31.  For  behold,  I,  the  Lord, 
have  seen  the  sorrow,  and  heard 
the  mourning  of  the  daughters 
of  my  people  in  the  land  of  Jeru- 
salem, yea,  and  in  all  the  lands  of 
my  people,  because  of  the  wicked- 
ness and  abominations  of  Jtheir 
husbands. 

32.  And  I  will  not  suffer,  saith 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  that  the  cries 
of  the  fair  daughters  of  this  peo- 
ple, which  I  have  led  out  of  the 
land  of  Jerusalem,  shall  come  up 
unto  me  against  the  men  of  my 
people,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

33.  For   they    shall   not    lead 
away  captive  the  daughters  of  my 
people  because  of  their  tender- 
ness, save  I  shall  visit  them  with 
a  fsore  curse,  even  unto  destruc- 
tion; for  they  shall  not  commit 
"whoredoms,  like  unto  them  of 
old,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 

34.  And  now  behold,  my  breth- 
ren,  ye   know   that    these   com- 
mandments were  *given  to   our 
father,  Lehi;  wherefore,  ye  have 
known  them  before;  and  ye  have 
come  unto  great  condemnation; 
for  ye   have  done   these  things 
which    ye    ought    not    to    have 
done. 

35.  Behold,yehave  done  greater 
iniquities  than  the  Lamanites,  our 
brethren.     Ye  have  broken  the 
hearts  of  your  tender  wives,  and 
lost  the  confidence  of  your  chil- 
dren,  because  of  your  bad,  ex- 
amples before  them;  and  the  sob- 


Tc,  1  Kings  11-1—3.  2  Sam.  3:2 — 5,  14.  5:1$.  11:26,  27.  12:7 — 12,  24.  15:16. 
16:21,  22.  19:5.  20:3.  1  Kings  1:1 — 4.  I,  1  Kings  11:9 — 11.  Dent.  7:1 — 4. 
17-14 — 17,  Ezra  9:1,  2.  Neh.  13:23 — 27.  m*  2  Ne.  3:5.  n,  ver.  34.  Jac.  3:5 — 7. 
o,  see  i,  2  Ne  28.  p,  Jac.  3:3.  AL  45:16.  Eth.  2:7 — 12.  qf  D.  &  C.  132,  r,  vers. 
27  34.  Jac.  3  :5.  s,  Ezek.  16:22 — 43.  t,  see  p.  u,  see  i,  2  Ne.  28.  tt,  1  Ne.  1 :16,  17. 
C-i  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


112 


JACOB,   3. 


bings  of  their  hearts  ascend  up 
to  God  against  you.  And  because 
of  the  ^strictness  of  the  word  of 
God,  which  cometh  down  against 
you,  many  hearts  died,  pierced 
with  deep  wounds. 

CHAPTER  3. 

Jacob's  denunciation  continued — La- 
manites  more  righteous  than  Nephites 
— The  former  commended  for  fidelity 
in  marriage — The  latter  again  warned. 

1.  But  behold,  I,  Jacob,  would 
speak  unto  you  that  are  pure  in 
heart.    Look  unto  God  with  firm- 
ness of  mind,  and  °pray  unto  him 
with  exceeding  faith,  and  he  will 
console  you  in  your  afflictions,  and 
he  will  plead  your  cause,  and  send 
down  justice  upon  those  who  seek 
your  destruction. 

2.  O  all  ye  that  are  pure  in 
heart,  lift  up  your  heads  and  re- 
ceive the  pleasing  word  of  God, 
and  feast  upon  his  love;  for  ye 
may,  if  your  minds  are  firm,  for- 
ever. 

3.  But,  wo,  wo,  unto  you  that 
are  not  pure  in  heart,  that  are 
filthy  this  day  before  God;  for 
except  ye  repent  the  land  is  frcursed 
for  your  sakes;  and  the  Laman- 
ites,  which  are  not  filthy  like  unto 
you,  nevertheless  cthey  are  cursed 
with  a  sore  cursing,  shall  scourge 
you  even  unto  destruction. 

4.  And  the  time  speedily  com- 
eth, that  except  ye  repent  they 
shall  "possess  the  land  of  your  in- 
heritance, and  the  Lord  God  will 
lead  away  the  righteous  out  from 
among  you. 

5.  Behold,  the  Lamanites  your 
brethren,  whom  ye  hate  because 
of  their  filthiness  and  the  ecurs- 
inig  which  hath  come  upon  their 
skins,  are  more  righteous  than 
you;  for  they  have  not  forgotten 


the  commandment  of  the  Lord, 
which  was  given  unto  our  fathers 
— that  they  should  have  save  it 
were  fone  wife,  and  concubines 
they  should  have  none,  and  there 
should  not  be  whoredoms  com- 
.mitted  among  them. 

6.  And    now,    this    command- 
ment they  observe  to  keep ;  where- 
fore, because  of  this  observance, 
in  keeping  this  commandment,  the 
Lord  God  will  not  destroy  them, 
but  will  be  merciful  unto  them; 
and  one  day  they  shall  ^become 
a  blessed  people. 

7.  Behold,  their  husbands  love 
their  wives,  and  their  wives  love 
their  husbands-;   and  their  hus- 
bands and  their  wives  love  their 
children;  and  their  unbelief  and 
their  hatred  towards  you  is  because 
of  the  iniquity  of  their  fathers; 
wherefore,  how  much  better  are 
you  than  they,  in  the  sight  of 
your  great  Creator? 

8.  O  my  brethren,  I  fear  that 
unless  ye  shall   repent  of  your 
sins  that  their  skins  will  be  whiter 
than   yours,    when   ye   shall    be 
brought   with   them   before    the 
throne  of  God. 

9.  Wherefore,  a  commandment 
I  give  unto  you,   which  is   the 
word  of  God,  that  ye  revile  no 
more  against  them  because  of  the 
"darkness  of  their  skins;  neither 
shall  ye  revile  against  them  be- 
cause of  their  filthiness;  but  ye 
shall  remember  your  own  filthi- 
ness,  and   remember  that  their 
filthiness  came  because  of  their 
fathers. 

1 0 .  Wherefore,  ye  shall  remem- 
ber your  children,  how  that  ye 
have  grieved  their  hearts  because 
of  the  example  that  ye  have  set 
before  them;  and  also,  remember 
that  ye  may,  because  of  your  filth- 


w,  Jac.  2:27r  34.  3:5.  CHAP.  3:  a,  see  e,  2  Ne.  '32.  Z>,  see  pf  Jac.  2.  ct  see  df 
1  Ne.  2.  d,  Om.  5—7.  12,  13.  e,  see  df  1  Ne.  2.  /,  see  n,  Jac.  2.  g,  I  Ne.  15:13 — 18. 
22:8.  See  i,  2  Ne.  3.  ft,  see  d,  1  Ne.  2.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,  4. 


113 


iness,  bring  your  children  unto 
destruction,  and  their  sins  be 
heaped  upon  your  heads  at  the 
last  day. 

11.  O   my   brethren,   hearken 
unto  my  word;  arouse  the  facul- 
ties of  your  soul ;  shake  yourselves 
that  ye  may  awake  from  the  slum- 
ber of  death ;  and  loose  yourselves 
from  the  pains  of  hell  that  ye 
may  not  become  *angels  to  the 
devil,  to  be  cast  into  that  lake  of 
•'fire  and  brimstone  which  is  the 
second  death. 

12.  And  now  I,  Jacob,  spake 
many  more  things  unto  the  people 
of  Nephi,  warning  them  against 
fornication     and    lasciviousness, 
and    every   kind   of   sin,   telling 
them  the  awful  consequences  of 
them. 

13.  And  a  hundredth  part  of 
the  proceedings   of  this  people, 
which  now  began  to  be  numerous, 
cannot   be   written  upon  *these 
plates;   but  many  of  their  pro- 
ceedings  are   written   upon   the 
llarger   plates,    and   their   wars, 
and   their  contentions,   and  the 
reigns  of  their  kings. 

14.  These  plates  are  called  the 
plates  of  Jacob,  and  they  .were 
made   by   the   mhand    of  Nephi. 
And  I  make  an  end  of  speaking 
these  words. 

CHAPTER  4. 

Jacob's  teachings  continued — The 
law  of  Moses  among  the  Nephites, 
pointing  them  to  Christ — His  reaction 
by  the  Jews  foreseen. 

I.  Now  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Jacob,  having  ministered 
much  unto  my  people  in  word, 
(and  I  cannot  write  but  a  little 
of  my  words,  because  of  the  °dif- 
ficulty  of  engraving  our  words 
upon  plates)  and  we  know  that 


the  things  which  we  write  upon 
plates  must  remain; 

2.  But  whatsoever  things  we 
write  upon  anything  save  it  be 
upon    plates    must    perish    and 
vanish  away;  but  we  can  write  a 
few   words    upon    plates,   which 
will  give  our  children,  and  also 
our  beloved  brethren,  a  small  de- 
gree of  knowledge  concerning  us, 
or  concerning  their  fathers — 

3.  Now  in  this  thing  we  do  re- 
joice; and  we  labor  diligently  to 
engraven  these  words  upon  plates, 
hoping  that  our  beloved  brethren 
and  our  children  will  receive  them 
with  thankful  hearts,  and  look 
upon  them  that  they  may  learn 
with  joy  and  not  with  sorrow, 
neither  with  contempt,  concern- 
ing their  first  parents. 

4.  For,  for  this  intent  have  we 
written   these  things,  that  they 
may    know    that    we    knew    of 
Christ,  and  we  had  a  hope  of  his 
glory  many  hundred  years  before 
his  coming;  and  not  only  we  our- 
selves had  a  hope  of  his  glory, 
but  also   all   the  holy  prophets 
which  were  before  us, 

5.  Behold,    they    believed    in 
Christ  and  worshiped  the  Father 
in  his  name,  and  also  we  worship 
the  Father  in  his  name.    And  for 
this  intent  we  6keep  the  law  of 
Moses,  it  pointing  our  souls  to 
him;  and  for  this  cause  it  is  sanc- 
tified unto  us  for  righteousness, 
even  as  it  was  accounted  unto 
Abraham  in  the  wilderness  to  be 
obedient  unto  the  commands  of 
God  in  offering  up  his  son  Isaac, 
which  is  a  similitude  of  God  and 
his  Only  Begotten  Son. 

6.  Wherefore,   we  search  the 
prophets,  and  we  have  many  reve- 
lations and  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 
and  having  all   these  witnesses 


i,  see  i,  2  Ne.  9.     /,  see  fe,  1  Ne.  15.    Tc,  see.  Z»,  1  Ne.  6.     Z,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.    m,  1 
Ne    19*2,  &.     2  Ne.  5:30^—32.         CHAP.  4:    a,  Eth.  12;23 — 20.     &>  see  a.  2  Ne.  25. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421, 


114 


JACOB,  4. 


v?&  obtain  a  hope,  and  our  faith 
becometh  unshaken,  insomuch 
that  we  truly  ccan  command  in 
the  name  of  Jesus  and  the  very 
trees  obey  us,  or  the  mountains, 
or  the  waves  of  the  sea. 

7.  Nevertheless,  the  Lord  God 
showeth  us  our  weakness  that  we 
may  know  that  it  is  by  his  grace, 
and  his  great  condescensions  unto 
the    children    of    men,    that    we 
have  power  to  do  these  things. 

8.  Behold,  great  and  marvelous 
are  the  works  of  the  Lord.    How 
unsearchable  are  the  depths  of 
the  mysteries  of  him;  and  it  is 
impossible  that  man  should  find 
out  all  his  ways.     And  no  man 
knoweth  of  his  ways  save  it  be 
revealed    unto   him;    wherefore, 
brethren,  despise  not  the  revela- 
tions of  God. 

9.  For  behold,  by  the  *power 
of  his  word  man  came  upon  the 
face  of  the  earth,  which  earth 
was  created  by  the  power  of  his 
word.     Wherefore,  if  God  being 
able  to  speak  and  the  world  wa^s, 
and  to  speak  and  man  was  created, 
O  then,  why  not  able  to  command 
the  earth,  or  the  workmanship  of 
his  hands  upon  the  face  of  it,  ac- 
cording to  his  will  and  pleasure? 

10.  Wherefore,  brethren,  seek 
not  to  counsel  the  Lord,  but  to 
take  counsel  from  his  hand.    For 
behold,  ye  yourselves  know  that 
he  counseleth  in  wisdom,  and  in 
justice,  and  in  great  mercy,  over 
all  his  works. 

11.  Wherefore,  beloved  breth- 
ren,    be     reconciled     unto    him 
through  the  'atonement  of  Christ, 
his  Only  Begotten  Son,   and  ye 
may  obtain  a   ''resurrection,   ac- 
cording to  the  power  of  the  resur- 


rection which  is  in  Christ,  and  be 
presented  as  the  ^first-fruits  of 
Christ  unto  God,  having  faith, 
and  obtained  a  good  hope  of  glory 
in  him  before  he  manifesteth 
himself  in  the  flesh. 

12.  And  now,  beloved,  marvel 
not  that  I  tell  you  these  things; 
for  why  not  speak  of  the  ftatone- 
ment  of  Christ,  and  attain  to  a 
perfect  knowledge  of  him,  as  to 
attain  to  the  knowledge  of  a  Res- 
urrection and  the  world  to  come? 

13.  Behold,   my   brethren,    he 
that  prophesieth,  let  him  prophesy 
to  the  understanding  of  men;  for 
the  Spirit  speaketh  the  truth  and 
lieth  not.  Wherefore,  it  speaketh 
of  things  as  they  really  are,  and 
of  things  as  they  really  will  be; 
wherefore,  these  things  are  mani- 
fested unto  us  ^plainly,  for  the 
salvation  of  our  souls.     But  be- 
hold, we  are  not  witnesses  alone 
in   these    things;    for    God    also 
spake  them  unto  prophets  of  old. 

14.  But  behold,  the  Jews  were 
a  *stif£necked  people;    and  they 
despised  the  words  of  plainness, 
and    killed    the    prophets,    and 
sought  for  things  that  they  could 
not  understand.     Wherefore,  be- 
cause of  their  blindness,  which 
blindness  came  by  looking  beyond 
the  mark,  they  must  needs  fall; 
for    God    hath    taken    away    his 
^plainness  from  them,  and  deliv- 
ered   unto    them    many    things 
which   they   cannot   understand, 
because  they  desired  it.    And  be- 
cause they  desired  it  God  hath 
done  it,  that  they  may  stumble. 

15.  And  now  I,  Jacob,  am  led 
on  by  the  Spirit  unto  prophesy- 
ing; for  I  perceive  by  the  work- 
ings  of  the   Spirit   which   is   in 


cf  I  Ne.  7:17,  18.  17:48,  50,  53—55,  Jac.  7:13—19.  Mos.  13:3—6.  Al.  14:26— 
29.  He.  10:5 — 11.  3  Ne.  28:19 — 22  Morm.  8:24.  Bth.  12:30.  d,  2  Ne.  2:14,  15. 
Mos.  2  :25.  Morm.  9  :17.  e,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  /,  see  A,  2  Ne.  2.  g,  Mos.  15  :21 — 23. 
Al.  40:16—21.  He.  14:25.  3  Ne.  23:9—13.  1  Cor.  15:20.  1  Thess.  4:16.  Rev. 
20:4,  5.  Jt,  see  f,  2  Ne.  2.  i,  see  dt  2  Ne*.  2.  j,  see  &,  2  Ne.  25.  fc,  2  Ne.  25:2. 
Jac.  6 :4.  I,  see  &,  2  Ne.  25.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,   5. 


115 


me,  that  by  the  stumbling  of  the 
Jews  they  will  OTreject  the  stone 
upon  which  they  might  build  and 
have  safe  foundation. 

16.  But  behold,   according  to 
the  "scriptures,  this  stone  shall 
become  the  great,  and  the  last, 
and    the   only    sure   foundation, 
upon  which  the  Jews  can  build. 

17.  And  now,  my  beloved,  how 
is   it   possible   that   these,   after 
having  rejected  the  sure  founda- 
tion, can  ever  build  upon  it,  that 
it  may  become  the  °head  of  their 
corner? 

18.  Behold,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  will  unfold   this  mystery 
unto  you;    if  I  do  not,  by  any 
means,  get  shaken  from  my  firm- 
ness in  the  Spirit,  and  stumble 
because  of  my  over  anxiety  for 
you. 

CHAPTER  5. 

Jacob  quotes  the  prophet  Zenos — Al- 
legory of  the  tame  and  the  wild  olive- 
tree — Israel  and  the  Gentiles. 

1.  Behold,  my  brethren,  do  ye 
not  remember  to  have  read  the 
words    of    the    prophet    aZenos, 
which  he  spake  unto  the  house 
of  Israel,  saying: 

2.  Hearken,    O    ye    house    of 
Israel,  and  hear  the  words  of  me, 
a  prophet  of  the  Lord. 

3.  For  behold,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  I  will  liken  thee,  O  house 
of  Israel,  like  unto  a  Hame  olive- 
tree,  which  a  man  took  and  nour- 
ished in  his  vineyard;  and  it  grew, 
and   waxed    old,    and   began  to 
decay. 

4.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
the  master  of  the  vineyard  went 
forth,  and  he  saw  that  his  olive- 
tree  began  to  decay ;  and  he  said : 
I  will  prune  it,  and  dig  about  it, 
and  nourish  it,  that  perhaps  it 


may  shoot  forth  young  and  ten- 
der branches,  and  it  perish  not. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
pruned  it,  and  digged  about  it, 
and  nourished  it  according  to  his 
word. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  many  days  it  began  to  put 
forth  somewhat  a  little,   young 
and  tender  branches;  but  behold, 
the  main  top   thereof  began  to 
perish. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
master  of  the  vineyard  saw  it, 
and  he  said  unto  his  servant:     It 
grieveth  me  that  I  should  lose 
this  tree;  wherefore,  go  and  pluck 
the  branches  from  a  ?wild  olive- 
tree,  and  bring  them  hither  unto 
me;  and  we  will  pluck  off  those 
main  branches  which  are  begin- 
ning to  wither  away,  and  we  will 
cast  them  into  the  fire  that  they 
may  be  burned. 

8.  And  behold,  saith  the  Lord 
of    the   vineyard,    I    take   away 
many  of  these  young  and  tender 
branches,  and  I  will  graft  them 
whithersoever  I  will;  and  it  mat- 
tereth  not  that  if  it  so  be  that 
the  root  of  this  tree  will  perish,  I 
may  preserve   the  fruit  thereof 
unto   myself;    wherefore,   I  will 
take    these    young    and    tender 
branches,  and  I  will  graft  them 
whithersoever  I  will. 

9.  Take  thou  the  branches  of 
the    cwild   olive-tree,    and   graft 
them  in,  in  the   stead  thereof; 
and  these  which  I  have  plucked 
off  I  will  cast  into  the  fire  and 
burn  them,  that  they  may  not 
cumber  the  ground  of  my  vine- 
yard. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  of  the  Lord  of  the 
vineyard    did    according    to   the 
word  of  the  Lord  of  the  vineyard, 


m,  2  Ne.  18:14,  15.     Isa.  8:14,  15.    n,  Ps.  118:22,  23.     o,  Ps.  118:22,  23. 
CHAP.  5:    a,  see  JiT  1  Ne.  19,     6,  1  Ne.  10:12,  14.     15:7,  12,  13.  16.    2  Ne.  3:5.     Jac. 
6:1—7.     c,  vers.  9,  10,   17,  18,  30—37,  46,  57t  65,  73.     Rom.  11:17,  24.     4,  vers.  5, 
13,  14,  19 — 27,  38 — 40,  43 — 46,  52,  54,  67,  68.     e>  see  c.         BET.  B.  0.  544  ANT>  421. 


116 


JACOB,   5. 


and  grafted  in  the  branches  of 
the  'wild  olive-tree. 

11.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard  caused  that   it   should   be 
digged  about,  and  pruned,  and 
nourished,  saying  unto  his  serv- 
ant:  It  grieveth  me  that  I  should 
lose  this  tree;    wherefore,   that 
perhaps  I  might  preserve  the  roots 
thereof  that  they  perish  not,  that 
I  might  preserve  them  unto  my- 
self, I  have  done  this  thing. 

12.  Wherefore,    go   thy   way; 
watch  the*  tree,  and  nourish  it, 
according  to  my  words. 

13.  And  nhese  will  I  place  in 
the  nethermost  part  of  my  vine- 
yard, whithersoever  I  will,  it  mat- 
tereth  not  unto  thee;  and  I  do  it 
that  I  may  preserve  unto  myself 
the  natural  branches  of  the  tree; 
and  also,  that  I  may  lay  up  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
myself;  for  it  grieveth  me  that  I 
should    lose   this   tree   and   the 
fruit  thereof. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  went  his 
way,  and  hid  the  natural  branches 
of   the   tame    olive-tree   in    the 
^nethermost  parts   of  the  vine- 
yard, some  in  one  and  some  in 
another,  according  to  his  will  and 
pleasure. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  a 
*long  time  passed  away,  and  the 
Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his    servant:     Come,    let   us    go 
down  into  the  vineyard,  that  we 
may  labor  in  the  vineyard. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard,  and  also 
the  servant,  went  down  into  the 
vineyard  to  labor.    And  it  came 
to    pass    that   the   servant   said 
unto  his  master:     Behold,  look 
here;  behold  the  tree. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  looked 


and  beheld  the  tree  in  the  which 
the  wild  olive  branches  had  been 
grafted;  and  it  had  sprung  forth 
and  J begun  to  bear  fruit.  And  he 
beheld  that  it  was  good;  and  the 
fruit  thereof  was  like  unto  the 
natural  fruit. 

18.  And  he  said  unto  the  serv- 
ant:   Behold,  the  branches  of  the 
fcwild  tree  have  taken  hold  of  the 
moisture  of  the  root  thereof,  that 
the   root    thereof    hath    brought 
forth  much  strength;  and  because 
of  the  much  strength  of  the  root 
thereof  the  wild  branches  have 
brought  forth  tame  fruit.     Now, 
if  we  had  not  grafted  in  these 
branches,  the  tree  thereof  would 
have  perished.    And  now,  behold, 
I  shall  lay  up  much  fruit,  which 
the    tree   thereof   hath   brought 
forth;    and   the  fruit  thereof   I 
shall  lay  up  against  the  season, 
unto  mine  own  self. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the   Lord   of  the  vineyard   said 
unto  the  servant:     Come,  let  us 
go  to  the  nethermost  part  of  the 
vineyard,  and  behold  if  the  natu- 
ral branches  of  the  tree  have  not 
brought   forth  much  fruit  also, 
that  I  may  lay  up  of  the  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
mine  own  self. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  forth  whither  the  mas- 
ter had  hid  the  natural  branches 
of  the  tree,  and  he  said  unto  the 
servant:  Behold  these;  and  he  be- 
held the  first  that  it  had  brought 
forth  much  fruit;  and  he  beheld 
also  that  it  was  good.     And  he 
said  unto  the  servant:  Take  of  the 
fruit  thereof,  and  lay  it  up  against 
the  season,  that  I  may  preserve  it 
unto  mine  own  self;  for  behold, 
said  he,  this,  long  time  have  I 
nourished  it,  and  it  hath  brought 
forth  much  fruit. 


/,  see  c.    g>  see  &.     h.  vers.  13,  19,  38,  39,  52.    if  vers.  25,  29,  76.    /,  Matt.  12 :33. 
John  15:16.     Rom.  11:16,     Jc,  see  c.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,  5. 


117 


21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  said  unto  Ms  master: 
How  comest  thou  hither  to  plant 
this  tree,  or  this  branch  of  the 
tree?      For   behold,   it   was   the 
poorest  zspot  in  all  the  land  of  the 
vineyard. 

22.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  him:    Counsel  me 
not;  I  knew  that  it  was  a  poor  spot 
of  ground;  wherefore,  I  said  unto 
thee,  I  have  nourished  it  this  long 
time,  and  thou  beholdest  that  it 
hath  brought  forth  much  fruit. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord   of  the  vineyard   said 
unto  his  servant:    Look  hither; 
behold  I   have  planted   another 
branch  of  the  tree  also;  and  thou 
knowest  that  mthis  spot  of  ground 
was  poorer  than  the  first.     But, 
behold  the  tree.    I  have  nourished 
it   this   long  time,   and  it  hath 
brought  forth  much  fruit;  there- 
fore,  gather  it,   and   lay  it   up 
against  the  season,  that  I  may 
preserve  it  unto  mine  own  self. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  again 
unto  his  servant:    Look  hither, 
and  behold  nanother  branch  also, 
which  I  have  planted;  behold  that 
I  have  nourished  it  also,  and  it 
hath  brought  forth  fruit. 

25.  And  he  said  unto  the  ser- 
vant: Look  hither  and  behold  the 
last.    Behold,  this  have  I  planted 
in  a  "good  spot  of  ground;  and  I 
have  nourished  it  this  long  time, 
and  only  a  ppart  of  the  tree  hath 
brought  forth  tame  fruit,  and  the 
Bother    part    of    the    tree    hath 
brought  forth  wild  fruit;  behold, 
I  have  nourished  this  tree  like 
unto  the  others. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord   of   the   vineyard  said 


unto  the  servant:  Pluck  off  the 
branches  that  have  not  brought 
forth  good  fruit,  and  cast  them 
into  the  fire. 

27.  But   behold,    the    servant 
said  unto  him:    Let  us  prune  it, 
and  dig  about  it,  and  nourish  it  a 
little  longer,  that  perhaps  it  may 
bring  forth  good  fruit  unto  thee, 
that  thou  canst  lay  it  up  against 
the  season. 

28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  and  the 
servant  of  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard did  nourish  all  the  fruit  of 
the  vineyard. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  a 
•long  time  had  passed  away,  and 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his    'servant:     Come,   let  us   go 
down  into  the  vineyard,  that  we 
may  labor  again  in  the  vineyard. 
For    behold,    the   time    draweth 
near,  and  the  *end  soon  cometh; 
wherefore,  I  must  lay  up  fruit 
against   the    season,    unto   mine 
own  self. 

3  0 .  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  of  the  vineyard  and  the  ser- 
vant went  down  into  the  vineyard; 
and  they  came  to  the  tree  whose 
natural  branches  had  been  broken 
off,  and  the  wild  branches  had 
been  grafted  in;  and  behold  all 
"sorts  of  fruit  did  cumber  the  tree. 

31.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  did  taste 
of  the  fruit,  every  sort  according 
to  its  number.    And  the  Lord  of 
the  vineyard  said:    Behold,  this 
long  time  have  we  nourished  this 
tree,  and  I  have  laid  up  unto  my- 
self against  the  season  much  fruit. 

32.  But  behold,  this  time  it 
hath  brought  forth  much  fruit, 
and  there  is  "none  of  it  which  is 
good.    And  "behold,  there  are  *all 


I,  ver.  22.  m,  vfers.  21,  22,  25,  43,  44.  «,  Al.  16:17.  o,  yer.  43,  1  Ne.  2:20. 
p,  He.  15 :3.  g,  He.  15 :4.  r,  ver.  25.  8,  yers.  15,  23,  78.  #,  2  Ne.  27 :9.  D.  &  G. 
101 :55.  103 :21.  «t>  1  Ne.  22 :15 — 26.  2  Ne.  27 :1 — 3.  3©  ;10.  Vers.  47,  62— 64»  6&f 
71,  75,  76.  6:2.  3  Ne.  20:4.  Morm.  8:41.  Etlu  4:16.  u,  ver.  32.  4  Ne.  20. 
w,  vers.  30,  35,  37,  42,  46.  af  see  w,  BBTWBSN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


118 


JACOB,   5. 


kinds  of  bad  fruit;  anditprofitetli 
me  nothing,  notwithstanding  all 
our  labor;  and  now  it  grieveth  me 
that  I  should  lose  this  tree. 

33.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  the  servant:  What 
shall  we  do  unto  the  tree,  that  I 
may  preserve   again   good   fruit 
thereof  unto  mine  own  self? 

34.  And  the  servant  said  unto 
his  master:   Behold,  because  thou 
didst  graft  in  the  branches  of  the 
wild  olive-tree  they  have  nour- 
ished the  roots,  that  they  are  alive 
and    they    have    not    perished; 
wherefore    thou    beholdest    that 
they  are  yet  good. 

35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the   Lord   of   the  vineyard   said 
unto  his  servant:  The  tree  profit- 
eth  me  nothing,   and  the  roots 
thereof  profit  me  nothing  so  long 
as  it  shall  bring  forth  evil  fruit. 

36.  Nevertheless,  I  know  that 
the  roots  are  good,  and  for  mine 
own   purpose   I   have   preserved 
them;  and  because  of  their  much 
strength     they     have     hitherto 
brought   forth,    from    the    "wild 
branches,  good  fruit. 

37.  But     behold,      the     wild 
branches  have   grown  and  have 
overrun  the  roots  thereof;   and 
because  that  the  wild  branches 
have  overcome  the  roots  thereof 
it  hath  brought  forth  *much  evil 
fruit;   and  because  that  it  hath 
brought  forth  so  much  evil  fruit 
thou  beholdest  that  it  beginneth 
to  perish;  and  it  will  soon  become 
ripened,  that  it  may  be  cast  into 
the    fire,    except    we    should    do 
something  for  it  to  preserve  it. 

38.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his  servant:  Let  us  go  down  into 
the  2anethermost  parts  of  the  vine- 
yard, and  behold  if  the  natural 


branches  have  also  brought  forth 
evil  fruit. 

39.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  down  into  the  nether- 
most parts  of  the  vineyard.    And 
it  came  to  pass  that  they  beheld 
that    the    fruit    of    the    natural 
branches    had    become    corrupt 
also;  yea,  the  36first  and  the  ^sec- 
ond and  also  the  2dlast;  and  they 
had  all  become  corrupt. 

40.  And  the  2ewild  fruit  of  the 
last  had  overcome  that  2/rpart  of 
the  tree  which  brought  forth  good 
fruit,  even  that  the  branch  had 
withered  away  and  died. 

41.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  2*wept, 
and  said  unto  the  servant:   What 
could  I  have  done  more  for  my 
vineyard? 

42.  Behold,    I  knew   that   all 
the  fruit  of  the  vineyard,  save  it 
were    these,    had    become    cor- 
rupted.     And  now   these  which 
have    once    brought    forth    good 
fruit  have  also  become  corrupted ; 
and  now  all  the  trees  of  my  vine- 
yard are  good  for  2ftnothing  save 
it  be  to  be  hewn  down  and  cast 
into  the  fire. 

43.  And  behold  this  last,  whose 
"branch  hath  withered  away,  I 
did    plant   in   a   2jgood    spot    of 
ground;  yea,  even  that  which  was 
choice  unto  me  above  all  other 
parts  of  the  land  of  my  vineyard. 

44.  And  thou  beheldest  that  I 
also  cut  down  that  which  ^cum- 
bered this  spot  of  ground,  that  I 
might  plant  this  tree  in  the  stead 
thereof. 

45.  And  thou  beheldest  that  a 
2Zpart  thereof  brought  forth  good 
fruit,  and  a  2mpart  thereof  brought 
forth  wild  fruit;  and  because  I 
plucked  not  the  branches  thereof 
and  cast  them  into  the  fire,  be- 


V,  see  c.  gf  see  w,  2a,  see  h.  25,  ver.  20.  2c,  ver.  23.  2d,  ver.  25.  2e,  ver.  25. 
He.  15  -A.  2f,  ver.  25.  He.  15 :3.  2g,  Isa.  5  :4.  2A,  see  10.  2i,  see  p.  2j,  ver.  25. 
2k,  Moro.  9  :23.  21,  see  #.  2mf  see  q.  BETWEEN  B,  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,   5. 


119 


hold,  they  have  overcome  the 
good  branch  that  it  hath  withered 
away. 

46.  And  now,  behold,  notwith- 
standing all  the  care  which  we 
have  taken  of  my  vineyard,  the 
trees  thereof  have   become  cor- 
rupted, that  they  bring  forth  2nno 
good  fruit;  and  these  I  had  hoped 
to  preserve,  to  have  laid  up  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
mine  own  self.    But,  behold,  they 
have  become  like  unto  the  wild 
olive-tree,  and  they  are  of  2ono 
worth  but  to  be  hewn  down  and 
cast  into  the  fire;  and  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  should  lose  them. 

47.  But  what  could  I  have  done 
2*more  in  my  vineyard?     Have  I 
slackened  mine  hand,  that  I  have 
not  nourished  it?     Nay,  I  have 
nourished  it,  and  I  have  digged 
about  it,  and  I  have  pruned  it, 
and  I  have  dunged  it;  and  I  have 
stretched  forth  mine  hand  almost 
all  the  day  long,  and  the  2«end 
draweth  nigh.     And  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  should  hew  down  all  the 
trees  of  my  vineyard,   and  cast 
them  into  the  fire  that  they  should 
be  burned.     Who  is  it  that  has 
corrupted  my  vineyard? 

48.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  said  unto  his  master: 
Is  it  not  the  loftiness  of  thy  vine- 
yard— have    not     the     branches 
thereof  overcome  the  roots  which 
are    good^     And    because    the 
branches  have  overcome  the  roots 
thereof,  behold  they  grew  faster 
than  the  strength  of  the  roots, 
taking  strength  unto  themselves. 
Behold,  I  say,  is  not  this  the  cause 
that  the   trees   of  thy   vineyard 
have  become  corrupted? 

49.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the   Lord   of  the  vineyard   said 
unto  the  servant:    Let  us  go  to 


and  hew  down  the  trees  of  the 
vineyard  and  cast  them  into  the 
fire,  that  they  shall  not  cumber 
the  ground  of  my  vineyard,  for  I 
have  done  all.  What  could  I  have 
done  2rmore  for  my  vineyard? 

50.  But,    behold,    the   servant 
said  unto  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard :    Spare  it  a  little  longer. 

51.  And  the  Lord  said:    Yea,  I 
will  spare  it  a  little  longer,  for  it 
grieveth  me  that  I  should  lose  the 
trees  of  my  vineyard. 

52.  Wherefore,  let  us  take  of 
the  2sbranches  of  these  which  I 
have  planted  in  the  nethermost 
parts    of    my  vineyard,    and    let 
us    graft    them    into    the    "tree 
from  whence  they  came;  and  let 
us    pluck    from    the   tree    those 
^branches   whose   fruit   is   most 
bitter,  and  graft  in  the  natural 
branches  of  the  tree  in  the  stead 
thereof. 

53.  And  this  will  I  do  that  the 
tree  may  not  perish,  that,  per- 
haps, I  may  preserve  unto  myself 
the  roots  thereof  for  mine  own 
purpose. 

54.  And,  behold,  the  2eroots  of 
the  natural  branches  of  the  tree 
which  I  planted  whithersoever  I 
would  are  yet  alive;  wherefore, 
that  I  may  preserve  them  also  for 
mine  own  purpose,  I  will  take  of 
the  2ujbranches  of  this  tree,  and 
I  will  graft  them  in  unto  2jrthem. 
Yea,  I  will  graft  in  unto  them  the 
branches   of  their  mother  tree, 
that  I  may  preserve  the  2jToots 
also   unto   mine  own   self,   that 
when   they  shall  be  sufficiently 
strong  perhaps  they  may  bring 
forth  good  fruit  unto  me,  and  I 
may  yet  have  glory  in  the  fruit 
of  my  vineyard. 

55.  And'It  came  to  pass  that 
they  2*took  from  the  natural  tree 


2»,  see  to.  2o,  2  Ne.  20:33.  AI.  5:52.  3  Ne.  27:11.  2p,  vers.  41,  49.  2q,  see  «» 
2r,  vers.  41,  49.  2s,  see  d.  2t,  see  6.  2tt,  vers.  57,  65.  2v,  vers.  11,  35,  87,  48,  54,  60. 
2w,  3  Ne.  21 :5,  6.  Morm.  5 :15.  2a?,  see  2v.  2yf  see  2v.  20,  see  %w. 

BETWEEN"  B.  0.  544  AND  421. 


120 


JACOB,   5. 


had  become  wild,  and 
grafted  in  unto  the  natural  trees, 
which,  also  had  "become  wild. 

56.  And  they  also  3atook  of  the 
natural  trees  which  had  become 
wild,  and  grafted  into  their  moth- 
er tree. 

57.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  the  servant:  Pluck 
not  the  wild  branches  from  the 
trees,  save  it  be  those  which  are 
3*most   bitter;    and  in   them  ye 
shall    graft    according    to    that 
which  I  have  said. 

58.  And  we  will  nourish  again 
the  trees  of  the  vineyard,  and  we 
will  trim  up  the  branches  there- 
of; and  we  will  pluck  from  the 
trees  those  branches  which  3care 
ripened,   that  must  perish,  and 
cast  them  into  the  fire. 

59.  And  this  I   do  that,  per- 
haps, the  roots  thereof  may  take 
strength  because  of  their  good- 
ness; and  because  of  the  change 
of  the  branches,  that  the  good 
may  overcome  the  evil. 

60.  And  because  that  I  have 
preserved   the  natural  branches 
and  the  roots  thereof,  and  that 
I   have    grafted   in   the   natural 
branches  again  into  their  mother 
tree,  and  have  preserved  the  roots 
of  their  mother  tree,  that,  per- 
haps, the  trees  of  my  vineyard 
may  bring  forth  again  good  fruit; 
and  that  I  may  have  joy  again  in 
the  fruit  of  my  vineyard,  and,  per- 
haps, that  I  may  rejoice  exceed- 
ingly that  I  have  preserved  the 
3droots  and  the  branches  of  the 
first  fruit — 

61.  Wherefore,  go  to,  and  call 
3eservants,  that  we  may  labor  dili- 
gently with  our  might  in  the  vine- 
yard, that  we  may  prepare  the 
way,  that  I  may  bring  forth  again 
the  natural  fruit,  which  natural 


fruit  is  good  and  the  most  pre- 
cious above  all  other  fruit. 

62.  Wherefore,  let  us  go  to  and 
labor  with  our  might  this  31ast 
time,  for  behold  the  end  draweth 
nigh,  and  this  is  for  the  last  time 
that  I  shall  prune  my  vineyard. 

63.  Graft  in  the  branches;  be- 
gin at  the  S£rlast  that  they  may  be 
first,  and  that  the  3Afirst  may  be 
last,  and  dig  about  the  trees,  both 
old  and  young,  the  first  and  the 

-last;  and  the  last  and  the  first, 
that  all  may  be  nourished  once 
again  for  the  3ilast  time. 

64.  Wherefore,  dig  about  them, 
and  prune  them,  and  dung  them 
once  more,  for  the  last  time,  for 
the  end  draweth  nigh.    And  if  it 
be  so  that  these  last  grafts  shall 
grow,  and  bring  forth  the  natural 
fruit,  then  shall  ye  prepare  the 
way   for   them,    that   they    may 
grow. 

65.  And  as  they  begin  to  grow 
ye  shall  clear  away  the  branches 
which  bring  forth  ^bitter  fruit, 
according  to  the  strength  of  the 
good  and  the  size  thereof;   and 
ye  shall  not  clear  away  the  bad 
thereof  all  at  once,  lest  the  roots 
thereof  should  be  too  strong  for 
the  graft,  and  the  graft  thereof 
shall  perish,  and  I  lose  the  trees 
of  my  vineyard, 

66.  For  it  grieveth  me  that  I 
should  lose  the  trees  of  my  vine- 
yard;   wherefore  ye   shall   clear 
away  the  bad  according  as  the 
good  shall  grow,  that  the  root  and 
the  top  may  be  equal  in  strength, 
until  the  good  shall  overcome  the 
bad,  and  the  bad  be  hewn  down 
and  cast  into  the  fire,  that  they 
cumber  not  the  ground   of  my 
vineyard;  and  thus  will  I  sweep 
away  the  bad  out  of  my  vineyard. 

67.  And  the  ^branches  of  the 


3a,  see  2v.  3&,  vers.  58,  66,  66,  73,  74.  3c,  see  3B.  3d,  see  2u.  3e,  vers.  70,  72, 
74,  75.  Jac.  6:2.  3/,  see  u.  Sg,  Matt.  20:16.  ll:25r  26.  3ft,  D.  &  C.  88:51—62. 
1  Ne.  13  :42.  3*,  see  u.  3/,  see  3Z>.  3fc,  ver.  56.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,  5. 


121 


natural  tree  will  I  graft  in  again 
into  the  natural  tree; 

68.  And  the  3I  branches  of  the 
natural  tree  will  I  graft  into  the 
natural  branches  of  the  tree;  and 
thus  will  I  bring  them  together 
again,  that  they  shall  bring  forth 
the  natural  fruit,  and  they  shall 
be  3mone. 

69.  And  the  bad  shall  be  cast 
away,  yea,  even  out  Snof  all  the 
land  of  my  vineyard;  for  behold, 
only  this  once  will  I  prune  my 
vineyard. 

70.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  sent  his 
soservant;  and  the  servant  went 
and  did  as  the  Lord  had  com- 
manded him,  and  brought  Bother 
servants;  and  they  were  s<2few. 

71.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  them:  Go  to,  and 
3rlabor  in  the  vineyard,  with  your 
might.     For  behold,  this  is  the 
last  time  that  I  shall  nourish  my 
vineyard;  for  the  3send  is  nigh  at 
hand,    and   the   season   speedily 
cometh;  and  if  ye  labor  with  your 
might  with  me  ye  shall  have  3*joy 
in  the  fruit  which  I  shall  lay  up 
unto    myself    against    the    time 
which  will  soon  come. 

72.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  8Mseryants  did  go  and  labor 
with  their  mights;  and  the  Lord 
of  the  vineyard  labored  also  with 
them ;  and  they  did  obey  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord  of  the 
vineyard  in  all  things. 

73.  And  there  began  to  be  the 
natural  fruit  again  in  the  vine- 
yard; and  the  natural  branches 
began  to  grow  and  thrive  exceed- 
ingly; and  the  wild  branches  be- 
gan to  be  plucked  off  and  to  be 
3tfcast  away;   and  they  did  keep 


the  root  and  the  top  thereof 
aweaual,  according  to  the  strength 
thereof. 

74.  And    thus    they    labored, 
with  all  diligence,  according  to 
the  commandments  of  the  Lord  of 
the  vineyard,  even  until  the  8*bad 
had  been  cast  away  out  of  the 
vineyard,  and  the  Lord  had  pre- 
served unto  himself  that  the  trees 
had    become    again    the    natural 
fruit;  and  they  became  like  unto 
3yone  body;  and  the  fruits  were 
equal;  and  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard had  preserved  unto  himself 
the  natural  fruit,  which  was  most 
precious  unto  him  from  the  be- 
ginning. 

75.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  Lord  of  the  vineyard 
saw  that  his  fruit  was  good,  and 
that  his  vineyard  was  2ano  more 
corrupt,  he  called  up  his  servants, 
and  said  unto  them:  Behold,  for 
this  last  time  have  we  nourished 
my  vineyard;  and  thgn  beholdest 
that  I  have  done  according  to  my 
will;   and  I  have  preserved  the 
natural  fruit,  that  it  is  good,  even 
like  as  it  was  in  the  beginning. 
And  blessed  art  thou ;  for  because 
ye  have  been  diligent  in  laboring 
with  me  in  my  vineyard,  and  have 
kept    my    commandments,    and 
have  brought  unto  me  again  the 
natural  fruit,  that  my  vineyard  is 
no  more  corrupted,  and  the  4°bad 
is  cast  away,  behold  ye  shall  have 
46joy  with  me  because  of  the  fruit 
of  my  vineyard. 

76.  For   behold,   for  a  4clong 
time  will  I  lay  up  of  the  fruit  of 
my  vineyard  unto  mine  own  self 
against  the  season,  which,  speed- 
ily cometh;  and  for  the  4alast  time 
have  I  nourished  my  "vineyard, 


3Z,  ver.  55.  8m,  vers.  66,  73,  74.  3w,  rers.  66,  74,  75.  1  Ne.  22  :lo — 17,  19 — 26. 
2  Ne.  30:9,  10.  3o,  D.  &  C.  101 :55,  60.  103-21.  2  Ne,  27:9.  8j>,  see  D.  &  C,  8^1 
Ne.  14:12.  3r,  D.  &  C.  6 :3,  4.  11:3.  21:9.  24:19.  31:4,5.  3&:3f  4.  80:17.  43:28. 
3*,  see  w,  3£,  ver.  75.  1  Ne.  13 :37,  3S.  Jae.  6 :3.  3a,  see  Sp.  3u,  see  8Z>.  Stc,  see 
3w.  So;,  see  3w.  3i/,  see  3m.  3^.  see  3».  4e,  see  3»«  40,  see  3t.  4c,  D.  &  a  101 :62. 
1  Ne.  22 :26.  See  n,  2  Ne.  30.  4d,  see  «.  BECTWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 

9 


122 


JACOB,   6. 


and  pruned  it,  and  dug  about  it, 
and  dunged  it;  wherefore  I  will 
lay  up  unto  mine  own  self  of  the 
fruit,  for  a  long  time,  according 
to  that  which  I  have  spoken. 

77.  And  when  the  time  cometh 
that  evil  fruit  shall  4eagain  come 
into  my  vineyard,  then  will  I 
cause  the  good  and  the  bad  to 
be  gathered;  and  the  good  will  I 
preserve  unto  myself,  and  the  bad 
will  I  cast  away  into  its  own 
place.  And  then  cometh  the^  sea- 
son and  the  end;  and  my  vine- 
yard will  I  cause  to  be  4rburned 
with  fire. 

CHAPTER  6. 

Jacob  expounds  the  allegory  of  the 
olive-tree — The  pruning  of  the  vine- 
yard. 

1.  And  now,  behold,  my  breth- 
ren,  as  I  said  unto  you  that   I 
would  prophesy,  behold,  this  is 
my   prophecy — that    the    things 
which  this  prophet  °Zenos  spake, 
concerning  fie  house  of  Israel, 
in  the  which  he  likened  them  unto 
a  btame   olive-tree,   must  surely 
come  to  pass. 

2.  And  the  day  that  lie  shall 
set  his  hand  again  the  csecond 
time  to  recover  his  people,  is  the 
day,  yea,  even  the  dlast  time,  that 
the  servants  of  the  Lord  shall  go 
forth  in  his  epower,  to  nourish 
and  prune  his  vineyard ;  and  after 
that  the  ''end  soon  cometh. 

3.  And  how  blessed  are  nhey 
who   have   labored   diligently  in 
his  vineyard;  and  how  Acursedare 
they  who  shall  be  cast  out  into 
their  own  place!     And  the  world 
shall  be  *burned  with  fire. 

4.  And  how  merciful  is  our  God 
unto  us,  for  he  remembereth  the 
house  of  Israel,  both  roots  and 
branches;  and  he  stretches  forth 


his  hands  unto  them  all  the  day 
long;  and  they  are  a  Jstiffnecked 
and  a  gainsaying  people;  but  as 
many  as  will  not  harden  their 
hearts  shall  be  saved  in  the  king- 
dom of  God. 

5.  Wherefore,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  beseech  of  you  in  words  of 
soberness  that  ye  would  repent, 
and   come  with  full  purpose  of 
heart,  and  cleave  unto  God  as  he 
cleaveth  unto  you.   And  while  his 
arm  of  mercy  is  extended  towards 
you  in  the  light  of  the  day,  harden 
not  your  hearts. 

6.  Yea,  today,  if  ye  will  hear 
his  voice,  harden  not  your  hearts; 
for  why  will  ye  die? 

7.  For  behold,   after  ye  have 
been  nourished  by  the  good  word 
of  God  all  the  day  long,  will  ye 
bring   forth    evil    fruit,    that   ye 
must   be    hewn    down    and    cast 
into  the  fire? 

8.  Behold,  will  ye  reject  these 
words?    Will  ye  reject  the  words 
of  the  prophets;  and  will  ye  re- 
ject  all    the   words  which   have 
been   spoken   concerning   Christ, 
after  so  many  have  spoken  con- 
cerning him;  and  deny  the  good 
word  of  Christ,  and  the  power  of 
God,    and   the  gift   of   the  Holy 
Ghost,     and     quench     the    Holy 
Spirit,  and  make  a  mock  of  the 
great  plan  of  redemption,  which 
hath  been  laid  for  you? 

9.  Know  ye  not  that  if  ye  will 
do  these  things,  that  the  power 
of  the  redemption  and  the  resur- 
rection, which  is  in  Christ,  will 
bring  you  to  stand  with  shame 
and  fcawf ul  guilt  before  the  bar  of 
God? 

10.  And  according  to  the  power 
of  justice,  for  justice  cannot  be 
denied,  ye  must  go  away  into  that 


4c,  Rev.  20:7,  8.  4f,  Rev.  20:14,  15.  Jac.  6:3.  3  Ne.  2G:3,  4.  D.  &  C.  29:23. 
CHAP.  6:  a,  see  h,  1  Ne.  19.  6,  see  Z>,  Jac.  5.  c,  see  i,  2  Ne  6.  d,  see  u,  Jac.  5. 
e,  see  t,  1  Ne.  13.  /,  see  «,  Jac.  5.  D.  &  C.  43  :17 — 20,  28.  g,  see  t,  1  Ne.  13.  h,  vers. 
7—10.  D.  &  C.  41:1  *,  Jac.  5:77.  3  Ne.  26:3.  /,  see  fc,  Jac.  4.  fc,  Jac.  7:19.  Mos. 
15:26.  Al.  30:5,  C.  3  Ne.  29:7.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JACOB,  7. 


123 


'lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  whose 
flames  are  unquenchable,  and 
whose  smoke  ascendeth  up  for- 
ever and  ever,  which  lake  of  fire 
and  brimstone  is  mendless  tor- 
ment. 

11.  O  then,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, repent  ye,  and  enter  in  at  the 
"strait  gate,  and  continue  in  the 
way  which   is  narrow,   until  ye 
shall  obtain  eternal  life. 

12.  O  be  wise;  what  can  I  say 
more? 

13.  Finally,  I  bid  you  farewell, 
until  I  shall  meet  you  before  the 
°pleasing  bar  of  God,  which  bar 
striketh  the  wicked  with  awful 
dread  and  fear.     Amen. 

CHAPTER  7. 

Sherem,  denying  the  Christj  demands 
a  sign  and  is  stricken — He  confesses 
Ms  sin  and  dies — A  reformation  begins 
— Hatred  of  Lamanites  for  Neph-ites 
— Jacob  gives  the  plates  to  his  son 
Enos. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
after  some  years  had  passed  away, 
there  came  a  man  among  the  peo- 
ple  of  Nephi,   whose  name  was 
Sherem. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
began  to  preach  among  the  peo- 
ple, and  to  declare  unto  them  that 
there  should  be  no  Christ.     And 
he  preached  many  things  which 
were  flattering  unto  the  people; 
and  this  he  did  that  he  might 
overthrow  the  doctrine  of  Christ. 

3.  And   he   labored   diligently 
that   he    might    lead    away   the 
hearts   of  the  people,   insomuch 
that    he    did    lead    away    many 
hearts;  and  he  knowing  that  I, 
Jacob,  had  faith  in  Christ  who 
should    come,    he   sought   much 
opportunity  that  he  might  come 
unto  me. 


4.  And  he  was  learned,  that  he 
had  a  perfect  knowledge  of  the 
language  of  the  people;   where- 
fore, he  could  use  much  flattery, 
and  much  power  of  speech,  ac- 
cording to  the  power  of  the  devil. 

5.  And  he  had  hope  to  shake 
me  from  the  faith,  notwithstand- 
ing the  many  revelations  and  the 
many  things  which   I  had  seen 
concerning    these   things;    for   I 
truly  had  Gseen  angels,  and  they 
had  ministered  unto  me.     And 
also,  I  had  heard  the  voice  of  the 
Lord  speaking  unto  me  in  very 
word,  from  time  to  time;  where- 
fore, I  could  not  be  shaken. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
came  unto  me,  and  on  this  wise 
did  he  speak  unto  me,  saying: 
Brother    Jacob,    I    have   sought 
much  opportunity  that  I  might 
speak  unto  you;  for  I  have  heard 
and  also  know  that  thou  goest 
about  much,  preaching  that  which 
ye  call  the  gospel,  or  the  doctrine- 
of  Christ 

7.  And  ye  have  led  away  much 
of  this  people  that  they  pervert 
the  right  way  of  God,  and  keep 
not  the  law  of  Moses  which  is  the 
right  way;  and  convert  the  law 
of  Moses  into  the  worship  of  a 
being  which  ye  say  shall  come 
many  hundred  years  hence.    And 
now  behold,  I,  Sherem,  declare 
unto  you  that  this  is  blasphemy; 
for   no    man    knoweth    of   such 
things;    for    he    cannot   tell    of 
things  to  come.     And  after  this 
manner     did     Sherem     contend 
against  me. 

8.  But  behold,  the  Lord  God 
poured  in  his  Spirit  into  my  soul, 
insomuch  that  I  did  confound  him 
in  all  his  words. 

9.  And  I  said  unto  him :  Deniest 


I,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15.  j»,  D.  &  C.  19 :10— 12.  Mos.  3  :25,  27.  28 :3.  1  Ne.  15 :29,  SO, 
35.  2  Ne.  9:16,  19,  26.  28:23-  AI.  12:17.  3  Ne.  27:11,  17.  29:7.  Moro.  8:21. 
«,  see  2o,  2  Ne.  9.  o,  Moro.  10:34.  CHAP.  7:  a,  2  Ne.  2:3,  4.  10:3.  11:3.  Jac. 
1:17.  2:11.  7:12.  Al.  19:34.  24:14.  He.  5:11.  13:37.  16:14*  Moro.  7:2?, 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


124 


JACOB,  7. 


tli on.  the  Christ  who  should  come? 
And  he  said:  If  there  should  be 
a  Christ,  I  would  not  deny  him; 
hut  I  know  that  there  is  no  Christ, 
neither  has  been,  nor  ever  will  he. 

10.  And  I  said  unto  him:    Be- 
lievest  thou  the  scriptures?    And 
he  said,  Yea. 

11.  And  I  said  unto  him :  Then 
ye  do  not  understand  them;  for 
they  truly  testify  of  Christ.    Be- 
hold, I  say  unto  you  that  none  of 
the  prophets  have  written,   nor 
prophesied,  save  they  have  spoken 
concerning  this  Christ. 

12.  And  this  is  not  all — it  has 
heen  made  manifest  unto  me,  for 
I  have  heard  and  seen;  and  it  also 
has  been  made  manifest  unto  me 
by  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost; 
wherefore,  I  know  if  there  should 
be  no  ^atonement  made  all  man- 
kind must  be  lost. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  said  unto  me:    Show  me  a  sign 
by  this  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
in  the  which  ye  know  so  much. 

14.  And  I  said  unto  him:  What 
am  I  that  I  should  tempt  God  to 
show  unto  thee  a  sign  in  the  thing 
which  thou  knowest  to  be  true? 
Yet  thou  wilt  deny  it,  because 
thou  "art  of  the  devil.    Neverthe- 
less, not  my  will  be  done;  but  if 
God  shall  smite  thee,  let  that  be  a 
sign  unto  thee  that  he  has  power, 
both  in  heaven  and  in  earth;  and 
also,  that  Christ  shall  come.  And 
thy  will,  O  Lord,  be  done,  and  not 
mine. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I,  Jacob,  dhad  spoken  these 
words,   the   power   of   the   Lord 
came  upon  him,  insomuch  that  he 
fell  to  the  earth.    And  it  came  to 
pass  that  he  was  nourished  for 
the  space  of  many  days. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 


said  unto  the  people:  Gather  to- 
gether on  the  morrow,  efor  I  shall 
die;  wherefore,  I  desire  to  speak 
unto  the  people  before  I  shall  die. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  on 
the  morrow  the  multitude  were 
gathered  together;  and  he  spake 
plainly  unto  them  and  denied  the 
things  which  he  had  taught  them, 
and  confessed  the  Christ,  and  the 
power  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  the 
ministering  of  angels. 

18.  And  he  spake  plainly  unto 
them,  that  he  had  been  deceived 
by  the  fpower  of  the  devil.    And 
he  spake  of  ^hell,  and  of  eternity, 
and  of  ^eternal  punishment. 

19.  And  he  said:     I  fear  lest  I 
have  committed  the  Unpardon- 
able sin,  for  I  have  lied  unto  God ; 
for  I  denied  the  Christ,  and  said 
that   I   believed   the  scriptures; 
and   they   truly   testify   of  him. 
And  because  I  have  thus  lied  unto 
God  I  greatly  fear  lest  my  case 
shall  be  awful;  but  I  confess  unto 
God. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  he  had  said  these  words  he 
could  say  no  more,  and  he  'gave 
up  the  ghost. 

21.  And  when  the  ^multitude 
had  witnessed  that  he  spake  these 
things  as  he  was  about  to  give  up 
the  ghost,  they  were  astonished 
exceedingly;   insomuch  that  the 
power  of  God  came  down  upon 
them,   and  they  were   overcome 
that  they  fell  to  the  earth. 

22.  Now,  this  thing  was  pleas- 
ing unto  me,  Jacob,  for  I  had  re- 
quested it  of  my  Father  who  was 
in  heaven;  for  he  had  heard  my 
cry  and  answered  my  prayer. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
peace  and  the  love  of  God  was 
restored  again  among  the  people ; 
and  they  searched  the  'scriptures, 


Z»,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2. 
g,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15.  I 
Al.  63:12. 


c,  vers.  4,  18.  <Z,  see  cf  Jac.  4.  e,  ver.  20.  ff  vers.  4,  14. 
,  see  mf  Jac.  6.  i,  see  fc,  Jac.  6.  /,  ver.  16.  Jfc,  ver.  17.  I, 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


ENDS. 


125 


and  hearkened  no  more  to  the 
words  of  this  wicked  man. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
many  means  were  devised  to  mre- 
claim  and  restore  the  Lamanites 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  truth; 
hut  it  all  was  vain,  for  they  de- 
lighted in  wars  and  bloodshed, 
and  they  had  an  eternal  "hatred 
against  us,  their  brethren.     And 
they    sought   by    the    power    of 
their   arms    to    destroy   us    con- 
tinually. 

25.  Wherefore,  the  people  of 
Nephi  did   fortify  against  them 
with  their  armies,  and  with  all 
their  might,  trusting  in  the  God 
and  rock  of  their  salvation ;  where- 
fore,  they  became  as  yet,   con- 
querors of  their  enemies. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Jacob,  began  to  be  old;  and  the 
record  of  this  people  being  kept 
on   the  °other   plates   of  Nephi, 
wherefore,  I  conclude  this  record, 
declaring  that  I  have  written  ac- 


cording to  the  best  of  my  knowl- 
edge, by  saying  that  the  time 
passed  away  with  us,  and  also  our 
lives  passed  away  like  as  it  were 
unto  us  a  dream,  we  being  a  lone- 
some and  a  solemn  people,  wan- 
derers, cast  out  from  Jerusalem, 
born  in  tribulation,  in  a  wilder- 
ness, and  ^hated  of  our  brethren, 
which  caused  wars  and  conten- 
tions; wherefore,  we  did  mourn 
out  our  days. 

27.  And  I,  Jacob,  saw  that  I 
must  soon  go  down  to  my  grave; 
wherefore,  I  said  unto  my  son 
Enos:  Take  these  ^plates.  And 
I  told  him  the  things  which  my 
brother  Nephi  had  commanded 
me,  and  he  promised  obedience 
unto  the  commands.  And  I  make 
an  end  of  my  writing  upon  sthese 
plates,  which  writing  has  been 
small;  and  to  the  reader  I  bid 
farewell,  hoping  that  many  of  my 
brethren  may  read  my  words* 
Brethren,  adieu. 


THE  BOOK  OF  ENOS 


The  Lord's  promise  concerning  a 
Nephite  record  to  come  forth  to  the 
Lamanites— -Character  condition,  and 
wars  of  the  two  peoples. 

1.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  °Enos,  knowing  my  father  that 
he  was  a  just  man — for  he  taught 
me  in  his  language,  and  also  in 
the  nurture  and  admonition  of 
the    Lord — and    blessed    be    the 
name  of  my  God  for  it — 

2.  And  I  will  tell  you  of  the 
wrestle  which  I  had  before  God, 
before  I  received  a  remission  of 
my  sins. 

3.  Behold,  I  went  to  hunt  beasts 
in   the   forests;    and   the  words 
which  I  had  often  heard  my  fa- 


ther speak  concerning  eternal 
life,  and  the  joy  of  the  saints, 
sunk  deep  into  my  heart. 

4.  And  my  soul  hungered;  and 
I  kneeled  down  before  my  Maker, 
and  I  cried  unto  him  in  mighty 
prayer  and  supplication  for  mine 
own  soul;  and  all  the  day  long 
did   I   cry   unto   him;    yea,   and 
when  the  night  came  I  did  still 
raise  my  voice  high  that  it  reached 
the  heavens. 

5.  And  there  came  a  voice  unto 
me,  saying:     Enos,  thy  sins  are 
forgiven  thee,  and  thou  shalt  be 
blessed. 

6.  And  I,  Enos,  knew  that  God 


TO,  Bnos  14,  20.  n,  ver.  26.  Enos  14,  20.  Jar.  6.  M0s.  10:11 — 18.  28:2.  AL 
26:23 — 25.  o,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  0,  see  ».  q,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  6.  r,  Jac.  1:1 — 1.  sf  see  ft, 
1  Ne.  e.  THB  BOOK  OF  ENOS  :  a,  Jac.  T  :27.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


126 


ENOS. 


could  not  lie;  wherefore,  my  guilt 
was  swept  away. 

7.  And  I  said:    Lord,  how  is  it 
done? 

8.  And  he  said  unto  me:     Be- 
cause of  thy  faith  in  Christ,  whom 
thou  hast  never  before  heard  nor 
seen.    And  many  years  pass  away 
before  he  shall  manifest  himself 
in  the  flesh;  wherefore,  go  to,  thy 
faith  hath  made  thee  whole. 

9.  Now,  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I  had  heard  these  words  I 
began  to  feel  a  desire  for  the  wel- 
fare of  my  brethren,  the  Nephites; 
wherefore,    I   did   pour   out   my 
whole  soul  unto  God  for  them. 

10.  And  while  I  was  thus  strug- 
gling in  the  spirit,  behold,  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  came  into  my 
mind  again,  saying:     I  will  visit 
thy  brethren  according  to  their 
diligence   in    keeping    my    com- 
mandments.    I  have  6giyen  unto 
them  this  land,  and  it  is  a  holy 
land;  and  I  curse  it  not  save  it  be 
for  the  cause  of  iniquity;  where- 
fore, I  will  visit  thy  brethren  ac- 
cording as  I  have  said;  and  their 
transgressions  will  I  bring  down 
with  sorrow  upon  their  own  heads. 

11.  Andafterl,  Enos,  had  heard 
these  words,  my  faith  began  to 
be  unshaken  in  the  Lord;  and  I 
prayed  unto  him  with  many  long 
strugglings  for  my  brethren,  the 
Lamanites. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I  had  prayed  and  labored 
with  all  diligence,  the  Lord  said 
unto  me :     I  will  grant  unto  thee 
according  to  thy  desires,  because 
of  thy  faith. 

13.  And  now  behold,  this  was 
the  desire  which  I  desired  of  him 
— that  if  it  should  so  be,  that  my 
people,  the  Nephites,  should  fall 
into   transgression,   and   by  any 
means  be  destroyed,  and  the  La- 


manites should  not  be  destroyed, 
that  the  Lord  God  would  cpreserve 
a  record  of  my  people,  the  Ne- 
phites; even  if  it  so  be  by  the 
power  of  his  holy  arm,  that  it 
might  be  brought  forth  at  some 
future  day  unto  the  Lamanites, 
that,  perhaps,  they  might  be 
brought  unto  salvation — 

14.  For    at    the    present    our 
strugglings  were  <*vain  in  restor- 
ing them  to  the  true  faith.    And 
they  swore  in  their  wrath  that,  if 
it  were  possible,  they  would  de- 
stroy  our   records   and   us,    and 
also    all    the    traditions    of    our 
fathers. 

15.  Wherefore,  I  knowing  that 
the  Lord  God  was  able  to  preserve 
our  records,  I  cried  u'nto  him  con- 
tinually, for  he  had  said  unto  me: 
Whatsoever  thing  ye  shall  ask  in 
faith,  believing  that  ye  shall  re- 
ceive in  the  name  of  Christ,  ye 
shall  receive  it. 

16.  And  I  had  faith,  and  I  did 
cry  unto  God  that  he  would  "pre- 
serve the  records;  and  he  cove- 
nanted with  me  that  he  would 
'bring  them  forth  unto  the  La- 
manites in  his  own  due  time. 

17.  And  I,  Enos,  knew  it  would 
be  according  to  the  covenant  which 
he  had, made;  wherefore  my  soul 
did  rest. 

18.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me: 
Thy  fathers  have  also  required  of 
me  this  thing;  and  it  shall  be  done 
unto    them    according    to    their 
faith;    for   their   faith   was   like 
unto  thine. 

19.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Enos,  went  about  among 
the  people  of  Nephi,  prophesying 
of  things  to  come,  and  testifying 
of  the  things  which  I  had  heard 
and  seen. 

20.  And  I  bear  record  that  the 
people  of  Nephi  did  seek  diligently 


Z>,  see  a.  1  Ne.  2.     c,  vers.  15 — IS.    See  c.  2  Ne.  27.    <T,  ver.  20.    Jac.  7 :24.    et  ver. 
13.    /,  see  c,  2  Ne.  27.    D.  &  C.  3 :18— 20.    10  :43— -51.      BETWEEN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 


JAROM. 


127 


to  ^restore  the  Lamanites  unto 
the  true  faith  in  God.  But  our 
labors  were  vain;  their  ^hatred 
was  fixed,  and  they  were  led  by 
their  evil  nature  that  they  became 
wild,  and  ferocious,  and  a  blood- 
thirsty people,  fugl  of  idolatry  and 
filthiness;  feeding  upon  beasts  of 
prey;  dwelling  in  tents,  and  wan- 
dering about  in  the  wilderness 
with  a  short  skin  girdle  about  their 
loins  and  their  heads  shaven;  and 
their  skill  was  in  the  bow,  and  In 
the  cimeter,  and  the  ax.  And  many 
of  them  did  eat  nothing  save  it 
was  raw  meat;  and  they  were 
continually  seeking  to  destroy  us. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
people  of  Nephl  did  till  the  land, 
and  "Braise  all  manner  of  grain, 
and  of  fruit,  and  flocks  of  herds, 
and  flocks  of  all  manner  of  cattle 
of  every  kind,  and  goats,  and  wild 
goats,  and  also  many  horses. 

22.  And  there  were  exceeding 
manj  prophets  among  us.  And  the 
people  were  a  stiffneeked  people, 
hard  to  understand. 

23.  And    there    was     nothing 
save  it  was  j  exceeding  harshness, 
preaching    and    prophesying    of 
wars,  and  contentions,  and  destruc- 
tions, and  continually  reminding 
them  of  death,  and  the  duration 
of  etefrnity,  and  the  judgments  and 
the  power  of  God,  and  all  these 
things — stirring  them  up  contin- 


ually to  keep  them  in  the  fear  of 
the  Lord.  I  say  there  was  nothing 
short  of  these  things,  and  exceed- 
ing great  plainness  of  speech, 
would  keep  them  from  going 
down  speedily  to  destruction.  And 
after  this  manner  do  I  write  con- 
cerning them. 

24.  And  I  saw  wars  between 
the  Nephites  and   Lamanites  in 
the  course  of  my  days. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
began  to  be  old,  *and  an  hundred 
and  seventy  and  nine  years  had 
passed  away  from  the  time  that 
our  father  Lehi  *left  Jerusalem. 

26.  And  I  saw  that  I  must  soon 
go  down  to  my  grave,  having  been 
wrought  upon  by  the  power  of  God 
that  I  must  preach  and  prophesy 
unto  this  people,  and  declare  the 
word  according  to  the  truth  which 
is  in  Christ.   And  I  have  declared 
it  in  all  my  days,  and  have  rejoiced 
in  it  above  that  of  the  world. 

27.  And  I  soon  go  to  the  place 
of  my  rest,  which  is  with  my  Re- 
deemer; for  I  know  that  in  him  I 
shall  rest.     And  I  rejoice  in  the 
day  when  my  mortal  shall  put  on 
immortality,  and  shall  stand  be- 
fore him ;  then  shall  I  see  his  face 
with   pleasure,   and  he  will  say 
unto    me:     Come    unto    me,    ye 
blessed,  there  is  a  place  prepared 
for  you  in  the  ^mansions  of  my 
Father.     Amen, 


THE  BOOK  OF  JAROM 


Jarom,  son  of  Enoss  keeps  the  rec- 
ords— The  Neptiites  serve  tlte  Lord  and 
are  prospered. 

1.  Now  behold,  I,  Jarom,  write 
a  few  words  according  to  the  com- 
mandment of  my  father,  Enos, 
that  our  genealogy  may  be  kept. 


2.  And  as  nhese  plates  are  small, 
and  as  these  things  are  written 
for  the  intent  of  the  benefit  of 
our  brethren  the  ^Lamanites, 
wherefore,  it  must  needs  be  that 
I  write  a  little;  but  I  shall  not 
write  the  things  of  my  prophesy- 


g,  yer.  14.  Jae.  7:24.  Ji,  see  nt  Jac.  7.  if  1  Ne.  18:25.  j,  see  «,  1  Ne.  16. 
fc.  1  Ne.  1:4.  2:2,  3.  I,  see  tf,  2  Ne.  2.  1  Cor.  15:53.  2  Tim.  1:10.  m,  Eth. 
1&:32 — 34.  D.  &  C.  72:4.  98:18.  John  14:2,  3.  THB  BOOK  OF  JAROM;  a,  see  &,  1 
-Ne.  6.  6,  see  c,  2  Ne.  27.  *  B.  C.  420. 


128 


JAROM. 


ing,  nor  of  my  revelations.  For 
what  could  I  write  more  tlian  my 
fathers  have  written?  For  have 
not  they  revealed  the  plan  of  sal- 
vation? I  say  unto  you,  Yea;  and 
this  sufficeth  me. 

3.  Behold,  it  is  expedient  that 
much  should  be  done  among  this 
people,  cbecause  of  the  hardness 
of  their  hearts,  and  the  deafness 
of  their  ears,  and  the  blindness 
of  their  minds,  and  the  stiffness 
of  their  necks;  nevertheless,  God 
is  exceeding  merciful  unto  them, 
and  has  not  as  yet  swept  them  off 
from,  the  face  of  the  land. 

4.  And  there  are  many  among 
us  who  have  many  revelations, 
for  they  are  not  all  stiffnecked. 
And  as   many  as   are  not  stiff- 
necked  and  have  faith,  have  com- 
munion   with    the    Holy    Spirit, 
which  maketh  manifest  unto  the 
children    of    men,    according   to 
their  faith. 

5.  And  now,  behold,  *two  hun- 
dred years  had  passed  away,  and 
the  people  of  Nephi  had  waxed 
strong  in  the  land.  They  observed 
to  dkeep  the  law  of  Moses  and  the 
sabbath  day  holy  unto  the  Lord. 
And  they  profaned  not;  neither 
did  they  blaspheme.  And  the  laws 
of    the    land    were    exceedingly 
strict. 

6.  And  they  were  scattered  upon 
much  of  the  face  of  the  land,  and 
the  Lamanites   also.     And   they 
were  exceeding  more  numerous 
than  were  they  of  the  Nephites; 
and  they  eloved  murder  and  would 
drink  the  blood  of  beasts. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
came  many  times  against  us,  the 
Nephites,  to  battle.    But  our  kings 
and  our  leaders  were  mighty  men 
in  the  faith  of  the  Lord;  and  they 
taught  the  people  the  ways  of  the 


Lord;  wherefore,  we  withstood 
the  Lamanites  and  swept  them 
away  out  of  our  lands,  and  began 
to  fortify  our  cities,  or  what- 
soever place  of  our  inheritance. 

8.  And  we  multiplied  exceed- 
ingly, and  spregd  upon  the  face 
of  the  land,  and  became  exceed- 
ing 'rich  in  gold,  and  in  silver, 
and  in  precious  things,   and  in 
fine    workmanship    of    wood,    in 
buildings,  and  in  machinery,  and 
also  in  iron  and  copper,  and  brass 
and  steel,  making  all  manner  of 
tools  of  every   kind   to   till   the 
ground,   and  weapons   of  war — 
yea,  the  sharp  pointed  arrow,  and 
the  quiver,  and  the  dart,  and  the 
javelin,  and  all  preparations  for 
war. 

9.  And  thus  being  prepared  to 
meet  the  Lamanites,  they  did  not 
prosper  against  us.    But  the  word 
of  the  Lord  was  verified,  which  he 
spake  unto   our  fathers,   saying 
that:     ^Inasmuch  as  ye  will  keep 
my  commandments  ye  shall  pros- 
per in  the  land. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the    prophets    of   the    Lord    did 
threaten  the  people  of  Nephi,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  God,  that 
if  they  did   not  keep    the  com- 
mandments, but  should  fall  into 
transgression,  they  should  b'e  *de- 
stroyed  from  off  the  face  of  the 
land. 

11.  Wherefore,    the   prophets, 
and  the  priests,  and  the  teachers, 
did    labor    diligently,    exhorting 
with  all  long-suffering  the  people 
to  diligence;  teaching  the  *law  of 
Moses,  and  the  intent  for  which  it 
was  given;   persuading  them  to 
look  forward  unto  the  Messiah, 
and  believe  in  him  to  come  as 
though  he  already  was.  And  after 
this  manner  did  they  teach  them. 


c.  Enos  23.  d.  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.  e,  see  nf  Jac.  7.  Enos  20.  /,  see  n,  1  Ne.  18. 
a,  see  h.  2  Ne.  1.  Ti,  1  Ne.  12:19,  20.  Al.  45:10 — 14.  He.  13:5 — 10.  3  Ne.  27:32. 
Morm.  6.  i,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.  *  B.  C.  399. 


OMNI. 


129 


12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  by 
so  doing  they  kept  them   from 
being  destroyed  upon  the  face  of 
the  land;  for  they  did  prick  their 
hearts  with  the  word,  continually 
stirring  them  up  unto  repentance. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
*two  hundred  and  thirty  and  eight 
years  had  passed  away — after  the 
manner  of  wars,  and  contentions, 
and  dissensions,  for  the  space  of 
much  of  the  time. 

14.  And  I,  Jarom,  do  not  write 


more,  for  the  plates  are  small. 
But  behold,  my  brethren,  ye  can 
go  to  the  Bother  plates  of  Nephi; 
for  behold,  upon  them  the  records 
of  our  wars  are  engraven,  accord- 
ing to  the  writings  of  the  kings, 
or  those  which  they  caused  to  be 
written. 

15.  And  I  deliver  these  plates 
into  the  hands  of  my  son  Omni, 
that  they  may  be  kept  accord- 
ing to  the  commandments  of  my 
fathers. 


THE  BOOK  OF  OMNI 


Comprising  records  kept  "by  Omni. 
Amaron,  Chemish,  A^inadom^  and 
Amaleki — Mosiah^  leaving  the  land  of 
Nephi,  discovers  the  land  of  Zarahem- 
la,  occupied  "by  another  colony  from 
Jerusalem — He  is  made  king — Cori- 
antumr,  the  last  of  the  Jaredites — 
King  "Benjamin — Other  migrations. 

1.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  Omni,  being  commanded  by  my 
father,  Jarom,  that  I  should  write 
somewhat  upon  "these  plates,  to 
preserve  our  genealogy — 

2.  Wherefore,   in  my  days,   I 
would  that  ye  should  know  that  I 
fought  much  with  the  sword  to 
preserve  my  people,  the  Nephites, 
from  falling  into  the  hands  of  their 
enemies,  the  Lamanites.    But  be- 
hold, I  of  myself  am  a  wicked 
man,   and  I  have  not  kept  the 
statutes  and  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord  as  I  ought  to  have 
done. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
ftwo  hundred  and  seventy  and 
six  years  had  passed  away,  and 
we  had  many  seasons  of  peace; 
and  we  had  many  seasons  of  seri- 
ous war  and  bloodshed.    Yea,  and 
in  fine,  $two  hundred  and  eighty 
and  two  years  had  passed  away, 


and  I  had  kept  these  plates  ac- 
cording to  the  "commandments  of 
my  fathers;  and  I  conferred  them 
upon  my  son  Amaron.  And  I 
make  an  end. 

4.  And  now  I,  Amaton,  write 
the   things  whatsoever  I  write, 
which  are  few,  in  the  book  of  my 
father. 

5.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
§  three  hundred  and  twenty  years 
had  passed  away,  and  the  cmore 
wicked  part  of  the  Nephites  were 
destroyed. 

6.  For  the  Lord  would  not  suf- 
fer, after  he  had  led  them  out  of 
the  land  of  Jerusalem  and  kept 
and  preserved  them  from  falling 
into  the  hands  of  their  enemies, 
yea,  he  would  not  suffer  that  the 
words  should  not  be  verified,  which 
he  spake  unto  our  fathers,  saying 
that:     ^Inasmuch  as  ye  will  not 
keep  my  commandments  ye  shall 
not  prosper  in  the  land. 

7.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  did  visit 
them  in  great  judgment;  never- 
theless, he  did  spare  the  righteous 
that  they  should  not  perish,  but 
did  deliver  them  out  of  the  hands 
of  their  enemies. 


it  see  6,  1  Ne.  6 ;  also  f>  1  Ne.  1.        THE  BOOK  OF  OMNI  ;  a.  see  6. 1  Ne.  6.    &,  Jac. 
1:1—4.    7:27.    Jar.  1,  2,  15.    c,  Jar.  10.     d,  see  ft,  2  Ne.  I. 

*  B.  C.  aftl.     f  B.  C.  323.     t  B.  C.  317.     §  B.  C.  279. 


130 


OMNI. 


8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did   deliver  the  plates  unto  my 
brother  Chemish. 

9.  Now  I,  Chemish,  write  what 
few  things  I  write,  ein  the  same 

-.book  with  my  "brother;  for  be- 
hold, I  saw  the  last  which  he 
wrote,  that  he  wrote  it  with  his 
own  hand;  and  he  wrote  it  in  the 
day  that  he  delivered  them  unto 
me.  And  after  this  manner  we 
keep  the  ^records,  for  it  is  accord- 
ing to  the  commandments  of  our 
fathers.  And  I  make  an  end. 

10.  Behold,  I,  Abinadom,  am 
the  son  of  Chemish.     Behold,  it 
came  to  pass  that  I  saw  much 
war  and  contention  between  my 
people,  the  Nephites,  and  the  La- 
manites;    and   I,   with  my   own 
sword,  have  taken  the  lives  of 
many  of  the  Lamanites  in   the 
defence  of  my  brethren. 

11.  And  behold,  the  record  of 
this    people    is    engraven    upon 
plates  which  is  had  by  the  kings, 
according  to  the  generations;  and 
I  know  of  no  revelation  save  that 
which  has  been  written,  neither 
prophecy;  wherefore,  that  which 
is  sufficient  is  written.     And   I 
make  an  end. 

12.  Behold,  I  am  Amaleki,  the 
son  of  Abinadom.    Behold,  I  will 
speak  unto  you  somewhat  con- 
cerning Mosiah,  who  was  made 
king  over  the  land  of  Zarahemla; 
for  behold,  he  being  warned  of 
the  Lord  that  he  should  flee  out 
of  the   land    of   *Nephi,   and   as 
many  as  would  hearken  unto  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  should  also  de- 
part out  of  the  land  with  him, 
into  the  wilderness — 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  did  according  as  the  Lord  had 
commanded  him.     And  they  de- 
parted out  of  the  land  into  the 


wilderness,  as  many  as  would 
hearken  unto  the  voice  of  the 
Lord;  and  they  were  led  by  many 
preachings  and  prophesyings.  And 
they  were  admonished  continually 
by  the  word  of  God;  and  they 
were  led  by  the  power  of  his 
arm,  through  the  wilderness,  until 
they  came  down  into  the  land 
which  is  called  the  land  of  *Zara- 
hemla. 

14.  And  they  discovered  a  peo- 
ple, who  were  called  the  'people 
of  Zarahemla.     Now,  there  was 
great  rejoicing  among  the  people 
of  Zarahemla;  and  also  ZaraTiemla 
did  rejoice  exceedingly,  because 
the  Lord  had  sent  the  people  of 
Mosiah  with  the  ^plates  of  brass 
which  contained  the  record  of  the 
Jews. 

15.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  discovered  that  the  peo- 
ple of  Zarahemla  came  out  from 
Jerusalem  at  the  *time  that  Zede- 
kiah,  king  of  Judah,  was  carried 
away  captive  into  Babylon. 

16.  And  they  journeyed  in  the 
wilderness,  and  were  brought  by 
the  hand  of  the  Lord  across  the 
great  waters,  into  the  land  where 
Mosiah    'discovered    them;    and 
they  had  dwelt  there  from  that 
time  forth. 

17.  And  at  the  time  that  Mosiah 
discovered  them,  they  had  become 
exceeding    numerous.    Neverthe- 
less,  they  had   had  many  wars 
and  serious  contentions,  and  had 
fallen  by  the  sword  from  time  to 
time;  and  their  language  had  be- 
come ""corrupted;   alad  they  had 
brought  no  records  with  them; 
and  they  denied  the  being  of  their 
Creator;  and  Mbsiah,  nor  the  peo- 
ple of  Mosiah,  could  understand 
them. 

18.  But  it  came  to  pass  that 


e,  see  B.  /,  see  f,  1  Ne.  1.  g.  see  6,  2  Ne  5.  ft,  Al.  2:15.  i,  vers.  15 — 19.  Mos. 
25:2 — 4.  Al.  22:30 — 32.  He.  6:10.  8:21.  jt  see  a,  1  Ne.  B.  k,  2  Kings  25:1 — 7. 
See  i.  I,  ver.  14.  mf  ver.  18.  BETWEEN  B.  C.  279  AND  130. 


OMNI. 


131 


Mosiah  caused  that  they  should 
be  taught  in  his  language.  And 
it  came  to  pass  that  after  they 
were  taught  in  the  language  of 
Mosiah,  Zarahemla  gave  a  gene- 
alogy of  his  fathers,  according  to 
his  memory;  and  they  are  writ- 
ten, but  "not  in  these  plates. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  Zarahemla,  and  of 
Mosiah,  did  unite  together;  and 
Mosiah  was  appointed  to  be  °their 
king. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
days  of  Mosiah,  there  was  a  large 
stone  brought  unto  him  pwith  en- 
gravings on  it;  and  he  did  9inter- 
pret  the  engravings  by  the  gift 
and  power  of  God. 

21.  And  they  gave  an  account 
of  one  rCoriantumr,  and  the  slain 
of  his  people.     And  Coriantumr 
was  ^discovered  by  the  'people  of 
Zarahemla;    and  he   dwelt  with 
them  for  the  space  of  nine  moons. 

22.  It  also  spake  a  few  words 
concerning  his  fathers.    And  his 
first  parents  came  out  from  the 
"tower,  at  the  time  the  Lord  con- 
founded the  language  of  the  peo- 
ple; and  the  severity  of  the  Lord 
fell  upon  them  according  to  his 
judgments,  which  are  just;  and 
their  ''bones  lay  scattered  in  the 
land  northward. 

23.  Behold,   I,    Amaleki,   was 
born  in  the  days  of  Mosiah;  and 
I  have  lived  to  see  his  death;  and 
Benjamin,   his  son,  reigneth  in 
his  stead. 

24.  And  behold,  I  have  seen, 
in  the  days  of  king  Benjamin,  a 
serious  war  and  much  bloodshed 
between   the   Nephites   and   the 
Lamanites.    But  behold,  the  Ne- 
phites did  obtain  much  advan- 
tage over  them;   yea,  insomuch 


that  king  Benjamin  did  drive 
them  out  of  the  "land  of  Zara- 
hemla. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
began  to  be  old;  and,  having  no 
seed,  and  knowing  king  Benja- 
min to  be  a  just  man  before  the 
Lord,  wherefore,  I  shall  deliver 
up  'these  plates  unto  him,  exhort- 
ing all  men  to  come  unto  God, 
the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  and  be- 
lieve in  prophesying,  and  in  reve- 
lations, and  in  the  ministering  of 
angels,  and  in  the  gift  of  speak- 
ing with  tongues,  and  In  the  gift 
of  interpreting  languages,  and  in 
all  things  which  are  good;   for 
there  is  nothing  which  is  good 
save  it  comes  from  the  Lord;  and 
that  which  is  evil  cometh  from 
the  devil. 

26.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  would  that  ye  should  come 
unto  Christ,  who  is  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel,  and  partake  of  his  sal- 
vation, -and  the  power  of  his  re- 
demption.    Yea,  come  unto  him, 
and  offer  your  whole  souls  as  an 
offering  unto  him,  and  continue 
in  fasting  and  'praying,  and  en- 
dure to  the  end ;  and  as  the  Lord 
liveth  ye  will  be  saved. 

27.  And   now   I   would   speak 
somewhat   concerning   a   certain 
number  who   went  up  into  the 
wilderness  to  return  to  the  land 
of  2Nephi;  for  there  was  a  large 
number   who    were    desirous    to 
possess  the  land  of  their  inheri- 
tance. 

28.  Wherefore,  they  went  up 
into  the  wilderness.     And  their 
leader  being  a  strong  and  mighty 
man,  and  a  stiffneeked  man,  where- 
fore he  caused  a  Contention  among 
them;  and  2athey  were  all  slain, 
save  fifty,  in  the  wilderness,  and 


n,  see  /.  of  ver.  12.  pf  ver.  21.  g,  Mos.  8:13 — 18.  r,  Bth.  12:1 — 3.  18:1.  2, 
13_31.  Chaps.  14,  15.  »,  Eth,  11:20,  21.  13:21.  t,  see  i.  u,  Mos.  28:17.  Etb, 
1:1 — 6.  Gen.  11:1 — 9.  u,  Mos.  8:8 — 12.  See  q.  wf  see  ft.  a;,  see  6,  1  Ne.  6. 
y,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32,  9,  see  fc,  2  Ne,  5.  2a,  Mos.  9:1,  2,  4.  BET.  B.  C.  279  AND  130, 


132 


WORDS  OF  MORMON. 


they  returned  again  to  tlie  2*land 
of  Zarahemla. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  also  took  Scothers  to  a  con- 
siderable number,  and  took  their 
journey  again  into  the  wilder- 
ness. 


30.  And  I,  Amaleki,  had  a  broth- 
er, who  also  went  with  them ;  and 
I  have  not  since  known  concern- 
ing them.  And  I  am  about  to  lie 
down  in  my  grave;  and  these 
plates  are  2dfull.  And  I  make  an 
end  of  my  speaking. 


THE  "WORDS  OF  MORMON 


Mormon's  abridgment  and  the  smaller 
plates  of  Nephi — Relation  of  the  fore- 
going part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon  to 
that  which  follows. 

1.  And  now  I,  Mormon,  being 
about  to  deliver  up  the  arecord 
which  I  have  been  making  into 
the  hands  of  my  son  Moroni,  be- 
hold I  have  witnessed  almost  all 
the  destruction  of  my  people,  the 
Nephites. 

2.  And  it  is    *many   hundred 
years  after  the  coming  of  Christ 
*that  I  deliver  these  records  into 
the  'hands  of  my  son;  and  it  sup- 
poseth  me  that  he  will  witness 
the  entire  destruction  of  my  peo- 
ple.   But  may  God  grant  that  he 
may  survive  them,  that  dhe  may 
write  somewhat  concerning  them, 
and  somewhat  concerning  Christ, 
that  perhaps  some  day  it  may 
profit  them. 

3.  And  now,  I  speak  somewhat 
concerning   that   which    I   have 
written ;  for  after  I  had  made  an 
"abridgment  from  the  plates  of 
Nephi,  down  to  the  ^reign  of  this 
king  Benjamin,  of  whom  Ama- 
leki spake,  I  searched  among  the 
^records  which  had  been  deliv- 
ered into  my  hands,  and  I  found 
*these    plates,    which    contained 
this  small  account  of  the  proph- 


ets, from  Jacob  down  to  the  reign 
of  this  king  Benjamin,  and  also 
fcraany  of  the  words  of  Nephi. 

4.  And  the  things  which   are 
upon  these  plates  pleasing  me, 
because  of  the  prophecies  of  the 
coming  of  Christ;  and  my  fathers 
knowing  that  many  of  them  have 
been  fulfilled;   yea,   and  I   also 
know  that  as  many  things  as  have 
been    prophesied    concerning    us 
down  to  this  day  have  been  ful- 
filled, and  as  many  as  go  beyond 
this   day  must  surely   come   to 
pass — 

5.  Wherefore,   I  chose    'these 
things,  to  finish  my  record  upon 
them,   which   remainder   of   my 
mrecord   I   shall  take   from   the 
"plates  of  Nephi;   and  I  cannot 
write  the  ''hundredth  part  of  the 
things  of  my  people. 

6.  But    behold,    I    shall    take 
pthese  plates,  which  contain  these 
prophesyings  and  revelations,  and 
put  them  with  the  remainder  of 
my  ^record,  for  they  are  choice 
unto  me;  and  I  know  they  will  be 
choice  unto  my  brethren. 

7.  And  I  do  this  for  a  rwise 
purpose;  for  thus  it  whispereth 
me,  according  to  the  workings  of 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  which  is  in 
me.    And  now,  I  do  not  know  all 


2&.  see  ft.  2c,  Mas,  9  :3,  4.  2£.  vers.  11,  19.  THE  WOBDB  OF  MOBMON  :  a,  8  Ne, 
.6:10.  Morm.  1  ;1~~4.  2:17,  18.  5:9.  6:1,  6.  8:1,  4,  5,  14—16.  9:32—36.  Moro. 
»:23,  24,  10:1—5.  I,  Morm.  6:5.  c,  Morm.  6:6.  <?,  Morm.  8:1  —  8.  e,  Morm.  5:9. 
/,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  g,  Om.  23  —  25.  fc,  Morm,  4  :23.  *,  see  6,  1  Ne.  6.  Tcf  see  1  and  2 
Ne.  I,  ver.  6.  m,  3  N<*  5  :14 


see  /,  1  Ne    1.     o,  yer.  3. 
isee  c.    rt  D.  &  C.  3,  10. 


.       ,      or,     :.      ,  see    ,         e.     .     cf 
18,    Morm.  1  :1.    n,  1  Ne.  9  :2.    See  /.    See  yer.  3  ;  als 
3  Ne.  5:8—11.     26:6—12.     Mora.  5:9.     p,  ver.  5.     q 

*ABOXJT  A.  D.  385 


WORDS  OF  MORMON, 


133 


things;  but  the  Lord  knoweth  all 
things  which  are  to  come;  where- 
fore, he  worketh  in  me  to  do 
according  to  his  will. 

8.  And  my  prayer  to  God  Is 
concerning    my    brethren,    that 
they  may  once  again  come  to  the 
knowledge  of  God,  yea,  the  re- 
demption   of    Christ;    that    they 
may  once  again  be  a  'delightsome 
people. 

9.  And  now  I,  Mormon,  ^pro- 
ceed  to   finish   out   my   "record, 
which  I  take  from  the  plates  of 
Nephi;  and  I  make  it  according 
to  the  knowledge  and  the  under- 
standing which  God  has  given  me. 

10.  Wherefore,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  Amaleki  had  delivered 
up  "these  plates  into  the  hands  of 
king  Benjamin,  he  took  them  and 
put  them  with  the  w other  plates, 
which   contained   records   which 
had  been  handed  down  by  the 
kings,  from  generation  to  gener- 
ation until  the  days  of  king  Ben- 
jamin. 

11.  And  they  were  handed  down 
from  king  Benjamin,  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  until  they 
have  fallen  into  *my  hands.    And 
I,  Mormon,  pray  to  God  that  they 
may  be  preserved  from  this  time 
henceforth.   And  I  know  that  they 
will  be  preserved;  for  there  are 
great  things  written  upon  them, 
out  of  which  tfmy  people  and  *their 
brethren    shall    be    2ajudged    at 
the  great  and  last  day,  accord- 
ing to  the  word  of  God  "which  is 
written. 

12.  And  now,  concerning  this 
king   Benjamin — lie   had    some- 
what of  contentions  among  his 
own  people. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  also 
that  the  armies  of  the  Lamanites 
came  down  out  of  the  2bland  of 


Nephi,  to  battle  against  his  peo- 
'  pie.  But  behold,  king  Benjamin 
gathered  together  his  armies,  and 
he  did  stand  against  them;  and 
he  did  fight  with  the  strength  of 
his  own  arm,  with  the  2csword  of 
Laban. 

14.  And  in  the  strength  of  the 
Lord   they   did   contend   against 
their    enemies,    until    they    had 
slain  many  thousands  of  the  La- 
manites.     And  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  did  contend  against  the 
Lamanites  until  they  had  driven 
them  out  of  all  the  lands  of  their 
inheritance. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  there  had  been  false  Christs, 
and  their  mouths  had  been  shut, 
and  they  punished  according  to 
their  crimes; 

16.  And  after  there  had  been 
false  prophets,  and  false  preachers 
and  teachers  among  the  people, 
and  all  these  having  been  pun- 
ished according  to  their  crimes; 
and  after  there  having  been  much 
contention  and  many  dissensions 
away  unto  the  Lamanites,  behold, 
it  came  to  pass  that  king  Benja- 
min, with  the  assistance  of  the 
holy  prophets  who  were  among 
his  people — 

17.  For  behold,  king  Benjamin 
was  a  holy  man,  and  he  did  reign 
over  his  people  in  righteousness; 
and  there  were  many  holy  men  in 
the  land,  and  they  did  speak  the 
word  of  God  with  power  and  witk 
authority;  and  they  did  use  much 
2dsharpness  because  of  the  stiff- 
neckedness  of  the  people — 

18.  Wherefore,  with  the  help  of 
these,  king  Benjamin,  by  labor- 
ing with  all  the  might  of  his  body 
and  the  faculty  of  his  whole  soul, 
and  also  the  prophets,  did  once 
more  establish  peace  in  the  land. 


t,  2  Ne.  30:6.  «,  Yer.  3.  «,  see  p.  wf  see  /.  «,  3  Ne,  5:8 — 11.  Morm.  4:23, 
y,  He.  15:3.  See  p,  3Tac.  5.  ssf  He.  15:4.  See  g,  Jac.  5.  2a,  2  Ne.  25:18.  2»:11. 
33:11,  14,  15.  3  Ne.  27:23 — 27.  Etfc.  4:8 — Id.  5:4.  2Z»,  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.  2c,  see  a, 
1  Ne.  4.  2tf,  see  a,  1  Ne.  16.  *  ABOUT  A.  D.  385. 


THE  BOOK  OP  MOSIAH 


CHAPTER  1. 

King  Benjamin's  exhortation  to  his 
sons — Mosiah  chosen  to  succeed  his 
father — Mosiah  receives  the  records., 
etc. 

1.  And  now  there  was  no  more 
contention  in  all  thealandof  Zara- 
hemla,  among  all  the  people  who 
belonged  to  king  Benjamin,   so 
that  king  Benjamin  had  contin- 
ual peace  all  the  remainder  of 
his  daysj 

2.  Ana  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
had  three  sons;    and  he  called 
their  names  Mosiah,  and  Helorum, 
and   Helaman.    And   he   caused 
that  they  should  be  taught  in  &all 
the  language  of  his  fathers,  that 
thereby  they  might  become  men 
of  understanding;  and  that  they 
might  know  concerning  the  proph- 
ecies which  had  been  spoken  by 
the  mouths  of  their  fathers,  which 
were  delivered  them  by  the  hand 
of  the  Lord. 

3 .  And  he  also  taught  them  con- 
cerning the  records  which  were 
engraven  on  the  cplates  of  brass, 
saying:    My  sons,  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  were  it  not 
for  these  plates,  which  contain 
these  records  and  these  command- 
ments, we  must  have  suffered  in 
ignorance,  even  at  this  present 
time,  not  knowing  the  mysteries 
of  God. 

4.  For  it  were  not  possible  that 
our  father,  Lehi,  could  have  re- 
membered   all   these  things,   to 
have  taught  them  to  his  children, 
except  it  were  for  the  help  of 
these  plates;  for  he  having  been 
^taught  in  the  language  of  the 
Egyptians  therefore  he  could  read 
these  engravings,  and  teach  them 


to  his  children,  that  thereby  they 
could  teach  them  to  their  chil- 
dren, and  so  fulfilling  the  com- 
mandments of  God,  even  down  to 
this  present  time. 

5.  I  say  unto  you,  my  sons, 
were  it  not  for  these  things,  which 
have  been  kept  and  preserved  by 
the  hand  of  God,  that  we  might 
read  and  understand  of  his  mys- 
teries, and  have  his  command- 
ments  always   before   our  eyes, 
that  even  our  fathers  would  have 
dwindled    in    unbelief,    and    we 
should  have  been  like  unto  our 
brethren,    the    Lamanites,    who 
know  nothing  concerning  these 
things,   or   even   do  not  believe 
them  when  they  are  taught  them, 
because  of  the  ^traditions  of  their 
fathers,  which  are  not  correct. 

6.  0  my  sons,  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  these  say- 
ings are  true,  and  also  that  these 
records   are   true.    And  behold, 
also  the  plates  of  Nephi,  which 
contain  the  records  and  the  say- 
ings of  our  fathers  from  the  time 
they  left  Jerusalem   until  now, 
and  they  are  true;   and  we  can 
know  of  their  surety  because  we 
have  them  before  our  eyes. 

7.  And  now,  my  sons,  I  would 
that  ye  should  remember  to  search 
them  diligently,  that  ye  may  profit 
thereby;    and   I   would   that   ye 
should  keep  the  commandments 
of  God,  that  ye  may  prosper  in 
the  land  according  to  the  rprom- 
ises  which  the  Lord  made  unto 
our  fathers. 

8.  And  many  more  things  did 
king  Benjamin  teach  his  sons, 
which   are   not  written  in  this 
book. 


a,  Om.  13.    1),  ver.  4.    1  Ne.  1 :2.    Morm.  9 :32.    c,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.     <f,  see  "b.    e,  see 
»,  Jac.  7.    Al.  19:14.    /,  see  h,  2  Ne.  1.  ABOUT  B.  C.  130. 

134 


MOSIAH,  1. 


135 


9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Benjamin  had  made 
an  end  of  teaching  his  sons,  that 
lie  waxed  old,  and  he  saw  that  he 
must  very  soon  go  the  way  of  all 
the  earth;  therefore,  he  thought 
it  expedient  that  he  should  con- 
fer the  kingdom  upon  one  of  Ms 
sons. 

10.  Therefore,  *he  had  Mosiah 
brought  before  him;    and  these 
are  the   words  which  he  spake 
unto    him,    saying:      My   son,    I 
would   that  ye   should   make   a 
proclamation  throughout  all  this 
land   among  all  this  people,   or 
the  ^people  of  Zarahemla,  and  the 
^people  of  Mosiah  who  dwell  in 
the  land,  that  thereby  they  may 
be  gathered  together;  for  on  the 
morrow  I  shall  proclaim  unto  this 
my    people    out    of    mine    own 
mouth  that  *thou  art  a  king  and 
a  ruler  over  this  people,  whom 
the  Lord  our  God  hath  given  us. 

11.  And  moreover,  I  shall  give 
this  people  a  ^narne,  that  thereby 
they  may  be  distinguished  above 
all  the   people   which  the  Lord 
God  hath  brought  out  of  the  land 
of  Jerusalem;   and  this  I  do  be- 
cause they  have  been  a  diligent 
people  in  keeping  the  command- 
ments of  the  Lord. 

12.  And  I  give  unto   them   a 
name  that  never  shall  be  blotted 
out,  except  it  be  through  trans- 
gression. 

13.  Yea,  and  moreover  I  say 
unto  you,  that  if  this  highly  fa- 
vored people  of  the  Lord  should 
fall  into  transgression,   and  be- 
come a  wicked  and  an  adulterous 
people,  that  the  Lord  will  deliver 
them  up,  that  thereby  they  be- 
come weak  like  unto  their  breth- 
ren; and  he  will  no  more  preserve 


them  by  his  matchless  and  mar- 
velous power,  as  he  has  hitherto 
preserved  our  fathers. 

14.  For  I  say  unto  you,  that  if 
he  had  not  extended  his  arm  in 
the  preservation  of  our  fathers 
they  must  have  fallen  into  the 
hands    of    the    Lanianites,    and 
become  victims  to  their  hatred. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Benjamin  had  made 
an  end  of  these  sayings  to  his 
son,    that   he    gave   him    charge 
concerning  all  the  affairs  of  the 
kingdom. 

16.  And  moreover,  he  also  gave 
him  charge  concerning  the  rec- 
ords which  were  engraven  on  the 
^-plates   of  brass;    and   also    'the 
plates   of  Nephi;    and   also,   the 
msword  of  Laban,  and  the  "ball  or 
director,   which   led   our  fathers 
through    the    wilderness,    which 
was  prepared  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord  that  thereby  they  might  be 
led,  every  one  according  to  the 
heed   and   diligence  which   they 
gave  unto  him. 

17.  Therefore,    as    they   were 
unfaithful  they  did  not  prosper 
nor  progress  in  their  journey,  but 
were  °driven  back,  and  incurred 
the  displeasure  of  God  upon  them; 
and  therefore  they  were  smitten 
with  famine  and  sore  afflictions, 
to  stir  them  up  in  remembrance 
of  their  duty. 

18.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  Mosiah  went  and  did  as  his 
father  *>had  commanded  him,  and 
proclaimed  unto   all  the   people 
who  wen^jm  the  5land  of  Zara- 
hemla that  thereby  they  might 
gather  themselves  together,  to  go 
up   to   the   temple  to  kear  the 
words   which   his   father   should 
speak  unto  them. 


g,  Om.  14.  ft,  seep.  Mos.  27:35.  28:18.  29:40.  He.  15:3.  4f  MOB.  2:30.  6:3,4. 
jf  rer.  12.  Mos.  5:11.  fc,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  I,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  m,  see  a,  1.  Ne.  4. 
»,  see  d,  1  Ne.  16.  0,  1  Ne.  18:12,  13.  p,  ver.  10.  Mos.  2:1.  «,  Om.  13.  r,  see  ft, 
2  Ne,  5.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


136 


MOSIAH,   2. 


CHAPTER  2. 


King  Benjamin  "builds  a  tower  from 
which  he  addresses  his  people — The 
righteoiis  reign  of  a  God-fearing  king. 

1.  And  it  cam©  to  pass  that 
after  Mosiah  had  done  as  his  fa- 
ther °had  commanded  him,  and 
had  made  a  proclamation  through- 
out all  the  land,  that  the  peo- 
ple gathered  themselves  together 
throughout  all  the  land,  that  they 
might  go  up  to  the   temple  to 
hear  the  -words  which  king  Ben- 
jamin should  speak  unto  them. 

2.  And    there    were    a    great 
number,  even  so  many  that  they 
did  not  number  them;  for  they 
had   multiplied   exceedingly  and 
waxed  great  in  the  land. 

3.  And  they  also  took  of  the 
firstlings  of  their  flocks,  that  they 
might  offer  sacrifice  and  burnt 
offerings  according  to  the  claw  of 
Moses; 

4.  And  also  that  they  might 
give   thanks  to   the   Lord   their 
God,  who  had  brought  them  out 
of  the  land  of  Jerusalem,   and 
who  had  delivered  them  out  of 
the  hands  of  their  enemies,  and 
had   appointed   just   men  to   be 
their  teachers,  and   also   a  just 
man  to  be  their  king,  who  had 
established  peace  in  the  dland  of 
Zarahemla,  and  who  had  taught 
them  to  keep  the  commandments 
of  God,  that  they  might  rejoice 
and  be  filled  with  love  towards 
God  and  all  men. 

5.  And  it  came  topass  that  when 
they  came  up  to  the  "temple,  they 
pitched  their  tents  about, 
every  man  according  to  his  fam- 
ily, consisting  of  his  wife,  and  his 
sons,  and  his  daughters,  and  their 
sons,  and  their  daughters,  from 
the  eldest  down  to  the  youngest, 
every  family  being  separate  one 
from  another. 


6.  And  they  pitched  their  tents 
round  about  the  ^temple,  every 
man   having   his   tent  with   the 
door  thereof  towards  the  temple, 
that  thereby  they  might  remain 
in  their  tents  and  hear  the  words 
which    king    Benjamin     should 
speak  unto  them; 

7.  For  the  multitud'e  being  so 
great  that  king  Benjamin  could 
not   teach  them   all   within   the 
walls  of  the  temple,  therefore  he 
caused   a  *tower  to   be   erected, 
that   thereby   his    people   might 
hear  the  words  which  he  should 
speak  unto  them. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
began  to  speak  to  his  people  from 
the  tower;  and  they  could  not  all 
hear  his  words  because   of  the 
greatness  of  the  multitude;  there- 
fore he  caused  that  the  words 
which  he  spake  should  be  written 
and  sent  forth  among  those  that 
were  not  under  the  sound  of  his 
voice,  that  they  might  also  re- 
ceive his  words. 

9.  And   these  are   the   words 
which  he  spake  and  caused  *to 
be  written,  saying:    My  brethren, 
all  ye  that  have  assembled  your- 
selves together,  you  that  can  hear 
my  words  which  I   shall  speak 
unto  you  this  day;  for  I  have  not 
commanded  you  to  come  up  hither 
to  trifle  with  the  words  which  I 
shall  speak,  but  that  you  should 
hearken  unto  me,  and  open  your 
ears  that  ye  may  hear,  and  your 
hearts  that  ye  may  understand, 
and  your  minds  that  the  mysteries 
of  God  may  be  unfolded  to  your 
view. 

10.  I  have  not  commanded  you 
to  come  up  hither  that  ye  should, 
fear  me,  or  that  ye  should  think 
that  I  of  myself  am  more  than  a 
mortal  man. 

11.  But  I  am  like  as  yourselves, 


<z,  Mos.  1 :10,  18.     6,  see  It,  2  Ne.  5.     c,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.     df  Om.  13.     e.  see  fc,  2 
Ne.  5.     /,  see  A,  2  Ne,  5,     g,  ver.  8.  ABOUT  IJ.  C.  124, 


MOSIAH,   2. 


137 


subject  to  all  manner  of  infirmi- 
ties In  body  and  mind;  yet  I  have 
been  chosen  by  this  people,  and 
consecrated  by  femy  father,  and 
was  suffered  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord  that  I  should  be  a  ruler  and 
a  king  over  this  people;  and  have 
been  kept  and  preserved  by  his 
matchless  power,  to  4serve  you 
with  all  the  might,  mind  and 
strength  "which  the  Lord  hath 
granted  unto  me. 

12.  I  say  unto  you  that  as  I 
have  been  suffered  to  spend  my 
days  in  your  service,  even  up  to 
this  time,  and  have  not  sought 
gold  nor  silver  nor  any  manner 
of  riches  of  you; 

13.  Neither  have  I  suffered  that 
ye  should  be  confined  in  dungeons, 
nor  that  ye  should  make  slaves 
one  of  another,  nor  that  ye  should 
murder,  or  plunder,  or  steal,  or 
commit  adultery;  nor  even  have 
I  suffered  that  ye  should  com- 
mit any  manner  of  wickedness, 
and    have   taught   you   that   ye 
should  keep  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord,  in  all  things  which 
he  hath  commanded  you — 

14.  And  even  I,  myself,  have 
labored   with   mine   own  hands 
that  I  might  serve  you,  and  that 
ye  should  not  be  laden  with  taxes, 
and   that  there   should   nothing 
come  upon  you  which  was  griev- 
ous to  be  borne — and  of  all  these 
things  which  I  have  spoken,  ye 
yourselves  are  witnesses  this  day. 

15.  Yet,  my  brethren,  I  have 
not  done  these  things  that  I  might 
boast,    neither    do    I    tell    these 
things  that  thereby  I  might  accuse 
you;  but  I  tell  you  these  things 
that  ye   may   know   that   I   can 
answer  a  clear  conscience  before 
God  this  day. 

16.  Behold,  I  say  unto  you  that 
because  I  said  unto  you  that  I  had 


spent  my  days  in  your  ^service,  I 
do  not  desire  to  boast,  for  I  have 
only  been  in  the  service  of  God. 

17.  And  behold,  I  tell  you  these 
things  that  ye  may  learn  wisdom ; 
that  ye  may  learn  that  when  ye 
are  in  the  service  of  your  fellow 
beings  ye  are  only  in  the  service 
of  your  God. 

18.  Behold,  ye  have  called  me 
your  king ;  and  if  I,  whom  ye  call 
your  king,  do  labor  to  serve  you, 
then   ought  not  ye  to   labor  to 
serve  one  another? 

19.  And  behold  also,  if  I,  whom 
ye  call  your  king,  who  has  spent 
Ms  days  in  *your  service,  and  yet 
has  been  in  the  service  of  God,  do 
merit  any  thanks  from  you,   O 
how   you    ought   to   thank  your 
heavenly  King! 

20.  I  say  unto  you,  my  breth- 
ren, that  if  you  should  render  all 
the  thanks  and  praise  which  your 
whole  soul  has  power  to  possess, 
to  that  God  who  has  created  you, 
and  has  kept  and  preserved  yon, 
and  has  caused  that  ye  should  re- 
joice, and  has  granted  that  ye 
should  live  in  peace  one  with  an- 
other— 

21.  I  say  unto  you  that  if  ye 
should  serve  him  who  has  created 
you  from  the  beginning,  and  is 
preserving  you  from  day  to  day, 
by  lending  you  breath,  that  ye 
may  live  and  move  and  do  accord- 
ing to  your  own  will,  and  even 
supporting  you  from  one  moment 
to  another — I  say,  if  ye  should 
serve  him  with  ail  your  whole 
souls  yet  ye  would  be  unprofitable 
servants. 

22.  And  behold,  all  that  he  re- 
quires of  yon  is  to  keep  his  com- 
mandments;  and  he  has  zprom- 
ised  yon  that  if  ye  would  keep  Ms 
commandments  ye  should  prosper 
in  the  land;   and  he  never  doth 


»j  Om.  23,  24.    if  vers.  14,  16—19.    /,  vers.  II,  IT— -19.    It,  vers.  11,  16— IS.    I,  see 
\f  2  Ne.  1.  ABOUT  B.  0.  124. 

10 


138 


MOSIAH,   2. 


vary  from  that  which  he  hath 
said;  therefore,  if  ye  do  keep  his 
commandments  he  doth  bless  you 
and  prosper  you. 

23.  And  now,  in  the  first  place, 
he  hath  created  you,  and  granted 
unto  you  your  lives,  for  which  ye 
are  indebted  unto  him. 

24.  And  secondly,  he  doth  re- 
quire that  ye  should  do  as  he  hath 
commanded  you;  for  which  if  ye 
do,   he   doth   immediately   bless 
you;  and  therefore  he  hath  paid 
you.     And  ye  are  still  indebted 
unto  him,  and  are,  and  will  be, 
forever  and  ever;   therefore,   of 
what  have  ye  to  boast? 

25.  And  now  I  ask,  can  ye  say 
aught  of  yourselves?     I  answer 
you,  Nay.    Ye  cannot  say  that  ye 
are  even  as  much  as  the  dust  of 
the  earth;  yet  ye  were  created  of 
the  wdust  of  the  earth;   but  be- 
hold, it  helongeth  to  him  who 
created  you. 

26.  And  I,  even  I,  whom  ye  call 
your  king,  am  no  better  than  ye 
yourselves  are;  for  I  am  also  of 
the  dust.  And  ye  behold  that  I  am 
old,  and  am  about  to  yield  up  this 
mortal  frame  to  its  mother  earth. 

27.  Therefore,  as  I  said  unto 
you  that  I  had  nserved  you,  walk- 
ing with  a  clear  conscience  before 
God,  even  so  I  at  this  time  have 
caused  that  ye  should  assemble 
yourselves  together,  that  I  might 
be  found  blameless,  and  that  your 
blood  should  not  come  upon  me, 
when  I  shall  stand  to  be  judged 
of  God  of  the  things  whereof  he 
hath  commanded  me  concerning 
you. 

28.  I  say  unto  you  that  I  have 
caused  that  ye  should  assemble 
yourselves  together  that  I  might 


rid  my  garments  of  your  blood, 
at  this  period  of  time  when  I  am 
about  to  go  down  to  my  grave, 
that  I  might  go  down  in  peace, 
and  my  immortal  spirit  may  join 
the  'choirs  above  in  singing  the 
praises  of  a  just  God. 

29.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you  that  I  have  caused  that  ye 
should    assemble   yourselves    to- 
gether, that  I  might  declare  unto 
you  that  I  can  no  longer  be  your 
teacher,  nor  your  king; 

30.  For  even  at  this  time,  my 
whole  frame  doth  tremble  exceed- 
ingly while  attempting  to  speak 
unto  you;  but  the  Lord  God  doth 
support  me,  and  hath  suffered  me 
that  I  should  speak   unto  you, 
and  hath  commanded  me  that  I 
should  declare  unto  you  this  day, 
that  my  son  Mosiah  is  a  %ing  and 
a  ruler  over  you. 

31.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
would  that  ye  should  do  as  ye 
have  hitherto  done.     As  ye  have 
kept  my  commandments,  and  also 
the  commandments  of  my  father, 
and    have   prospered,    and   have 
been  kept  from  falling  into  the 
hands  of  your  enemies,  even  so 
if  ye  shall  keep  the  command- 
ments of  my  son,   or  the  com- 
mandments of  God  which  shall  be 
delivered   unto   you   by  him,   ye 
shall  prosper  in  the   land,   and 
your  enemies  shall  have  no  power 
over  you. 

32.  But,  O  my  people,  beware 
lest  there  shall  arise  contentions 
among  you,  and  ye  list  to  obey  the 
4evil  spirit,  which  was  spoken  of 
by  my  father  Mosiah. 

33.  For  behold,  there  is  a  wo 
pronounced  upon  him  who  listeth 
to   obey   that  spirit;    for   if   he 


mt  2  Ne.  2:15.  20:7.  Jac.  2:21.  4:9.  Mos.  4:21.  7:27.  28:17.  Al.  18:28,  34, 
36.  22:10—13.  42:2.  Morm.  6:15.  9:11,  12,  17.  Etb.  3:15,16.  Moro.  10:3.  Gen, 
2:7.  3:10.  n,  vers.  11,  12,  14 — 19.  o,  Morm.  7:7.  p,  Mos.  1:10.  6:3,  4.  qf  see  i, 
2  Ne.  2.  9:39.  18:10.  28:20—22  32:8.  Mos.  2:37.  3:6.  4:14.  16:3.  Al.  3  :26. 
27.  5 :20,  39—42.  30 :42,  53.  34 :34,  35,  39.  40 :13,  14.  He.  7 :15,  16.  13  :37.  3 
Ne.  27:11,  32.  Morm.  1:19.  5:18.  Moro.  7:11 — 14,  17.  10:30.  ABOUT  B.  0.  124. 


MOSIAH,  3. 


13$ 


listeth  to  obey  him,  and  remaln- 
eth  and  dieth  in  Ms  sins,  the  same 
drinketh  damnation  to  his  own 
soul;  for  he  receiveth  for  Ms 
wages  an  reverlasting  punish- 
ment, having  transgressed  the 
law  of  God  contrary  to  his  own 
knowledge. 

34.  I  say  unto  you,  that  there 
are  not  any  among  you,  except  it 
be  your  little  children  that  have 
not  been  taught  concerning  these 
things,  but  what  knoweth  that  ye 
are   eternally   indebted   to  your 
heavenly    Father,    to    render   to 
him  all  that  you  have  and  are; 
and  also  have  been  taught  con- 
cerning the  ^records  which  con- 
tain the  prophecies  which  have 
been  spoken  by  the  holy  prophets, 
even  down  to  the  time  our  father, 
Lehi,  left  Jerusalem; 

35.  And  also,  all  that  has  been 
spoken  by  our  fathers  until  now. 
And  behold,  also,  they  spake  that 
which  was  commanded  them  of 
the  Lord ;  therefore,  they  are  just 
and  true. 

36.  And  now,  I  say  unto  you, 
my  brethren,  that  after  ye  have 
known  and  have  been  taught  all 
these  things,  if  ye  should  trans- 
gress  and  go   contrary  to  that 
which  has  been  spoken,  that  ye  do 
withdraw    yourselves    from    the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord,  that  it  may 
have  no  place  in  you  to  guide 
you  in  wisdom's  paths  that  ye 
may  be  blessed,  prospered,  and 
preserved — 

37.  I  say  unto  you,  that  the 
man  that  doeth  this,   the  same 
cometh    out    in    open    rebellion 
against  God;  therefore  he  listeth 
to  obey  the  *evil  spirit,  and  be- 
cometh  an  enemy  to  all  righteous- 
ness; therefore,  the  Lord  has  no 
place  in  him,  for  he  dwelleth  not 
in  unholy  temples. 


38.  Therefore  if  that  man  re- 
penteth  not,  and  remaineth  and 
dieth  an  enemy  to  God,  the  de- 
mands of  divine  Justice  do  awak- 
en his  immortal  soul  to  a  lively 
sense  of  his  own  guilt,  which  doth 
cause   him   to   shrink   from   the 
presence  of  the  Lord,  and  doth 
fill   his   breast    with   guilt,    and 
pain,  and  anguish,  which  is  "like 
an  unquenchable  fire,  whose  flame 
ascenileth  up  forever  and  ever. 

39.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
that  mercy  hath  no  claim  on  that 
man;  therefore  his  final  doom  is 
to   endure  a  ^never-ending   tor- 
ment. 

40.  O,  all  ye  old  men,  and  also 
ye  young  men,  and  you  little  chil- 
dren   who    can    understand    my 
words,  for  I  have  spoken  plainly 
unto  you  that  ye  might  under- 
stand,   I    pray    that    ye    should 
awake  to  a  remembrance  of  the 
awful  situation  of  those  that  have 
fallen  into  transgression. 

41.  And  moreover,  1  would  de- 
sire that  ye  should  consider  on 
the  blessed  and  happy  state  of 
those  that  keep   the   command- 
ments of  God.    For  behold,  they 
are  blessed  in  all  things,  both 
temporal   and  spiritual;    and   if 
they  hold  out  faithful  to  the  end 
they  are   received   into   heaven, 
that  thereby  they  may  dwell  with 
God  in  a  state  of  never-ending 
happiness.    O  remember,  remem- 
ber that  these  things  are  true;  for 
the  Lord  God  hath  spoken  it. 

CHAPTER  3. 

King  Benjamin's  address  continued 
— Another  prophecy  of  the  Christ-— 
More  concerning  the  atonement. 

1.  And  again  my  brethren,  I 
would  call  your  attention,  for  I 
haye  somewhat  more  to  speak 
unto  you;  for  behold,  I  have 


rr  see  mf  Jac.  6.     8,  1  Ne.  3:24.     5:14.     f,  see  tf.     «,  see  mf  Jac.  6.     t?,  see  mf 
Jac.  6.  ABOUT  B.  C»  124. 


140 


MOSIAH,  3. 


things  to  tell  you  concerning  that 
which  is  to  come. 

2.  And  the  things  which  I  shall 
tell  you  are  made  known  unto  me 
by  an  angel  from  God.     And  he 
said    unto   roe:    Awake;    and   I 
awoke,  and  behold  he  stood  he- 
fore  me. 

3 .  And  he  said  unto  me :  Awake, 
and  hear  the  words  which  I  shall 
tell  thee;  for  behold,  I  am  come 
to  declare  unto  you  the  glad  tid- 
ings of  great  joy. 

4.  For   the  Lord   hath   heard 
thy  prayers,  and  hath  judged  of 
thy  righteousness,  and  hath  sent 
me  to  declare  unto  thee  that  thou 
mayest   rejoice;    and   that   thou 
mayest  declare  unto  thy  people, 
that  they  may  also  be  filled  with 
Joy. 

5.  For  behold,  the  time  com- 
eth,  and  is  not  far  distant,  that 
with  power,  the  Lord  Omnipotent 
who  reigneth,  who  was,  and  ais 
from  all  eternity  to  all  eternity, 
shall  come   down  from   heaven 
among  the  children  of  men,  and 
shall  dwell  in   a   Habernacle  of 
clay,  and  shall  go  forth  amongst 
men,  working  cmighty  miracles, 
such  as  healing  the  sick,  raising 
the  dead,  causing  the  lame  to 
walk,  the  blind  to  receive  their 
sight,  and  the  deaf  to  hear,  and 
curing  all  manner  of  diseases. 

6.  And  he  shall  cast  out  devils, 
or  the  *evi!  spirits  which  dwell  in 
the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men. 

7.  And  lo,  he  shall  suffer  temp- 
tations, and  flpain  of  body,  hun- 
ger,   thirst,    and    fatigue,    even 
more  than  man  can  suffer,  except 
it   be   unto    death;    for   behold, 


blood  cometh  from  every  pore,  so 
great  shall  be  his  anguish  for  the 
wickedness  and  the  abominations 
of  his  people. 

8.  And  he  shall  be  called  Jesus 
Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  the  Father 
of  heaven  and  earth,  the  Creator 
of  all  things  from  the  beginning; 
and  his  mother  shall  be  called 
rMary. 

9.  And  lo,  he  cometh  unto  his 
own,  that  salvation  might  come 
unto  the  children   of  men  even 
through  faith  on  his  name;  and 
even  after  all  this  they  shall  con- 
sider him  a  man,  and  say  that  he 
hath  a  devil,  and  shall  scourge 
him,  and  shall  ^crucify  him. 

10.  And  he  shall  rise  the  Hhird 
day  from  the  dead;  and  behold, 
he  standeth  to  judge  the  world; 
and  behold,  all  these  things  are 
done  that  a  righteous  judgment 
might  come  upon  the  children  of 
men. 

11.  For  behold,   and   also  his 
blood   *atoneth   for   the   sins   of 
those   who   have   fallen   by   the 
transgression  of  Adam,  who  have 
died  not  knowing  the  will  of  God 
concerning   them,    or   who   have 
'ignorantly  sinned. 

12.  But  wo,  wo  unto  him  who 
knoweth  that  he  rebelleth  against 
God!      For  salvation  cometh  to 
none  such  except  it  be  through 
repentance  and  faith  on  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ. 

13.  And   the  Lord   God   hath 
sent  his  holy  prophets  among  all 
the  children  of  men,  to  declare 
these   things   to   every   kindred, 
nation,  and  tongue,  that  thereby 
whosoever    should    believe    that 


a,  2  Ne.  19:6.  26:12.  Mosl  15:1—5.  Al.  11:38,  39,  44.  13:7—9.  He.  14:12, 
Moro.  7:22.  8:18.  D.  &  C.  29:33.  39:1.  76:4.  6,  2  Ne.  9:18 — 21.  2  Ne.  2:4. 
6:9.  9:5,  21.  25:12.  32:6.  Mos.  7:27.  15:1—7.  AI.  7:9—13.  19:13.  He.  14:4. 
3  Ne.  1:14.  9:15,  16.  30:18,  19.  Chaps.  11—28.  Morm.  3:21.  c,  1  Ne.  11:31.  2 
Ne.  10:4.  26:13.  AK  7:11,  d,  see  q,  Mos.  2.  e,  see  s,  2  Ne.  9.  /,  Al.  7:10.  g,  1 
Ne.  11:33.  19:10,  13.  2  Ne.  6:9.  10:3.  25:13.  Mos.  15:7.  3  Ne.  11:14.  15. 
ft,  1  Ne.  19:10.  2  Ne.  25:13.  He.  14:20,  27.  3  Ne.  10:9.  L  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  j,  2  Ne. 
9:25,  26.  Mos.  3:20 — 22.  15:24,  25,  Al.  9:15,  16.  29:5.  42:21.  He.  15:14,  15. 
Moro.  8:22.  ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


MOSIAH,  3, 


141 


Christ  should  come,  the  same 
might  receive  remission  of  their 
sins,  and  rejoice  with  exceeding 
great  joy,  even  as  though  he  had 
already  come  among  them, 

14.  Yet  the  Lord  God  saw  that 
Ms  people  were  a  stiffn-ecked  peo- 
ple, and  he  appointed  unto  them 
a  law,  even  the  Haw  of  Moses. 

15.  And  many  signs,  and  won- 
ders,   and    types,    and    shadows 
showed  he  unto  them,  concerning 
his  coming;  and  also  holy  proph- 
ets spake  unto  them  concerning 
his  coming;   and  yet  they  hard- 
ened their  hearts,  and  understood 
not  that  the  law  of  Moses  availeth 
nothing  except  it  were  through 
the  ^atonement  of  his  blood. 

16.  And  even  if  it  were  possible 
that  little  children  could  sin  they 
could  not  be  saved ;  but  I  say  unto 
you  they  are  blessed;- for  behold, 
as  in  Adam,  or  by  nature,  they 
fall,  even  so  the  blood  of  Christ 
atoneth  for  mtheir  sins. 

17.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,  that  there  shall  be  no  other 
name  given  nor  any  other  way 
nor  means  whereby  salvation  can 
come  unto  the  children  of  men, 
only  in  and  through  the  name  of 
Christ,  the  Lord  Omnipotent. 

18.  For  behold  he  judgeth,  and 
Ms  judgment  is  just;  and  the  "in- 
fant perisheth  not  that  dieth  in 
his  infancy;  but  men  drink  dam- 
nation to  their  own  souls  except 
they  humble  themselves  and  be- 
come as  little  children,  and  be- 
lieve that  salvation  was,  and  is, 
and  is  to  come,  in  and  through 
the  'atoning  blood  of  Christ,  the 
Lord  Omnipotent. 

19.  For  the  natural  man  is  an 
enemy  to  God,  and  has  been  from 
the  fall  of  Adam,  and  will  be, 
forever  and  ever,  unless  he  yields 
to  the  enticings  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 


and  putteth  off  the  natural  man 
and  becometh  a  saint  through  the 
atonement  of  Christ  the  Lord,  and 
becometh  as  a  child,  submissive, 
meek,  humble,  patient,  full  of 
love,  willing  to  submit  to  all 
things  which  the  Lord  seeth  fit 
to  inflict  upon  him,  even  as  a 
child  doth  submit  to  his  father. 

20.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,    that   the   time  shall   come 
when  the  knowledge  of  a  Savior 
shall    spread    throughout    every 
nation,  kindred,  tongue,  and  peo- 
ple. 

21.  And    behold,    when    that 
time  cometh,  none  shall  be  found 
blameless  before  God,  except  it 
be  plittle  children,  only  through 
repentance  and  faith  on  the  name 
of  the  Lord  God  Omnipotent. 

22.  And    even    at    this    time, 
when  thou  shalt  have  taught  thy 
people  the  things  which  the  Lord 
thy  God  hath  commanded  thee, 
even  then  are  they  found  no  more 
blameless  in  the  sight   of  God, 
only    according    to    the    words 
which  I  have  spoken  unto  thee. 

23.  And  now  I  have  spoken  the 
words  which  the  Lord  God  hath. 
commanded  me. 

24.  And  thus  saith  the  Lord: 
They  shall  stand  as  a  bright  tes- 
timony against  this  people,  at  the 
judgment  day;  whereof  they  shall 
be  judged,  every  man  according 
to  his  works,   whether  they  be 
good,  or  whether  they  be  evil. 

25.  And  if  they  be  evil  they  are 
consigned  to   an  awful  view  of 
their  own  guilt  and  abominations, 
which  doth  cause  them  to  shrink 
from  the  presence  of  the  Lord 
into  a  state  of  "misery  and  «end- 
less  torment,  from  whence  they 
can  no  more  return;    therefore 
they  have   drunk   damnation  to 
their  own  souls. 


fc,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.     lf  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.     m,  vers.  18,  19.    MOB.  15:25,     Moro.  8:8, 
12,  22.     %  see' TO.    0,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2,    p,  see  m.    g,  see  mf  Jac.  6.    .      ABOUT  B,  O.  124. 


142 


MOSIAH,   4. 


•26.  Therefore,  they  have  drunk 
out  of  the  cup  of  the  wrath  of 
God,  which  justice  could  no  more 
deny  unto  them  than  it  could 
deny  that  Adam  should  fall  be- 
cause of  his  partaking  of  the  for- 
bidden fruit;  therefore,  mercy 
could  have  claim  on  them  no 
more  forever. 

27.  And  their  torment  is  ras  a 
lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  whose 
flames  are  unquenchable,  and 
whose  smoke  ascendeth  up  for- 
ever and  ever.  Thus  hath  the 
Lord  commanded  me.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  4. 

King  Benjamin's  address  concluded 
— The  conditions  of  salvation — Man's 
dependence  upon  G-od  —  Liberality, 
wisdom  and  diligence  enjoined. 

1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that   when   king   Benjamin   had 
made  an   end   of  speaking   the 
words  which  had  been  delivered 
unto  Mm  by  the  aangel  of  the 
Lord,  that  he  cast  his  eyes  round 
about  on  the  multitude,  and  be- 
hold they  had  fallen  to  the  earth, 
for  the  fear  of  the  Lord  had  come 
upon  them. 

2.  And  they  had  viewed  them- 
selves in  their  own  carnal  state, 
even  less  than  the  dust  of  the 
earth.    And  they  all  cried  aloud 
with  one  voice,  saying:   O  have 
mercy,    and   apply  the   Batoning 
blood  of  Christ  that  we  may  re- 
ceive forgiveness  of  our  sins,  and 
our  hearts  may  be  purified;   for 
we  believe  in  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Son  of  God,  who  created  heaven 
and  earth,  and  all  things;  who 
shall  come  down  among  the  chil- 
dren of  men. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after    they    had    spoken    these 
words  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  came 


upon  them,  and  they  were  filled 
with  joy,  having  received  a  re- 
mission of  their  sins,  and  having 
peace  of  conscience,  because  of 
the  exceeding  faith  which  they 
had  in  Jesus  Christ  who  should 
come,  according  to  the  words 
which  king  Benjamin  had  spoken 
unto  them. 

4.  And  king  Benjamin   again 
opened  his  mouth  and  began  to 
speak    unto    them,    saying:    My 
friends  and  my  brethren,  my  kin- 
dred   and    my    people,    I    would 
again  call  your  attention,  that  ye 
may  hear  and  understand  the  re- 
mainder  of   my  words   which   I 
shall  speak  unto  you. 

5.  For  behold,  if  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  goodness  of  God  at 
this  time  has  awakened  you  to  a 
sense  of  your  nothingness,   and 
your  worthless  and  fallen  state — 

6.  I  say  unto  you,  if  ye  have 
come  to  a  knowledge  of  the  good- 
ness of  God,  and  his  matchless 
power,  and  his  wisdom,  and  his 
patience,  and  his  long-suffering 
towards  the  children  of  men;  and 
also,  the  "atonement  which  has 
been  prepared  from  the  founda- 
tion of  the  world,  that  thereby 
salvation  might  come  to  him  that 
should  put  his  trust  in  the  Lord, 
and  should  be  diligent  in  keep- 
ing his  commandments,  and  con- 
tinue in  the  faith  even  unto  the 
end  of  his  life,  I  mean  the  life 
of  the  mortal  body — 

7.  I  say,  that  this  is  the  man 
who  receiveth  salvation,  through 
the  'atonement  which  was  pre- 
pared from  the  foundation  of  the 
world   for    all    mankind,    which 
ever  were  since  the  fall  of  Adam, 
or  who  are,  or  who  ever  shall  be, 
even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

8.  And    this    is    the     means 


r,  see  w,  Jac.  6.  CHAP.  4:  a,  ver.  11.  Mos.  3:2.  t,  see  /.,  2  Ne.  2.  c,  see  /, 
2  Ne.  2.  <Z,  ver.  7.  Mos.  18:13.  Al.  12:25,  30.  13:3,5,7,8.  18:39.  22:13.  42:26. 
He.  5 :47.  3  Ne.  1 :14.  26  :5.  Eth.  3 :14.  e,  see  /,,  2  Ne.  2.  ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


MOSIAH,   4. 


143 


whereby  salvation  cometh.  And  ' 
there  is  none  other  salvation  save 
this  which  hath  been  spoken  of; 
neither  are  there  any  conditions 
whereby  man  can  be  saved  ex- 
cept the  conditions  which  I  have 
told  you. 

9.  Believe  in  God;  believe  that 
he  is,   and  that  he   created   all 
things,    both   in   heaven   and   in 
earth;    believe   that   he   has   all 
wisdom,  and  all  power,  both  in 
heaven  and  in  earth;  believe  that 
man  doth  not  comprehend  all  the 
things  which  the  Lord  can  com- 
prehend. 

10.  And  again,  believe  that  ye 
must  repent  of  your  sins  and  for- 
sake   them,    and    humble    your- 
selves  before   God;    and   ask   in 
sincerity  of  heart  that  he  would 
forgive  you ;  and  now,  if  you  be- 
lieve all  these  things  see  that  ye 
do  them. 

11.  And  again  I  say  unto  you 
as  I  have  said  before,  that  as  ye 
have  come  to  the  knowledge  of 
the  glory  of  God,  or  if  ye  have 
known  of  his  goodness  and  have 
tasted  of  his  love,  and  have  re- 
ceived a  remission  of  your  sins, 
wbich    causeth    such    exceeding 
great  joy  in  your  souls,  even  so  I 
would  that  ye  should  remember, 
and    always    retain    in    remem- 
brance, the  greatness  of  God,  and 
your  own  nothingness,   and   his 
goodness   and   long-suffering  to- 
wards you,  unworthy  creatures, 
and  humble  yourselves  even  in 
the  depths  of  humility,  calling  on 
the  name  of  the  Lord  daily,  and 
standing  steadfastly  in  the  faith 
of  that  which  is  to  come,  "which 
was  spoken  by  the  mouth  of  the 
'angel. 

12.  And  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  if  ye  do  this  ye  shall  always 
rejoice,   and  be   filled   with   the 
love  of  God,  and  always  retain  a 


remission  of  your  sins;  and  ye 
shall  grow  in  the  knowledge  of 
the  glory  of  him  that  created 
you,  or  in  the  knowledge  of  that 
which  is  just  and  true. 

13.  And  ye  will   not  have   a 
mind  to  injure  one  another,  but 
to  live  peaceably,  and  to  render 
to  every  man  according  to  that 
which  is  his  due. 

14.  And  ye  will  not  suffer  your 
children  that  they  go  hungry,  or 
naked;  neither  will  ye  suffer  that 
they  transgress  the  laws  of  God, 
and  fight  and  quarrel  one  with 
another,  and  serve  the  ffdevij,  who 
is  the  master  of  sin,  or  who  is  the 
evil  spirit  which  hath  been  spoken 
of  by  our  fathers,  he  being  an 
enemy  to  all  righteousness. 

15.  But  ye  will  teach  them  to 
walk  in  the  ways  of  truth  and 
soberness;  ye  will  teach  them  to 
love  one  another,   and  to  serve 
one  another. 

16.  And  also,  ye  yourselves  will 
succor  those  that  stand  in  need 
of  your  succor;  ye  will  administer 
of  your  substance  unto  him  that 
standeth  In  need ;  and  ye  will  not 
suffer  that  the  ^beggar  putteth  up 
his  petition  to  you  in  vain,  and 
turn  him  out  to  perish. 

17.  Perhaps    thou    shalt    say: 
The  man  has  brought  upon  him- 
self his  misery;  therefore  I  will 
stay  my  hand,  and  will  not  give 
unto  him  of  my  food,  nor  impart 
unto  him  of  my  substance  that  he 
may  not  suffer,  for  his  punish- 
ments are  just — 

18.  But  I  say  unto  you,  O  man, 
whosoever  doeth  this  the  same 
hath  great  cause  to  repent;  and- 
except  he  repenteth  of  that  which 
he  hath  done  he  perisheth  for- 
ever, and  hath  no  interest  in  the 
kingdom  of  God. 

19.  For  behold,  are  we  not  all 
*beggars?    Do  we  not  all  depend 


fj,  see  a.    g,  see  qt  Mos.  2.    ft,  Ters.  19,  20,  22 — 25.    if  see  ft. 


ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


144 


MOSIAH,  4. 


upon  the  same  Being,  even  God, 
for  all  the  substance  which  we 
have,  for  both,  food  and  raiment, 
and  for  gold,  and  for  silver,  and 
for  all  the  riches  which  we  have 
of  every  kind? 

20.  And  behold,  even  at  this 
time,  ye  have  been  calling  on  his 
name,  and  begging  for  a  remis- 
sion of  your  sins.     And  has  he 
suffered  that  ye  have  begged  in 
vain?     Nay;  he  has  poured  out 
his    Spirit    upon    you,    and    has 
caused  that  your  hearts  should 
be  filled  with  joy,  and  has  caused 
that    your    mouths    should    be 
stopped  that  ye  could  not   find 
utterance,  so  exceeding  great  was 
your  joy. 

21.  And  now,  if  God,  who  has 
created  you,  on  whom  you  are  de- 
pendent for  your  lives  and  for  all 
that  ye  have  and  are,  doth  grant 
unto  you  ^whatsoever  ye  ask  that 
is  right,  in  faith,  believing  that 
ye  shall  receive,  0  then,  how  ye 
ought  to  impart  of  the  substance 
that  ye  have  one  to  another. 

22.  And  if  ye  judge  the  man 
who  putteth  up  his  petition  to 
you  for  your  substance  that  he 
perish   not,    and    condemn    him, 
how  much  more  just  will  be  your 
condemnation     for    withholding 
your  substance,  which  doth  not 
belong  to  you  but  to  God,  to  whom 
also  your  life  belongeth;  and  yet 
ye  put  up  no  petition,  nor  repent 
of  the  thing  which  thou  hast  done. 

23.  I  say  unto  you,  wo  be  unto 
that  man,  for  his  substance  shall 
perish  with  him;  and  now,  I  say 
these  things  unto  those  who  are 
rich  as  pertaining  to  the  things 
of  this  world. 

24.  And  again,  I  say  unto  the 
poor,  ye  who  have  not  and  yet 
have  sufficient,   that  ye   remain 


from  day  to  day;  I  mean  all  you 
who  fcdeny  the  beggar,  because  ye 
have  not;  I  would  that  ye  say  in 
your  hearts  that:  I  give  not  be- 
cause I  have  not,  but  if  I  had  I 
would  give. 

25.  And  now,  if  ye  say  this  in 
your  hearts  ye  remain  guiltless, 
otherwise  ye  are  condemned;  and 
your  condemnation  is  just  for  ye 
covet  that  which  ye  have  not  re- 
ceived. 

26.  And  now,  for  the  sake  of 
these  things  which  I  have  spoken 
unto  you — that  is,  for  the  sake 
of  retaining  a  remission  of  your 
sins   from   day  to   day,   that  ye 
may  walk  guiltless  before  God — I 
would  that  ye  should  impart  of 
your  substance  to  the  poor,  every 
man  according  to  that  which  he 
hath,  such  'as  feeding  the  hun- 
gry, clothing  the  naked,  visiting 
the    sick    and    administering    to 
their  relief,  both  spiritually  and 
temporally,    according    to    their 
wants. 

27.  And    see    that    all    these 
things  are  done  in  wisdom  and 
order;  for  it  is  not  requisite  that 
a  man  should  run  faster  than  he 
has  strength.     And  again,  it  Is 
expedient  that  he  should  be  dili- 
gent, that  thereby  he  might  win 
the  prize;    therefore,   all  things 
must  be  done  in  order, 

2  8 .  And  I  would  that  ye  should 
remember,  that  whosoever  among 
you  mborroweth  of  his  neighbor 
should  return  the  thing  that  he 
borroweth,  according  as  he  doth 
agree,  or  else  thou  shalt  commit 
sin;  and  perhaps  thou  shalt  cause 
thy  neighbor  to  commit  sin  also. 

29.  And  finally,  I  cannot  tell 
you  all  the  things  whereby  ye 
may  commit  sin;  for  there  are 
divers  ways  and  means,  even  so 


/,  see  ef  2  Ne.  32.  *,  see  7t.  ?,  2  Ne.  26:30.  Jac,  2:19.  Mos.  I#j27— - 29.  21:17. 
Al.  1:27,  SO.  4:12,  IE.  34:28,29.  3  Ne.  12:42.  13:1 — 4.  4  Ne.  3.  Morm.  8  :37,  39, 
Moro.  7 :6 — 8.  m,  3  Ne.  12 :42.  ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


MOSIAH,   5. 


many  that  I  cannot  number  them. 
30.  But  this  much.  I  can  tell ' 
you,  that  if  ye  do  not  watch  your- 
selves, and  your  thoughts,  and 
your  words,  and  your  deeds,  and 
observe  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  continue  in  the  faith  of 
what  ye  have  heard  concerning 
the  coming  of  our  Lord,  even 
unto  the  end  of  your  lives,  ye 
must  perish.  And  now,  0  man, 
remember,  and  perish  not, 

CHAPTER  5. 

Effect  of  king  Benjamin's  address — 
The  people  repent  and  enter  into  cove- 
nant with  Christ*  and  are  called  by 
his  name, 

1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that   when   king   Benjamin   had 
thus  spoken  to  Ms  people,  he  sent 
among  them,  desiring  to  know  of 
his  people  if  they  believed  the 
words  which  he  had  spoken  unto 
them. 

2.  And  they  all  cried  with  one 
voice,  saying:  Yea,  we  believe  all 
the  words  which  thou  hast  spoken 
unto  us;   and  also,  we  know  of 
their  surety  and  truth,  because 
of  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  Omnip- 
otent,    which    has    wrought    a 
mighty  change  in  us,  or  in  our 
hearts,  that  we  have  no  more  dis- 
position to  do  evil,  but  to  do  good 
continually. 

3.  And    we,    ourselves,    also, 
through  the  infinite  goodness  of 
God,  and  the  manifestations  of 
his  Spirit,  have  great  views  of 
that  which  is  to  come;  and  were 
it  expedient,  we  could  prophesy 
of  all  things. 

4.  And  it  is  the  faith  which  we 
have  had  on  the  things  which  our 
king  has  spoken  unto  us  that  has 
brought  us  to  this  great  knowl- 


edge, whereby  we  do  rejoice  with 
such  exceeding  great  joy., 

5.  And  we  are  willing  to  enter 
into  a  covenant  with  our  God  to 
do  his  will,  and  to  be  obedient 
to    Ms    commandments    in    all 
things  that  he  shall  command  us, 
ail  the  remainder  of  our  days,, 
that  we  may  not  bring  upon  our- 
selves a  snever~ending  torment, 
as  has  been  spoken  by  the  &angel, 
that  we  may  not  drink  out  of  the 
cup  of  the  wrath  of  God. 

6.  And    now,    these    are    the 
words  which  king  Benjamin  de- 
sired of  them;  and  therefore  he 
said  unto  them:    Ye  have  spoken 
the  words  that  I  desired;  and  the 
covenant  which  ye  have  made  is 
a  righteous  covenant. 

7.  And   now,    because   of   the 
covenant  which  ye  have  made  ye 
shall  be  called  the  children   of 
Christ,  his  sons,  and  Ms  daugh- 
ters; for  behold,  this  day  he  hath 
spiritually  begotten  you;  for  ye 
say  that  your  hearts  are  changed 
through    faith    on    his    name; 
therefore,  ye  are  cborn  of  him 
and  have  become  Ms  sons  and 
his  daughters, 

8.  And  under  this  head  ye  are 
made  free,  and  there  is  no  other 
head  whereby  ye  can  be  made 
free.     There  is  no  dother  name 
given  whereby  salvation  cometh; 
therefore,  I  would  that  ye  should 
etake  upon  you  the  name  of  Christ,, 
all  you  that  have  entered  into 
the  covenant  with  God  that  ye 
should  be  obedient  unto  the  end 
of  your  lives. 

9.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  whosoever  doeth  this  shall 
be  found  at  the  right  hand   of 
God,  for  he  shall  know  the  name 
by  which   he  is  called;   for  he 


a,  see  m,  Jac.  6,  6,  Mos.  3:2,  3.  4:1.  c,  Mos.  27:24— 27.  Al.  5:14,  49.  22:15. 
36-23  26.  38:6.  John  1:13.  3:3.  Tit,  3:5.  df  1  Ne.  10:6.  2  Ne.  2:8.  11:6. 
25-20  31:21.  Mos.  4:8.  13:28.  15:19.  16:4.  Al.  21:9.  34:9.  38:9.  Acts  4:12. 
e,  Vers.  9--14.  Mos,  26:18,  24.  Al.  1:19.  5:38.  34:38.  3  Ne.  27:5— 0.  Morm. 
8 :38.  ABOUT  B.  C.  124, 


146 


MOSIAH,   6. 


shall  lie  called  by  the  'name  of 
Christ. 

10.  And  now  it  shall  come  to 
pass,   that  whosoever  shall   not 
take    upon    him    the    name    of 
Christ  must  be  called  by  some 
other  name;   therefore,  he  find- 
eth  himself  on  the  left  hand  of 
God. 

11.  And  I  would  that  ye  should 
remember  also,  that  this  is  the 
name  that  I  said  I  should  give 
unto  you  that  ^never  should  be 
blotted  out,  except  it  be  through 

.transgression;  therefore,  take 
heed  that  ye  do  not  transgress, 
that  the  name  be  not  blotted  out 
of  your  hearts. 

12.  I  say  unto  you,  I  would 
that  ye  should  remember  to  re- 
tain the  "name  written  always  in 
your    hearts,    that    ye    are    not 
found  on  the  Heft  hand  of  God, 
"but  that  ye  hear  and  know  the 
voice  by  which  ye  shall  be  called, 
and  also,  the  name  by  which  he 
shall  call  you. 

13.  For  how  knoweth  a  man 
the   master   whom    he    has   not 
served,   and  who  is   a   stranger 
unto  him,  and  is  far  from  the 
thoughts  and  intents  of  his  heart? 

14.  And    again,    doth    a   man 
take  an  ass  which  belongeth  to 
his  neighbor,  and  keep  him?     I 
say  unto  you,  Nay;  he  will  not 
even    suffer   that   he   shall   feed 
among  his  flocks,  but  will  drive 
him  away,  and  cast  him  out.     I 
say  unto  yo*u,  that  even  so  shall  it 
be  among  you  if  ye  know  not  the 
^name  by  which  ye  are  called. 

15.  Therefore,  I  would  that  ye 
should  be  steadfast  and  immov- 
able,  always  abounding  in  good 


works,  that  Christ,  the 
God  Omnipotent,  may  seal  you 
Ms,  that  you  may  be  brought  to 
heaven,  that  ye  may  have  ever- 
lasting salvation  and  eternal  life, 
through  the  wisdom,  and  power, 
and  justice,  and  mercy  of  him 
who  'created  all  things,  in  heaven 
and  in  earth,  who  is  God  above 
all.  Amen. 

CHAPTER  6. 

Names  of  the  people  recorded — 
Priests  appointed — Beginning  of  Mo- 
siah's  reign — Death  of  king  Benjamin. 

1.  And    now,    king    Benjamin 
thought  it  was  expedient,  after 
having  finished  speaking  to  the 
people,  that  he  should  take  the 
names  of  all  those  who  had  en- 
tered into  a  covenant  with  God 
to  keep  his  commandments. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  not  one  soul,  except  it 
were  little  children,  but  who  had 
entered   into   the   covenant    and 
had  taken  upon  them  the  "name 
of  Christ. 

3.  And  again,  it  came  to  pass 
that  when   king   Benjamin    had 
made  an  end  of  all  these  things, 
and    had    ^consecrated    his    son 
Mosiah  to  be  a  ruler  and  a  king 
over  his  people,  and  had  given 
him  all  the  charges  concerning 
the  kingdom,  and  also  had  ap- 
pointed cpriests  to  teach  the  peo- 
ple, that  thereby  they  might  hear 
and  know  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  to  stir  them  up  in  re- 
membrance of   the  doath  which 
they  had  made,  he  dismissed  the 
multitude,    and    they    returned, 
every    one,    according    to    their 
families,  to  their  own  houses. 


/,  see  e.  g,  Mos.  1:11,  12.  h,  see  e.  i,  ver.  10.  jt  see  e.  Tc,  Mos.  3:5,  17,  18,  21. 
Z,  Mos.  3:8.  4:2.  Al.  11:39.  3  Ne.  0:15.  Morm.  9:17.  Eth.  3:14— 16.  4:7.  Col. 
1-16.  CHAP  6:  o,  see  et  Mos.  5.  I,  see  i,  Mos.  1.  c,  see  o,  2  Ne.  5.  Mos.  18:18, 
24,  28.  21:33.  23:16,  17.  25:19,  21.  26:7.  27  ;1,  5,  22.  29:42.  Al.  1 :3,  26. 
4:7,16,18,20.  5:3.  6:1,8.  8:11,23.  13:1—20.  15:13.  16:5,18.  18:34.  23:4, 
16  24-7.  29:13.  30:20^-23,29,31.  43:2.  46:38.  49:30.  3  Ne.  6 :21,  22,  27. 
11:21,  22.  12:1.  18:36,  37.  4  Ne.  14.  Moro.  2:1—3.  Chaps.  3,  4.  6:1,  7.  7:2. 
8:1,  2,  28.  d,  vers.  1,  2.  Mas.  5  ;5— 7,  ABOUT  B.  C.  124. 


MOSIAH,   7, 


147 


4.  And  Mosiah  began  to  *reign 
in  Ms  father's  stead.    *And  he 
began  to  reign  in  the  thirtieth 
year  of  his  age,  making  in  the 
whole,  about  four  hundred  and 
seventy-six  years  from  the  ftime 
that  Lehi  left  Jerusalem. 

5.  And    king    Benjamin    lived 
three  yearsf  and  he  died. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king    Mosiah    did    walk    in    the 
ways  of  the  Lord,  and  did  observe 
his  judgments  and  his  statutes, 
and  did  keep  his  commandments 
in  all  things  whatsoever  he  com- 
manded him. 

7.  And  king  Mosiah  did  cause 
his  people  that  they  should  till 
the  earth.    And  he  also,  himself, 
did  till  the  earth,  that  thereby 
he    might    not    become    burden- 
some   to    his    people,    that    he 
might  do  according  to  that  which 
his  father  had  done  in  all  things. 
And    there    was    no    contention 
among    all    his    people    for    the 
space  of  three  years. 

CHAPTER  7. 

Expedition  to  the  land  of  LeMr 
Nephi — Ammon  and  king  Limhi — 
People  of  Lehi-Nephi  in  bondage  to 
Lamanites. 

1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  king  Mosiah  had  had 
continual  peace  for  the  space  of 
three  years,  he  was  desirous  to 
know  concerning  the  people  who 
went  up  to  dwell  in  the  land  of 
cLehi-Nephi,    or   in   the   city   of 
Lehi-Nephi;    for  Ms  people  had 
heard  nothing  from  them  from  the 
time  they  left  the  land  of  6Zara- 
hemla;    therefore,  they  wearied 
him  with  their  teasings. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
$king  Mosiah  granted  that  six- 
teen of  their  strong  men  might 


go  up  to  the  tfland  of  Lehi-Nephi, 
to  inquire  concerning  their  breth- 
ren. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  on 
the  morrow  they  started  to  go 
up,  having  with  them  one  Am- 
mon,    he    being    a    strong    and 
mighty  man,  and  a  ^descendant 
of  Zarahemla;   and  he  was  also 
their  leader. 

4.  And  now,  they  knew  not  the 
course  they  should  travel  in  the 
wilderness  to  go  up  to  the  land 
of    Lehi-Nephi;     therefore    they 
wandered  many  days  in  the  wil- 
derness, even  forty  days  did  they 
wander. 

5.  And  when  they  had  wan- 
dered forty  days  they  came  to  a 
hill,  which  is  north  of  the  land  of 
'Shilom,  and  there  they  pitched 
their  tents. 

6.  And  Ammon  took  three  of 
his    brethren,    and    their   names 
were  Amaieki,  Helem,  and  Hem, 
and    they   went   down   into   the 
land  of  Nephi. 

7.  And  behold,  they  met  the 
king  of  the  people  who  were  in 
the  land   of  Nephl,   and  in  the 
land  of  Shilom;   and  they  were 
surrounded  by  the  king's  guard, 
and  were  taken,  and  were  bound, 
and  were  committed  to  prison. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  when 
they  had  been  in  prison  two  days 
they  were  again  brought  before  the 
king,  and  their  bands  were  loosed; 
and-  they  stood  before  the  king, 
and    were   permitted,    or   rather 
commanded,    that    they    should 
answer  the   questions  which   he 
should  ask  them. 

9.  And  he  said  unto  them:  *Be- 
hold,   I   am   Limhi,   the   son    of 
Noah,  who  was  the  son  of  Zeniff, 
who  came  up  out  of  the  4land  of 
Zarahemla  to  inherit  this  land, 


e,  Mos.  1 :10,  15.  /,  1  Ne.  1 :4.  2 :4.  CHAP.  7 :  a,  see  ft,  2  Ne.  5.  6,  Om.  13. 
c  see  &  2  Ne.  5.  d.  Om.  14.  ef  see  fc,  2  Ne.  5.  /,  rers.  7,  16,  21.  Mos.  9:6,  8,  14. 
10*8  il:12,  13.  22:8,  11.  24:1.  Al.  23:12.  g,  see  ~b,  2  Ne.  5.  *,  Mos.  11:1. 
19 :16.  i,  Om.  13.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  124.  f  ABOUT  B.  0. 121.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  121. 


148 


MOSIAH,   7. 


which  was  the  land  of  their  fa- 
thers, who  was  made  a  king  by 
the  *voiee  of  the  people. 

10.  And  now,  I  desire  to  know 
the  cause  whereby  ye  were  so 
*bold  as  to  come  near  the  walls 
of  the  city,  when  I,  myself,  was 
with  my  guards  without  the  gate? 

11.  And  now,  for  this   cause 
have  I  suffered  that  ye  should  be 
preserved,  that  I  might  inquire 
of   you,   or   else  I   should   have 
caused   that  my  guards   should 
have  rput  you  to  death.     Ye  are 
permitted  to  speak. 

12.  And    now,    when    Ammon 
saw   that   he  was   permitted   to 
speak,  he  went  forth  and  mbowed 
himself  before  the  king;  and  ris- 
ing again  he  said:     O  king,  I  am 
very  thankful   before   God   this 
day  that  I  am  yet  alive,  and  am 
permitted  to  speak;   and  I  will 
endeavor  to  speak  with  boldness; 

13.  For  I  am  assured  that  if 
ye  had  known  me  ye  would  not 
have  suffered  that  I  should  have 
worn  these  bands.    For  I  am  Am- 
mon, and  am  a  "descendant  of 
Zarahemla,   and   have   come   up 
out  of  the  °land  of  Zarahemla  to 
inquire  concerning  our  brethren, 
whom  pZeniff  brought  up  out  of 
that  land. 

14.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  Limhi  had  heard  the 
words  of  Ammon,  he  was  exceed- 
ing glad,  and  said:     Now,  I  know 
of  a  surety  that  my  brethren  who 
were  in  the  land  of  Zarahemla 
ffare  yet  alive.     And  now,  I  will 
rejoice;  and  on  the  morrow  I  will 
cause  that  my  people  shall  rejoice 
also. 

15.  For    behold,    we    are    in 
bondage  to  the  Lamanites,  and 
rare  taxed  with  a  tax  which  is 
grievous  to  be  borne.    And  now, 


behold,  our  brethren  will  deliver 
us  out  of  our  bondage,  or  out  of 
the  hands  of  the  Lamanites,  and 
we  will  be  their  slaves;  for  it  is 
better  that  we  be  slaves  to  the 
Nephites  than  to  pay  tribute  to 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites. 

16.  And  now,  king  Limhi  com- 
manded   Ms    guards    that    they 
should  no  more  bind  Ammon  nor 
his  brethren,  but  caused  that  they 
should  go  to  the  *hill  which  was 
north  of  Shilom,  and  bring  their 
brethren  into  the  city,  that  there- 
by they  might  eat,  and  drink,  anqL 
rest  themselves  from  the  labors 
of  their  journey;   for  they  'had 
suffered  many  things;   they  had 
suffered     hunger,     thirst,     and 
fatigue. 

17.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
on  the  morrow  that  king  Limhi 
sent  a   proclamation   among  all 
his    people,    that    thereby    they 
might     gather     themselves     to- 
gether to  the  "temple,  to  hear  the 
words    which    he    should    speak 
unto  them. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  they  had  gathered  them- 
selves   together    that    he    spake 
unto  them  in  this  wise,  saying: 
O  ye,   my  people,   lift  up  your 
heads  and  be  comf or.ted ;  -for  be- 
hold, the  time  is  at  hand,  or  is 
not  far  distant,  when  we  shall  no 
longer  be  in  subjection  to  our  ene- 
mies, notwithstanding  our  many 
struggling^,  which  have  been  in 
vain;  yet  I  trust  there  remain- 
eth  an  effectual  struggle  to  be 
made. 

19.  Therefore,    lift    up    your 
heads,  and  rejoice,  and  put  your 
trust  in  God,  in  that  God  who  was 
the  God  of  Abraham,  and  Isaac, 
and  Jacob;   and  also,  that  God 
who    brought    the    children    of 


/,  Mos.  19:20.  fc,  Mos.  21:23,  24.  I,  Mos*  21:23.  m,  Al.  47:22,  23.  n,  Om.  14. 
o,  Om.  13.  pf  Mos.  9:1.  q,  Mos.  21:25,  26.  rf  Ver,  22,  Mos.  19:15.  a,  ver.  5. 
t,  ver.  4.  Wj,  see  A,  2  Ne.  5.  ABOUT  B.  O.  121. 


MOSIAH,   7. 


Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt, 
and  caused  that  they  should  walk 
through  the  Red  Sea  on  dry 
ground,  and  fed  them  with  manna 
that  they  might  not  perish  in  the 
wilderness;  and  many  more  things 
did  he  do  for  them. 

20.  And  again,  that  same  God 
has  brought  our  fathers  out  of 
the  land  of  Jerusalem,  and  has 
kept   and    preserved   his   people 
even  until  now;  and  behold,  it  is 
because    of    our    iniquities    and 
abominations  that  he  has  brought 
us  into  bondage. 

21.  And  ye  all  are  witnesses 
this  day,  that  *Zeniff,  who  was 
made  king  over  this  people,  he 
being  w  over-zealous  to  inherit  the 
land    of    his    fathers,    therefore 
being   deceived   by  the   cunning 
and   craftiness   of   king   Laman, 
who  having  entered  into  a  treaty 

..with  king  Zeniff,  and  having 
yielded  up  into  his  hands  the  pos- 
sessions of  a  part  of  the  land,  or 
even  the  city  of  'LeM-Nephi,  and 
the  city  of  vShilom;  and  the  land 
round  about — 

22.  And  all  this  he  did,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  bringing  this  peo- 
ple into  subjection  or  into  bond- 
age.   And  behold,  we  at  this  time 
do  pay  tribute  to  the  king  of  the 
Lamanites,  to  the  ramount  of  one 
half  of  our  corn,  and  our  barley, 
and^even  all  our  grain  of  every 
kind,  and  one  half  of  the  increase 
of  our  flocks  and  our  herds;  and 
even  one  half  of  all  we  have  or 
possess  the  king  of  the  Lamanites 
doth  exact  of  us,  or  our  lives. 

23.  And  now,  is  not  this  griev- 
ous to  be  borne?  And  is  not  this, 
our  affliction,  great  ?  Now  behold, 
how   great   reason   we   have  to 
mourn. 

24.  Yea,  I  say  unto  you,  great 


are  the  reasons  which  we  have 
to  mourn;  for  behold  how  many 
of  our  brethren  have  been  slain, 
and  their  blood  has  been  spilt  in 
vain,  and  all  because  of  iniquity. 

25.  For  if  this  people  had  not 
fallen  into  transgression  the  Lord 
would  not  have  suffered  that  this 
great  evil  should  come  upon 
them.  But  behold,  they  would 
not  hearken  unto  Ms  words;  but 
there  arose  contentions  among 
them,  even  so  much  that  they  did 
shed  blood  among  themselves. 

2  6 .  And  a  2aprophet  of  the  Lord 
have  they  slain;  yea,  a  chosen 
man  of  God,  who  told  them  of 
their  wickedness  and  abomina- 
tions, and  prophesied  of  many 
things  which  are  to  come,  yea, 
even  the  coming  of  Christ. 

27.  And  because  he  said  unto 
them  that  Christ  2fcwas  the  God, 
the  Father  of  all  things,  and  said 
that  he  should  take  upon  him  the 
image  of  man,  and  it  should  be 
the  image  after  which  man  was 
2<r created  in  the  beginning;  or  In 
other  words,  he  said  that  man 
was  created  after  the  image  of 
God,  and  that  God  should  come 
down  among  the  children  of  men, 
and  2<!take  upon  him  flesh  and 
blood,   and    go    forth   upon   the 
face  of  the  earth — 

28.  And  now,  because  he  said 
this,  they  did  2eput  him  to  death; 
and  many  more  things  did  they 
do  which  brought  down  the  wrath 
of  God  upon  them.     Therefore, 
who  wondereth  that  they  are  in 
bondage,  and  that  they  are  smit- 
ten with  sore  afflictions? 

29.  For  behold,  the  Lord  hath 
said:     I  will  not  succor  my  peo- 
ple in  the  day  of  their  transgres- 
sion; but  I  will  hedge  up  their 
ways  that  they  prosper  not;  and 


v.  Mos.  9 :1.  to,  Mos.  9  :3.  of,  see  d,  2  Ne.  5.  yf  see  /.  s,  see  r.  2a,  Mos.  17 :12 — 20, 
26,  i  Ne.  19:7,  10.  2  Ne.  2:14,  15.  10:3.  25:12.  26:12.  Mos.  3:5,  8.  15:1 — 5. 
36:15.  27:30,81.  Al.  11 :38,  39.  3  Ne.  9:15.  11:14.  Monn.  3:21.  9  ill,  12.  Eth. 
4  -7.  2e,  Al.  18 :34.  Bth.  3  :19,  16.  2tf,  see  6,  Mos.  3.  2e,  see  2a.  ABOTJT  B.  C.  121. 


150 


MOSIAH,   8. 


their  doings  shall  be  as  a  stum- 
bling block  before  them. 

30.  And  again,  he  saith:   If  my 
people  shall  sow  filthiness  they 
shall  reap  the  chaff  thereof  in 
the    whirlwind;    and    the    effect 
thereof  is  poison. 

31.  And  again  he  saith:    If  my 
people  shall  sow  filthiness  they 
shall  reap  the  2/east  wind,  which 
bringeth  immediate  destruction. 

32.  And  now,  behold,  the  prom- 
ise of  the  Lord  is  fulfilled,  and  ye 
are  smitten  and  afflicted. 

•  33.  But  if  ye  will  turn  to  the 
Lord  with  full  purpose  of  heart, 
and  put  your  trust  in  him,  and 
serve  him  with  all  diligence  of 
mind,  if  ye  do  this,  he  will,  ac- 
cording to  his  own  will  and  pleas- 
ure, deliver  you  out  of  bondage. 

CHAPTER  8. 

Ainmon  learns  of  the  discovery  of 
twenty- four  gold  plates  with  engrav- 
ings— He  suggests  their  submission  to 
king  Mosiahj  prophet  and  seer. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Limhi  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  to  his  people,  for 
he  spake  many  things  unto  them 
and  only  a  few  of  them  have  I 
written  in  this  book,  he  told  his 
people  all  the  things  concerning 
their  brethren  who  were  in  the 
"land  of  Zarahemla. 

2.  And  he  caused  that  Ammon 
should  stand  up  before  the  mul- 
titude, and  rehearse  unto  them 
all  that  had  happened  unto  their 
brethren    from    the    time    that 
&Zeniff  went  up  out  of  the  land 
even  until  the  time  that  he  chim- 
self  came  up  out  of  the  land. 

3.  And  he  also  rehearsed  unto 
them  the  dlast  words  which  king 
Benjamin  had  taught  them,  and 


explained  them  to  the  people  of 
king  Limhi,  so  that  they  might 
understand  all  the  words  which 
he  spake. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  after 
he  had  done  all  this,  that  king 
Limhi  dismissed   the  multitude, 
and  caused  that  they  should  re- 
turn every  one  unto  his  own  house. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
caused  that  the  eplates  which  con- 
tained the  record  of  his  people 
from  the  time  that  they  left  the 
land    of   Zarahemla,    should    be 
brought  before  Ammon,  that  he 
might  read  them. 

6.  Now,  as  soon  as  Ammon  had 
read  the  record,  the  king  inquired 
of  him  to  know  if  he  could  in- 
terpret  languages,   and   Ammon 
told  him  that  he  could  not. 

7.  And  the  king  said  unto  him: 
Being  grieved  for  the  afflictions 
of  my  people,  I  caused  that  sf  orty 
and  three  of  my  people  should 
take  a  journey  into  the  wilder- 
ness,   that    thereby    they    might 
find    the    7lland    of    Zarahemla, 
that  we  might  appeal  unto  our 
brethren    to    deliver   us    out    of 
bondage. 

8.  And  they  were  lost  in  the 
wilderness  for  the  space  of  many 
days,  yet  they  were  diligent,  and 
found  not  the  land  of  Zarahemla 
but  returned  to  this  land,  having 
traveled  in  a  land  among  ^any 
waters,  having  discovered  a  land 
which  was  covered  with  ^bones  of 
men,  and  of  beasts,  and  was  also 
covered  with  ruins  of  buildings 
of  every  kind,  having  discovered 
a  land  which  had  been  peopled 
with  a  people  who  were  as  nu- 
merous as  the  hosts  of  Israel. 

9.  And  for  a  testimony  that 
the  things  that  they  had  said  are 


2/,  Mos.  12:6.  CHAP.  8:  a,  Om.  13.  &,  see  p,  Mos.  7.  c,  Mos.  7:3.  d,  Mos, 
chap's.  3 — 5.  <?,  see  Record  of  Zeniff,  Mos.  9.  /,  Om.  13.  a,  Mos.  21 :25.  fe,  Om.  13. 
«,  Al.  50:29.  He.  3:3,  4.  Morm.  6:4.  jf  Mos.  21:26,  27.  He.  3:3—12.  See  Book  of 
Ether.  /  ABOUT  B.  C.  121. 


MOSIAH,   8. 


151 


true  they  have  brought  l twenty- 
four  plates  which  are  filled  with, 
engravings,  and  they  are  of  pure 
gold. 

10.  And  behold,  also,  they  have 
brought  ^breastplates,  which  are 
large,    and    they    are    of    "'brass 
and  of  copper,  and  are  perfectly 
sound. 

11.  And     again,      they     have 
brought  swords,  the  hilts  thereof 
have    perished,    and    the    blades 
thereof  were  cankered  with  rust; 
and  there  is  no  one  in  the  land 
that  is  able  to  interpret  the  lan- 
guage or  the  engravings  that  are 
on  the  plates.     Therefore  I  said 
untothee:    Canst  thou  translate? 

12.  And  I  say  unto  thee  again: 
Knowest  thou  of  any  one  that  can 
translate?  For  I  am  desirous  that 
these   records   should   be   trans- 
lated into  our  language;  for,  per- 
haps, they  will  give  us  a  knowl- 
edge of  a  remnant  of  the  people 
who  have  been  destroyed,  from 
whence  these  records  came;   or, 
perhaps,  they  will  give  us  a  knowl- 
edge of  this  very  people  who  have 
been  destroyed ;  and  I  am  desirous 
to  know  the  cause  of  their  de- 
struction 

13.  No wAmmon  said  unto  him: 
I  can  assuredly  tell  thee,  O  king, 
ofe  a  man  that  can  translate  the 
records;    for  he   has   wherewith 
that  he  can  look,  and  translate 
all  records  that  are  of  ancient 
date;  and  It  is  a  gift  from  God. 
And  the  things  are  called  "inter- 
preters, and  no  man  can  look  In 
them  except  he  be  commanded, 
lest  he  should  look  for  that  he 
ought  not  and  he  should  perish. 
And  whosoever  is  commanded  to 
look  in  them,  the  same  is  called 
seer. 


14.  And   behold,   the  king   of 
the  people  who  are  in  the  land  of 
Zarahemla  is  the   ''man   that  is 
commanded  to  do  these  things, 
and  who  has  this  high  gift  from 
God. 

15.  And  the  king  said  that  a 
seer  is  ^'greater  than  a  prophet. 

16.  And  Ammon  said   that  a 
seer  is  a  revelator  and  a  prophet 
also;  and  a  gift  which  is  greater 
can  no  man  have,  except  he  should 
possess  the  power  of  God,  which 
no  man  can;  yet  a  man  may  have 
great  power  given  him  from  God, 

17.  But  a  seer  can   know   of 
things  which  are  past,  and  also 
of  things  which  are  to  come,  and 
by  them  shall  all  things  be  re- 
vealed,   or,    rather,    shall    secret 
things    be    made    manifest,    and 
hidden  things  shall  come  to  light, 
and  things  which  are  not  known 
shall  be  made  known  by  them, 
and   also   things  shall  be   made 
known  by  them  which  otherwise 
could  not  be  known. 

18.  Thus  God  has  provided  a 
means  that  man,  through  faith, 
might    work    mighty    miracles; 
therefore   he  becometh   a   great 
benefit  to  his  fellow  beings. 

19.  And    now,    when   Ammon. 
had   made   an   end   of   speaking 
these    words    the    king    rejoiced 
exceedingly,  and  gave  thanks  to 
God,  saying:     Doubtless  a  ff great 
mystery  is  contained  within  these 
plates,    and    these    interpreters 
were  doubtless  prepared  for  the 
purpose    of    unfolding    all    such 
mysteries  to  the  children  of  men. 

20.  0  how  marvelous  are  the 
works  of  the  Lord,  and  how  long 
doth  he  suffer  with  his  people; 
yea,  and  how  blind  and  impene- 
trable are  the  understandings  of 


ft,  Mos.  21:27.  28:11.  Al.  37:21— 31.  He.  6:26  Etfc.  1 :1— 5,  15:33.  I,  Bttu 
15 :15,  24.  m,  Eth.  10 :23.  n,  vers.  14—19.  Om.  20—22.  Mos.  21 :27,  28  28 :11— 19. 
Al.  10:2.  37:21—26.  Etb.  3:23,  28.  4:5.  D.  &  C.  17:1.  o,  Mos.  21:28.  28:17. 
payers.  16—19.  D.  &  C.  21:1.  q>  2  Ne.  27:7,  8,  10,  11.  Etfi.  3:21—28.  4:1-— 8. 
5  •!.  ABOUT  B,  C.  12L 


152 


MOSIAH,   9. 


the  children  of  men;  for  they  will 
not  seek  wisdom,  neither  do  they 
•desire  that  she  should  rule  over 
them! 

21.  Yea,  they  are  as  a  wild 
J9ock  which  fleeth  from  the  shep- 
lierd,  and  scattereth,  and  are 
•driven,  and  are  devoured  "by  the 
Tbeasts  of  the  forest. 


THE  EECOKD  OP  ZENIFF. — An  ac- 
count of  Jus  people,  from  the  time 
ihey  left  the  land  of  Zarahemla  until 
the  time  that  they  were  delivered  out 
•of  the  hands  of  the  Lamanites. 
•Comprising  chapters  9  to  22  inclusive. 

CHAPTER   9. 

Zeniff  goes  to  possess  the  land  of 
JLeM-Nephi — A  spy  among  the  Laman- 
ites— The  craftiness  of  Jcing  Laman. 

1.  I,  Zeniff,  having  been  taught 
in  all  the  language  of  the  Nephites, 
and  having  had  a  knowledge  of 
the  "land  of  Nephi,  or  of  the  land 
of  our  fathers'  first  inheritance, 
*and  having  been  sent  as  a  spy 

.among  the  Lamanites  that  I  might 
spy  out  their  forces,  that  our 
.army  might  come  upon  them  and 
destroy  them — but  when  I  saw 
that  which  was  good  among  them 
I  was  desirous  that  they  should 
not  be  destroyed. 

2.  Therefore,  I  contended  with 
my  brethren  in  the  wilderness, 
for  I  would  that  our  ruler  should 
make  a  treaty  with  them;  but  he 
being  an  austere   and   a  blood- 
thirsty man  commanded  that  I 
-should  be  slain;  but  I  was  rescued 
by  the  shedding  of  much  blood; 
for  father  fought  against  father, 
and  brother  against  brother,  until 
the  "greater  number  of  our  army 
was  destroyed  in  the  wilderness; 


and  we  returned,  those  of  us  that 
were  spared,  to  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla,  to  relate  that  tale  to  their 
wives  and  their  children. 

3 .  And  yet,  I  being  cover-zealous 
to  inherit  the  land  of  our  fathers, 
collected  as   many  as   were   de- 
sirous to  go  up  to  possess  the 
land,  and  started  again  on  our 
journey  into   the   wilderness   to 
go  up  to  the  land;  but  we  were 
smitten    with    famine    and    sore 
afflictions;  for  we  were  slow  to 
remember  the  Lord  our  God. 

4.  Nevertheless,     after    many 
days'  wandering  in  the  wilderness 
we  pitched  our  tents  in  the  place 
where  our  brethren  dwere  slain, 
which  was  near  to  the  land  of 
our  fathers. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
went  again  with  four  of  my  men 
into  the  city,  in  unto  the  king, 
that  I  might  know  of  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  king,  and  that  I  might 
know  if  I  might  go  in  with  my 
people  and  possess  the  land  in 
peace. 

6.  And  I  went  in  unto  the  king, 
and  he  covenanted  with  me  that  I 
might  possess  the  land  of  nL.eh.i~ 
Nephi,  and  the  land  of  "Shilom. 

7.  And  he  also  commanded  that 
his  people  should  depart  out  of 
the  land,  and  I  and  my  peopljj 
went  into  the  land  that  we  might 
possess  it. 

8.  And  we  began  to  build  build- 
ings, and  to  repair  the  walls  of 
the  city,  yea,  even  the  walls  of 
the  city  of  Lehi-Nephi,  and  the 
city  of  Shilom. 

9.  And   we  began   to   till   the 
ground,  yea,  even  with  *all  man- 
ner of  seeds,  with  seeds  of  corn, 
and  of  wheat,  and  of  barley,  and 
with  neas,  and  with  sheum,  and 
with  seeds  of  all  manner  of  fruits ; 


a,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.    I,  Qm.  28.    c,  Mos.  7:21.    Om.  29.    d,  ver,  2.    Om.  28.    e  see  6 
:2  Ne.  5.    /,  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.    g,  see  /,  Mos.  7.     ft,  1  Ne.  8:1,     18:24.     Bnos  21. 

"ABOUT  B.  C.  200. 


MOSIAH,   10. 


153 


and  we  did  begin  to  multiply  and 
prosper  in  the  land. 

10.  Now  it  was  the  ^cunning 
and  the  craftiness  of  king  Laman, 
to  bring  my  people  into  bondage, 
that  he  yielded  up  the  land  that 
we  might  possess  it. 

11.  Therefore  it  came  to  pass, 
that  after  we  had  dwelt  in  the  j 
land   for   the   space    of    *  twelve  | 
years  that  king  Laman  began  to 
grow  uneasy,  lest  by  any  means 
my  people  should  wax  strong  in 
the   land,    and    that    they   could 
*not  overpower  them  and  bring 
them  into  bondage. 

12.  Now  they  were  a  mlazy  and 
an  idolatrous   people;    therefore 
they  were  desirous  to  bring  us 
into  "bondage,  that  they  might 
glut  themselves  with  the  labors  of 
our  hands;  yea,  that  they  might 
feast  themselves  upon  the  flocks 
of  our  fields. 

13.  Therefore  it  came  to  pass 
that  king  Laman  began  to  stir  up 
his  people  that  they  should  con- 
tend with  my  people;   therefore 
there  began  to  be  wars  and  con- 
tentions in  the  land. 

14.  For,  in  the  f  thirteenth  year 
of  my  reign  in  the  land  of  Nephi, 
away  on  the  south  of  the  land  of 
°Shilom,   when   my  people  were 
watering  and  feeding  their  flocks, 
and  tilling  their  lands,  a  numerous 
host    of    Lamanites    came    upon 
them  and  began  to  slay  them,  and 
to  take  of:  their  flocks,  and  the 
corn  of  their  fields. 

15.  Yea,  and  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  fled,  all  that  were  not  over- 
taken, even  into  the  pcity  of  Ne- 
phi,  and   did  call  upon  me   for 
protection. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  arm  them  with  bows,  and  with 
arrows,    with   swords,    and   with 
cimeters,  and  with  clubs,  and  with 


slings,  and  with,  all  manner  of 
weapons  which  we  could  invent, 
and  I  and  my  people  did  go  forth, 
against  the  Lamanites  to  battle. 

17.  Yea,  in  the  strength  of  the 
Lord  did  we  go  forth  to  battle 
against  the  Lamanites;  for  I  and 
my  people   did   cry  mightily  to 
the  Lord  that  he  would  deliver 
us  out  of  the  hands  of  our  ene- 
mies, for  we  were  awakened  to  a 
remembrance  of  the  deliverance 
of  our  fathers. 

18.  And  God  did  hear  our  cries 
and  did  answer  our  prayers;  and 
we  did  go  forth  in  Ms  might;  yea, 
we  did  go  forth  against  the  La- 
manites, and  in  one  day  and  a 
night  we  did  slay  three  thousand 
and  forty-three;  we  did  slay  them 
even  until  we  had  driven  them 
out  of  our  land. 

19.  And  I,  myself,  with  mine 
own  hands,  did  help  to  bury  their 
dead.     And  behold;  to  our  great 
sorrow  and  lamentation,  two  hun- 
dred   and    seventy-nine    of    our 
brethren  were  slain. 

CHAPTER  10. 

King   Laman   dies — Zeniff   and   his 
people  prevail  against  their  oppressors. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
again  began  to  establish  the  king- 
dom and  we  again  began  to  possess 
the  land  in  peace.    And  I  caused 
that  there  should  be  weapons  of 
war   made   of    every   kind,    that 
thereby  I   might  have  weapons 
for  my  people  against  the  time 
the  Lamanites   should  come   up 
again  to  war  against  my  people. 

2.  And  I  set  guards  round  about 
the    land,    that    the    Lamanites 
might  not  come  upon  us  again 
unawares   and   destroy   us;    and 
thus  I  did  guard  my  people  and 
my  flocks,  and  keep  them  from 


fc,  yers.  II,  12.     Mos.  7:22.     10:18.     19:26,  28.     21.3,  13.     I,  see  fc,     m,  Enos  20. 
»,  see  fc.     o,  see  /,  Mos.  7.     p,  see  "b,  2  Ne.  5.      *  ABOUT  B.  C.  188.     t  ABODT  B.  C.  187. 
11 


154 


MOSIAH,   10. 


falling    into    the    hands    of    our  I 
enemies. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  inherit  the  aland  of  our  fa- 
thers for  many  years,  yea,  *for 
the  space  of  twenty  and  two  years. 

4.  And  I  did   cause  that  the 
men  should  till  the  ground,  and 
raise  fcall  manner  of  grain  and  all 
manner  of  fruit  of  every  kind. 

5.  And  I  did   cause  that  the 
women  should  spin,  and  toil,  and 
work,  and  work  'all  manner  of 
fine  linen,  yea,  and  cloth  of  every 
kind,  that  we  might  clothe  our 
nakedness ;  and  thus  we  did  pros- 
per In  the  land — thus  we  did  have 
continual  peace  in  the  land  for 
the  space  of  twenty  and  two  years. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Laman   died,   and  his   son 
began  to  reign  in  his  stead.    And 
he  began  to  stir  his  people  up 
in  rebellion  against  my  people; 
therefore  they  began  to  prepare 
for  war,  and  to  come  up  to  battle 
against  my  people. 

7.  But  I  had  sent  my  spies  out 
round  about  the  land  of  dShem- 
lon,  that  I  might  discover  their 
preparations,  that  I  might  guard 
against  them, that  they  might  not 
come  upon  my  people  and  destroy 
them. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  came  up  upon  the  north  of 
the  land  of  "Shilom,  with  their 
numerous  hosts,  men  ''armed  with 
bows,  and  with  arrows,  and  with 
swords,  and  with  cimeters,  and 
with  stones,  and  with  slings;  and 
they  had  their  heads  shaved  that 
they  were  naked;  and  they  were 
girded    with    a    leathern    girdle 
about  their  loins. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
caused  that  the  women  and  chil- 
dren of  my  people  should  be  hid 


in  the  wilderness;  and  I  also 
caused  that  all  my  old  men  that 
could  bear  arms,  and  also  all  my 
young  men  that  were  able  to  bear 
arms,  should  gather  themselves 
together  to  go  to  battle  against 
the  Lamanites;  and  I  did  place 
them  in  their  ranks,  every  man 
according  to  his  age. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  did  go  up  to  battle  against 
the  Lamanites;  and  I,  even  I,  in 
my  old  age,  did  go  up  to  battle 
against  the  Lamanites.     And  it 
came  to  pass  that  we  did  go  up  in 
the  strength  of  the  Lord  to  battle. 

11.  Now,  the  Lamanites  knew 
nothing  concerning  the  Lord,  nor 
the  strength  of  the  Lord,  there- 
fore they   depended   upon   their 
own  strength.     Yet  they  were  a 
strong  people,  as  to  the  strength 
of  men. 

12.  They  were  a  wild,  and  fero- 
cious, and  a  blood-thirsty  people, 
believing  in  the  ^tradition  of  their 
fathers,  which  is  this — Believing 
that  they  were  driven  out  of  the 
land  of  Jerusalem  because  of  the 
iniquities   of   their   fathers,   and 
that  they  were  wronged  in  the 
wilderness  by  their  brethren,  and 
they   were   also   wronged    while 
crossing  the  sea; 

13.  And  again,  that  they  were 
wronged  while  in  the  land  of  their 
hfirst  inheritance,  after  they  had 
crossed  the  sea,  and  all  this  be- 
cause that  Nephi  was  more  faith- 
ful in  keeping  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord — therefore  he  was 
favored  of  the  Lore],  for  the  Lord 
heard  his  prayers  and  answered 
them,  and  *he  took  the  lead  of 
their  journey  in  the  wilderness. 

14.  And    his    brethren    were 
wroth    with  \hirn    because    they 
understood  not  the   dealings  of 


a,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.  I,  see  ft,  Mos.  9.  cf  Al.  1 :29,  He.  6 :1S.  &  Mos.  11 :12.  19 :6 
20:1  24:1.  Al.  23:12.  e,  see  /,  Mos.  7.  f,  Enos  20.  Al.  3:4,  5.  17:14,  .15.  48:18 
—21  g,  see  n,  Jac.  7.  i/1  Ne.  18:23.  i,  2  Ne.  5:5— &.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  178. 


MOSIAH,  11. 


155 


the  Lord;  they  were  also  wroth 
with  him  upon  the  waters  because 
they  hardened  their  hearts  against 
the  Lord. 

1 5  And  again,  they  were  wroth 
with  him  when  they  had  ar- 
rived in  the  promised  land,  be- 
cause they  said  that  he  had  taken 
the  ^ruling  of  the  people  out  of 
their  hands;  and  they  sought  to 
kill  him. 

16.  And  again,  they  were  wroth 
with    Mm    because    he    departed 
into  the  wilderness  as  the  Lord 
had  commanded  him,  and  atook 
the  records  which  were  engraven 
on  the  plates  of  brass,  for  they 
said  that  he  robbed  them. 

17.  And  thus  they  have  taught 
their  children  that  they  should 
hate  them,  and  that  they  should 
murder    them,     and    that    they 
should  rob  and  plunder  them,  and 
do  all  they  could  to  destroy  them; 
therefore  they  have  an  l  eternal 
hatred  towards  the  children  of 
Nephir. 

18.  For   this   very   cause   has 
king   Laman,   by  his   mcunning, 
and  lying  craftiness,  and  his  fair 
promises,  deceived  me,  that  I  have 
brought  this  my  people  up  into 
this  land,  that  they  may  destroy 
them;  yea,  and  we  have  suffered 
these  many  years  in  the  land. 

19.  And   now   I,   Zeniff,   after 
having  told  all  these  things  unto 
my  people  concerning  the  Laman- 
ites,  I  did  stimulate  them  to  go 
to  battle  with  their  might,  put- 
ting   their    trust    in    the    Lord; 
therefore,  we  did  contend  with 
them,  face  to  face. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  drive  them  again  out  of  our 
land;  and  we  slew  them  with  a 
great   slaughter,   even  so   many 
that  we  did  not  number  them. 


21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
returned  again  to  our  own  land, 
and  my  people  again  nbegan  to 
tend  their  flocks,  and  to  till  their 
ground. 

22.  And  now  I,  being  old,  *did 
confer  the  kingdom  upon  one  of 
my    sons;    therefore,    I    say    no 
more.     And  may  the  Lord  bless 
my  people.    Amen. 

CHAPTER  11. 

The  wicked  Jdng  Xofth  and  his 
priests — The  prophet  AMnadi  de- 
nounces the  prevailing  wickedness — 
King  Xoah  seeks  his  life. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
Zeniff  conferred  the  kingdom  upoa 
Noah,  one  of  his  sons;  therefore 
Noah  began  to  reign  in  his  stead; 
and  he  did  not  walk  in  the  ways 
of  his  father. 

2.  For  behold,  he  did  not  keep 
the  commandments  of  God,  but 
he  did  walk  after  the  desires  of 
his  own  heart.  And  he  had  ^many 
wives  and  concubines.     And  h© 
did  cause  his  people  to  commit 
sin,  and  do  that  which  was  abom- 
inable in  the  sight  of  the  Lord. 
Yea,  and  they  did  commit  ^whore- 
doms  and  all  manner  of  wicked- 
ness. 

3.  And  he  laid  a  tax  of  one  fifth 
part  of  all  they  possessed,  a  fifth 
part  of  their  gold  and  of  their 
silver,  and  a  fifth  part  of  their  ziff, 
and  of  their  copper,  and  of  their 
brass  and  their  iron;  and  a  fifth 
part  of  their  fatlings;  and  also  a 
fifth  part  of  all  their  grain. 

4.  And  all  this  did  he  take  to 
support  himself,  and  his  wives 
and  his  concubines;  and  also  his 
priests,  and  dtheir  wives  and  their 
concubines;  thus  he  had  changed 
the  affairs  of  the  kingdom. 

5.  For  he   put  down   all   the 


/,  2  Ne.  5  :1— 4.     fc,  2  Ne.  5  :12. 
CHAP.  11 :    a,  see  nf  Jae.  2.     fc,  see 


I.  see  nf  Jac.  T. 
i,  2  Ne.  28.     d 


mf  s°e  fc,  Mos.  9.     n,  Mos.  9  ;9,  14. 
,  see  %  Jac.  2. 

*  FBOBABLT  ABOUT  B.  C.  160.. 


156 


MOSIAH,   11. 


^priests  tliat  Iiad  been  consecrated 
by  his  father,  and  consecrated 
new  rones  in  their  stead,  such  as 
were  lifted  up  in  the  pride  of 
their  hearts. 

6.  Yea,  and  thus  they  were  sup- 
ported in  their  laziness,  and  in 
their  idolatry,  and  in  their  whore- 
doms, by  the  fftaxes  which  king 
Noah  had  put  upon  his  people; 
thus  did  the  people  labor  exceed- 
ingly to  support  iniquity. 

7.  Yea,  and  they  also  became 
idolatrous,  because  they  were  de- 
ceived by  the  vain  and  flattering 
words  of  the  king  and  ^priests;  for 
they  did  speak  flattering  things 
unto  them. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  king 
Noah    built    many    elegant    and 
spacious  buildings;  and  he  orna- 
mented them  with  fine  work  of 
wood,  and  of  all  manner  of  precious 
things,  of  gold,  and  of  silver,  and 
of  iron,  and  of  brass,  and  of  ziff, 
and  of  copper; 

9.  And   he  also   built   him   a 
spacious  palace,  and  a  throne  in 
the  midst  thereof,  all  of  which 
was  of  fine  wood  and  was  orna- 
mented with  gold  and  silver  and 
with  precious  things. 

10.  And  he  also  caused  that  his 
workmen  should  work  all  manner 
of  fine  work  within  the  walls  of 
the  ^temple,  of  fine  wood,  and  of 
copper,  and  of  brass. 

11.  And  the  seats  which  were  set 
apart  for  the  *high  priests,  which 
were  above  all  the  other  seats,  he 
did  ornament  with  pure  gold ;  and 
he  caused  a  breastwork  to  be  built 
before  them,  that  they  might  rest 
their  bodies  and  their  arms  upon 
while  they  should  speak  lying  and 
vain  words  to  his  people. 

1 2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 


built  a  ztower  near  the  mtemple; 
yea,  a  very  high  tower,  even  so 
high  that  he  could  stand  upon  the 
top  thereof  and  overlook  the  land 
of  "SMlom,  and  also  the  land  of 
'Shemlon,  which  was  possessed  by 
the  Lamanites;  and  he  could  even 
look  over  all  the  land  round 
about. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
caused  many  buildings  to  be  built 
in  the  land  Shilom;  and  he  caused 
a  *great  tower  to  be  built  on  the 
hill   north   of   the   land   Shilom, 
which  had  been  a  resort  for  the 
children  of  Nephi  at  the  time  they 
«fled  out  of  the  land;  and  thus  he 
did  do  with  the  riches  which  he 
obtained  by  the  taxation  of  his 
people. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
placed  his  heart  upon  his  riches, 
and  he  spent  his  time  in  riotous 
living  with   rhis   wives   and   his 
concubines;   and  so  did  also  his 
'priests   spend    their    time   with 
harlots. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  planted  vineyards  round  about 
in  the  land;   and  he  built  wine- 
presses, and  made  wine  in  abun- 
dance; and  therefore  he  became  a 
wine-bibber,  and  also  his  people. 

1 6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites  began  to  come  in  upon 
his  people,  upon  small  numbers, 
and  to  slay  them  in  their  fields, 
and    while    they    were    tending 
their  flocks. 

1 7.  And  king  Noah  sent  guards 
round   about   the   land   to   keep 
them  off;  but  he  did  not  send  a 
sufficient   number,   and   the   La- 
manites   came    upon    them    and 
killed  them,  and  drove  many  of 
their  flocks  out  of  the  land;  thus 
the  Lamanites  began  to  destroy 


e,  s<?e  c,  Mos.  6.  /,  yers.  7,  11.  14.  Mos.  12:17.  25.  13:1.  17:1,  6  12 — 18 
10:21,  23.  20:3,  18,  23  21:20,  23.  23:0,  12,  31—35,  39.  24:1—6,  8—11.  g,  ver 
-3.  hf  see  /.  j,  see  ft,  2  Ne.  5.  Jfc,  see  /.  I,  Mos.  10  :5,  6.  m,  see  Ji,  2  Ne.  5.  n,  see  /, 
Mos.  7,  o,  see  tf,  Mos.  10.  p,  Mos.  7 :5.  qt  Om.  12,  13.  r,  see  n,  Jac.  2.  s,  see  /. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  160  AND  150. 


MOSIAH,  11. 


157 


them,  and  to  exercise  their  hatred 
upon  them. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Noah  sent  his  armies  against 
them,  and  they  were  driven  back, 
or  they  drove  them  hack  for  a 
time;    therefore,    they    returned 
rejoicing  in  their  spoil. 

19.  And  now,  because  of  this 
great  victory  they  were  lifted  up 
in  the  pride  of  their  hearts;  they 
did  boast  in  their  own  strength, 
saying  that  their  fifty  could  stand 
against  thousands  of  the  Laman- 
ites ;  and  thus  they  did  boast,  and 
did    delight    in    blood,    and    the 
shedding   of  the  blood   of  their 
brethren,  and  this  because  of  the 
wickedness    of    their    king    and 
'priests. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was   a  man   among   them 
whose  name  was  Abinadi;   '"and 
he  went  forth  among  them,  and 
began  to  prophesy,  saying:     Be- 
hold, thus  saith  the  Lord,  and 
thus  hath  he  commanded  me,  say- 
ing, Go  forth,  and  say  unto  this 
people,  thus  saith  the  Lord — Wo 
be  unto  this  people,  for  I  have 
seen     their    abominations,    and 
their  wickedness,  and  their  whore- 
doms; and  except  they  repent  I 
will  visit  them  in  mine  anger. 

21.  And  except  they  repent  and 
turn  to  the  Lord  their  God,  be- 
hold, I  will  deliver  them  into  the 
hands  of  their  enemies;  yea,  and 
they  shall  be  brought  into  "bond- 
age; and  they  shall  be  afflicted  by 
the  hand  of  their  enemies. 

22.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  they  shall  know  that  I  am 
the  Lord  their  God,  and  am  a 
jealous  God,  visiting  the  iniquities 
of  my  people. 

23.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that   except   this   people    repent 
and   turn   unto   the   Lord   their 


God,  they  shall  be  brought  into 
rbondage;  and  none  shall  deliver 
them,  except  it  be  the  Lord  the 
Almighty  God. 

24.  Yea,  and  it  shall  come  to 
pass   that   when   they  shall   cry 
unto  me  I  will  be  "slow  to  hear 
their  cries;  yea,  and  I  will  suffer 
them  that  they  be  smitten  by  their 
enemies. 

25.  And  except  they  repent  in 
sackcloth    and    ashes,    and    cry 
mightily  to  the  Lord  their  God,  I 
will  not  hear  their  prayers,  neither 
will  I  deliver  them  out  of  their 
afflictions;    and    thus    saith    the 
Lord,   and    thus    hath   he    com- 
manded me. 

26.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Abinadi  had  spoken  these 
words     unto    them     they    were 
wroth  with  him,  and  sought  to 
take  away  his  life;  but  the  Lord 
delivered  him  out  of  their  hands. 

27.  Now  when  king  Noah  had 
heard  of  the  words  which  Abinadi 
had  spoken  unto  the  people,  he 
was    also   wroth;    and   he   said; 
Who  is  Abinadi,  that  I  and  my 
people  should  be  judged  of  him, 
or  who  is  the  Lord,  that  shall 
bring  upon  my  people  such  great 
affliction? 

,  28.  I  command  you  to  bring 
Abinadi  hither,  that  I  may  slay 
him,  for  he  has  said  these  things 
that  he  might  stir  up  my  people 
to  anger  one  with  another,  and 
to  raise  contentions  among  my 
people;  therefore  I  will  slay  him. 
29.  Now  the  eyes  of  the  people 
were  blinded ;  therefore  they  hard- 
ened their  hearts  against  the 
words  of  Abinadi,  and  they  sought 
from  that  time  forward  to  take 
him.  And  king  Noah  hardened 
his  heart  against  the  word  of  the 
Lord,  and  he  did  not  repent  of 
his  evil  doings. 


f,  see  /.     «,  rer.  23.     See  fc,  Mos.  9.     12 :2.     c,  see  u.     «?,  yer.  25.     Mos.  21 :14,  15. 

*  ABOUT  B.  C.  150- 


158 


MOSIAH,   12. 


CHAPTER  12. 


Abinadi  j  for  denouncing  evil-doer  sy 
is  cast  into  prison — The  false  priests 
sit  in  judgment  upon  him — They  are 
confounded. 

1.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
*  after  the  space  of  two  years  that 
Abinadi  came  among  them  in  dis- 
guise, that  they  knew  him  not, 
and   began    to    prophesy    among 
them,  saying:   Thus  has  the  Lord 
commanded  me,  saying — Abinadi, 
go   and  prophesy  unto   this   my 
people,  for  they  have  hardened 
their  hearts  against  my  words; 
they  have  repented  not  of  their 
evil  doings;  therefore,  I  will  visit 
them  in  my  anger,  yea,  in  my 
fierce  anger  will  I  visit  them  in 
their  iniquities  and  abominations. 

2.  Yea,  wo  be  unto  this  gener- 
ation!    And  the  Lord  said  unto 
me:     Stretch  forth  thy  hand  and 
prophesy,  saying:    Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
this  generation,  because  of  their 
iniquities,  shall  be  brought  into 
^bondage,  and  shall  be  smitten  &on 
the  cheek ;  yea,  and  shall  be  driven 
*by  men,  and  shall  be  slain;  and 
the  vultures  of  the  air,  and  the 
dogs,  yea,  and  the  wild  beasts, 
shall  devour  their  flesh. 

3.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
the  life  of  king  Noah  shall  be 
valued  even  as  a  ^garment  in  a 
hot  furnace;   for  he  shall  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord. 

4.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  I  will  smite  this  my  people 
with   sore    afflictions,   yea,    with 
famine  and  with  pestilence;  and  I 
will  cause  that  they  shall  ehowl 
all  the  day  long. 

5.  Yea,  and  I  will  cause  that 
they  shall  have  burdens  lashed 
upon  their  backs;  and  they  shall 
be  driven  before  like  a  dumb  ass. 


6.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  I  will  send  forth  hail  among 
them,  and  it  shall  smite  them; 
and  they  shall  also   be   smitten 
with  the  ffeast  wind;  and  insects 
shall  pester  their  land  also,  and 
devour  their  grain. 

7.  And  they  shall  be  smitten 
with  a  great  pestilence — and  all 
this  will  I   do   because  of  their 
iniquities  and  abominations. 

8.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  except  they  repent  I  will  Aut- 
terly  destroy  them  from  off  the 
face  of  the  earth;  yet  they  shall 
Heave  a  record  behind  them,  and 
I  will  preserve  them  for  Bother 
nations  which  shall  possess  the 
land;  yea,  even  this  will  I  do  that 
I  may  discover  the  abominations 
of  this  people  to  other  nations. 
And    many    things    did    Abinadi 
prophesy  against  this  people. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  angry  with  him;   and 
they  took  him  and  carried  him 
bound  before  the  king,  and  said 
unto  the  king:     Behold,  we  have 
brought  a  man  before  thee  who 
has   prophesied    evil   concerning 
thy  people,  and  saith  that  God 
will  destroy  them. 

10.  And    he    also    prophesieth 
evil  concerning  thy  life,  and  saith 
that  thy  life  shall  be  as  a  ^gar- 
ment in  a  furnace  of  fire. 

11.  And  again,  he  saith  that 
thou  shalt  be  as  a  stalk,  even  as 
a  dry  stalk  of  the  field,  which  is 
run  over  by  the  beasts  and  trod- 
den under  foot. 

12.  And  again,  he  saith  thou 
shalt  be  as  the  blossoms  of  a  this- 
tle, which,  when  it  is  fully  ripe, 
if  the  wind  bloweth,  it  is  driven 
forth  upon  the  face  of  the  land. 
And  he  pretendeth  the  Lord  hath 
spoken  it.    And  he  saith  all  this 


a,  see  *,  Mos.  11.  6,  Mos.  21:3.  c,  ver.  5.  Mos.  21:3,  4,  13.  tf,  Mos.  19:20. 
€,  Mos.  21:1 — 15.  /,  Mos.  21:3.  g,  Mos.  7:31.  Ji,  1  Ne.  12:19.  2  Ne.  26:10,  11. 
Al.  45:9 — 14.  He.  13:5,  6.  3  Ne.  27:32.  Morm,  6.  it  Harm.  8:14 — 16.  See  e,  2 
Ne.  2T.  /,  see  sjr  1  Ne.  13.  fc,  ver.  3,  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  148. 


31GS1AH,   12. 


159 


shall  come  upon  thee  except  thou 
repent,  and  this  because  of  thine 
iniquities. 

13.  And    now,    O    king,    what 
great    evil    hast    thou    done,    or 
what  great  sins  have  thy  people 
committed,    that    we    should    be 
condemned  of  God  or  judged  of 
this  man? 

14.  And  now,  O  king,  behold, 
we  are  guiltless,  and  thou,  O  king, 
hast  not  sinned;    therefore,  this 
man  has  lied  concerning  you,  and 
he  has  prophesied  in  vain. 

15.  And  behold,  we  are  strong, 
we  shall  not  come  into  bondage, 
or  be  taken  captive  by  our  ene- 
mies;  yea,  and  thou  hast  pros- 
pered in  the  land,  and  thou  Shalt 
also  prosper. 

16.  Behold,  here  is  the  man, 
we  deliver  him  into  thy  hands; 
thou    mayest    do    with    him    as 
seemeth  thee  good. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Noah  caused  that  Abinadi 
should  be  cast  into  prison;  and 
he  commanded  that  the  'priests 
should  gather  themselves  together 
that  he  might  hold  a  council  with 
them  what  he  should  do  with  him. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
said  unto  the  king:     Bring  him 
hither  that  we  may  question  him ; 
and  the  king  commanded  that  he 
should  be  brought  before  them. 

19.  And  they  began  to  question 
Mm,  that  they  might  cross  him, 
that   thereby   they    might   have 
wherewith  to  accuse  him;  but  he 
answered  them  boldly,  and  with- 
stood all  their  questions,  yea,  to 
their  astonishment;    for  he   did 
withstand  them  in  all  their  ques- 
tions, and  did  confound  them  in 
all  their  words. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
one    of    them    said    unto    him: 
What  meaneth  the  words  which 


are  written,  and  which  have  been 
taught  by  our  fathers,  saying; 

21.  "How  beautiful  upon  the 
mountains  are  the  feet  of  him 
that  bringeth  good  tidings;  that 
publisheth  peace;   that  bringeth 
good  tidings  of  good;  that  pub- 
lisheta  salvation;  that  saith  unto 
Zion,  Thy  God  reigneth; 

22.  Thy   watchman   shall    lift 
up  the  voice;  with  the  voice  to- 
gether shall  they  sing;  for  they 
shall  see   eye  to   eye  when  the 
Lord  shall  bring  again  Zion; 

23.  Break  forth  into  joy;  sing  to- 
gether ye  waste  places  of  Jerusa- 
lem; for  the  Lord  hath  comforted 
his    people,    he    hath    redeemed 
Jerusalem; 

24.  The  Lord  hath  made  bare 
his  holy  arm  in  the  eyes  of  all  the 
nations,  and  all  the  ends  of  the 
earth  shall  see  the  salvation  of 
our  God? 

25.  And  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them :    Are  you  "priests,  and  pre- 
tend to  teach  this  people,  and  to 
understand  the  spirit  of  prophesy- 
ing, and  yet  desire  to  know  of  me 
what  these  things  mean? 

26.  I  say  unto  you,  wo  be  unto 
you  for  perverting  the  ways  of  the 
Lord!   For  if  ye  understand  these 
things  ye  have  not  taught  them; 
therefore,  ye  have  perverted  the 
ways  of  the  Lord. 

27.  Ye  have  not  applied  your 
hearts  to  understanding;   there- 
fore,   ye    have    not    been    wise. 
Therefore,    what   teach   ye   this 
people? 

28.  And  they  said:     We  teach 
the  law  of  Moses. 

29.  And   again   he   said   unto 
them:  If  ye  teach  the  wlaw  of  Moses 
why  do  ye  not  keep  it?    Why  do 
ye  set  your  hearts  upon  riches? 
Why  do  ye  commit  pwhoredoms 
and    spend    your   strength   with 


I,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     *»,  Isa.  52  -,T — 10.    n,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     o,  see  ot  2  Ne.  25.    p,  see  i, 
2  Ne.  28.  ABOUT  B,  0.  148. 


160 


MOSIAH,  13. 


harlots,  yea,  and  cause  this  people 
to  commit  sin,  that  the  Lord  has 
cause  to  send  me  to  prophesy 
against  this  people,  yea,  even  a 
great  evil  against  this  people? 

30.  Know  ye  not  that  I  speak 
the  truth?     Yea,  ye  know  that  I 
speak  the  truth;  and  you  ought 
to  tremble  before  God. 

31.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  ye  shall  be  smitten  for  your 
iniquities,  for  ye  have  said  that 
ye  teach  the  law  of  Moses.    And 
what  know  ye  concerning  the  law 
of  Moses?     Doth  salvation  come 
by  the  law  of  Moses?    Whatsayye? 

32.  And  they  answered  and  said 
that  salvation  did  come  by  the 
«law  of  Moses. 

33.  But  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them:     I  know  if  ye  keep  the 
commandments  of  God  ye  shall 
be  saved;  yea,  if  ye  keep  the  com- 
mandments which  the  Lord  de- 
livered unto  Moses  in  the  mount 
of  Sinai,  saying: 

34.  1  am  the  Lord  thy  God, 
who  hath  brought  thee  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  house 
of  bondage. 

35.  Thou  shalt  have  no  other 
God  before  me. 

36.  Thou  shalt  not  make  unto 
thee  any  graven  image,   or  any 
likeness  of  any  thing  in  heaven 
above,  or  things  which  are  in  the 
earth  beneath. 

37.  Now    Abinadi    said    unto 
them,  Have  ye  done  all  this?     I 
say  unto  you,  Nay,  ye  have  not. 
And  have  ye  taught  this  people 
that   they   should    do    all   these 
things?    I  say  unto  you,  Nay,  ye 
have  not. 

CHAPTER  13. 

Abinadi  the  prophet,  protected  "by 
divine  power,  withstands  the  priests 
and  cites  the  Law  and  the  G-ospel. 

1.  And  now  when  the  king  had 


heard  these  words,  he  said  unto 
ahis  priests:  Away  with  this  fel- 
low, and  slay  him;  for  what  have 
we  to  do  with  him,  for  he  is  mad. 

2.  And   they  stood  forth  and 
attempted  to  lay  their  hands  on 
him;  but  he  withstood  them,  and 
said  unto  them: 

3.  Touch  me  not,  for  God  shall 
smite  you  if  ye  lay  your  hands 
upon  me,  for  I  have  not  delivered 
the  message  which  the  Lord  sent 
me  to  deliver;  neither  have  I  told 
you  that  which  ^ye  requested  that 
I  should  tell;  therefore,  God  will 
not  suffer  that  I  shall  be  destroyed 
at  this  time. 

4.  But  I  must  fulfil  the  com- 
mandments wherewith  God   has 
commanded  me;   and  because  I 
have  told  you  the  truth  ye  are 
angry  with  me.     And  again,  be- 
cause I  have  spoken  the  word  of 
God  ye  have  judged  me  that  I  am 
cmad. 

5.  Now  it  came  to  pass  after 
Abinadi  had  spoken  these  words 
that  the  people  of  king  Noah  durst 
not  lay  their  hands  on  him,  for 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  was  upon 
him;  and  his  face  shone  with  ex- 
ceeding luster,   even  as  dMoses* 
did  while  in  the  mount  of  Sinai, 
while  speaking  with  the  Lord. 

6.  And  he  spake  with  power 
and  authority  from  God;  and  he 
continued  his  words,  saying: 

7.  Ye  see  that  ye  have  not  power 
to  slay  me,  therefore  I  finish  my 
message.   Yea,  and  I  perceive  that 
it  cuts  you  to  your  hearts  because 
I  tell  you  the  truth  concerning 
your  iniquities. 

8.  Yea,  and  my  words  fill  you 
with  wonder  and  amazement,  and 
with  anger. 

9.  But   I  finish   my  message; 
and  then  it  matters  mot  whither 
I  go,  if  it  so  be  that  I  am  saved. 


qt  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.    r,  Ex.  20  :2 — 4. 
24.     ct  ver.  1.     df  Ex.  34 :29— 35. 


CHAP.  13 :  a,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     6,  MOB.  12 :20— 
ABOUT  B.  <X  148. 


MOSIAH,   13. 


10.  But  this  much  I  tell  you, : 
what  you  do  with,  me,  after  this, 
shall  be  as  a  'type  and  a  shadow 
of  things  which  are  to  come. 

11.  And  now  I  read  unto  you 
the  remainder  of  the  command- 
ments of  God,  for  I  perceive  that 
they    are    not    written    in    your 
hearts;   I  perceive  that  ye  have 
studied  and  taught  iniquity  the 
most  part  of  your  lives. 

12.  And  now,  ye  remember  that 
1  fsaid  unto  you:     Thou  shalt  not 
make  unto  thee  any  graven  image, 
or  any  likeness  of  things  which 
are  in  heaven  above,   or  which 
are    in    the    earth    beneath,    or 
which  are  in  the  water  under  the 
earth. 

13.  And  again:      ffThou  shalt 
not  bow  down  thyself  unto  them, 
nor  serve  them;  for  I  the  Lord 
thy  God  am  a  jealous  God,  visiting 
the  iniquities  of  the  fathers  upon 
the  children,  unto  the  third  and 
fourth  generations  of  them  that 
hate  me; 

14.  And  showing  mercy  unto 
thousands  of  them  that  love  me 
and  keep  my  commandments. 

15.  Thou   shalt  not  take  the 
name  of   the   Lord   thy   God   in 
vain;  for  the  Lord  will  not  hold 
him    guiltless    that    taketh    his 
name  in  vain. 

16.  Remember  the  sabbath  day, 
to  keep  it  holy. 

17.  Six  days  shalt  thou  labor, 
and  do  all  thy  work; 

18.  But  the  seventh  day,  the 
sabbath  of  the  Lord  thy  God,  thou 
shalt   not    do    any   work,    thou, 
nor  thy  son,  nor  thy  daughter, 
thy  man-servant,  nor  thy  maid- 
servant, nor  thy  cattle,  nor  thy 
stranger  that  is  within  thy  gates; 

19.  For  in  six  days  the  Lord 
made  heaven  and  earth,  and  the 
sea,    and    all    that   in   them   is; 


wherefore  the  Lord  Ilessed  the 
sabbath  day,  and  hallowed  it. 

20.  Honor  thy  father  and  thy 
mother,   that  thy  days  may  be 
long   upon   the   land   which   the 
Lord  thy  God  giveth  thee. 

21.  Thou  shalt  not  kill. 

22.  Thou    shalt    not    commit 
adultery.     Tlaou  shalt  not  steal. 

23.  Thou  shalt  not  bear  false 
witness  against  thy  neighbor. 

24.  Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy 
neighbor's  house,  thou  shalt  not 
covet  thy  neighbor's  wife,  nor  his 
man-servant,    nor  his   maid-ser- 
vant, nor  Ms  ox,  nor  Ms  ass,  nor 
anything  that  is  thy  neighbor's. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Abinadi  had  made  an  end 
of  these  sayings  that  he  said  unto 
them :  Have  ye  taught  this  people 
that  they  should  observe  to  do  all 
these  things  for  to  keep  these 
commandments? 

26.  I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  for 
if  ye  had,  the  Lord  would  not 
have  caused  me  to  come  forth  and 
to  prophesy  evil  concerning  this 
people. 

27.  And  now  ye  have  said  that 
salvation  cometn  by  the  law  of 
Moses.    I  say  unto  you  that  it  is 
expedient  that  ye  should  *keep 
the  law  of  Moses  as  yet;  but  I 
say  unto  you,  that  the  time  shall 
come  when  it  shall  *no  more  be 
expedient    to    keep    the    law    of 
Moses. 

28.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,  that  salvation  doth  not  come 
by  the  law  alone;  and  were  it  not 
for  the  ^atonement,  which  God 
himself  shall  make  for  the  sins 
and  iniquities  of  his  people,  that 
they   must    unavoidably   perish, 
notwithstanding  the  law  of  Moses. 

29.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  it  was  expedient  that  there 
should  be  a  law  given  to  the  chil- 


e,  Mos.  17:13—19.     19:20.    Al.  25:7—12.    /,  Mos.  12:30.     g,  Ex.  20:5—17.    A,  see 
0,  2  Me.  25,    i,  3  Ne.  9  :19,  20,    15 :2— 10.    j,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  ABOUT  B.  C.  148. 


162 


MOSIAH,   14. 


dren  of  Israel,  yea,  even  a  very 
strict  law;  for  they  were  a  stiff- 
necked  people,  Quick  to  do  in- 
iquity, and  slow  to  remember  the 
Lord  their  God; 

30.  Therefore  there  was  a  law 
given  them,  yea,  a  Haw  of  per- 
formances and  of  ordinances,  a 
law  waich.  they  were  to  observe 
strictly  from  day  to  day,  to  keep 
them  in  remembrance  of  God  and 
their  duty  towards  him. 

31.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
that  all  these  things  were  types 
of  things  to  come. 

32.  And  now,  did  they  under- 
stand the  law?     I  say  unto  you, 
Nay,  they  did  not  all  understand 
the  law;  and  this  because  of  the 
hardness  of  their  hearts ;  for  they 
understood  not  that  there  could 
not  any  man  be  saved  except  it 
were  through  the  redemption  of 
God. 

33.  For  behold,  did  not  Moses 
prophesy  unto  them  concerning 
the  coming  of  the  Messiah,  and 
that    God    should    redeem     his 
people?     Yea,  and  even  all  the 
prophets    who    have    prophesied 
ever  since  the  world  began — have 
they  not  spoken  more  or  less  con- 
cerning these  things? 

34.  Have  they  not   said  that 
*God  himself  should  come  down 
among  the  children  of  men,  and 
take  upon  him  the  form  of  man, 
and   go   forth   in   mighty   power 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth? 

35.  Yea,  and  have  they  not  said 
also  that  he  should  bring  to  pass 
the    ^resurrection    of    the    dead, 
and  that  he,  himself,  should  be 
oppressed  and  afflicted? 

CHAPTER  14. 

Aftinadi  quotes  Isaiah  to  the  priests 
of  king  Noah — Compare  Isaiah  58. 

1.  Yea,  even  doth  not  Isaiah 
say:     Who  hath  believed  our  re- 


port, and  to  whom  is  the  arm  of 
the  Lord  revealed? 

2.  For  he  shall  grow  up  "before 
him  as  a  tender  plant,  and  as  a 
root  out  of  dry  ground;  he  hath 
no    form    nor    comeliness;    and 
when  we  shall  see  him  there  is 
no  beauty  that  we  should  desire 
him. 

3.  He  is  despised  and  rejected 
of  men;   a  man  of  sorrows,  and 
acquainted   with   grief;    and   we 
hid  as  it  were  our  face  from  him; 
he  was  despised,  and  we  esteemed 
him  not. 

4.  Surely    he    has    borne    our 
griefs,  and  carried  our  sorrows; 
yet  we  did  esteem  him  stricken, 
smitten  of  God,  and  afflicted. 

5.  But  he  was  wounded  for  our 
transgressions, he  was  bruised  for 
our  iniquities;  the  chastisement 
of  our  peace  was  upon  him;  and 
with  his  stripes  we  are  healed. 

6.  All  we,  like  sheep,  have  gone 
astray;  we  have  turned  every  one 
to  his  own  way;   and  the  Lord 
hath  laid  on  him  the  iniquities  of 
us  all. 

7.  He  was  oppressed,  and  he 
was  afflicted,  yet  he  opened  not 
his  mouth;   he  is  brought  as  a 
lamb  to  the  slaughter,  and  as  a 
sheep    before    her    shearers    is 
dumb  so  he  opened  not  his  mouth. 

8.  He  was  taken  from  prison 
and    from   judgment;    and   who 
shall  declare  his  generation?  For 
he  was  cut  on!  out  of  the  land  of 
the  living;  for  the  transgressions 
of  my  people  was  he  stricken. 

9.  And  he  made  his  grave  with 
the  wicked,  and  with  the  rich  in 
his  death;  because  he  had  done 
no  evil,  neither  was  any  deceit  in 
his  mouth. 

10.  Yet  it  pleased  the  Lord  to 
bruise  him;  he  hath  put  him  to 
grief;  when  thou  shalt  make  his 
soul  an  offering  for  sin  he  shall 


Jfe,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.     Z,  see  &.,  Mos.  3.    m>  see  tf,  2  Ne.  2. 


ABOUT  B.  C,  148* 


MOSIAH,  15. 


see  Ms  seed,  lie  shall  prolong  tils 
days,  and  the  pleasure  of  the 
Lord  shall  prosper  in  his  hand. 

11.  He  shall  see  the  travail  of 
his  soul,  and  shall  be  satisfied; 
by  Ms  knowledge  shall  my  right- 
eous servant  justify  many;  for  he 
shall  bear  their  iniquities. 

12.  Therefore  will  I  divide  him 
a  portion  with  the  great,  and  lie 
shall   divide  the  spoil  with  the 
strong;   because  he  hath  poured 
out  Ms  soul  unto  death;  and  he 
was   numbered    with   the   trans- 
gressors; and  he  bore  the  sins  of 
many,  and  made  intercession  for 
the  transgressors. 

CHAPTER  15. 

Abinadi's  prophecy — God  "himself  to 
come  down  and  redeem  Jus  people — 
Why  Jesus  Christ  is  catted  the  Father 
and  the  Son, 

1.  And  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them :   I  would  that  ye  should  un- 
derstand that  GGod  himself  shall 
come  down  among  the  children 
of   men,    and   shall   redeem   his 
people. 

2.  And  because  he  Mwelleth  in 
flesh  he  shall  be  called  the  Son  of 
God,    and   having   subjected  the 
flesh  to  the  will  of  the  Father, 
being  the  Father  and  the  Son — 

3.  The  Father,  because  he  was 
Conceived  by  the  power  of  God; 
and  the  Son,  ^because  of  the  flesh; 
thus   becoming   the  Father  and 
Son — 

4.  And  they  are  *one  God,  yea, 
the  very  f  Eternal  Father  of  heaven 
and  of  earth. 

5.  And  thus  the  flesh  becoming 
'subject  to  the  Spirit,  or  the  Son 
to  the  Father,  being  "one  God, 
*suf£ereth  temptation,and  yieldeth 


not  to  the  temptation,  but  suf- 
fereth  himself  to  be  mocked,  and 
scourged',  and  cast  out,  and  dis- 
owned by  Ms  people. 

6.  And  after  all  this,  after  work- 
ing many  j mighty  miracles  among 
the  children  of  men,  he  shall  be 
led,  yea,  even  as  Isaiah  said,  ^as  a 
sheep  before  the  shearer  is  dumb, 
so  he  opened  not  Ms  mouth. 

7.  Yea,  even  so  lie  shall  be  led, 
'crucified,  and  slain,  the  flesh  mbe- 
coming  subject  even  unto  death, 
the  will  of  the  Son  being  swal- 
lowed   up    in    the    will    of    the 
Father. 

8.  And  thus  God  breaketh  the 
"bands  of  death,  having  gained 
the  victory  over  death;  giving  the 
Son  power  to  make  °intercession 
for  the  children  of  men — 

9.  Having  ascended  into  heaven, 
having  the  bowels  of  mercy;  being 
filled   with    compassion    towards 
the   children   of   men;    standing 
betwixt  them  and  justice;  having 
^broken  the  bands  of  death,  taken 
upon  9himself  their  iniquity  and 
their  transgressions,   having  re- 
deemed them,  and  satisfied  the 
demands  of  justice. 

10.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
who  shall  rdeclare  his  generation? 
Behold,    I    say    unto    you,    that 
when  his  soul  has  been  made  an 
•offering  for  sin  he  shall  see  his 
seed.      And   now  what   say  ye? 
And  who  shall  be  *his  seed? 

11.  Behold  I  say  unto  yon,  that 
whosoever  has  heard  the  words 
of  the  prophets,  yea,  all  the  holy 
prophets    who    have    prophesied 
concerning    the    coming    of    the 
Lord — I  say  unto  you,  that  all 
those  who  have  hearkened  unto 
their  words,  and  believed  that  the 


a  see  2&,  Mo*.  7.  6,  see  fc,  Mos.  3.  c,  1  Ne.  11  :13—  21.  Mos.  3  :8,  9.  Al.  7  :10. 
19  -13.  3  Ne.  1  :14.  Morm.  9:12.  dr  see  &,  Mos.  3.  et  see  k,  2  Ne.  81.  /,  see  a,  Mos.  3. 
af  ver.  2.  7i,  see  fc,  2  Ne.  31.  i,  see  »,  2  Ne.  9.  /,  see  c,  Mos.  3.  fc,  Mos.  14  :7.  Isa. 
53  :7.  I,  see  g,  Mos.  3.  m,  Yers.  2,  5.  n,  see  g  and  j,  2  Ne.  9.  o,  see  e,  2  Ne.  2. 
«  see  g  and  j,  2  Ne.  9.  «,  Mos,  14  :5—  8,  11,  12.  r,  Mos.  14  :8.  **  Mos.  14  :10.  *,  vers. 
--  -~ 


.  .      ,         . 

ABODT  B.  C.  148. 


164 


MOSIAH,  15. 


Lord  would  redeem  his  people, 
and  have  looked  forward  to  that 
day  for  a  remission  of  their  sins, 
I  say  unto  you,  that  these  are  his 
seed,  or  they  are  the  heirs  of  the 
kingdom  of  God. 

12.  For  these  are  they  whose 
sins  he  "has  borne;  these  are  they 
for  whom  he  has  died,  to  redeem 
them  from  their  transgressions. 
And  now,  are  they  not  his  seed? 

13.  Yea,  and  are  not  the  proph- 
ets, every  one  that  has  opened 
his  mouth  to  prophesy,  that  has 
not  fallen  into   transgression,   I 
mean  all  the  holy  prophets  ever 
since  the  world  began?     I  say 
unto  you  that  they  are  his  seed. 

14.  And  these  are  *they  who 
have  published  peace,  who  have 
brought    good    tidings    of    good, 
who   have    published    salvation; 
and   said   unto    Zion:    Thy   God 
reigneth! 

15.  And  O  how  beautiful  upon 
the  mountains  were  their  feet! 

16.  And  again,  how  beautiful 
upon  the  mountains  are  the  feet 
of  those  that  are  still  publishing 
peace! 

17.  And  again,  how  beautiful 
upon  the  mountains  are  the  feet 
of  those  who  shall  hereafter  pub- 
lish peace,  yea,  from  this  time 
henceforth  and  forever! 

18.  And  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
this  is  not  all.    For  O  how  beau- 
tiful upon  the  mountains  are  the 
feet  of  him  that  bringeth  good 
tidings,   that  is  the   founder  of 
peace,  yea,  even  the  Lord,  who 
has   redeemed   his   people;    yea, 
him  who  has  granted  salvation 
unto  his  people; 

19.  For  were  It  not  for  the  re- 
demption which  he  hath  made  for 
his  people,  which  was  prepared 
from  the  wf  oundation  of  the  world, 


I  say  unto  you,  were  it  not  for 
this,  *all  mankind  must  have  per- 
ished. 

20.  But  behold,  the  bands  of 
death  yshall  be  broken,  and  the 
Son    reigneth,    and    hath    power 
over    the    dead;    therefore,    he 
bringeth  to  pass  the  Resurrection 
of  the  dead. 

21.  And  there  cometh  a  resur- 
rection,  even   a  sofirst  resurrec- 
tion; yea,  even  a  resurrection  of 
those  that  have  been,  and  who 
are,  and  who  shall  be,  even  until 
the  resurrection  of  Christ — for  so 
shall  he  be  called. 

22.  And  now,  the  resurrection 
of  all  the  prophets,  and  all  those 
that  have  believed  in  their  words, 
or  all  those  that  have  kept  the 
commandments  of  God,  shall  come 
forth   in  the   first   resurrection; 
therefore,  they  are  the  first  resur- 
rection. 

23.  They  are  raised  to  dwell 
with    God    who    has    redeemed 
them;  thus  they  have  eternal  life 
through  Christ,  who  has  broken 
the  bands  of  death. 

24.  And  these  are  those  who 
have  part  in  the  first  resurrec- 
tion; and  these  are  they  that  have 
died  before  Christ  came,  2bin  their 
ignorance,  not  having  salvation 
declared  unto  them.     And  thus 
the  Lord  bringeth  about  the  res- 
toration of  these;  and  they  have 
a  part  in  the  first  resurrection,  or 
have  eternal  life,  being  redeemed 
by  the  Lord. 

25.  And  little  children  2calso 
have  eternal  life. 

26.  But  behold,  and  fear,  and 
tremble  before  God,  for  ye  ought 
to  tremble;  for  the  Lord  redeem- 
eth  none  such  that  rebel  against 
him  and  die  in  their  sins;  yea, 
even  all  those  that  have  perished 


«,  Mos.  14 :12.  u,  Mos.  12 :21 — 24.  Isa.  52 :7 — 10.  w,  see  d,  Mos.  4.  a,  see  e  and 
7,  2  Ne.  9.  y,  see  g  and  ;,  2  Ne.  9.  ef  see  dj  2  Ne.  2.  2o,  see  gt  Jac.  4.  2Z>,  see  /, 
kfos.  3.  2c,  see  »»,  Mos.  3.  ABOUT  B.  C.  148. 


MOSIAH,   16. 


165 


in  their  sins  ever  since  the  world 
began,  that  have  Sdwilfully  re- 
belled, against  God,  that  have 
known  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  would  not  keep  them; 
these  are  they  that  have  £€no  part 
In  the  first  resurrection. 

27.  Therefore  ought  ye  not  to 
tremble?     For  salvation  cometh 
to  none  such;  for  the  Lord  hath 
redeemed  none  such;  yea,  neither 
can  the  Lord  redeem  such;  for  he 
cannot  deny  himself;  for  he  can- 
not 2fdeny  justice  when  it  has  its 
claim. 

28.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  the  time  shall  come  that  the 
salvation  of  the  Lord  shall  be  de- 
clared to  every  nation,  kindred, 
tongue,  and  people. 

29.  Yea,  Lord,  2ffthy  watchmen 
shall  lift  up  their  voice;  with  the 
voice   together  shall  they  sing; 
for  they  shall  see  eye  to  eye,  when 
the  Lord  shall  bring  again  Zion. 

30.  Break  forth  into  joy,  sing 
together,  ye  waste  places  of  Jeru- 
salem;  for  the  Lord  hath  com- 
forted  his   people,   he   hath   re- 
deemed Jerusalem. 

31.  The  Lord  hath  made  bare 
his  holy  arm  in  the  eyes  of  all  the 
nations;  and  all  the  ends  of  the 
earth  shall  see  the  salvation  of 
our  God. 

CHAPTER  16. 

A"binadi  continues  his  prophecy — 
Christ  the  only  Redeemer — Resurrec- 
tion and  judgment. 

1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Abinadi  had  spoken  these 
words  he  stretched  forth  his  hand 
and  said:  The  time  shall  come 
when  all  shall  see  the  salvation 
of  the  Lord;  °when  every  nation, 
kindred,  tongue,  and  people  shall 
see  eye  to  eye  and  shall  confess 


before  God  that  his  judgments  are 
just. 

2.  And  then  shall  the  wicked 
be  cast  out,  and  they  shall  have 
&cause  to  howl,  and  weep,   and 
wail,  and  gnash  their  teeth;  and 
this    because    they    would    not 
hearken   unto  the  voice  of   the 
Lord ;  therefore  the  Lord  redeem- 
eth  them  not. 

3.  For   they    are    carnal    and 
devilish,  and  the  devil  chas  power 
over  them;   yea,  even  that  *old 
serpent  that  did  beguile  our  first 
parents,  which  was  the  cause  of 
their  fall;  which  was  the  cause  of 
all    mankind    becoming    carnal, 
sensual,    devilish,    knowing   evil 
from  good,  subjecting  themselves 
to  the  devil. 

4.  Thus    eall    mankind    were 
lost;  and  behold,  they  would  have 
been  endlessly  lost  were  it  not 
that    God   redeemed   his   people 
from  their  lost  and  fallen  state. 

5.  But  remember  that  he  that 
persists  in  his  own  carnal  nature, 
and  goes  on  in  the  ways  of  sin  and 
rebellion  against  God,  remaineth 
in  his  fallen  state  and  the  devil 
hath  fall  power  over  him.  There- 
fore, he  is  as  though  there  was 
no  redemption   made,  being  an 
enemy  to  God;   and  also  is  the 
devil  an  enemy  to  God. 

6.  And  now  if  Christ  iiad  not 
come  into  the  world,  speaking  of 
things  to  come  as  though^  they 
had   already   come,   there   could 
have  been  no  redemption. 

7.  And  if  Christ  had  not  risen 
from  the  dead,  or  have  ^broken 
the  bands  of  death  that  the  grave 
should  have  *no  victory,  and  that 
death  should  have  4no  sting,  there 
could  have  been  no  resurrection. 

8.  But  there  is  a  ^resurrection, 


2dL  see  fc,  Jac.  6.  2e,  ver.  24.  2/,  Al.  42 :1 — 26.  2g,  Isa.  52 :8 — 10,  Mos.  12 :22~- 
24.  CHAP.  16:  a,  Mos.  3:20,  21.  15:28,  31.  6,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15.  Matt.  13:42. 
c,  see  t,  2  Ne.  9.  <f,  see  i,  2  Ne.  2.  e,  see  e  and  g,  2  Ne.  9.  f,  see  4.  2  Ne.  9- 
g,  see  g  and  nf  Mos.  15.  ft,  Mas.  15:8,  20.  AL  22:14.  27:28.  I,  ver.  8.  Al.  22:14. 
24:23.  Morm.  7:5.  jf  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.  A  ABOTJT  B.  C.  148. 


166 


MOSIAH,   17. 


therefore  the  grave  hath  *no  vic- 
tory, and  the  'sting  of  death  is 
swallowed  up  in  Christ. 

9.  He  is  the  mlight  and  the  life 
of  the  world;  yea,  a  light  that  is 
endless,  that  can  never  be  dark- 
ened; yea,  and  also  a  life  which 
is  endless,  that  there  can  be  no 
more  death. 

10.  Even  "this  mortal  shall  put 
on  immortality,  and  this  corrup- 
tion  shall   put  on   incorruption, 
and  shall  be  brought  to  stand  be- 
fore the  bar  of  God,  to  be  judged 
of  him  according  to  their  works 
whether  they  be  good  or  whether 
they  be  evil — 

11.  If  they  be  good,  to  the  res- 
urrection of  endless  life  and  hap- 
piness; and  if  they  be  evil,  to  the 
resurrection  of   endless   damna- 
tion, being  delivered  up  "to  the 
devil,  who  hath  subjected  them, 
which  is  damnation — 

12.  Having  gone  according  to 
their  own  carnal  wills  and   de- 
sires; having  never  called  upon 
the  Lord  while  the  arms  of  mercy 
were  extended  towards  them ;  for 
the  arms  of  mercy  were  extended 
towards   them,  and  they  would 
not;  they  being  warned  of  their 
iniquities  and  yet  they  would  not 
depart  from  them;  and  they  were 
commanded   to   repent   and  yet 
they  would  not  repent, 

13.  And  now,  ought  ye  not  to 
tremble  and  repent  of  your  sins, 
and  remember  that  only  in  and 
through  Christ  ye  can  be  saved? 

14.  Therefore,  if  ye  teach  the 
*law  of  Moses,  also  teach  that  it 
is  a  shadow  of  those  things  which 
are  to  come — 

15.  Teach  them  that  redemp- 
tion cometh  through  Christ  the 
Lord,  who  is  the  5very  Eternal 
Father.    Amen. 


CHAPTER  17. 


Martyrdom  of  AUnadi — While  suf- 
fering death  ~by  fire  he  ^edicts  retri- 
bution upon  "his  murderers — Conver- 
sion of  Alma. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Abinadi  had  finished  these 
sayings,  that  the  king  commanded 
that  the  "priests  should  take  him 
and  cause  that  lie  should  be  put 
to  death. 

2.  But  there  was  one  among 
them  whose  name  was  Alma,  he 
also  being  a  descendant  of  Nephi. 
And  he  was  a  young  man,  and  he 
believed  the  words  which  Abinadi 
had  spoken,  for  he  knew  concern- 
ing the  iniquity  which  Abinadi 
had  testified  against  them;  there- 
fore he  began  to  plead  with  the 
king  that  he  would  not  be  angry 
with  Abinadi,  but  suffer  that  he 
might  depart  in  peace. 

3.  But    the    king    was    more 
wroth,    and    caused   that    Alma 
should  be  cast  out  from  among 
them,  and  sent  his  servants  after 
him  that  they  might  slay  him. 

4.  But   he    fled    from    before 
them  and  hid  himself  that  they 
found  him  not.     And   he  being 
concealed    for    many    days    did 
write  all  the  words  which.  Abinadi 
had  spoken. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  caused  that  his  guards 
should  surround  Abinadi  and  take 
him;    and   they   bound   him  and 
cast  him  into  prison. 

6.  And  after  three  days,  hav- 
ing counseled  with  his  'priests, 
he  caused  that  he  should  again 
be  brought  before  him. 

7.  And    he    said    unto    him: 
Abinadi,  we  have  found  an  ac- 
cusation against  thee,  and  thou 
art  worthy  of  death. 


fc,  ver.  7.  J,  ver.  7.  mt  Al.  38:9.  3  Ne.  9:18.  15:9  18:16  24  Bth.  3:14, 
4-12*  Moro.  7:18.  John  8:12.  9:5.  14  :$.  D.  &  C.  84:45.  88:7—13.  »,  see  d, 
2*Ne.  2.  Also  j  and  mt  2  Ne.  9,  o,  see  4>  2  Ne.  9.  j>,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.  a,  see  a, 
Mos  3.  CHAP.  17:  a/ see  f,  Mos.  11.  6,  see  /,  Mos.  11.  ABOUT  B.  C.  148. 


MOSIAH,  18. 


167 


8.  For  thou  hast  said  that  eGod 
himself  should  come  down  among 
the  children  of  men;  and  now,  for 
this  cause  thou  shalt  be  put  to 
death  unless  thou  wilt  recall  all 
the  words  which  thou  hast  spoken 
evil  concerning  me  and  my  peo- 
ple. 

9.  Now  Abinadi  said  unto  him:  • 
I  say  unto  you,  I  will  not  recall 
the  words  which  I  have  spoken 
unto  you  concerning  this  people, 
for  they  are  true;   and  that  ye 
may  know  of  their  surety  I  have 
suffered  myself  that  I  have  fallen 
into  your  hands. 

10.  Yea,  and  I  will  suffer  even 
until  death,  and  I  will  not  recall 
my  words,  and  they  shall  stand 
as  a  testimony  against  you.    And 
if  ye  slay  me  ye  will  shed  inno- 
cent blood,  and  this  shall  also 
stand  as  a  testimony  against  you 
at  the  last  day. 

11.  And  now  king  Noah  was 
about    to    release    him,    for    he 
feared  his  word;    for  he  feared 
that  the  judgments  of  God  would 
come  upon  him. 

12.  But  the  ^priests  lifted  up 
their  voices  against  him,  and  be- 
gan to  accuse  him,  saying:     He 
has  reviled  the  king.     Therefore 
the  king  was  stirred  up  in  anger 
against  him,  and  he  delivered  him 
up  that  he  might  be  slain. 

IS.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  took  him  and  bound  him,  and 
scourged  his  skin  with  faggots, 
yea,  even  unto  edeath. 

14.  And  now  when  the  flames 
began  to   scorch  him,  he  cried 
unto  them,  saying: 

15.  Behold,  even  as  ye  have 
done  unto  me,  so  shall  it  come  to 
pass  that  fthy  seed  shall  cause 
that  many  shall  suffer  even  the 
pains  of  death  by  fire;  and  this 


because  they  believe  in  the  salva- 
tion of  the  Lord  their  God. 

16.  And  it  will  come  to  pass 
that  ye  shall  be  afflicted  with  all 
manner  of   diseases  because   of 
your  iniquities. 

17.  Yea,  and  ye  shall  be  smit- 
ten on  every  hand,  and  shall  be 
driven  and  scattered  to  and  fro, 
even  as  a  wild  flock  is  driven  by 
wild  and  ferocious  beasts. 

18.  And  in  that  day  ye  shall  be 
^hunted,  and  ye  shall  be  taken  by 
the  hand  of  your  enemies,  and 
then  ye  shall  suffer,  as  I  suffer, 
the  pains  of  death  by  fire. 

19.  Thus   God  executeth  ven- 
geance upon  those  that  destroy 
his  people.     O  God,  receive  my 
soul. 

20.  And  now,  *when  Abinadi 
had  said  these  words,  he  fell,  hav- 
ing suffered  Meath  by  fire;  yea, 
having  been  put  to  death  because 
he  would  not  deny  the  command- 
ments of  God,  having  sealed  the 
truth  of  his  words  by  his  death. 

CHAPTER  18. 

TJie  waters  of  Mormon — Alma  bap- 
tizes Helam  and  others — The  church 
of  Christ — King  Noah  sends  an  army 
to  destroy  Alma  and  his  followers. 

1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma,  who  had  fled  from  the 
servants  of  king  Noah,  repented 
of  his   sins   and  iniquities,   and 
went  about  privately  among  the 
people,  and  began  to  teach  the 
words  of  Abinadi — 

2.  Yea,  concerning  that  which 
was  to  come,  and  also  concerning 
the  ^resurrection  of  the  dead,  and 
the    redemption    of   the   people, 
which  was  to  be  brought  to  pass 
through  the  power,  and  suffer- 
ings, and  death  of  Christ,  and  his 
resurrection   and  ascension  into 
heaven. 


<?,  Mos.  7:27.     13:34.     <F,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     et  Ters.  18 — 20.     Mos.  7:28.     /,  Mos. 
13:10.     Al.  25:7—12.     g,  Al.  25:8,  9.     ft,  see  e.         CHAP.  18:    a,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2. 

*  ABOUT  B.  0.  148. 


168 


MOSIAH,  18. 


3.  And  as  many  as  would  hear 
Ms  word  he  did  teach.     And  he 
taught   them    privately,    that    it 
might  not  come  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  king.     And  many  did  be- 
lieve his  words. 

4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
many  as  did  believe  him  did  go 
forth  to  a  place  which  was  called 
^Mormon,    having    received    its 
name  from  the  king,  being  in  the 
borders  of  the  land  having  been 
infested,  by  times  or  at  seasons, 
by  wild  beasts. 

5.  Now,  there  was  in  cMormon 
a   fountain   of   pure  water,    and 
Alma  resorted  thither,  there  being 
near  the  water  a  thicket  of  small 
trees,  where  he  did  hide  himself 
in  the  daytime  from  the  searches 
of  the  king, 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
many  as  believed  him  went  thither 
to  hear  his  words. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  *after 
many  days  there  were  a  good- 
ly number  gathered  together  at 
the  place  of   Mormon,    to   hear 
tlie   words    of    Alma.      Yea,    all 
were  gathered  together  that  be- 
lieved on  his  word,  to  hear  him. 
And  he  did  teach  them,  and  did 
preach    unto    them    repentance, 
and  redemption,  and  faith  on  the 
Lord. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
said  unto  them:  Behold,  here  are 
the  dwaters  of  Mormon  (for  thus 
were  they  called)  and  now,  as  ye 
are  desirous  to  come  into  the  fold 
of  God,  and  to  be  called  his  peo- 
ple, and  are  willing  to  bear  one 
another's  burdens,  that  they^may 
be  light; 

9.  Yea,    and    are    willing    to 
mourn  with  those  that  mourn; 
yea,  and  comfort  those  that  stand 
in  need  of  comfort,  and  to  stand 
as  witnesses  of  God  at  all  times 


and  in  all  things,  and  in  all  places 
that  ye  may  be  in,  even  until 
death,  that  ye  may  be  redeemed 
of  God,  and  be  numbered  with 
those  of  the  "first  resurrection, 
that  ye  may  have  eternal  life — 

10.  Now  I  say  unto  you,  if  this 
be  the  desire  of  your  hearts,  what 
have  you  against  being  ^baptized 
in  the  name  of  the  Lord,  as  a  wit- 
ness before  him  that  ye  have  en- 
tered into  a  covenant  with  him, 
that  ye  will  serve  him  and  keep 
his  commandments,  that  he  may 
pour  out  his  Spirit  more  abun- 
dantly upon  you? 

11.  And  now  when  the  people 
had    heard    these    words,    they 
clapped  their  hands  for  joy,  and 
exclaimed:  This  is  the  desire  of 
our  hearts. 

12.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  took  Helam,  he  being 
one  of  the  first,  and  went  and 
stood    forth    in   the    water,    and 
cried,  saying:   O  Lord,  pour  out 
thy  Spirit  upon  thy  servant,  that 
he  may  do  this  work  with  holi- 
ness of  heart. 

1 3 .  And  when  he  had  said  these 
words,  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  was 
upon  him,  and  he  said:  Helam,  I 
baptize   thee,   ^having   authority 
from  the  Almighty  God,  as  a  tes- 
timony that  ye  have  entered  into 
a  covenant  to  serve  Mm  until  you 
are  dead  as  to  the  mortal  body; 
and  may  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  be 
poured  out  upon  you;  and  may 
he  grant  unto  you  eternal  life, 
through  the  redemption  of  Christ, 
whom  he  has  prepared  from  the 
^foundation  of  the  world. 

14.  And  after  Alma  had  said 
these    words,    both    Alma    and 
Helam  were  buried  in  the  water; 
and  they  arose  and  came  forth 
out  of  the  water  rejoicing,  being 
filled  with  the  Spirit. 


6,  vers.  5,  8,  16,  80.    Al.  5 :3.     3  Ne.  5 :12,     Morm.  1 :5.     c,  ver.  4.     df  yer.  6. 
see  &,  Jac,  4.     /,  see  «,  2"Ne.  9.     $,  AL  5:3.     3  Ne.  11:25.     ft.  see  d,  Mos.  4. 

*  ABOUT  B.  C.  147. 


MGSIAH,   18. 


15.  And  again,  Alma  took  an- 
other, and  went  forth  a  second 
time  into  the  water,  and  baptized 
him  according  to  the  first,  only  he 
did  not  bury  himself  again  in  the 
water. 

16.  And  after  this  manner  he 
did  baptize  every  one  that  went 
forth  to  the  ^plaee  of  Mormon; 
and  they  were  in  number  about 
two  hundred  and  four  souls ;  yea, 
and   they  were  baptized   in   the 
^waters    of   Mormon,    and   were 
filled  with  the  grace  of  God. 

17.  And  they  were  called  the 
church  of  God,  or  the  church  of 
Christ,  from  that  time  forward. 
And  it  came  to  pass  that  whoso- 
ever was  ^baptized  by  the  power 
and  authority  of  God  was  added 
to  his  church. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma,  having  authority  from  God, 
'ordained  priests;  even  one  priest 
to  every  fifty  of  their  number  did 
he  ordain  to  preach  unto  them, 
and  to  teach  them  concerning  the 
things  pertaining  to  the  kingdom 
of  God. 

19.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  they  should  teach  nothing 
save  it  were  the  things  which  he 
had  taught,  and  which  had  been 
spoken  by  the  mouth  of  the  holy 
prophets. 

20.  Yea,  even  he  commanded 
them    that   they    should    preach 
nothing  save  it  were  repentance 
and  faith  on  the  Lord,  who  had 
redeemed  his  people. 

21.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  there  should  be  no  conten- 
tion one  with  another,  but  that 
they  should  look  forward  with 
one  eye,  having  one  faith  and  one 
baptism,  having  their  hearts  knit 
together  in  unity  and  in  love  one 
towards  another. 

22.  And  thus  he  commanded 


them  to  preach.     And  thus  they 
became  the  children  of  God. 

23.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  they  should  observe  the  "sab- 
bath day,  and  keep  it  holy,  and 
also  every  day  they  should  give 
thanks  to  the  Lord  their  God. 

24.  And   he    also    commanded 
them  that  the  "priests  whom  he 
had  ordained  should  labor  with 
their  "own  hands  for  their  sup- 
port. 

25.  And  there  was  pone  day  in 
every  week  that  was  set  apart 
that  they  should  gather  them- 
selves together  to  teach  the  peo- 
ple, and  to  worship  the  Lord  their 
God,  and  also,  as  often  as  it  was 
in  their  power,  to  assemble  them- 
selves together. 

26.  And  the  priests  were  not  to 
depend  upon  the  people  for  «their 
support;  but  for  their  labor  they 
were  to  receive  the  grace  of  God, 
that  they  might  wax  strong  in  the 
Spirit,  having  the  knowledge  of 
God,  that  they  might  teach  with 
power  and  authority  from  God. 

27.  And     again     Alma     com- 
manded that  the  people  of  the 
church   should    impart   of   their 
substance,  revery  one  according  to 
that  which  he  had;   if  he  have 
more  abundantly  he  should  im- 
part  more   abundantly;    and   of 
him  that  had  but  little,  but  little 
should  be  required;  and  to  him 
that  had  not  should  be  given. 

28.  And  thus  they  should  im- 
part of  their  substance  of  their 
own  free  will  and  good  desires  to- 
wards God,  and  to  those  priests 
that  stood  in  need,  yea,  and  to 
every  needy,  naked  soul. 

29.  And  this  he  said  unto  them, 
having  been  commanded  of  God; 
and  they  did  walk  uprightly  be- 
fore God,  imparting  to  one  an- 
other both  temporally  and  splr- 


i,  see  T>.    },  vers.  5,  8.     ft,  see  *,  2  Ne,  9.     I,  see  c,  Mos.  6.     w,  Mas.  13:16—19. 

Mark  2:27,  28.     D,  &  C.  59:9,  10.     68:29.  %  see  c,  Mos.  6.     o,  rer.  26,  28.     p,  Aj. 

32:11.    g,  ver.  24.    rf  see  /,  Jae.  2.  ABOUT  B.  C.  147. 
12 


170 


MOSIAH,   19. 


finally  according  to  their  needs 
and  their  wants. 

30.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  all  this  was  done  in  *Mor- 
mon,  yea,  by  the  'waters  of  Mor- 
mon, in  the  "forest  that  was  near 
the  waters  of  Mormon;  yea,  the 
place  of  Mormon,  the  waters  of 
Mormon,  the  forest  of  Mormon, 
how  beautiful   are  they  to   the 
ejres  of  them  who  there  came  to 
the  knowledge  of  their  Redeemer; 
yea,  and  how  blessed  are  they, 
for  they  shall  sing  to  his  praise 
forever. 

31.  And  these  things  were  done 
in  the  ^borders  of  the  land,  that 
they  might  not  come  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  king. 

32.  But  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  king,  having  discovered 
a  movement  among  the  people, 
sent  his  servants  to  watch  them. 
Therefore  on  the  day  that  they 
were  assembling  themselves  to- 
gether to  hear  the  word  of  the 
Lord  they  were  discovered  unto 
the  king. 

33.  And  now  the  king  said  that 
Alma  was  stirring  up  the  people 
to  rebellion  against  him;  there- 
fore he  sent  his  army  to  destroy 
them, 

34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  the  people  of  the  Lord 
were  ""apprised  of  the  coming  of 
the  king's  army;  therefore  they 
took  their  tents  and  their  fam- 
ilies and  departed  into  the  wilder- 
ness. 

35.  And  they  were  in  number 
about    four    hundred    and    fifty 
souls. 

CHAPTER  19. 

A  futile  search — Grideon's  insurrec- 
tion— A  Lamanite  invasion  —  King 
Noah  suffers  death  Ky  fire — His  son 
Limhi  a  tributary  monarch* 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 


aarmy  of  the  king  returned,  hav- 
ing searched  in  vain  for  the  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord. 

2.  And  now  behold,  the  forces 
of  the  king  were  small,  having 
been  reduced,  and  there  began  to 
be  a  division  among  the  remainder 
of  the  people. 

3.  And  the  lesser  part  began  to 
breathe  out  threatenings  against 
the  king,  and  there  began  to  be  a 
great  contention  among  them. 

4.  And  now  there  was  a  man 
among   them    whose   name   was 
Gideon,   and   he   being   a  strong 
man  and  an  enemy  to  the  king, 
therefore  he  drew  his  sword,  and 
swore  in  his  wrath  that  he  would 
slay  the  king. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
fought  with  the  king;  and  when 
the  king  saw  that  he  was  about 
to  overpower  him,  he  fled  and  ran 
and  got  upon  the  ^ower  which 
was  near  the  ctemple. 

6.  And   Gideon,  pursued  after 
him  and  was  about  to  get  upon 
the  tower  to  slay  the  king,  and 
the    king    cast    his    eyes    round 
about  towards  the  land  of  "Shern- 
lon,  and  behold,  the  army  of  the 
Lamanites  were  within  the  bor- 
ders of  the  land. 

7.  And  now  the  king  cried  out 
in  the  anguish  of  his  soul,  say- 
ing:    Gideon,  spare  me,  for  the 
Lamanites  are  upon  us,  and  they 
will  destroy  us;   yea,   they  will 
destroy  my  people. 

8.  And  now  the  king  was  not 
so  much  concerned  about  his  peo- 
ple as  he  was  about  his  own  life; 
nevertheless,  Gideon  did  spare  his 
life. 

9.  And   the  king  commanded 
the  people  that  they  should  flee 
before    the    Lamanites,    and    he 
himself  did  go  before  them,  and 
they  did  flee  into  the  wilderness, 


sr  see  6,  Mos.  18.  f,  rers.  5,  8.  Mos.  26:15.  «,  ver.  5.  v,  ver.  4.  to,  Mos. 
23:1.  CHAP.  19:  a,  Mos,  18:33,  34.  &,  Mos.  11:12.  c,  see  ft,  2  Ne.  5.  df  see  <?, 
Mos.  10.  ABOUT  B.  O.  145. 


MOSIAH.   19. 


171 


with,  their  women  and  their  chil- 
dren. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lamanites  did  pursue  them, 
and  did  overtake  them,  and  began 
to  slay  them. 

11.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  commanded  them  that 
all  the  men  should  'leave  their 
wives  and  their  children,  and  flee 
before  the  Lamanites. 

12.  Now  there  were  many  that 
would  not  leave  them,  but  had 
rather  stay  and  perish  with  them. 
And  the  rest  left  their  wives  and 
their  children  and  fled. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
those    who    tarried    with    their 
wives  and  their  children  caused 
that  their  ffair  daughters  should 
stand  forth  and  plead  with  the 
Lamanites,  that  they  would  not 
slay  them. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lamanites  had  compassion  on 
them,  for  they  were  charmed  with 
the  ^beauty  of  their  women. 

15.  Therefore  the  Lamanites  did 
spare  their  lives,  and  took  them 
captives  and  carried  them  back 
to  the  *land  of  Nephi,  and  granted 
unto  them  that  they  might  pos- 
sess the  land,  under  the  condi- 
tions that  they  would  deliver  up 
king  Noah  into  the  hands  of  the 
Lamanites,  and  deliver  up  their 
property,   even  *one  half   of  all 
they  possessed,  one  half  of  their 
gold,   and   their  silver,   and   all 
their  precious  things,   and  thus 
they  should  pay  tribute  to  the 
king  of  the  Lamanites  from  year 
to  year. 

16.  And  now  there  was  one  of 
the  sons  of  the  king  among  those 
that  were  taken  captive,  whose 
name  was  ^Limhi. 

17.  And  now  Limhi  was   de- 


sirous that  Ms  father  should  not 
be  destroyed;  nevertheless, Limhi 
was  not  ignorant  of  the  iniquities 
of  his  father,  he  himself  being  a 
just  man. 

18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Gideon  sent  men  into  the  wilder- 
ness secretly,  to  search  for  the 
king  and  those  that  were  with 
him.     And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  met  the  people  in  the  wil- 
derness, all  save  the  king  and  his 
^priests. 

1 9 .  Now  they  had  sworn  in  their 
hearts  that  they  would  return  to 
the  land  of  Nephi,  and  if  ftlieir 
wives    and   their    children    were 
slain,  and  also  mthose  that  had 
tarried  with  them,  that  they  would 
seek   revenge,    and    also    perish. 
with  them. 

20.  And  the  king  commanded 
them  that  they  should  not  re- 
turn; and  they  were  angry  -with 
the   king,    and    caused    that    he 
should  suffer,  even  unto  death  nby 
fire. 

21.  And  they  were   about  to 
take  the  ^priests   also   and  put 
them    to    death,    and    they    fled 
before  them. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  about  to  return  to  the 
land  of  Nephi,  and  they  met  the 
men  of  Gideon.  "  And  the  men  of 
Gideon  told  them  of  all  that  had 
"happened  to  their  wives  and  their 
children;  and  that  the  Lamanites 
had  granted  unto  them  that  they 
might  possess  the  land  by  paying 
a  tribute  to  the  Lamanites  of  «one 
half  of  all  they  possessed. 

23.  And  the  people  told  the  men 
of  Gideon  that  they  had  rslain  the 
king,   and  *his  priests  had  fled 
from  them  farther  into  the  wil- 
derness. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 


ef  vers.  19,  21.  /,  ver.  14.  gf  ver.  13.  &,  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.  it  see  fc,  Mos.  9.  jf  see 
ft,  Mos.  7.  fc,  see  /,  Mos.  11.  lf  vers.  11,  12.  m,  ver.  12,  nt  Mos.  12:3,  10 — 12. 
o,  see  /,  Hos.  11.  pf  vers.  14,  15.  q.  see  &,  Mos.  0.  r,  ver.  20.  s,  see  /,  Mos.  11. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  145  ANI>  123. 


172 


MOSIAH,   20. 


after  they  had  ended  the  cere- 
mony, that  they  returned  to  the 
land  of  Nephi,  rejoicing,  because 
'their  wives  and  their  children 
were  not  slain;  and  they  told 
Gideon  what  they  had  "done  to 
the  king. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites  made 
an  oath  unto  them,  that  his  peo- 
ple should  not  slay  them. 

26.  And  also  Limhi,  being  the 
son  of  the  king,  having  the  king- 
dom conferred  upon  him  by  the 
people,  made  oath  unto  the  king 
of  the  Lamanites  that  his  people 
should    pay    tribute    unto    him, 
ceven  0ne  half  of  all  they  pos- 
sessed. 

27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Limhi  began  to  establish  the  king- 
dom and  to  establish  peace  among 
his  people. 

28.  And  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites set  ^guards  round  about 
the  land,  that  he  might  keep  the 
people  of  Limhi  in  the  land,  that 
they  might  not  depart  into  the 
wilderness;   and  he  did  support 
his   guards   out  of   the   'tribute 
which  he   did  receive   from  the 
Nephites. 

29.  And  now  king  Limhi  did 
have  continual  peace  in  his  king- 
dom for  the  space  of  two  years, 
that  the  Lamanites  did  not  molest 
them  nor  seek  to  destroy  them. 

CHAPTER  20. 

Priests  of  king  Noah  carry  off 
daughters  of  the  Lamanites — Laman- 
ites seek  revenge  upon  king  Limhi  and 
his  people — They  are  repulsed  and 
pacified, 

1.  Now  there  was  a  place  in 
ttShemlon  where  the  daughters  of 
the  Lamanites  did  gather  them- 
selves together  to  sing,  and  to 


dance,  and  to  make  themselves 
merry. 

2.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
there  was  one  day  a  small  num- 
ber of  them  gathered  together  to 
sing  and  to  dance. 

3.  And  now  the  ^priests  of  king 
Noah,  being  ashamed  to  return  to 
the  ccity  of  Nephi,  yea,  and  also 
fearing   that   the   people   would 
dslay  them,  therefore  they  durst 
not   return   to   their   wives   and 
their  children. 

4.  And  having  tarried  in  the 
wilderness,  and  having  discovered 
the  daughters  of  the  Lamanites, 
they  laid  and  watched  them; 

5.  And  when   there  were  but 
few  of  them  gathered  together  to 
dance,   they   came   forth   out   of 
their  secret  places  and  took  them 
and  carried  them  into  the  wilder- 
ness; yea,  twenty  and  four  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  Lamanites  they 
carried  into  the  wilderness. 

6.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
when  the  Lamanites  found  that 
their  daughters  had  been  missing, 
they  were  angry  with  the  people 
of  Limhi,  for  they  thought  it  was 
the  people  of  Limhi. 

if  Therefore  they  sent  their 
armies  forth;  yea,  even  the  king 
himself  went  before  his  people; 
and  they  went  up  to  the  land  of 
Nephi  to  destroy  the  people  of 
Limhi. 

8.  And  now  Limhi  had  discov- 
ered them  from  the  ''tower,  even 
all  their  preparations  for  war  did 
he  discover;   therefore  he  gath- 
ered his  people  together,  and  laid 
wait  for  them  in  the  fields  and  in 
the  forests. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  Lamanites   had   come 
up,  that  the  people  of  Limhi  be- 
gan to  fall  upon  them  from  their 


f,  vers.  14,  15,  19,  22.  u,  yers.  20,  23.  vf  see  fc,  Mos.  9.  w,  Mos.  21 :5.  22  :6 — 10. 
cc,  see  k,  Mos.  9.  CHAP.  20:  a,  see  d,  Mos.  10.  fc,  see  ff  Mos.  11.  c.  see  Z>.  2  Ne.  5. 
H,  Mos.  19:21.  e*  vers.  6,  7,  15,  23.  Mos.  23:30 — 35.  /,  Mos.  11:12. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  145  AN»  123. 


MOSIAH,   20. 


173 


waiting  places,  and  began  to  slay  j 
them.  j 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  j 
the  battle  became  exceeding  sore,  j 
for   they   fought    like   lions   for  j 
their  prey.  | 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that! 
the    people   of   Limhi    began   to ! 
drive  the  Lamanites  before  them;  ! 
yet  they  were  not  half  so  numer- 
ous as  the  Lamanites,     But  they 
fought   for  their   lives,   and   for 
their  wives,  and  for  their  chil- 
dren;    therefore     they    exerted 
themselves  and  like  dragons  did 
they  fight. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  found  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites  among  the  number  of 
their  dead;  yet  he  was  not  dead, 
having   been   wounded   and   left 
upon  the  ground,  so  speedy  was 
the  flight  of  his  people. 

13.  And    they    took   Mm   and 
bound  up  Ms  wounds,  and  brought 
him  before  Limhi,  and  said:    Be- 
hold, here  is  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites;   he  having   received   a 
wound   has   fallen   among  their 
dead,  and  they  have  left  him;  and 
behold,  we  have  brought  him  be- 
fore you;   and  now  let  us  slay 
him. 

14.  But  Limhi  said  unto  them: 
Ye  shall  not  slay  him,  but  bring 
Mm  hither  that  I  may  see  him. 
And    they    brought    him.     And 
Limhi  said  unto  him:  What  cause 
have  ye  to  come  up  to  war  against 
my  people?     Behold,  my  people 
have  "not  broken  the  oath  that  I 
made  unto  you;   therefore,  why 
should  ye  break  the  oath  which 
ye  made  unto  my  people? 

15.  And  now  the  king  said:     I 
have  broken  the  oath  because  thy 
people  did  acarry  away  the  daugh- 
ters of  my  people;  therefore,  in 
my  anger  I  did  cause  my  people 


to  come  up  to  war  against  thy 
people. 

16.  And  now  Limhi  had  heard 
nothing  concerning  this  matter; 
therefore  he  said:     I  will  search 
among  my  people  and  whosoever 
has  done  this  thing  shall  perish. 
Therefore  he  caused  a  search  to 
be  made  among  his  people. 

17.  Now    when    Gideon    had 
heard  these  things,  lie  being  the 
king's  captain,  he  went  forth  and 
said  unto  the  king:     I  pray  thee 
forbear,  and  do  not  search  this 
people,  and  lay  not  this  thing  to 
their  charge. 

18.  For  do  ye  not  remember 
the  *  priests  of  thy  father,  whom 
this   people  sought  to   destroy? 
And  are  they  not  in  the  wilder- 
ness?   And  are  not  they  the  ones 
who  have  'stolen  the  daughters 
of  the  Lamanites? 

19.  And  now,  behold,  and  tel! 
the  king  of  these  things,  that  he 
may  tell  his  people  that  they  may 
be  pacified  towards  us;  for  behold 
they    are    already   preparing   to 
come  against  us;  and  behold  also 
there  are  but  few  of  us. 

20.  And  behold,  they  come  with 
their  numerous  hosts;  and  except 
the  king  doth  pacify  them  towards 
us  we  must  perish. 

21.  For  are  not  the  words  of 
Abinadi  fulfilled,  which  he  proph- 
esied against  us — and  all  this  be- 
cause we  would  not  hearken  unto 
the  words  of  the  Lord,  and  turn 
from  our  iniquities? 

22.  And  now  let  us  pacify  the 
king,  and  we  fulfil  the  'oath  which 
we  have  made  unto  Mm ;  for  it  is 
better  that  we  should  be  in  bond- 
age than  that  we  should  lose  our 
lives;  therefore,  let  us  put  a  stop 
to  the  shedding  of  so  much  blood. 

23.  And  now  Limhi  told  the 
king  all  the  things  concerning  his 


g,  Mos.  19:25,  26. 
2,  Mos.  19:26, 


It,  vers.  1—6.    *,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     /,  yer.  5.     fc,  Mos.  12 :1— 8. 
BETWEEN  B.  O.  145  AOT>  123. 


174 


MOSIAH,   21. 


father,  and  tlie  ropriests  tliat  had 
fled  into  the  wilderness,  and  at- 
tributed the  carrying  away  of 
their  "daughters  to  them. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  was  pacified  towards  his 
people;  and  he  said  unto  them: 
Let  us  go  forth  to  meet  my  peo- 
ple, without  arms;  and  I  swear 
unto  you  with  an  oath  that  my 
people  shall  not  slay  thy  people. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
.they  followed  the  king,  and  went 

forth,  without  arms  to  meet  the 
Lamanites.  And  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  did  meet  the  Laman- 
ites; and  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites did  bow  himself  down  be- 
fore them,  and  did  plead  in  behalf 
of  the  people  of  Limhi. 

26.  And  when  the  Lamanites 
saw  the  people  of  Limhi,  that  they 
were  without  arms,  they  had  com- 
passion on  them  and  were  pacified 
towards  them,  and  returned  with 
their  king  in  peace  to  their  own 
land. 

CHAPTER  21. 

Abinadi's  prophecy  further  fulfilled 
— Nephites  in  bondage  suffer  great  af- 
fliction— The  Lord  softens  the  hearts 
of  their  enemies — More  concerning  the 
twenty-four  plates. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Limhi  and  his  people  returned  to 
the  city  of  Nephi,  and  began  to 
dwell  in  the  land  again  in  peace. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  many  days  the  Lamanites 
began  again  to  be  stirred  up  in 
anger  against  the  Nephites,  and 
they  began  to  come  into  the  bor- 
ders of  the  land  round  about. 

3.  Now    they   durst   not    slay 
them,  because  of  the  °oath  which 
their  king  had  made  unto  Limhi ; 
but  they  would  smite  them  on 
Hheir  cheeks,   and  exercise  au-i 


thority  over  them;  and  began  to 
put  cheavy  burdens  upon  their 
backs,  and  Mrive  them  as  they 
would  a  dumb  ass — 

4.  Yea,  all  this  was  done  that 
the  word  of  the  Lord  might  be 
'fulfilled. 

5.  And  now  the  afflictions  of 
the    Nephites    were    great,    and 
there  was  no  way  that  they  could 
deliver  themselves   out  of  their 
hands,    for    the    Lamanites    had 
'surrounded  them  on  every  side. 

6.  And  it  came  to   pass  that 
the  people  began  to  murmur  with 
the  king  because  of  their  afflic- 
tions; and  they  began  to  be  de- 
sirous to  go  against  them  to  bat- 
tle.   And  they  did  afflict  the  king 
sorely    with    their    complaints; 
therefore  he  granted  unto  them 
that  they  should  do  according  to 
their  desires. 

7.  And    they*  gathered    them- 
selves together  again,  and  put  on 
their    armor,    and    went    forth 
against  the  Lamanites  to   drive 
them  out  of  their  land. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites    did   beat   them,   and 
drove  them  back,  and  slew  many 
of  them. 

9.  And  now  there  was  a  great 
mourning  and  lamentation  among 
the  people  of  Limhi,  the  widow 
mourning  for  her  husband,  the 
son  and  the  daughter  mourning 
for  their  father,  and  the  brothers 
for  their  brethren. 

10.  Now  there  were  a  great 
many  widows  in  the  land,  and 
they  did  cry  mightily  from  day  to 
day,  for  a  great  fear  of  the  La- 
manites had  come  upon  them. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
their  continual  cries  did  stir  up 
the  remainder  of  the  people  of 
Limhi  to  anger  against  the  La- 


m,  see  f,  Mos.  11.    n,  ver.  5.         CHAP.  21:    a,  Mos.  19:25.     6,  Mos.  12:2.     c,  ver. 
13.    Mos.  12:5.    df  ver,  13.     Mos.  12  ;5.    ef  Mos.  12:2 — 7.    20:21.    /,  see  W,  Mos.  19. 

BXXWXBN  B.  C.    145  AND  123. 


MOSIAH,   21. 


175 


manites;  and  they  went  again  to 
battle,  but  they  were  driven  back 
again,  suffering  much  loss. 

12.  Yea,  they  went  again  even 
the  third  time,  and  suffered  in 
the  like  manner;  and  those  that 
were  not  slain  returned  again  to 
the  city  of  Nephi. 

13.  And  they  did  humble  them- 
selves even  to  the  dust,  subject- 
ing themselves  to  the  ffyoke  of 
bondage,   submitting   themselves 


kept  together  in  a  body  as  much 
as  it  was  possible,  and  secured 
their  grain  and  their  flocks; 

19.  And  the  king  himself  did 
not  trust  his  person  without  the 
walls  of  the  city,  unless  he  *took 
his  guards  with  him,  fearing  that 
he  might  by  some  means  fall  into 
the  hands  of  the  Lamanites. 

20.  And    he 
people    should 

round  about,  that  "by  some  means 


caused    that    his 
watch    the    land 


to  be  smitten,  and  to  be  driven  j  they   might  take   those    priests 
to   and   fro,    and    burdened,    ac-  j  that  fled  into  the  wilderness,  who 


cording  to  the  desires  of  their 
enemies. 

14.  And  they  did  humble  them- 
selves even  in  the  depths  of  hu- 
mility; and  they  did  cry  mightily 


to  God;  yea,  even  all  the  day  long  take  them  that  they  might  "punish 


did  they  cry  unto  their  God  that 
he  would  deliver  them  out  of 
their  afflictions. 

15.  And    now    the    Lord    was 
''slow  to  hear  their  cry  because 
of  their  iniquities;   nevertheless 
the  Lord  did  hear  their  cries,  and 
began  to  soften  the  hearts  of  the 
Lamanites*  that  they  began  to  ease 
their  burdens;  yet  the  Lord  did 
not  see  fit  to  deliver  them  out  of 
bondage. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  began  to  prosper  by  degrees 
in  the  land,  and  began  to  raise 
grain  more  abundantly,  and  flocks, 
and  herds,  that  they  did  not  suffer 
with  hunger. 

17.  Now    there    was    a    great 
number  of  women,   imore  than 
there  was  of  men;  therefore  king 
Limhi    commanded    that    ^every 
man  should  Impart  to  the  sup- 
port of  the  widows  and  their  chil- 
dren, that  they  might  not  perish 
with  hunger;   and  this  they  did 
because  of  the  greatness  of  their 
number  that  had  been  slain. 

18.  Now  the  people  of  Limhi 


had  stolen  the  "'daughters  of  the 
Lamanites,  and  that  had  caused 
such  a  great  destruction  to  come 
upon  them. 

21.  For  they  were  desirous  to 


them;  for  they  had  come  into  the 
land  of  Nephi  by  night,  and  car- 
ried off  their  grain  and  many  of 
their  precious  things;  therefore 
they  laid  wait  for  them, 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  no   more  disturbance 
between  the  Lamanites  and  the 
people  of  Limhi,  *even  until  the 
"time  that  Aram  on  an?  his  breth- 
ren came  into  the  land. 

23.  And  the  king  having  been 
without  the  gates  of  the  city  with 
his  guard,  discovered  Ammon  and 
his  brethren;  and  supposing  them 
to  be  priests  of  Noah  therefore  he 
caused  that  they  should  be  taken, 
and  bound,  and  cast  into  prison. 
And  had  they  been  the  priests  cf 
Noah  he  would  have  caused  that 
they  should  be  put  to  death. 

24.  But  when  he  found  that 
they  were  not,  but  that  they  were 
his  brethren,  and  had  come  pfrom 
the  land  of  Zarahemla,  he  was 
filled  with  «exceeding  great  joy. 

25.  Now  king  Limhi  had  sent, 
previous  to  the  coming  of  Ammon, 
a  rsmall  number  of  men  to  search 


g,  Mos.  12:2 — S.  A,  Mos.  11:24,  25.  i,  rers.  10,  11.  j,  see  j,  Jac.  2.  fc,  Mos- 
7 :7,  10.  I,  see  /,  Mos.  II.  m,  Mos.  20 :5.  nf  yer.  23.  Mos,  T  :T — 11.  ft,  Mos.  7 :6 — 13. 
p,  Om.  13.  #,  Mos.  7  ;14,  rf  Mos.  8  ;7.  *  ABOUT  B»  C.  122, 


176 


MOSIAH,   22. 


for  the  land  of  Zarahemla;  but 
they  could  not  find  it,  and  they 
were  lost  in  the  wilderness. 

26.  Nevertheless,  they  did  find 
a  land  which  had  been  peopled; 
yea,  a  land  which  was  'covered 
with  dry  bones;  yeay  a  land  which 
had  been  peopled  and  which  had 
been  destroyed;  and  they,  having 
"supposed  it -to  be  the  land  of 
Zarahemla,  returned  to  the  land 
of  Nephi,  having  arrived  in  the 
borders  of  the  land  not  many  days 
before  the  ^coming  of  Ammon. 

27.  And  they  brought  a  wrec- 
ord  with  them,  even  a  record  of 
the  people  whose  bones  they  had 
found;  and  it  was  engraven  on 
plates  of  ore. 

28.  And  now  Limhi  was  again 
filled  with  joy  on  learning  from 
the  mouth  of  Ammon  that  king 
Mosiah   had    a   'gift   from    God, 
whereby  he  could  interpret  such 
engravings;  yea,  and  Ammon  also 
did  rejoice. 

29.  Yet  Aifetnon  and  his  breth- 
ren were  filled  with  sorrow  be- 
cause so  many  of  their  brethren 
had  been  slain; 

30.  And  also  that  king  Noah 
and  yhis  priests  had  caused  the 
people  to  commit  so  many  sins 
and  iniquities  against  God;  and 
they  also  did  mourn  for  the  *death 
of  Abinadi;  and  also  for  the  ^de- 
parture of  Alma  and  the  people 
that  went  with  him,   who   had 
formed  a  church  of  God  through, 
the  strength  and  power  of  God, 
and  faith  on  the  words  which 
had  "been  spoken  by  Abinadi. 

31.  Yea,  they  did  mourn  for 
their  departure,  for  they  knew 
not  whither  they  had  fled.    Now 
they  would   have  gladly  joined 
with  them,  for  they  themselves 
had  entered  into  a  covenant  with 


God  to  serve  him  and  keep  his 
commandments. 

32.  And  now  since  the  coming 
of  Ammon,  king  Limhi  had  also 
entered  into  a  covenant  with  God, 
and  also  many  of  his  people,  to 
serve  Mm  and  keep  his  command- 
ments. 

33.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Limhi  and  many  of  his^  peo- 
ple were  desirous  to  be  baptized; 
but  there  was  none  in  the  land 
that  had  2&authority  from  God. 
And  Ammon  declined  doing  this 
thing,    considering    himself    an 
unworthy  servant. 

34.  Therefore  they  did  not  at 
that  time  form  themselves  into 
a    church,    2cwaiting    upon    the 
Spirit   of  the  Lord.     Now  they 
were  desirous  to  become  even  as 
Alma  and  his  brethren,  who  had 
fled  into  the  wilderness. 

35.  They  were  desirous  to  be 
2dbaptized  as  a  witness  and  a  tes- 
timony that  they  were  willing  to 
serve  God  with  all  their  hearts; 
nevertheless  they  did  prolong  the 
time;    and  an  account  of  their 
baptism   shall    be    28given   here- 
after. 

36.  And  now  all  the  study  of 
Ammon   and    2/Bhis   people,    and 
king  Limhi  and  his  people,  was 
to  deliver  themselves  out  of  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites  and  from 
^bondage. 

CHAPTER  22. 

Plan  to  Mow  off  Lavnanite  yoke — 
G-ideon's  proposal-— Lamanites  made 
drunk — The  captive  people  escape  and 
return  to  Zarahemla — End  of  Zenijfs 
record. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Ammon  and  king  Limhi 
began  to  consult  with  the  people 
how  they  should  deliver  them- 
selves out  of  bondage;  and  even 


s  3&os.  8;8.  f,  Mos.  8:7—11.  «,  Mos.  8:7,  8.  vf  Mas.  7:6—11.  w,  see  kf  Mos.  8. 
*,  ^e  »,  Mos  8.  y,  see  /,  Mos.  11.  n,  Mos.  17:12—20.  2a,  Mos.  18:34,  35  26  Mos. 
18  -13,  il.  3  Ne.  11:25.  Ex.  28:1.  Heb.  5:4.  2c,  ver.  35.  2&  see  «,  2  Ne.  9,  2ef 
Mos;  25:17,  18.  2/,  Mos.  7:2,  3,  2gt  Mas.  21:13.  ABOUT  B.  0,  122. 


MOSIAH,   22. 


177 


they  did  cause  that  all  the  peo-  ] 
pie  should  gather  themselves  to-  i 
gether;    and  this  they  did  that ' 
they  might  have  the  voice  of  the 
people  concerning  the  matter. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
could  find  no  way  to  deliver  them-  1 
selves  out  of  bondage,  except  it  | 
were  to  take  their  women  and  ' 
children,    and   their    flocks,   and 
their  herds,  and  their  tents,  and 
depart  into  the  wilderness;    for 
theLamanites  beis'g  so  numerous, 
it  was  impossible  for  the  people 
of  Limhi  to  contend  with  them, 
thinking    to    deliver    themselves 
out  of  bondage  by  the  sword. 

3.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
°Gideon  went  forth  and  stood  be- 
fore the  king,  and  said  unto  Mm: 
Now  O  king,  thou  hast  hitherto 
hearkened  unto  my  words  many 
times  when  we  have  been  con- 
tending with  our  brethren,  the 
Lamanites. 

4.  And  now   O  king,  if  thou 
hast  not  found  me  to  be  an  un- 
profitable servant,  or  if  thou  hast 
hitherto  listened  to  my  words  in 
any  -degree,  and  they  have  been 
of  ^service  to  thee,  even  so  I  de- 
sire that  thou  wouldst  listen  to 
my  words  at  this  time,  and  I  will 
be  thy  servant  and  deliver  this 
people  out  of  bondage. 

5.  And  the  king  granted  unto 
him  that  he  might  speak.     And 
Gideon  said  unto  him: 

6.  Behold     the     cback     pass, 
through  the  back  wall,  on  the 
back  side  of  the  city.     The  La- 
manites,   or   the   guards   of   the 
Lamanites,  by  night  are  drunken; 
therefore  let  us  send  a  proclama- 
tion among  all  this  people  that 
they  gather  together  their  flocks 
and  herds,  that  they  may  drive 
them  into  the  wilderness  by  night. 


7.  And  I  will  go  according  to 
thy  command  ancl  pay  ^the  last 
tribute  of  wine  to  the  Lamanites, 
and  they  will  be  €dninken;  and 
we  will  pass  through  the  f secret 
pass  on  the  left  of  the  camp  when 
they  are  drunken  and  asleep. 

8.  Thus   we  will  depart  with 
our  women  and  our  children,  our 
flocks,   and   our  herds   into  the 
wilderness;    and  we  will  travel 
^around  the  land  of  Shiiom. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
king  hearkened  unto  the  words 
of  Gideon. 

10.  And  king  Limhi  caused  that 
Ms   people   should   gather  their 
flocks  together;  and  he  sent  the 
^tribute  of  wine  to  the  Laman- 
ites; and  he  also  sent  more  wine, 
as  a  present  unto  them;  and  they 
did    drink    *freely   of   the   wine 
which  king  Limhi  did  send  unto 
them. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  king  Limhi  did  de- 
part by  night  into  the  wilderness 
with  their  flocks  and  their  herds, 
and  they  went  Around  about  the 
land  of  Shiiom  in  the  wilderness, 
and  bent  their  course  towards  the 
land  of  Zarahemla,  being  led  by 
Ammon  and  lhis  brethren. 

12.  And  they  had  taken  all  their 
gold,  and  silver,  and  their  precious 
things,  which  they  could  carry, 
and   also    their  provisions   with 
them,  into  the  wilderness;    and 
they  pursued  their  journey. 

13.  And  after  being  many  days 
in  the  wilderness  they  arrived  in 
the  mland  of  Zarahemla,  and  joined 
Mosiah's  people,  and  became  his 
subjects. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  received  them  with  joy; 
and  he  also  received  their  nree- 
ords,  and  also  the  "records  which 


a,  Mos.  20:17,  Al.  1:8,  9.  6,  Mos.  20:17—22.  c,  ver.  7.  <f,  Mos.  19:26.  et  vers. 
6 — 10.  /,  ver.  8.  fff  ver.  11.  See  /,  MOS.  7.  ft,  ver.  7.  i,  vers.  6,  7,  j3  ver.  8.  See 
/,  Mos.  7.  fc,  Om.  13.  I,  Mos.  7:2,  3.  m,  Om.  13.  »,  Eecord  of  Zeniff,  Mos.  9.  o,  see 
^  Mos  8  ABOUT  B.  C.  122. 


/, 

Jc 


178 


MOSIAH,  23. 


had  been  found  by  tlie  people  of 
Limhi. 

15.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
when  the  Lamanites  had  found 
that  the  people  of  Limhi  had  de- 
parted out  of  the  land  by  night, 
that  they  sent  an  ^army  into  the 
wilderness  to  pursue  them; 

16.  And  after  they  had  pur- 
sued them  two  days,  they  could 
no    longer   follow    their   tracks; 
therefore  they  were  9lost  in  the 
wilderness. 


An  account  of  Alma  and  the  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord,  who  were  driven 
into  the  wilderness  by  the  people  of 
king  Noah. 

Comprising  chapters  23  and  24. 

CHAPTER  23. 

Alma  refuses  to  be  king — Land  of 
Helam  captured  by  Lamanites — Amu- 
lanf  leader  of  Icing  Noah's  wicked 
priests,  rules  subject  to  the  Lamanite 
monarch. 

1.  Now    Alma,    having    been 
^warned   of   the   Lord   that   the 
^armies  of  king  Noah  would  come 
upon  them,  and  having  made  it 
known  to  his  people,   therefore 
they    gathered     together    their 
flocks,  and  took  of  their  grain, 
and  departed  into  the  wilderness 
before  the  armies  of  king  Noah. 

2.  And  the  Lord  did  strengthen 
them,    that  the   people   of   king 
Noah  could  not  overtake  them  to 
destroy  them. 

3.  And   they   fled   eight   days' 
journey  into  the  wilderness. 

4.  And  they  came  to  a  land, 
yea,  even  a  very  beautiful  and 
pleasant   land,    a    land    of   pure 
water. 

5.  And  they  pitched  their  tents, 
and  began  to  till  the  ground,  and 
began   to   build   buildings;    yea, 


they  were  industrious,   and   did 
labor  exceedingly. 

6.  And  the  people  were  desir- 
ous that  Alma   should   be   their 
king,  for  he  was  beloved  by  his 
people. 

7.  But  he  said  unto  them:    Be- 
hold, it  is  not  expedient  tnat  we 
should  have  a  king;  for  thus  saith 
the  Lord:     Ye  shall  dnot  esteem 
one  flesh  above  another,  or  one 
man    shall    not    think    himself 
above  another;    therefore   I  say 
unto  you  it  is  not  expedient  that 
ye  should  have  a  king. 

8.  Nevertheless;  if  it  were  pos- 
sible that  ye  could  always  have 
just   men    to    be   your   kings    it 
would  be  well  for  you  to  have  a 
king. 

9.  But  remember  the  "iniquity 
of  king  Noah  and  his  priests ;  and 
I  myself  was  ^caught  in  a  snare, 
and  did  many  things  which  were 
abominable  in  the  sight  of  the 
Lord,  which  caused  me  ^sore  re- 
pentance ; 

10.  Nevertheless,    after    much 
tribulation,  the  Lord  did  hear  my 
cries,  and  did  answer  my  prayers, 
and  has  made  me  an  instrument 
in  his  hands  in  bringing  Rso  many 
of  you  to   a  knowledge   of  his 
truth. 

11.  Nevertheless,  in  this  I  do 
not  glory,  for  I  am  unworthy  to 
glory  of  myself. 

12.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
ye  have  been  oppressed  by  king 
Noah,  and  have  been  in  Bondage 
to  him  and  his  priests,  and  have 
been    brought   into    iniquity    by 
them;   therefore  ye  were  bound 
with  the  bands  of  iniquity. 

13.  And  now  as  ye  have  been 
delivered  by  the  power  of  God  out 
of  these  bonds;  yea,  even  out  of 
the  Jhands  of  king  Noah  and  his 


V,  Mos.  23:30 — 39.     &  Mos.  23:30,  36,  3T.  CHAP.  23:    a,  Mos.  18:34,  35.     &, 

Mos.   18:33,   34.     19:1.     <2,  vers.  8—15.     Mos.  18:21—29.     27:3—5.     See  jf  Jac.  2. 

e,  Mos.  11:1 — 15.    /,  Mos.  17:1 — 4.    24:8 — 12.  gt  Mos.  18:1.     h,  Mos.  18  :35.    i,  Mos. 

11 :2 — 15.    jf  vers.  1 — 3.    Mos.  18 :34r  35.     >  BETWEEN  B.  C.  145  AND  123. 


MOSIAH,   23. 


people,  and  also  from  the  bonds 
of  iniquity,  even  so  I  desire  that 
ye  should  stand  fast  in  this  lib- 
erty wherewith  ye  have  been 
made  free,  and  that  ye  trust  ano 
man  to  be  a  king  over  you. 

14.  And  also  trust  Jno  one  to 
be  your  teacher  nor  your  min- 
ister, except  he  be  a  man  of  God, 
walking  in  his  ways  and  keeping 
his  c@mmandments. 

15.  Thus  did  Alma  teach  his 
people,    that   every   man   should 
love    his   neighbor    mas  himself, 
that  there  should  be  no  conten- 
tion among  them. 

16.  And  now,  Alma  was  their 
"high  priest,  he  being  the  founder 
of  their  church. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
none  received  authority  to  preach 
or  to  teach  except  it  were  by  him 
from  God.     Therefore  he  conse- 
crated  all   their  priests  and  all 
their   teachers;    and  none   were 
consecrated  except  they  were  just 
men. 

18.  Therefore  they  did  watch. 
over  their  people,  and  did  nourish 
them  with  things  pertaining  to 
righteousness. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  began  to  prosper  exceedingly 
in  the  land;  and  they  called  the 
land  °Helam. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  multiply  and  prosper  ex- 
ceedingly in  the  land  of  Helam; 
and  they  built  a  city,  which  they 
called  the  city  of  Helam. 

21.  Nevertheless  the  Lord  seeth 
fit  to  chasten  his  people;  yea,  he 
trieth.   their   patience   and   their 
faith. 

2  2 .  Nevertheless  —  whosoever 
putteth.  his  trust  in  aim  the  same 
shall  be  lifted  up  at  the  last  day. 


Yea,  and  thus  it  was  with  this 
people, 

23.  For   behold,    I   will   show 
t  unto  you  that  they  were  brought 

into  bondage,  and  none  could  de- 
liver them  but  the  Lord  their 
God,  yea,  even  the  God  of  Abra- 
ham and  Isaac  and  of  Jacob. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  did  deliver  them,  and  fie  did 
show  forth  his  mighty  power  unto 
them,  and  great  were  their  re- 
joicings. 

25.  For  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  while  they  were  in  the  land 
of   Helam,   yea,   in   the   city   of 
«Helam,   while   tilling   the   land 
round  about,  behold,  an  army  of 
the  Lamanites  was  in  the  borders 
of  the  land. 

26.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  brethren  of  Alma  fled  from 
their  fields,  and  gathered  them- 
selves together  in  the  city  of  He- 
lam; and  they  were  much  fright- 
ened because  of  the  appearance 
of  the  Lamanites. 

27.  But  Alma  went  forth  and 
stood  among  them,  and  exhorted 
them    that  they   should   not   be 
frightened,  but  that  they  should 
remember  the  Lord  their  God  and 
he  would  deliver  them. 

28.  Therefore  they  hushed  their 
fears,  and  began  to  cry  unto  the 
Lord  that  he  would  soften  the 
hearts    of    the    Lamanites,    that 
they  would  spare  them,  and  their 
wives,  and  their  children. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  did  soften  the  hearts  of  the 
Lamanites.     And  Alma  and  his 
brethren  went  forth  and  delivered 
themselves  up  into  their  hands; 
and  the  Lamanites  took  posses- 
sion of  the  land  of  Helam. 

30.  Now    the    armies    of    the 
Lamanites,   which  had  followed 


fc,  vers.  6 — 0.  Mos.  29:3 — 36.  Z,  Mos.  18:18 — 29.  «i,  Mos.  18:21.  3  Ne.  14:12. 
»,  Mos.  18:18,  See  ef  Mos.  6.  of  yens.  20,  25,  26,  29,  35,  38,  30.  27:16.  AL  24:1. 
p,  1  Ne.  13:37.  16:2.  AL  26:7.  36:28.  38:5.  3  Ne.  15:1.  27:14,15,22.  Mom, 
2 :19.  Ettx.  4 :19.  John  12 :32.  qf  see  o.  r,  see  o.  BETWEEN  B.  C,  145  AND  123. 


180 


MOSIAH,   24. 


after  the  people  of  king  Limhi, 
had  been  *lost  in  the  wilderness 
for  many  days. 

31.  And  behold,  they  had  found 
those  'priests  of  king  Noah,  in  a 
place  which  they  called  "Amulon; 
and  they  had  begun  to  possess  the 
land  of  Amulon  and  had  begun  to 
till  the  ground. 

8  2.  Now  the  name  of  the  leader 
of  those  priests  was  Amulon. 

33.  And  it  came  J;o  pass  that 
Amulon  did  plead  with  the  Laman- 
ites;  and  he  also  sent  forth  their 
wives,  who  were  the  "daughters 
of  the  Lamanites,  to  plead  with 
their  brethren,  that  they  should 
not  destroy  their  husbands. 

34.  And    the    Lamanites    had 
compassion  on  Amulon  and  his 
brethren,    and    did   not    destroy 
them,  because  of  w  their  wives. 

35.  And  Amulon  and  his  breth- 
ren did  join  the  Lamanites,  and 
they  were  traveling  in  the  wilder- 
ness in  search  of  the  land  of  Nephi 
when  they  discovered  the  land  of 
*HeIam,  which  was  possessed  by 
Alma  and  his  brethren. 

36.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites  promised   unto  Alma 
and   his   brethren,   that  if   they 
would  show  them  the  way  which 
led  to  the  yland  of  Nephi  that  they 
would  grant  unto  them  their  lives 
and  their  liberty. 

37.  But  after  Alma  had  shown ! 
them  the  way  that  led  to  the  land 
of  Nephi  the  Lamanites  would  not 
keep  their  promise;  but  they  set 
^guards  round  about  the  land  of  j 
Helam,  over  Alma  and  Ms  breth-  j 
ren.  i 

38.  And  the  remainder  of  them  ! 
went  to  the  land  of  Nephi;  and  a  ] 
part  of  them  returned  to  the  land  j 
of  Helam,  and  also  brought  with 


them  the  wives  and  the  children 
of  the  guards  who  had  been  left 
in  the  land. 

3  9 .  And  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites had  granted  unto  -aAmulon 
that  he  should  be  a  king  and  a 
ruler  over  his  people,  who  were  in 
the  land  of  Helam;  nevertheless 
he  should  have  no  power  to  do 
anything  contrary  to  the  will  of 
the  king"  of  the  Lamanites. 

CHAPTER   24, 

Amulon  persecutes  Alma  and  his 
followers — The  Lord  makes  their  bur- 
dens light  and  delivers  them  from 
bondage — They  return  to  Zarahemla. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amulon  did  gain  favor  in  the  eyes 
of  the  king   of  the   Lamanites; 
therefore,  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites  granted  unto  him    and   his 
brethren  that  they  should  be  ap- 
pointed ateachers  over  his  people, 
yea,  even  over  the  people  who 
were  in  the  land  of  6Shemlon,  and 
in  the  land  of  cShilom,  and  in  the 
land  of  ^Amulon. 

2.  For  the  Lamanites  had  taken 
possession    of    all    these    lands; 
therefore,  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites had  appointed  kings  over  all 
these  lands. 

3.  And  now  the  name  of  the  king 
of   the  Lamanites  was    eLaman, 
being  called  after  the  name  of  his 
father;    and    therefore    he    was 
called  king  Laman.    And  he  was 
king  over  a  numerous  people. 

4.  And  he  appointed  teachers 
of  the   brethren  -of  Amulon.   in 
every  land  which  was  possessed 
by  his  people;  and  thus  the  lan- 
guage   of    Nephi    began    to    be 
taught  among  all  the  people  of 
the  Lamanites. 

5.  And    they    were    a    people 
friendly  one  with  another;  never- 


s,  Mos.  22:16.     t,  see  /,  MOB.  11.     u,  Yers.  S2,  35,  39.     Mos.  24:1,  4,  5,   8 — 11. 
25:12.     AL   21:2—4.     23:14.     24:1,   28— 30.     25:4—12.      43:13,   14.      v,  Mos.  20:6, 
6,  18.     to,  ver.  33.    ar,  see  o.     y,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.     »t  ver.  38.     2a^  see  u. 
CHAP.   24:    a,  vers.  4 — 6.     5,  see  d,  &Cos,   10.     c,  see  /,  Mos.  T.     d,  see  u,  Mos.  23. 
,e,  Mos.  9:10,  11.     10  :G.     /„  ver.  1.  BKTWBEJT  B.  C.  145  AND  123. 


MOSIAH,   24. 


181 


theiess  they  knew  not  God; 
neither  did  the  ^brethren  of  Amu- 
Ion  teach  them  anything  concern- 
ing the  Lord  their  God,  neither 
the  law  of  Moses;  nor  did  they 
teach  them  the  words  of  Abinadi ; 

6.  But  they  taught  them  that 
they  should   keep   their   record, 
and  that  they  might  write  one  to 
another. 

7.  And  thus  the  Lamanites  be- 
gan  to   increase  in   riches,   and 
began  to  trade  one  with  another 
and  wax  great,  and  began  to  be  a 
cunning  and  a  wise  people,  as  to 
the  wisdom  of  the  world,  yea,  a 
very  cunning  people,  delighting 
in  all  manner  of  wickedness  and 
plunder,   except  it  were  among 
their  own  brethren. 

8.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
^Amulon  began  to  exercise  author- 
ity over  Alma  and  his  brethren, 
and  began  to  persecute  him,  and 
cause   that  his   children   should 
persecute  their  children. 

9.  For    Amulon    knew   Alma, 
that  he  had  been  *one  of  the  king's 
priests,  and  that  it  was  he  that 
helieved  the  words  of  Abinadi  and 
was  driven  out  before  the  king, 
and  therefore  he  was  wroth  with 
him ;  for  he  was  -subject  to  king 
Laman,  yet  he  exercised  authority 
over  them,  and  put  tasks  upon 
them,  and  put  task-masters  over 
them. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  so 
great  were  their  afflictions  that 
they  began  to  cry  mightily  to  God. 

11.  And  Amulon   commanded 
them  that  they  should  stop  their 
cries;    and  he  put  guards   over 
them  to  watch  them,  that  whoso- 
ever should  be  found  calling  upon 
God  should  be  put  to  death. 

12.  And  Alma  and  Ms  people 
did  not  raise  their  voices  to  the 
Lord  their  God,  but  did  pour  out 


their  hearts  to  him;  and  he  did 
know  the  thoughts  of  their  hearts, 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  voice  of  the  Lord  came  to 
them  in  their  afflictions,  saying: 
Lift  up  your  heads  and  be  of  good 
comfort,  for  I  know  of  the  cove- 
nant which  ye  have  made  unto 
me;  and  I  will  covenant  with  my 
people  and  deliver  them  out  of 
bondage. 

14.  And  I  will  also  "ease  the 
burdens  which  are  put  upon  your 
shoulders,  that  even  you  cannot 
feel  them  upon  your  "backs,  even 
while  you  are  In  "bondage;   and 
this  will  I  do  that  ye  may  stand 
as   witnesses   for  me  hereafter, 
and  that  ye  may  know  of  a  surety 
that  I,  the  Lord  God,  do  visit  my 
people  in  their  afflictions. 

15.  And  now  It  came  to  pass 
that  the  burdens  which  were  laid 
upon  Alma  and  his  brethren  were 
made  nllght;   yea,  the  Lord  did 
strengthen  them  that  they  could 
bear  up  their  burdens  with  ease, 
and  they  did  submit  cheerfully 
and  with  patience  to  all  the  will 
of  the  Lord. 

16.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  so 
great  was  their  faith  and  their 
patience  that  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
came  unto  them  again,  saying: 
Be  of  good  comfort,  for  on  the 
morrow  I  will  deliver  you  out  of 
bondage. 

17.  And  he  said  unto  Alma: 
Thou  shalt  go  before  this  people, 
and  I  will  go  with  thee  and  de- 
liver this  people  out  of  "bondage. 

18.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  his  people  in  the  night- 
time   gathered    their   flocks    to- 
gether, and  also  of  their  grain; 
yea,  even  all  the  night-time  were 
they  gathering  their   flocks   to- 
gether. 

19.  And   in   the   morning  the 


*,  see 
vers. 


ee  /,  Mos.  11.    Tc,  Mos.  23  :32.     I,  Mos.  17:2—4.    m,  rers.  ft,  15.    %  yers,  9,  14. 
.  13,  21.     Mos.  25:10.     27:16.     AI.  5:5,  0.     29:11,  12.     36:2,  29. 

BETWEEN  B.  C.  145  ANI>  123. 


182 


MOSIAH,   25. 


Lord  caused  a  *deep  sleep  to  come 
upon  the  Lamanites,  yea,  and  all 
their  task-masters  were  in  a  pro- 
found sleep. 

20.  And  Alma  and  Ms  people 
departed  into  the  wilderness;  and 
when  they  had  traveled  all  day 
they  pitched  their  tents  in  a  val- 
ley, and  they   called  the  valley 
Alma;  because  he  led  their  way  in 
the  wilderness. 

21.  Yea,  and  in  the  valley  of 
Alma    they    poured     out    their 
thanks  to  God  because  he  had 
been    merciful    unto    them,    and 
eased  their  burdens,  and  had  de- 
livered them  out  of  ^bondage;  for 
they  were  in  bondage,  and  none 
could  deliver  them  except  It  were 
the  Lord  their  God. 

22.  And  they  gave  thanks  to 
God,  yea,  all  their  men  and  all 
their  women  and  all  their  chil- 
dren that  could  speak  lifted  their 
voices  in  the  praises  of  their  God. 

23.  And    now   the   Lord    said 
unto  Alma:  Haste  thee  and  get 
thou  and  this  people  out  of  this 
land,    for    the    Lamanites    have 
rawakened  and  do  pursue  thee; 
therefor©  get  thee   out   of  this 
land,  and  I  will  stop  the  Laman- 
ites   in    this    'valley    that    they 
come  no  further  in  pursuit  of  this 
people. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  departed  out  of  the  valley, 
and  took  their  journey  into  the 
wilderness. 

25.  And  after  they  had  been 
in   the  wilderness    'twelve   days 
*they  arrived  in  the  "land  of  Zara- 
hernia;  and  king  Mosiah  did  valso 
receive  them  with  joy. 

CHAPTER  25. 

Zarahemla,  a,  descendant  of  MuleJc — 
The  record  of  Zetiiff  and  the  account 


of  Alma  read  to  the  people — Alma 
authorized  to  establish  the  church  &f 
Christ  throughout  the  land. 

1.  And  now  king  Mosiah  caused 
that  all  the  people  should  be  gath- 
ered together. 

2.  Now  there  were  not  so  many 
of  the  children  of  Nephi,  or  so 
many  of  those  who  were  descend- 
ants of  Nephi,  as  there  were  of 
the  people  of  Zarahemla,  who  was 
a  "descendant  of  Mulek,  and  those 
who  came  with  Mm  into  the  wil- 
derness. 

3.  And  there  were  not  so  many 
of  the  people  of  Nephi  and  of  the 
people  of  Zarahemla  as  there  were 
of  the  Lamanites;  yea,  they  were 
not  half  so  numerous. 

4.  And  now  all  the  people  of 
Nephi  were  assembled  together, 
and  also  all  the  people  of  Zara- 
hemla7  and  *they  were  gathered 
together  in  two  bodies. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  did  read,  and  caused  to  be 
read,  the  crecords  of  Zeniff  to  his 
people;  yea,  he  read  the  records 
of  the  people  of  Zeniff,  from  the 
time  they  dleft  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla until  they  "returned  again. 

6.  And  he  also   read   the  ac- 
count of  Alma  and  his  brethren, 
and  all  their  afflictions,  from  the 
time  they  rleft  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla until   the   time  they  're- 
turned again. 

7.  And  now,  when  Mosiah.  had 
made  an  end  of  reading  the  rec- 
ords, his  people  who  tarried  in 
the  land  were  struck  with  wonder 
and  amazement. 

8.  For  they  knew  not  what  to 
think;  for  when  they  beheld  those 
that  had  been  delivered  ftout  of 
bondage  they  were  filled  with  ex- 
ceeding great  joy. 

9.  And     again,     when     they 


p,  ver.  23.  q,  see  o.  r,  ver.  19.  B,  vers.  20,  21.  t,  Bee  c,  Mos.  23.  «,  Om.  13. 
u.  Mas.  22 :14.  CHAP,  25 :  a.  Om.  14.  6,  ver.  13.  cf  see  the  heading  of  Mos.  9. 
4,  Mos.  9:3,  4.  e,  Mos.  22 : 13.  /,  tfos.  9:3,  4.  #,  Mbs.  24,  25.  fc,  Mos.  22:11— -13. 

*  JLBCHJT  B.  C,  122. 


MOSIAH,  25. 


thought  of  their  brethren  who 
had  been  slain  by  the  Lamanites 
they  were  filled  with,  sorrow,  and 
even  shed  many  tears  of  sorrow. 

10.  And     again,     when     they 
thought  of  the  immediate  good- 
ness of  God,  and  Ms  power  In  De- 
livering Alma  and  his  brethren 
out  of  the  hands  of  the  Lamanites 
and  of  bondage,  they  did  raise 
their  voices  and  give  thanks  to 
God. 

11.  And     again,     when     they 
thought  upon  the  Lamanites,  who 
were  their  brethren,  of  their  sin- 
ful and  polluted  state,  they  were 
filled  with  pain  and  anguish  for 
the  welfare  of  their  souls. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
those  who  Jwere  the  children  of 
Amulon  and  his  brethren,   who 
had  taken  to  wife  the  ^daughters 
of  the  Lamanites,  were  displeased 
with  the  conduct  of  their  fathers, 
and   they   would    no    longer   be 
called  by  the  names  of  their  fa- 
thers, therefore  they  took  upon 
themselves  the  name  of  Nepal, 
that  they  might  be  called  the  chil- 
dren of  Nephi  and  be  numbered 
among    those    who    were    called 
Nephites. 

13.  And  now  'all  the  people  of 
Zarahemla  were  numbered  with 
the  Nephites,  and  this  because  the 
kingdom  had  been  conferred  upon 
none  but  those  who  were  descend- 
ants of  Nephi. 

14.  And  now_  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  Moslah  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  and  "reading  to 
the  people,  he  desired  that  Alma 
should  also  speak  to  the  people. 

15.  And  Alma  did  speak  unto 
them,  when  they  were  assembled 
together  in  large  bodies,  and  he 
went  from  one  body  to  another, 
preaching  unto  the  people  repent- 
ance and  faith  on  the  Lord. 


1 6.  And  he  did  exhort  the  peo- 
ple of  Limhi  and  his  brethren,  all 
those   that   had   been   "delivered 
out  of  bondage,  that  they  should 
remember  that  it  was  the  Lord 
that  did  deliver  them. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Alma  had  taught  the  people 
many  things,  and  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  to  them,  that  king 
Limhi  was  desirous  that  ae  might 
be  baptized;   and  all  his  people 
were  desirous  that  they  might  be 
baptized  also. 

18.  Therefore,    Alma    did    go 
forth  into  the  water  and  did  bap- 
tize them;   yea,  he  did  °baptize> 
them  after  the  manner  he  did  his 
^brethren  in  the  waters  of  Mor- 
mon; yea,  and  as  many  as  he  did 
baptize  did  belong  to  the  church 
of  God;  and  this  because  of  their 
belief  on  the  words  of  Alma. 

19.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
king  Moslah  granted  unto  Alma 
that  he  might  establish  churches 
throughout  all  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla;  and  gave  him  power  to 
^ordain  priests  and  teachers  over 
every  church. 

20.  Now  this  was  done  because 
there  were  so  many  people  that 
they  could  not  all  be  governed  by 
one  teacher;   neither  could  they 
all  hear  the  word  of  God  in  one 
assembly; 

21.  Therefore  they  did  assem- 
ble themselves  together  in  differ- 
ent bodies,  being  called  churches; 
every  church  having  their  priests 
and    their    teachers,    and    every 
priest  preaching  the  word  accord- 
Ing  as  it  was  delivered  to  him  by 
the  mouth  of  Alma. 

22.  And  thus,  notwithstanding 
there  being  many  churches  they 
were  all  one  church,  yea,  even  the 
church    of   God;    for  there   was 
nothing    preached     in     all    the 


i,  Mos.  24 :16— 25.     /,  Mos.  20 :3— 5, 
5 — 7.     «,  Mos.  22:11 — 13. 
18:8—17.    g,  see  c,  Mos.  ( 


To.  Mos.  20:5.     23:33.     I,  Om.  19.     m,  Yers.. 
24  ;16 — 25.     o,  see  «t,  2  Ne.  9.     Mos.  21 :32 — 35.     p,  Mos. 

ABOUT  B.  C,  122» 


184 


MOSIAH,   26. 


churches  except  it  were  repent- 
ance and  faith  in  God. 

23.  And  now  there  were  seven 
churches   in   the   land   of   Zara- 
hemla.    And  it  came  to  pass  that 
"whosoever  were  desirous  to  take 
upon  them  the  rname  of  Christ,  or 
of  God,  they  did  join  the  churches 
of  God; 

24.  And  they  were  called  the 
people  of  G-od.    And  the  Lord  did 
pour  out  his  Spirit  upon  them, 
and  they  were  blessed,  and  pros- 
pered in  the  land. 

CHAPTER  26. 

Concerning  unbelievers  and  evil- 
doers— The  Lord  instructs  Alma  how 
to  deal  with  them. 

1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  were  many  of  the  rising 
generation  that  could  not  under- 
stand the  flwords  of  king  Benja- 
min, being  little  children  at  the 
time  he  spake  unto  his  people; 
and  they  did  not  believe  the  tradi- 
tion of  their  fathers. 

2.  They  did  not  believe  what 
had  been  said  concerning  the  ''res- 
urrection of  the  dead,  neither  did 
they  believe  concerning  the  com- 
ing of  Christ. 

3.  And  now  because  of  their 
unbelief  they  could  not  under- 
stand the  word  of  God;  and  their 
hearts  were  hardened. 

4.  And  they  would  not  be  Bap- 
tized;  neither  would  they  "join 
the  church.    And  they  were  a  sep- 
arate people  as  to  their  faith,  and 
remained  so  ever  after,  even  in 
their  carnal  and  sinful  state;  for 
they  would  not  call  upon  the  Lord 
their  God. 

5.  And  now  in  the  reign  of 
Mosiah   they   were   not   half   so 
numerous  as  the  people  of  God; 
but   because   of  the   dissensions 


among  the  "brethren  they  became 
more  numerous. 

6.  For  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
did  deceive  many  with  their  flat- 
tering words,   who  were   in  the 
church,  and  did  cause  them   to 
ecommit  many  sins;  therefore  it 
became  expedient  that  those  who 
committed  sin,  that  were  in  the 
church,  should  be  admonished  by 
the  church. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass   that 
they    were    brought    before    the 
priests,  and  delivered  up  unto  the 
^priests  by  the  teachers;  and  the 
priests  brought  them  before  Alma, 
who  was  the  "high  priest. 

8.  Now  king  Mosiah  had  given 
Alma    the    authority    over    the 
church. 

9.  And  it  came  to   pass   that 
Alma  did   not  know  concerning 
them;  but  there  were  many  wit- 
nesses against  them;  yea,  the  peo- 
ple stood  and  testified  of  their  in- 
iquity in  abundance. 

10.  Now   there    had    not    any 
such  thing  happened   before   in 
the  church;  therefore  Alma  was 
troubled   in    his    spirit,    and    he 
caused     that     they     should     be 
brought  before  the  king. 

11.  And  he  said  tint©  the  king: 
Behold,  here  are  many  whom  we 
have  brought  before  thee,  who  are 
accused  of  their  brethren;   yea, 
and    they    have    been    taken    in 
divers  iniquities.     And  they  do 
not    repent    of    their    iniquities; 
therefore  we  have  brought  them 
before    thee,    that    thou    mayest 
judge   them   according   to   their 
crimes. 

12.  But  king  Mosiah  said  unto 
Alma:  Behold,  I  judge  them  not; 
therefore  I  deliver  them  into  thy 
hands  to  be  judged. 


r,  see  ef  Mos.  5.  CHAP.  26 :  a,  Mos.  chaps.  2 — 5.  ft,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.  c,  see  «, 
2  Ne.  0.  tf,  Mos.  18:17.  25:18 — 23.  Al.  4:4,  5.  3  Ne.  26:21.  e,  vers.  7 — 13,  19, 
25—36.  AL  5 :57,  58.  6  :3.  /,  see  ct  Mos.  6.  g,  Mos.  23  :1G.  29  :42.  Al.  4 :4t  18,  20. 
5:3,  44,  49.  6:8.  8:11,  23.  13:1—20.  16:5.  30:21,  22,  23,  29.  43:2.  46:6,  38. 
49:30.  He.  3:25.  PBOBABLY  BETWEEN  B.  C.  120  AND  100. 


MOSIAH,   20. 


1S5 


13.  And  now  the  spirit  of  Alma  i 
was  again  troubled;  and  lie  went  | 
and  inquired  of  the  Lord  what  he  < 
should  do  concerning  this  matter,  ! 
for  he  feared  that  he  should  do 
wrong  in  the  sight  of  God. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  he  had  poured  out  his  whole 
soul  to  God,  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
came  to  him,  saying: 

15.  Blessed  art  thou,  Alma,  and 
blessed  are  they  who  were  abap- 
tized  in  the  *waters  of  Mormon. 
Thou  art  blessed  because  of  thy 
exceeding    faith    in    the    words 
alone  of  my  servant  AMnadi. 

16.  And  blessed  are  they  be- 
cause of  their  exceeding  faith  in 
the  words  alone  which  thou  hast 
spoken  unto  them. 

17.  And  blessed  art  thou  be- 
cause   thou    hast    established    a 
'church  among  this  people;  and 
they   shall   be    established,    and 
they  shall  be  my  people. 

18.  Yea,  blessed  is  this  people 
who    are    willing    to    bear    my 
*name ;  for  in  my  name  shall  they 
be  called;  and  they  are  mine. 

19.  And  because  thou  hast  in- 
quired    of    me    concerning    the 
'transgressor,  thou  art  blessed. 

20.  Thou  art  my  servant;  and 
I  covenant  with  thee  that  thou 
shalt  have  eternal  life;  and  thou 
shalt  serve  me  and  go  forth  in  my 
name,  and  shalt  gather  together 
my  sheep. 

21.  And  he  that  will  hear  my 
voice  shall  be  my  sheep ;  and  him 
shall  ye  receive  into  the  church, 
and  him  will  I  also  receive. 

22.  For    behold,    this    is    my 
•"church;  whosoever  is  "baptized 
shall  be  baptized  unto  repentance. 
And  whomsoever  ye  receive  shall 
believe  in  my  name;  and  him  will 
I  freely  forgive. 

23.  For  it  is  I  that  taketh  upon 


me  the  sins  of  the  world;  for  ft  is 
I  that  hath  "created  them;  and  it 
is  I  that  granteth  unto  him  that 
helieveth  unto  the  end  a  place  at 
my  right  hand. 

24.  For  beholfl,  in  ^my  name 
are  they  called ;  and  if  they  know 
me  they  shall  come  forth,  and 
shall  have  a  place  eternally  at  my 
right  hand. 

25.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  when  the  second  trump  shall 
sound  then  shall  they  that  never 
knew  me  coine  forth  and  shall 
stand  before  me. 

26.  And  then  shall  they  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord  their  God,  that 
I  am  their  Redeemer;  but  they 
would  not  be  redeemed. 

27.  And    then   I    will    confess 
unto   them   that    I   never   knew 
them;  and  they  shall  depart  into 
^everlasting  fire  prepared  for  the 
devil  and  Ms  angels. 

28.  Therefore  I  say  unto  you, 
that  he  that  will  not  hear  my 
voice,  the  same  shall  ye  rnot  re- 
ceive into  my  church,  for  him.  I 
will  not  receive  at  the  last  day. 

29.  Therefore  I  say  unto  you, 
Go;  and  whosoever  *transgressetli 
against  me,  him  shall  ye  judge 
according  to  the  sins  which  he  has 
committed;  and  if  he  confess  his 
sins  before  thee  and  me,  and  re- 
penteth  in  the  sincerity   of  his 
heart,  him  shall  ye  forgive,  and  I 
will  forgive  him  also. 

30.  Yea,  and  as  often  as  my 
people  repent  will  I  forgive  them 
their  trespasses  against  me. 

31.  And  ye  shall  also  forgive 
*one  another  your  trespasses;  for 
verily  I  say  unto  you,  he  that  f  or- 
giveth   not   his   neighbor's   tres- 
passes when  he  says  that  he  re- 
pents,   the    same   hath   brought 
himself  under  condemnation. 

32.  Now  I  say  unto  you,  Go; 


7i,  see  «,  2  Ne.  9.  i,  see  *,  Mos.  18.  j,  Mos.  25 :19 — 24.  Tcr  see  e,  Mos.  6.  lt  see  e. 
m,  see  <L  »,  see  u,  2  ^Ne.  9.^^o,  see  J,  Mos.  5-  ^f>,  see  e,  Mos.  5.  5,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15. 


see  d. 
13 


8,  see  a  ^  3  Ne.  13:14,  15. 


,  ,         .     .       f  ,  . 

FEOBABLT  BJETWEHN  B.  O.  120  AMD  100. 


186 


MOSIAH,   27. 


and  whosoever  will  not  repent  of 
his  sins  the  same  shall  "not  be 
numbered  among  my  people;  and 
this  shall  be  observed  from  this 
time  forward. 

33.  And  it  came  to  pass  when 
Alma  had  heard  these  words  he 
wrote  them  down  that  he  might 
have  them,  and  that  he   might 
judge  the  people  of  that  church 
according  to  the  "commandments 
of  God. 

34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  went  and  judged  those  that 
had  "been  taken  in  iniquity,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  the  Lord. 

35.  And  whosoever  repented  of 
their  sins  and  did  '"confess  them, 
them  he  did  number  among  the 
people  of  the  church; 

36.  And  those  that  would  not 
confess  their  sins  and  repent  of 
their  iniquity,  the  same  were  *not 
numbered  among  the  people  of 
the  church,  and  their  names  were 
blotted  out. 

37.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  did  regulate  all  the  affairs 
of  the  church;   and  they  began 
again  to  have  peace  and  to  pros- 
per exceedingly  in  the  affairs  of 
the  church,  walking  circumspectly 
before  God,  receiving  many,  and 
"baptizing  many. 

38.  And  now  all  these  things 
did  Alma  and  his  fellow  laborers 
do  who  were  over  the  church, 
walking  in  all  diligence,  teaching 
the  word  of  God  in  all  things,  suf- 
fering all  manner  of  afflictions, 
being  persecuted  by  all  those  who 
did  not  belong  to  the  church  of 
God. 

39.  And    they    did    admonish 
their  brethren;  and  they  were  also 
admonished,    every   one   by   the 
word   of  God,   according   to  his 
sins,  or  to  the  sins  which  he  had 


committed,  being  commanded  of 
God  to  *pray  without  ceasing,  and 
to  give  thanks  in  all  things, 

CHAPTEE  27. 

Persecution  forbidden  and  equality 
enjoined — Alma,  the  younger f  and  the 
four  sons  of  Mosiahj  among  the  un- 
believers— Their  miraculous  conver- 
sion— They  become  preachers  of  right- 
eousness. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  persecutions  which  were 
inflicted   on   the  church   by  the 
unbelievers  became  so  great  that 
the  church  began  to  murmur,  and 
complain  to  their  leaders  concern- 
ing the  matter;  and  they  did  com- 
plain to  Alma.    And  Alma  laid  the 
case  before  their  king,   Mosiah. 
And  Mosiah  consulted  with  his 
priests. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Mosiah  sent  a  proclamation 
throughout  the  land  round  about 
that  there  should  not  any  unbe- 
liever persecute  any  of  those  who 
belonged  to  the  church  of  God. 

3.  And  there  was  a  strict  com- 
mand throughout  all  the  churches 
that  there  should  be  no  persecu- 
tions  among   them,    that   there 
should  be  an  °equality  among  all 
men; 

4.  That  they  should  let  no  pride 
nor    haughtiness    disturb    their 
peace;  that  every  man  should  es- 
teem his  neighbor  6as  himself,  la- 
boring with  their  own  hands  for 
their  support. 

5.  Yea,  and  all  their  cpriests 
and  teachers  should  labor  with 
their  down  hands  for  their  sup- 
port, in  all  cases  save  it  were  in 
sickness,  or  in  much  want;  and 
doing    these    things,    they    did 
abound  in  the  grace  of  God. 

6.  And  there  began  to  be  much 


tf,  Yers.  34 — 36.  Al.  1 :24,  vf  vers.  28 — 32.  10,  vers.  29,  30.  as,  ver.  32.  y,  see  uf 
2  Ne.  9.  e,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32.  CHAP.  27 :  a,  see  /,  Jac.  2.  Mos.  29  :32.  Al.  30 :11. 
&,,  see  I,  Mos.  4.  See  also  w,  Mos,  23.  c,  see  c,  Mos.  6.  d,  Mos.  18  ;24,  26.  , 

PnOBABLY  BETWEEN   B.    C.    120  AND   100. 


11OSIAH,   27. 


187 


peace  again  In  the  land;  and  the 
people  began  to  be  very  numer- 
ous, and  began  to  scatter  abroad 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  yea, 
on  the  north  and  on  the  south,  on 
the  east  and  on  the  west,  build- 
ing large  cities  and  Tillages  in  all 
quarters  of  the  land. 

7.  And  the  Lord  did  visit  them 
and  prosper  them,  and  they  be- 
came a  large  and  wealthy  people. 

8.  Now  the   *sons   of   Mosiah 
were  numbered  among  the  unbe- 
lievers; and  also  one  of  the  sons 
of  Alma  was  numbered  among 
them,  he  being  called  Alma,  after 
his  father;   nevertheless,  he  be- 
came a  very  wicked  and  an  idola- 
trous man.     And  he  was  a  man 
of  many  words,   and  did  speak 
much    flattery    to    the    people; 
therefore  he  led  many  of  the  peo- 
ple to  do  after  the  manner  of  Ms 
iniquities. 

9.  And  he  became  a  great  hin- 
derment  to  the  prosperity  of  the 
church  of  God ;  stealing  away  the 
hearts    of    the    people;    causing 
much  dissension  among  the  peo- 
ple; giving  a  chance  for  the  enemy 
of  God  to  exercise  his  power  over 
them. 

10.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  while  he  was  going  about  to 
destroy  the  church  of  God,  for  he 
did  go  about  secretly  with  the 
sons  of  Mosiah   ^seeking  to  de- 
stroy   the   church,   and   to   lead 
astray  the  people  of  the  Lord, 
contrary  to  the  commandments  of 
God,  or  even  the  king — 

11.  And  as  I  said  unto  you,  as 
they  were  going  about  rebelling 
against  God,  behold,  the  angel  of 
the  Lord  ^appeared  unto  them; 
and  he  descended  as  it  were  in  a 
cloud;  and  he  spake  as  it  were 
with  a  voice  of  thunder,  which 


caused  the  Dearth  to  shake  upon 
which  they  stood; 

12.  And  so  great  was  their  as- 
tonishment, that  they  fell  to  the 
earth,    and   understood   not   the 
words  which  he  spake  unto  them. 

13.  Nevertheless  he  cried  again, 
saying:    Alma,   arise   and   stand 
forth,  for  why  persecutest  thou 
the  church  of  God?    For  the  Lord 
hath  said:    4This  is  my  church, 
and  I  will  establish  it;  and  noth- 
ing shall  overthrow  it,  save  it  is 
the  transgression  of  my  people. 

14.  And  again,  the  angel  said: 
Behold,  the  Lord  hath  heard  the 
prayers  of  his  people,  and  also  the 
prayers  of  his  servant,  Alma,  who 
is  thy  father;  for  he  has  prayed 
with  much  faith  concerning  thee 
that  thou  mightest  be  brought  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  truth;  there- 
fore, for  this  purpose  have  I  come 
to  convince  thee  of  the  power  and 
authority  of  God,  that  the  prayers 
of  his  servants  might  be  answered 
according  to  their  faith. 

1 5 .  And  now  behold,  can  ye  dis- 
pute the  power  of  God?    For  be- 
hold, doth  not  my  voice  ^shake 
the  earth?     And  can  ye  not  also 
^behold  me  before  you?  And  I  am 
sent  from  God. 

16.  Now  I  say  unto  thee:  Go, 
and  remember  the  captivity  of  thy 
fathers  in  the  land  of  'Helam,  and 
in  the  mland  of  Nephi;  and  re- 
member how  great  things  he  has 
done  for  them;  for  they  were  in 
bondage,  and  he  has  ^delivered 
them.    And  now  I  say  unto  thee, 
Alma,  go  thy  way,  and  seek  to  de- 
stroy the  church  no  more,  that 
their  prayers  may  be  answered, 
and  this  even  if  thou  wilt  of  thy- 
self be  cast  off. 

17.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  these  were  the  last  words 


e,  Tecs.  10,  34.  /,  Mos.  28:3,  4.  Al.  26:17,  18.  36:0,  9,  11.  38:7.  g,  vers,  15, 
18.  Al.  36:5 — 11.  38:7.  h,  vers.  15,  18.  Al.  36 :7.  38:7.  i,  Mos.  26:22.  f,  see  &. 
Jcf  see  ff.  13  see  o,  Mos.  23.  m,  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.  nt  Mos.  18 :34.  23  :1 — *.  24 :17 — 21. 

PEOBABLT  BETWEEN  B.  C.  100  ASFD  92. 


188 


MOSIAH,   27. 


which  the  angel  spake  unto  Alma, 
and  he  departed. 

18.  And  now  Alma  and  those 
that  were  with  him  fell  "again  to 
the  earth,  for  great  was  their  as- 
tonishment;  for  with  their  own 
eyes  they  had  ^beheld  an  angel  of 
the  Lord;  and  his  voice  was  as 
thunder,  which  «shook  the  earth; 
and  they  knew  that  there  was 
nothing  save  the  power  of  God 
that  could  shake  the  earth  and 
cause  it  to  tremble  as  though  it 
would  part  asunder. 

19.  And  now  the  astonishment 
of  Alma  was  so  great  that  he  be- 
came rdumb,  that  he  could  not 
open  his  mouth;  yea,  and  he  be- 
came weak,  even  that  he  could 
not  move  his  hands;  therefore  he 
was  taken  by  those  that  were  with 
him,  and  carried  helpless,  even 
until  he  was  laid  before  his  father. 

20.  And  they  rehearsed  unto 
his  father  all  that  had  happened 
unto  them;    and  his  father   re- 
joiced, for  he  knew  that  it  was 
the  power  of  God. 

21.  And  he  caused  that  a  mul- 
titude   should    be    gathered    to- 
gether that  they  might  witness 
what  the  Lord  had  done  for  his 
son,  and  also  for  those  that  were 
with  him. 

22.  And    he    caused   that  the 
'priests   should   assemble    them- 
selves together;  and  they  began 
to  'fast,  and  to  pray  to  the  Lord 
their  God  that  he  would  *open  the 
mouth  of  Alma,  that  he  might 
speak,  and  also  that  his  Climbs 
might    receive  their    strength — 
that  the  eyes  of  the  people  might 
be  opened  to  see  and  know  of  the 
goodness  and  glory  of  God. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
they  had  wfasted  and  prayed  for 


the  space  of  two  days  and  two 
nights,  the  limbs  of  Alma  re- 
ceived their  strength,  and  he 
stood  up  and  began  to  speak  unto 
them,  bidding  them  to  be  of  good 
comfort: 

24.  For,   said  he,   I  have   re- 
pented of  my  sins,  and  have  been 
redeemed  of  the  Lord;  behold  I 
am  *born  of  the  Spirit. 

25.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me: 
Marvel  not  that  all  mankind,  yea, 
men  and  women,  all  nations,  kin- 
dreds, tongues  and  people,  must 
be  s'born  again;  yea,  born  of  God, 
changed  from  their  carnal  and 
fallen  state,  to  a  state  of  right- 
eousness, b-eing  redeemed  of  God, 
becoming  his  sons  and  daughters; 

26.  And  thus  they  become  new 
creatures;  and  unless  they  do  this, 
they  can  in  nowise   inherit  the 
kingdom  of  God. 

27.  I  say  unto  you,  unless  this 
be  the  case,  they  must  be  cast  off; 
and  this  I  know,  because  I  was 
like  to  be  cast  off. 

28.  Nevertheless,    after    wan- 
dering through  much  tribulation, 
repenting  nigh  unto   death,   the 
Lord  in  mercy  hath  seen  fit  to 
snatch  me  out  of  an  everlasting 
burning,  and  I  am  born  of  God. 

29.  My    soul    hath    been    re- 
deemed from  the  gall  of  bitter- 
ness  and  bonds   of   iniquity.     I 
was  in  the  darkest  abyss ;  but  now 
I  behold  the  marvelous  light  of 
God.     My  soul  was  racked  with 
2aeternal    torment;     but    I    am 
snatched,  and  my  soul  is  pained 
no  more. 

30.  I  rejected  my  Redeemer, 
and  denied  that  which  had  been 
spoken  of  by  our  fathers;  but  now 
that  they  may  foresee  that  he  will 
come,  and  that  he  remembereth 


o.  ver.  12.  p,  see  g.  q>  see  7L  r,  ver.  22.  s,  see  c,  Mos.  6.  t,  ver.  23.  Al.  5 :46. 
6:6.  8:26.  10:7.  17:3,9.  28:6.  30:2.  He.  3  :35.  3  Ne.  13  :16 — 18.  27:1.  4  Ne. 
12.  Moro.  6:5.  u,  vers.  19,  23.  <ot  rers.  1&,  23.  to,  ver.  22.  See  t.  SB,  see  cf 
Mos.  5.  #,  see  c,  Mos.  5.  g,  see  Tct  1  Ne.  15.  2a,  see  m,  Jac.  6. 

•PttOttART/r  ttwrwronw  R.    H_   IfVft   AWT*  92. 


MOSIAH,   28. 


180 


every  creature  of  his  creating,  lie 
will  make  himself  manifest  unto 
all. 

31.  Yea,  2&every  knee  shall  bow, 
and  every  tongue  confess  before 
Mm.     Yea,  even  at  the  last  day, 
when  all  men  shall  stand  to  be 
judged  of  him,  then  shall  they 
confess  that  he  is  God;  then  shall 
they  confess,   who  live  without 
God  in  the  world,  that  the  judg- 
ment of  an  2ceverlasting  punish- 
ment is  just  upon  them ;  and  they 
shall   quake,    and    tremble,    and 
shrink  beneath  the  2<£glance  of  his 
all-searching  eye, 

32.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  began  from  this  time 
forward  to  teach  the  people,  and 
those  who  were  with  Alma  at  the 
time   the    angel    appeared   unto 
them,     traveling     round     about 
through  all  the  land,  publishing 
to  all  the  people  the  things  which 
they  had   heard   and   seen,   and 
preaching  the  word   of  God  in 
much  tribulation,  being  greatly 
persecuted  by  those  who  were  un- 
believers, being  smitten  by  many 
of  them. 

33.  But    notwithstanding    all 
this,  they  did  impart  much  con- 
solation to  the  church,  confirming 
their  faith,  and  exhorting  them 
with    long-suffering    and    much 
travail    to    keep    the   command- 
ments of  God. 

34.  And  2€four  of  them  were 
the   sons   of  Mosiah;    and  their 
names  were  Ammon,  and  Aaron, 
and    Omner,    and   Himni;    these 
were  the  names  of  the  sons  of 
Mosiah. 

35.  And  they  traveled  through- 
out all  the  2fland  of  Zarahemla, 
and  among  all  the  people  who 
were   under   the   reign   of   king 
Mosiah,  zealously  striving  to  re- 


pair all  the  injuries  which  they 
had  done  to  the  church,  confess- 
ing all  their  sins,  and  publishing 
all  the  ^things  which  they  had 
seen,  and  explaining  the  proph- 
ecies and  the  scriptures  to  all  who 
desired  to  hear  them. 

36.  And  thus  they  were  instru- 
ments  in  the  hands  of  God  in 
bringing  many  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  truth,  yea,  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  their  Redeemer. 

37,  And  how  blessed  are  they! 
For  they  did  2Ipiib!ish  peace  ;  they 
did  publish  good  tidings  of  good; 
and  they  did  declare  unto  the  peo- 
ple that  the  Lord  reigneth. 

CHAPTER  28. 


permits  Ms  sons  to  preach 
to    the    Lamamtes  —  The    twenty-four 

plates  translated  —  Alma,  the  younger, 
made  the  custodian  of  the  records. 

1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  the  asons  of  Mosiah  had  done 
all   these  things,    *they  took   a 
small  number  with  them  and  re- 
turned to  their  father,  the  king, 
and  desired  of  him  that  he  would 
grant  unto  them  that  they  might, 
with  these  whom  they  had  se- 
lected, go  up  to  the  &Iand  of  Nephi 
that  they  might  preach  the  things 
which  they  had  heard,  and  that 
they  might  impart  the  word  of 
God  to  their  brethren,  the  La- 
manites  — 

2.  That   perhaps   they    might 
bring  them  to  the  knowledge  of 
the  Lord  their  God,  and  convince 
them  of  the  iniquity  of  their  fa- 
thers;   and    that    perhaps    they 
might  cure  them  of  their  "hatred 
towards  the  Nephites,  that  they 
might  also  be  brought  to  rejoice 
in  the  Lord  their  God,  that  they 
might  become  friendly  to  one  an- 
other, and  that  there  should  be 


25,  Mos.  16:1,  2.     D.  &  C.  88:104.    2<?,  see  mf  Jac.  6.    2d,  see  c,  Jac.  2.     2ef  ver. 

10.    2/,  Om.  13.    2g,  vers.  10 — 17.    2hf  Mos.  15:14 — 17.  CHAP.  2S:    a,  Mos.  27:84. 

fc,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.     c,  see  n,  Jac.  7.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  92. 


100 


MOSIAH,   28. 


no  more  contentions  in  all  the 
land  wMch  the  Lord  their  God 
had  given  them. 

3.  Now  they  were  desirous  that 
salvation  should  be  declared  to 
every  creature,   for  they  could 
not  bear  that  any  human  soul 
should  perish;  yea,  even  the  very 
thoughts  that  any  soul  should  en- 
dure dendless  torment  did  cause 
them  to  quake  and  tremble. 

4.  And  thus  did  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  work  upon  them,  for 
they  were  the  every  vilest  of  sin- 
ners.   And  the  Lord  saw  fit  in  his 
infinite   mercy   to   spare    them; 
nevertheless  they  suffered  much 
anguish  of  soul  because  of  their 
Iniquities,    suffering    much    and 
fearing  that  they  should  be  cast 
off  forever. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  plead  with  their  father 
many  days  that  they  might  go  up 
to  the  land  of  Nephi. 

6.  And  king  Mosiah  went  and 
Inquired  of  the  Lord  if  he  should 
let  his  sons  go  up  among  the  La- 
manites  to  preach  the  word. 

7.  And    the    Lord    said    unto 
Mosiah:  Let  them  go  up,  for  many 
shall  believe  on  their  words,  and 
they  shall  have  eternal  life;  and 
I  will  ^deliver  thy  sons  out  of  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  granted  that  they  might 
go  and  do  according  to  their  re- 
quest 

9.  And  they  took  their  journey 
into  the  wilderness  to  go  up  to 
preaeh  the  word  among  the  La- 
manites; and  I  shall  give  an  ftac- 
count  of  their  proceedings  here- 
after. 

10.  Now  king  Mosiah  had  no 
one  to  confer  the  kingdom  upon, 
for  there  was  not  any  of  his  sons 


who  would  accept  of  the  king- 
dom. 

11.  Therefore  he  took  the  rec- 
ords  which    were   engraven    on 
the   plates    of    *brass,    and    also 
the  ^plates  of  Nephi,  and  all  the 
things  which  he  had  kept  and 
preserved  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  G-od,  after  having 
translated  and  caused  to  be  writ- 
ten the  records  which  were  on  the 
fcplates  of  gold  which  had  been 
found  by  the  people  of  Limhi, 
which  were  delivered  to  him  by 
the  hand  of  Limhi; 

12.  And  this  he  did  because  of 
the  great  anxiety  of  his  people; 
for  they  were  desirous   beyond 
measure  to  know  concerning  those 
people  'who  had  been  destroyed. 

13.  And  now  he  translated  them 
by  the  means  of  those  mtwo  stones 
which  were  fastened  into  the  two 
rims  of  a  bow. 

14.  Now  these  things  were  pre- 
pared from  the  beginning,   and 
were  handed  down  from  genera- 
tion to  generation,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  interpreting  languages; 

15.  And  they  have  been  kept 
and  preserved  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord,  that  he  should  discover  to 
every  creature  who  should  pos- 
sess the  land  the  iniquities  and 
abominations  of  his  people; 

16.  And  whosoever  has  these 
things  is  called  ftseer,  after  the 
manner  of  old  times. 

17.  Now  after  Mosiah  had  fin- 
ished translating  these  records, 
behold,  it  gave  an  account  of  the 
people  'who  were  destroyed,  from 
the  time  that  they  were  destroyed 
back  to  the  building  of  the  *»great 
tower,  at  the  time  the  Lord  con- 
founded the  language  of  the  peo- 
ple   and    they    were    scattered 
abroad  upon  the  «face  of  all  the 


d,  see  m,  Jac.  6.  e,  Mos.  27:8 — 11.  /,  see  b,  2  Ne.  5,  gf  Ah  17:35.  19-22  2a 
ft,  AI.  chaps.  17—28.  i,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  >,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  fc,  see  k,  Mos.  8.  I  see  L 
£los*on*  %>'  **£<?>  Mof-  I-  n'  Mos-  8:13—18.  °>  see  L  Mos.  8.  j>,  Tower  of  Babel' 
Om.  20—22.  Eth,  1:1—5.  q_,  Etfc.  1:33.  ABOUT  B  C  92 


MOSIAH,   29. 


191 


earth,  yea,  and  even  from  that  J 
time  back  until  the  rcreation  of  < 
Adam.  j 

18.  Now  this  account  did  cause  \ 
the  people  of  Mosiah  to  mourn  \ 
exceedingly,  yea,  they  were  filled  j 
with  sorrow;  nevertheless  it  gave  * 
them    much    knowledge,    in   the  • 
which  they  did  rejoice. 

19.  And  this  account  shall  be 
*  written  hereafter;  for  behold,  it 
is  expedient  that  all  people  should 
know  the  things  which  are  writ- 
ten in  this  account. 

20.  And  now,  as  I  said  unto 
you,  that  after  king  Mosiah  had 
done  these  things,  he  took  the 
*plates  of  brass,  and  all  the  things 
which  he  had  kept,  and  conferred 
them  upon  Alma,  who  was  the 
son  of  Alma;  yea,  «all  the  rec- 
ords, and  also  the  "interpreters, 
and  conferred  them  upon  him,  and 
commanded  him  that  he  should 
keep  and  preserve  them,  and  also 
keep  a  record  of  the  people,  hand- 
ing them  down  from  one  genera- 
tion to  another,  even  as  they  had 
been  handed  down  from  the  time 
that  Lehi  left  Jerusalem. 

CHAPTER  29. 

King  Mosiah  discourses  upon  Mng- 
craft  —  Recommends  representative 
form  of  government — Judges  elected — 
Ueath  of  Alma,  the  elder — Mosiah' s 
death  ends  the  reign  of  the  Nephite 
Icings. 

1.  Now  when  Mosiah  had  done 
this  he  sent  out  throughout  all 
the  land,  among  all  the  people, 
desiring  to  know  their  will  con- 
cerning who  should  be  their  king. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
voice  of  the  people  came,  saying: 
We  are  desirous  that  Aaron  thy 
son  should  be  our  king  and  our 
ruler. 

3.  Now  Aaron  had  gone  up  to 


the  flland  of  Nephi,  therefore  the 
king  could  not  confer  the  king- 
dom upon  Mm;  neither  would 
Aaron  take  upon  him  the  king- 
dom; neither  were  any  of  the 
&sons  of  Mosiah  willing  to  take 
upon  them  the  kingdom. 

4.  Therefore  king  Mosiah  sent 
again    among    the    people;    yea, 
even    a    written    word    sent    he 
among   the  people.     And   these 
were  the  words  that  were  written, 
saying: 

5.  Behold,  O  ye  my  people,  or 
my  brethren,  for  I  esteem  you  as 
such,  I  desire  that  ye  should  con- 
sider  the    cause   which    ye   are 
called  to  consider — for  ye  are  de- 
sirous to  have  a  king. 

6.  Now  I  declare  unto  you  that 
he  to  whom  the  kingdom   doth. 
crightly  belong  has  declined,  and 
will  not  take  upon  Mm  the  king- 
dom. 

7.  And  now  if  there  should  be 
another  appointed  in  his  stead, 
behold   I  fear  there  would  rise 
contentions  among  you.   And  who 
knoweth   but  what  my  son,   to 
whom  the  kingdom  ddoth  belong, 
should  turn  to  be  angry  and  draw 
away  a  part  of  this  people  after 
him,  which  would  cause  wars  and 
contentions    among   you,    which 
would  be  the  cause  of  shedding 
much  blood  and  perverting  the 
way  of  the  Lord,  yea,  and  destroy 
the  souls  of  many  people. 

8.  Now  I  say  unto  you  let  us 
be  wise  and  consider  these  things, 
for  we  have  no  right  to  destroy 
my  son,  neither  should  we  have 
any  right  to  destroy  another  if  he 
should  be  appointed  In  his  stead. 

9.  And  if  my  son  should  turn 
again  to  his  pride  and  vain  things 
he  would  recall  the  things  which 
he  had  said,  and  claim  his  right 


rf  see  m,  Mos.  2.  «,  Book  of  Etber.  tf  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  uf  ver.  It.  See  also  &, 
I,  m,  amd  %  Mos.  8.  vf  see  %  Mos.  8.  CHAP.  29:  a,  see  &.,  2  Ne.  5.  &,  Mos. 
27 :34.  c,  vers.  2,  3,  7,  JL  dt  vers.  2,  3,  6,  9.  ABOUT  B.  C.  92. 


192 


MOSIAH,   29. 


to  the  kingdom,  wMcli  would 
cause  Mm  and  also  this  people  to 
commit  much  sin. 

10.  And  now  let  HS  be  wise  and 
look  forward  to  these  things,  and 
do  that  which  will  make  for  the 
peace  of  this  people. 

11.  Therefore  I  will  be  your 
king  the  remainder  of  my  days; 
nevertheless,     let     *us     appoint 
judges,  to  judge  this  people  ac- 
cording to  our  law;  and  we  will 
newly  arrange  the  affairs  of  this 
people,  for  we  will  appoint  wise 
men  to  be  judges,  that  will  judge 
this  people  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God. 

12.  Now  it  is  better  that  a  man 
should  be  judged  of  God  than  of 
man,  for  the  judgments  of  God 
are  always  just,  but  the  judg- 
ments of  man  are  not  always  just. 

13.  Therefore,  if  it  were  pos- 
sible that  you  could  have  just  men 
to  be  your  kings,  who  would  es- 
tablish the  laws  of  God,  and  judge 
this  people  according  to  his  com- 
mandments, yea,  if  ye  could  have 
men  for  your  kings  who  would  do 
even  as  my  father  '"Benjamin  did 
for  this  people — I  say  unto  you,  if 
this  could  always  be  the  case  then 
it  would  be  expedient  that  ye 
should  always  have  kings  to  rule 
over  you? 

14.  And  even  I  myself  have  la- 
bored  with   all  the   power  and 
faculties  which  I  have  possessed, 
to  teach  you  the  commandments 
of  God,  and  to   establish   peace 
throughout  the  land,  that  there 
should  be  no  wars  nor  conten- 
tions, no  stealing,  nor  plundering, 
nor  murdering,  nor  any  manner 
of  iniquity; 

15.  And  whosoever  has  com- 
mitted iniquity,  him  have  I  pun- 


ished according  to  the  law  which 
has  been  given  to  us  by  our  fa- 
thers. 

16.  Now  I  say  unto  you,  that 
because  all  men  are  not  just  it  is 
not  expedient  that  ye  should  have 
a  king  or  kings  to  rule  over  yon. 

17.  For  behold,  how  much  in- 
iquity doth  one  wicked  king  cause 
to  be  committed,  yea,  and  what 
great  destruction! 

18.  Yea,  remember  5king  Noah, 
his  wickedness  and  his  abomina- 
tions,  and   also   the   wickedness 
and  abominations  of  his  people. 
Behold  what  great  destruction  did 
come  upon  them;   and  also  be- 
cause of  their  iniquities  they  were 
brought  hmto  bondage. 

19.  And  were  it  not  for   the 
interposition    of    their    all-wise 
Creator,  and  this  because  of  their 
sincere  repentance,  they  must  un- 
avoidably remain  in  bondage  until 
now. 

20.  But  behold,  he  did  deliver 
them  because  *they  did  humble 
themselves  before  him;  and  be- 
cause they  cried   mightily  unto 
him  he  did  deliver  them  out.  of 
bondage;  and  thus  doth  the  Lord 
work  with  his  power  in  all  cases 
among  the  children  of  men,  ex- 
tending  the   arm    of   mercy   to- 
wards them  that  put  their  trust 
in  Mm. 

21.  And  behold,  now  I  say  unto 
you,  ye  cannot  dethrone  an  in- 
iquitous king  save  it  be  through 
much  contention,  and  the  shed- 
ding of  much  blood. 

22.  For    behold,    he   has    his 
friends  in  iniquity,  and  he  keep- 
eth  his  guards  about  him;  and  he 
teareth  up  the  laws  of  those  who 
have  reigned  in  righteousness  be- 
fore him ;  and  he  trampleth  under 


e,  vers.  26 — 27,  34,  38,  30,  41.  Al.  2:3 — 7.  4:16,  17.  50:39.  He.  1:3 — 5,  13. 
2:2.  3:37.  5:1,  2,  4.  6:15,  19,  39.  7:4.  8:27,  28.  Chap.  9.  3  Ne.  1:1.  3:1. 
6:19,  21 — 30.  7:1 — 3.  /,  Om.  23 — 25.  W.  of  Mora.  3,  10 — 18.  Mos.  chaps.  1—6. 
ff,  Mos*  11  ;1 — 15.  12:17 — 19.  17:1 — 20.  ht  Mos.  12:2 — 8.  f,  Mos.  21 :14,  22:5 — 14. 

B.  G.  92. 


MOSIAH,   29. 


193 


his  feet  the   commandments   of ; 
God; 

23.  And  lie  enactetii  laws,  and  j 
sendeth   them   forth   among  Ms  j 
people,  yea,  laws  after  the  man-4 
Her  of  Ms  own  wickedness;  and 
whosoever  doth  not  obey  Ms  laws 
lie  causeth  to  be  destroyed;  and 
whosoever  doth  rebel  against  him 
he  'will  send  his  armies  against 
them  to  war,  and  if  lie  can  he 
will  destroy  them;  and  thus  an 
unrighteous  king  doth  pervert  the 
ways  of  all  righteousness. 

24.  And  now  behold  I  say  unto 
you,  it  is  not  expedient  that  such 
abominations  should  come  upon 
you. 

25.  Therefore,  choose  you  by 
the  %oice  of  this  people,  judges, 
that  ye  may  be  judged  according 
to  the  laws  which  have  been  given 
you  by  our  fathers,  which  are  cor- 
rect, and  which  were  given  them 
by  the  hand  of  the  Lord. 

26.  Now  it  is  not  common  that 
the  voice  of  the  people  desireth 
anything  contrary  to  that  which 
is  right;  but  it  is  common  for  the 
lesser  part  of  the  people  to  desire 
that  which  is  not  right;  therefore 
this  shall  ye  observe  and  make  it 
your  law — to  do  your  business  by 
the  voice  of  the  people. 

27.  And  if  the  time  comes  that 
the    voice    of    the    people    doth 
*choose  iniquity,  then  is  the  time 
that  the  judgments  of  God  will 
come  upon  you;  yea,  then  is  the 
time  he  will  visit  you  with  great 
destruction  even  as  he  has  hither- 
to visited  this  land. 

28.  And  now  if  ye  have  judges, 
and  they  do  not  judge  you  accord- 
ing to  the  law  which  has  been 
given,  ye  can  cause  that  they  may 
be  judged  of  a  higher  judge. 

29.  If  your  higher  judges  do 
not  judge  righteous  judgments, 


ye  shall  cause  that  a  small  num- 
ber of  your  lower  judges  should 
be  gathered  together,  and  they 
shall  jucige  your  higher  judges, 
according  to  the  'voice  of  the  peo- 
ple. 

30.  And  I  command  you  to  do 
these  things  in  the  fear  of  the 
Lord;  and  I  command  you  to  do 
these  things,  and  that  ye  have  no 
king;  that  if  these  people  com- 
mit sins  and  iniquities  they  shall 
be    answered    upon    their    own 
heads. 

31.  For  behold  I  say  unto  youf 
the  sins  of  many  people  have  been 
caused  by  the  iniquities  of  their 
kings;  therefore  their  iniquities 
are  answered  upon  the  heads  of 
their  Mugs. 

32.  And  now  1  desire  that  this 
inequality  should  be  no  more  in 
this  land,  especially  among  this 
my  people;  but  I  desire  that  this 
land  be  a  "land  of  liberty,  and 
every  man  may  enjoy  his  rights 
and  privileges  alike,  so  long  as 
the  Lord  sees  fit  that  we  may  live 
and  inherit  the  land,  yea,  even  as 
long  as  any  of  our  posterity  re- 
mains upon  the  face  of  the  land. 

33.  And  many  more  things  did 
king  Mosiah  write  unto  them,  un- 
folding unto  them  all  the  trials 
and  troubles  of  a  righteous  king, 
yea,  all  the  travails  of  soul  for 
their   people,   and   also   all   the 
miirmurings  of  the  people  to  their 
king;  and  he  explained  it  all  unto 
them. 

34.  And    he    told    them    that 
these  things  ought  not  to  be;  but 
that  the  burden  should  come  upon 
nall  the  people,  that  every  man 
might  bear  his  part. 

35.  And  he  also  unfolded  unto 
them  all  the  disadvantages  they 
labored  under,  by  having  an  un- 
righteous king  to  rule  over  them; 


/,  see  *,    fc,  Al.  2:3—7.    10:19.    He.  5:2.    6:38 — 10.     I,  see  e.    mfZ  Ne.  1:7.    AI. 
46:10 — sg,  34 — 36.     «,  see  e.  ABO¥T  B.  O.  92. 


194 


MOSIAH,  29. 


36.  Yea,  all  his  iniquities  and 
abominations,  and  all  tlie  wars, 
and  contentions,  and  bloodshed, 
and  the  stealing,  and  the  plunder- 
ing, and  the  committing  of  whore- 
doms, and  all  manner  of  iniquities 
which  cannot  be  enumerated — 
telling   them   that   these    things 
ought  not  to  be,  that  they  were 
expressly  repugnant  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God. 

37.  And  now  it  came  to  pass, 
after  Mug  Mosiah  had  sent  these 
things  forth  among  the   people 
they  were  convinced  of  the  truth 
of  his  words. 

38.  Therefore  they  relinquished 
their  desires  for  a  king,  and  be- 
came   exceedingly   anxious    that 
every  man  should  have  an  "equal 
chance  throughout  all  the  land; 
yea,  and  every  man  expressed  a 
willingness  to  answer  for  his  own 
sins. 

39.  Therefore,  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  assembled  themselves 
together  in  bodies  throughout  the 
land,  to  cast  in  their  voices  con- 
cerning   who    should    be    their 
judges,  to  judge  them  according 
to  the  law  which  had  been  given 
them;  and  they  were  exceedingly 
rejoiced  because  of  the  ^liberty 
which   had    been    granted    unto 
them. 

40.  And  they  did  wax  strong 
in  love  towards  Mosiah;  yea,  they 
did  esteem  him  more  than  any 
other  man;  for  they  did  not  look 
upon  him  as  a  tyrant  who  was 
seeking  for  gain,  yea,  for  that 
lucre    which    doth    corrupt    the 
soul;    for   he   had    not   exacted 
riches  of  them,  neither  had  he  de- 
lighted in  the  shedding  of  blood; 
but  he  had  established  peace  in 
the  land,  and  he  had  granted  unto 


his  people  that  they  should  be  de- 
livered from  all  manner  of  bon- 
dage; therefore  they  did  esteem 
him,  yea,  exceedingly,  beyond 
measure. 

41.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  ^appoint  judges  to  rule 
over  them,  or  to  judge  them  ac- 
cording to  the  law;  and  this  they 
did  throughout  all  the  land. 

42.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  was   appointed  to   be  the 
first  chief  judge,  he  being  also  the 
rhigh   priest,   his   father   having 
conferred  the  office  upon  him,  and 
having  given  him  the  charge  con- 
cerning  all    the    affairs    of    the 
church. 

43.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  ,did  walk  in  the  ways 
of  the  Lord,  and  he  did  keep  his 
commandments,  and  he  did  judge 
righteous  judgments;  and  there 
was  continual  peace  through  the 
land, 

44.  And  thus  *  commenced  the 
'reign  of  the  judges  throughout 
all  the  fland  of  Zarahemla,  among 
all  the  people  who  were  called  the 
Nephites;  and  Alma  was  the  first 
and  chief  judge. 

45.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  his  father  died,  being  eighty 
and  two  years  old,  having  lived  to 
fulfil  the  commandments  of  God. 

46.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  died  also,  in  the  thirty 
and  third  year  of  his  reign,  being 
'sixty  and  three  years  old;  mak- 
ing in  the  whole,  five  hundred  and 
nine  years  from  the  time  Lehi  left 
Jerusalem. 

47.  And  thus  ended  the  Breign 
of  the  kings  over  the  people  of 
Nephi;  and  thus  Bended  the  days 
of  Alma,  who  was  the  founder  of 
their  church. 


o,  see  e.  p,  see  m.  g,  see  e.  r,  see  g,  Mos.  26.  s,  see  e.  t.  Om.  13.  u,  Mos. 
6 :4.  u,  vers.  41,  42.  «?,  ver.  45.  *  B.  C.  91. 


BOOK  OF  ALMA 


THE  SOX  OF  ALMA 

TTie  account  of  Alma,  vlio  was  the  son  of  Alma  the  first,  and  Chief 
Judge  over  the  people  of  NepM,  and  also  the  HigJi  Priest  over  the  Church. 

An  account  of  the  reign  of  the  judges,  and  the  mars  and  contentions  among 
the  people.  And  also  an  account  of  a  war  between  the  NepMtes  and  the 
Lamanites,  according  to  tJie  record  of  Alma,  the  first  and  chief  Judge. 


CHAPTER  1. 

Nehor,  an  enemy  of  fhe  cJiurc'h, 
slays  Gideon,  and  is  brought  to  judg- 
ment and  executed — Priestcraft  and 
persecution — Improved  conditions — 
Priests  and  people  equal. 

1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  In 
the  first  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi, 
from    this    time    forward,    king 
Mosiah  having  °gone  the  way  of 
all  the  earth,  having  warred  a 
good  warfare,  walking  uprightly 
before  God,  leaving  none  to  reign 
in  his  stead;  nevertheless  he  had 
established  laws,  and  they  were 
acknowledged    by    the    people; 
therefore  they  were  obliged  to 
6abide  by  the  laws  which  he  had 
made. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  in 
the  first  year  of  the  reign  of  Alma 
in  the  judgment-seat,  there  was  a 
'man  brought  before  him  to  be 
judged,  a  man  who  was  large,  and 
was  noted  for  his  much  strength. 

3.  And    he    had    gone    about 
among  the  people,  preaching  to 
them  that  which  he  termed  to  be 
the  word  of  God,  bearing  down 
against    the    church;     declaring 
unto  the  people  that  every  priest 
and  teacher  ought  to  become  pop- 
ular; and  they  ought  %ot  to  labor 
with  their  feands,  but  that  they 
ought  to  be  supported  by  the  peo- 
ple. 

4.  And  he  also  testified  unto  the 


people  that  fall  mankind  should 
be  saved  at  the  last  day,  and  that 
they  need  not  fear  nor  tremble, 
but  that  they  might  lift  up  their 
heads  and  rejoice;  for  the  Lord 
had  created  all  men,  and  had  also 
redeemed  all  men;  and,  in  the 
end,  all  men  should  have  eternal 
life. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
did  teach  these  things  so  much 
that   many   did   believe   on   his 
words,  even  so  many  that  they 
began  to  support  him  and  give 
him  money. 

6.  And  he  began  to  be  lifted  up 
in  the  pride  of  his  heart,  and  to 
wear  very  costly  apparel,  yea,  and 
even  began  to  establish  a  church 
after  the  manner  of  his  preach- 
ing, 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  as  he 
was  going,  to  preach  to  those  who 
believed  on  his  word,  he  met  a 
man  who  belonged  to  the  church 
of  God,  yea,  even  one  of  their 
teachers;  and  he  began  to  con- 
tend with  him  sharply,  that  he 
might  lead  away  the  people  of  the 
church;  but  the  man  withstood 
him,  admonishing  him  with  the 
words  of  God. 

8.  Now  the  name  of  the  man 
was  Gideon;  and  it  was  he  who 
was  an  instrument  in  the  hands 
of  God  fin  delivering  the  people 
of  LimM  out  of  bondage. 

9.  Now,  because  Gideon  With- 


es, Mas.  29 :46.     fc,  Ters.  14,  18.    c,  ver.  15. 
15:15.     21:6.     f,  Mos.  22:3 — 16. 

195 


fi,  Mos.  18:24,  26.    27:3—5.     e,  AL 
ABOUT  B.  0.  91. 


198 


ALMA,   I. 


stood  Mm  with  the  words  of  God 
lie  was  wroth  with  Gideon,  and 
drew  his  sword  and  "began  to 
smite  him.  Now  Gideon  being 
stricken  with  many  years,  there- 
fore he  was  not  able  to  withstand 
his  blows,  therefore  he  was  slain 
by  the  sword. 

10.  And  the  man  who  slew  him 
was  taken  by  the  people  of  the 
church,  and  was  brought  before 
Alma,  to  be  judged  according  to 
the  crimes  which  he  had  com- 
mitted. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
stood  before  Alma  and  pleaded 
for  himself  with  much  boldness. 

12.  Bnt  Alma  said  unto  him: 
Behold,  this  is  the  first  time  that 
priestcraft  has  been  introduced 
among  this  people.    And  behold, 
thou  art  not  only  guilty  of  priest- 
craft, but  hast  endeavored  to  en- 
force it  by  the  sword;  and  were 
priestcraft  to  be  enforced  among 
this  people  it  would  prove  their 
entire  destruction. 

13.  And   thou   hast   shed   the 
blood  of  a  ^righteous  man,  yea,  a 
man  who  has  done  much  good 
among  this  people;  and  were  we 
to   spare   thee  his   blood   would 
come  upon  us  for  vengeance. 

14.  Therefore   thou  art   *con- 
demned  to  die,  according  to  the 
law  which  has  been  given  us  by 
Mosiah,  our  last  king;  and  it  has 
been  acknowledged  by  this  peo- 
ple; therefore  this  people  must 
abide  by  the  law. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  took  him ;  and  his  name  w_as 
*Nehor;    and   they   carried   him 
upon  the  top  of  the  hill  Manti, 
and  there  he  was  caused,  or  rather 
did    acknowledge,    between    the 
heavens  and  the  earth,  that  what 
he  had  taught  to  the  people  was 


contrary  to  the  word  of  God;  and 
there  he  suffered  an  ignominious 
death. 

16.  Nevertheless,  this  did  not 
put  an  end  to  the  spreading  of 
^priestcraft  through  the  land;  for 
there  were  many  who  loved  the 
vain  things  of  the  world,  and  they 
went  forth  preaching  false  doc- 
trines; and  this  they  did  for  the 
*sake  of  riches  and  honor. 

17.  Nevertheless,    they    durst 
not  lie,  if  it  were  known,  for  fear 
of  the  law,  for  liars  were  pun- 
ished; therefore  they  pretended 
to  preach  according  to  their  be- 
lief; and  now  the  law  could  have 
no  power   on  any  man  for   zhis 
belief. 

18.  And  they  '"•durst  not  steal, 
for  fear  of  the  law,  for  such  were 
punished ;  neither  durst  they  rob, 
nor  murder,  for  he  that  murdered 
was  punished  unto  death. 

19.  But  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  did  not  belong  to  the 
church  of  God  began  to  persecute 
those    that    did    belong    to    the 
church  of  God,   and  had  taken 
upon  them  the  "name  of  Christ. 

20.  Yea,    they   did    persecute 
them,  and  afflict  them  with  all 
manner  of  words,   and  this  be- 
cause of  their  humility;  because 
they  were  not  proud  in  their  own 
eyes,  and  because  they  did  impart 
the  word  of  God,  one  with  an- 
other, without  money  and  without 
price. 

21.  Now  there  was  a  strict  law 
among  the  people  of  the  church, 
that  there  should  not  any  man, 
belonging  to  the  church,  arise  and 
persecute  those  that  did  not  be- 
long to  the  church,  and  that  there 
should  be  no  persecution  among 
themselves. 

22.  Nevertheless,    there    were 


fff  ver.  9.     ft,  Yers.  1,  18.     i,  Al.  2:1,  20.     16:11.     24:28—50.     /,  vers.  5,  6,  12. 
fc,  Yers.  5,  6.     lf  Al.  30:7—12.     m,  Al.  30:10.     »,  see  e,  Mos.  5.     o,  rers.  22-~|5. 


ALMA,   1. 


197 


many  among  them  who  began  to 
be  proud,  and  began  to  contend 
warmly  with  their  adversaries, 
even  unto  blows;  yea,  they  would 
psmite  one  another  with  their 
fists. 

23.  Now  this  was  in  the  *  sec- 
ond year  of  the  reign  of  Alma, 
and  it  was  a  cause  of  much  afflic- 
tion to  the  church;  yea,  it  was 
the  cause  of  much  trial  with  the 
church. 

24.  For    the   hearts    of   many 
were  hardened,  and  their  names 
were  Plotted  out,  that  they  were 
remembered  no  more  among  the 
people  of  God.     And  also  many 
withdrew  themselves  from  among 
them. 

25.  Now  this  was  a  great  trial 
to  those  that  did  stand  fast  in  the 
faith;    nevertheless,    they    were 
steadfast  and  immovable  in  keep- 
ing the  commandments  of  God, 
and  they  bore  with  patience  the 
persecution    which    was    heaped 
upon  them. 

26.  And  when  the  rpriests  left 
their  *labor  to  impart  the  word  of 
God  unto  the  people,  the  people 
also  left  their  labors  to  hear  the 
word  of  God.  And  when  the  priest 
had  imparted  unto  them  the  word 
of  God  they  all  returned  again 
diligently  unto  their  labors;  and 
the  priest,  not  esteeming  himself 
above  his  hearers,  for  the  preach- 
er was  no  better  than  the  hearer, 
neither  was  the  teacher  any  bet- 
ter than  the  learner;   and  thus 
they  were  all  equal,  and  they  did 
all  labor,  every  man  according  to 
his  strength. 

27.  And   they   did   impart   of 
their  substance,  every  man  *ac- 
cording  to  that  which  he  had,  to 
the  poor,  and  the  needy,  and  the 
sick,  and  the  afflicted;  and  they 


did  not  wear  costly  apparel,  yet 
they  were  neat  and  comely. 

28.  And  thus  they  did  establish 
the   affairs  of  the  church;    and 
thus  they  began  to  have  continual 
peace  again,  notwithstanding  all 
their  persecutions. 

29.  And  now,  because  of  the 
steadiness  of  the  church  they  be- 
gan to  be  exceeding  rich,  having 
abundance  of  all  things  whatso- 
ever  they    stood    in   need — and 
abundance  of  flocks  and  herds, 
and  failings  of  every  kind,  and 
also  abundance  of  grain,  ancl  of 
gold,  and  of  silver,  and  of  pre- 
cious things,  and  abundance  of 
asilk  and  fine-twined  linen,  and 
all  manner  of  good  homely  cloth. 

30.  And  thus,  in  their  prosper- 
ous circumstances,  they  did  not 
send  away  *any  who  were  naked, 
or  that  were  hungry,  or  that  were 
athirst,  or  that  were  sick,  or  that 
had  not  been  nourished;  and  they 
did   not   set   their   hearts   upon 
riches;  therefore  they  were  lib- 
eral to  all,  both  old  and  young, 
both  bond  and  free, "both  male 
and  female,  whether  out  of  the 
church  or  in  the  church,  having 
no  respect  to  persons  as  to  those 
who  stood  in  need. 

31.  And  thus  they  did  prosper 
and    become   far   more   wealthy 
than  those  who  did  not  belong  to 
their  ,church. 

32.  For  those  who  did  not  be- 
long to  their  church  did  indulge 
themselves  in  sorceries,  and  In 
idolatry  or  idleness,  and  in  bab- 
blings, and  in  envyings  and  strife; 
wearing    costly    apparel;     being 
lifted  up  in  the  pride  of  their  own 
eyes;    lying,    thieving,    robbing, 
committing  whoredoms,  and  mur- 
dering, and  all  manner  of  wicked- 
ness; nevertheless,  the  wlaw  was 


pf  vers.  21,  23.  #,  Mas.  26:32,  36.  r,  see  c,  Mos.  6.  ®,  Mos.  18:24,  26.  27:4t  5. 
t,  see  },  Jac.  2.  «,  Mas.  10:5.  Al.  4:6.  He.  6:13.  vf  see  $,  Jac.  2.  w,  vers.  14,  17, 
18,  33.  Mos.  29:15,  41.  *  ABOUT  B.  C.  90. 


198 


ALMA,   2. 


put  in  force  upon  all  those  who 
did  transgress  it,  inasmuch  as  it 
was  possible. 

33,  And  it  came  to  pass  that  by 
thus  exercising  the  law  upon 
them,  every  man  suffering  ac- 
cording to  that  which  he  had 
done,  they  became  more  still,  and 
durst  not  commit  any  wickedness 
if  it  were  known;  therefore,  there 
was  much  peace  among  the  peo- 
ple of  Nephi  until  the  fifth  year  of 
the  reign  of  the  judges. 

CHAPTER  2., 

Anilid  seeks  to  become  king — Re- 
jected by  the  majority,  but  is  made 
king — He  is  defeated  in  battle — He 
joins  the  Lamanites — Alma  slays  Am- 
lici and  routs  his  forces. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
commencement  of  the  *  fifth  year 
of  their  reign  there  began  to  be 
a  contention  among  the  people; 
for  a  certain  man,  being  called 
Amlici,  he  being  a  very  cunning 
man,  yea,  a  wise  man  as  to  the 
wisdom  of  the  world,  he  being 
after  the  order  of  the  aman  that 
slew  5Gideon  by  the  sword,  who 
was  'executed  according  to  the 
law — 

2.  Now  this  Amlici  had,  by  his 
cunning,  drawn  away  much  peo- 
ple after  him ;  even  so  much  that 
they  began  to  be  very  powerful; 
and  they  began  to  endeavor  to  es- 
tablish Amlici  to  be  a  king  over 
the  people. 

3.  Now  this  was  alarming  to 
the  people  of  the  church,  and  also 
to  all  those  who  had  not  been 
drawn  away  after  the  persuasions 
of  Amlici ;  for  they  knew  that  ac- 
cording to  their  law  that  such 
things  must  be  established  by  the 
''voice  of  the  people. 

4.  Therefore,  if  it  were  possible 
that  Amlici  should  gain  the  voice 


of  the  people,  he,  being  a  wicked 
man,  would  deprive  them  of 
their  rights  and  privileges  of  the 
church;  for  it  was  his  intent  to 
destroy  the  church  of  God. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
people  assembled  themselves  to- 
gether throughout  all  the  land, 
every  man  according  to  his  mind, 
whether  it  were  for  or  against 
Amlici,  in  separate  bodies,  hav- 
ing much  dispute  and  wonderful 
contentions  one  with  another. 

6.  And  thus  they  did  assemble 
themselves   together   to    cast   in 
their  voices  concerning  the  mat- 
ter ;  and  they  were  laid  before  the 
judges. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
"voice  of  the  people  came  against 
Amlici,  that  he  was  not  made  king 
over  the  people. 

8.  Now  this  did  cause  much  joy 
in  the  hearts  of  those  who  were 
against  him;  but  Amlici  did  stir 
up  those  who  were  in  his  favor  to 
anger  against  those  who  were  not 
in  his  favor. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
gathered  themselves  together,  and 
did  consecrate  Amlici  to  be  their 
king. 

10.  Now  when  Amlici  was  made 
king  over  them  he  commanded 
them  that  they  should  take  up 
arms  against  their  brethren;  and 
this  he  did  that  he  might  subject 
them  to  him. 

11.  Now  the  people  of  Amlici 
were  distinguished  by  the  name 
of  Amlici,  being  called  Amlicites; 
and  the  remainder  were  called 
Nephites,  or  the  people  of  God. 

12.  Therefore  the  people  of  the 
Nephites  were  aware  of  the  in- 
tent of  the  Amlicites,  and  there- 
fore they  did  prepare  to  meet 
them;  yeat  they  did  rarm  them- 


a,  Al.  1 :15.  S,  Al.  1:8.  c,  Al.  1 :15.  d,  see  e,  Mos.  29.  e,  see  e,  Mos.  29 :25— 27. 
>  £>Ne'  5 :14*  EDas  20-  Jar-  8-  M°3-  10  **8-  Al.  3 :5.  43  :18— 20,  He.  1 :14.  3  Ne. 
:2G.  Morm.  6 :9.  »  B  C  87 


ALMA,   2. 


199 


selves  with  swords,  and  with 
cimeters,  and  with  bows,  and 
with  arrows,  and  with  stones, 
and  with  slings,  and  with  all 
manner  of  weapons  of  war,  of 
every  kind. 

13.  And  thus  they  were  pre- 
pared to  meet  the  Amlicites  at 
the  time  of  their  coming.     And 
there   were   appointed   captains, 
and   higher   captains,   and   chief 
captains,  according  to  their  num- 
bers. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amlici  did  arm  his  men  with  all 
manner   of   weapons   of   war   of 
every  kind ;  and  he  also  appointed 
rulers  and  leaders  over  his  people, 
to  lead  them  to  war  against  their 
brethren. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Amiicites  came  upon  the  hill 
Amnihu,  which  was  east  of  the 
Driver  Sidon,  which  ran  by  the 
*land   of  Zarahemla,    and   there 
they  began  to  make  war  with  the 
Nephites. 

16.  Now  Alma,  being  the  ^hief 
judge  and  the  governor  of  the 
people    of   Nephi,    therefore    he 
went   up   with   his  people,  yea, 
with  'his  captains,  and  chief  cap- 
tains,  yea,   at   the  head   of   Ms 
armies,  against  the  Amlicites  to 
battle. 

17.  And  they  began*  to  si  ay  the 
Amlicites  upon  the  *hill  east  of 
'Sidon.     And  the  Amlicites  did 
contend  with  the  Nephites  with 
great    strength,    insomuch    that 
many   of  the  Nephites  did  fall 
before  the  Amlicites. 

18.  Nevertheless  the  Lord  did 
strengthen  the  hand  of  the  Ne- 
phites, that  they  slew  the  Amli- 
cites with  great  slaughter,  that 
they  began  to  flee  before  them. 


j      19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
;  the  Nephites  did  pursue  the  Am- 
;  licites  all  that  day*  and  did  slay 
•  them  with  much  slaughter,  inso- 
much that  there  were  slain  of  the 
Amlicites    twelve   thousand    five 
i  hundred   thirty  and   two   souls; 
I  and  there  were  slain  of  the  Ne- 
'  phites  six  thousand  five  hundred 
sixty  and  two  souls. 
I      20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Alma  could  pursue  the  Am- 
licites no  longer  he  caused  that 
his    people    should    pitch    their 
tents  in  the  "valley  of  Gideon,  the 
valley    being    called    after    that 
Gideon  who  was  slain  by  the  hand 
of  "Nehor  with  the  sword ;  and  in 
this  valley  the  Nephites  did  pitch 
their  tents  for  the  night. 

21.  And   Alma  sent  spies   to 
follow  the  remnant  of  the  Amli- 
cites, that  he  might  know  of  their 
plans  and  their  plots,  whereby  he 
might     guard     himself     against 
them,  that  he  might  preserve  his 
people  from  being  destroyed. 

22.  Now  those  whom  he  had 
sent  out  to  watch  the  camp  of  the 
Amlicites  were  called  Zeram,  and 
Amnor,  and  Manti,  and  Limher; 
these  were  they  who  went  out 
with  their  men  to  watch  the  camp 
of  the  Amiicites. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
on  the  morrow  they  returned  into 
the  camp  of  the  Nephites  in  great 
haste,  being  greatly  astonished, 
and  struck  with  much  fear,  say- 
ing: 

24.  Behold,   we   followed   the 
camp  of  the  °Amlicites,  and  to 
our  great  astonishment,   in  the 
land  of  Minen,  above  the  *land  of 
Zarahemla,  in  the  course  of  the 
eland  of  Nephi,  we  saw  a  numer- 
ous host  of  the  Lamanites;  and 


0,  vers.  17,  27,  34T  35.  AI.  3:3.  4:4.  6:7.  8:3.  16:<L  7.  22:27.  43:22,  27, 
32,  35,  39 — 41,  50—53.  44:22.  49:16.  50:11.  56:25.  Moral,  1:10.  *,  Om.  13. 
*»  Mos.  29:42.  /,  rers.  13,  14.  &,  ver.  15.  I,  see  g.  mf  ver.  26.  Mos.  22:3—16.  Al. 
1:8,  9.  6:7.  8:1.  n,  see  i,  AL  1.  ot  vers.  1,  11.  3:4,  13—18.  p,  Om.  13.  «,  see 
&,  2  Ne.  5.  B.  0.  87. 


200 


ALMA,   2. 


behold,  the  Amlicites  have  joined 
them; 

25.  And   they   are   upon    our 
brethren  in  that  land;  and  they 
are  fleeing  before  them  with  their 
flocks,  and  their  wires,  and  their 
children,  towards  rour  city;  and 
except  we  make  haste  they  obtain 
possession  of  our  city,  and  our 
fathers,  and  our  wives,  and  our 
children  be  slain. 

26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  Nephi  took  their 
tents,  and  departed   out  of  the 
"valley  of  Gideon  towards  their 
city,  which  was  the  city  of  Zara- 
hemla. 

27.  And  behold,  as  they  were 
crossing"  the  'river  Sidon,  the  La~ 
manites  and  the  Amlicites,  being 
as  numerous  almost,  as  it  were, 
as  the  sands  of  the  sea,   came 
upon  them  to  destroy  them. 

28.  Nevertheless,  the  Nephites 
being  strengthened  by  the  hand 
of    the     Lord,     having     prayed 
mightily  to  him  that  he  would 
deliver  them  out  of  the  hands  of 
their  enemies,  therefore  the  Lord 
did    hear    their    cries,    and    did 
strengthen  them,  and  the  Laman- 
ites  and  the  Amlicites  did  fall 
before  them. 

29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  fought  with  Amlici  with  the 
sword,  face  to  face;  and  they  did 
contend  mightily,  one  with  an- 
other. 

30.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
Alma,  being  a  man  of  God,  being 
exercised  with  much  faith,  cried, 
saying:    O  Lord,  have  mercy  and 
spare  my  life,  that  I  may  be  an 
instrument  in  thy  hands  to  save 
and  preserve  this  people. 

31.  Now  when  Alma  had  said 
these  words  he  contended  again 
with  Amlici;  and  he  was  strength- 
ened,   insomuch    that    he 
Amlici  with  the  sword. 


3  2.  And  he  also  contended  with 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites;  but 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites  fled 
back  from  before  Alma  and  sent 
his  guards  to  contend  with  Alma. 

33.  But  Alma,  with  his  guards, 
contended  with  the  guards  of  the 
king  of  the  Lamanites  until  he 
slew  and  drove  them  "back. 

34.  And  thus  he  cleared  the 
ground,    or    rather    the    "bank, 
which   was   on  the  west  of  the 
Driver  Sidon,  throwing  the  bodies 
of  the  Lamanites  who  had  been 
slain  into  the  waters  of  Sidon, 
that   thereby   his   people   might 
have  room  to  cross  and  contend 
with  the  Lamanites  and  the  Am- 
licites on  the  west  side  of  the 
river  Sidon. 

35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  they  had  all  crossed  the  river 
Sidon  that  the  Lamanites  and  the 
Amlicites    began    to    flee    before 
them,  notwithstanding  they  were 
so  numerous  that  they  could  not 
be  numbered. 

36.  And  they  fled  before  the 
Nephites  towards  the  wilderness 
which  was  west  and  north,  away 
beyond  the  borders  of  the  land; 
and  the  Nephites  did  pursue  them 
with  their  might,  and  did  slay 
them. 

37.  Yea,    they   were    met    on 
every  hand,  and  slain  and  driven, 
until  they  were  scattered  on  the 
west,  and  on  the  north,  until  they 
had  reached  the  wilderness,  which 
was  called  Hermounts;  and  it  was 
that  part  of  the  wilderness  which 
was  infested  by  wild  and  ravenous 
beasts. 

38.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
many  died  in  the  wilderness  of 
their  wounds,  and  were  devoured 
by  those  beasts  and  also  the  vul- 
tures of  the  air;  and  their  bones 
have  been  found,  and  have  been 
heaped  up  on  the  earth. 


r,  ZarabemU.     ^  see 


t,  see  g.     «,  see  Q. 


B.  0.  87. 


ALMA,   3. 


201 


CHAPTER  3. 


The  mark  of  the  Amlicite8,  and  the 

curse    upon    the   Lntnanites — Another 
Nephite  victory. 

1.  And  it  caine  to  pass  that  the 
Xepliltes  who  were  not  slain  by 
the  weapons  of  war,  after  haying 
buried  those  who  had  been  slain 
— now  the  number  of  the  slain 
were  not  numbered,   because  of 
the  greatness  of  their  number — 
after  they  had   finished  burying 
their  dead  they  all  returned  to 
their  lands,  and  to  their  houses, 
and  their  wives,  and  their  chil- 
dren. 

2.  Now  many  women  and  chil- 
dren   had    been   slain   with    the 
sword,   and   also   many  of  their 
flocks  and  their  herds;  and  also 
many  of  their  fields  of  grain  were 
destroyed,  for  they  were  trodden 
down  by  the  hosts  of  men. 

3.  And  now  as  many  of  the  La- 
manites  and  the  Amlicites  who 
had  been  slain  upon  the  abank  of 
the  river  Sidon  were  cast  into  the 
^waters  of  Sidon;  and  behold  their 
bones  are  in  the  depths  of  the 
fsea,  and  they  are  many. 

4.  And  the  Amlicites  were  dis- 
tinguished from  the  Nephites,  for 
they  had  marked  themselves  with 
dred  in  their  foreheads  after  the 
manner  of  the  Lamanites;  never- 
theless they  had  not  *shorn  their 
heads  like  unto  the  Lamanites. 

5.  Now  the  heads  of  the  La- 
manites   were   shorn;    and   they 
were  fnakedj  save  it  were  skin 
which    was    girded    about   their 
loins,  and  also  their  ff  armor,  which 
was  girded  about  them,  and  their 
bows,  and  their  arrows,  and  their 
stones,  and  their  slings,  and  so 
forth. 

6.  And   the  skins  of  the  La- 
manites were  adark,  according  to 
the   mark   which   was   set   upon 


their  fathers,  which  was  a  curse 
upon  them  because  of  their 
transgression  and  their  rebellion 
against  their  brethren,  who  con- 
sisted of  Xephi,  Jacob,  and  Jo- 
seph, and  Sam,  who  were  just  and 
holy  men. 

7.  And  their  brethren  sought 
to  destroy  them,  therefore  they 
were  cursed;  and  the  Lord  God 
set  a  *mark  upon  them,  yea,  upon 
Laman  and  Lemuel,  and  also  the 
sons  of  Xshmael,  and  Ishmaelitish 
women. 

8.  And  this  was  done  that  their 
seed  might  be  distinguished  from 
the  seed  of  their  brethren,  that 
thereby  the  Lord  God  might  pre- 
serve his  people,  that  they  might 
not  mix  and  believe  in  incorrect 
traditions    which    would    prove 
their  destruction. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass   that 
whosoever   did   mingle   his   seed 
with  that  of  the  Lamanites  did 
bring  the  same  curse  upon  his 
seed. 

10.  Therefore,  whosoever  suf- 
fered himself  to  be  led  away  by 
the  Lamanites  was  called  under 
that  head,  and  there  was  a  mark 
set  upon  Mm. 

11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  would  not  believe  in 
the  tradition  of  the  Lamanites, 
but  believed  those  records  which 
were  brought  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,  and  also  in  the  tradi- 
tion of  their  fathers,  which  were 
correct,  who  believed  in  the  com- 
mandments of  God  arid  kept  them, 
were  called  the  Nephites,  or  the 
people  of  Nephi,  from  that  time 
forth — 

12.  And  it  is  they  who  have 
kept  the  j  records  which  are  true 
of  their  people,  and  also  of  the 
people  of  the  Lamanites. 

13.  Now  we  will  return  again 


a,  AI,  2  ;34.  &,  see  g,  AI.  2.  c,  Al.  44 :22.  d,  vers.  13,  15,  16,  18,  19.  e,  ver.  5. 
Enos  20.  /,  Enos  20.  Al.  43 :20,  g,  see  /,  Al.  2.  &,  see  d,  1  Ne.  2.  i,  see  tf,  1  Ne. 
2.  /,  see  /,  1  Ne,  1.  B.  C.  87. 


202 


ALMA,  3. 


to  the  Amlicites,  for  they  also  had 
a  mark  set  upon  them;  yea,  they 
se£  the  mark  upon  themselves, 
yea,  even  a  *mark  of  red  upon 
their  foreheads. 

14.  Thus  the  word  of  God  Is 
fulfilled,  for  these  are  the  words 
which  he  said  to  NephI:    Behold, 
the  Lamanites  have  I  cursed,  and 
I  will  set  a  mark  on  them  that 
they    and    their    seed    may    be 
separated  from  thee  and  thy  seed, 
from  this  time  henceforth   and 
forever,   except   they   repent   of 
their  wickedness  and  turn  to  me 
that   I   may   have   mercy   upon 
them. 

15.  And  again:     I  will  set  a 
mark  upon  him  that  mingleth  his 
seed  with  thy  brethren,  that  they 
may  be  cursed  also. 

16.  And  again:     1  will  set  a 
*mark    upon   him   that   fighteth 
against  thee  and  thy  seed. 

17.  And  again,  I  say  he  that 
departeth    from    thee    shall    no 
more  be  called  thy  seed;  and  I 
will  bless  thee,  and  whomsoever 
shall  be  called  thy  seed,  hence- 
forth and  forever;  and  these  were 
the  promises  of  the  Lord  unto 
Nephi  and  to  his  seed. 

18.  Now  the  Amlicites  knew 
not  that  they  were  fulfilling  the 
words  of  God  when  they  began 
to    mmark    themselves    in    their 
foreheads;  nevertheless  they  had 
come  out  in  open  rebellion  against 
God;  therefore  it  was  expedient 
that  the  curse  should  fall  upon 
them. 

1 9 .  Now  I  wou  Id  that  ye  should 
see  that  they  brought  upon  them- 
selves the  curse;    and   even   so 
doth  every  man  that  is  cursed 
bring  upon  himself  his  own  con- 
demnation. 

20.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
not  many  days  after  the  battle 


which  was  fought  in  the  land  of 
Zarahemla,  by  the  Lamanites  and 
the  Amlicites,  that  ,  there  was 
another  army  of  the  Lamanites 
came  in  upon  the  people  of  Nephi, 
in  the  nsame  place  where  the  first 
army  met  the  Amlicites. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  an  army  sent  to  drive 
them  out  of  their  land. 

22.  Now  Alma  himself  being 
afflicted  with  a  wound  did  not  go 
up  to  battle  at  this  time  against 
the  Lamanites; 

23.  But  he  sent  up  a  numerous 
army   against   them;    and    they 
went  up  and  slew  many  of  the 
Lamanites,    and    drove    the    re- 
mainder of  them  out  of  the  bor- 
ders of  their  land. 

24.  And    then    they    returned 
again    and    began    to    establish 
peace  in  the  land,  being  troubled 
no  more  for  a  time  with  their 
enemies.  9 

25.  Now  *all  these  things  were 
done,  yea,   all   these    wars    and 
contentions  were  commenced  and 
ended  in  the  fifth  year  of  the 
reign  of  the  judges. 

26.  And  in  one  year  were  thou- 
sands and  tens  of  thousands  of 
souls  sent  to  the  eternal  world, 
that  they  might  reap  their  re- 
wards according  to  their  works, 
whether    they    were    good    or 
whether  they  were  bad,  to  reap 
eternal    happiness     or    °  eternal 
misery,  according  to  the  ^spirit 
which  they  listed  to  ofcey,  whether 
it  be  a  good  spirit  or  a  bad  one. 

27.  For  every  man  receiveth 
wages  of  him  whom  he  listeth  to 
obey,  and  this  according  to  the 
words  of  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 
therefore  let  it  be  according  to 
the  truth.     And  thus  endeth  the 
fifth  year   of  the  reign   of  the 
judges. 


kj  see  d.    l>  see  d.    m.  verv  4.    »,  Al.  2 :24.    o,  see  m,  Jac.  6.    p,  see  q,  Mos.  2. 

»  B.  0.  8T. 


ALMA,  4. 


203 


CHAPTER  4. 


Growth  of  the  church — Prosperity, 
pride,  and  iniquity — Nephihah  made 
chief  judge. 

1.  Now  It  came  to  pass  in  the 
*sixth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi, 
there   were   no    contentions   nor 
wars  in  the  °Iand  of  Zarahemla; 

2.  But  the  people  were  afflicted, 
yea,  greatly  afflicted  for  the  6loss 
of  their  brethren,  and  also  for  the 
loss  of  "their  flocks  and  herds, 
and   also   for   the  loss   of  their 
fields  of  grain,  which  were  trod- 
den under  foot  and  destroyed  by 
the  Lamanites. 

3.  And  so  great  were  their  af- 
flictions that  every  soul  had  cause 
to  mourn;  and  they  believed  that 
it  was  the  judgments  of  God  sent 
upon  them  because  of  their  wick- 
edness and  their  abominations; 
therefore  they  were  awakened  to 
a  remembrance  of  their  duty. 

4.  And  they  began  to  establish 
the  church  more  fully;  yea,  and 
many  were  ^baptized  in  the  waters 
of  *Sidon  and  were  *  joined  to  the 
church  of  God;   yea,  they  were 
baptized  by  the  hand  of  Alma, 
who   had   been   consecrated   the 
"high  priest  over  the  people  of 
the  church,  by  the  hand  of  his 
father  Alma. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
f  seventh  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  there  were   about  three 
thousand  five  hundred  souls  that 
united  themselves  to  the  church 
of  God  and  were  ^baptized.    And 
thus  endeth  the  seventh  year  of 
the  reign  of  the  judges  over  the 
people  of  Nephi;  and  there  was 
continual  peace  in  all  that  time. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
$  eighth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges,   that  the  people   of  the 


church  began  to  wax  proud,  be- 
cause of  their  exceeding  riches, 
and  *thelr  fine  silks,  and  their 
fine-twined  linen,  anil  because  of 
their  many  flocks  and  herds,  and 
their  gold  and  their  silver,  and 
all  manner  of  precious  things, 
which  they  had  obtained  by  their 
industry;  and  in  all  these  things 
were  they  lifted  up  in  the  pride  of 
their  eyes,  for  they  began  to  wear 
very  costly  apparel. 

7.  Now  this  was  the  cause  of 
much  affliction  to  Alma,  yea,  and 
to  many  of  the  people  whom  Alma 
had  ^consecrated  to  be  teachers, 
and  priests,  and  elders  over  the 
church;  yea,  many  of  them  were 
sorely   grieved   for  the   wicked- 
ness which  they  saw  had  begun 
to  be  among  their  people. 

8.  For  they   saw   and   beheld 
with,  great  sorrow  that  the  people 
of  the  church  began  to  be  lifted 
up  in  the  pride  of  their  eyes,  and 
to  *set  their  hearts  upon  riches 
and  upon  the  vain  things  of  the 
world,   that   they   began   to    be 
scornful,    one   towards    another, 
and  they  began  to  persecute  those 
that  did  not  believe  according  to 
their  own  will  and  pleasure. 

9.  And   thus,    in    this    eighth 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges, 
there  began  to  be  great  conten- 
tions among  the  people  of  the 
church;  yea,  there  were  envyings, 
and  strife,  and  malice,  and  perse- 
cutions, and  *pride,  even  to  ex- 
ceed the  pride  of  those  who  did 
not  belong  to  the  church  of  God. 

10.  And  thus  ended  the  eighth 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges; 
and  the  wickedness  of  the  church 
was  a  great  stumbling-block  to 
those  who  did  not  belong  to  the 
church;    and    thus    the    church 
began  to  fail  in  its  progress. 


a,  Om.  13.  6,  Al.  2:19.  3:1,  26.  c,  Al.  8:2.  d,  see  «,  2  Ne.  9.  e,  see  g,  Al.  2. 
f,  see  df  Mos.  26.  g,  see  g,  Mos.  26.  A,  see  %  2  Ne.  $.  i,  see  «,  Al.  1.  j,  see  c, 
Mos.  6.  fc,  vers.  6,  9—12.  I,  see  fc.  *  B.  C.  86.  f  B,  C.  85.  $  B.  C.  84. 


204 


ALMA,   5. 


11.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
*  commencement    of    the    ninth 
year,  Alma  saw  the  ""wickedness 
of  the  church,  and  he  saw  also 
that  the  example  of  the  church 
began  to  lead  those  who  were  un- 
believers on  from  one  piece  of 
iniquity  to  another,  thus  bringing 
on  the  destruction  of  the  people. 

12.  Yea,    he    saw    great    in- 
equality among  the  people,  some 
lifting  themselves  up  with  their 
pride,  despising  others,  turning 
their  backs  "upon  the  needy  and 
the  naked  and  those  who  were 
hungry,    and    those    who    were 
athirst,  and  those  who  were  sick 
and  afflicted. 

13.  Now  this  was  a  great  cause 
for  lamentations  among  the  peo- 
ple, while  others  were  abasing 
themselves,  succoring  those  who 
stood  in  need  of  their  succor,  "such 
as  imparting  their  substance  to 
the  poor  and  the  needy,  feeding 
the    hungry,    and    suffering    all 
manner  of  afflictions,  for  Christ's 
sake,  who  should  come  according 
to  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 

14.  Looking  forward   to  that 
day,  thus  retaining  a  remission 
of  their  sins;   being  filled  with 
great  joy  because  of  the  ^resur- 
rection  of  the  dead,  according  to 
the  will  and  power  and  deliver- 
ance  of  Jesus   Christ  from  the 
«bands  of  death. 

15.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma,  having  seen  the  af- 
flictions of  the  humble  followers 
of    God,    and    the    persecutions 
which  were  heaped  upon  them  by 
the  remainder  of  his  people,  and 
seeing  rall  their  inequality,,  began 
to  be  very  sorrowful;  neverthe- 
less the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  did 
not  fail  him. 

1 6.  And  he  selected  a  wise  man 


who  was  among  the  ^elders  of 
the  church,  and  gave  him  power 
according  to  the  *voice  of  the 
people,  that  he  might  have  power 
to  enact  laws  according  to  the 
"laws  which  had  been  given,  and 
to  put  them  in  force  according  to 
the  wickedness  and  the  crimes  of 
the  people. 

17.  Now  this  man's  name  was 
Nephihah,  and  he  was  appointed 
chief  judge;   and  he  sat  in  the 
judgment-seat   to   judge   and   to 
govern  the  people. 

18.  Now  Alma  did  not  grant 
unto  him  the  office  of  being  ^high 
priest  over  the  church,  but  he  re- 
tained the  office  of  high,  priest 
unto  himself;    but  he   delivered 
the  judgment-seat  unto  Nephihah. 

19.  And  this   he  did  that  he 
himself  might   go   forth   among 
his  people,  or  among  the  people 
of  NepM,  that  he  might  preach 
the  word  of  God  unto  them,  to 
stir  them  up  in  remembrance  of 
their  duty,  and  that  he  might  pull 
down,  by  the  word  of  God,  all  the 
pride  and  craftiness  and  all  the 
contentions,  which   were   among 
his  people,  seeing  no  way  that  he 
might  reclaim  them  save  it  were 
in   bearing  down  in  pure  testi- 
mony against  them. 

20.  And  thus  in  the  commence- 
ment of  the  ninth  year  of  the 
reign  of  the  judges  over  the  peo- 
ple of  Nephi,  Alma  delivered  up 
the  judgment-seat  to  "'Nephihah, 
and  confined  himself  wholly  to 
the  'high  priesthood  of  the  holy 
order  of  God,  to  the  testimony  of 
the  word,  according  to  the  spirit 
of  revelation  and  prophecy. 

CHAPTER  5. 

The  words  which  Alma,  the  High 
Priest  according  to  the  holy  order  of 


m,  see  7c.  n,  see  3,  Jac.  2.  o,  see  $,  Jac.  2.  p,  see  df  2  Nc.  2.  q,  see  g  and  £, 
2  Ne.  9.  r,  vers,  6 — 12.  «,  ver.  7.  *,  see  e,  Mos.  29.  «,  Al.  1 :1,  14,  18.  u,  see  gf 
Mos.  26.  to,  vers.  17,  18.  AL  8:12.  ar,  see  gf  Mos.  26.  *  B.  C.  83. 


ALMA,  5, 


205 


Ood,  delivered  to  the  people  in  their  t 

cities    and    villages    throughout    the  \ 
land.  

—  i 

He  recounts  the  experience  of  the  \ 
church  —  Denounces    iniquity  —  Calls  ' 

upon  the  people  to  repent.  I 

1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  * 
*  Alma  began  to  deliver  the  word  j 
of  God  unto  the  people,  first  in  1 
the  cland  of  Zaraaemla,  and  from 
thence  throughout  all  the  land. 

2.  And   these   are   the   words  \ 
which  he  spake  to  the  people  in 
the  church  which  was  established 
in  the  city  of  Zarahemla,  accord- 
ing to  his  own  record,  saying: 

3.  I,  Alma,  having  been  conse- 
crated by  my  father,  Alma,  to  be 
a  *high  priest  over  the  church  of 
God,  he  having  cpower  and  au- 
thority  from   God    to    do   these 
things,   behold,   I  say  unto  you 
that    he    began    to    establish    a 
church  in  the  land  which  was  in 
the  borders  of  Nephi;   yea,  the 
land  which  was  called  the  *lan.d 
of  Mormon;  yea,  and  he  did  ebap- 
tize  his  brethren  in  the  waters  of 
Mormon. 

4.  And  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
they  were  ^delivered  out  of  the 
hands  of  the  people  of  king  Noah, 
by  the  mercy  and  power  of  God. 

5.  And  behold,  after  that,  they 
were  brought  into  bondage  by  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites  *in  the 
wilderness;  yea,  I  say  unto  you, 
they  were  in  captivity,  and  again 
the  Lord  did  Mellver  them  out  of 
bondage    by    the   power    of    his 
word;  and  we  were  brought  into 
this  land,  and  here  we  began  to 
establish    the    church    of    God 
throughout  HMs  land  also. 

6.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 
you,  my  brethren,  you  that  be- 
long to  this  church,  have  you  suf- 


ficiently  retained  in  remembrance 
the  ^captivity  of  your  fathers? 
Yea,  and  have  yon  sufficiently  re- 
tained in  remembrance  his  mercy 
and  long-suffering  towards  them? 
And  moreover,  have  ye  sufficiently 
retained  in  remembrance  that  lie 
lias  *  delivered  their  souls  from 


7.  Behold,    lie    changed   their 
hearts;  yea,  he  awakened  them 
out  of  a  deep  sleep,   and  they 
awoke  unto  God.     Behold,  they 
were  in  the  midst  of  darkness; 
nevertheless,    their    souis    were 
illuminated  by  the  light  of  the 
everlasting  word;  yea,  they  were 
encircled  about  by  the  ^ands  of 
death,  and  the  ^chains  of  hell, 
and   an    everlasting   destruction 
did  await  them. 

8.  And  now  I  ask  of  you,  my 
brethren,  were  they  destroyed? 
Behold,  I  say  unto  you,  Xay,  they 
were  not. 

9.  And  again  I  ask,  were  the 
"bands  of  death  broken,  and  the 
"chains  of  hell  which  encircled 
them  about,  were  they  loosed?    I 
say   unto   you,   Yea,   they   were 
loosed,  and  their  souls  did  ex- 
pand, and  they  did  sing  redeem- 
ing love.     And  I  say  unto  you 
that  they  are  saved. 

10.  And  now  I  ask  of  you  on 
what  conditions  are  they  saved? 
Yea,  what  grounds  had  they  to 
hope  for  salvation?    What  is  the 
cause  of  their  being  loosed  from 
the  ^bands  of  death,  yea,  and  also 
the  ^chains  of  hell? 

11.  Behold,  I  can  tell  you  — 
did  not  my  father  Alma  believe 
in  the  words  which  were  deliv- 
ered by  the  rmouth  of  Abinadi? 
And  was  he  not  a  holy  prophet? 
Did  lie  not  speak  the  words  of 


a.  Om.  IS.  S,  see  gf  Mos.  2$.  ef  see  g,  Mas.  IS.  <Z,  see  Z»,  Mos.  18.  ef  see  «, 
2  Ne.  9.  /,  Mos.  23:1 — 3.  g>  MOR.  23:37—39.  24:8 — 15.  &>  Mos.  24:17 — 25.  i, 
ver.  1.  j,  see  f  and  g.  fc,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15.  2,  see  g  and  jf  2  Ne.  9.  mf  see  p,  2  Ne.  28. 

»,  see  g  and  /,  2  Ne.  9.    o,  see  p,  2  Ne.  28.    t  see  gf  and  j,  2  Ne.  9.    qy  see  p,  2  Ne.  28. 
r   Mos    17  *2 — i  *Asot7T  B«  C.  83. 


206 


ALMA,   5. 


God,  and  my  father  Alma  believe 
them? 

12.  And  according  to  Ms  faith 
there  was  a  mighty  change 
wrought  in  his  heart.  Behold  I 
say  unto  you  that  this  is  all  true. 

IS.  And  behold,  he  preached 
the  word  *unto  your  fathers,  and 
a  mighty  change-was  also  wrought 
in  their  hearts,  and  they  humbled 
themselves  and  put  their  trust  in 
the  true  and  living  God.  And 
behold,  they  were  faithful  'until 
the  end;  therefore  they  were 
saved. 

14.  And  now  behold,  I  ask  of 
you,  my  brethren  of  the  church, 
have  ye  spiritually  been  "born  of 
God  ?    Have  ye  received  his  image 
in  your  countenances?     Have  ye 
experienced  this  mighty  change  in 
your  hearts? 

15.  Do  ye  exercise  faith  in  the 
redemption  of  him  who  "created 
you?    Do  you  look  forward  with 
an  eye  of  faith,  and  view  this 
mortal  body  Braised  in  immor- 
tality, and  this  corruption  raised 
in  incorruption,  to  stand  before 
God  to  be  judged  according  to  the 
deeds  which  have  been  done  in 
the  mortal  body?    * 

16.  I  say  unto  you,  can  you 
imagine    to   yourselves    that   ye 
hear  the  voice  of  the  Lord,  saying 
unto   you,   in   that   day:     Come 
unto  me  ye  blessed,  for  behold, 
your  works  have  been  the  works 
of  righteousness  upon  the  face  of 
the  earth? 

17.  Or  do  ye  imagine  to  your- 
selves that  ye  can  lie  unto  the 
Lord  in  that  day,  and  say — Lord, 
our  works  have  been  righteous 
works  upon  the  face  of  the  earth 
— and  that  he  will  save  you? 

18.  Or  otherwise,  can  ye  im- 
agine yourselves  brought  before 
the  tribunal  of  God  with  your 


souls  filled  wi-th  guilt  and  re- 
morse, having  a  'remembrance  of 
all  your  guilt,  yea,  a  perfect  re- 
membrance of  all  your  wicked- 
ness, yea,  a  remembrance  that  ye 
have  set  at  defiance  the  com- 
mandments of  God? 

19.  I    say   unto   you,    can   ye 
look  up  to  God  at  that  day  with 
a  pure  heart  and  clean  hands?    I 
say  unto  you,  can  you  look  up, 
having   the   image    of    God    en- 
graven upon  your  countenances? 

20.  I    say   unto   you,    can   ye 
think  of  being  saved  when  you 
have  yielded  yourselves  to  become 
^subjects  to  the  devil? 

21.  I   say   unto    you,    ye   will 
know  at  that  day  that  ye  cannot 
be  saved;  for  there  can  no  man 
be  saved  except  his  garments  are 
washed  white;  yea,  his  garments 
must  be  purified  until  they  are 
cleansed  from  all  stain,  through 
the  sblood  of  him  of  whom  it  has 
been  spoken  by  our  fathers,  who 
should  come  to  redeem  his  people 
from  their  sins. 

22.  And  now  I  ask  of  you,  my 
brethren,  how  will  any  of  you 
feel,  if  ye  shall  stand  before  the 
bar   of   God,   having   your   gar- 
ments stained  with  blood  and  all 
manner    of    filthiness?     Behold, 
what    will    these    things    testify 
against  you? 

23.  Behold  will  they  not  tes- 
tify that  ye  are  murderers,  yea, 
and  also  that  ye  are  guilty  of  all 
manner  of  wickedness? 

24.  Behold,   my  brethren,   do 
ye  suppose  that  such  an  one  can 
have  a  place  to  sit  down  in  the 
kingdom  of  God,  with  Abraham, 
with  Isaac,  and  with  Jacob,  and 
also  all  the  holy  prophets,  whose 
garments  are  cleansed   and   are 
spotless,  pure  and  white? 

25.  I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  except 


st  Mas.  18:1 — 31.  t,  2  Ne.  31:15.  uf  sec  cv,  Mos.  5.  vf  see  Z,  Mos.  5.  w,  see  <Z, 
2  Ne.  2.  Also  /  and  m,  2  Ne.  0.  a;,  see  n,  2  Ne.  9.  y,  see  q,  Mos.  2.  z,  see  /,  2 
Ne.  2.  ABOUT  B,  0.  83. 


ALMA,   5, 


207 


ye  make  our  Creator  a  liar  from 
the  beginning,  or  suppose  that  lie 
Is  a  liar  from  the  beginning,  ye 
cannot  suppose  that  such,  can 
have  place  in  the  kingdom  of 
heaven;  but  they  shall  be  cast 
out  for  they  are  the  2echildren  of 
the  kingdom  of  the  devil. 

26.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 
you,  my  brethren,  if  ye  have  ex- 
perienced a  change  of  heart,  and 
if  ye  have  felt  to  sing  the  song  of 
redeeming  love,  I  would  ask,  can 
ye  feel  so  now? 

27.  Have  ye  walked,  keeping 
yourselves  blameless  before  God? 
Could  ye  say,  if  ye  were  called  to 
die   at    this    time,    within   your- 
selves, that  ye  have  been  suffi- 
ciently humble?     That  your  gar- 
ments   have   been    cleansed    and 
made  white  through  the  S6blood 
of  Christ,  who  will  come  to  redeem 
his  people  from  their  sins? 

28.  Behold,  are  ye  stripped  of 
pride?     I  say  unto  you,  if  ye  are 
not  ye  are  not  prepared  to  meet 
God.     Behold   ye   must    prepare 
quickly;     for    the    kingdom    of 
heaven  is  soon  at  hand,  and  such 
an  one  hath  not  eternal  life. 

29.  Behold,  I  say,  is  there  one 
among  you  who  is  not  stripped  of 
envy?     I  say  unto  you  that  such 
an  one  is  not  prepared;   and  I 
would    that    he   should    prepare 
quickly,  for  the  hour  is  close  at 
hand,  and  he  knoweth  not  when 
the  time  shall  come;  for  such  an 
one  is  not  found  guiltless. 

30.  And  again  I  say  unto  you, 
is  there  one  among  you  that  doth 
make  a  mock  of  his  brother,  or 
that  heapeth  upon  him  persecu- 
tions? 

31.  Wo  unto  such  an  one,  for 
he  is  not  prepared,  and  the  time 
is  at  hand  that  he  must  repent  or 
he  cannot  be  saved  1 


1  32.  Yea,  even  wo  unto  all  ye 
j  workers  of  iniquity;  repent,  re- 
j  peat,  for  the  Lord  God  hath 
)  spoken  it ! 

33.  Behold,  he  sendeth  an  In- 
vitation  unto   all   men,   for  the 
arras    of    mercy    are    extended 
towards  them,  and  he  saith:    Re- 
pent, and  I  will  receive  you. 

34.  Yea,  he  saith:    Come  unto 
me  and  ye  shall  partake  of  the 
2rfruit  of  the  tree  of  life;  yea,  ye 

j  shall  eat  and  drink  of  the  bread 
and  the  waters  of  life  freely; 

35.  Yea,   come   unto   me   and 
bring  forth  works  of  righteous- 
ness, and  ye  shall  not  be  hewn 
down  and  Mcast  into  the  fire — 

36.  For  behold,  the  time  is  at 
hand    that    whosoever    bringeth. 
forth  not  good  fruit,  or  whoso- 
ever   doeth    not    the    works    of 
righteousness,    the    same    have 
cause  to  wail  and  mourn. 

37.  O  ye  workers  of  iniquity; 
ye  that  are  puffed  up  in  the  vain 
things  of  the  world,  ye  that  have 
professed    to    have    known    the 
ways  of  righteousness  neverthe- 
less have  gone  astray,  as  sheep 
having    no    shepherd,    notwith- 
standing a  shepherd  hath  called 
after   you    and    is    still    calling 
after  you,  but  ye  will  not  hearken 
unto  his  voice  I 

38.  Behold,   I   say   unto   you, 
that  the  2egood  shepherd  doth  call 
you ;  yea,  and  in  his  own  name  he 
doth  call  you,  which  is  the  name 
of   Christ;    and    if  ye   will    not 
hearken   unto  the  voice  of  the 
good  shepherd,  to  the  name  by 
which  ye  are  called,  behold,  ye 
are  not  the  sheep  of  the  good 
shepherd. 

39.  And  now  if  ye  are  not  the 
sheep  of  the  2rgood  shepherd,  of 
what  fold  are  ye?    Behold,  I  say 
unto  you,  that  the  devil  is  your 


2<r,  see  if  2  Ne.  9.     26,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.     2c,  see  »,  1  Ne.  8.     2«f,  see  Is,  1  Ne.  15. 

2e,  vers.  39,  41,  57,  50,  60.    He.  7:18.     3  Ne.  15:24.     16:1—5.     18:31.     2/,  see  2<*. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  83. 


208 


ALMA,   5. 


shepherd,  and  ye  are  of  Ms  fold; 
and  now,  who  can  deny  this?  Be- 
hold, I  say  unto  you,  whosoever 
denieth  this  is  a  liar  and  a  2l7child 
of  the  devil. 

40.  For  I  say  unto  yon  2Hhat 
whatsoever  Is  good  cometh  from 
God,    and    whatsoever    is     evil 
cometh  from  the  devil. 

41.  Therefore,  if  a  man  bring- 
eth  forth  2igood  works  he  heark- 
eneth  unto  the  voice  of  the  2jgood 
shepherd,    and   he    doth    follow 
him;     but    whosoever    bringeth 
forth  s*evil  works,  the  same  be- 
cometh  a  "child  of  the  devil,  for 
he  hearfceneth  unto  his  voice,  and 
doth  follow  Mm. 

42.  And  whosoever  doeth  this 
must  receive  his  wages  of  him; 
therefore,  for  his  wages  he  re- 
ceiveth  death,  as  to  2mthings  per- 
taining unto  righteousness,  being 
dead  unto  all  good  works. 

43.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
would  that  ye  should  hear  me, 
for  I  speak  in  the  energy  of  my 
soul;  for  behold,  I  have  spoken 
unto  you  plainly  that  ye  cannot 
err,  or  have  spoken  according  to 
the  commandments  of  God. 

44.  For  I  am  called  to  speak 
after  this  manner,  according  to 
the  2Kholy  order  of  God,  which 'is 
in  Christ  Jesus;  yea,  I  am  com- 
manded to  stand  and  testify  unto 
this  people  the  things  which  have 
been  spoken  by  our  fathers  con- 
cerning the  things  which  are  to 
come. 

45.  And  this  is  not  all.    Bo  ye 
mot  suppose  that  I  know  of  these 
things  myself?     Behold,  I  testify 
unto  you  that  I  do  know  that 
these    things    whereof    I    have 
spoken  are  true.    And  how  do  ye 
suppose    that    I   know    of    their  | 
surety?  I 


46.  Behold,    I    say    unto    you 
they  are  made  known  unto  me  by 
the  Holy  Spirit  of  God.     Behold, 
I  have  2o fasted  and  prayed  many 
days  that  I  might  know   these 
things  of  myself.    And  now  I  do 
know   of  myself   that    they   are 
true;    for    the    Lord    God    hath 
made  them  manifest  unto  me  by 
his  Holy  Spirit;   and  this  is  the 
spirit  of  revelation  which  is  in 
me. 

47.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you  that  it  has  thus  been  revealed 
unto  me,  that  the  words  which 
have  been  spoken  by  our  fathers 
are  true,  even  so  according  to  the 
spirit  of  prophecy  which  is  in  me, 
which  is  also  by  the  manifestation 
of  the  Spirit  of  God. 

48.  I  say  unto  you,  that  I  know 
of  myself  that  whatsoever  I  shall 
say  unto  you,   concerning   that 
which  is  to  come,  is  true;  and  I 
say  unto  you,  that  I  know  that 
Jesus  Christ  shall  come,  yea,  the 
Son,  the  Only  Begotten  of  the  Fa- 
ther,  full  of  grace,   and  mercy, 
and  truth.     And  behold,  It  is  he 
that  cometh  to  2*take  away  the 
sins  of  the  world,  yea,  the  sins 
of    every   man    who    steadfastly 
believeth  on  his  name. 

49.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  this  is  the  Border  after  which 
I  am  called,  yea,  to  preach  unto 
my  beloved   brethren,  yea,   and 
every  one  that  dwell  eth  in  the 
land;    yea,   to   preach   unto   all, 
both  old  and  young,  both  bond 
and  free;  yea,  I  say  unto  you  the 
aged,  and  also  the  middle  aged, 
and  the  rising  generation;  yea, 
to  cry  unto  them  that  they  must 
repent  and  be  2rborn  again. 

50.  Yea,  thus  saith  the  Spirit: 
Eepent,  all  ye  ends  of  the  earth, 
for  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  soon 


2ff,  see  I,  2  Ne.  9.  27z,  Om.  25.  Eth.  4:12.  Moro.  7:12 — 19.  10:6.  2i.  3  Ne, 
14:16 — 20.  2/,  see  2e.  2fr,  3  Ne.  14:16 — 20.  21,  see  i,  2  Ne.  £.  2m,  see  c.  2  Ne.  2. 
2n,  see  gt  Mos.  26.  20,  see  t,  Mos.  27.  2^  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  2q,  see  g,  Mos.  26.  2r, 
see  c,  Mos.  5.  ABOUT  B.  G,  $&. 


ALMA,  5. 


209 


at  band;  yea,  the  Son  of  God 
cometh  in  his  glory,  in  Ms  might, 
majesty,  power,  and  dominion. 
Yea,  my  beloved  brethren,  I  say 
unto  you,  that  the  Spirit  saith: 
Behold  the  glory  of  the  King  of 
all  the  earth;  and  also  the  King 
of  heaven  shall  very  soon  shine 
forth  among  all  the  children  of 
men. 

51.  And  also  the  Spirit  saith 
unto   me,   yea,   crieth    unto   me 
with  a  mighty  voice,  saying:     Go 
forth  and  say  unto  this  people — 
Bepent,  for  except  ye  repent  ye 
can  in  nowise  inherit  the  king- 
dom of  heaven. 

52.  And  again  I  say  unto  yon, 
the  Spirit  saith:     Behold,  the  ax 
is  laid  at  the  root  of  the  tree; 
therefore  every  tree  that  bringeth 
not    forth    good    fruit    shall    be 
s*hewn  down  and  cast  into  the 
fire,  yea,  a  fire  which  cannot  be 
consumed,  even  an  unquenchable 
fire.    Behold,  and  remember,  the 
Holy  One  hath  spoken  it. 

5  3 .  And  now  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  say  nnto  you,  can  ye  with- 
stand these  sayings;  yea,  can  ye 
lay  aside  these  things,  and  tram- 
ple the  Holy  One  under  your  feet; 
yea,  can  ye  be  puffed  up  in  the 
pride  of  your  hearts;  yea,  will  ye 
still  persist  in  the  wearing  of 
s 'costly  apparel  and  setting  your 
hearts  upon  the  vain  things  of 
the  world,  upon  your  riches? 

54.  Yea,  will  ye  persist  in  sup- 
posing that  ye  are  better  one 
than  another;  yea,  will  ye  persist 
in  the  persecution  of  your  breth- 
ren, who  humble  themselves  and 
do  walk  after  the  holy  order  of 
God,  wherewith  they  have  been 
brought  into  this  church,  hav- 
ing been  sanctified  by  the  Holy 
Spirit,  and  they  do  bring  forth 


works  which  are  meet  for  repent- 
ance— 

55.  Yea,  and  will  you  persist 
in  turning  your  s*backs  upon  the 
poor,  and  the  needy,  and  in  with- 
holding   your    substance    from 
them? 

56.  And  finally,  all  ye  that  will 
persist  in  your  wickedness,  I  say 
unto  you  that  these  are  they  who 
shall  be  2rhewn  down  and  cast 
into  the  fire  except  they  speedily 
repent 

57.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
all  you  that  are  desirous  to  fol- 
low the  voice  of  the  2*good  shep- 
herd,   come    ye    out    from    the 
wicked,  and  be  ye  separate,  and 
touch  not  their  unclean  things; 
and  behold,  their  names  shall  be 
2xblotted  out,  that  the  names  of 
the  wicked  shall  not  be  numbered 
among  the  names  of  the  right- 
eous, that  the  word  of  God  may 
be   fulfilled,   which   saith:     The 
names  of  the  wicked  shall  not  be- 
mingled  with  the  names  of  my 
people; 

58.  For  the  names  of  the  right- 
eous shall  be  written  in  the  book 
of  life,  and  unto  them  will  I  grant 
an  inheritance  at  my  right  hand. 
And  now,  my  brethren,  what  have 
ye  to  say  against  this?     I  say 
unto  you,  if  ye  speak  against  it, 
it  matters  not,  for  the  word  of 
God  must  be  fulfilled. 

5  9.  For  what  shepherd  is  there 
among  you  having  many  sheep 
doth  not  watch  over  them,  that 
the  wolves  enter  not  and  devour 
his  flock?  And  behold,  if  a  wolf 
enter  his  flock  doth  he  not  drive 
him  out?  Yea,  and  at  the  last, 
if  he  can,  he  will  destroy  Mm. 

60.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  the  2^good  shepherd  doth  call 
after  you;  and  if  you  will  hearken 


2s   vers.  35,  56.    Jac.  6:7.     3  Ne.  27  ill,  12.     2*,  2  Ne.  28:11— 14.     Mom.  8 :36— 
39.     2«,   see  j,  Jac.  2.     2o,  see  2s.     2-u?,  see  2e.     2a,  Mos.  26:32—36.     2y,  see  2e. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  83. 


210 


ALMA,   6. 


unto  Ms  voice  he  will  bring  you 
into  Ms  fold,  and  ye  are  his 
sheep;  and  he  commandeth  you 
that  ye  suffer  no  ravenous  wolf 
to  enter  among  you,  that  ye  may 
not  be  destroyed. 

61.  And  now  I,  Alma,  do  com- 
mand you  in  the  language  of  Mm 
who  hath  commanded  me,  that  ye 
observe  to  do  the  werds  which  I 
have  spoken  unto  you. 

62.  I  speak  by  way  of  com- 
mand unto  you  that  belong  to  the 
church;  and  unto  those  who  do 
not  belong  to  the  church  I  speak 
by    way    of    invitation,    saying: 
Come  and  be  22baptized  unto  re- 
pentance, that  ye  also  may  be 
partakers  of  the  fruit  of  the  Satree 
of  life. 

CHAPTER  6. 

The  reform  movement*  "begun  in 
Zarahemldj  is  carried  to  the  city  of 
Gideon. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  Alma  had  made  an  end 
of  speaking  unto  the  people  of 
the  church,  which  was  established 
in  the  city  of  Zarahemla,  he  flor- 
dained  priests  and  elders,  by  lay- 
ing on  his  hands  according  to  the 
order   of    God,    to    preside    and 
watch  over  the  church. 

2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  did  not  belong  to  the 
church    who    repented    of    their 
sins  were  6baptized  unto  repent- 
ance, and  were  received  into  the 
church. 

3.  And  it  also  came  to  pass 
that  whosoever  did  belong  to  the 
church   that   did  not   repent   of 
their    wickedness    and    humble 
themselves  before  God — I  mean 
those  who  were  lifted  up  in  the 
pride  of  their  hearts — the  same 
were  rejected,  and  their  names 


were  "blotted  out,  that  their 
names  were  not  numbered  among 
those  of  the  righteous. 

4.  And    thus    they    began    to 
establish  the  order  of  the  church 
in  the  city  of  ^Zarahemla. 

5.  Now  I  would  that  ye  should 
understand  that  the  word  of  God 
was  liberal  unto  all,  that  none 
were  deprived  of  the  privilege  of 
assembling   themselves   together 
to  hear  the  word  of  God, 

€.  Nevertheless  the  children  of 
God  were  commanded  that  they 
should  gather  themselves  to- 
gether oft,  and  join  in  lasting 
and  mighty  prayer  in  behalf  of 
the  welfare  of  the  souls  of  those 
who  knew  not  God. 

7.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Alma  had  made  these  reg- 
ulations he  departed  from  them, 
yea,  from  the  church  which  was 
in   the   city  of  Zarahemla,   and 
went  over  upon  the  east  of  the 
'river  Sidon,  into  the  ^valley  of 
Gideon,  there  having  been  a  city 
built,  which  was  called  the  city 
of  Gideon,  which  was  in  the  val- 
ley that  was  called  Gideon,  being 
called  after  the  man  who  was 
ftslain  by  the  hand  of  iNehor  with 
the  sword. 

8.  And  Alma  went  and  began 
to  declare  the  word  of  God  unto 
the  church  which  was  established 
in  the  ^valley  of  Gideon,  accord- 
ing to  the  revelation  of  the  truth 
of    the    word    which    had    been 
spoken  by  his  fathers,   and  ac- 
cording to  the  spirit  of  prophecy 
which  was  in  him,  according  to 
the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Son  of  God,  who  should  come  to 
redeem  his  people  from  their  sins, 
and  the  fcholy  order  by  which  he 
was  called.    And  thus  it  is  writ- 
ten.   Amen. 


,  2*,  see  u3  2  Ne.  9.  3a,  see  Z>,  1  Ne.  8.  CHAP.  6 :  <*,  see  c,  Mos.  6.  6,  see  uf 
2  Ne.  9.  c,  Mos.  26  :32— 36.  Al.  5 :57,  58.  d,  Om.  13.  Al.  2 :2$.  e,  see  t,  Mos  27 
/'^e^£1'2*  ^seew,  Al.  2.  h,  Al.  1:9,  15.  i,  Al.  1:15.  3,  see  w,  Al.  2.  fc,  see 
fft  Mos.  26.  ABOUT  B  C  83 


ALMA,   7. 


211 


CHAPTER  7. 


The  words  of  Alma  which  he  deliv- 
ered to  the  people  in  Gideon^  according 
to  his  own  record. 


His  testimony  of  the  Redeemer — He 
commends  the  people  for  their  right- 
eousness. 

1.  Behold   my   beloved  breth- 
ren, seeing  that  I  have  been  per- 
mitted to  come  unto  yon,  therefore 
I  attempt  to  address  you  in  my 
language ;  yea,  by  my  own  mouth, 
seeing  that  it  is  the  first  time 
that  I  have  spoken  unto  you  by 
the  words  of  my  mouth,  I  hav- 
ing been  awholly  confined  to  the 
judgment-seat,  having  had  much 
business  that  I  could  not  come 
unto  you. 

2.  And  even  I  could  not  have 
come  now  at  this  time  were  it  not 
that  the  judgment-seat  hath  been 
6given  to  another,  to  reign  in  my 
stead;    and   the   Lord   in   much 
mercy  hath  granted  that  I  should 
come  unto  you. 

3.  And  behold,  I  have  come 
having  great  hopes  and  much  de- 
sire that  I  should  find  that  ye  had 
humbled  yourselves  before  God, 
and  that  ye  had  continued  in  the 
supplicating  of  his  grace,  that  I 
should  find  that  ye  were  blame- 
less before  him,  that  I  should  find 
that  ye  were  not  in  the  awful 
dilemma  that  our  brethren  were 
in  at  Zarahemla. 

4.  But  blessed  be  the  name  of 
God,  that  he  hath  given  me  to 
know,  yea,  hath  given  unto  me 
the  exceeding  great  joy  of  know- 
ing   that    they    are    established 
again  in  the  way  of  his  right- 
eousness. 

5.  And  I  trust,  according  to 
the  Spirit  of  God  which  is  in  me, 
that  I  shall  also  have  joy  over 
you;  nevertheless  I  do  not  desire 
that    my    joy    over   you    should 


come  by  the  cause  of  so  much  af- 
flictions and  sorrow  which  I  have 
had  for  the  brethren  at  r2ara- 
hemla,  for  behold,  my  joy  cometh 
over  them  after  wading  through 
much  affliction  and  sorrow. 

6.  But  behold,  I  trust  that  ye 
are  not  in  a  state  of  so  much  un- 
belief as  were  your  brethren;  I 
trust  that  ye  are  not  lifted  up  in 
the  pride  of  your  hearts;  yea,  I 
trust  that  ye  have  not  set  your 
hearts  **upon  riches  and  the  vain 
things  of  the  world;  yea,  I  trust 
that  you  do  not  worship  idols,  but 
that  ye  do  worship  the  true  and 
the  living  God,  and  that  ye  look 
forward  for  the  remission  of  your 
sins,  with  an  everlasting  faith, 
which  is  to  eome. 

7.  For  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
there  be  many  things  to  come; 
and   behold,  there  Is  one  thing 
which  is  of  more  importance  than 
they  all — for  behold,  the  time  is 
not  far  distant  that  the  Redeemer 
liveth    and    cometh    among   his 
people. 

8.  Behold,  I  do  not  say  that 
he  will  come  among  us  at  the 
time  of  his  dwelling  in  his  mortal 
tabernacle;  for  behold,  the  Spirit 
hath  not  said  unto  me  that  this 
should  be  the  case.     Now  as  to 
this  thing  I  do  not  know;   but 
this  much  I  do  know,  that  the 
Lord  God  hath  power  to  do  all 
things  which  are  according  to  his 
word. 

9.  But  behold,  the  Spirit  hath 
said  this  much  unto  me,  saying: 
Cry  unto  this  people,  saying — 
Repent  ye,  and  prepare  the  way 
of   the  Lord,    and   walk  in   his 
paths,   which   are   straight;    for 
behold,  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is 
at   hand,   and   the   Son    of    God 
cometh.   upon    the   face    of   the 
earth. 

10.  And   behold,   he   shall  be 


af  Mos.  29 :42.    &,  Al.  4  ;16— 18.    ct  Om.  13.    df  see  2*,  Al.  5.  ABOUT  B.  0.  83. 


212 


ALMA,  7. 


born  of  *Mary,  at  Jerusalem 
which  is  the  land  of  our  fore- 
fathers, she  being  a  'virgin,  a 
precious  and  chosen  vessel,  who 
shall  be  overshadowed  and  con- 
ceive "by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  and  bring  forth  a  son,  yea, 
even  the  Son  of  God. 

11.  And  he  shall  go  forth,  suf- 
fering pains  and  afflictions  and 
temptations  of  every  kind;   and 
this  that  the  word  might  be  ful- 
filled which  saith  ^he  will  take 
upon  him  the  pains  and  the  sick- 
nesses of  his  people. 

12.  And  he  will  take  upon  him 
death,    that   he   may   loose    the 
*bahds  of  death  which  bind  his 
people;   and  he  will  take  upon 
him    their   infirmities,    that   his 
bowels  may  be  filled  with  mercy, 
according  to  the  flesh,  that  he 
may  know  according  to  the  flesh 
how  to  succor  his  people  accord- 
ing to  their  infirmities. 

13.  Now  the  Spirit  *knoweth 
all  things;  nevertheless  the  Son 
of  God  suffiereth  according  to  the 
flesh  that  he  might  'take-  upon 
him  the  sins  of  his  people,  that 
he  might  blot  out  their  transgres- 
sions according  to  the  power  of 
his  deliverance;  and  now  behold, 
this   is  the   testimony  which   is 
in  me. 

14.  Now  I  say  unto  you  that  ye 
must  repent,  and  be  ^born  again; 
for  the  Spirit  saith  if  ye  are  not 
born  again  ye  cannot  inherit  the 
kingdom    of   heaven;    therefore 
come  and  be  ^baptized  unto  re- 
pentance, that  ye  may  be  washed 
from  your  sins,  that  ye  may  have 
faith  on  the  Lamb  of  God,  who 
taketh    OTaway   the    sins    of    the 
world,  who  is  mighty  to  save  and 
to  cleanse  from  all  unrighteous- 
ness. 


15.  Yea,  I  say  unto  you  come 
and  fear  not,  and  lay  aside  every 
sin,  which  easily  doth  beset  you, 
which  doth  bind  you  down  to  de- 
struction, yea,  come  and  go  forth, 
and  show  unto  your  God  that  ye 
are    willing   to    repent    of   your 
sins  and  enter  into   a  covenant 
with  him  to  keep  his  command- 
ments, and  witness  it  unto  him 
this  day  by  going  into  the  "waters 
of  baptism. 

16.  And  whosoever  doeth  this, 
and  keepeth  the  commandments 
of    God    from    thenceforth,    the 
same  will  remember  that  I  say 
unto  him,  yea,  he  will  remember 
that  I  have  said  unto  Mm,   he 
shall  have  eternal  life,  according 
to    the    testimony   of   the    Holy 
Spirit,  which  testifieth  in  me. 

1 7 .  And  now  my  beloved  b  r  eth- 
ren,  do  you  believe  these  things? 
Behold,  I  say  unto  you,  yea,  I 
know  that  ye  believe  them;  and 
the  way  that  I  know  that  ye  be- 
lieve them  is  by  the  manifesta- 
tion of  the  Spirit  which  is  in- me. 
And  now  because  your  faith  is 
strong  concerning  that,  yea,  con- 
cerning the  things  which  I  have 
spoken,  great  is  my  joy. 

18.  For  as  I  said  unto  you  from 
the  beginning,  that  I  had  much 
desire  that  ye  were  not  in  the 
state  of  dilemma  °like  your  breth- 
ren, even  so  I  have  found  that  my 
desires  have  been  gratified. 

19.  For  I  perceive  that  ye  are 
in  the  paths  of  righteousness;  I 
perceive  that  ye  are  in  the  path 
which  leads  to  the  kingdom  of 
God;  yea,  I  perceive  that  ye  are 
making  his  *paths  straight. 

20.  I  perceive  that  it  has  been 
made  known  unto  you,   by  the 
testimony  of  Ms  word,  that  he 
cannot  walk  in   crooked   paths; 


e,  Mas.  3:8.  /,  1  Ne.  11:13 — 21  Mos.  3:8,  g,  Moe.  14:3 — 5.  Ti,  see  g,  and  j, 
2  Ne.  <J.  i>  see  r,  2  Ne.  9.  j,  Mos.  14  -5,  8,  12.  15  :12.  Tc,  see  c,  Mos.  5.  I,  see  u, 
2  Ne,  9.  m .  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  »,  see  u.  2  Ne.  9.  o,  vers.  3 — 6.  p,  see  20.  2  Ne.  9. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  83. 


ALMA,  8. 


213 


neither  doth  lie  vary  from  that : 
which  lie  hath  said;  neither  hath  i 
he  a  shadow  of  turning  from  the  ; 
right  to  the  left,  or  from  that 
which  is  right  to  that  which  is 
wrong;    therefore,  Ms  course  is  j 
ffone  eternal  round. 

21.  And  he  doth,  not  dwell  in 
runholy     temples;     neither    can 
filthiness    or   anything  which   is  1 
unclean  be  received  into  the  king- 
dom of  God;  therefore  I  say  unto 
you  the  time  snail  come,  yea,  and 
it  shall  be  at  the  last  day,  that  lie 
who  is  filthy  ''shall  remain  in  Ms 
fiithiness. 

22.  And  now  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  have  said  these  things  unto 
you  that  I  might  awaken  you  to  a 
sense  of  your  duty  to  God,  that  ye 
may  walk  blameless  before  him, 
that  ye  may  walk  after  the  holy 
order  of  God,  after  which  ye  have 
been  received. 

23.  And  now  I  would  that  ye 
should  be  humble,  and  be  sub- 
missive and   gentle;   easy  to  be 
entreated;   full  of  patience  and 
long-suffering;    being   temperate 
in  all  things;   being  diligent  in 
keeping   the   commandments    of 
God    at   all   times;    'asking   for 
whatsoever    things   ye   stand   in 
need,  both  spiritual  and  temporal ; 
always    returning    thanks    unto 
God  for  whatsoever  things  ye  do 
receive. 

24.  And  see  that  ye  "have  faith, 
hope,  and  charity,  and  then  ye 
will     always    abound    in    good 
works. 

25.  And  may  the  Lord  bless 
you,    and    keep    your    garments 
spotless,  that  ye  may  at  last  be 
brought  to  sit  down  with  Abra- 
ham, Isaac,  and  Jacob,  and  the 
holy    prophets    who    have    been 
ever  since  the  world  began,  hav- 
ing your  garments  spotless  even 


as  tneir  garments  are  spotless,  in 
the  kingdom  of  heaven  to  go  no 
more  out. 

26.  And  now  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  have  spoken  these  words 
unto  you  according  to  the  Spirit 
which  testifieth  in  me;  and  my 
soul  doth  exceedingly  rejoice,  be- 
cause of  the  exceeding  diligence 
and  iieed  which  ye  have  given 
unto  my  word. 

27.  And  now,  may  the  peace  of 
God  rest  upon  you,  and  upon  your 
houses  and  lands,  and  upon  your 
flocks  and  herds,  and  all  that  you 
possess,   your   women   and  your 
children,  according  to  your  faith 
and  good  works,  from  this  time 
forth  and  forever.     And  thus  I 
have  spoken.    Amen. 

CHAPTER  8. 

Alma's  success  in  MeleJc — The  peo- 
ple of  Ammonthah  cast  him  out — Com- 
forted by  an  angel,  he  returns — Amu- 
lefc  joins  him  in  the  ministry — Great 
power  given. 

1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that    Alma    returned    from    the 
aland    of    Gideon,    after    having 
taught  the  people  of  Gideon  many 
things  which  cannot  fee  written, 
having  established  the  order  of 
the  church,  according  as  he  had 
before  done  in  the  ^and  of  Zara- 
hemla,  yea,  he  returned  to  his 
own  house  at  Zarahemla  to  rest 
himself  from  the  labors  which  he 
had  performed. 

2.  And  thus  ended  the  ninth 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges 
over  the  people  of  Nephi. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
commencement  of  the  *  tenth  year 
of  the  reign  of  the  judges  over 
the  people  of  Nephi,  that  Alma 
departed  from  thence  and  took 
his  journey  over  into  the  land  of 
Melek,  on  the  west  of  the  Driver 


q,  1  Ne.  10:19.  Al.  37:12.  rt  Mos.  2:37.  AI.  34:36.  He.  4:24.  «,  see  o,  2  Ne  9. 
t,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32.  «,  AL  13 :29.  Eth.  12 :31— 34.  Moro.  7.  CHAP.  8 :  <*,  see  m>  AL  2. 
bt  Om.  13.  <?,  yers.  4,  5,  6.  Al.  31:6.  35:13.  45:18.  d,  see  g,  AI.  2.  *  B.  G.  82. 


214 


ALMA,   8. 


Sidon,  on  the  west  "by  the  bor- 
ders of  the  wilderness. 

4.  And  he  began  to  teach  the 
people  in  the  land  of  Melek  ac- 
cording to  ethe  holy  order  of  God, 
by   which   he  had   been   called; 
and  he  began  to  teach  the  peo- 
ple throughout  all  the  rland  of 
Melek. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
people  came  to  him  throughout 
all  the  borders  of  the  land  which 
was  by  the  wilderness  side.    And 
they  were  "baptized  throughout 
all  the  land; 

6.  So  that  when  he  had  finished 
Ms  work  at  ^Melek  he  departed 
thence,  and  traveled  three  days' 
journey  on  the  north  of  the  land 
of  Melek;  and  he  came  to  a  city 
which   was   called    ^Ammonihah. 

7.  Now  it  was  the  custom  of 
the  people  of  Nephi  to  call  their 
lands,  and  their  cities,  and  their 
Tillages,  yea,  even  all  their  small 
villages,  after  the  name  of  him 
who   first   possessed   them;    and 
thus  it  was  with  the  land  of  *  Am- 
monihah. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Alma  had  come  to  the  city 
of  Ammonihah  he  began  to  preach 
the  word  of  God  unto  them. 

9.  Now  Satan  had  gotten  great 
hold  upon  the  hearts  of  the  peo- 
ple of  the  city  of  Ammonihah; 
therefore  they  would  not  hearken 
unto  the  words  of  Alma. 

10.  Nevertheless  Alma  labored 
much  in  the  spirit,  wrestling  with 
God  in  *mighty  prayer,  that  he 
would  pour  out  his  Spirit  upon 
the  people  who  were  in  the  city; 
that  he  would  also  grant  that  lie 
might  'baptize  them  unto  repent- 
ance. 

11.  Nevertheless,    they    hard- 
ened  their  hearts,   saying  unto 


him :  Behold,  we  know  that  thou 
art  Alma;  and  we  know  that  thou 
art  mhigh  priest  over  the  church 
which  thou  hast  established  in 
many  parts  of  the  land,  according 
to  your  tradition;  and  we  are  not 
of  thy  church,  and  we  do  not  be- 
lieve in  such  foolish  traditions. 

12.  And  now  we  know  that  be- 
cause we  are  not  of  thy  church  we 
know  that  thou  hast  no  power 
over  us;  and  thou  hast  delivered 
up  the  "judgment-seat  unto  Ne~ 
phihah;    therefore  thou   art  not 
the  chief  judge  over  us. 

13.  Now  when  the  people  had 
said  this,  and  withstood  all  his 
words,  and  reviled  him,  and  spit 
upon  him,   and   caused   that  he 
should  be  cast  out  of  their  city, 
he  departed  thence  and  took  his 
journey  towards  the  city  which 
was  called  Aaron. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
while  he  was  journeying  thither, 
being  weighed  down  with  sorrow, 
wading  through  much  tribulation 
and  anguish  of  soul,  because  of 
the  wickedness  of  the  people  who 
were  in  the  "city  of  Ammonihah, 
it  came  to  pass  while  Alma  was 
thus  weighed  down  with  sorrow, 
behold  an  angel  of  the  Lord  ap- 
peared unto  him,  saying: 

15.  Blessed    art   thou,    Alma;, 
therefore,  lift  up  thy  head  and 
rejoice,  for  thou  hast  great  cause 
to   rejoice;    for  thou   hast   been 
faithful  in  keeping  the  command- 
ments of  God  from  the  time  which 
thou  receivedst  thy  first  message 
from  him.    Behold,  I  am  he  that 
Delivered  it  unto  you. 

16.  And  behold,  I  am  sent  to 
command  thee  that  thou  return 
to  the  city  of  Ammonihah,  and 
preach  again  unto  the  people  of 
the  city;  yea,  preach  unto  them. 


G»  see  g,  Mos,  26.  /,  see  o.  gt  see  u,  2  Ne,  9.  ft,  see  c.  it  vers.  7 — 9,  14,  16,  18,  19. 
AI.  9:1.  14:23.  15:1,  15,  16.  16:2,  3,  9,  11.  25:2.  49:1,  3,  10,  11,  14,  15. 
He.  5:10.  /,  see  i.  fc,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32.  I,  see  u,  2  Ne.  9.  m,  see  gt  Mos.  26.  «,  Al. 
4 :16,  17.  o,  see  i.  pf  Mos.  27 :11 — 16.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,   8. 


215 


Yea,  say  unto  them,  except  they  ! 
repent  the  Lord  God  will  'destroy  ! 
them.  1 

17.  For  behold,  they  do  study  | 
at  this  time  that  they  may  destroy  j 
the  liberty   of  thy   people,    (for) 
thus  saith  the  Lord )  which  is  con-  ! 
trary  to  the  statutes,  and  judg-j 
ments,  and  commandments  which 
he  has  given  unto  his  people. 

18.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Alma  had  received  his  mes- 
sage from  the  angel  of  the  Lord 
he  returned  speedily  to  the  land 
of  Ammonihah.     And  he  entered 
the  city  by  another  way,  yea,  by 
the  way  which  is  on  the  south  of 
the  rcity  of  Ammonihah. 

19.  And  as  he  entered  the  city 
he  was  an  hungered,  and  he  said 
to  a  man:    Will  ye  give  to  an 
humble  servant  of  God  something 
to  eat? 

20.  And   the   man    said   unto 
him:  I  am  a  Nephite,  and  I  know 
that  thou  art  a  holy  prophet  of 
God,  for  thou  art  the  man  whom 
an  *angel  said  in  a  vision:   Thou 
shalt  receive.    Therefore,  go  with 
me  into  my  house  and  I  will  im- 
part unto  thee  of  my  food;  and  I 
know  that  thou  wilt  be  a  'bless- 
ing unto  me  and  my  house. 

21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the   man   received   him  into  his 
house;   and  the  man  was  called 
Amulek;    and  he  brought  forth 
bread  and  meat  and  set  before 
Alma. 

22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  ate  bread  and  was  filled; 
and  he  blessed  Amulek  and  his 
house,  and  he  gave  thanks  unto 
God. 

23.  And  after  he  had  eaten  and 
was  filled  he  said  unto  Amulek: 
I  am  Alma,   and   am  the  "high 
priest   over  the  church   of  God 
throughout  the  land. 


24.  And  behold,  I  have  been 
called  to  preach  the  word  of  God 
among  all  this  people,  according 
to   the  spirit   of   revelation   and 
prophecy;  and  1  was  in  this  land 
and  they  would  not  receive  me, 
but  they  ccast  me  out  and  I  was 
about  to  set  my  back  towards  this 
land  forever. 

25.  But  behold,   I  have  been 
commanded  that  I  should  turn 
again   and   w prophesy  unto   this 
people,  yea,  and  to  testify  against 
them  concerning  their  iniquities. 

26.  And  now*  Amulek,  because 
thou  hast  fed  me  and  taken  me 
in,  thou  art  'blessed;  for  I  was 
an  hungered,  for  I  had  »fasted 
many  days. 

27.  And   Alma   tarried   many 
days  with  Amulek  before  he  be- 
gan to  preach  unto  the  people. 

28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  did  wax  more  gross  in 
their  iniquities. 

29.  And    the    word    came    to 
Alma,  saying:  Go;  and  also  say 
unto  my  servant  Amuiek,  go  forth 
and  prophesy  unto  this  people, 
saying — Repent  ye,  for  thus  saith 
the  Lord,  except  ye  repent  I  will 
visit  this  people  in  mine  anger; 
yea,  and  I  will  2not  turn  my  fierce 
anger  away. 

30.  And  Alma  went  forth,  and 
also  Amulek,  among  the  people, 
to  declare  the  words  of  God  unto 
them;  and  they  were  filled  with 
the  Holy  Ghost. 

31.  And  they  had  power  given 
unto  them,  insomuch  that  they 
could   not   be   confined   in   dun- 
geons;   neither   was   it   possible 
that  any  man  could  slay  them; 
nevertheless  they  did  not  exercise 
their    power    until    they    were 
Abound  in  bands  and  cast  into 
prison.    Now,  this  was  done  that 


gr  ver.  29.  Al.  9:4,  12,  18,  24.  10:19,  23,  27.  16:2,  3f  9—11.  r,  see  i.  s,  Al. 
10:7—9.  *,  vers.  22.  26.  Al.  10:7,  11.  u,  see  g,  Mos.  26.  u,  ver.  13.  w,  ver.  16. 
mf  see  t.  y,  see  *,  Mos.  27.  z,  see  q.  2a,  AL  14 :17 — 29.  ABOUT  B.  O.  82. 


216 


ALMA,  9. 


the  Lord  might  show  forth  his 
power  in -them. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  forth  and  began  to 
preach  and  to  prophesy  unto  the 
people,  according  to  the  spirit  and 
power  which  the  Lord  had  given 
them. 


The  words  of  Alma,  and  also  the 
words  ofAmulek,  which  were  declared 
unto  the  people  who  were  in  the  land 
of  Ammonihah.  And  also  they  are 
cast  into  prison,  and  .delivered  ~by  the 
miraculvus  power  of  God  which  was 
in  them,  according  to  the  record  of 
Alma. 
Comprising  chapters  9  to  14  inclusive. 

CHAPTER  9. 

Alma  preaches  to  the  people  of  Am- 
monihah  and  calls  them  to  repentance 
— His  testimony  rejected. 

1.  And  again,  I,  Alma,  having 
Been  commanded  of  God  that  I 
should  "take  Amulek  and  go  forth 
and  preach  again  unto  this  peo- 
ple, or  the  people  who  were  in  the 
&city  of  Ammonihah,  it  came  to 
pass  as  I  began  to  preach  unto 
them,    they    began    to    contend 
with  me,  saying: 

2.  Who  art  thou?    Suppose  ye 
that  we  shall  believe  the  testi- 
mony of  one  man,  although  he 
should  preach  unto  us  that  the 
Dearth  should  pass  away? 

3.  Now  they  understood  not  the 
Tvords  which  they  spake;  for  they 
Iniew  not  that  the  earth  should 
pass  away. 

4.  And  they  said  also:  We  will 
not  believe   thy   words   if   thou 
•shouldst  prophesy  that  this  great 
oity  should  be  destroyed  in  cone 
-day. 

5.  Now  they  knew  not  that  God 
-could  do  such  marvelous  works,  j 


for  they  were  a  hard-hearted  and 
a  stiffnecked  people. 

6.  And  they  said:  Who  is  God, 
that  sendeth  no  more  authority 
than  one  man  among  this  people, 
to  declare  unto  them  the  truth  of 
such  great  and  marvelous  things? 

7.  And  they  stood  forth  to  lay 
their  hands  on  me;   but  behold, 
they  did  not.     And  I  stood  with 
boldness   to   declare   unto   them, 
yea,    I    did    boldly    testify    unto 
them,  saying: 

8.  Behold,   O   ye   wicked   and 
perverse  generation,  how  have  ye 
forgotten  the  tradition  of  your 
fathers;  yea,  how  soon  ye  have 
forgotten  the  commandments  of 
God. 

9.  Do  ye  not  remember  that 
our  father,  Lehi,  was  brought  out 
of  Jerusalem  by  the  hand  of  God? 
Do  ye  not  remember  that  they 
were  all  led  by  him  through  the 
wilderness? 

10.  And  have  ye  forgotten  so 
soon   how   many   times   he    de- 
livered  our   fathers   out   of   the 
hands  of  their  enemies,  and  pre- 
served   them    from    being    de- 
stroyed,  even  by  the  hands  of 
their  own  brethren? 

11.  Yea,  and  if  it  had  not  been 
for  his  matchless  power,  and  his 
mercy,    and     his    long-suffering 
towards  us,  we  should  unavoidably 
have  been  cut  off  from  the  face 
of   the   earth   long    before    this 
period  of  time,  and  perhaps  been 
consigned  to  a  state  of  "endless 
misery  and  woe. 

12.  Behold,    now    I    say   unto 
you  that  he  commandeth  you  to 
repent;  and  except  ye  repent,  ye 
can  in  nowise  inherit  the  king- 
dom of  God.    But  behold,  this  is 
not  all — he  has  commanded  you 
to  repent,  or  he  will  "utterly  de- 
stroy you  from  off  the  face  of  the 


ft,  AI.  8:29.     Z>,  see  i,  Al.  8.    «,  Al.  16:9,  10.    rf,  see  mf  Jac.  6.     e, 


q, 
B. 


,  ,  . 

A.BOTW  B.  C.  82» 


ALMA,   0. 


217 


earth;  yea,  lie  will  visit  yon  in 
Ms  anger,  and  in  Ms  ffieree  anger 
lie  will  not  turn  away. 

13.  Behold,  do  ye  not  remem- 
ber the  words   which  lie  spake 
unto   Lehi,   saying  that:    ^Inas- 
much  as  ye  shall  keep  ray  com- 
mandments, ye  shall  prosper  in 
the  land?     And  again  it  is  said 
that:    Inasmuch   as  ye  will  not 
keep  my  commandments  ye  snail 
be  cut  off  from  the  presence  of 
the  Lord. 

14.  Now  I  would  that  ye  should 
remember,  that  inasmuch  as  the 
Lamanites  have  not  kept  the  com- 
mandments   of    God,    they   have 
been  cut  off  from  the  presence  of 
the  Lord.     Now  we  see  that  the 
word  of  the  Lord  has  been  verified 
in  this  thing,  and  the  ^Lamanites 
have  been  cut  off  from  Ms  pres- 
ence, from  the  beginning  of  their 
transgressions  in  the  land. 

15.  Nevertheless    I    say    unto 
you,  that  it  shall  be  more  toler- 
able for  them  in  the  day  of  judg- 
ment than  for  you,  if  ye  remain 
in  your  sins,  yea,  and  even  more 
tolerable  for  them  in  this  life 
than  for  you,  except  ye  repent. 

16.  For  there  are  many  prom- 
ises which  are  extended  to  the 
Lamanites;   for  it  is  because  of 
the  'traditions   of  their  fathers 
that  caused  them  to  remain  in 
their  state  of  ignorance;   there- 
fore the  Lord  will  be  merciful 
unto  them  and  *  prolong  their  ex- 
istence in  the  land. 

17.  And  at  some  period  of  time 
they  will  be  brought  to  believe  in 
his  word,  and  to  know  of  the  in- 
correctness of  the  traditions  of 
their  fathers;  and  many  of  them 
will  be  saved,  for  the  Lord  will  be 
merciful  unto  all  who  call  on  his 
name. 


18.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  If  ye  persist  in  your  wicked- 
ness that  your  days  shall  not  be 
prolonged  in   the  land,   for  the 
Lamanites  shall  be  sent  upon  you ; 
and  if  ye  repent  not  they  shall 

i  come  in  a  time  when  you  know 
not,  and  ye  shall  be  visited  with 
*utter  destruction;  and  it  shall  be 
according  to  the  'fierce  anger  of 
the  Lord. 

19.  For  he  will  not  suffer  you 
that  ye  shall  live  in  your  iniqui- 
ties, to  destroy  his  people.    I  say 
unto  you,  Nay;  he  would  rather 
suffer  that  the  Lamanites  might 
destroy  fijall  his  people  who  are 
called  the  people  of  Nephi,  if  It 
were  possible  that  they  could  fall 
into  sins  and  transgressions,  after 
having  had  so  much  light  and  so 
much  knowledge  given  unto  them 
of  the  Lord  their  God; 

2  0 .  Yea,  after  having  been  such 
a  highly  favored,  people  of  the 
Lord;  yea,  after  having  been  fa- 
vored above  every  other  nation, 
kindred,  tongue,  or  people;  after 
having  had  all  things  made  known 
unto  them,  according  to  their  de- 
sires, and  their  faith,  and  prayers, 
of  that  which  has  been,  and  which 
is,  and  which  is  to  come; 

21.  Having  been  visited  by  the 
Spirit  of  God;  having  conversed 
with  angels,  and  having  been 
spoken  unto  by  the  voice  of  the 
Lord;  and  having  the  spirit  of 
prophecy,  and  the  spirit  of  revela- 
tion, and  also  many  gifts,  the  gift 
of  speaking  with  tongues,  and  the 
gift  of  preaching,  and  the  gift  of 
the  Holy  Ghost,  and  the  gift  of 
Wtransiatio3i; 

22-  Yea,  and  after  having  been 
delivered  of  God  out  of  the  land 
of  Jerusalem,  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord;  having  been  saved  from 


/,  Al.  8:29.     ffr  2  Ne.  1:9.     4:4.     See  6,  1  Ne.  2.     fe,  see  &.,   1  Ne.  2.     i,  Mas. 

10:11—17.     jf  Enos  13.     See  c,  2  Ne.  27.     He.  15:10—16.     *,  Al.  16:2,   3,  9—11. 

lf  AL  8:29.     9:12.     m,  1  Ne.  12:15,  19,  20.     1^:5.     Al.  45:10 — 14.     He.   13:5 — 10, 

15:17.     Morm.  6.    n,  Om.  20—22.    Mos,  8:13—19.    28:11—17.  ABOCT  B.  O.  82. 

15 


218 


ALMA,   9. 


famine,  and  from  sickness,  and 
all  manner  of  diseases  of  every 
kind;  and  they  having  waxed 
strong  in  battle,  that  they  might 
not  be  destroyed;  having  been 
brought  °out  of  bondage  time 
after  time,  and  having  been  kept 
and  preserved  until  now;  and 
they  have  been  prospered  until 
they  are  rich  in  all  manner  of 
things — 

23.  And  now  behold  I  say  unto 
you,  that  if  this  people,  who  have 
received  so  many  blessings  from 
the   hand   of   the   Lord,    should 
transgress  contrary  to  the  light 
and   knowledge   which   they   do 
have,  I  say  unto  you  that  if  this 
be  the  case,  that  if  they  should 
fall  into  transgression,  it  would 
be   far   more   tolerable   for   the 
Lamanites  than  for  them. 

24.  For  behold,  the  promises 
of  the  Lord  are  ^extended  to  the 
Lamanites,  but  they  are  not  unto 
you  if  ye  transgress;  for  "has  not 
the  Lord  expressly  promised  and 
firmly  decreed,   that   if  ye  will 
rebel  against  him  that  ye  shall 
^utterly  be  destroyed  from  off  the 
face  of  the  earth? 

25.  And  now  for  this  cause, 
that  ye  may  not  be  destroyed,  the 
Lord  has  sent  Ms  angel  to  visit 
many  of  his  people,  declaring  unto 
them  that  they  must  go  forth  and 
cry  mightily  unto  this  people,  say- 
ing: Repent  ye,  for  the  kingdom 
of  heaven  is  nigh  at  hand; 

26.  And  not  many  days  hence 
the  Son  of  God  shall  come  in  his 
glory;  and  his  glory  shall  be  the 
glory  of  the  Only  Begotten  of  the 
Father,  full  of  grace,  equity,  and 
truth,  full  of  patience,  mercy,  and 
long-suffering,  quick  to  hear  the 
cries  of  his  people  and  to  answer 
their  prayers. 


27.  And  behold,  he  cometh  to 
redeem  those  who  will  be  ''bap- 
tized  unto   repentance,   through 
faith  on  his  name. 

28.  Therefore,  prepare  ye  the 
way  of  the  Lord,  for  the  time  is 
at  hand  that  all  men  shall  reap  a 
reward  of  their  works,  according 
to  that  which  they  have  been — if 
they  have   been   righteous   they 
shall  reap  the  salvation  of  their 
souls,  according  to  the  power  and 
deliverance  of  Jesus  Christ;  and 
if  they  have  been  evil  they  shall 
reap  the  damnation  of  their  souls, 
according  to  the  'power  and  cap- 
tivation  of  the  devil. 

29.  Now   behold,    this   is    the 
voice  of  the  angel,  crying  unto 
the  people. 

3  0 .  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, for  ye  are  my  brethren,  and 
ye  ought  to  be  beloved,  and  ye 
ought  to  bring  forth  works  which 
are  meet  for  repentance,  seeing 
that  your  hearts  have  been  gross- 
ly hardened  against  the  word  of 
God,  and  seeing  that  ye  are  a  *lost 
and  a  fallen  people. 

31.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I,  Alma,  had  spoken  these 
words,  behold,  the  people  were 
wroth  with  me  because  I  said  unto 
them   that   they   were    a   "hard- 
hearted and  a  stiffnecked  people. 

32.  And   also   because  I  said 
unto  them  that  they  were  a  'lost 
and  a  fallen   people  they  were 
angry  with  me,  and  sought  to  lay 
their  hands  upon  me,  that  they 
might  cast  me  into  prison. 

33.  But  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  did  not  suffer  them  that  they 
should  take  me  at  that  time  and 
cast  me  into  prison. 

34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amulek  went  and  stood  forth,  and 
began  to  preach  unto  them  also. 


o,  Mos.  22:11 — 13.     24:17 — 20.    p.  see  j.     a.  see  m,     r.  see  u,  2  Ne.  9.     s,  see  1, 
2  Ne.  9.     i,  ver.  32.    Al.  12  :22.     «„  ver.  5.    2  Ne.  25 :28.     Mos.  3  :14.     v,  ver.  30. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,   10. 


219 


And  now  the  words  of  Amulet  are  j 
not   all   written,   nevertheless   a  j 

part  of  Ms  words  are  written  in 
this  book. 

CHAPTER  10. 

Amulek's  lineage — Lehi  a  descend- 
ant of  Joseph  through  ManasseJi — 
AinuleTc  tells  of  his  conversion — Has 
testimony — Hem  denounces  designing 
laicyers  and  judges — Zeezrom. 

1.  Now   these   are  the  words 
which  Amuiek  preached  unto  the 
people  who  were  In  the  °iand  of 
Ammonlhah,  saying: 

2.  I  am  Amuiek;  I  am  the  son 
of  Giddonah,  who  was  the  son  of 
Ishmael,  who  was  a  descendant  of 
Aminadl;   and  it  was  that  same 
Aminadi  who  interpreted  the  writ- 
ing which  was  upon  the  wall  of 
the  temple,  which  was  written  by 
the  finger  of  God. 

3.  And  Aminadi  was  a  descend- 
ant of  Nephi,  who  was  the  son  of 
Lehi,  who  came  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,  who  was  a  descendant 
of  Manasseh,  who  was  the  son  of 
*Joseph  who  was  sold  into  Egypt 
by  the  hands  of  his  brethren. 

4.  And  behold,  I  am  also  a  man 
of  no  small  reputation  among  all 
those  who  know  me;  yea,  and  be- 
hold, I  have  bmany  kindreds  and 
friends,  and  I  have  also  acquired 
much  riches  by  the  hand  of  my 
industry. 

5.  Nevertheless,  after  all  this, 
I  never  have  known  much  of  the 
ways  of  the  Lord,  and  his  mys- 
teries and  marvelous  power.     I 
said  I  never  had  known  much  of 
these  things;  but  behold,  I  mis- 
take,  for  I  have  seen  much  of 
his  mysteries  and  his  marvelous 
power;  yea,  even  in  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  lives  of  this  people. 

6-  Nevertheless,  I  did  harden 
my  heart,  for  I  was  called  many 
times  and  I  would  not  hear ;  there- 


fore I  knew  concerning  these 
things,  yet  I  would  not  know; 
therefore  I  went  on  rebelling 
against  God,  in  the  wickedness  of 
my  heart,  even  until  the  fourth 
day  of  this  seventh  month,  which 
is  in  the  tenth  year  of  the  reign  of 
the  judges. 

7.  As  I  was  journeying  to  see 
a  very  near  kindred,  behold  an 
angel  of  the  Lord  ^appeared  unto 
me  and  said:  Amuiek,  return  to 
thine  own  house,  for  thou  shalt 
feed  a  prophet  of  the  Lord;  yea, 
a  holy  man,  who  is  a  chosen  man 
of  God;  for  he  has  'fasted  many 
days  because  of  the  sins  of  this 
people,  and  he  is  an  hungered, 
and  thou  shalt  receive  him  into 
thy  house  and  feed  him,  and  he 
shall  ebless  tfaee  and  thy  bouse; 
and  the  blessing  of  the  Lord  shall 
rest  upon  thee  and  thy  house. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  1 
obeyed  the  rvoice  of  the  angel, 
and  returned  towards  my  house. 
And    as   I   was   going   thither   I 
found  the  *man  whom  the  angel 
said  unto  me:  Thou  shalt  receive 
into  thy  house — and  behold  it  was 
this   same   man   who   has   been 
speaking  unto  you  concerning  the 
things  of  God. 

9.  And  the  angel  said  unto  me 
he  is  a  aholy  man;  wherefore  I 
know  he  is  a  holy  man  because  it 
was  said  by  an  angel  of  God. 

10.  And  again,  I  know  that  the 
things  whereof  he  hath  testified 
are  true;  for  behold  I  say  unto 
you,  that  as  the  Lord  liveth,  even 
so  has  he  sent  his  angel  to  make 
these  things  manifest  unto  me; 
and  this  he  has  done  while  this 
Alma  hath  *  dwelt  at  my  house. 

11.  For  behold,  he  hath  ^blessed 
mine^  house,  he  hath  blessed  me, 
and  my  women,  and  my  children, 
and  my  father  and  my  kinsfolk; 


a,  see  i,  AI.  8.  zf  1  Ne.  5:14.  6,  ver.  11.  Al.  15:16.  cf  vers.  8,  9.  AI.  8:20. 
d,  see  #,  Mos.  27.  e,  see  *,  AL  8.  /,  Al.  8:20.  g,  AL  8:20.  A,  ver.  7.  i,  Al.  8:27. 
j,  see  *,  Al.  8.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


220 


ALMA,   10. 


yea,  even  all  my  kindred  hath  lie 
blessed,  and  the  blessing  of  the 
Lord  hath  rested  upon  us  accord- 
ing to  the  words  which  he  spake 

12.  And   now,   when   Amuiek 
had  spoken  these  words  the  peo- 
ple began  to  be  astonished,  seeing 
there  was  *more  than  one  witnes; 
who  testified  of  the  things  where- 
of they  were  accused,  and  also  of 
the  tilings  which  were  to  come; 
according  to  the  spirit  of  proph- 
ecy which  was  in  them. 

13.  Nevertheless,    there    were 
some  among  them  who  thought  to 
question  them,  that  by  their  cun- 
ning  devices  they   might   catch 
them  in  their  words,  that  they 
might  find  witness  against  them, 
that  they  might  deliver  them  to 
their  judges  that  they  might  be 
judged  according  to  the  law,  and 
that  they  might  be  slain  or  cast 
into  prison,  according  to  the  crime 
which  they  could  make  appear  or 
witness  against  them. 

14.  Now  it  was  those  men  who 
sought  to  destroy  them,  who  were 
'lawyers,  who  were  hired  or  ap- 
pointed by  the  people  to  admin- 
ister the  law  at  their  times  of 
trials,  or  at  the  trials  of  the  crimes 
of  the  people  before  the  judges. 

15.  Now  these   lawyers   were 
learned  in  all  the  arts  and  cun- 
ning of  the  people;  and  this  was 
to  enable  them  that  they  might 
be  skilful  in  their  profession. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  began  to  "question  Amulek, 
that  thereby  they  might  make  him 
cross  his  words,  or  contradict  the 
words  which  he  should  speak. 

17.  Now  they  knew  not  that 
Amulek  could  know  of  their  de- 
signs.   But  it  came  to  pass  as  they 
began  to  question  him,  he  per- 
ceived their  thoughts,  and  he  said 
unto  them:  O  ye  wicked  and  per- 


verse generation,  ye  "lawyers  and 
hypocrites,  for  ye  are  laying  the 
foundations  of  the  devil;  for  ye 
are  laying  traps  and  snares  to 
catch  the  holy  ones  of  God. 

18.  Ye  are  laying  plans  to  per- 
vert the  ways  of  the  righteous, 
and  to  bring  down  the  wrath  of 
God  upon  your  heads,  even  to  the 
utter  destruction  of  this  people, 

19.  Yea,  well  did.  Mosiah  say, 
who  was  our  last  king,  when  he 
was  about  to  deliver  up  the  king- 
dom, having  no  one  to  confer  It 
upon,   causing  that   this  people 
should  be  governed  by  their  own 
voices — yea,  well  did  he  say  that 
if  the  time  should  come  that  the 
"voice  of  this  people  should  choose 
iniquity,  that  is,  if  the  time  should 
come  that  this  people  should  fall 
into  transgression,  they  would  be 
ripe  for  destruction. 

20.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  well  doth  the  Lord  judge  of 
your  iniquities;  well  doth  he  cry 
unto  this  people,  by  the  voice  of 
his  angels:  Repent  ye,  repent,  for 
the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand. 

21.  Yea,  well  doth  he  cry,  by 
the  voice  of  his  angels  that:   I 
will  come  down  among  my  peo- 
ple, with  equity  and  justice  in  my 
hands. 

22.  Yea,  and  I  say  unto  you 
that  if  it  were  not  for  the  prayers 
of  the  righteous,  who  are  now  in 
the  land,  that  ye  would  even  now 
be  visited  with  utter  destruction; 
yet  it  would  not  be  by  flood,  as 
were  the  people  in  the  days  of 
Noah,  but  it  would  be  by  famine, 
and  by  pestilence,  and  the  sword. 

.  But  it  is  by  the  'prayers  of 
the  righteous  that  ye  are  spared; 
now  therefore,  if  ye  will  cast  out 
;he  righteous  from  among  you 
:hen  will  not  the  Lord  stay  his 
hand;  but  in  his  ^fierce  anger  he 


«,    ^L,A7L   9:6»V    Ijo£e)S;  15~~~ 18'    24A  27'    29— 32.     AI.    11:20—37.      14:18,   23—28. 
m,  see  I,    n,  Mos.  2D  :27.     of  see  e,  2  Ne.  32.     p,  see  qf  Al.  8.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,   11. 


221 


will  come  out  against  you;  then 
ye  shall  be  smitten  by  famine,  and 
"by  pestilence,  and  by  the  sword; 
and  the  time  is  soon  at  hand  ex- 
cept ye  repent. 

24.  And  now  it  canae  to  pass 
that  the  people  were  more  angry 
with  Amulek,  and  they  cried  out, 
saying:    This    man    doth    revile 
against  our  laws  which  are  just, 
and  our  wise  ^lawyers  whom  we 
have  selected, 

25.  But  Amulek  stretched  forth 
his  hand,  and  cried  the  mightier 
unto  them,  saying:    O  ye  wicked 
and  perverse  generation,  why  hath 
Satan  got  such  great  hold  upon 
your  hearts?     Why  will  ye  yield 
yourselves  unto  him  that  he  may 
have  power  over  you,   to   blind 
your  eyes,  that  ye  will  not  under- 
stand the  words  which  are  spoken, 
according  to  their  truth? 

26.  For  behold,  have  I  testified 
against  your  law?    Ye  do  not  un- 
derstand;   ye    say   that    I    have 
spoken  against  your  law;   but  I 
have  not,  but  I  have  spoken  in 
favor  of  your  law,  to  your  con- 
demnation. 

27.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 
you,  that  the  foundation  of  the 
Destruction  of  this  people  is  be- 
ginning  to   be   laid   by   the  un- 
righteousness   of   your   lawyers 
and  your  judges. 

28.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  Amulek  had  spoken 
these  words  the  people  cried  out 
against    him,    saying:    Now    we 
know  that  this  man  is  a  cjtdld  of 
the  devil,  for  he  hath  lied  unto 
us;   for  he  hath  spoken,  against 
our  law.     And  now  he  says  that 
he  has  not  spoken  against  it, 

29.  And  again,  he  has  reviled 
against    our    lawyers,    and    our 
judges. 

30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 


the  lawyers  put  it  into  their  hearts 
that  they  should  remember  these 
things  against  him. 

31.  And  there  was  one  among 
them  whose  name  was  Zeezrom. 
Now  he  was  the  foremost  to  accuse 

!  Amulefc  and  Alma,'  he  being  one 
of  the  most  expert  among  them, 
having  much  business  to  do  among 
the  people, 

32.  Now  the  object   of  these 
lawyers  was  to   'get  gain;    and 
they  got  gain  "according  to  their 
employ. 

CHAPTER  11. 

Judges    and    their    compensation — 
Nephite  coins  and  measures — Zeessroin, 

confounded  'by  Amulek. 

1.  Now  it  was  in  the  law  of 
Mosiah  that  every  man  who  was 
a  judge  of  the  law,  or  those  who 
were    appointed    to    be    judges,, 
should  receive  wages  ^according 
to  the  time  which  they  labored  to 
judge  those  who  were  brought  be- 
fore them  to  be  judged. 

2.  Now   If   a   man   owed    an- 
other, and  he  would  not  pay  that 
which  he  did  owe,  he  was  com- 
plained of  to  the  judge;  and  the 
judge    executed    authority,    and 
sent  forth  officers  that  the  man. 
should  be  brought  before  him; 
and  he  judged  the  man  according 
to    the    law    and    the    evidences 
which  were  brought  against  him, 
and  thus  the  man  was  compelled 
to  pay  that  which  he  owed,  or  be 
stripped,    or    be   cast    out   from 
among  the  people  as  a  thief  and 
a  robber. 

3.  And  the'  judge  received  for 
Ms  wages  according  to  &his  time 
— a  csenine  of  gold  for  a  day,  or  a 
*senum  of  silver,  which  is  equal 
to  a  senine  of  gold;  and  this  is 
according  to  the  law  which  was 
given.  


q,  see  L     r,  seo  q,  Al.  8.     8,  see  1.     t,  Al.  11 :20.     «,  AL  11  :S,  20. 
CHAP.  11 :    a,  vers.  3,  20.     AL  10:31,  32.    &;  ver.  20.    Al.  10:31,  82.    <j,  vers.  5,  7,  8. 
AL  30 :33.     3  Xe.  12 :26.     d,  vers.  6,  7,  11,  12,  15,  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


222 


ALMA,   11. 


4.  Now  these  are  the  names  of 
the  different  pieces  of  their  gold, 
and  of  their  silver,  according  to 
their  value.    And  the  names  are 
gives  by  the  Nephites,  for  they 
did  not  reckon,  after  the  manner 
of  the  Jews  who  were  at  Jeru- 
salem; neither  did  they  measure 
after  the  manner  of  the  Jews;  hut 
they  altered  their  reckoning  and 
their  measure,  according  to  the 
minds  and  the  circumstances  of 
the  people,  in  every  generation, 
until  the  reign  of  the  judges,  they 
having  heen  established  by  eking 
Mosiah. 

5.  Now  the  reckoning  is  thus — 
a  Senine  of  gold,  a  seon  of  gold, 
a  shum  of  gold,  and  a  limnah  of 
gold. 

6.  A  ^senum  of  silver,  an  am- 
nor  of  silver,  an  ezrom  of  silver, 
and  an  onti  of  silver. 

7.  A  senum  of  silver  was  ^equal 
to  a  senine  of  gold,  and  either 
for  a  measure  of  barley,  and  also 
for  a  measure  of  every  kind  of 
grain. 

8.  Now  the  amount  of  a  seon 
of  gold  was  twice  the  value  of  a 
senine. 

9.  And  a  shum   of  gold   was 
twice  the  value  of  a  seon. 

10.  And  a  limnah  of  gold  was 
the  value  of  them  all. 

11.  And  an  amnor  of  silver  was 
as  great  as  two  senums. 

12.  And  an  ezrom  of  silver  was 
as  great  as  four  senums. 

13.  And  an  *onti  was  as  great 
as  them  alL 

14.  Now  this  is  the  value  of 
the  lesser  numbers  of  their  reck- 
oning— 

15.  A    shiblon    is    half    of    a 
senum;  therefore,  a  shiblon  for 
half  a  measure  of  barley. 

-16.  And  a  shiblum  is  a  half  of 
a  shiblon. 


17.  And  a  leah  is  the  half  of  a 
shiblum. 

18.  Now  this  is  their  number, 
according  to  their  reckoning. 

19.  Now  an  antion  of  gold  is 
equal  to  three  shiblons. 

20.  Now,  it  was  for  the  sole 
purpose  to  get  gain,  because  they 
received  their  wages  *  according 
to  their  employ,  therefore,  they 
did  stir  up  the  people  to  riotings, 
and  all  manner  of  disturbances 
and  wickedness,  that  they  might 
have    more    employ,    that    they 
might  get  money  according  to  the 
suits  which  were  brought  before 
them;  therefore  they  did  stir  up 
the    people    against    Alma    and 
Amulek. 

21.  And  this  Zeezrom  began  to 
question  Amulek,  saying:  Will  ye 
answer  me  a  few  questions  which 
I  shall  ask  you?     Now  Zeezrom 
was  a  man  who  was  expert  in  the 
devices  of  the  devil,  that  he  might 
destroy'  that    which    was    good; 
therefore,  he  said  unto  Amulek: 
Will    ye    answer    the    questions 
which  I  shall  put  unto  you? 

22.  And  Amulek  said  unto  him: 
Yea,   if  it    be   according   to   the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord,  which  is  in 
me;  for  I  shall  say  nothing  which 
is  contrary  to  the  Spirit  of  the 
Lord.     And   Zeezrom   said  unto 
him:  Behold,  here  are  six  fconties 
of  silver,  and  all  these  will  I  give 
thee  if  thou  wilt  deny  the  exis- 
tence of  a  Supreme  Being. 

23.  Now  Amulek  said:  O  thou 
child  o£  hell,  why  tempt  ye  me? 
Knowest  thou  that  the  righteous 
yieldeth  to  no  such  temptations? 

24.  Believest  thou  that  there 
is  no  G-od?     I  say  unto  you,  Nay, 
thou  knowest  that  there  is  a  God, 
but  thou  lovest  that  lucre  more 
than  him. 

25.  And  now  thou  hast  lied  be- 


e,  Mos.  20.    /,  see  c. 
10:32.     Tc,  see  L 


gf  see  d.     %,  ver. 


S.     i,  yers.  6,  22,  25.     j,  Ters.  1,  3.     Al. 
ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,  11. 


223 


fore  God  unto  me.  Thou  saidst 
unto  me — Behold  these  'sixonties, 
which,  are  of  great  worth,  I  will 
give  unto  thee — when  thou  hadst 
it  in  thy  heart  to  retain  them 
from  me;  and  it  was  only  thy 
desire  that  I  should  deny  the 
true  and  living  God,  that  thou 
mightest  have  cause  to  destroy 
me.  And  now  behold,  for  this 
great  evil  thou  shalt  have  thy 
reward. 

26.  And  Zeezrom  said  unto  him : 
Thou  sayest  there  is  a  true  and 
living  God? 

27.  And    Anmlek    said:     Yea, 
there  is  a  true  and  living  God. 

28.  Now  Zeezrom  said:  Is  there 
more  than  one  God? 

29.  And  he  answered,  No. 

80,  Now  Zeezrom  said  unto 
him  again:  How  knowest  thou 
these  things? 

31.  And  he  said:     An  wangel 
hath  made  them  known  unto  me. 

32.  And  Zeezrom  said  again: 
Who  is  he  that  shall  come?     Is 
it  the  Son  of  God? 

33.  And  he  said  unto  him,  Yea. 

34.  And  Zeezrom  said  again: 
Shall  he  save  his  people  nin  their 
sins?    And  Amulek  answered  and 
said  unto  him:  I  say  unto  you  he 
shall  not,  for  it  is  impossible  for 
him  to  deny  his  word. 

35.  Now  Zeezrom  said  unto  the 
people:      See  that  ye  remember 
these  things;  for  he  said  there  is 
but  one  God;  yet  he  saith  that 
the  Son  of  God  shall  come,  but  he 
shall    not    save    his    people — as 
though  he  had  °authority  to  com- 
mand God. 

36.  Now  Amulek  saith  again 
unto  Mm:  Behold  thou  hast  lied, 
for  thou  sayest  that  I  spake  as 
though  I  had  authority  to  com- 
mand God  because  I  said  he  shall 
not  save  his  people  in  their  sins. 


37.  And  I  say  unto  you  again 
that  he  cannot  save  them  in  their 
sins;  for  I  cannot  deny  his  word, 
and  he  hath  said  that  no  unclean 
thing  can  inherit  the  kingdom  of 

|  heaven;  therefore,  faow  can  ye  be 
saved,  except  ye  inherit  the  king- 
dom of  heaven?  Therefore,  ye 

I  cannot  be  saved  in  your  sins, 

38.  Now  Zeezrom  saith  again 
unto  Mm :     Is  the  Son  of  G0d  the 
pvery  Eternal  Father? 

39.  And  Amulek  said  unto  him: 
Yea,  he  is  the  very  zEternal  Father 
of  heaven  and  of  earth,  and  all 
things  which  in  them  are;  he  is 
the  beginning  and  the  end,  the 
first  and  the  last; 

40.  And  he  shall  come  into  the 
world  to  redeem  his  people;  and 
he  shall  take  upon  him  the  5trans- 
gressions  of  those  who  believe  on 
his  name;  and  these  are  they  that 
shall  have  eternal  life,  and  salva- 
tion cometh  to  none  else. 

41.  Therefore  the  wicked  re- 
main as  though  there  had  been 
yno  redemption  made,  rescept  it 
be  the  loosing  of  the  bands  of 
death ;  for  behold,  the  day  cometh 
that  all  shall  rise  from  the  dead 
and   stand   before   God,   and   be 
judged  according  to  their  works. 

42.  Now,  there  is  a  death  which 
is  called  a  temporal  death;  and 
the  death  of  Christ  shall  filoose 
the  bands  of  this  temporal  death, 
that  all  shall  be  raised  from  this 
temporal  death. 

43.  The   spirit  and  the  body 
shall  be  reunited  again  in  its  per- 
fect form;   *both  limb  and  joint 
shall   be  restored  to  its  proper 
frame,  even  as  we  now  are  at  this 
time;  and  we  shall  be  brought  to 
stand  before  God,  knowing  even 
as  we  know  now,   and   have   a 
"bright    recollection    of    all    our 
guilt. 


I  see  i  mt  Al.  10:10.  nf  vers.  36,  37.  He.  5:10,  11.  o,  TPF.  36.  p,  ver.  39. 
See  a,  Mos.  3.  z,  Mos.  15:4.  q,  Mos.  14:5,  S.  jr,  AI.  12:18.  r,  see  g ^and  j, 2  Ne  9. 
sf  see  ff  ami  /,  2  Ne.  9.  *,  see  df  2  Ne.  2.  ur  see  »,  2  Ne.  9.  ABOUT  B.  Cu  o*. 


224 


ALMA,   12. 


44.  Now,  this  ''restoration  shall 
come  to  all,  both  old  and  young, 
both  bond  and  free,  both  male  and 
female,  both  the  wicked  and  the 
righteous;  and  even  there  shall 
not  so  much  as  a  hair  of  their 
heads  be  lost;   but  every  thing 
shall  be  restored  to  its  perfect 
frame,  as  it  is  now,  or  in  the 
body,  and  shall  be  brought  and 
be  arraigned  before  the  bar  of 
Christ  the  Son,  and  God  the  Fa- 
ther, and  the  Holy  Spirit,  which 
is  one  ^Eternal  God,  to  be  judged 
according  to  their  works,  whether 
they  be  good  or  whether  they  be 
evil. 

45.  Now,  behold,  I  have  spoken 
unto  you  concerning  the  death  of 
the  mortal  body,  and  also  con- 
cerning the  resurrection  of  the 
mortal  body.    I  say  unto  you  that 
this  mortal  body  is  Braised  to  an 
immortal  body,  that  is  from  death, 
even  from  the  first  death  unto 
life,  that  they  can  "die  no  more; 
their  spirits  uniting  with  their 
bodies,  never  to  be  divided;  thus 
the  whole  becoming  spiritual  and 
immortal,  that  they  can  no  more 
see  corruption. 

46.  Now,    when   Amulek    had 
finished  these  words  the  people 
began  again  to  be  astonished,  and 
also  Zeezrom  began  to  tremble. 
And   thus   ended   the   words   of 
Amulek,  or  this  is  all  that  I  have 
written. 

CHAPTER  12. 

A.mulelfc's  testimony  confirmed  T>y 
Alma, — Doctrine  of  the  tree  of  life — 
The  plan  of  redemption  expounded. 

1.  Now  Alma,  seeing  that  the 
words  of  Amulek  had  silenced 
Zeezrom,  for  he  beheld  that  Amu- 
lek had  caught  him  in  his  "lying 
and  deceiving  to  destroy  him,  and 
seeing  that  he  began  to  ^tremble 


under  a  consciousness  of  Ms  guilt, 
he  opened  his  mouth  and  began  to 
speak  unto  him,  and  to  establish 
the  words  of  Amulek,  and  to  ex- 
plain things  beyond,  or  to  unfold 
the  scriptures  beyond  that  which 
Amulek  had  done. 

2.  Now  "the  words  that  Alma 
spake  unto  Zeezrom  were  heard 
by  the  people  round  about;   for 
the  multitude  was  great,  and  he 
spake  on  this  wise: 

3.  Now  Zeezrom,   seeing  that 
thou  hast  been  taken  in  thy  lying 
and  craftiness,  for  thou  hast  not 
lied  unto  men  only  but  thou  hast 
lied    unto    God;    for    behold,    he 
knows  call  thy  thoughts,  and  thou 
seest  that  thy  thoughts  are  made 
known  unto  us  by  his  Spirit; 

4.  And  thou  seest  that  we  know 
that  thy  plan  was  a  dvery  subtle 
plan,  as  to  the  subtlety  of  the 
devil,  for  to  lie  and  to  deceive  this 
people  that  thou  mightest  set  them 
against  us,  to  revile  us  and  to 
cast  us  out — 

5.  Now  this  was  a  plan  of  thine 
adversary,  and  he  hath  exercised 
his  power  in  thee.    Now  I  would 
that   ye   should   remember   that 
what  I  say  unto  thee  I  say  unto 
all. 

6.  And  behold  I  say  unto  you 
all  that  this  was  a  snare  of  the 
adversary,  which  he  has  laid  to 
catch  this  people,  that  he  might 
bring  you   into   subjection   unto 
him,  that  he  might  encircle  you 
about  with  his  echains,  that  he 
might  chain  you  down  to  /ever- 
lasting  destruction,  according  to 
the  power  of  his  captivity. 

7.  Now  when  Alma  had  spoken 
these  words,  Zeezrom  began  to 
tremble  more  exceedingly,  for  he 
was  convinced  more  and  more  of 
the  power  of  God;   and  he  was 
also   convinced   that  Alma   and 


v,  se<>  £,  2  Ne.  2.    to,  R<K>  fc,  2  Ne.  31.    #,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.     yf  Al.  12:18,  20. 
CHAP.   12:    a,  AI.  11:20 — 38.     &,  Al.  11:46.     e.  see  r,  2  Ne.  9.     <?,  Al.  11:20 — 38. 
e,  see  jj,  2  Ne.  28.    /.  see  m,  Jac.  6.  ABOUT  B.  G.  82. 


ALMA,  12, 


225 


Amulek  had  a  knowledge  of  him, 
for  he  was  convinced  that  they 
^knew  the  thoughts  and  intents  of 
Ms  heart;  for  power  was  given 
unto  them  that  they  might  know 
of  these  things  according  to  the 
spirit  of  prophecy. 

8.  And  Zeezrom  began  to  in- 
quire of  them  diligently,  that  he 
might  know  more  concerning  the 
kingdom  of  God.     And  he  said 
unto  Alma:  What  does  this  mean 
which  Amulek  hath  spoken  con- 
cerning the  ^resurrection  of  the 
dead,  that  all  shall  rise  from  the 
dead,  both  the  Just  and  the  un- 
just, and  are  brought  to  stand 
before  God  to  be  judged  accord- 
ing to  their  works? 

9.  And  now  Alma  began  to  ex- 
pound these  things  unto  him,  say- 
ing:   It  is  given  unto  many  to 
know    the    'mysteries    of    God; 
nevertheless  they  are- laid  under 
a  strict  command  that  they  shall 
not  impart  *only  according  to  the 
portion  of  his  word  which  he  doth 
grant  unto  the  children  of  men, 
according  to  the  heed  and  dili- 
gence which  they  give  unto  him. 

10.  And  therefore,  he  that  will 
harden  his  heart,  the  same  re- 
ceiveth  the  'lesser  portion  of  the 
word;  and  he  that  will  not  harden 
his  heart,   to  him  is  given  the 
greater  ^portion  of  the  word,  until 
it  is  given  unto  him  to  know  the 
mysteries  of  God  until  he  know 
them  in  full. 

11.  And  they  that  will  harden 
their  hearts,  to  them  is  given  the 
lesser  portion  of  the  word  until 
they  know  nothing  concerning  his 
mysteries;    and    then    they   are 
taken.  l captive  by  the  devil,  and 
led  by  his  will  down  to  destruc- 
tion.   Now  this  is  what  is  meant 
by  the  "•chains  of  hell. 


!  12.  And  Amulek  hath  spoken 
plainly  "-concerning  death,  and 
being  *raised  from  this  mortality 
to  a  state  of  immortality,  and 
being  brought  before  the  bar  of 
God,  to  be  judged  according  to 
our  works. 

13.  Then  if  our  hearts  have 
been  hardened,  yea,  if  we  have 
hardened  our  hearts  against  the 
word,  insomuch  that  it  has  not 
been  found  In  us,  then  will  our 
state  be  awful,  for  then  we  shall 
be  condemned. 

14.  For   our  words  will   con- 
demn us,  yea,  all  our  works  will 
condemn    us;    we    shall    not    be 
found  spotless;  and  our  thoughts 
will  also  condemn  us;  and  in  this 
awful  state  we  shall  not  dare  to 
look  up  to  our  God ;  and  we  would 
fain  be  glad  if  we  could  command 
the  rocks  and  the  mountains  to 
fail  upon  us  to  hide  us  from  his 
presence. 

15.  But   this   cannot   be;    we 
must  come  forth  and  stand  before 
Mm  in  his  glory,  and  in  his  power, 
and  in  his  might,  majesty,  and 
dominion,  and  acknowledge  to  our 
everlasting   shame  that  all   his 
judgments  are  just;   that  he  is 
just  in  all  his  works,  and  that  he 
is  merciful  unto  the  children  of 
men,  and  that  he  has  all  power  to 
save  every  man  that  believeth  on 
his  name  and  bringeth  forth  fruit 
meet  for  repentance, 

16.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 
you  then  conieth  a  death,  even  a 
second  death,  which  is  a  ^spiritual 
death;  then  is  a  time  that  whoso- 
ever dieth  in  his  sins,  as  to  a  tem- 
poral death,  shall  also  die  a  spir- 
itual death;  yea,  he  shall  ffdie  as 
to  things  pertaining  unto  right- 
eousness. 

17.  Then  is  the  time  when  their 


gf  ver,  3.  ft,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.  ar,  vers.  10,  11.  Al.  26:22.  i,  3  Ne.  26:6 — II. 
Eth.  4:1 — 7,  j,  see  i,  fc,  see  i.  Z,  see  i,  2  Ne.  9.  mt  see  p,  2  Ne.  28.  n,  AL  11 :41 — 
45.  o>  see  df  2  Ne.  2.  p,  ver.  32.  AL  13 :30.  See  o,  2  Ne.  9,  Also  see  Jfc>  1  He.  15. 
Jac.  3:11.  tf,  Ter.  32.  1  Ne.  15:33.  AL  40:26.  He.  14:18.  ABOBT  B.  a  82. 


226 


ALMA,  12. 


torments  shall  be  as  a  lake  of 
fire  and  "brimstone,  whose  flame 
ascendeth  up  forever  and  ever; 
and  then  is  the  time  that  they 
shall  be  *  chained  down  to  an  ever- 
lasting destruction,  according  to 
the  power  and  captivity  of  Satan, 
he  having  subjected  them  accord- 
ing to  his  will. 

18.  Then,  I  say  unto  you,  they 
shall  be  as  though  there  had  been 
no   redemption   made;    for   they 
cannot  be  redeemed  according  to 
God's  justice;   and  they  'cannot 
die,  seeing  there  is  no  more  cor- 
ruption. 

19.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Alma  had  made  an  end  of 
speaking  these  words,  the  people 
began  to  be  more  astonished; 

20.  But    there    was    one    An- 
tionah,   who   was   a   chief   ruler 
among  them,  came  forth  and  said 
unto  him :  What  is  this  that  thou 
hast  said,  Mthat  man  should  rise 
from  the  dead  and  be  changed 
from  this  mortal  to  an  immortal 
state,  that  the  soul  can  never  die? 

21.  What   does   the   scripture 
mean,    which    saith    that    ^God 
placed  cherubim  and   a  flaming 
sword  on  the  east  of  the  garden 
of  Eden,   lest   our  first  parents 
should  enter  and  partake  of  the 
fruit  of  the  tree  of  life,  and  live 
forever?     And  thus  we  see  that 
there  was  no  possible  chance  that 
they  should  live  forever. 

22.  Now  Alma  said  unto  him: 
This  is  the  thing  which  I  was 
about  to  explain.     Now  we  see 
that  Adam  did  fall  by  the  par- 
taking of  the  forbidden  fruit,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  God;  and 
thus  we  see,  that  by  his  fall,  all 
mankind    became    a    '"lost    and 
fallen  people. 

23.  And  now  behold,  I  say  unto 


you  that  if  it  had  been  possible 
for  Adam  to  have  ^partaken  of 
the  fruit  of  the  tree  of  life  at 
that  time,  there  would  have  been 
no  death,  and  the  word  would 
have  been  void,  making  God  a 
liar,  for  he  said:  ylf  thou  eat 
thou  shalt  surely  die. 

24.  And    we    see    that    death 
comes   upon   mankind,   yea,   the 
death  which  has  been  ^spoken  of 
by  Amulek,  which  is  the  temporal 
death;  nevertheless  there  was  a 
space  granted  unto  man  in  which 
he  might  repent;   therefore  this 
life  became  a  ^probationary  state ; 
a  time  to  prepare  to  meet  God;  a 
time  to  prepare  for  that  endless 
state  which  has  been  spoken  of  by 
us,  which  is  after  the  2 Resurrec- 
tion of  the  dead. 

25.  Now,  if  it  had  not  been  for 
the   plan   of   redemption,    which 
was  laid  from  the  foundation  of 
the  world,  there  could  have  been 
no  resurrection  of  the  dead;  but 
there  was  a  plan  of  redemption 
laid,  which  shall  bring  to  pass  the 
2<rresurrection    of    the    dead,    of 
which  has  been  spoken. 

26.  And  now  behold,  if  it  were 
possible   that    our   first    parents 
could  have  gone  forth  and  ^par- 
taken  of   the   tree   of   life   they 
would  have  been  forever  miser- 
able, having  no  preparatory  state; 
and  thus  the  plan  of  redemption 
would  have  been  frustrated,  and 
the  word  of  God  would  have  been 
void,  taking  none  effect. 

27.  But  behold,  it  was  not  so; 
but  it  was  appointed  unto  men 
that   they   must   die;    and   after 
death,  they  must  come  to  judg- 
ment, even  that  same  judgment 
of  which  we  have  spoken,  which  is 
the  end. 

28.  And    after    God    had    ap- 


r,  see  I,  Jac.  6.     s,  see  p,  2  Ne.   28.     t,  ver.  20.     Al.   11:45.     u,  vers.   12 — 18. 
•p.,  Gen.  3:24.     w,  AL  9:30,  32.     See  e  and  g,  2  Ne.  9.     x,  ver.  26.     Al.  42-2 — 9. 

f,  Gen.  2:17.     z,  Al.  11:41 — 45.     2a,  Al.  34:32 — 35.     42:4,   13,     26,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2. 
c,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2.     2tf,  ver.  23.    AL  42:2 — 9.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,  13. 


227 


pointed  that  these  things  should 
come  unto  man,  behold,  then  he 
saw  that  It  was  expedient  that 
man  should  know  concerning  the 
things  whereof  he  had  appointed 
unto  them; 

29.  Therefore  he  sent  angels 
"to    converse    with    them,    who 
caused  men  to  behold  of  his  glory, 

30.  And  they  began  from  that 
time  forth  to  call  on  Ms  name; 
therefore   God   "Conversed  with 
men,  and  made  known  unto  them 
the   plan   of   redemption,   which 
had    been   prepared   2fffiom    the 
foundation  of  the  world ;  and  this 
he  made  known  unto  them  ac- 
cording to  their  faith  and  repent- 
ance and  their  holy  works. 

31.  Wherefore,  he  gave  com- 
mandments unto  men,  they  hav- 
ing first  transgressed  the  2*first 
commandments  as  to  things  which 
were  temporal,  and  becoming  as 
Gods,   knowing  good  from  evil, 
placing  themselves  in  a  state  to 
act,  or  being  placed  in  a  state  to 
act  2iaccording  to  their  wills  and 
pleasures,  whether  to  do  evil  or 
to  do  good — 

32.  Therefore  God  gave  unto 
them  commandments,  after  hav- 
ing made  -* known  unto  them  the 
plan    of    redemption,    that   they 
should  not  do  evil,  the  penalty 
thereof  being  a  s*second  death, 
which  was  an  everlasting  death 
as   to    2I things   pertaining   unto 
righteousness;   for  on  such  the 
plan  of  redemption  could  have  no 
power,  for  the  works  of  Smjustice 
could  not  he  destroyed,  according 
to  the  supreme  goodness  of  God. 

33.  But  God  did  call  on  men, 
in  the  name  of  his  Son,  (this  being 
the   plan   of  redemption    which 


i  was  laid)  saying:   2nlf  ye  will  re- 
I  pent*  and  harden  not  your  hearts, 
i  then  will  1  have  mercy  upon  y®ur 
|  through  mine  Only  Begotten  Son; 
34.  Therefore,    whosoever   re- 
pen  teth,  and  hardeneth  not  his 
heart,   he   shall   have   claim   oa 
mercy  through  mine  Only  Begot- 
ten Son,  unto  a  remission  of  his 
sins;  and  these  shall  enter  into 
my  rest. 

3  5.  And  whosoever  will  ^hard- 
en his  heart  and  will  do  iniquity, 
behold,  I  swear  in  my  wrath  that 
he  shall  not  enter  into  my  rest. 

36.  And  now,  my  brethren,  be- 
hold I  say  unto  you,  that  if  ye  will 
harden  your  hearts  ye  shall  not 
enter  into  the  rest  of  the  Lord; 
therefore  your  iniquity  provoketh, 
him  that  he  sendeth  down  his 
wrath  upon  you  as  in  the  2#first 
provocation,  yea,  according  to  Ms 
word  in  the  2«last  provocation  as 
well  as  tie  first,  to  the  ^everlast- 
ing  destruction   of   your   souls; 
therefore,  according  to  his  word* 
unto  the  2*last  death,  as  well  as 
the  £tfirst 

37.  And  now,  my  brethren,  see- 
ing we  know  these  things,  and 
they  are  true,  let  us  repent,  and 
harden  not  our  hearts,  that  we 
provoke  not  the  Lord  our  God  to 
pull  down  his  wrath  upon  us  in 
these  Ms  2wsecond  commandments 
which  he  has  given  unto  us;  but 
let  us  enter  into  the  2crest  of  God, 
which  is  prepared  according  to 
Ms  word. 

CHAPTER  13. 

Alma's  discourse  continued — TJie 
7so2|/  order  of  the  Son  of  God — High 
Priests — Why  ordained — Metehiisedek 

and  Abraham. 

1.  And  again,  my  brethren,  I 


2e,  P.  of  <G.  P.,  Moses  5 :6.  2/,  P.  of  G.  P.,  Moses  5 :4,  5.  Zg,  see  of,  Mos.  4. 
2ft,  2  Ne.  2:18,  10.  Gen.  2:16,  17.  2i,  2  Ne.  2:16.  2j,  P.  of  G.  P.,  Moses  5:4—9. 
2fc,  vers.  16,  30.  Jac.  3:11.  AI.  13:30.  See  o,  2  Ne.  f).  See  &,  1  Ne.  15.  21,  see  g. 
2m,  Mas.  15:27.  AL  34:15,  16.  42:13 — 25.  2»,  P.  of  G.  P.,  Moses  5:8.  2o,  P.  of 
G.  P.,  Moses  5:15.  2p,  ver.  SI.  2qr  ver.  35.  2r.  see  2Jc.  2sf  see  2fc.  '2f,  ver.  23. 
2w,  P.  of  G.  P.,  Moses  chaps.  4 — 7.  2i?,-Yers.  34,  35.  AI.  13:6,  12,  13,  15.  29.  16:17. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


228 


ALMA,   13. 


would  cite  your  minds  forward  to 
the  time  when  the  Lord  God  gave 
these  commandments  unto  Ms 
children;  and  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  the  Lord 
God  ordained  "priests,  after  his 
holy  order,  which  was  after  the 
order  of  his  Son,  to  teach  these 
things  unto  the  people. 

2.  And  those  priests  were  or- 
dained after  the  Border  of  his  Son, 
In  a  manner  that  thereby  the  peo- 
ple might  know  in  what  manner 
to  look  forward  to  his  Son  for  re- 
demption. 

3.  And  this  is  the  manner  after 
which  they  were  ordained — being 
called-  and   prepared   cfrom   the 
foundation  of  the  world  accord- 
ing to  the  ^foreknowledge  of  God, 
on    account   of   their    exceeding 
faith  and  good  works;  in  the  first 
place  being  left  to  'choose  good 
or   evil;    therefore   they   having 
chosen  good,  and  exercising  ex- 
ceeding great   faith,    are   called 
with  a  holy  calling,  yea,  with  that 
holy  calling  which  was  prepared 
with,  and  according  to,  a  prepara- 
tory redemption  for  such. 

4.  And  thus  they  have  been 
called  to  this  ''holy  calling  on  ac- 
count of  their  faith,  while  others 
would  reject  the  Spirit  of  God  on 
account  of  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts    and    blindness    of    their 
minds,  while,  if  it  had  not  been 
for  this  they  might  have  had  as 
great  privilege  as  their  brethren. 

5.  Or  in  fine,  in  the  first  place 
they  were  on  the  same  standing 
with  their  brethren ;  thus  this  holy 
calling  being  prepared  *from  the 
foundation  of  the  world  for  such 
as  would  not  harden  their  hearts, 
being  in  and  through  the  ftatone- 


ntent  of  the  Only  Begotten  Son, 
who  was  prepared — 

6.  And  thus  being  called   by 
this  holy  calling,  and  ordained 
unto  the  'high  priesthood  of  the 
holy  order  of  God,  to  teach  his 
commandments  unto  the  children 
of  men,  that  they  also  might  enter 
into  Ms  ^rest — 

7.  This  liigh  priesthood  being 
after  the  order  of  his  Son,  which 
order  was  *from  the  foundation 
of  the  world;  or  in  other  words, 
being  "'without  beginning  of  days 
or  end  of  years,  being  prepared 
"from  eternity  to  all  eternity,  ac- 
cording to  his  °foreknowiedge  of 
all  things — 

8.  Now    they    were    ordained 
after  this  manner — being  called 
with  a  holy  calling,  and  ordained 
with  a  holy  ordinance,  and  taking- 
upon  them  the  phigh  priesthood  of 
the  holy  order,  which  calling,  and 
ordinance,  and  high  priesthood,  is 
without  ^beginning  or  end — 

9.  Thus    they    become    rhigh 
priests  forever,  after  the  order  of 
the  Son,  the  Only  Begotten  of  the 
Father,  who  is  ^without  beginning 
of  days  or  end  of  years,  who  is 
full  of  grace,  equity,  and  truth. 
And  thus  it  is.    Amen. 

10.  Now,  as  I  said  concerning 
the  holy  order  of  this  'high  priest- 
hood, there  were  many  who  were 
ordained  and  became  "high  priests 
of  God;  and  it  was  on  account  of 
their  exceeding  faith  and  repent- 
ance, and  their  righteousness  be- 
fore God,  they  choosing  to  repent 
and   work    righteousness   rather 
than  to  perish; 

11.  Therefore  they  were  called 
after  this  holy  order,  and  were 
sanctified,    and    their    garments 


a,  P.  of  G.  P.,  Moses  6:7.'  8:19.  D.  &  0.  84:6—28,  107.  6,  see  a.  c,  see  t, 
Mos.  4.  tf.  ver.  7.  e,  2  Ne.  2:16.  AL  12:31.  f,  see  a.  0,  see  <?,  Mos.  4.  fc,  see  /, 
2  Ne.  2.  i.  see  fir,  Mos.  26.  j,  see  2«,  Al.  12.  fc,  see  flr,  Mos.  26.  Z,  see  d,  Mos.  4. 
«t.  P.  of  G.  P.,  Abraham  1 :2 — 4.  n,  see  a,  Mos.  3.  o,  ver.  3.  See  r,  2  Ne.  9.  p,  see 
gr,  Mos.  26.  q,  see  cr,  Mos.  3.  r,  see  flf,  Mos.  26.  *,  see  a,  Mos.  3.  t,  see  f7,  Mos,  26. 
%  D.  &  C.  107 :40 — 55.  84 :6 — 22.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,  13. 


229 


were  washed  white  through  the  1 
*blood  of  the  Lamb.  j 

12.  Now  they,  after  being  sane-  i 
tified  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  having  j 
their  garments  made  white,  being 
pure    and    spotless    before   God, 
could  not  look  upon  sin  save  it  j 
were  with  abhorrence;  and  there  j 
were  many,  exceeding  great  many,  j 
who  were  made  pure  and  entered 
into  the  *rest  of  the  Lord  their 
God. 

13.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
would    that   ye    should    humble ' 
yourselves  before  God,  and  bring 
forth  fruit  meet  for  repentance, 
thai  ye  may  also  enter  into  that 
rest. 

14.  Yea,     humble    yourselves 
even  as  the  people  in  the  days  of 
*Melchizedek,  who  was  also  a  high 
priest  after  this  same  order  which 
I  have  spoken,  who  also  took  upon 
him  the  high  priesthood  *f  orever. 

15.  And  it  was  this  same  Mel- 
chizedek  to  whom  Abraham  paid 
tithes;  yea,  even  our  father  Abra- 
ham paid  tithes  of  rone-tenth  part 
of  all  he  possessed. 

16.  Now  these  ordinances  were 
given    after    this    manner,    that 
thereby  the  people  might  look  for- 
ward on  the  Son  of  God,  it  being 
a  type  of  his  order,  or  it  being  his 
order,  and  this  that  they  might 
look  forward  to  him  for  a  remis- 
sion of  their  sins,  that  they  might 
enter  into  the  2<trest  of  the  Lord. 

17.  Now  this  MelcMzedek  was 
a  king  over  the  land  of  Salem; 
and  his  people  had  waxed  strong 
in  iniquity  and  abomination;  yea, 
they  had  all  gone  astray;   they 
were  full  of  all  manner  of  wicked- 
ness; 

18.  But    Melchizedek    having 
exercised  mighty  faith,  and  re- 
ceived  the   office    of   the   "high 


priesthood  according  to  the  holy 
order  of  God,  did  preach  repent- 
ance unto  Ms  people.  And  be- 
hold, they  did  repent;  and  Mel- 
chizedek did  establish  peace  la 
the  land  In  his  days;  therefore  he 
was  called  the  prince  of  peace,  for 
he  was  the  king  of  Salem;  and  he 
did  reign  under  his  father. 

19.  Now,    there   were   2rmaiay 
before  him,  and  also  there  were 
Mmany  afterwards,  but  none  were 
greater;   therefore,  of  him  they 
have  more  particularly  made  men- 
tion. 

20.  Now  I  need  not  rehearse 
the  matter;  what  I  have  said  may 
suffice.     Behold,  the  £escriptures 
are  before  you;  if  ye  will  wrest 
them  it  shall  be  to  your  own  de- 
struction. 

21.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  Alma  had  said  these 
words  unto  them,  he  stretched 
forth  his  hand  unto  them  and 
cried  with  a  mighty  voice,  saying: 
Now  is  the  time  to  repent,  for  the 
day  of  salvation  draweth  nigh; 

22.  Yea,  and  the  voice  of  the 
Lord,  by  the  s/mouth  of  angels, 
doth  declare  it  unto  ail  nations; 
yea,   doth  declare  it,   that  they 
may  have  glad  tidings  of  great 
joy;  yea,  and  he  doth  sound  these 
glad  tidings  among  all  his  people, 
yea,  even  to  them  that  are  scat- 
tered abroad  upon  the  face  of  the 
earth ;  wherefore  they  have  com® 
unto  us. 

23.  And  they  are  made  known. 
unto  us  in  plain  terms,  that  we 
may  understand,  that  we  Sff cannot 
err;  and  this  because  of  our  being 
wanderers    in    a    strange    land; 
therefore,  we  are  thus  highly  fa- 
vored, for  we  have  these  glad  ti- 
dings declared  unto  us  in  all  parts 
of  our  vineyard.     


vers    15 — 18-     V»  ^ers.   7 — 0.     See  m. 

iL*<i»i^ZS&&tf*.^V*^*X^z>% 

10;7— 10,  20.     11:31.    2^,  see  6,  2  Ne.  25.  ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


t;,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.     w,  see  2??,  Al.  12. 
g,  Gen.  14 :2Q.  .  2a,  see  2o,  Al.  12.    2&,  see 


230 


ALMA,  14. 


24.  For  behold,  angels  are  de- 
claring it  unto  many  at  this  time 
in  our  land;  and  this  Is  for  the 
purpose  of  preparing  the  hearts 
of  the  children  of  men  to  receive 
his  word  at  the  time  of  his  com- 
ing in  his  glory. 

25.  And  now  we  only  wait  to 
hear   the   joyful   news   declared 
unto  us  by  the  mouth  of  angels, 
of  his  coining;  for  the  time  com- 
eth,    we    know    not    how    soon. 
Would  to  God  that  it  might  he  in 
my  day;  but  let  it  be  sooner  or 
later,  in  it  I  will  rejoice. 

26.  And  it  shall  be  made  known 
unto  Just  and  holy  men,  by  the 
a*mouth  of  angels,  at  the  time  of 
his  coming,  that  the  words  of 
our  fathers  may  be  fulfilled,  ac- 
cording to  that  which  they  have 
spoken  concerning  him,  which  was 
according  to  the  spirit  of  proph- 
ecy which  was  in  them. 

27.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
wish  from  the  inmost  part  of  my 
heart,   yea,   with   great   anxiety 
<even  unto  pain,  that  ye  would 
hearken  unto  my  words,  and  cast 
off  your  sins,  and  not  procrasti- 
nate the  day  of  your  repentance; 

28.  But  that  ye  would  humble 
yourselves  before  the  Lord,  and 
call  on  his  holy  name,  and  watch 
and  sipray  continually,   that  ye 
may  not  be  tempted  above  that 
•which  ye  can  bear,  and  thus  be 
led  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  becoming 
humble,    meek,    submissive,    pa- 
tient, full  of  love  and  all  long- 
suffering; 

29.  ^Having  faith  on  the  Lord; 
having  a  hope  that  ye  shall  re- 
ceive eternal  life;  having  the  love 
of  God  always  in  your  hearts,  that 
ye  may  be  s*lifted  up  at  the  last 
day  and  enter  into  2Zhis  rest. 

30.  And  may  the  Lord  grant 


unto  you  repentance,  that  ye  may 
not  bring  down  his  wrath  upon 
you,  that  ye  may  not  be  bound 
down  by  the  2OTchains  of  hell,  that 
ye  may  not  suffer  the  2nsecond 
death. 

31.  And  Alma  spake  many 
more  words  unto  the  people,  which 
are  not  written  in  this  book. 

CHAPTER  14. 

Alma  and  Amulek  imprisoned — 
Their  adherents  persecuted — Deaths 
"by  fire — Zeezrom,  now  repentant, 
pleads  their  cause  and  is  cast  out — 
The  prophets  delivered  and  their 
enemies  slain. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  after  he 
had  made  an  end  of  speaking  unto 
the  people  many  of  them  did  be- 
lieve on  his  words,  and  began  to 
repent,  and  to  search  the  "scrip- 
tures. 

2.  But  the  more  part  of  them 
were  desirous  that  they  might  de- 
stroy Alma  and  Amulek;  for  they 
were  angry  with  Alma,  because  of 
the  ^plainness  of  his  words  unto 
Zeezrom;  and  they  also  said  that 
cAmulek  had  lied  unto  them,  and 
had  reviled  against  their  law  and 
also  against  their  lawyers   and 
judges. 

3.  And  they  were  also  angry 
with  Alma  and  Amulek;  and  be- 
cause they  had  testified  so  plainly 
against   their   wickedness,    they 
sought  to  put  them  away  privily. 

4.  But  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
did  not;  but  they  took  them  and 
bound  them  with  strong  cords, 
and  took  them  before  the  chief 
judge  of  the  land. 

5.  And  the  people  went  forth 
and    witnessed    against    t-hem — 
"testifying  that  they  had  reviled 
against  the  law,  and  their  law- 
yers and  judges  of  the  land,  and 


2hf  He.  33:7.    14:26,  28.     3  Ne.  7:18.     2*,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32.     2/,  see  u>  Al.  7.    2fc, 
see  j>!  Mos.  23.    2lf  see  2vf  Al.  12.     2m,  see  p,  2  Ne.  28.     Sin,  see  p,  Al.  12. 
€HAiC  14:    *,  vers.  8,  14.    Al.  13:20.     5,  Al.  12  :3— 7.     c,  Al.  10:24— 32.     rf,  ver   2. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


ALMA,   14, 


231 


also  of  all  the  people  that  were  in 
the  land;  and  also  testified  that 
there  was  but  one  God,  and  that 
he  should  send  Ms  Son  among  the 
people,  but  he  should  enot  save 
them;  and  many  such  things  did 
the  people  testify  against  Alma 
and  Amulek.  Now  this  was  done 
before  the  chief  judge  of  the  land. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Zeezrom  was  astonished  at  the 
words  which  had  been  spoken; 
and  he  also  knew  concerning  the 
blindness  of  the  minds,  which  he 
had  caused  among  the  people  by 
his  lying  words ;  and  his  soul  be- 
gan to  be  harrowed  up  under  a 
consciousness  of  his  own  guilt; 
yea,   he   began   to   be   encircled 
about  by  the  pains  of  hell. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
began  to  cry  unto  the  people,  say- 
ing:    Behold,  I  am  guilty,  and 
these   men    are    spotless    before 
God.    And  he  began  to  plead  for 
them  from  that  time  forth;  but 
they   reviled   him,   saying:     Art 
thou    also    possessed    with    the 
devil?     And  they  spit  upon  him, 
and  cast  him  out  from   among 
them,  and  also  all  those  who  be- 
lieved in  the  words  which  had 
been  spoken  by  Alma  and  Amu- 
lefc;  and  they  *cast  them  out,  and 
sent  men  to  cast  stones  at  them. 

8.  And     they     brought    their 
wives  and  children  together,  and 
whosoever  believed  or  had  been 
taught  to  believe  in  the  word  of 
God  they  caused  that  they  should 
be  ftcast  into  the  fire;  and  they 
also  brought  forth  their  records 
which  contained  the  *holy  scrip- 
tures, and  cast  them  into  the  fire 
also,  that  they  might  be  burned 
and  destroyed  by  fire. 

9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
took    Alma    and    Amulek,    and 


carried  them  forth  to  the  place  of 
martyrdom,  that  they  might  wit- 
ness the  destruction  of  those  who 
Jwere  consumed  by  fire. 

10.  And  when  Amulek  saw  the 
pains  of  the  women  and  children 
who  were  consuming  in  the  fire, 
he  also  was  pained;  and  he  said 
unto  Alma:    How  can  we  witness 
this  awful  scene?    Therefore  let 
us  stretch  forth  our  hands,  and 
exercise  the  ^power  of  God  which 
is  in  us,  and  save  them  from  the 
flames. 

11.  But  Alma  said  unto  him: 
The  Spirit  constraineth  me  that  I 
must  not  stretch  forth  mine  hand ; 
for    behold    the   Lord    receiveth 
them  up  unto  himself,  in  glory; 
and  he  doth  suffer  that  they  may 
do  this  thing,  or  that  the  pe-ople 
may  do  this  thing  unto  them,  ac- 
cording to  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts,  that  the  'judgments  which 
he  shall  exercise  upon  them  in  his 
wrath  may  be  just;  and  the  blood 
of  the  innocent  shall  stand  as  a 
witness  against  them,  yea,  and 
cry  mightily  against  them  at  the 
last  day. 

12.  Now    Amulek    said    unto 
Alma:    Behold,  perhaps  they  will 
burn  us  also. 

13.  And  Alma  said:     Be  it  ac- 
cording to  the  will  of  the  Lord. 
But,    behold,    our  work   is   not 
finished;  therefore  they  burn  us 
not. 

14.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  bodies  of  those  who  had 
been  cast  into  the  fire  mwere  con- 
sumed,   and    also    the    "records 
which  were  cast  in  with  them,  the 
chief  judge  of  the  land  came  and 
stood  before  Alma  and  Amulek, 
as  they  were  bound;  and  he  smot© 
them  with  his  hand  °upon  their 
cheeks,    and    said    unto    them: 


6,  Al.  11:33— ST. 
15  ;2.    i.  vers.  1,  14.     —..  ., 
26—29.     Al.  16:2,  3,  9—11. 


/,  Al.   10:31.     11:21 — 38.     ff,  AL  15:1.     &,  vers.  9 — 15.     AL 
AL  13 :20.     j,  see  fe.     fc,  vers.  26—29.     AL  8 :30,  31.     lf  vers. 
see  fc.    n,  see  i.    o,  vers.  15,  17,  20,  24,  25. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  82. 


232 


ALMA,   14. 


After  wliat  ye  have  seen,  will  ye 
preach  again  unto  this  people, 
that  they  shall  be  cast  into  a  plake 
of  fire  and  brimstone? 

15.  Behold,  ye  see  that  ye  had 
not  power  to  save  those  who  had 
been  cast  into  the  fire;   neither 
has  God  saved  them  because  they 
were  of  thy  faith.    And  the  judge 
sinote   them    again   *upon    their 
cheeks,  and  asked:    What  say  ye 
for  yourselves? 

16.  Now  this  judge  was  after 
the  order  and  faith  of  rNehor, 
who  *slew  Gideon. 

17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  Amulek  answered  him 
nothing;    and    he    *smote    them 
again,  and  delivered  them  to  the 
officers  to  be  cast  into  prison. 

18.  And  when  they  had  been 
cast  into  prison  three  days,  there 
came  many  lawyers,  and  judges, 
and  priests,   and  teachers,  who 
were  of  the  profession  of  ^Nehor; 
and  they  came  in  unto  the  prison 
to  see  them,  and  they  questioned 
them    about   many   words;    but 
they  answered  them  nothing. 

19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  judge  stood  before  them,  and 
said :    Why  do  ye  not  answer  the 
words  of  this  people?     Know  ye 
not  that  I  have  power  to  deliver 
you  up  unto  the  flames?    And  he 
commanded  them  to  speak;  but 
they  answered  nothing. 

20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they   departed    and    went    their 
ways,  but  came  again  on  the  mor- 
row; and  the  judge  also  smote 
them  again  on  their  cheeks.    And 
many  came  forth  also,  and  "smote 
them,  saying :  Will  ye  stand  again 
and  judge  this  people,  and  con- 
demn wour  law?    If  ye  have  such 
great  power  why  do  ye  not  *de- 
liver  yourselves? 


21.  And  many  such  things  did 
they   say   unto    them,    gnashing 
their  teeth  upon  them,  and  spit- 
ting upon  them,  and  saying:  How 
shall    we    look    when    we    are 
damned? 

22.  And  many  such  things,  yea, 
all  manner  of  such  things  did  they 
say  unto  them;  and  thus  they  did 
mock  them  for  many  days,    And 
they  did  withhold  food  from  them 
that    they    might    hunger,    and 
water  that  they  might  thirst;  and 
they  also  did  take  from  them  their 
clothes  that  they  were  naked;  and 
thus  they  were  bound  with  ^strong 
cords,  and  confined  in  prison. 

23.  And  it  came  to  pass  after 
they  had  thus  suffered  for  many 
days,  (and  it  was  on  the  twelfth 
day,  in  the  tenth  month,  *in  the 
tenth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi) 
that  the  chief  judge  over  the  land 
of  Ammonihah  and  many  of  their 
teachers  and  their  lawyers  went 
in  unto  the  prison  where  Alma 
and   Amulek   were   bound   with 
cords. 

24.  And  the  chief  judge  stood 
before    them,    and    smote    them 
again,  and  said  unto  them :     If  ye 
have  the  power  of  God  'deliver 
yourselves  from  these  bands,  and 
then  we  will  believe  that  the  Lord 
will  destroy  this  people  accord- 
ing to  your  words. 

25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  all  went  forth  and  smote 
them,    saying   the    same   words, 
even  until  the  last;  and  when  the 
last  had  spoken  unto  them  the 
Sfflpower  of  God  was  upon  Alma 
and  Amulek,  and  they  rose  and 
stood  upon  their  feet. 

26.  And  Alma  cried,   saying: 
How  long  shall  we  suffer  these 
great  afflictions,  O  Lord?  O  Lord, 


p,  Al.  12:17.  a,  see  o.  r,  Al.  1:15.  ^Al.  1:7— 14.  2:20.  *,  see  o.  «,  Al.  1 :15. 
v,  see  o.  Wj,  vers.  2,  5.  a?,  ver.  24.  y,  vers.  4,  23,  26.  Al.  8 :31.  z.  ver.  20,  2a,  Al. 
8:30,  31.  B.  C.  81. 


ALMA,  15. 


233 


give  us  strength  according  to  our 
faith  which  is  in  Christ,  even  unto 

deliverance      And  thev  brnk^  thp 
deliverance,     .ana  tney  Drose  me 

-&cords  with  which  they  were 
bound;  and  when  the  people  saw 
this,  they  began  to  flee,  for  the 
2ffear  of  destruction 
upon  them. 


CHAPTER  15. 


*„,.„*         -        ,      ,    *     T  »    •  • 
«  %*******>  wwmcirtottaty  healed,  join* 

^jie  church          preaches  —  j/any  feap- 
feed  —  Alma   and   Amulek   return   to 


I.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
had   come  f  Alma    and    Amulek    were    com- 
|  manded  to  depart  out  of  that  city; 
27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  i  and  they  departed,  and  came  out 
so  great  was  their  fear  that  they   even  into  the  land  of  *Sidom ;  and 
fell  to  the  earth,  and  did  not  ob-   behold,  there  they  found  all  the 
tain  the  outer  door  of  the  prison;    people  who  had  departed  oat  of 


and  the  earth  shook  mightily,  and 
the  walls  of  the  prison  were  rent 
in  twain,  so  that  they  fell  to  the 
earth;  and  2dthe  chief  judge,  and 


the  land  of  Ammoniliah,  who  had 
been  &east  out  and  stoned,  because 
they  believed  in  the  words  of 
Alma. 


the    lawyers,    and    priests,    and  |      2.  And  they  related  unto  them 
teachers,  who  smote  _upon  Alma  j  all  that  had  happened  unto  rtheir 


and  Amulek,  were  slain  by  the 
fall  thereof. 

28.  And    Alma    and    Amulek 
came  forth  out  of  the  prison,  and 
they  were  not  hurt;  for  the  Lord 
had  granted  unto  them  power,  ac- 
cording to  their  faith  which  was 
in  Christ.    And  they  straightway 
came  forth  out  of  the  prison;  and 
they    were    2eloosed    from    their 
bands;  and  the  prison  had  2f fallen 
to   the   earth,   and   2^every  soul 
within  the  walls  thereof,  save  it 
were    Alma    and    Amulek,    was 
slain;  and  they  straightway  came 
forth  into  the  city. 

29.  Now    the    people    having 
heard  a  great  noise  came  running 
together  by  multitudes  to  know 
the  cause  of  it;   and  when  they 
saw  Alma   and  Amulek  coming 
forth  out  of  the  prison,  and  the 
walls  thereof  2*had  fallen  to  the 
earth,    they    were    struck    with 
great    fear,    and    fled    from    the 
presence    of  Alma   and   Amulek 
even  as  a  goat  fleeth  with  her 
young  from  two  lions;  and  thus 
they  did  flee  from,  the  presence  of 
Alma  and  Amulek. 


wives  and  children,  and  also  con- 
cerning themselves,  and  of  their 
rfpower  of  deliverance.  k 

3.  And  also  Zeezrom  lay  sick 
at  Sidom,  with  a  burning  fever, 
which  was  caused  by  the  great 
tribulations  of  his  mind  on  ac- 
count of  £lhis  wickedness,  for  he 
supposed  that  Alma  and  Amulek 
were  no  more;  and  he  supposed 
that  they  had  been  slain  because 
of  his  iniquity.     And  this  great 
sin,  and  Ms  many  other  sins,  did 
harrow  up  his  mind  until  it  did 
become  exceeding  sore,  having  no 
deliverance;  therefore  he  began, 
to  he  scorched  with  a  burning 
heat. 

4.  Now,   when  he  heard  that 
Alma  and  Amulek  were  in  the 
'land  of  Sidom,  his  heart  began 
to  take  courage;  and  he  sent  a 
message  immediately  unto  them, 
desiring  them  to  come  unto  Mm. 

5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  immediately,  obeying 
the  message  which  he  had  sent 
unto  them  ;  and  they  went  in  unto 
the  house  unto  Zeezr©m;  and  they 
found   Mm   upon   his  bed,   sick, 


2b,  see  y.    2c»  ver.  27.     2<f,  ver.  23.    2e,  ver.  26.     2/,  ver.  27.    20,  ver.  27.     2ft,, 
re.  27,  28.         CHAP.  15:    a,  vers.  3,  4,  11,  13,  14,  17.    fc,  Al.  14:7.     c,  AL  14:8 — 14. 
<£  Al.  14  ;26— 29.    «r,  Al.  10 :31.     11 :21— 38.     14  ;6,  7.    f,  see  e.  ABOTO  B.  C.  81, 

i(J 


vera. 


234 


ALMA,  16. 


being  ^very  low  with  a  burning 
fever;  and  his  mind  also  was  "ex- 
ceeding sore  because  of  his  iniqui- 
ties; and  when  he  saw  them  he 
stretched  forth  his  hand,  and  be- 
sought them  that  they  would  heal 
him. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  said  unto  him,  taking  Mm 
by  the  hand:     Believest  thou  in 
the  power  of  Christ  unto  salva- 
tion? 

7.  And  he  answered  and  said: 
Yea,  I  believe  all  the  words  that 
thou  hast  taught 

8.  And   Alma   said:     If   thou 
believest   in  the   redemption   of 
Christ  thou  canst  be  healed. 

9.  And  he  said:    Yea,  I  believe 
according  to  thy  words. 

10.  And  then  Alma  cried  unto 
the  Lord, "saying:     O  Lord  our 
God,  have  mercy  on  this  man,  and 
heal  him  according  to  his  faith 
which  is  in  Christ. 

11.  And  when  Alma  had  said 
these    words,     Zeezrom     leaped 
upon  his  feet,  and  began  to  walk; 
and  this  was  done'  to  the  great 
astonishment  of  all  the  people; 
and  the  knowledge  of  this  went 
forth  throughout  all  the  *land  of 
Sidom. 

12.  And  Alma  ^baptized  Zeez- 
rom unto  the  Lord;  and  he  began 
from  that  time  forth  to  preach 
unto  the  people. 

13.  And   Alma    established    a 
church  in  the  Mand  of  Sidom,  and 
consecrated  ^priests  and  teachers 
in  the  land,  to  baptize  unto  the 
Lord  whosoever  were  desirous  to 
be  baptized. 

14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  many;    for  they  did 
flock  in  from  all  the  region  round 
about  Sidom,  and  were  mbaptized. 

15.  But  as  to  the  people  that 


were  in  the  "land  of  Ammonihah, 
they  yet  remained  a  hard-hearted 
and  a  stiffnecked  people;  and  they 
repented  not  of  their  sins,  ascrib- 
ing all  the  °power  of  Alma  and 
Amulek  to  the  devil;  for  they 
were  of  the  profession  of  ^Nehor, 
and  did  not  believe  in  the  re- 
pentance of  their  sins. 

16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  Amulek,  Amulek  hav- 
ing ^forsaken  all  his  gold,   and 
silver,   and  his   precious  things, 
which  were  in  the  land  of  Ammo- 
nihah,  for  the  word  of  God,  he 
being  rejected  by  those  who  were 
ronce  his  friends  and  also  by  his 
father  and  his  kindred; 

17.  Therefore,  after  Alma  hav- 
ing   established    the    church    at 
*Sidom,  seeing  a  great  check,  yea, 
seeing    that    the    people    were 
checked  as  to  the  pride  of  their 
hearts,    and    began    to    humble 
themselves  before  God,  and  began 
to  assemble  themselves  together 
at  their  'sanctuaries  to  worship 
God  before  the  altar,  watching 
and  praying  continually,  that  they 
might  be  delivered  from  Satan, 
and   from  death,   and   from   de- 
struction— 

18.  Now  as  I  said,  Alma  hav- 
ing seen  all  these  things,  there- 
fore he  took  Amulek  and  came 
over  to  the  "land  of  Zarahemla, 
and  took  him  to  his  own  house, 
and  did  administer  unto  him  in 
his  tribulations,  and  strengthened 
him  in  the  Lord. 

19.  And  thus  ended  the  tenth 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges 
over  the  people  of  NephL 

CHAPTER  16. 

A    cry   of   war — The    wicked    city 
Ammonihah  destroyed  by  Lamanites — 


g,  ver.  3.  ft,  ver.  3.  Al.  14 :6.  i,  see  a.  jt  see  it,  2  Ne.  9.  fc,  see  a.  I,  see  c, 
Mos.  6.  m>  see  u,  2  Ne.  9.  %  see  if  Al.  8.  o,  Al.  14 :26 — 29.  p,  Al.  1 :2 — 15.  2 :20. 
tf,  Al.  10:4.  r,  Al.  10:4,  11.  sf  see  a,  t,  Al.  16:13.  21:6.  22:7.  23:2.  He.  3:9, 
14.  u,  Om.  13.  ABOUT  B.  O,  81. 


ALMA,   16. 


235 


Zoram  and  Ms  sons  rout  the  enemy  — 
Desolation  of  Xehors  —  The  church 
established. 


1.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
*  eleventh  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi, 
on  the  fifth   day  of  the  second 
month,  there  having  been  much 
peace  in  the  aland  of  Zaratiemla, 
there  having  been  no  wars  nor 
contentions  for  a  certain  number 
of  years,  even  until  the  fifth,  day 
of    the    second    month    in    the 
eleventh  year,  there  was  a  cry  of 
war  heard  throughout  the  land.  \ 

2.  For  behold,  the  armies  of' 
the  Lamanites  had  come  in  upon 
the  wilderness  side,  into  the  bor- 
ders of  the  land,  even  into  the 
5city  of  Ammonihah,  and  began  to 
slay  the  people  and  destroy  the 
city. 

3.  And  now  it  came  to  pass, 
before  the  Nephites  could  raise  a 
sufficient  army  to  drive  them  out 
of  the  land,  they  had  cdestroyed 
the  people  who  were  in  the  city 
of  Ammonihah,   and  also   some 
around  the  borders  of  dNoah,  and 
taken  others  captive  into  the  wil- 
derness. 

4.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Nephites  were  desirous  to  obtain 
those  who  had  been  carried  away 
captive  into  the  wilderness, 

5.  Therefore,  he  that  had  been 
appointed  chief  captain  over  the 
armies  of  the  Nephites,  (and  his 
name  was  Zoram,  and  he  had  two 
sons,  Lehi  and  Aha)  —  now  Zoram 
and  his  two  sons,  knowing  that 
Alma  was  chigh  priest  over  the 
church,  and  having  heard  that  he 
had  the  spirit  of  prophecy,  there- 
fore they  went  unto  him  and  de- 
sired of  him  to  know  whether  the 
Lord  would  that  they  should  go 


into  the  wilderness  in  search  of 
their  brethren,  who  had  been 
taken  ^captive  by  the  Lamanites. 

6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  inquired  of  the  Lord  con- 
cerning the  matter.     And  Alma 
returned   and   said   unto   them: 
Behold,  the  Lamanites  will  cross 
the  Driver  Sidon  in  the  south  wil- 
derness, away  up  beyond  the  bor- 
ders of  the  *land  of  Manti.    And 
behold  there  shall  ye  meet  them, 
on  the  east  of  the  *river  Sidon, 
and  there  the  Lord  will  deliver 
unto  thee  thy  brethren  who  have 
been  taken  J captive  by  the  La- 
manites. 

7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
*Zoram  and  his  sons  crossed  over 
the     Driver     Sidon,     with     their 
armies,   and   marched  away  be- 
yond the  borders  of  CTManti  into 
the  south  wilderness,  which  was 
on   the   east   side   of   the  river 
Sidon. 

8.  And   they   came   upon   the 
armies  of  the  Lamanites,  and  the 
Lamanites    were    scattered    and 
driven  into  the  wilderness;  and 
they  took  their  brethren  who  had 
been  taken  captive  by  the  Laman- 
ites, and  there  was  not  one  soul 
of  them  had  been  lost  that  were 
taken  Bcaptive.     And  they  were 
brought  by  their  brethren  to  pos- 
sess their  °own  lands. 

9.  And  thus  ended  the  eleventh 
year  of  the  judges,  the  Lamanites 
having  been  driven  out  of   the 
land,  and  the  ^people  of  Ammoni- 
hah were  destroyed;  yea,  every 
living  soul  of  the  Ammonihahites 
was    destroyed,    and    also    their 
great  city,  which  they  said  God 
could  «not  destroy,  because  of  its 
greatness. 

10.  But  behold,  in  one  day  it 


af  Ora.  13.  Z»,  see  if  AL  8.  c,  vers.  9—11.  AI.  9 :18.  25 :2.  df  Ai.  49 :12— 15.  e,  see 

r,  Mos.  26.  /,  yers.  3,  4.  g,  see  g,  AL  2.  Jt,  ver.  7.  AI.  17:1.  22:27.  43*:22,  24, 

55,  42.  56:14.  57:22.  58:1,  13,  25—28,  39.  59:6.  i,  see  g,  AI.  2.  /,  vers.  3,  4. 

Jc,  ver.  5.     I,  see  ff,  AI.  2.     m,  see  ft.     %  vers.  3 — 6.  o,  ver.  3.     p,  vers.  2A  3. 

9:18.    q,  AL  9:4,  5. 


i 


>.    Z,    «*.       AI. 

*  B.  C.  81. 


236 


ALMA,  16. 


was  left  desolate;  and  the  car- 
cases were  mangled  by  dogs  and 
wild  beasts  of  the  wilderness. 

11.  Nevertheless,    after    many 
days    their    dead    bodies    were 
heaped  up  upon  the  face  of  the 
earth,  and  they  were  covered  with 
a  shallow  covering.    And  now  so 
great  was  the  scent  thereof  that 
the  people  did  not  go  in  to  pos- 
sess the  land  of  Ammonihah  for 
many  years.     And  it  was  called 
Desolation  of  rNehors;   for  they 
were  of  the  profession  of  Nehor, 
who  were  slain;  and  their  lands 
remained  desolate. 

12.  And  the  Lamanites  did  not 
come  again  to  war  against  the  Ne- 
phites  *until  the  fourteenth  year 
of  the  reign  of  the  judges  over 
the  people  of  Nephl     And  thus 
for  three  years  did  the  people  of 
Nephi  have  continual  peace  in  all 
the  land. 

13.  And    Alma    and    Amulek 
went  forth  preaching  repentance 
to  the  people  in  their  'temples, 
and  in  their  'sanctuaries,  and  also 
in  their  "synagogues,  which  were 
built  *after  the  manner  of  the 
Jews. 

14.  And  as  many  as  would  hear 
their  words,  unto  them  they  did 
impart  the  word  of  G-od,  without 
any  respect  of  persons,   contin- 
ually. 

15.  And   thus   did   Alma   and 
Amulek  go  forth,  and  also  many 
more  who  had  been  chosen  for 
the  work,   to   preach   the   word 
throughout  all  the  land.    And  the 
establishment  of  the  church  be- 
came    general    throughout    the 
land,  in    all    the    region    round 
about,  among  all  the  people  of  the 
NepMtes. 

16.  And  there  was  wno  inequal- 


ity among  them;  the  Lord  did 
pour  out  Ms  Spirit  on  all  the  face 
of  the  land  to  prepare  the  minds 
of  the  children  of  men,  or  to  pre- 
pare their  hearts  to  receive  the 
word  which  should  be  taught 
among  them  at  the  time  of  Ms 
coming — 

17.  That    they   might   not   be 
hardened  against  the  word,  that 
they  might  not  be  unbelieving, 
and  go  on  to  destruction,  but  that 
they  might  receive  the  word  with 
joy,  and  as  a  branch  be  grafted 
into    the    true    vine,    that    they 
might  enter  into  the  *rest  of  the 
Lord  their  God. 

18.  Now  those  ^priests  who  did 
go  forth  among  the  people  did 
preach  ^against  all   lyings,    and 
deceivings,    and    envyings,    and 
strifes,  and  malice,  and  revilings, 
and   stealing,   robbing,    plunder- 
ing, murdering,  committing  adul- 
tery, and  all  manner  of  lascivi- 
ousness,  crying  that  these  things 
ought  not  so  to  be — 

1 9 .  Holding  forth  things  which 
must  shortly  come;  yea,  holding 
forth  the  coming  of  the  Son  of 
God,   his   sufferings   and    death, 
and  also  the  2aresurrection  of  the 
dead. 

20.  And  many  of  the   people 
did  inquire  concerning  the  place 
where   the   Son    of   God    should 
come;  and  they  were  taught  that 
he    would    26appear   unto   them 
after  Ms  resurrection;   and  this 
the  people  did  hear  with,  great 
joy  and  gladness. 

21.  And  now  after  the  church 
had  been  established  throughout 
all  the  land — having  got  the  vic- 
tory over  the  devil,  and  the  word 
of    God   being    preached    in    its 
purity  in  all  the  land,  and  the 


r,  Al.  1:2—13.  «,  see  ft,  2  Ne.  5.  *,  see  tt  AI.  15.  «,  Al.  21:4,  5,  11,  16,  20. 
23:2,  4.  26:2&.  31-12,  13.  32:1,  2,  5,  9 — 12.  33:2.  He.  3  :&,  14.  3  Ne.  13:2,  5. 
v,  2  Ne.  5:16.  to,  Mos.  18:19 — 29.  23:15.  27:4.  4  Ne.  3.  a,  see  2t>,  Al.  12.  jr,  see 
ct  Mos.  6.  See  gt  Mos.  26.  0,  3  Ne.  30.  2a,  see  tf,  2  Ne.  2.  2B,  see  &,  1  Ne.  12. 

"•ABOUT  B.  0.  78. 


t    17. 


227 


Lord  pouring  oat  Ms  blessings 
upon  the  people — thus  ended  the 
fourteenth  year  of  the  reign  of 
the  judges  over  the  people  of 
Nephi. 

An  account  of  the  sons  of  3£osiah, 
who  rejected  their  rights  to  the  king- 
dom for  tJie  word  of  God,  and  went 
up  to  the  land  of  XepM  to  preach  to 
the  Lamanites;  their  sufferings  and 
deliverance — according  to  the  record 
of  Alma. 
Comprising  chapters  IT  to  26  inclusive. 

CHAPTER   17. 

Ammon  in  the  land  of  IsJimael — He 
becomes  a  servant  to  king  Lnmoni — 
His  heroic  defense  of  the  king's  flocks. 

1.  And   now   it   came   to  pass 
that    as    AInia    was    Journeying 
from  the  aland  of  Gideon  south- 
ward, away  to  the  6land  of  Mantl, 
behold,  to  his  astonishment,  he 
met   with   the    csons   of   MosiaJa 
journeying  towards  the  ^land  of 
Zarahemla. 

2.  Now  these  sons  of  Mosiah 
were  with  Alma  at  the  time  the 
angel  "first  appeared  unto  him; 
therefore   Alma   did   rejoice  ex- 
ceedingly to  see  his  brethren;  and 
what  added  more  to  his  joy,  they 
were    still   his    brethren   in   the 
Lord;  yea,  and  they  had  waxed 
strong  in  the  knowledge  of  the 
truth;   for  they  were  men  of  a 
sound    understanding    and    they 
had  searched  the  'scriptures  dili- 
gently, that  they  might  know  the 
word  of  God. 

3.  But   this   is   not   all;    they 
had  given    themselves  to  ^much 
prayer,    and    fasting;    therefore 
they  had  the  spirit  of  prophecy, 
and  the  spirit  of  revelation,  and 
when  they  taught,  they  taught 


with  power  and  authority  of  God. 

4.  And  they         been  teaching 
the  word  of  God  *for  the  space  of 
fourteen  years  among  the  Laman- 
ites,  having  bad  much  success  IB 
bringing  many  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  truth ;  yea,  by  the  power  of 
their  words  many  were  brought 
before  the  altar  of  God,  to  call  on 
his  name  and  confess  their  sins 
before  him. 

5.  Now  these  are  the  circum- 
stances which  attended  them  In 
their  journeyings,  for  they  had 
many  afflictions;   they  did  suffer 
much,  both  in  body  and  in  mind, 
such  as  hunger, thirst  and  fatigue, 
and  also  much  labor  in  the  spirit. 

6.  Now  these  were  their  jour- 
neyings:    Having  taken  leave  of 
their  ^father,  Mosiah,  in  the  first 
year  of  the  judges;   having  *  re- 
fused' the  kingdom  which  their 
fatker  was  desirous  to  confer  upon 
them,  and  also  this  was  the  minds 
of  the  people; 

7.  Nevertheless  they  departed 
out  of  the  ^land  of  Zarahemla,  and 
took    their    swords,    and    their 
spears,  and  their  bows,  and  their 
arrows,  and  their  slings;  and  this 
they  did  that  they  might  provide 
food  for  themselves  while  in  the 
wilderness. 

8.  And  thus  they  departed  into 
the  wilderness  with  their  num- 
bers which  they  had  ^selected,  to 
go  up  to  the  land  of  Nephi,  to 
preach  the  word  of  God  unto  the 
Lamanites. 

9.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
they  journeyed  many  days  in  the 
wilderness,  and  they  '"fasted  much 
and  prayed,  much  that  the  Lord 
would  grant  unto  them  a  portion 
of  his  Spirit  to  go  with  them,  and 
abide  with,  them,  that  they  might 
be  an  instrument  in  the  hands  of 


a,  see  m,  Al.  2.  Z>,  see  ft,  Al.  16.  c,  Mxw.  2T  :34.  <f,  Om.  13.  «,  Mos.  27  :11 — 17. 
/,  Jac.  7:23.  AL  63:12,  g,  see  e,  2  Ne.  32,  See  f,  MEos.  27.  fc,  Mas.  28:1,  5 — 0. 
20-41 — 44.  i  MOS.  29:3.  f,  Om.  13,  fc,  Mos.  28:1.  l»  see  fc,  2  Ne.  5.  m,  see  t, 
Mas  27.  *  FBOM  ABOUT  B.  0.  91  TO  77. 


238 


ALMA,   17. 


God  to  bring,  if  it  were  possible, 
their  brethren,  the  Lamanites,  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  truth,  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  "baseness  of 
the  traditions  of  their  fathers, 
which  were  not  correct. 

10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  did  visit  them  with  his 
Spirit,  and  said  unto  them:     °Be 
comforted.     And  they  were  com- 
forted. 

11.  And   the   Lord   said   unto 
them  also:    yGo  forth  among  the 
Lamanites,  thy  brethren,  and  es- 
tablish my  word;  yet  ye  shall  be 
patient  in  long-suffering  and  af- 
flictions, that  ye  may  show  forth 
good  examples  unto  them  in  me, 
and  I  will  make  an  instrument  of 
thee  in  my  hands  unto  the  salva- 
tion of  many  souls. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  hearts  of  the  sons  of  Mosiah, 
and  also  those  who   were  with 
them,  took  courage  to  go  forth 
unto   the   Lamanites   to   declare 
unto  them  the  word  of  God. 

13.  And  it  came  to  pass  when 
they  had  arrived  in  the  borders 
of  the  land  of  the  Lamanites,  that 
they    separated   themselves    and 
departed  one  from  another,  trust- 
ing in  the  Lord  that  they  should 
meet  again  at  the  close  of  their 
harvest;  for  they  supposed  that 
^great  was  the  work  which  they 
had  undertaken. 

14.  And  assuredly  it  was  great, 
for  they  had  undertaken  to  preach 
the  word  of  God  rto  a  wild  and  a 
hardened  and  a  ferocious  people; 
a  people  who  delighted  in  mur- 
dering the  Nephites,  and  robbing 
and  plundering  them;  and  their 
hearts  were  set  upon  riches,  or 
upon  gold  and  silver,  and  pre- 
cious stones;  yet  they  sought  to 
obtain  these  things  by  murdering 


and  plundering,  that  they  might 
not  labor  for  them  with  their  own 
hands. 

15.  Thus  they  were  a  very  in- 
dolent people,  many  of  whom  did 
worship  idols,  and  the  *curse  of 
God   had   fallen   upon   them   be- 
cause of  the  traditions  of  their 
fathers;      notwithstanding      the 
promises  of  the  Lord  were   'ex- 
tended unto  them  on  the  condi- 
tions of  repentance. 

16.  Therefore,    this    was    the 
cause  for  which  the  sons  of  Mo- 
siah had  undertaken  the  *work, 
that   perhaps   they   might   bring 
them  unto  repentance;  that  per- 
haps they  might  bring  them  to 
know  of  the  plan  of  redemption. 

17.  Therefore  they  ^separated 
themselves  one  from  another,  and 
went   forth   among  them,    every 
man  alone,  according  to  the  word 
and    power    of    God    which    was 
given  unto  him. 

18.  Now    Ammon    being    the 
chief  among  them,  or  rather  he 
did  administer  unto  them,  and  he 
departed  from  them,  after  having 
blessed  them  according  to  their 
several  stations,  having  imparted 
the  word  of  God  unto  them,  or  ad- 
ministered unto  them  before  his 
departure;    and   thus   they  took 
their  several  journeys  throughout 
the  land. 

19.  And  Ammon  went  to  the 
land  of  wlshmael,  the  land  being 
called  after  the  *sons  of  Ishmael, 
who  also  became  Lamanites. 

20.  And    as    Ammon    entered 
the  land  of  Ishmael,  the  Laman- 
ites took  him  and  bound  him,  as 
was  their  custom  to  bind  all  the 
Nephites    who     fell    into    their 
hands,  and  carry  them  before  the 
king;  and  thus  it  was  left  to  the 
pleasure  of  the  king  to  slay  them, 


%  see  n,  Jac.  7.  o,  ver.  12.  AI.  26 :27.  p,  AL  26 :27.  a,  vers.  14 — 16.  r,  see  ft, 
Jac.  7.  st  see  d,  1  Ne.  2.  t,  see  j9  AL  9.  «,  see  q.  t>,  ver.  13.  w,  vers.  20,  21. 
AL  20:14,  15.  21:18,  20,  22:1,  4.  23:9.  24:5.  25:13.  a?,  see  cy  1  Ne.  7. 

ABOUT  B.  C.  90. 


ALMA,  17. 


230 


or  to  retain  them  in  captivity,  or 
to  cast  them  into  prison,  or  to 
cast  them  out  of  his  land,  accord- 
ing to  Ms  will  and  pleasure. 

21.  And  thus  Amnaon  was  car- 
ried before  the  king  who  was  over 
the  pland   of   Ishmael;    and   Ms 
name  was  Lamoni;  and  lie  was  a 
descendant  of  'Ishmael. 

22.  And  the  king  inquired  of 
Ammon  if  it  were  his  desire  to 
dwell  in  the  land  among  the  La- 
manites, or  among  Ms  people. 

23.  And    Ammon    said     unto 
him:      Yea,    I    desire    to    dwell 
among  this  people  for  a  time; 
yea,  and  perhaps  until  the  day 
I  die. 

24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Lamoni  was  much  pleased 
with   Ammon,    and    caused   that 
his  2sbands  should  "be  loosed;  and 
he    would    that    Ammon    should 
take  one  of  his  daughters  to  wife. 

25.  But  Ammon  said  unto  him : 
Nay,  but  I  will  be  thy  servant. 
Therefore  Ammon  became  a  serv- 
ant to  king  Lamoni.    And  it  came 
to  pass  that  he  was  set  among 
other    servants    to    watch    the 
flocks  of  Lamoni,  according  to  the 
custom  of  the  Lamanites. 

26.  And  after  he  had  been  in 
the  service  of  the  king  three  days, 
as  he  was  with  the  Lamanitish 
servants  going  forth  with  their 
flocks    to    the    place    of    water, 
which  was  called  the  2&water  of 
Sebus,and  all  the  Lamanites  drive 
their  flocks  hither,  that  they  may 
have  water — 

27.  Therefore,  as  Ammon  and 
the  servants   of  the  king  were 
driving  forth  their  flocks  to  this 
place  of  water,  behold,  a  certain 
number  of  the  Lamanites,   who 
had    been   with    their   flocks   to 
water,  stood    and   scattered   the 


flocks  of  Ammon  and  the  servants 
of  the  king,  and  they  ^scattered 
them  insomuch  that  they  fled 
many  ways. 

28.  Now  the  servants  of  the 
king  began  to  murmur,  saying; 
Now  the  king  will  slay  us,  as  lie 
£%as  our  brethren  because  their 
flocks  were  scattered  by  the  wick- 
edness of  these  men.     And  they 
began  to  weep  exceedingly,  say- 
ing:   Behold,  our  flocks  are  scat- 
tered already. 

29.  Now  they  wept  because  of 
the    fear   of    being   slain.     Now 
when  Ammon  saw  this  his  heart 
was  swollen  within  Mm  with  joy; 
for,  said  he,  I  will  show  forth  my 
power    unto    these    my    fellow- 
servants,  or  the  power  which  is  in 
me,    in    restoring    these    flocks 
unto  the  king,  that  I  may  win 
the  hearts  of  these  my  fellow- 
servants,  that  I  may  lead  them  to 
believe  in  my  words. 

30.  And  now,  these  were  the 
thoughts  of  Ammon,  when  he  saw 
the  afflictions  of  those  whom  lie 
termed  to  be  his  brethren, 

3 1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  lie 
flattered  them  by  his  words,  say- 
ing:    My  brethren,   be  of  good 
cheer  and  let  us  go  in  search  of 
the  flocks,  and  we  will  2egather 
them   together  and   bring  them 
back  unto  the  place  of  water;  and 
thus  we  will  preserve  the  flocks 
unto  the  king  and  he  will  not  slay 
us. 

32.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  in  search  of  the  flocks, 
and  they  did  follow  Ammon,  and 
they    rushed    forth    with    much 
swiftness  and  did  head  the  flocks 
of  the  king,  and  did  gather  them 
together  again  to   the  place   of 
water. 

33.  And    those    2/men    again 


y.  see  ic.  zf  we  c,  1  Ne.  7.  2a,  rer.  20.  26,  ver.  34.  Al.  18:7.  19:20,  21.  , 
vers.  29,  SI— S3,  35,  30.  Al.  18:3.  1S:20,  21.  24,  Al.  18:4—7.  19:20.  2e,  ver.  32. 
2/  vers.  27,  35.  -  ABOUT  B.  C.  9*0. 


240 


ALMA,  18. 


stood  to  scatter  their  flocks;  but 
Ammon  said  unto  his  brethren: 
Encircle  the  flocks  round  about 
that  they  flee  not;  and- 1  go  and 
contend  with  these  men  who  do 
scatter  our  flocks. 

34.  Therefore^  they  did  as  Am- 
mon  commanded  them,  and  he 
went  forth  and  stood  to  contend 
with  those  who  stood  by  the 
^waters  of  Sebus;  and  they  were 
In  number  not  a  few. 

3  5 .  Therefore  they  did  not  fear 
Ammon,  for  they  supposed  that 
one  of  their  men  could  slay  him 
according  to  their  pleasure,  for 
they  knew  not  that  the  Lord  had 
promised  Mosiah  that  he  would 
^deliver  his  sons  out  of  their 
hands ;  neither  did  they  know 
anything  concerning  the  Lord; 
therefore  they  delighted  in  the 
destruction  of  their  brethren;  and 
for  this  cause 2f  they  stood  to  scat- 
ter the -flocks  of  the  king. 

36.  But  Animon  stood  forth 
and  began  to  cast  stones  at  them 
with  his  sling;  yea,  with  mighty 
power  he  did  silng  stones  amongst 
them;  and  thus  he  slew  a  s' cer- 
tain number  of  them  insomuch 
that  they  began  to  be  astonished 
at  his  power;  nevertheless  they 
were  angry  because  of  the  slain 
of  their  brethren,  and  they  were 
determined  that  he  should  fall; 
therefore,  seeing  that  they  could 
not  hit  him  with  their  stones, 
they  came  forth  with  clubs  to 
slay  him. 

3  7.  But  behold,  every  man  that 
lifted  his  club  to  smite  Ammon, 
he  smote  off  2*their  arms  with  his 
sword ;  for  he  did  withstand  their 
blows  by  smiting  their  arms  with 
the  edge  of  his  sword,  insomuch 
that  they  began  to  be  astonished, 
and  began  to  flee  before  him;  yea, 


and  they  were  not  few  in  num- 
ber; and  he  caused  them  to  flee 
by  the  strength  of  his  arm. 

38.  Now  six  of  them  had  fallen 
by  the  sling,  but  tie  slew  none 
save  it  were  their  leader  with  his 
sword;  and  he  smote  off  as  many 
of    their    arms    as    were    lifted 
against  him,  and  they  2Iwere  not 
a  few. 

39.  And  when  he  had  driven 
them  afar  off,  he  returned  and 
they  watered  their  flocks  and  re- 
turned them  to  the  pasture  of 
the  king,  and  then  went  in  unto 
the    king,    2mbear!ng    the    arms 
which  had  been  smitten  off  by  the 
sword  of  Ammon,  of  those  who 
sought   to    slay   him;    and    they 
were  carried  in  unto  the  king  for 
a  testimony  of  the  things  which 
they  had  done. 

CHAPTER  18. 

King  Lamoni  mistakes  Ammon  for 
the  G-reat  Spirit — He  is  taught  con- 
cerning the  true  God — Is  overcome  &2/ 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord. 

1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Lamoni  caused  that  Ms  serv- 
ants should  stand  forth  and  tes- 
tify flto  all  the  things  which  they 
had  seen  concerning  the  matter. 

2.  And  when  they  had  all  tes- 
tified to   the  things  which  they 
had  seen,  and  he  had  learned  of 
the  faithfulness  of  Ammon  in  pre- 
serving Ms  flocks,  and  also  of  his 
great  power  in  contending  against 
those  who  sought  to  slay  him,  he 
was  astonished  exceedingly,  and 
said :    Surely,  this  is  more  than  a 
man.     Behold,    is    not    this   the 
*G-reat  Spirit  who  doth  send  such 
great  punishments  upon  this  peo- 
ple, because  of  their  murders? 

3.  And  they  answered  the  king, 
and   said:     Whether  he   be  the 


20,  see  26.  2ft,  Mos.  28:7.  Al.  19:23.  21,  rers.  27,  33.  2/,  ver.  38.  AL  18:16,  20. 
2fc,  vers.  38,  39.  AI.  18:16,  20.  21,  rers.  34,  38.  2m.  vers.  37,  38.  AL  18:16,  20. 
CHAP.  18:  a,  AL  17:31—38.  Z>,  vers.  3—5,  11,  18,  26—28.  Al.  22:9 — 11. 

ABOUT  B.  C    90. 


ALMA,  18. 


241 


Great  Spirit  or  a  man,  we  know 
not;  but  this  much  we  do  know, 
that  he  ccannot  be  slain  by  the 
enemies  of  the  king;  neither  can 
they  scatter  the  king's  flocks 
when  lie  is  with,  us,  because  of  Ms 
expertness  and  great  strength; 
therefore,  we  know  that  he  is  a 
friend  to  the  king.  And  now,  O 
king,  we  do  not  believe  that  a 
man  has  such  great  power,  for  we 
know  he  cannot  be  slain. 

4.  And   now,   when   the  king 
heard,  these  words,  lie  said  unto 
them :    Now  I  know  that  it  is  the 
^Great  Spirit;   and  lie  has  come 
down   at  this   time   to   preserve 
your  lives,  that  I  might  not  slay 
you  *as  I  did  your  brethren.  Now 
this  is  the  Great  Spirit  of  whom 
our  fathers  have  spoken. 

5.  Now  this  was  the  tradition 
of  Lamoni,  which  he  had  received 
from  his  father,  that  there  was 
a  Great  Spirit.    Notwithstanding 
they  believed  in  a  fGreat  Spirit, 
they  supposed   that   whatsoever 
they  did  was  right;  nevertheless, 
Lamoni   began   to    fear   exceed- 
ingly, with  fear  lest  he  had  done 
wrong  in  slaying  Ms  servants; 

6.  For  he  had  slain  'many  of 
them  because  their  brethren  had 
scattered  their  flocks  at  the  place 
of  water;  and  thus,  because  they 
had   had    their   flocks   scattered 
they  were  slain. 

7.  Now  it  was  the  practice  of 
the  Lamanites  to  stand  by  the 
^waters  of  Sebus  to  scatter  the 
flocks  of  the  people,  that  thereby 
they  might  drive  away  many  that 
were   scattered  unto  their   own 
land,  it  being  a  practice  of  plun- 
der among  them. 

8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Lamoni  inquired  of  his  serv- 


ants, saying:    Where  is  this  man 
that  has  such  great  power? 

9.  And  they  said   unto   Mm: 
Behold,  hte  is  feeding  thy  %orses. 
Now  the  king  had  commanded  his 
servants,  previous  to  the  time  of 
the  watering  of  their  flocks,  that 
they  should  prepare  his  horses 
and   chariots,   and  conduct   Mm 
forth  to  the  j!and  of  Nepal;  for 
there  nad  been  a  *great  feast  ap- 
pointed at  the  land  of  Nephi,  by 
the  father  of  Lamoni,  who  was 
king  over  all  the  land. 

10.  Now   when   king   Lamoni 
heard  that  Ammon  was  preparing 
his  horses  and  Ms   'chariots  he 
was  more  astonished,  because  of 
the  faithfulness  of  Ammom,  say- 
ing:    Surely  there  has  not  been, 
any  servant  among  all  my  serv- 
ants that  has  been  so  faithful  as 
this  man;  for  even  he  doth  re- 
member wall  my  commandments 
to  execute  them. 

11.  Now  I  surely  know  that 
this  is  the  aGreat  Spirit,  and  I 
would  desire  him  that  he  come  in 
unto  me,  but  I  durst  not. 

12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Ammon  had  made  ready 
the  ^horses  and  the  ^chariots  for 
the   king   and   his  servants,   he 
went  in  unto  the  king,  and  he  saw 
that     the    countenance    of    the 
king  was  changed;  therefore  he 
was  about  to  return  out  of  his 
presence. 

13.  And  one  of  the  king's  serv- 
ants said  unto  Mm,  Rabbanah, 
which  is,  being  interpreted,  pow- 
erful or  great  king,  considering 
their  kings  to  be  powerful;  and 
thus  he  said  unto  him :  Rabbanafe, 
the  king  desireth  thee  to  stay. 

14.  Therefore  Ammon  turned 
himself  unto  the  king,  and  said 


cf  AI.  17 :34 — 38.     d,  see  Z>.     e.  yers,  5,  6.     AI.  17  :28,  31.     A  see  B.     ®.  see  6. 

ft,  see  2&,  AI.  17.  if  wr.  16.  See  m,  1  Ne,  18.  ^  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.  fc,  AI.  20 :0,  12. 
I,  vers.  9,  12.  AI.  20:6.  3  Ne.  3:22.  mf  ver.  0.  n,  see  6.  o,  see  0»,  1  Ke.  IS. 
p,  see  I.  ABOUT  B.  0.  !>0. 


242 


ALMA,  18. 


unto  him :  What  wilt  thou  that 
I  should  do  for  thee,  0  king? 
And  the  king  answered  him  not 
for  the  space  of  an  5hour,  accord- 
ing to  their  time,  for  he  knew  not 
what  he  should  say  unto  him. 

15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Ammon  said  unto  him.  again: 
What  desirest  thou  of  me?  But 
the  king  answered  him  not. 

IB.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Ammon,  being  filled  with  the 
Spirit  of  God,  therefore  he  per- 
ceived the  thoughts  of  the  king. 
And  he  said  unto  him:  Is  it 
because  thou  hast  heard  that  I 
rdefended  thy  servants  and  thy 
flocks,  and  slew  seven  of  their 
brethren  with  the  sling  and  with 
the  sword,  and  smote  off  the 
arms  of  others,  ia  order  to  defend 
thy  flocks  and  thy  servants;  be- 
hold, is  It  this  that  canseth  thy 
znarvelings? 

17.  I  say  unto  you,  what  is  it, 
that  thy  marvelings  are  so  great? 
Behold,  I  am  a  man,  and  am  thy 
servant ;    therefore,    whatsoever 
thou  desirest  which  is  right,  that 
will  I  do. 

18.  Now, when  the  king  had 
heard  these'  words,  he  marveled 
again*  for  he  beheld  that  Ammon 
could  discern  his  thoughts;   but 
notwithstanding  this,    king   La- 
moni  did  open  his  mouth,  and  said 
unto  him:     Who  art  thou?    Art 
thou    that    'Great    Spirit,    who 
knows  all  things? 

19.  Ammon  answered  and  said 
unto  him:     I  am  not. 

20.  And  the  king  said:     How 
knowest    thou    the   thoughts    of 
my  heart?     Thou  mayest  speak 
boldly,  and   tell  me   concerning 
these  things;  and  also  tell  me  by 
*what  power  ye  slew  and  smote  off 
the  arms   of  my  brethren   that 
scattered  my  flocks — 

21.  And  now,  if  thou  wilt  tell 


me  concerning  these  things,  what- 
soever thou  desirest  I  will  give 
unto  thee;  and  if  it  were  needed, 
I  would  guard  thee  with  my 
armies;  but  I  know  that  thou  art 
more  powerful  than  all  they; 
nevertheless,  whatsoever  thou  de- 
sirest of  me  I  will  grant  It  unto 
thee. 

22.  Now  Ammon  being  wise, 
yet  harmless,  he  said  unto  La- 
mom:     Wilt  thou  hearken  unto 
my  words,  if  I  tell  thee  by  what 
power  I  do  these  things?     And 
this  is  the  thing  that  I  desire  of 
thee. 

23.  And    the    king    answered 
him,  and  said:  Yea,  I  will  believe 
all  thy  words.    And  thus  lie  was 
caught  with  guile. 

24.  And  Ammon  began  to  speak 
unto  Mm  with  boldness,  and  said 
unto  him:     Believest  thou  that 
there  is  a  God? 

25.  And  he  answered,  and  said 
unto  him:     I  do  not  know  what 
that  meaneth. 

26.  And    then    Ammon    said: 
Believest  thou  that  there  is  a 
Great  Spirit? 

27.  And  tie  said,  Yea. 

28.  And  Ammon  said:    This  is 
God.    And  Ammon  said  unto  him 
again:     Believest  thou  that  this 
Great  Spirit,  who  is  God,  created 
all  things  which  are  in  heaven 
and  in  the  earth? 

29.  And  he  said:     Yea,  I  be- 
lieve that  he  created  all  things 
which  are  in  the  earth;  but  I  do 
not  know  the  heavens. 

30.  And  Ammon  said  unto  him: 
The  heavens  is  a  place  where  God 
dwells  and  all  his  holy  angels. 

31.  And  king  Lamoni  said :    Is 
it  above  the  earth? 

32.  And    Ammon    said:    Yea, 
and  he  looketh  down  upon  all  the 
children  of  men;  and  he  knows 
all  the  thoughts  and  intents  of 


q,  3  Ne.  8:19.    r,  Al., 17:31 — 38.    8,  see  6.    t,  AI.  17:31 — 38.        ABOUT  B.  C.  00. 


ALMA,   19, 


243 


the  heart;  for  "by  his  hand  were 
they  all  created  from  the  begin- 
ning. 

33.  And  king  Lamoni  said:     1 
believe    all    these    things    which 
thou  hast  spoken.    Art  thou  sent 
from  God? 

34.  Ammon  said  unto  him:     I 
am  a  man;  and  man  in  the  "begin- 
ning was  created  after  the  image 
of  God,  and  I  am  called  by  his 
Holy  Spirit  to  teach  these  things 
unto  this  people,  that  they  may 
be  brought  to  a  knowledge  of  that 
which  is  just  and  true; 

35.  And  a  portion  of  that  Spirit 
dwelleth  in  me,  which  giveth  me 
knowledge,   and  also  power  ac- 
cording to  my  faith  and  desires 
which  are  in  God, 

36.  Now  when  Ammon  had  said 
these  words,  he  began  at  the  crea- 
tion of  the  world,  and  also  the 
^creation,  of  Adam,  and  told  him 
all  the  things  concerning  the  fall 
of  man,  and  rehearsed  and  laid 
before  him  the  "records  and  the 
holy    scriptures    of    the    people, 
which  had  been  spoken  by  the 
prophets,  even  down  to  the  time 
that  their  father,  Lehi,  left  Jeru- 
salem. 

3  7 .  And  he  also  rehearsed  unto 
them  (for  it  was  unto  the  king 
and  to  his  servants)  all  the  xjour- 
neyings  of  their  fathers  in  the 
wilderness,  and  all  their  suffer- 
ings with  hunger  and  thirst,  and 
their  travel,  and  so  forth. 

38.  And  he  also  rehearsed  unto 
them  concerning  the  rebellions  of 
Lanaan  and  Lemuel,  and  the  sons 
of  Ishmael,  yea,  all  their  rebel- 
lions did  he  relate  unto  them; 
and  he  expounded  unto  them  all 
the  ^records  and  scriptures  from 
the  time  that  Lehi  left  Jerusalem 
down  to  the  present  time. 


39.  But  this  is  not  all;  for  he 

expounded  auto  them  the  plan 
of  redemption,  which  was  pre- 
pared sfrom  the  foundation  of  the 
world;  aad  he  also  made  known 
unto  them  concerning  the  coming 
of  Christ,  and  al!  the  works  of  the 
Lord  did  he  make  known  unto 
them. 

40.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  he  had  said  all  these  things, 
and  expounded  them  to  the  king, 
that  the  king  2flbelleved  all  his 
words. 

41.  And  he  began  to  cry  unto 
the  Lord,  saying:     O  Lord,  have 
mercy;  according  to  thy  abundant 
mercy  which  thou  hast  had  upon 
the  people  of  Nephi,  have  upon 
me,  and  my  people. 

42.  And  now,  when  he  had  said 
this,  he  fell  unto  the  earth,  £fras  if 
he  were  dead. 

43.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
his  2rservants  took  him  and  car- 
ried him  in  unto  Ms  wife,  and 
laid  Mm  upon  a  bed;  and  he  lay 
as  if  he  were  dead  for  the  "space- 
of  two  days  and  two  nights;  and 
his  wife,  and  his  sons,  and  his 
daughters    mourned    over    him, 
after  the  manner  of  the  Laman- 
ites,  greatly  lamenting  his  loss. 

CHAPTER  19. 

A  wonderful  conversion — Abteh  th& 
Lamanite  woman — Lamanite  king  and 
queen  espouse  the  faith — Ammon  es~ 
tablishes  the  church  in  Ishmael. 

1.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
safter  two  days  and  two  nights 
they  were  about  to  take  his  body 
and  lay  it  in  a  sepulchre,  which 
they  had  made  for  the  purpose  of 
burying  their  dead. 

2.  Now  the  queen  having  heard 
of  the  fame  of  Ammon,  therefore 


«,  ver.  32.  Bios.  7:27.  Bth.  3:1@ — 16.  v,  ver.  34.  See  m,  Mos.  2.  ie,  see  e, 
1  Ne.  3.  Al.  63:22.  ae,  Pee  First  Book  of  Nephi.  y,  1  Ne.  0:2.  0,  see  d,  Mas.  4, 
2a,  ver.  23.  2&,  Yer.  43.  Al.  ltt:lf  5— 12.  2c,  Al.  19 :4,  9.  2<S,  Al.  19  :1»  5. 

CHAP.  1$:    a,  Yer.  5.    Al.  18:43.  ABOUT  B.  C.  SO. 


244 


ALMA,   19. 


she   sent    and    desired    that   lie 
should  come  in  unto  her. 

3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Ammon    did    as    he    was    com- 
manded, and  went  in  unto  the 
queen,  and  desired  to  know  what 
she  would  that  he  should  do. 

4.  And    she    said    unta   him: 
The  ^servants  of  my  husband  have 
made  it  known  unto  me  that  thou 
art  a  prophet  of  a  holy  God,  and 
that  then  hast  power  to  do  many 
mighty  works  in  his  name; 

5.  Therefore,  if  this  is  the  case, 
I  would  that  ye  should  go  in  and 
see  my  husband,  for  he  has  been 
laid  upon  Ms  bed  for  the  *space 
of  two  days  and  two  nights;  and 
some  say  that  he  is  not  dead,  but 
others  say  that  he  is  dead  and 
that   he   stinketh,    and   that   he 
ought  to  be  placed  in  the  ^sepul- 
chre; but  as  for  myself,  to  me  he 
doth  not  stink. 

6.  Now,  this  was  what  Ammon 
desired,  far  he  knew  that  king 
Lamoni  was  under  the  power  of 
God;  he  knew  that  the  dark  veil 
of  unbelief  was  being  cast  away 
from   his    mind,    and    the   light 
which    did   light   up    his    mind, 
which  was  the  light  of  the  glory 
of  God,  which  was  a  marvelous 
light  of  his  goodness — yea,  this 
light  had  infused  such  joy  into 
his  soul,  the  cloud  of  darkness 
having  been  dispelled,  and  that 
the  light  of  everlasting  life  was 
lit  up  in  his  soul,  yea,  he  knew 
that  this  had  ^overcome  his  nat- 
ural frame,  and  he  was  carried 
away  in  God — 

7.  Therefore,  what  the  queen 
desired  of  him  was  his  only  de- 
sire.    Therefore,  he  went  in  to 
see    the   king   according   as    the 
queen  had  desired  him;  and  he 
saw  the  king,  and  he  knew  that 
he  was  not  dead. 


8.  And  he  said  unto  the  queen: 
He  is  not  dead,  but  he  sleepeth  in 
God,  and  on  the  morrow  he  fsaall 
rise   again;    therefore  bury  him 
not. 

9.  And  Aminon  said  unto  her: 
Believest    thou    this?